Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
O-06145
ORDINANCE N4. 6145 AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE SOUTH PLORIOA RttII►DING CODE AS THE WILDING CODE MI MIAMI; PROVIDING FOR CERTAIN MODIPI CATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE RE VIREMENTS nP THE SOUTH FLORIDA WILDING CODE AS THE SAID CODE APPLIES WITHIN THE CITY LIMITS OP MIAMI, FLORIDA; PROVIDING FEES PDR WILDING, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL PERMITS, AND BOILER AND ELEVATOR INSPECTION AND CEtTIPICATE PEES; ESTABLISH/NG FIRE ZONES; PROVIDING P'OR THE SEPAL AEILITY OP THE PROVISIONS HEREOF; PROVIDING PENALTIES FOR THE VIOLATION OP THIS ORDINANCE; AND REPEALING ALL, ORDINANCES OR PARTS OP ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH, SPECIFICALLY ORDINANCES NO. 6028, 5599, 5601, 2572 AND 5419 BE IT ORDAINED RY THE COMMISSION OP THE CITY OP MI AMI , FLORIDA SECTION 1. AI O?TION_ dP . BUILDING, PL`IJMBING,_.ELECTRICAL, ._ANb m1 E .AT ! C INI ". CAL CODES. The document marked, designated, and known as the "South Plorida Build- ing Code which is made a part hereof by reference,is hereby adopted as a minimum standard for the purposes expressed therein and shall be known tshhe "Building Code of Miami", and this document shall be as fully effective as though every word, phrase, sentence, or section of the South Florida Build- ing Code were fully incorporated herein, except as modified or added to in sections of this ordinance which follow. SECTION 2. AUTHORITY. Wherever the terms "Building Official", "Plumbing Inspector", "Elec- trical Inspector", `tjurisdiction", "regulatory authority", or similar terms shall appear, they shall refer to the properly designated inspectors or assistant inspectors of the Building Department of the City of Miami, and to the authority and jurisdiction of the City of Miami and its officials and employees. SECTION 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF INSPECTORS AND PERSONNEL. The qualif r ations of the Building Inspector, Plumbing Inspector, and Electrical Inspector, and other personnel of the City of Miami Building Department, shall be established by the Civil Service Board of the City of Miami. SECTION 4, APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMITS. No person shall erect or construct or proceed with the erection or construction of any building or structure, nor add to, enlarge, move, im- prove, alter, convert, extend, or demolish any building or structure, or any group of buildings and/or structures under one or joint ownership whether on one or more lots or tract of land; or cause the same to be done, where the cost of work is Twenty-five Dollars ($25 , OO) or more to value; and on any remodeling or alteration job of any value, without first ob- taining a building permit therefor from the Building Department. tna t 8 s hereby repealed in its entirety and the fall ttuted therefore The office of the Building Inspection Division of the City Mishall charge and collect far building permits at the following rates, to witt NEW BUILDINGS AND/OR ADDI ONS: (Pees listed heret4tth do riot include electrical or plumbing) For each 100 square feet of area or fractional part for each floor......, $12.00 00 Minimum Permit New.. ................. ..............................� ACCESSORY BUILDINGS: One -car garage or porte cochere, two -car garage or porte cochere, sheds, shelters, screened enclosures, and other accessory buildings: For each 100 square feet of area or fractional part for each floor. 2.00 .. ,��.nimum Permit Fee ............... NE4 CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED HEREIN: (WATER TOWERS, COOLING TOWERS, PYLONS, ETC.)2.00 For each $1,000.00 cost or estimated cost 446444044 6666 666666 10.00 Minimum Permit Fee ALTERATIONS, TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: For the first $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part 5.00 For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part2.00 REPAIRS TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: Over $25.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part5.00 For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part2.00 PAINTING: Up to and including $100.00 of estimated cost or fractionalfractional part.t...• 5.00 Over $100.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated cost For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.. 2.00 (Owner -occupant who is painting own one -family house or duplex, is not required to obtain a painting permit). MOVING BUILDINGS ON OR ACROSS PUBLIC THOROUGHFARES: For each 100 square feet per floor or fractional part �O.50 Minimum Permit Fee .00 MOVING BUILDINGS FROM ONE LOCATION ON A LOT TO ANOTHER LOCATION ON THE SAIIE LOT, OR MOVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN A BUILDING, EXCLUDING THE COST OF THE NEW FOUNDATIONS: For each $1,000.00 of the estimated cost or fractional part 10.005.00 Minimum Permit Fee...... ' (Provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall require the City of Miami, County of Dade, State of Florida, United States of America or any other public body including the Board of Public Instruction of Dade County, to pay any fee for moving of buildings required by this ordinance) . AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION; For each ton capacity or fractional parts ..044940404400 ....! 2.00 CONCRETE SLABS For first 1,500 square feet or fractional parts....... s .......•...... 5.00 For each additional 1,000 square feet or fractional part.........l1. 2.00 MINIUM An MAIM tO/PMENT p1 P UglT IN'STAtttt CO Far the first 200,000 g. T. U. per hour or fractional part........ For each additional 100,000 t. T. U. per hour or fractional part. , . , 2.00 Motet The rating of furnace and heating eq 8pment shall to based an the B. T. U. output of fuel u3ed per hours INCINERATORS S OR HONE RARDICUE PITS: La h.• .....s.+pis.t�isrt.t•.s.•......••...........•..........•...... 2.00 FIRE -SPRINKLER SYSTEMS: 2.Od 'or 1,000 square feet of area protected or fractional part ........•• LAWN -SPRINKLER. SYSTINS: Each...•..•......•.. a.►.•..•.•... ........•...•...•........•..•.. 5.00 ROOFING: For each 1,000 square feet of area or fractional part.......... • • • 2. 0d Minimum Permit Fee......... •. .•... • 5.00 Note: Permits not required installation ofer minor 100 square feet orairs der less of or for insta11 roof area. FENCES AND/OR WALLS: For each 100 lineal feet or fractional. part.... ... eilbeei6i4,460040,64 3.00 MARQUEES: For each square foot of horizontally projected area or fractional part....... Minimum Permit Fee per installation......... ... 10.00 .05 SWII11ING POOLS: 20.00 For the first 20,000-gallon capacity or fractional part....•......•• 1.00 For each additional 1,000-gallon capacity or fractional part........ SIGNS: Single -faced Signs, including channel -letter signs, 710 per sq. ft. Double-faced Signs, including channel -letter signs, 15f per sq. ft. Minimum Permit Fee ..••••..•..•. Flat -wall Signs, each.. ..... •• .......... .. BULLETIN BOARDS AND POSTER BOARDS: Bulletin Boards, 30 per square foot: Poster Boards, 30 per square foot: 5.00 Ninimum Permit Fee 2.00 TENTS: *Temporary permit only: For each tent up to and including 20,000 square feet in area........ For each additional 1,000 square feet or fractional part of area, per tent........ ........ ,.................•...... •.......,. *Note: All tent permits shall be issued for a 30-day period only, and fees are not proratable. TEMPORARY PLATFORMS AND TEMPORARY BLEACHERS TO BE USED FOR PUBLIC ASSEMBLY: For each 100 square feet or fractional part of platform area........ For 100 lineal feet of seats or fractional. part, . • • ... • • .... • . a . • • . • AMUSEMENT DEVICES; MECHANICAL RIDING, SLIDING, SAILING, OR SWINGING. *For each portable or temporary unit........,.•.••••••••••,••••,•••, For each permanent unit installed or r:ltered s * . • • .. • . ..... • . . . Notes Permits for tlimporary units shall be issued for a 30-day period only, anfl fees are not proratable. ..• 2.00 5.00 1.00 2.00 1.00 10.00 '5O.00 Per the first 1,500 square feet of fiber or fractional parts Is,..i3 Por each�jardditi.onal 1,000 square feet per floor or fractional part.. 2. Minimum Permit 3'eessessi►'•.ses..•►►1.11fiiit.$.'►'.1/ ►ff.$11$$*3 5100 DEMOLITION 0' atom, PENCE'S, AND/OR WALLS Per each $100.00 of estimated coat or fractional part up to F�i.�( 1( 1$$•11•►$$$ ii.• 1•1.•1•.•i•►►.1•.•11►i 1►00 For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.. 2.00 DEMOLITION Of! STRUCTURES OTHER THAN ABOVE: Por each 1,000 cubic feet of volume or fractional part of the cubic content described by the outside dimenaiona of the atru ttare...........••....••••••••$$$8 ••••.••►•s►.•s•••+•1 2100 DOUBLE PEE: When Mork for which a permit is required by this ordinance is started or proceeded with prior to the obtaining of said permit, the fees as specified herein stay be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person, firm, or corporation from fully complying with the requirements of City of Miami ordinances, nor from any penalties prescribed therein. SECTION 6. PLUMBING IT f! EES. Ordinance No. 5599 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: No person, firm, or corporation shall commence work in connection with the items listed herewith without first submitting plans for same, securing approval and a permit therefor, and paying for permit at the following rates: ROUGHING -IN OR PLUGGED OUTLETS FOR: Each fixture . $ 1.00 Gas and oil interceptors 1.00 Floor drains..... 1.00 Grease traps 1.00 Each indirect waste pipe, including fixture 1.00 Doctors' and Dentistsf Sterilizers, hospital sterilizers, autoclaves, autopsy tables, and other fixtures, appurtenances, or appliances having a water supply or waste outlet or both, including hot-water tanks or boosters 1.00 Domestic washing machine with sewer connection, same as fixture. SET: Each fixture set on new roughing -in or on plugged outlet, or replaced on old rough -in. .•.•, •••• 1•00 Gas and oil interceptor, each... 1.00 Floor drains, each..... 1,00 Grease traps, each 1.00 SEWER: Each building sewer (when connection is made to a septic tank, to an existing sewer, or to a city sewer, or the disconnection and capping of g$IRe..,..,.......,.,..,.. 19 ......................,OOP 2,00 Each building storm -sewer, where connection is made to soakage pits, existing building storm -sewer, public storm sewer or other approved Fort of *s...s.a ....aai,...s.,•w., 2,00 SEPTIC TAMS) S, bltAtaTILE, AND 80AMACE PITSt Each new septic tank, including dralhtilt far mei 1 s i s s s 1 .0 Each Septic tank draihtile re1016srsssr.siissts+sss.ssssss.sss•ssts�.+isss1 i Each soakage pit••^►+••*,r:►.Isles.tlssti•sis11...,i1sisi1i..i.s111$111s1.. 440 WATER 151tINCI Each t ater-aervice connect .oh to A municipal or private multiple water'•auppl/ srt3t;em (Each A+eter•t•r.r...,.,r•sfisis..,1sis1tiiii.1rs.$s Water connection to ot outlets for An appliance or installation not covered by fixture Irrigation systems, overhead and underground sprinkler systems, etc., only when eiti „rater id tisedoess ff,aaawifis.....s.tl.ssiss..••1. 5.00 Fire -sprinkler system connected to city water or discharged into a drainage ststem•a••••r•►•asf•►••..a.••i•1•.f.ifi..•a.ia.ifi...1•ii••. Fire -control system, including standpipe, Siamese connection) and pumps (each standpipe)...f•..r•f...off..••••a•ifr..•ri••fiafaaa•..ii•aa. j•00 water -supply•••• i 1 1 a f• i a•• i i i i f.• •i i i 5.00 Stand-by for emergency` potable outlet Solar water -heater installations, new, including booster.. •.....•..♦..f.i. 5.00 Replacing a solar Crater hcater or storage tank Booster in conne:tiont:ith old solar water -heating system ♦..••.•..•.►.••••• 2.00 Swimming pool inotallationt3, not including wet.e••••••••a••••r•fi•••••••••• 51100 *1PAlSs For extending, revodel.ing, addition, or repair of water pipes, waste; soil; went, ;yet?or pipes, or building drains, When cost to the owner for performing above work amounts to $100.00 or less .... When cost to the owner for performing above work amounts to over $100.00.... *This does not &r clude faucet, valve or water -closet tank repairs, unstopping fixiu:.e,, haste, building drain or building -sewer pipes or cleaning of cept'_c tanks. WELLS: Each water -supply wall. Each drainage ve11,... 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 3.00 4.00 WATER DRAINAGE: 1.00 Rainwater roof inlet, each 1.00 Area, yard, or rainwater drain, each GAS: (City Gas Only -- Not Bottled Gas) Each gas outlet ,... 1.001.00 Setting each gas appliance.... .00 Change from master to individual meters, each meter • •• 11.00 Gas -pipe repairs when no fixture or appliance installation is involved..... MISCELLANEOUS: Siphon -breakers on old i n Rachl A t., en n, required when repair or uTrapprvvw water closet is made, e • R.EINSPECTION: For each reinspection made due tc°ae of work, the fact that the work was not readyt application for inspection, or for failure to call for final or other inspPctions, each For each roinspee tion of existing buildings to determine compliance with Plumbing Code. , , ... .... When work for u;3to4 a permit is required bythis o dithe ancf see is co omma ced or proceeded �:i.th prior to obtaining a permit, e rr , d herein shall not hold, but shall, be increased as set out below: Permit foe :3et cut above (up to ;i5.00 inclusive) , four tines the fee Specified. Pert fee sat out above (from $5.00 to 40.00 inclusive) , three times to tee s ecified, Permit f:t out above (over $ 0.00) two times the fee specified. 2.00 3,00 5.00 5w The payment of such increased fee shall net relieve pew, firm, or an , corporation from fully complying with therequirements er eon of this Code, any' or from other penalties prescribed an the plumbing C p firm, or corporation to pay swch, �,norea�ni�ea�.g���r person, ehar�e� with failure corporation shall be prosecuted in the p to secure a permit before commencing er proceeding with works ug.2. ELECTRICAL PERMIT FEES. ordinance No. 5601 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: The office of the Electrical Inspection ti ti ion of the City of Miami shall charge and collect for electrical permits at the following rates, to wit: (a) The minimum permit fee that can be written shah. be $ ..50• (b) rouble pee: In the event that any work for which a permit is reauired by this ordinance is started or proceeded with prthe herobtaining rkofhsaif said permit by the duly authorized person, the fees specifiedperson from be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any fully complying with the requirements of the Electrical Code in the execution of the work nor from any other penalties prescribed therein. The following schedule of fees is applicable to replacement or reconnection as well as original installations: (c) ROUGH WIRING: OUTLETS: Ceiling ) Bracket ) Receptacle ) .20 Snitch ) Each outlet. Door Bell ) Floodlight) Telephone ) SERVICE, INCLUDING NETER HOUSING: Temporary construction service, minimum •• ... 2.50 2.00 Services: 100-ampere and under 3.00 Over 100-ampere to 200-ampere Over 200-ampere to 400-ampere 5.00 o Over 400-ampere to 600-ampere .... 600-ampere to 800-ampere.... 6.00 Over Over 800-ampere, each additional 100 amperes.... 1.00 Sub -feeds are charged by amperes at the same rate as services. Svitchboard fees are to be determined by the Electrical Inspection Supervisor. EQUIPMENT: Oven (Outlet and connection) 1,50 Range (Outlet and connection)........... OOOO Off/0 Cooking top (Outlet and connection) �+ ,,,,,, 11 1.50 Water Heater (Outlet 500; Connection $1..50).• •.+..,...... Space Heater . .,.....,.......... ORS! Each IOW AP 'fib 'YIdihCluding {fi+t{tt 1{00 Ch motor over 1-R.P. through 3-ttss.ssss.sss.tf.s{ssst{sssssslstsst 2.100 Each motor over 3=Ras through 5-tttPsss.srss.ss.ssss•ssssssssst{sssssss 3.00 Each motor over 5=R. '. through sst.s•sts 440 Each motor over B1°H{Ps through 10`H{ s,.sssas•.s.sstsstsstssstt51100 sssfslst 8f00 Each motor over 10-t f Ps through , " i s s . s . • . s t • t s s s • t • • t i • s .: t10.00 Each motor over 2544• Rs through 100'-fit. �• t .. • . , • . • ....... • .. • . ► . . , 15.00 Each motor over �.od-.ps...f..•t•....s 1.s.•1•st1.1.t O NERATORS AND TRANSFORMERS: Eaeh up to 5"t•.►s►s.►y•.s►►.•••.• ►•s..►►.. Each over 5 kris;through 10-kw............ ► ► • t ► 66 . 1 .. ► • 1 . • ► $ ► ... • . ► s ► • • 1 i Each over 10-kw through 15-kw.s....ii...s►.s.s•ls.►•.••f1i`►..is..•••.s Each over 15-kw through r�0''k`♦%7�1 • ► ........ 1 ► s Each over 20-kw through 25-kW....►.►1.►1...sa►.►/•►.•►•...1.s1..s.►s..• Each over 25-kw....6 1666116 661111166616666116►661166► • 1 ... • . • • . • .. • . • . 1 f . • . ► • 2.00 4.00 6,00 8.00 10.00 15.00 X-RAY MACHINES: X-Ray, Portable (Dentist) each 60604616006 1.00 X-Ray, Stationary (Doctor's) each ►........••1.00 Diathermic and Electronic outlet, each Z DINt MACHINES: Determine primary amperage and see below: .... 2.00 Each, up to 25-ampere ...... 3.00 Each over 25-ampere through 50-ampere 1.00 Each over 50-ampere, for each additional 50-ampere666.66666060060606 6 0 6 SPECIAL-FURPOSE OUTLETS: Popcorn, Doughnut, Drink, Music I4achines, Toasters, Coffee Urns, Small commercial appliances, etc., each........ ' •••••••••••'••'••• 1.00 . i. .... 00 i... 5 Auto -painting Bake Oven, each..... .00 Display Cases, each.. •' •••,•.•.,, 1.00 Each sign circuit, including control switch SIGNS: (A separate permit shall be required for each sign) INCANDESCENT: ........,.,..... 1.00 First 10 light bulbs Each additional 20 or fraction thereof. ..•...• • ,•, .50 NEON: •,. 0 First transformer •�1.00••••���••�•,,, . Each additional, in same sign. ........ . 1.00 ��•,•.,. 1, Flasher, each 00 sign.......... Clock, each 1,00 Sign Repairs, Connections or Reconnections, for each sign...•.... FIXTURES: Lights: 1 through 10 bulb sockets ...,.,/..•....•.•.•..••....,........, 1,00 1 through 10 fluorescent tubes.. Each additional light -bulb socket or fluorescent tube •,•• .10 Combination light fixtures and outlets up to six, when complete for one inspection ••,.,..•••. •.••••,,./••.•.•//..s• 1.50 Streamers or Festoon Lights: First 10 lights .• or ractiQn.•a/•/.•/•/ 1 .00 Each additional 10.00 PIRG M0LTa: One outlet per 5 feet, first 25 feet./•.•i/•/.1/i/11.t1/•11./••11/R..1. 1.O0 PIRtiltETECTION SYSTEM i &tallation, 'Central systemsisst+sssssssissiest>>$i•1tit11$sshshothehh• 1*00 Head or target area, with Protec ,u or wire of similar character, each's. Be11sA1ar'in Station, eachsssss.sss•s$ssss.sssssssssssssss11sssssrsstisses Re m:peotion Pee, Set'niattnallyssi.s•...•ssssss•st•s•sssssttsstststt•sss• 600 MISCELLANEOUS: ALTERATIONS OR CHANCES: Por alterations or changes in an existing system, a permit fee of From $1.50 to$10.00 shall be paid, depending upon the extent of aiterationa determined by the electrical inspector. Changes or alterations shall not be held to mean the installation of new outlets or fixtures, even though they may replace existing ones. CARNIVALS, CIRCUSES, ROAD SHOWS, AND SIMLAR TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS: Por carna , circuses, road shows, and similar temporary installations, a permit fee of from $15.00 to $50.00, as determined by the electrical inspector, shall be paid. RADIO TRANSMITTERS: Pee to be determined by the electrical inspector. REINSPECTION PEES: When extra inspection trips are necessary due to any one of the following reasons, a charge of one dollar ($1.00) shall be made for each trip: 1. Wrong address. 2. Condemned work resulting from faulty construction. 3. Repairs or corrections not made when inspection is called. 4. Work not ready for inspection when called. The payment of reinspection fees shall be made before any further permits will be issued to the person owing same. SECTION 8. BOILER AND ELEVATOR FEES. The office of the Boiler and Elevator Inspection Division shall charge and collect for fees as follows: ELEVATOR: Permit fee for the installation of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter $10.00 Permit fee for the major revamping of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter 10.00 Fee for the inspection of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter 3.50 Certificate fee for an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter 1.00 Certificate fee for elevator inspectors, annually 5.00 Examination fee for elevator inspectors 10.00 Elevator operators' Certificates of Competency, annually.. 1.00 BOILER: Fee for the internal inspection of a boiler..... ••• 5.d0 Certificate fee for same, annually ............. 1.00 Fee for external inspection of a boiler Certificate fee for same, annually... .. Note: Passenger and freight elevators are inspected quarterly. .?sca]atnrs and dumbwaiters are inspected semiannually. 3.00 1.00 SECTION 9. FIB ES DEFINED. The entire City of NNa.atn, Florida, is hereby declared to be and is hereby established a Fire District, and said Fire District shall be known and designated as Fire Zones 1' , 2'A, and 3-A. Fire Zone 1,-. (or "Fiire District") shall. include h. 4 such territory sr portions of the City as outlined in thin ordinances Pire tone 2 (or naeoondary Fire telstriottt) shall include such territory or portions of the City AO outlined in this ordinance. Fire 'Lone 3=A Shall irie1ude a1l other territory or portions if the City not otherwise included in Pite Zones 1-A and 2-A. Wherever reference is node to any Fire done, it Shall be c6nttrued to Mean one of the three Fire Zones tesignated and referred to in this ordin :nce . FIRE ZONE 1-A. Fire Zone 1-A shall include all of the area within the following boundaries and in addition thereto) the whole of all lots or parcels of land adjoining or c ntiguot a to, or zny part of which is within 100 feet of, the streets and/or avenues, other than Biscayne Bay, set forth herein as boundaries: North Boundary, 23rd Street from Biscayne Bay west to N. W. 17th Avenue. best Boundary, N. W. lith Avenue south to 20th Street, east to N. W. 7th Avenue, south to 5th Street Bridge, including the Miami River, south on 8th Avenue to S. W. 8th Street. South Boundary, S. W. 8th Street from S. W. 8th Avenue east to Biscayne Bay. East Boundary, Biscayne Bay. FIR ZONE 2,A. Fire Zone 2-A aha11 include the whole of all lots or parcels of land adjoining or contiguous to, or any part of which is within 100 feet of, an inland waterway, a railroad right-of-way, or any of the following public thoroughfares: EAST -ZEST: 79th Street within the City Limits. 7i.st Street from Bisnat e i3oulegard west to the City Limits. 62nd Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue west to the City Limits. 5uth Street from Biscayne Boulevard crest to the City Limits. 36th Street within the City Limit:. 29th Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue vest to N. W. 17th Avenue. 28th Street from the pr^perty (7.0Oi minimum) adjoining the west side of N. W. 17th Avenue west to the City Limits. 7th Street from the Miami iliver west to the City Limits. Flagler Street from the property (1C01 minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue ttesi. to the City Limits. S. W. 1st Street from the prop::=• .,.• (1001 minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue mot to 22nd Avenue Road (Beacom Boulevard). S. W. 8th Street from the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue tine t to the City Limits. Coral Way from S. W. 12th Asrenue -lest to 37th Avenue. Grand Avenue from Mary Street west to the City Limits. Main Highway from Grand Avenue 3outhwect to Thomas Street. MacFarlane Lane frank Biscayne Bay to Grand Avenue. Commodore Plaza from I' ai4 Highway to Grand Avenue. The areas on and/or within these boundaries: Bird Avenue Ven a westh tdto oashet tCityLio C RR. NORTH -SOUTH: Biscayne Boulevard south to the property (1004 minimum) adjoining the north side cf 2.:)rd Street. N. E. 2nd Avenue south to the woperty (100, minimum) adjoining the north side of 23rd S w oot. North Miami Avenue auab h i,o the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. South Viami Avenue from t h, property (100' minimum) adjoining the south side of S. W. 8th Strut youth to 13th Street. N. W, 7th Avenue 5o' th tv ti4 property (1004 minimum) adjoining the north side or 23ra Street. 1.2th Avenue from the Mani River t utb to S. 14. kith Street. 17th Avenue south to South Dixie Highway. 22nd Avenue South to South niceHighway* 27th Avenue south to Sots Uk Eayzhore Or1.ve. 32nd Avenue south to Gr r..d i4enu . 37th Avenue south to 1'oi-no'_ :4t. Avenue* 42nd Avenue within the City Llmit4. SECTO ,XO, ZIONINtiMNAN4g Ware any permit is issued, all provisions of the City of Miami Zoning Ordinance No. 1.682, and any amendments thereto shall be complied with, and the provisions of the Miami Budding Code shall not be construed to repeal, supersede, or modify any part of the said Zoning Ordinance No. 1682 or amendments thereto. SECTION 11. PENALTIES. Any person convicted for violating any of this ordinance shall, upon conviction thereof in a municipal court of the City of Miami, be sentenced to pay a fine not exceed- ing the sum of Siva Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or serve a term not to exceed sixty days in the City Jail of the City of Miami, or both such fine and sentence, in the discretion of the Municipal Judge. SECTION 12. SEPARATE0FFENSES. Each dayts violation of any of the terms of this ordinance shall be deemed and considered and is hereby specially declared to be a separate and distinct violation of the terms of this ordinance and punishable as such. SECTION 13. SEPARABILITY. In the event that any portion of this ordinance shall be held to be void, inconsistent or of no effect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall in no wise affect or disturb the remaining portions of this ordinance. SECTION 14. All ordinances in conflict or inconsistent herewith are hereby repealed insofar as there is conflict. PASSED on first reading by title only this 5th day of March, 1958. PASSED AND ADOPTED on second and final reading this 19th day of March, 1958. ATTEST: F.L. CORRELL CITX CLERK ROBERT KING HIGH MAYOR THE MIAMI fib Published Tht i r Miami, Dade tt,ttnty, Florida STATE Dr rtmitnA, COUNTY tW flA1i t Iletore the undersigned ntttlint4ty personally aplirarrt1 Charles =;r. aCk who on oath Says that lire is ..rc`:li t Yarla6csr of the Miami 1laily Nt►ws, It daily newspaper published at Miami in bade County, t 1 nritla; that the atttirlied eopy nt advertisement. being a ..?� ., ........ In the matter of ';Cad 6'1 .} i in the . Court, was published in said newspaper in the issues of .attN' w... r r a,..i. Milani further say that the said Miami Daily News is a newspaper published at Miami, in raid bade County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said bade County, Florida, eaeh day and has been entered as second class mail platter at the postofficc in Miami, in said bade County, Florida, for a period of one year next pre• ceding the, first publication of the, attached copy of advertise► merit; and affiant further says that he has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertise• meat for publication in the said newspaper. &41.dles Sworn to and subscribed before me this .33rd day of 1pri.1 , A,_ D. 19. Seal Notary Public L5t At. NOTICE At1 4l1tetrstell +k li Mita 5nt%5I Hitt tiff! tho atMkt HaCity et 1416151. tetlea IMAM AS ne• 111flene6 elite eA- AN OR ASI A{{� Tilt4 SOU FLO*k1DAD13U1Li1 INn It Ofl A34 Hi%t,$RO l,DI$tl CO )t OP MIA MI1 Po Ci ilTAI Mo11FICA• TIO S AND Abt3t'rIONN T THE REQUIREMENTS MENTS OP THE SOUTH FLORIDA 'WILDING cot . AB THE SAiO CODE APPLIES WITHINTHE CITY i.IMITS t51r MIAMI ! otunAi NovOIOpp$no PLUMBING. BN. AND.EL• TSICAL PERMITS AND RCMP ER AND ELEVATOR INi1PPC• TION AND exter1FICAT9 rsts. F STAII1.1sHINCi Plitt ZoNEie. PROViI)1Nn FOR tan VIISIONSBI HEREOF:THE PRO- PROVID- ING PENALTIES POR THIS ViotATION OF THIN ORDt- NANCE• AND REPEALING ALI, ORDINANCES OR PART! Or oRDINANCEB IN CONFLICT HEREWITH, sPEC1FICALLY ORDINANCES b btt9 28. 6590. vrhteh le Beltrt►ste8 Ordthdhte No. 6145. P. L. COt RELL CITY MERE mTY Ole U/AM1, FLORIDA • ( 11 of_ THE M1AZ41 News Puhilsited pally Viintni4 Thule Comity. noritla STATE Or rtnittroA4 COUNTY tit' Before the undersigned authority petsottally appeared Charles r,raCI. who tut oath says that he is :r(‘':1i t ct or the Mitutti tinily News., 11 daily netotspapet published at Nlianii itt Dade County4 Plorida; that the attached copy of ativettisetneot, being a ........ in the matter of rti 6'1.15 ill the Court', was published in said newspaper itt the issues of $ Affiant further Pay that the said Miami Daily News; is a newspaper published at Miami, in said Dade County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Dade County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the postoffice in *Miami, in said Dade County, Florida, for a period of one year next pre. ceding the first publieation of the attached ropy of advertise. ment; and affiant further Pap that he has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertise. merit for publication in the said newspap,vo.c.„/„.er. Agre-‘4,09 Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of Ipr3.1. , p. 19. Seal Notary Public ,13rd NOTTet Alt 'Memel% VII rite MARS that en tea lOtti dity et 'tastes. CORIMIOO105 6t fit City nt MIMI. name adoot54 sh e esnes estate& MI OR tRANel AbOPfl HE Sou IR PlitoRthA No CODE A8 TITPT RUM COVE OF AttAbtli PROVIOI FOR CERTMN 140E1791C'TO A, snot* AlD aorsttioNs tax atattiatutters OP Tut sovrti moans", tit:HAMM CgDis As_THE IlAWL CODE ApPLIP.6 WITRIN THIC MT? ',Miffs OP MAKI PLIZA ORt rtuntttutin rsoes raft strum. ISCT. PLOMIHNO,AND itzt: pERMITR. AIM isol ER AND ELEVATOR %SPEC. TION AND cERti CATE PEEP E6TANt115111144 FIRE ZONtilPROVIDING volt Tilt sxrstikatutv or tux vats. Vistorge nr.ntor: PROVID. INo PENALTIES Pon tun VIOLATIONoP tins Om- NANCE: AND AP,PEALING ALT. oRDINANCP.S OR PAR TP or ORDINANCES I4 onto:Um' HEREWITH, sPEcIPICALVE ORDINANCES No. 6928, 6599, 5601, 2572 AND 509 *ARA lik dPIlItt9d ONIthittet NO. 61415. IP. &MAK CITY OP AttAIAL PIJOIUDA OC,10 (i'vvt.." ( 4_.,...4.:), i (141) /, A 7/ .7 ‘74k ''e S t 144 1 , 4," ) « : ... , , , • , NI 4 -- - i - I / 1". ... ,./. ';' C 1 , 4 7 , 7 : f 7 Ati 7 id .1;) _ i: 4 It ) Vi ' rtle6-17 /et 4-c-44--41 ti i 1 , c 1 . i'—' 4 1 it://1 ' .C" e 7 v .f .../ ,5----l- 7-f-tevil/ -C-0) ) • . ) te(11.<7.4-4; . t tzto ,. /Lc 14,14,.N.ty if- ri 1. C Jt.--: / i, * • / '77,1 3 • , • *woo* ra 4 / . •"" rrl ORDINANCEAtts ,. a AN ORMINANCE ADOPTING THE SOUTH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AS THE BUILDING CODE OF i tAt i; PROVIDING FOR CERTAIN MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOUTH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AS THE SAID CODE APPLIES WITHIN THE CITY UNITS OF MIANt, FLORIDA; PROVIDING FEES FOR, BUILDING, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL PERMITS, AND BOILER, AND ELEVATOR INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATE FEES; ESTABLISHING FIRE ZONES; PROVIDING FOR THE SEPARABILITY OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF; PROVIDING PENALTIES FOR, THE VIOLATION OP THIS ORDINANCE; AND REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES OR PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH, SPECIFICALLY ORDINANCES NO. 6028, 5599, 5601, 25?2, AND 5419. LCITY COMMISSION' `-''"TIN WAR 51958 BE IT ORDAINED BY WE COMMISSION OF THE 0/Ti OF MtAMt, PLORIDAt SECTION I. ADOPTION OF BUILDING PLUMBING ELECTRICAL AND RELATED TECHNICAL CODES. The document marked, designated, and known as the "South Florida Building f/^ Code" a-o+ P; which is a ar to made a part hereof, id hereby adopterand shall be known as the "Building Code of Miami", and this document shall be as fully effective as though every word, phrase, sentence, or section of the South Florida Building Code were fully incorporated herein, except as modified or added to in sections of this ordinance which follow. SECTION 2. AUTHORITY. Wherever the terms "Building Official", "Plumbing Inspector", Electrical Inspector", "jurisdiction", "regulatory authority", or similar terms shall appear,they shall refer to the properly designated inspectors or assistant inspectors of the Building mepartment of the City of Miami, and to the authority and jurisdiction of the City of Miami and its officials and employees. SECTION 3• QUALIFICATIONS OF INSPECTORS AND PERSONNEL. The qualifications of the Building Inspector, Plumbing Inspector, and Electrical Inspector, and other personnel of the City of Miami Building Department, shall be established by the Civil Service Board of the City of Miami. SECTION 4. APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMITS. No person shall erect or construct or proceed with the erection or construction of any building or structure, nor add to, enlarge, move, improve, alter, convert, extend, or demolish any building or structure. or any group of buildings and/or structures under one or joint ownership whether on one r 10 be done, where the cost of work is or more lots or tract of Land; or cause the sane Twenty-five Dollars 025.00) or more in value; and on any remodeling or alteration job of any value, without first obtaining a building permit therefor from the Building Department. SBOTIONJI Ordinance 6028 is hereby repealed in .to entirety and the foile Egg itided therefor: The office of the Building Tnopection Division of the City of Miami, shall charge and eb Beet for building permits at the following rate$, to wit: NEW BUILDINGS AND/Of, ADDVTTONSt (Pees listed herewith do not include electriea1 er plumbing) For each 100 square feet of area or fractional part for each floor....... $12.0 Minimum Permit Fee......►•........... ...•............►.......... ACCESSORY BUILDINGS: One -car garage or porta cochere, two -car garage or ports cochere, sheds, shelters, screened enclosures, and other accessory buildings: For each 100 square feet of area or fractional part for each floor. 2.00 Minimum Permit Fee. • ................... • ........... 5.00 NEW CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED HEREIN: (WATER TOWERS, COOLING TOWERS, PYLONS, ETC.) For each $1,000.00 cost or estimated cost.••.........•••••6••••`666e 2.00 10.00 Minimum Permit Fee ALTERATIONS, TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: For the first $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part5.00 For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part2.00 REPAIRS TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: Over $25.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part5.00 For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part2.00 PAINTING: Up to and including $100.00 of estimated costcost or fractionalfractional partrt.... 5.00 .... 2.50 Over $100.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.. 2.00 (Owner -occupant who is painting own one -family house or duplex, is not required to obtain a painting permit).. MOVING BUILDINGS ON OR ACROSS PUBLIC THOROUGHFARES: For each 100 square feet per floor or fractional part •• •••2©.50 Minimum Permit Fee.......... .......••• .00 MOVING BUILDINGS FROM ONE LOCATION ON A LOT TO ANOTHER LOCATION ON THE SAME LOT, OR MOVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN A BUILDING, EXCLUDING THE COST OF THE NEW FOUNDATIONS; For each $1,000.00 of the estimated cost or fractional part....,..,. 5.00 Minimum Permit Fee.......,•.....................• ......••..,.. 10,00 (Provided, however, that nothing herein contained ehall require the City of Miami, County of Dade, State of Florida, United States of America or any other public body including the Board of Public Instruction of Dade County, to pay any fee for moving of buildings required by this ordinance). AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION; For each ton capacity or fractional part...e....*............►....•. 2.00 CONCRETE SLABS; For first 1,500 square Feet or fractional par+:...♦........•....!.... For each additional 1,00Q square feet or fractional part.......... . 5.00 2.00 FURNACES AND HEATING EQUIPMENT PER UNIT INSTALLEDI Per the first 200,000 Ds T. U. per hour or fractional parts s s. s s s s s s sO0 For each additional 100,000 Ds P. N. per hour or fractional part.... 'Is 000 Note: The rating of furnace and heating equ8pment shall be based on the is Ts tts output of fuel used per hour. INCINERATORS OR HOME PAR ECUE PITS: Eaohi....11...14 ..,i.i..l.ii..... .1.s.....11.....11.11...i1.1 2.00 FIR .SPRINtfLEE SYSTEMS: For 1,000 square feet of area protected or fractional part........ LAWN•SPRINXLEft SYSTEMS: a • 1144#1111* 44 .. 11116111 eilli11111111111111111#6111111# ROOFING: For each 1,000 square feet of area or fractional part.. *Si ..... Minimum Permit ] ee Note: per -.:its not required for minor repairs under $25.00 or for installation of 100 square rent or less of roof area. GOSS 1 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 FENCES AND/OR WALLS: 3.00 t• or each 100 1.ir cal feet or fractional part.. i . MARQUEES: For each sq vre foot of horisontally projected area or fractional past....,....... Min .t, am P: rt.t Fee r,;r i nsta:.lat1 on... • .. 10.00 .05 SWII� tY IN POOLS: 20.00 For the first 20,000-gallon ctpacitp. or fractional part For each additional 1,000-gallon capacity or fractional part 1.00 SIGNS: Single-fucod Signs, including channel -letter signs, TIO per sq. ft. Double-faced Signs, including channel -letter signs, 15 per sq. ft. Minimum Pcrrit Foe Flat -wall Signs, each BULLETIN BOILS An POSTER EOARDS : Bulletin Boards, 3r per cganre foot: Poster Boards, 30 per square foot: Minimum Permit ice . 2.00 2.00 ... ... .....• 5.00 TENTS: *Temporar;, permit only: For each tont up to and including 20,000 square feet in area.......• For each additional 1,000 square feet or fractional part of area, per tent *NoteAll tent permits shall be issued for a 30-day periad only, and fee' are not proratabie. TEMPORARY PLATFORJAS AND TEMPORARY BLEACHERS TO BE USED FOR PUBLIC A85EI1BLY: For each 100 square feet or fractional part of platform area........ For 100 lineal feet of seats or fractional part• • . • ....... w .. . w .. AMUSEMENT DEVICES: E0MANIGAL RIDING, SLIDING, SAILING, OR SWINGING; *For each portable or tE+aporary unit 111 0 .. i , a ... • ............... w .... For each p.mcs. vent unit inatal1ad or al#.erect................ • • • • • Note; keruit., for t!,,sipor4ry uw&ta" shall be iscued for a 30=Gr.;r x wiod oni7 , am fee are not proratable. w. 5.00 1.00 2.00 1.00 10.00 50.00 DEVOUTTCN OP BUtLpiNOSt For the first 1,500 square feat of floor or fractions Par bath additional 1,000 square feet per floor or fractional part.. PerMit Peos.1.1•..•.•..•.1•.•.•1.••.•.•• 11*1111.1.1•f...1.1 tamounoN OP S/ONS, FENCES, AND/OR gnat For each $100•00 Or estimated coat or fractional part up to $l,'d00.0 , • i 1 ... , • • . 1 .. • . • , . • • .... 2.00 00 $. 0 •1•..•.••1• 2.00 1.00 For each additional. $i 0O0.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.. DEMOLITION OP STRUCTURES OTHER THAN ABOVE: Por each 1,000 cubic reet of volume or fractional part of the cubic content described by the outside dimensions of the strl1Cture...,.,.......,••..••.••.•••..•.•1....•.••S•1.1...•.••• 2.00 DOUBLE `EE: this ordinance is started Uhen Mork for which a permit is required or proceeded with prior to the obtaining ofnsad t id permh t, the fieefees as specified herein may be doubled. Th p shall not relieve any person, firm, or corporation from fully complying with the requirements of City of Miami ordinances, nor from any penalties prescribed therein. SECTION 6. PLUMBING PERMIT' FEES. Ordinance No. 5599 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: No person, firm, or corporation shall commence work in connection with the items listed herewith without first submitting plans for same, securing approval and a permit therefor, and paying for permit at the following rates: ROUGHING -IN OR PLUGGED OUTLETS FOR: Each fixture............................. Gas and oil interceptors......... • Floor drains •••••••••'•• lot O *Oil Grease traps ••••• • " Each indirect waste pipe, including fixture ................. *•••••••••*. Doctorst and Dentistel Sterilizers, hospital sterilizeers autoclaves, autopsy tables, and other fixtures, appurtenances, or appliances having a water supply or waste outlet or both, including hot-water tanks or boosters......... Domestic trashing machine with sewer connection, same as fixture. ........................ a ..... . SET: Each fixture set or on plugged outlet, or replaced on old rough in ....... ••.............,........., Gas and oil interceptor, each...,•••.•• .......................... . Floor drains, each..,...,..........•...,.....,.......,.,....,,, Grease traps, Cacll.,..,....,.,,.•.•.•...,..,.,..,.•.♦,....+• on new roughing -in 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.no 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 SEWER; Each building sower (when connection irsthede to a ds$conr�ectaon and tic cnppin� to an ,,sting sewer, or to a city sewer, ca 2.00 of sarle.....s•r•..'...es.... ....,.•......,.......s,.. .....,..,...t,.t,..• „ Each building storm -sewer, whore connection ieweadertoth soakage pits, existing building storm -sewer, public s pointof d Spoea�•...tettit.are.••+sit.s,ste.,• •$ $tt•t..e.••.•.... ...... 2.00 � -1- SEPTIC TANN, DRAI t'TILE, AND SCAM Pt TS t Each het' septie inthidirlg dra&nti1e :for aat11e 1, s 11 s/ 1 11 s 1 t s s 1 s 1 1st 1 s s 40:0 Each septic tank drhintile relay/1s1s11.s1s11fs1ss111/11111s11/s1/ssft111/1 2"00 Each coakago pitsrs.s111c11/.11111ft.11ssf/s11rf$sf/11sss111111tss11tts1111 440 WATER ?I?Nit Each titer -service connection to a municipal or private multiple utter -supply e;etem (Each meter)1.s.1...t1►s11sr11s1s.s1stessitss11s111s Water connection too or outlets for are appliance a or installation fa not covered by tturt pernit$$.$lssss.t.1 1s....tsrss'i'r1111/rlsisiss, Irrigation systems, overhead and underground sprinkler systems, etc", only then city water is 1.13ed►ss►sss.s/.s$1s,$ssssss111s/11s1.s'rss Fire-spr.nklet system connected to city water or discharged into a dtaittge sratert 66161/160lsss6166666 666640661161161161666664 Fire -control *totem, including standpipe, Siamese connection, and pumps (each standpipe)1/11160664904619/61666111166410661061666061/1166011 Stand-by for •:mergenc;t potable water -supply outlet s../1..1........1s.s1...6 {Solar t':atnr-heater installations, new, iyincluding booster...... 1 .. 1 .... / . 1 . r feplac:.n; a solar t'tater renter or storage tank....11.1..1 ►.... ►.1r ••••••• Booster in connection with old solar water -heating system........ $ 6066666646 Swimming tool installations, not including Wells► . / .. , ... s ........ s . * RE?AI RS rot a tending, remodeling, addition, or repair or water pipes, v as te, soil, vent, seer pipes, or building drains)..,.. ;:then cont to the ogner for performing above work amounts to $100.00 or le:s.... Whca cost to the owner for performing above work amounts to over $100.00 • *Ibis does not include faucet, valve or water -closet tank repairs, t,v tonninc fixtures, gastei building drain or building -sewer pipes or cleaning of septic tanks. WELLS: Each water -supply well Each drainage well 2.00 2.00 5.00 5.00 3400 5.00 5.00 2.00 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 3.00 4.00 WATER DRAIN::GE: Rainwatc.• :oof inlet, each 1.00 Area, yard, or rainwater drain, each 1.00 GAS: (City Gal Only -- Not Bottled Gas) Each gas outlet.... 1.00 Setting each ^as appliance 1.00 Change fron master to individual meters, each meter 1.00 Gas -pipe repairs then no fixture or appliance installation is involved 2.00 MISCELLANEOUS: Siphon -breakers on old installations, required when repair of unapproved water cloc.t is made, each • REINSPECTIOU: For each reianpcction made due to condemnation of work, or due to the fact that the work was not ready at the time specified in the opp1icatioa for inspection, or for failure to call for final or other jusiNprti ons, pnch • 2.00 ..... 3.00 For each reii.spection of existing buildings to determine compliance with Plumbing Code.. 66666 0,0000,0 6 .,,................. When t,o •l for t414 c l a permit is required by this ordinance is Cc4w encod or p roccede 1 frith prior to obtaining a permit, the fee .specified here -n tiaall not bad. but shall be increased as net out below; x•u, if4.* i;4 w out above (up to $5.00 inclusive) , four times the fee unified. Permit : e sot put above (from $5.00 to $10.00 inclusive), throe t .ra;:: the *e :.,�ecified. ,Perna t fey gat out above (over $3Q.O0) two times the fee specified. 5.00 -5- The payment of such increased fee shall not relieve an person,firm) or corporation from full complying with the requirements of this Code, nor from ether penalties prescribed in the Plumbing Code, Upon failure of any person, firm, or corporation to pay such increaeed fee, such person, firm, or corporation shall be prosecuted in the Municipal Court and charged t4ith failure to secure a permit before commencing or proceeding with work. ECTZ . ELECTRICAL PERMIT FEES, Ordinance No. 5601 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: The office of the Electrical Inspection 2 .vision of the City of Mani shall charge and collect for electrical permits at the following rates, to wit: (a) (b) (c) The minimum permit fee that can be written shall be $1.50. DoubleFee: In the event that any work for which a permit is reauired by this ordinance is started or proceeded with prior to the obtaining of said permit by the duly authorized person, the fees specified for such work shall be doubled. The payment of such double fee shalll not relieve any person from fully complying with the requirements of the Electrical Code in the execution of the work nor from any other penalties prescribed therein. The following schedule of fees is applicable to replacement or reconnection as well as original installations: ROUGH WIRING: OUTLETS: Ceiling ) Bracket ) Receptacle ) Switch ) Each outlet Door Bell ) Floodlight ), Telephone j SERVICE, INCLUDING NETER HOUSING: Temporary construction service, minimum Services: 100-ampere and under Over 100-ampere to 200-aApere Over 200-ampere to 400-ampere Over 400-ampere to 600-ampere • Over 600-ampere to 300-ampere... Over 800-ampere, each additional 100 amperes Sub -feeds are charged by amperes at the same rate as services. Switchboard fees are to be determined by the Electrical Inspection Supervisor. .20 2.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.on 6.00 1.00 EQUIPMENT: Oven (Outlet and connection)...........,............. O !.. 1.50 Range (Outlet and connection)..... ... . ... . . e...... ........ !.. 1.50 Cooking top (Outlet and connection) ..... ♦ ....... s ...... +................ 1.50 Water Heater (Outlet 500; Connection $1.50)..... ... .....! 1.50 TT, �+T'i�C.v 4.M14 4-eY' • - • • ♦ x • • • • ♦ x . • a • f ..... 0 # .... ! ! .. 1 . ! . ! .. ! ! +! 114041,00 ... • .. VIP! 141/ telttiat iaeh motor Bath motor eh motor Each motor Eaeh mo mot Lath motor Lash motor taeh motor tip tb and i elhd3.n laasNi11►.i•sss.alsisssis..ss►sslslsw over 1-11. p1 through 34?i s s 1 1. I ...1... 1 1 .. 1.1.1 1 ... 1 .. 1 ...1 o'er 3•H1p1 through 5_H.p.$1111I....11I.,..1..•.11I 11.1►.i. over 5*1+�4,?. through 8*14115. s ... 1 1., 1. 1. 1. i.. $ i 1. 1. 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 s 1 I. over 8a1.P. through 20=111?.11.•I.1s$.11..11111.1.1I. 1.1.1.s o{r er 10=fit 1 p. through 2-. t?.1.1.. ► ... 1 .. 1 • ... I .... 1 .. I . I r 1 . . over 25=ft.P. through 100-N.p...►.►....1.1..I./11.......1..I. over �00.111i.11.../.11.1, 11.1►.1.1.,•.Ii...1.1....:.. OENtRATOM AtiDTRANSFORMERS: Each ti.p to 5-k Ni .... 1 r , .. • . i , , . • , i ... , r . • • , , , • '• / +'teh over 5-4tti through 10-k7s.,•s•,r•rs.,,r6666 Each over 10-kw through l5•lcw••,,,.• •..,1,1.1► taCh ovor 15-kw through 20-kw 66.66.6666111664•11 Each o•t . r 20=k14 through 25-kw 1...1 • . 66666 Each over 25-kJ $$$4$ 66666666666666666.► x-nAY mAcIcnt5: • r1.11►•••.1..•,$$SI4$,• • • ► • ► • 1 • . I . I • • ► . 1 , 1 1 . 1 • . 1$ 1 1 1 1 1• 1 1 i i i► i.$. 1 1.►, 1 • • • . 1 • . • . ► • ► • ► • . 1 • • 1 • i • • 1 1 . , • • 1 . , • • r . , . • . • 1.6614 • 11••••1•116111.1•1111•611r1 . / 1 ....... • 1 • .. 1 .• .. • . 41661061 X-Ra7, Stationary (Doctorts) each..•......•/.•..•.1..►•r.•r.1../•..•►•. Diather m: .c and Electronic outlet, each tdE►LIt;3 ;:r.ill;%a Determine primary amperage and see below: each; i p to 25-a.- pere Each over 25-ampere through 504-ampere 064664o6• Each o•;er 50-ampere, for each additional 50-ampere.. SPECIAL-PURPOSE OUTLETS: Popcorn. Doughnut, Drink, Music Machines, Toasters, Coffee urns, Sall commercial appliances, etc., each.. . Auto -printing Bake Oven, each • Ca:,e^., cach ' Each .:ign circa:i.t, including control switch............'.'••••••••••••• SIGNS: (A ,sepr atc permit shall be required for each sign) •..1.•1..1. . •• X Rr.r, Portable (Dentist) each INCANDESCTI\T: First 10 light Lulbo . Each additional 20 or fraction thereof ......•.••• NEON: First transformer •• Each additional, in same sign •... • F1a"her, each.... 0 Time Clock, each..... 0 6 0 •1 Sign Repairs, Connections or Reconnections, for each sign.... 66666 1.00 2.'00 3.00 14$00 5.00 8.00 10.00 15.00 2.00 600 6.00 8.00 10•00 15.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 1.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 .50 1.00 .50 1.00 1.00 1.50 FIXTURES: bulb Aj w through 1/� �L sockets. _ _ ' .... .. 1.00 ... • . • 1.00 Each additional light -bulb socket or fluorescent tube.10 combinatj.on light fixtures and outlets up to sax, when complete for oneinspection.......+♦1+ip••se•*••s...•.4.a.fesf:s.st.af+.0•••••ws• r+,ro3m4-^ ; rr'Perto©n Lights: First 10 liphtB.fI•.•1•f•ff•ff•.•,•#.+.+. V404 Pdd .timal 10 or ' `��J�+3QI3ss..fafsi1• 1 through 10 fluorescent tubes.... .. •$•••••••* .. 1.50 1.00 .50 FWO 1' LDt One outlet per 5 f'aet lr,st 25 feerr..m.ss.•f•fssts••••••sss•.ssf•sss 3. R .DETECTION 2YSTEMi Installation, Central.;ystems.iffiif�fiff�fifif.fffsffi•if.iiiyffafffi• Head or target area, with Rrotectti or mire of similar character, each... Bell -Alarm Station, ea his.ff.fissffr•r.+sfifi.rifsf.fisf.fiisifii.iis.f 110 Reinspection Pee, Semiannually' s ..... i s. f s f s f s. s. f f f i .. i f f. i f f f i s f i s 1.00 MISCELLANEOUS: ALTERATIONS OR CHANGES: Por alterations or changes in an existing system, a permit fee of from $1.50 to $10.00 shall be paid, depending upon the extent of alterations determined by the electrical inspector. Changes or alterations shall not be held to mean the installation of new outlets or fixtures, even though they may replace existing ones. CARAIVALS, CIRCUSES, ROAD SHOWS, AND SIMILAR TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONSt Por carnivals, circuses, road shows, and similar temporary installations, a permit fee of from $15.00 to $50.00, as determined by the electrical inspector, shall be paid. RADIO TRANSMITTERS: Pee to be determined by the electrical inspector. REINSPECTION FEES: When extra inspection trips are necessary due to any one of the following reasons, a charge of one dollar ($1.00) shall be made for each trip: l.U►0 .10 1. Wrong address. 2. Condemned work resulting from faulty construction. 3. Repairs or corrections not made when inspection is called. 4. Work not ready for inspection when called. The payment of reinspection fees shall be made before any further permits will be issued to the person owing same. SECTION 8. BOILER AND ELEVATOR FEES. The office of the Boiler and Elevator Inspection Division shall charge aro collect for fees as follows: ELEVATOR: or Permit fee for the installation of an elevator, escaor, escalator, or dumbwaiter 10.00 Permit fee for the major revamping of an ,10.00 dumbwaiter Fee for the inspection of an elevator, escalator, dor umbwaiter 3.50 .0 Certificate fee for an elevator, escalator, or 5.00 Certificate fee for elevator inspectors, annually... 10.00 Examination fee for elevator inspectors 1.00 Elevator operators' Certificates of Competency, annually BOILER: Fee for the internal inspection of a boiler.. ... ....•••••••••••••••••••• 1.00 Certificate fee for same, annually • 0 Fee for external inspection of a boiler ...• 3.00 1.00 Certificate fee for same, annually.... • • • . , • • Note; Passenger and freight elevators are inspected quarterly. Escalators and dumbwai tprs arQ inspected semiannually. SECTION 9. FIRE ZONES DEFINED. The entire City of Mani, Florida, is hereby declared to be and is hereby established a Fire District, and said Fire District shall be known and designated as Fire Zones 1-A, 2-41# and 3-A. Fire Zone 1-A (or ;'Fire Distr,Ctiu) shall include sash territory ry or portions of the 'City as outlined in this ordiftsnem Piro ten* 2aA for neeendary Fire istr eta+) shall include such territory or portions of the City es f`` outlined in this ordinance. Fire tone 34 shall include all other territory or portions of the .City not otherwise included in Fire on 1-A and 2-A. Wherever reference is made to any Fire Zone, it shall be construed to mean one of the three Pire Zones designated and referred to in this ordinance, FIRE ZONE 1-A. Fire Zone 1-A shall include all of the area within the following boundaries and, in addition thereto, the whole of all lots or parcels of land adjoining or contiguous to, or any part of which is within 100 feet of, the streets and/or avenues, other than tiseayne Bay, set forth herein as boundaries: North Boundary, 23rd Street from Biscayne Bay west to N. W. 17th Avenue. West Boundary, N. W. 17th Avenue south to 20th Street, east to N. 14. 7th Avenue, south to 5th Street Bridge, including the Ntiami River, south on 8th Avenue to S. W. 8th Street. South Boundary, S. W. 8th Street from S. W. 8th Avenue east to Biscayne Bay. Bast Boundary, Biscayne Bay. FIRE ZONE 2-A. Fire Zone 2-A shall include the whole of all lots or parcels of land adjoining or contiguous to, or any part of which is within 100 feet of, an inland waterway, a railroad right-of-way, or any of the following public thoroughfares: EAST -WEST: 79th Street within the City Limits. 71st Street from Biscayne Boulevard west to the City Limits. 62nd Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue west to the City Limits. 54th Street from Biscayne Boulevard west to the City Limits. 36th Street within the City Limits. 29th Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue west to N. W. 17th Avenue. 28th Street from the property (100' minimum) adjoining the west side of N. W. 17th Avenue west to the City Limits. 7th Street from the Miami River west to the City Limits. Flagler Street from the property (100' minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue west to the City Limits. S. W. 1st Street from the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue west to 22nd Avenue Road (Beacom Boulevard). S. W. 8th Street from the property (100' minimum) adjoining the west side of 8th Avenue west to the City Limits. Coral Way from S. W. 12th Avenue west to 37th Avenue. Grand Avanue from Mary Street west to the City Limits. Main Highway from Grand Avenue southwest to Thomas Street. MacFarlane Lane from Biscayne Bay to Grand Avenue. Commodore Plaza from Main Highway to Grand Avenue. The areas on and/or within these boundaries: Bird Limits, ,enue est tooastthe Coity RR. NORTH-SOUTH: Diocayne Boulevard south to the property (100' rninamum) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. N. E. 2nd Avenue south to the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. North Minma- Avenue south to the property (1001 minimum)) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. South Miami Avenue from the property (100+ minimum) adjoining the south side of S. W. 8th Street south to 13th Street. N. 14. 7th Avenue south to the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. 12th Avenue from the Miami River south to S. W. 8th Street. 17th Avenue south to South Dixie Highway. 22nd Avenue south to South Dixie Highway, 27th Avenue south to South Bayshore Drive. 32nd Avenue south t4 rvind Avenue. 37th Avenue south to Poinciana Avenue, 2nd Avenue within the City Limits. 1 Refere any permit £a lamed; all prOVISIMO of the City of Miami toning Ordinance No. 1682, and any amendments thereto shall be compiled with, and the provisions of the Miami wilding Code shall not be conatt ed to repeal, superoede, or modify any part of the said toning Ordinance No. 1682 or amendments thereto. SECTION 111 PENALTIES, Any person convicted for violating any of this ordinance ahal , upon conviction thereof in a municipal court of the City of Miami, be sentenced to pay a fine not exceed- ing the sum of Pive Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or serve a term not to exceed sty days in the City Jail of the City of Miami, or both such fine and sentence, in the discretion of the Municipal Judge. SECEOt 12. SEPARATE O gNSRS. Each day+s violation of any of the terms of this ordinance shall be deemed and cr:idsred and is hereby specially declared to be a separate and distinct violation of the terms of this ordinance and punishable as such. SECTION 13. SEPARA$[LfTY. In the event that any portion of this ordinance shall be held to be void, inconsistent or of no effect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall in no wise affect or disturb the remaining portions of this ordinance. SECTION th. All ordinances in conflict or inconsistent herewith are hereby repealed insofar as there is conflict. PASSFT) on first reading by title only this � day of � " '' ---, , 1958. PASSED AND ADOPTED on second and final reading this , / day of , 1958. ATTEST; MAYOR CITY CLERK APPRO AWL iT Y AT • R CY wlOw RM TO M MeriAN4 Mrs E. A..EVans City Manager FROM E. es Knox, Director Building Department b,kt€ FILE SUBJECT .114 geitiNt its 2 Pebru Adoption of South Florida Pudding Code as the Dut1ding Code of Miami (Permit Fees And Fire Zones) 1 am submitting an ordinance adopting the South Florida Building Code which was prepared by the Dade league of Municipalities and has been established as a minimum standard for this area. Although there are several types of errors, technical discrepancies, and omissions in this code, they are of such nature that they are not uncommon for this typo code, which encompasses the entire building industry. We have spent considerable time simplifying the fire districts which were contained on 35 pages of the old code and now are reduced to one page, yet sufficient to completely outline the three fire districts in the City of Miami. Assisting in the revision of the fire districts were: Chief J. W. Davis, Fire prevention Bureau W. J. Stephan, Writer of the Code The fees for Building, Electrical, plumbing, and Boiler and Elevator inspections and/or permits have been included in this ordinance without change, for quick reference and uniformity. Nay I, therefore, recommend that this ordinance be adopted, and we shall bring the above -mentioned discrepancies to the attention of the proper authority as soon as possible so that the people of this area may be served adequately and uniformly. ECK: ghj Attached (2) MEMORANDUM FPOM The Honorable Members of the City Commiesioa F. A, Evans City Manager um: F.C,T Fibrilar y gg, I9S$ Adoption of South Florida Building Code as the Building Code of Miami (permit reel and Fire Zones) I am enclosing for your information copy of the proposed ordinance, subject as follows: An ordinance adopting the South Florida Building Code as the Building Code of Miami; providing for certain modifications and additiotte to the requirements of the South Florida Building Code as the said Code applies within the City limits of Mtatnt. Florida; providing fees for building, plumbing and electrical permits, and boiler and elevator inspection and certificate fees; establishing fire sones; providing for the separability of the provisions hereof; providing penalties for the violation of this ordinance; and repealing all ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith, specifically Ordinances No. 6028, 5599, 5601, 2572, and 5419. It is expected that this item will tippear on the Informal Agenda on March 3, 1958 and the Forriat Agenda for the City Commission Meeting on March 5, .9958. EAE:tbb Enclosure cc: Honorable Robert King High, Mayor Honorable George W. Daireuit Honorable B. E. Hearn, Sr. Honorable James W. High Honorable Ctis W. Shiver ORDINANCE NO. 614 $ AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE SOUTH FLORIDANNCODEIAS MODIFI- CATIONS UZZ, I G CODE fiP MIAMI I PROVIDING A CATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE REQUIREMENTSPOF T WITHINESOUT THE PLORXDA BUILDING CODE AS THE SAID CODE CITY LIMITS OF MIAMI FLORIDA; PR0VIDI� AND FOR ELEVATOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PERMITS, AND INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATE FEES; ESTABLISHING FIRE ZONES; PROVIDING POR THE SEPARABILITY OF THE PROVISIONSHEREOF; PROVIDING PENALTIES FOR THE VIOLATION OF THIS AND REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES OR PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH SPECIFICALLY ORDINANCES N0. 6028, 5599, 5601, 2572 AUDD 5419 BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF MIAMI, FLORIDA: SECTION 1. ADOPTION OF BUILDING. PLU? INd., _ELECTRICAL AND RELATED TECHNI 5At cDDDS. The document marked, designated, and known as the "South Florida Build- ing Code which is made a part hereof by reference,ie hereby adopted as a minimum standard for the purposes expressed therein and shall be known esthe "Building Code of Miami", and this document shall be as fully effective as though every word, phrase, sentence, or section of the South Florida Build- ing Code were fully incorporated herein, except as modified or added to in sections of this ordinance which follow. SECTION 2. AUThORITY. Wherever the terms "Building Official", "Plumbing Inspector", "Elec- trical Inspector", 4jurisdiction", "regulatoryauthority", or similar terms shall appear, they shall refer to the properly designated inspectors or assistant inspectors of the Building Department of the City of Miami, and to the authority and jurisdiction of the City of Miami and its officials and employees. SECTION 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF INSPECTORS AND PERSONNEL. The qualifications of the Building Inspector, Plumbing Inspector, and Electrical Inspector, and other personnel of the City of Miami Building Department, shall be established by the Civil Service:Board of the City of Miami. SECTION 4. APPLICATION POR BUILDING PERMITS. No person shall erect or construct or proceed with the erection or construction of any building or structure, nor add to, enlarge, move, im- prove, alter, convert, extend, or demolish any building or structure, or any group or butldirs and/or structures under one or joint ownership whether on one or more lots or tract of land; or cause the same to be done, where the cost of work is Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) or more in value; and on any remodeling or alteration Job of any value, without first ob- taining a building permit therefor from the Building Department. .I. AN ORDINANCE ADOPCHO THE SOUTH PLOHZDA SO!LINO CODE IS THE IVILDINO CODE OP laMett; PROVIDING POR CERTAIN HOD/PICATIONS AND AD'DIffORS TO THE marnamens OP THE SOUDI PIDRIDA WILDING CODE AS THE SAID CODE APPLIES vitas THE any LIMITS OP HIM, FLORIDA) PROVIDING PEIM FOR WILDING) PLUMBINO, AND ELECTIOAL PERMITS, AND BOILER MID ELEVATOR INSPECTION AND CIERTIPICATE PEES; ESTAILISHINO FIRE ZONES) PROVIDING FOR THE SEPARABILITY OP THE PROVISIONS HEREOP) PROVIDING PENALTIES POR THE VIOLATION OP NIS ORDINANCE) AND REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES OR PARTS OP ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT 11RETITH) SPECIFICALLY ORDINANCES NO. 6026, 5599, 5602., 2s72, AND 5419. BE IT ORDAINED 13! THE COMMISSION OP THE CITY OP MIA, FLORIDA! SECTION lo ADOPTION OP BU/LDINGt PLUMPING, ELECTRICAL, AND MATED. TECHNICAL CODES. The document marked, designated, and known as the "South Florida Building Code", a copy of which is attached hereto �Ke1srp 1f is hereby adopted and shall be known as the "BUilding Code of Miami", and this document shall be as fully effective as though every word, phrase, sentence, or section of the South Florida Building Code were fully incorporated herein, except as modified or added to in sections of this ordinance which follow. SECTION 2. AUTHORITI. Wherever the terms ”Building Official", "Plumbing Inspector", Electrical Inspector", "jurisdiction", "regulatory authority", or similar terms shafl appear, they shall refer to the properly designated inspectors or assistant inspectors of the Building Department of the City of Miami, and to the authority and jurisdiction of the Ci t Miami and its officials and employees. SECTION 3. QUALIFICATTONS OF INSPECTORS AND PERSONNEL. The qualifications of the Building Inspector, Plumbing, Inspector, and Elec Inspector, and other personnel of the City of Miami Building Department, shall be established by the Civil Service Board of the City of Miami. SECTION 4. APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMITS. No person shall erect or construct or proceed with the erection or oonstruOio or any building or structure, nor add to, enlarge, move, improve, alter, convert, or demolish am building or structure; or any group a r one or 3oint ownership whether on one or core Iota or to be done* where the cost at work is Twentrtive'Dollers on say resodallog or altOration job ot any mute, wtthpu fornit theraor Iron the old tip • 8 Nhereby repaled in 'its tits ort The office of the 1,1tilding Inspection Division of the City of f,shittll *haa and eoUl ct for building permute at the following rates, to sits NEW =DINGS AN/ON ADDIIIONSt (Fees lasted herewith do not include electrical er plumbing) For each 100 square feat of area or fractional part for each floor.. • • • • M#.Ttunim Permit Fee►.►•.s........►......►........t..r.............s....... rolltAting BOO ACCESSORY BUILDINGS: One -car garage or ports coehere, twangy ot�eraaccessor ory porte uild3.ngss sheds,' shelters, screened enclosures, For each 100 square feet of area or fractional part for each floor. 2.00 Vininuin Permit Peg......►..►......►....►....►.►.•►•►...►........... 5. NEW CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED HEREIN: (WATER TOWERS, COOLING TOWERS, PYLONS, ETC.) For each $1,000.00 cost or estimated cost .............►.........•••+2.00, Permit Fee. ................................................. 10.00. ALTERATIONS, TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: P'or the first $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part .......• 5440 For each additional $1,000400 of estimated cost or fractional part.. 2.00;: • REPAIRS TO BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES: Over $25.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part....... 5. For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.. 2•. PAINTING: Up to and including $100.00 of estimated cost or fractional part.... 2 Over $100.00 to $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fractional part For each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or -fractional part.. (Owner -occupant who is painting own one -family house or duplex is not required to obtain a painting permit). MOVING BUILDINGS ON OR ACROSS PITBLICi0R0UGHFARES: For each 100 square feet per floor or fractional part........ 0.0010, MGnimwn Permit Fee ..................... ...... W VING BUILDINGS FROM ONE LOCATION ON A LOT TO ANOTHER LOCATION ON SANE LOT, OR LOVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN A BUILDING, E; CCLUDING� THE COST OF THE NEW FOUNDATIONS: For each $1,000.00 of the estimated cost or fractional part......... Minimum Permit Fes.......,..•...... ................................. 10.00 (Provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall require the City of Niami, County of Dade, State of Florida, United Statee of America or any other public body including the Board of Pblio Instruction of Dade County, to pay any fee for moving of buildings required by this ordinance). AIN CONDITIONING AND R !R3GERAIZOMs Far each ton.'. COM= SLAM For first 1, fit, or .trao1 H For: oath addittialol 1,000 dgar rockor: 5 POMACE Per the t&rat ; Tor each addition PSI T:. Ts tra par hour or fractional parti • i. 8a T. fit• per hour or fractional 1tete: Ta rating et furnace and haaa ng **Mint shall' based on the U. output of fuel wad par hour+ • ERAT RS Cann n fARREtfE PITS liehs••sasaisissabississss.sass is.sas.sssa.a..sa.as...iasiss.s FIRSPRtNKLER SYSTEMS: For:1)000 square feet of area protected or fractional part•i. LAWN -SPRINKLER SYSTEMS! 1'ch.•i•f•.f...••f•.41•i.•f•�•If•••.•1•f►.•a.aa..•fa•a•sii ROOFING: For each 1,000 coare foot of area or fractional pert► • a + • s • a • • . • s • Minimum Permit Pee.••.....i•eri•••.•••i•.a..•i•••••s••i•3ia•►f•srss• Note: no;, required for minor repatre under $25.00 or 2or inrta1lation of 100 square feet or legs of roof area. FENCES =f OR WILLS: For each 100 " 4,1ea1 f cot, or :'Factional part .........r......•..s..•.• NAMES: For each S". i�iar a foot of horl.conte'1ly projected area or fractional part.......,..... Minimum Po r,.it B'ee T .r inct:t ;2 Mien SfrJII►LEG POOLS: For the t'irot 20:000-gallon earaeitf ^.r fractional part............. 20• For each additional 1,000-gallon ccpac .t T or fractional part........ 1.00 SIGNS: ,, per s ft. Signs, incl uz i.n .aa:i :e1-1e � or signs, ? p q Single -faced Si;, , • � S �per Double-faced Sig, including channel -letter signs, 150 sq. ft. Mi.nimun Pert,::Lt Fee., Fiat-ua11 S:!grs, BULLETIN BO!RDS 1:I D POSTER BOARDS: uars foot: Bulletin Boards, 3 per Poster Boards, 3fi per square foot: Minimum Permit r'ee.... TENTS: *Temaoraery permit only: 20 000 square feat area...... For each tent up to and including , For each additional 1,000 square feet or fractional �part 'of•area, ..• per taint.... , . •. .. . • ;:Note: ill tent permits shall be issued for a 30-day period only, and fees are not proratable. TEMPORARY PLrAWO:tM5 AND TE3PORARY BLEACHERS TO BE USED FOR PUBLIC ASSEMBLY; For each 100 c are feet or fractional part of platform area... For 100 U.nea feet of aeate or fraotion4 AMUSEMENT DEVICE& =MI= SIDDIal Far each ortOlo : or , . • ' ' .ie * • * a +i For *Adz per aaznont unit, trod ox ai r Note; PerAlto for thr4per its )0-4ay ports only. ; d ` osa DEMOLITION OP EUILDI1081 Per the first 1400 square root or floor or tractional part.14...11,1 Far each additional 1)000 square teat per floor or tractional part.' Minis= Permit DIMMUON OP SIM PENOES) AND/ORWALLS1 Ptr each $100.00 of estimated coot or tractional part up to . $1,000000stlissistesstsssitssessessolssisstsssosseettsessesstits Por each.additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or tractional part.. Et DEMOLITION OP STRUCTURES OTHER THAN ABOVEI For each 1,000 cubic feet of volume or fractional part of the cubic content described by the outside dimensions of the structure.141111/6611116111 1 1111*111111110111116•11111111111011111111616111111$$$$$ DOUBLE PEE: When work for which a permit is required by this ordinance is started or proceeded with prior to the obtaining of said permit, the fees as specified herein may be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person, firm, or corporation from fully complying with the requirements of City of Miami ordinances, nor from any penalties prescribed therein. SECTION 6. PLUMBINO PERMIT PEES. Ordinance No. 5599 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: No person, firm, or corporation shall commence work in connection with the., items listed herewith without first submitting plans for same, securing approval and a permit therefor, and paying for permit at the following rates: ROUGHING -IN OR PLUGGED OUTLETS FOR: Each fixture Gas and oil interceptors Floor drains . li Grease traps 1.. Each indirect waste pipe, including fixture 3. Doctors! and Dentists, Sterilizers, hospital sterilizers, autoclaves, autopsy tables, and other fixtures, appurtenances, or , appliances having a water supply or waste outlet or both, including hot-water tanks or boosters ***** Ofbil 1. Domestic washing machine with sewer connection, same as fixture. SET: Each fixture set on new roughing -in or on plugged outlet, or replaced on old rough -in Gas and oil interceptor, each Floor drains, each Grease traps, each SEWER: Each building sewer (when connection is made to a septic tank, to, an existing sower) or to a city sewer, or the disconnection and paiipiOgi a04140eioeiriefoolseeem.p0004reooeamoemeelPitaes.oferipies”it Each building stormr-eewer) where connection ie mad. tO °gating building storm.sower) ptibliC storm sewer Oro* point of diASPOSalosee•*••••••••••••••••••stsiseefitit••••• • =MIA AND RIM Zech new tte tanks including 'drainttae ter VMS s t ... s s s s s s ss seise s s s s. s. Sae eepttc tank dreintile r laysssii�s.isssssssssssss.ssssssss.ss4ssstst�s Sigh .soakage pitssss•sssssstsssssssssss,sssssstssss•ss.ssssssststss.sssssss 'Wan PIPINGe ech water-aervLee connection tea Tnunieipal or private multiple water-aupp'ly'system "(Each peter)..sssss-•tss.ssssssssss•ssssssss•ssssis's %tate'r Co hection . to or outlets for an appliance or installation not irrigation coverers by fixture pernitsss•ssss.sssssss�ss.iss..sssssssrs.s.sssss systems, overhead and underground sprinkler system, - etc., only when city water is 1111ed•s•s•ssss.:sss6sss..ssssssssss.sss.111111 Fire -sprinkler system connected to city water or discharged into A drainage trilterhs.ssiesssssssss..s.ssss.••s.ss.••••ss.••sss••s•s•sss•s Fire -control system, including standpipe, Siamese connection, and pumps (each standpipe)...s.ss•s•s••.••s•sesse,•••s.•ss.•••s••s••••.s••s. 3r00 Stand-by for emergency potable water -supply outlet..•.••.•••••••••••••••.•• 5• ! Solar hater -heater installations, new, including booster...•••••• •••.'s•.•s 5s00 Replacing a solar water heater or storage tank•••s•.•.••••.s••.•.•.•••••.•• •00I Booster :.n connection with old solar water -heating systemMO Swimming pool installations, not including wells......•..•.••..•.••.•.••• • 56 00 *i f'AIflS: For extending, remodeling, addition, or repair of water pipes, waste, coil, vent, sever pipes, or building drains, When coot to the owner for performing above work amounts to $1O0.0O or .�� lent ►i•..•.11•• When cost to the owner for performing above work amounts to over $100.0O. 5.00 *This does not include faucet, valve or water -closet tank repairs, unstopping fixtures, waste, building drain or building -sewer pipes or cleaning of septic tanks. WELLS: Each water -supply well Each drainage well • WATER DRAINAGE: Rainwater roof inlet, each Area, yard, or rainwater drain, each GAS: (City Gas Only -- Not Bottled Gas) Each gas outlet Setting each gas appliance Change from master to individual- meters, each meter.. •••.•••••••�•�•- Gas -pipe repairs when no fixture or appliance installation is involved... MISCELLANEOUS: Siphon -breakers on old installations) required when repair of unapproved water closet is made, each • •• • • • • • 3. 4.00 2„C REINSPECTION: For each reinopecti.on made due to condemnation of work, or due to the fact that the work eras not ready at the time specified in the application for inspection, or for failure to call for final or other lunlec-tinns, each. •••...•.........•..••••.,•♦•..••.•...•.••.....►. 3.00 For each rein►.pcction of existing buildings to determine conliance with Plumbing 0ode.,.......,..t6666..•.•,•,•.,•3•••.•..•••i441110000941•.l,.,..i When work for which 4 permit is req,uired by this. ordi e or proceeded with prior to obt�nimimg a Felt, th Cec herein ohall not held, but shall be i ereasod a#- set Wit: hifim3,t, :ao set out above (up. to 0.00 inclluai,ve) i four time specified. PermIt fee set out above (from $ •C0 to i3O.0Oinclusive), time4 the fee opecified• Permit fee set opt gbove (over .0O) two Woes the fee - the paymot Of tieh Increased fee shall rat rilieft_imy pPe rtrn torteratien from telly implying mitt theLrecOiremonte of 'this OWN tor' fPbl .ether penalties preseribed th theP1i,bthiCodes' 11011 failtre er *fly -pen tLrmer,.corporation to:pay such 'increased feei such 1362111M) tit% er • • torperation shall beHprosecuted it the Municipal Court and charged mith to secure a permit before commencing 'or plioceeding with work, . . SECTION 7. mammon 15....juliPSES4 Ordinance No. 5601 of the City of Miami is hereby repealed in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: The office of the tleotrical Inspection Division of the City of Mi Charge and collect for eleotrical permits at the following rates) to wit: (a) (b) The minimum permit fee that can be written shall be $1.50. Double Pee: In the event that any work for wit& a permit is reauirtd by this ordinance is started or proceeded with prior to the obtaining of said permit by- the duly authorized person, the fees specified for such work ehall be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person frem fully complying vith the requirements of the Electrical Code in the execution of the ..:ork nor from any other penalties prescribed therein. (c) The schedtla of fees is applicable to replacement or reconnecti6n - well as original installations: ROUGH UMW: OUTLETS: Ceiling ) Braeket ) Receptacle ) Switch Each outlet... Door Bell ) Floodlight ) Telephone ) SERVICE, INCLUDING METER HOUSING: Temporary construction service, ........... .......... 2 Services: 100-a....ipere and U6der • . • • • 4 • • 2 Over 100-empere to 200-ampere ........... ............... Over 200-ampere to 400-ampere................. ........ ............. Over 400-ampere to 600-ampere. 4,4••••••••••••40,1, ...... i ***** 000lipeolle• Over 600-ampere to 800-ampere................ * ..• Over 800-ampere, each additional 100 amperes. .. ******* ..... . ..... Sub -feeds are charged by amperes at the same rate as services. Suitohbow....d fees are to be determined by the Electrical Inspection Supervisor. EQUIPMENT: Oven (Outlet and Range (Outlet and connection)..................... ***** Cooking top (Outlet and Water Heater (Outlet 500; Connection $1.50)........ornome*.fo.16404 Space Ucater.. ************* Mittet eh motor p to an 1tcia a 2-'II1P,,is,s ,ssiisss1st111fitttsf*, s11141i PAO..motes eve'er Initiate • throve,. 3s41sPtsi11ssssssistsss'tsssstts'sssits•itts Eathmotor over 3414P. thZ'ou h,5u1,Psstssssstsstssssssstssssstsssttssss. Each motor ,over ,Ci-itsPs through 841sPsssilll•sssss tsssssssssstsissstssss Each iottr over aHtPi through04t�i+Ps#ssssssssssssssssssssolsssssssssst ..-Si II Pssssssssssssissssstsssssss,sss'sssf Ii'i ��{►flh motor error i, 1+�-1ti� sP��s fh��r��ottaap�jh,� 5�- • 10�� Biioh rotor r,ver 25■I'isCs trough 10O-HsPssst,sssss'sssssststsssssss.ssst1 '' Ch'motcr over00-Hs+Pssssssssssssssssssssssssssssisssssssssssssssssss 10 OENERATORS AND. TRANSD'ORN RS Each tip to 5"kt4ss.ssssss.sssss.s•ss1111114s116111111s1111s411111t1161111s116111s111s6115s Each Otter 5-lit through 10-kw.s.s11011s16sss.ss.sssst015106+111016s116111111,01111 Each over 10-ku through 15-kw.....s....s..s..sss.ss.;66s66.666661.116sss66_ Each over 15-kw through20-kw. wr..i...s•ss..s.......s.....t.61•••t..t.t.II �V�O� Each over 20-kw through 25-kw....►................... ........... ..... Each over 25-k...........s.ss.•s♦•.s..s..ssss.s.ss.as♦s....ss•.s.s•s•• X-RAY N CIM S: X-WI, Portable (Dentist) each.•.♦s.•.i*i.. •.•. 66666 ........ss. s$♦•.•s. X- a, Stationary (Doctor t s) each 51600 .00 Diathermia and Electronic outlet, each...•..s•..•...•.•.••..s.•. mum') *'�IC.7,.'''": Datcr.aine primary amperage and see below: � .tea♦..VW d Each, 11 to 25-ampere 666666666666 6666 66666666666666 6666♦•••s..•••s••. Each over 25-ampere through 50-ampere Each c-.-3-2 50-ampere, for each additional 50-ampere SPECT.T•-1 URPOSE OtJ T LETS : Popco i,, Doughnut, Drink, Nusic Machines, Toasters, Coffee Urns, S`�1 ? z awamereiel appliances, etc., each Auto -painting Bake Oven, each Dis; ia`; Cables, each.............. . Each sign circuit, including control switch SIGNS: (A separate permit shall be required for each sign) INCANDE$O NT: First 10 light bulb, •• Each additional 20 or fraction thereof NEON: First transformer. .I....... Each additional, in same s3.gn....... ............•.•..• • 011041.,••+••.. F rasher, each... • • Time C1oc s, each • Sign Repairs, Connections or Reconnections, for each sign....••••• 1.00 FIXTURES; Lights: 1 through 10 bulb sockets 1.00 1 through 10 fluoreacent tubes......•.•s,...,.••"'•s*•** *** 1.00;, Each additional light -bulb socket or fluorescent tube......,,, •10 Combtna =e3 1ight fixtures and outlets up to six, when complete for one L: s�ect4On,..:.sr* ss..ss...s'*..sis.��i�.•�ss+iss.s_i *,s►; �" Str-oarclri 15r ?estQW1 Ltfrobtall First,20 .+s,' huh add&tional 10* 'S * MO MOLD: = One outl4t per fees t, first 25 feet ............. R R . R . R nigaDMICRON Matt Installation Central System.l.millitellstivilsiiiiiivoweloississle ioe Reador target area) id.th'Proteets or Zre or similar Character) eashist, Malls:Alm Station, eadh,1414,....$11,14,51.1.1titissisilissisissilellibiliii Reinvention Pee) Semiannuallysisissiltiliss..111,11sistsses4stisselliliss444 XISCEILMIROUSt ALTERATIONS OR CHANCES: Por.alterations or changes in an existing systelhi: a permit fee of from$1.50 to $10.00 shall be paid, depending lob& the extent of alterations determined by the electrical thspeetors'-',-': Changes or alterations shall not be held to mean the installatiOrifle new outlets or fixtures, even though they ray replace existing ono., CARLIIVALS, CIRCUSES, ROAD BMWS) AND SIMILAR TEMPORARY INSTALTATIONS I- • Por carnivals, circuses, road shays, and similar temporary installations,:' a permit fee of from $15.00 to $50.00, as determined by the electrinal inspector, shall be paid. RADIO TRANSMITTERS: Pee to be determined by the electrical inspector. RICENSPECTION PEES: When extra inspection trips are necessary due to anyone-: of the following reasons, a charge of one dollar ($1.00) shall be made for each trip: 1. Wong address. 2. Condemned work resulting from faulty construction. 3. Repairs or corrections not made when inspection is called. 4. Work not ready for inspection when called. The payment of reinspection fees shall be made before any further permits , will be issued to the person owing same. SECTION S. BOILER AND ELEVATOR FEES. The office of the Boiler and Elevator Inspection Division shall chArRe and collect for fees as follows: ELEVATOR: Permit fee for the installation of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter$iO.00 Permit fee for the major revamping of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter Fee for the inspection of an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter... . . .. Certificate fee for an elevator, escalator, or dumbwaiter Certificate fee for ele'ator inspectors, annually Ekamination fee for elevator inspectors .... Elevator operators* Certificates of Competency, annually BOILER: Fee for the internal inspection of a boiler 4000 OOOOO .00 Certificate fee for sane, annually 1.00 Fee for external inspection of a boiler ......... .. ......... . .. .. 041,1P/00100 3900 Certificate fee for seine, annually ...... 1.00 Note: Passenger and freight elevators are inspected quarterly. Escalators and dumbwaiters are inspected semiannually. SECTION 9. FIRE ZONES MINED. The entire City of Mandl Florl4a, is hereby declared to be' eatabliahed a, Me Dietrict, and aid Fire District shall be IMMO and 4 Me Zones 1,-,A,. 24, and 34, Ms Zone 14 (or Mr. Districts') sbaU, Assad* 1 tilitondart Fire Din rietn) U &etiid tietItitoty 'or pertn .ioutlined in this ordinances Fire Porte 34 shall include ill other territory, bt the 'City not otherOisit included in. Pire Imes 14 and-14o Wherever refeiveni*,::. Made to SAY Fire- Zone,. it shall be tenstrued to mean one of the three Fire Ines designated and referred to in this ordinance, Fire Zone 1-A shall include all of the area Within toll boundaries end, in addition thereto, the uholt of all lots or parcels of land adjoining or contiguots to) or anypart of vhich is within 100 feet of the stree andior awnuea, other than Biscayne Bwy) set forth herein ae boundarital Northlundry) 23rd Street from Biscayne Bay west to N. W. 17th Avenue. West Boundary, N. W. 17th Avenue south to 20th Street, east 8oiith to 5th Street Bridge) including the Miami River) south on 8th Avenue to S. W. 8th Street. South 13ounclar-j, S. W. 8th Street from S. W. ath Avenue east to Biscayne Bay. East Boundary, Bisce.yne Bay. FIRE ZONE 2-A. Fire Zone 2-A shall include the whole of all lots or parcels of and adjoining or contiguous to, or any part of which is within 100 feet of, an inland gatertla7) a railroad right-of-way) or any of the following public thoroughfares EAST-ICSTt 79th Street within the City Limits. 71st Street from Biscayne Boulevard west to the City Limits. 62nd Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue west to the City Limits. 54th Street from Biscayne Boulevard west to the City Limits. 36th Street within the City Limits. 29th Street from N. E. 2nd Avenue west to N. W. 17th Avenue. 28th Street from the property (1001 minimum) adjoining the west side of N. W. 17th Avenue west to the City Limits. 7th Street from the Miami River west to the City Limits. Flagler Street from the property (100i mininnun) adjoining the west aide o 8th .venue west to the City Limits. S. W. 1st Street from the property(100' miniinum) adjoining the west aide 8th Avenue west to 22nd Avenue Road (Beacom Boulevard). S. W. 8th Street from the property (100' minimum) adjoining the *lot side ,or 8th Avenue west to the City Limits. Coral Way from S. W. 12th Avenue west to 37th Avenue. Grand Avenue from Mary Street west to the City Ltnits. • Main Highway from Grand Avenue southwest to Th.omas Street. MacFarlane Lane from Biscayne Bay to Grand Avenue. Commodore Plaza from Main Highway to Grand Avenue. The areas on and/or within these boundaries: Bird Avenue west to the City Limits, south and east to FEC RR. NORTH-S0p74; 13iscaync Boulevard south to the property (1001 mininnim) adjoining the north aide of 23rd Street. N. E. 2nd Avenue south to the property (100s minimum) adjoining the north side of 23rd Street. North Miami AVOlitle COUtb, to the property (1004 minilamt) adjoining the aide of 23rd Street. South Mime. 4venue from the property (3.001 S. W. 8t14 Street eouth to 13th Striae ' No W. NIP -venue south to the property (10011 minimum) side of 23rd Street. 12th Avenuc., from the Miami River south, to S. W. out strict. 17th kvonuo south tv South, Dixie Highway. 22nd Avenue south to South Dixie Highway. 27th Avenue south to South Bayahere Drive. 32nd AVADUC south to OrGod kvenuo. )Ttl! Awns south to POiMilifla Avenue. LW Aims withiu tho City Limits, r?, Omit is 4,11inted)1t r�,tntcfl ot the City, Ordnance No .1682) ;and ,argr amendments thereto shall be' tergied At% .. ..tons cii' the MIAMI Panding Code shall not be control to repeat; mere ira4 ,ty eta part of the bald 2oning Ordinance flos. 1682 or •amendMente thereto. SECTION 11;1 =gni Any Person convicted for violating any of this brdisance ahalliildpoh,:s ,, thereof.in a municipal court or the City of Mimi, be sentenced to pay a fine not*CC it ing the sum of P Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or serve a term -not to exciled:ittty-dayi in the City Jail of the City -of Miami) or both such fine and eentefteej in the disoretitiii: .:„.- . of the Witicipal Mgt. SECTI'l 12 SEPARATE_WENSES. Each 1,7ts violation of any of the terms of this ordinance dnall be deemed and :21=zit1ot'ed and he:.esy sp2cially declared to be a separate and diatinetAtiolation of 1.6 toms of if..y!.a ordinance Tad punishable as stch. =TON 13. PARAIII4LITY. In ths event tivt any portion of this ordinance shall be held to:be-Ntddi., sistont so.7.. of no effect b7 a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding,shall no vise affect or disturb the remaining portions of this ordinance. SECTION 14. All ordinances in conflict or inconsistent herewith are hereby repeal as there is conflict. PASSED on first rzaiing by tItle only this day of PASSED AXD ADOPTED or! second and final reading this day Of At:LiSST; APPROVED AS TO FORM Ai araniri: „ , ..... ....... „ .... , ... ,„„,„„ ...... AtKet, CITY ATTORNgY -10. MAYOR • . "1 Direttor Department submitting an ordinance adopting the South Florida Building Code prepared by the Dade League of Municipalities and has been established a MASI= standard for this area. hough there are several types of errors) technical tiiscrepancies) and Anions in this code, they are of such nature that they are not uncomitz rot this type code) 'which encompasses the entire buildingAndistry. Wehave spent considerable time simplifying the fire districts' which were - c�btained on 35 pages of the old code and now are reduced to one page) yet sOficient to completely outline the three fire districts in the City of Mi 'tilting in the revision of the fire districts were: ;74 Chief J. W. Davis) Fire Prevention Bureau W. J. Stephan, Writer of the Code The fees for Building, Electrical) Plumbing, and Boiler and Elevator 40pections and/or permits have been included in this ordinance without-: Oinge, for quick reference and uniformity. • " ' • , _WI, therefore, recommend that thie ordinance be adopted, and bring the above -mentioned discrepancies to..the,atteati6iFof the,4ro -uthority as soon as possible so that the peopleA)Uthii aret*t.-:,b0i "'-d4ivately and uniformly. EDKigbj 1U:itched (2) THE SOUTH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE t. • N9 1038 • 62eLlt4 % e-44 4.0., t itte ,fr-ik tre41( • a ISMPLMA ton es tax 103e tN ORDER TO SE ASSURED OF INFORMATION ON FUTURE REVISION SHEETS Nem Meiling Address Building Dept. advised today (3-20-58) that to purchase said Code, one must go to D de County Bldg Dept. The price to general public will be: $6.00 per copy. • . • Mr. Moore, The Dade County Building Department is in* their Aew location in the old Miami Country Clubhouse ii.gr the7411. of April. Building Codes are available to the public at the rate of $6.0O perk f ald. 3-20-'i6� #T Thanks a million, Pee Wee , ''.. 4 w ZONING AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT Ream 1IOL, Cenr$ Meese MIAMI. FLORIDA 'Coot 11O01t ROOM N2 35013 Sipnatttte Identilieatien clip Regular Municipe1 Election Special Bond Election Held in M1Ati I, DMA COUNTY pl.OltlbA on the 2:nd day of November, A. 11 1935. I affix my signature hereto in the place and at the time of voting for the purpose of identifying myself as a duly registered and qualified elector in this election. (Signature of Erector) I hereby certify that the foregoing signature was signed in my presence during voting hours at this voting precinct and by me compared with that on the registration records and approved for voting in Precinct_ -- (Signature of Clerk or Inspector) 1 hereby certify that I admitted the person who signed this Personally known to me, or to the told mehine; that he that it eannd was that the number of the voting machine is . (Signature of Official Operating Machine) FREEHOLDER YES ❑ NO ❑ • THE SOUTH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 7itit. • ee... /4j-tieudt>0 S ! 2 2 . 1957 Edition Adopted October 29, 1937 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, Dade County, Florida Copyright applied for 1957. by BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. Dade County. Florida Reproduction of any matter contained herein without permission expressly prohibited. O' The "South Plofida Building redo" is dedicated 't6 tie let l6pw menu of better building tonetructioii end greater safety to the public through tiniferrttity of building laws, to the granting of tutl justieeoaf all building materials on the fair basis of true merit of oath material, and to the devel6pnent of a sound ocnhtnic basis for the future 1n eetion anwth of d he protectionarea nbiased arid et human lite ndi property from fistructural re and ether hazards. The preparation of this code was sponsored by the bode League of Municipalities with the cooperation of the Made County Commission, In addition to those trade associations whose standards have been adopted herein, ih whole or in part, the following trade associations have given time, effort and counsel to the preparation of this work Miami Builders' 1 kehange Associated General Contractors of America —So. Florida Chapter Southern fine Association Home Builders Association of South Florida American Iron and Steel Institute Douglas Fir Plywood Association Plumbing Industry Program National Electrical Contractors Association —So. Florida Chapter Structural Engineers Council of Miami South Florida Roofing and Sheet Metal Contractors Assn. Metal Lath Manufacturers Association 1'erlite Institute Gypsum Association Florida Home Heating Institute South Florida Concrete and Products Assn. Gas Institute of Miami Air Conditioning and Refrigerating Assn. of Florida, Inc. National Elevator Manufacturers Industry Bureau of Lathing and Plastering, Inc. I'restress Concrete Institute Gunite Contractors Association Assn, of Glass and Glazing Contractors of So, Florida, Inc. Assn, of Steel Fabricators Building Officials Committee of South Florida Fire Marshal Section of National Fire Prevention Assn. Acknowledgement is made for useful data taken from the "Build. ing Exits Code" of the National Fire Protection Association, the "Uniform Building Code" of the Pacific Coast Building Officials, and the "National Building Code" of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. ltobert P. Cook Jack 1:;. Crim S. A. ttahsyeat 1'aul H. Hinds J. Calvin Jureit gills C, knox A tleehttietti is attain* ed d 'ttt the idllo*itig tot it in/ a td eititort stt tttNti coMtttfi`tt i George it. Headley, Chairman Prank it Secretary Frank L. McMillan, Treasurer 1= rands C. LaVigne L. H. Mate W. T. Mcliw•ain Igor H. Polevitxky Chelsie J. Seherehia L. it. Taylor Jesse Yarborough TECHNtC'A1, roMMt`t' trt•: Igor 11, 1'olevittky, Chairman M. W. 1)eutschmah, Vice -Chairman Herbert J. Hoodwin William M. Porter John McXie Edwin T. 13eeder Robert t . Cook L. t3. Taylor Atvtson V. W. Sills WRITER .1`1D CUMI'1LNat W. G. Stephan oi4 Mill Matta MHO StOM 1111.4X Mitt 1 -A tintSTfATft ettmortit i-'flint AYWi3 O> ._....._...._. des. i0i itte 102 nda+* " 1033 re 10+1icattolw ttl Eftttting Svilrllitis 105 teftahce of I3uIIdinga and noperty cttAt' 1t 2_OttOAia1ZA'i'1oN Ab1ti dec. 201 rotvePtt and t1uttett of Pudding Otftcial " 202 Uhttate 13uI1dihits 20 lloatdd of Riles and Appeals • 0 Violations at 1IR1 and 1 d Tytiee of Constt°betion titA1'?F R 3—t'i ttMt1'B ANTI 1:rtSP 1O+.�t�....�:_._W........... __ _..._. 5 Ste. 60i t'ettilitt Reduited 302 AD$tlration • 303 Perna Fees " 304 ondiitl hit of 1'ertnit • 305 Clean-up of ite " 307 ettlficate ofOccupancy rA1tT It-b}PINtTIONS CI#At'TRR 4_-- Dttotivi't`1ON . _.. -- ..._.._... ....�...— 10 PART 1t1-- �ttEQ1JIttEMZNTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY C11At''fl R 5--CLAtildirICATIoN ANb OEN1RAL Ittlt tU1RI;MENTS 28 Sec, ti01 Clet►eral Requirements 503 Change in Use 604 Occupant Contents 605 Adjoining Occupancy 506 Fire Divisions 507 Party Wallsge stations 608 Occupancy S' 609 Hatardous tlllttes 610 Exit Facilities for Mixed Occupancies 611 Location oh the Property 612 Sanitation 613 Ceiling Heights CHAPTER 6_REQUIREMENTS OG' GROVi' A OCCUPANCIES... _ . 33 Sec. 601 Group A Occupancy Defined • 602 Construction Height and Area Allowable " 603 Location on Property " 604 Exit Facilities " 606 Light and Ventilation " 606 Enclosure of Vertical Openings • 607 Stages and Platforms • 608 Motion -Picture -Machine Booths " 609 Fite Protection and Hazards " 610 Plumbing and Sanitation " 6111MixedtOccupan Deviations CHAPTER 7_REQVIREMENT8 Ol' GROUP 13 OCCUPAHCIES.._—.w 41 Sec. 701 Group 13 Occupancy Defined 702 Construction. on . Height o igr Land Area Allowable " 704 Exit Facilities " 705 Light and Ventilation " 706 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 707 Stages and Platforms 708 Motion -Picture -Machine Booths " 709 Fite Protection and Hazards 710 Mixed IOccupanlc Sanitation 4, u " „ ettAF'?t f 6_:ft9E trint ill itt'ta ttr btrnl;t' is t rti tiAtit, Crr. R01 TlP0nfi a flrrubMrrrp ttpl'tiip4 02 raait rttctto'if m� t AM Aft* prat able " R03 !overdid?' dll 'telir. • 804 Exit ?sedately " !nb mato and Verditatityn „ 806 EhclotUre nr VtPtitAI Opeitin k4 " 110i 'tA ePt RhA Plat rtnR • I08 Mot vel- Ictute- A the iotb8 "309lreInotetohMh1atrit �p 'lt 1EjteedlptiAtttlh" 1O lfanir ted OttAP'r1 R g.:-Ri;QtAtttiltt:q'PS Ot tittOIJP b 1 tiPANCiiJS_...._._ 41 app.. not atoll Decti he betihid t' " 902 h8trurtiofi eight And r tea Allowable " 903 !Ideation oh Property " 904 1 It Facilities " 90o i,ight and Ventilation „ 906 helo!sUP" of Vertical C)phingt+ " 901 Motion= leture.Mach(he 'Booths " 909 Fire PPotectlOn nd Haiatds • 0iedcahitatioh • 910 MxUupnyCtiA1'1'ER io—itHQUIlltAttiVrs of GRo1JP E OCCi1i'ANCiE _.fit Sec. 1001 Grou E OcctUPt�yaheys Defined 1002 t'onst'ructioh Heiight and Area Allowable " 1003 Location on Property " 1004 Exit Facilities • 1005 Light and Ventilation " 1006 Enclosure of Vertical Openings • 1001 Fire Protection and Hazards " 1008 Plumbing and Sanitation " 1009 Mixed Occupancy CHAPTER 11--f11;Qti1RENt1 :VTS OF GRo1.i' 1e oCCtTPANCIt S.__.._E4 Sec. 1101 Group F OreUpattey befitted 1102 Construction height and Area Allowable " 1103 Location oh Property " 1104 Exit Facilities " 1105 Light and Ventilation " 1106 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 1107 Fire Protection and Hazards „ • 11108 109 Mixedblo ng and upan ihitatioh CI4APTER 12—REQUIREMENTS Oh` GROUP G OCGtiPANCIES...... 6i see. 1201 Group G Occupancy Defined „ 1202 Construction Height and Area Allowable " 1203 Location on Property " 1204 Exit Facilities " 1205 Light and Ventilation " 1206 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 1207 fire Protection and Hazards " 1208 Plumbing and Sanitation • 1209 Mixed Occupancy CHAPTER 13—REQUIREMENTS OP GROUP H OCCUPANCIES... 60 See. 1301 Group 11 Occupancy Defined 1302 Construction Height and Area Allowable " 1303 Location on Property " 1304 Exit Facilities „ 1305 tight and Ventilation " 1306 Enclosure of 'Vertical Openings " 1307 Fire Protection and Hazards " 1308 Plumbing and Sanitation " 1309 Mixed Occupancy CHAPTER 14—REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP I OCCUPANCIES.. 64 Sec. 1401 Group I Occupancy Defined " 1402 Construction, Height and Area Allowable " 1403 Location on Property " 1404 Exit Facilities " 1405 Light and Ventilation " 1406 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 1407 Fire Protection and Hazards " 1408 Plumbing and Sanitation " 1409 Mixed Occupancy 'i t kt'! tt 5—tttpttttt tt# 8 tit:` 't Mitt!' J t' ' "t A.— ..._._ sty oar. t 0t ttPm ih 3 ffc tlf Otj tY 1II1eWd 1502 CCd 9ft'tlrtit inrtktMt kffd A? & AttertAble " 150 Lnc&tints ttmtri itrephtty 1504 nit �'strtlittek 1505 Liltht flied Ve•htilatioh " 1506 EhclokttPe of Vertical Otmhihitk •• 1507 Fire Proteetlqn n.hd 14a*A d4 " 1508 I'lifftitArtg arid rl8dhitatioh 1509 F;ittepttofia nh8 Deviations 1510 Milted "Ocettpnhcy PANT fV—ttRQtttT%Mt N14 tun') ON LOCATION IN Plitt ZtYNtS ettAtort';tt 16—t'It#i kotitg i t See. 1601 eflePai 1602 estrictioftlt its 1ite lone 1 ° 603 RelitttietI0hti it1 Fire Zohe 2 " 1604 Restriction§ ih Fitt Zohe 3 PANT V =T' t't•;S OF CONSTkttJCTtON r't4APT> 1t 1?—dLASStt'IcA'?tOtt tit TVPtta Ot•' CoNtrilttiVrtolkt t6 S. t t0t Classification " 1702 1:xi8ting 13ullding OltAPr1 tt 18--TY11E t ntitt.tf i4c1S (P.11tg4tt:Stq`t`1VE)....._ See. 1801 Definition 1802 General " 1803 Structural Framework " 1804 smalls and Partitions 1onrs " 1806 ltoofs " 1807 Enclosures of Vertical Opening " 1808 Stairways " 1809 Doors and Windows " 1810 Projections from the Building " 1811 hoof Structures and Skylights " 1812 Combustible: Materials Regulated CHAPTER 19--TYPE 11 BUILDINGS (stAtt-FIRE-)tj?,SISTIV'E)......._... fit St•c. 1901 Definition 1902 General " 1903 Structural Framework " 1904 Walls and Partitions •• 1905 Floors " 1906 Roofs " 1907 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 1908 Stairways " 1909 Doors and Windows " 1910 Projections from the 'Building •• 1911 Roof Structures and Skylights •• 1912 Combustible Materials Regulated CHAPTER 20--TYPE III RVILDINGS (ORDINARY MASONRY). —..- Sec. 2001 Definition " 2002 General •' 2003 Structural Framework 2004 Walls and Partitions " 2005 Floors " 2006 Roofs " 2007 Enclosure of Vertical Openings " 2008 Stairways " 2009 Doors and Windows " 2010 Projections from the Building • 2011 Root Structures and Skylights " 2012 Combustible Materials Regulated 85 two APfit$t 2 t—'t"Yt4i NCOSItftf l td. 2101 tf►•'ftrttttoti ' 2102 'pent/flit 2103g trtretritllti 'FIt117ett'offt 2104 wait@ kM 'ltrtrttttt" „ 2105 F'ldtyte " 2106 fltmf '. 2107 Eficlntrure of Vertteal Otterilfirts 2108 l3tair4ra18 " 2109 Doots arid 211UpRo1�ir,hdoYnrhtSldht " 1 ofStrUctUpsAa kIigt t " 2112 Cottibtlstlble Materials fl ulatou CttAt+ tt 22--=' Yt t tltftt,t"itNrts tWo[1h rtiAMEt...._.........._.......— 91 Site. 2201 betlhlttton 2202 general " 2203 \Valet* and Partitions " 2204 Floors " 2205 Roofs " 2206 Fireproofing " 2207 Stairway 2208 Doors and it indovt•s " 2209 Projections froth the Building " 2210 eotnhustihlr. Materials Regulated PART 'Vt--NGtNEttttNG AM) OONSTItt?GTt011 tttttt?LATIONS CfAPTEtt 22-1tVf AND DEAD tOADS 93 Sec. 2301 General " 2302 Unit Live Loads • 2303 Special Load Considerations • 2304 hoof Live Loads " 2305 Live Load Reductions " • 2306 Wind dLoadslPosteds • 2308 Occupancy Permits " 2309 'Unit flead Loads " 2310 Foundation Design " 2311 Load Tests CHAPTER 24—EXCAVATIO141S, FOOTINGS AND FoUNPAT1f\`S too Sce, 2401 Excavations 2402 Searing Capacity of Soils " 2403 Soil Bearing Foundations " 2404 Pile Foundations " 2405 Foundation Watts and Grade Beams " 2406 Grades Under Buildings " 2407 Retaining Waits " 2408 Seawalls and 13u1kheads CHAPTER 25-1tEINFORCED CONCRETE.._ ............. ._.._....._........ _................ lay Sec. 2501 General " 2502 Standards " 2503 Definitions " 2504 Materials and Tests " 2505 Quality of Concrete " 2506 Mixing and Placing •' 2507 Forms and Details of Construction " 2508 Precast Concrete Floor and Roof Units " 2509 Prestressed Concrete " 2510 Pneumatically Placed Concrete CHAPTER 26—REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE.._. ......... 122 See. 2601 Design " 2602 Standards " 2603 Tests " 2604 Construction Details CHAPTER 27--MASONRY_....»...__.._.._,_._.....»_.»...._.._..,... _.w ..._.»»...»....... _,.__....._ 124 Sec. 2701 Design 2702 Quality, Tests and Approvals " 2703 Allowable Unit Stresses " 2704 Construction Details osi4 Sec. 2801 Getter 2 02 M�7ate1161 " 280310MfhiMUM ThlCkhe tit MatlH&1 • 2805 (LOhhtecticd111 " 2806 Pipe ('oltirtih8 " 2107 I retr •ttIOR tit Metat " 2808 c rrh Web Steel J tst8 " 2809 tr1itht Gage Steel Cohsttuctldh CHAPTER 29—'tit`OO17i.._................... Sec. 2901 t elsigh 2902 Stah atdB " 2903 Quality and Site • 2004 Allortable 'Chit dtreidlea 2905 1. ohatructiqn Details • 2906 *orktnah8hi " 290? Protection of Wood C'MAti1'I•:ft ao-ALt1M1Nt3 t ..........., ......,...-..,_.�_.. Sec. 3001 General " 3002 Allo*able Unit Stresaeh " 3003 Design " 3004 Construrtioh betalla t'AttT Vtt bETAtLt t) REGULATIONS CHAPTER 3t—Eit't' PACILt` IES..._•.._.... See, 3101 General " 3102 Stairways " 3103 Rntnps " 1104 Shiokeproot Towers " 3105 Horizontal Exits " 3106 Exit Courts " 3107 Passageways " 3108 Railings " 3109 Elevators and I•;sca1ators " 3110 Aisles and Corridors " 3111 Doors " 3112 Exit Signs and Lights 13s 11fi tut CHAPTER 32—ELEVATORS. AND ESCALATORS ............... ......... 159 Sec. 3201 Standards 3202 Definitions " 3203 General " 3204 Elevators " 3205 Escalators " 3206 Transporting Assemblies CHAPTER 33--PRECAUTION'S TAMING i1U1lb11`G OPERATIONS 161 Sec. 3301 General " 3302 Demolition " 3303 Excavation " 3304 Sidewalk Sheds and Fences " 3305 Storage of Material " 33011 Hoisting Machinery " 33107 Derricks and Cranes " 3308 Cables. Ropes. Chalks and Mocks " 3309 Platform Hoists " 3310 Hoist Towers " 3311 Temporary Flooring " 3312 Floor Coverings " 3313 Runways and Ramps " 3314 Temporary Stairs " 3315 Ladders " 3316 Scaffolds " 3317 Guard Rails and Toe Boards " 3318 light and Power " 3319 First Aid " 3320 Sanitation " 3321 'Welding and Cutting " 3322 Open Fires " 3323 Fire Protection " 3324 Special Hurricane Precautions r'it:11'T1':tt 31- C.4.. tent t tll2 #U:1 tiftt tti5 ltit; 11 t4 :OS in!) t 111+ —It(1rrP elOttrAtiSrds t lr•nt•ral ttuiit-1•I. f �•Stf, th l tlraVel lt. rnbranr ttnttr• Flashitt itni.t Tile ith'•'sto!ta.i.rti'nt Shingles State and t'entinositlnn Sttinii• s M. tat Shingles \Pont, Sihltl,' t !toot' lhttttlation M. t:ii Accessories ('1#At'Tt;ilR 35--t1':11,t, ri..11 iti OS ANTI See. a:.n1 tleto rail • ;:,n_t Lathing •• :t 1I8 1'I+st.1• •• 15n:, 1'135ti•'' :t:.+oi .lsbrstns t'• tn• hl 411t,ss nt►d I;Iztzi 1K ;;Au9 4Sitt�s 1' h•rI' :I:.in other \lnt••riats (;1.:1 %.lri .. .. r'lt:�t"1'1at •"•r,-tn'C'1'1':1tit'Y (01' 1't'III.i(_' AND 111.STrttCT1A 1'it(tPERTY See. ;Mot i;rnet•a1 ati0.t T. ntl•t,t•ury tieett lntnry. :ti n:t Permanent t t• • up:inr+ • 16111 R. strirt.11 .'.r••rts 1' ig* I S I 194 1'Attl' t I11- I� t1t�:-itI:S sTl 1'i; STANDA1tDS AND t'1t0'fl CTioN t'►i.1t'TlIt :1;___F1ltt•:-itKSISTli'1•: ST.1Ni)A1t1)S .. :tout tt.•n. rat ::702 I'ir.-Resistive Materials tttitl Asselnblirs I'►i.t.•. that for i tt•urturtti M. mbers ::71I1 IIr• .I1. t ts% lv.. Ratings of Floors tool 44rt1it11 ::,n;. I'u• It• r.stivr lttttings of Walls :ma i':u-titt.r►l•• :7Ul l'11.••It•,awtiv.• 1►n..rs ::7117 I'+r• R• sistit.• 11'itulotls - ;7n9 liter-It.tnraant Root' r'overi►it;s ':i 1•1 iht• t o)r I'inisli• s 011.111'1:It :Ss--I'11tl-I.XT1Xt-;C'1SI11\t; .11.1'.11t.1T1'S .1tito►natir-Sprinklt r Sy stems carbon It...itb• I'ir.•-1:utinguishing Systetna Standpipes %Yale►• Supply I trr-it• partnlent connections Yard Ilytlrnnts Portable Eire l:xtingutsirrs Insp.. lion and '1'rsts 0I1.11''1'I1t :9- 0It1.1NEYS, 1'l.t'I:&, VENTS .1X1► 1'1R1:1'I..WES ;. m°ra1 ;t+oY '1'y it.. A flues or Vents p,' it Flues or Vents •:u11 •I•'. p•• t' Hues or Vents •• :WW1 Stnokepip.•s and Floe Connectors n.n I'+t•. Wares 1'II11'Ti•:i: I•+-•-Ii1..1T-PR)Ul'C1Nfl .11'1':1i1ATI'S yo111 1;• nr►al Inns 1;:,s•lh+rtont .1y.ttaituur.. ymt:: uil-iturnlnt .1p$.1+•ul••. = ynol I'rr'-tt-;1tt Stipp . yuu:. $p:i..• 114.3ters 41111.; Ittttl4.' 441n7 \Witt.l• 11.•tit••1s .ytrl.\ Ituil.•rt Semi Itit inetat.t's into Solar 'haters 011 t'••tnl•ustion Etigt •-s 149 ..l r'Ft.1t•'rf.:ft 11--SrErtAt, Tt.ty:ll;t5 Sre. 41n1 Transformer Vaults in_ F'lnmrrtlthir' I.innid' .. i1n3 Iiuetc 41n4 Film • 11n5 1•:Xploslt.• " 1106 :fir Conintnin.-rst l 0it1 l ttirt 42— Ser•. 420i 4.fl' 42na 12n1 " 1205 " 4207 " t20t 1209 .. 4216 t'ATtT tit -----SIGNS SIGNS Gotieirttl 1)rfinttiona F:reetion t'r•rntitti inspect ion Limitations (in Roof Signs Limitations rrn Ground Signs Limitations on I'rnJ.'( tint; Signs t)r tailed Ttequiretn.-nts i.ightint; PART X---.AWNtNGS, CANot'tES ANb T'1:,NtS t:'IIAt'TEtt 43--('. VAS A1,t'XIN( S, (`ANor1tS ANT) '1F�\`rr......_... Ser. •13n1 (..•nr rnl 4301h•finittotss " 4303 1'ehmite and Inspections 4301 i,oetttions and 1`se 1306 Construetlon 1306 TOO pc 0.11.1t'Ti3tt 41-111G11' AWNINGS. CAND1,11•:S AND ENCLOSURES .... .. ,... S••r. 1101 tlenernl 4.1(12 Permits and inspections 4103 Design " lint Location PART XI --ELECTRICAL 1'11.‘1"rlat 15 •Ii:leririent ...... SCItF1•:N Administtat inn .\Iterhate Mittel ladsand Types of Construction i•i•rmits and Inspections Iref initions lsetnilert IteguInriona ()unlifleation and Licensing of II.ctrieiatis PART Xtt—PLL'Mt3tNG AND GAS 0I1.‘1'TI:It -;;• See. 4601 A4ministrativ.• 1012 Definitions sienerai l:;n4 Materials 4+016 1►rniting/. System and Disposal sosal 4604 indirect %Vast.. Piping and Special Wastes 4 t;n 7 .iointts and t'onneet ions 4t1n. Traps and Cleanoutss 4t:a9 hangers and Supporta t61n Vents and Venting Systems 4+i11 Storni Drainage 4612 interceptors. Separators and track Water N'alves 1613 1•Iunthing Fixtures 1614 Water Supply and Distribution tut:. Septic Tanks 1616 Supply and Disposal W1'ells 4617 Fire -Extinguishing Apparatus 1 311. Swimming fools r•ii. i'rl:It 17--(:AS..... _... 211 2.1S 211 253 271 365 tiAttt xttt_mtettAttiteAt vtviitAPrityfir eitAptkrt p.N-rti.,Attwq 4“1t (IPtIor:11 " 102 itorittit'ettootft Ittifo d on tem ott.ktort.:It •19—.tift t*f)NbiT1IN'iN(1 A/Rti rett`ttitski-tAtteiN Sov. t901 florwhil 49(12 StrihritirdP " 19(il i)Ptrtiled Ttequit.t.fro nts 366 PART XIV-8WIMM9113 POOt8 eltAPTEtt ttO—St81:1INIVItirt1OOti :111V t`. :',$1111 th•tio.ral n 2 t)..sigh nr11,3 etitisthol Ion I vta ils 5004 WAtet• SupOly and DiPtHMII Eritilphiont PANT II AnAE WPM 1 TIM AND $ OPt tot ?I ILL 102 PURPOSE tin SCOPE 104 APPLICATION TO i XIS?INO 11UILDINOS HIS MAINTENANCE OP 11UILD1NOS AND PROPt.ATY 101 `WFL1r This compilation of rues shall be known as "The South Florida Building 'Code," may be cited as such, or as the "Building Code" (prefixing the name of the legislative body adopting it by ordinance) and will be referred to hereinafter as "this Code." 102 PURPOSE The purpose of this Code is to provide certain minimum standards provisions and requirements for safe and stable design, methods of construction and uses of materials in buildings and/or structures here, after erected, constructed, enlarged, altered, repaired, moved, cony verted to other uses or demolished, to provide for the safety of workers and others during these operations and to regulate the equipment, materials, use and occupancy of all buildings and..'or structures, The provisions of this Code shall be deemed to supplement any and all State laws of the State of Florida relating to building. 103 SCOPE 103.1 New buildings and structures hereafter erected in any jurisdiction in which this Code has been adopted and structures moved into or within such jurisdiction shall conform to the requirements of this Code. 103.2 Additions, alterations, repairs and changes of use or occu- pancy in all buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions for new buildings and structures except as otherwise prorided in Sections 104 and 603 of this Code. 103.3 A previously issued lawful permit shall be valid on the terms of the Code under which it was issued, provided, however, that such permit shall be subject to the limitations as specified in Section 304. 104 APPLICATION TO EXISTING BUILDINGS 104.1 GENERAL: Existing buildings or structures to which additions, alterations, repairs or changes of occupancy are proposed or intended shall be made to comply with all of the requirements for new buildings or structures of like area, height, type and occupancy, except as prorided in this section. For construction in fire zones, see Chapter 16. 104.2 MORE THAN 50 PERCENT: When additions, altera- tions glue of an existing within building2or structure, such buildind exceed 50 g or structure the shall he made to marital to all the tequirerriittebt frit n crew buildii'tllt of sttuetute or shall he entitttr & ttttttivhed. 04-3 tRt M 25 PERCENT TO AO PERCENT: ATtethtions t iced repairs esceedint 25 percent, but not eteeeding 50 percent, Of the value of an a eistrng building of structure hi t3 be ntitde itith'ri1 rift r 12•tmonth Period without making the entite costing liuilditi ► oir strut- turn comply, provided sut+ attr'rtttions rind repairs cotnPlr With the requirements of this Code and such addition conforms to the require- ments of this Code for a new building of like area, height and occu- pane. Cush entire building or structure, including the tiew additions shall hot exceed the areas and heights specified its this Code. 104.4 StRUCtURAt WORK OP 28 PERCENT OR LESS: Structural alterations and repairs to any portion of an etisting building within any 124month period, the cost of Which does not tit. teed 25 Iretcent of the value of the existing building or sttutttii'et shall comply with all the requirements for new buildings or structures, e3teript that minor structural additions, alterations and repairs, When approved 1,y the fituilding official, may be made with the same ma, terial of which the building. or structure_ is ronsttucted. Such build, in or structure, including new additions, shall not exceed the arena and heights specified in this 1'ode. 104.5 NON-STRUCTURAL WORK OP 25 PERCEN'P OR LESS: Non-structural alterations or repairs, the cost of Which does not et- reerl 25 percent of the value of an existing building or structure, and which does not affect egress or fire -resistive standards of safety, may he made with the same material of which the building or struc' turd is constructed. 104.6 ROOTING: Not more than 25 percent of the roof covering of any building or structure shall be replaced in any 12. month period unless the entire roof covering is made to conform to the requirements of this: Code. 104.7 VALUE, DETERMINATION: For the purpose of this section, the value of a building or structure shall be the estimated cost of constructing n new building of like size, design and materials at the site of the original structure, assuming such site to be clear and deducting therefrent an amount for depreciation, deterioration and damage before such proposed new construction is started. 1?or the purpose of this section, cost of additions, alterations and repairs shall be construed as the total cost of labor, materials and services, based on current prices for new materials. 104.8 STRUCTURAL DETERMINATION: For purposes of this section, structural shall mean any tart, material or assembly of a building or structure which affects the safety of such building or structure and/or which supports any dead or designed live load and the removal of which part, material or asse►nbly could cause, or be expected to cause, all or any portion to collapse or to fail. 104.9 CHANCE OP OCCUPANCY: Any existing building a Well has its use or occupancy changed in any way from its former or existing use or occupancy shall be provided with stairways, exits and fire -extinguishing apparatus, as specified in this Code for build- ings hereafter erected for similar uses and occupancies. 105 MAINTENANCE OP BUILDINGS AND PROPERTY 105.1 BUILDINGS: (a) The requirements contained in this /"'\, Code, covering the maintenance of buildings, shall apply to all build- ings and/or structures now existing or hereafter erected. All buildings attd'or structures and all parts thereof shall be maintained in a safe condition, Code t shall and maintained sin good -working rderare required by this tb) ¶'his sub,seetiott s1,l t1 toit l ettilltftted aa tm tt ttg the removal o tton-inaeintentittte Of ant .r�itistit a or sill M444tl la unless authorised by the BuildingOffieiitl 10.2 P Ptilft: No debris of any kited sitalf t°etnatin Ott it* lot or on a sidewalk of t3tfeet ti:efeto, resultitte f fife, windstorm of from detnolitiott of partial demolition of srhy�ild= ing; nor shall any equiptneht, etcess building materials, storage sheds or debris remain upon any such lot, sidewalk or street, l ftOh completion of any new buildingupon such lot; nor shall any etlttiP- tent, materials, toolshed or deris be stored on any taett t Or par- tially Vacant let except as provided for in the Zoning Or'dittatteitt• It is hereby made the duty of the °whet of his agent to remote of cause to be removed !torn such sidewalk, street and/Of lot all shalt equipment, materials, toolsheds and debris within five days after written notice by the building Official, rot failure to comply with such notice after such period of five days the owner and/or perittit holder is subject to the penalties specified herein, the Certificate of Occupancy for the structure or structures may be revoked and the Building Official shall have the work done and public property re' stored necessarydshall action tot have thelegal costs! placed as shalloainstitute ag►ainst the property. 108,3 HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS: t)uring such periods of time as are designated by the United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane warning or alert, the owner, occupant or user of a prop- erty shall take precaution for the securing of buildings and equip- ment. Canvas awnings and swing signs shall be lashed to rigid con- struction, tents shall be taken down and stored or lashed to the ground, plate glass windows exceeding six feet in any dimension shall be protected by storm shutters capable of resisting the wind pressures set forth in Section 2306, and such other precautions shall be taken for the securing of buildings or structures or material or equipment as may be reasonably required. CHAPTER 2 ORGANIZATION AND ENFORCEMENT 201 POWERS AND DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIAL 202 UNSAFE BUILDINGS 203 BOARD OF RULES AND APPEALS 204 ALTERNUTEI N MATERIALS AND TYPES OF CONSTR205 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES 201 POWERS AND DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIAL There shall he appointed by the appointing authority, a person qualified with at least ten years experience as and currently licensed as a general contractor or be qualified by professional registration as an engineer or architect and shall have had not less than five years of experience. Such person shall herein be termed the Building Official. 201.1 EMPLOYEES: The I3uilding Official shall have the powereto delegate powers and Suchments to employeesshall have the duties ees working under his authority. and powers as delegated by the Building Official. 201.2 RIGHT OF ENTRY: Upon presentation of proper cre- dentials, the Building Official or his duiy authorized representatives may enter, at any reasonable time, any building, structure or prem- ises for the purpose of inspection or to prevent violation of this Code. n u 261.6 STOP.WtRtit OR RRt Whenever it* buffdiitg is being done contrary to the provisionis of this 'dodo epjis being Oft to nfoamier, n tinsafe or dangerous foaer, the buI1diitR Officfal may eider such work stolrped, nit Mat order rim v iohttieft corrected *Rhin a reasonable. no, r nd of tiwby notfee th *Mingsiyr'tvd MI the .person or rsens t.ti tnged in the doing of rausing►, of RUch *OA to be ,I&it : mild such persons shall imrtnrdit►tely stop such work uhtil arrange - merits, ih ethoplianre With the provisions is of this Code Aral Stdisfactelt to the Building Official, have been made, at which time be may authorize the work to proceed. 201.4 CONCEALED WORK: The building Official may order portions of the structural fraroe of a building and/ot structure to be exposed for inspection when, in his oppinion there ate good reasons to believe that a building or portion thereof is itt an unsafe of dana gerous condition or that there is wilful or negligent cOheeaitnent of a violation of this Code, 201,6 OCCUPANCY: Whenever any building or portion there, of is being used or occupied contrary to the provisions of this "Code the Building Official shall order such use of occupancy discontinued and the building or portion thereof vacated, Such order shall be by notice in writing, served on the person or persons Using, or causing to be used, such building or portions thereof, Within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such notice or order, such building or portion thereof shall be made to comply with the requirements of this Code; however, in the event of an emergency, Sub.Section 202.8 shall apply. 202 UNSA1=R BUILDING'S 202.1 GENERAL: All buildings or structures that are or here- after shall become unsafe, unsanitary or deficient in adequate exit facilities, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise danger. ous to human life or public welfare, or which by reason of illegal or improper use, occupancy or maintenance or which have been sub= stantially damaged by the elements, shall be deemed unsafe buildings or structures. All unsafe buildings shall be demolished and removed or made safe and secure, as the Building Official may deem metes= sary and as provided in this section. 202.2 CRITERIA: A vacant building unguarded or open at door or window unwarranted accumulation of dust, debris or cone bustible materials and/or unauthorized construction or alteration not providing exits or fire protection as specified herein, shall be deemed a fire hazard. The failing away or loosening of any siding, block, brick, structural member of decorative member, or appurtenance or material or part thereof; the hanging loose of any material or part of a structure; the deterioration of the structure or structural parts of a building; the partial destruction by fire, water or wind; and any unusual sagging or leaning out of plumb of a structure or any parts of a structure, when caused by deterioration or overstressing, shall be deemed unsafe. (a) If the cost of repair or replacement of an unsafe building or structure or part thereof exceeds 50 percent of the value, based on current replacement cost less reasonable depreciation such build- ing or structure shall be demolished and removed; and if the cost of repairs does not exceed 50 percent of such replacement cost, such building or structure may be repaired and made safe, as provided in .Section 104; or (b) If the cost of structural repair or replacement of an unsafe building or structure or part thereof exceeds 33 percent of the structural value, or value of the structural and all other supporting members, of the building or part thereof, based on current replace- ment cost less reasonable depreciation, such building or structure or part thereof shall be demolished and removed; and if the cost of such str ettrfki irs Ape* 1tJt **Mt ::i tbsto stet Wilding of 1<ttani% re range safStieti#irr+ th Set'tibri 104. yt'*!trrii tlpt�evelflrlri f iIM 102,1 Ibittlet TO tVNIVEnt The tl*l- atrine Official shall Of Meuse to be etafrith6d t« tll buildiitng of structure or > of tiOti thereof teffotted as dannerous Or damaged and, if such is found tf be an unsafe building as defined to this Section, the Building Official shall {dive to the o t neF of such building or structure written heir*statingthe defects thereof. This notice shall require the archer tft person in charge of the building or prt+n:ises, within a rieitsohable length of time, to commence either, the tequired repairs or irnprot- nients or detnolition and refnoval of the building of structure or Irot- Lions thereof, and all such work shall be completed within 90 dityn from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the Iuilding Officiat. If necessary, such notice shall also require the building, structure or portion thereof to be vacated forthwith and tint re= occupied until the required repairs and improvements are cornple'ted, inspected and approved by the Building Official. Proper service of such notice shall be by personal service upon the owner of record, if he shall be found. If the person or persons addressed with such notice cannot be found after diligent search, then such notice shall be sent by re tstered mail to the last known address of such person, and a copy of the notice shall be posted in a conspicu- ous place ott the premises. and such procedure shall be deemed the equivalent of personal service. 202.4 POSTING: The Building Official shall post a signed, red notice in a conspicuous place on the premises, rending: II1,tNS DE Bt,ILn1Nr, THUS Ilt1LbtNcl i ' BUI .n;N( 1NSPECTntt, tS'SA1�t•;. NOTICE HAS BEEN r,1i'1�',N, ANt) THIS t;t'1fi.b1NC SHALL NfT 1'S1• it tilt oCCI 'IEh. THIS NOTICE SHA1.I. NOT 14.1 1tf.:MOVED EXCEPT BY THE BUILbiNr 202.E DISREGARD OP NOTICE: Upon refusal. failure or neglect of the person or persons, served with a notice, to comply with the requirements of the order to abate the unsafe condition, the Building Official shall notify the Board of Rules and Appeals. 202.6 APPEAL: (a) Appeal of such notice shall be to the Board of Rules and Appeals, as specified in Section 20:1 herein. (b) The Board of Rules and Appeals shall hear any person having an interest in such unsafe building or structure or, upon re- ceipt of notice from the Building Official, shall hear the Building Official and all persons having an interest in such building or struc- ture. (e) The Board shall have the power and duties to hold hearings, to hear testimony with relation to the unsafe buildi: l or rh moire, to make personal inspection, make written findings of fact to the Build- ing Official and all owners and tenants of such building or structure to rescind, modify or uphold the decision of the Building Official and order compliance with its findings within a period established by the Board. if the owner shall fail to comply v.ith the order of the Board, the Board may direct the Building Official to cause the work to be done and the costs collected as specified in Sub -Section 202.8. 202.7 DUTIES OF LEGAL COUNSEL: It shall be the duty of the legal counsel to appear at all hearing's before the Board of Rules and Appeals in regard to unsafe buildings, to provide legal advice, to review decisions of the Board, and to take such other legal action as is necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of Section 202. 202.8 EMERGENCY: When, in the opinion of the Building Official. there is actual or immediate danger of failure or collapse of a building ot struetute, lie inak, oftlef the 'iirftatt s t* tirettbahta to vtitrate, ten potarily close ride*alks, stft~ets of ndjaeent bftttdifi s 1' traces, institute such Othet tetritmfM 1 ' saf+egttteds as he tnat► titetti necessary, and may ei'npltry the tit ressaty labor and inatetials to tnet- foot the required Wotk stt!<fleriftininq ttr f►ttssible. 't" testa itteirtftd tit the petfortnance of enietgettcy *or* shall be paid frotn the jtublie tier ttry upon certifirittion of the Building Official and the legal counsel shall institute appropriate legal action, for the itenvet' of such costs from the owner of the unsafe building ot structure, art it tiro against the jitoperfy. 203 013A t8 'or MULES 00 APPEAL§ in order to determine the suitability of alternate matetials.and types of constructionto provide for reasonable interphetation of the prOVisions of this Code and to assist in the eontrnl of the construction of buildings and or strurturrs, there is hereht created a l3oard of Rules and :Appeal appointed by the Appointing Authority, consisting of seven illemb.r< %tilt► art, qualified by training and pttperience ter lints on matter- pertainint!• to budding. ct►nstruction. 203.1 MIMt3EttSHtP: (a>t Membership of the Board of ttules and Appeals shall consist of Otte architect, two general contractors, one structural engineer, one tttechanical engineer+ one toaster electti- ciao and Otte toaster plumber, all being qualified by bring active in their respective professions and trades at the time and for the tell years preceding their appointment, all having been etatnined and registered or licensed in their respective fields, and all tesidents of and having their principal businesses within the area of arty jurisdic- tion adopting. this Cade. in addition thereto, alternates shall be ap- pointed for each of the above members representing the same respec- tive profession and trade and with the same qualifications, Alter- nates may attend all Board Meetings but may not tote on the Board unless the regular member is absent. (b) Board members and alternates shall be appointed for a term of three years. or until their successors are appointed and qualified with the ►'x'eption that the terms of members of the first -created Board shall be for lesser periods so that the expiration of the mem- bers' terms shall be staggered. (e) The Appointing, Authority may remote any member of the Board for misconduct, incompetency or neglect of ditty; however, any member so removed may, within ten days, request a public hear- ing and shall receive such hearing before such removal shall be final. (d) A vacancy in the membership of the Board, occurring during a term, shall he filled by appointment of a member from the same field, and appointment shall be for the remainder of such term. 203.2 COMPENSATION: Voting members of the Board of Rules and Appeals may he paid the amount of teen 1 *1st t dollar• for each meeting at which they are in attendance, provided that they shall be paid not more than one hundred fifty ($1100 dollars during any one year, irrespective of the number of meetings or duration of meetings. 203.3 MEETINGS: (a) Meetings of the Board of Rules and Appeals shall be held at the call of the Chairman and/or Building official, and at such other times as the Board may determine. (b) The Board shall select one of its members to serve as Chair- man and one to serve as Vice Chairman, to act in the absence of the Chairman. The Building Official shall serve as Secretary to the l3oard. A detailed record of all proceedings shall be kept on file in the office of the Building Official. The Board shall establish rules and regula- tions for its own procedure. (e) All hearings shall be open to the public, and any person whose interest may be affected by the matter on appeal shall be given G ;;.. nftity te turd: The Mari,* atiatt tye ititormal wad mad hat tohttieted weeardiag to ttEhttleat role* Motif* Ut Othiewritte and teitheatea. An tel rdeht Mfl lye admitted it it le the tort of etidefree ott whin retpohoible treftottt are beettstotrted to MY ifi the et:induct ot serious tiffaitS, tegardleSs of the eitiatenet of *ay 'common low of statutory rules which Might Make itnntoffet_the Mission of such evidence 0'0.4- objection in Civil actions. HearstiSt evidence hay be used VA' the Putpose of stipPlemetiting ot etplaining any direct evidence but. shall not be sufficient in itself tit supPott finding unless it would be admissible 0.01 objection in 0401 neti011a, The toles of privilege shall be effective to the same eatent that they are now or hetettftet may be, perognized ln 661 hettatis: nhd Itt00 kliat and unduly repetitious evidence Shall be etcluded. (el) !in member of the Board shall sit as a Votihg thembet in any heating involving any question in which he has petsohal Or financial ihtetest. (e) rout members of the Board shalt constitute a quoturii. becisions shall he at least four favorable votes, The Hoard shall reach decisions without unreasonable or unnecessary delay. (f) Writteh notice of Board decision shall be furnished the ap- pellant tvhen requested. () The Building Official shall take immediate action in actottl- once with decisions of the Board. 203.4 DUTIES: (a) APPEAL PROM DECISION OP BUILDING OPPICIAL: The Board shall hear all appeals from the decisions of the Ituilding Official from any person aggrieved thereby, and specifically as set forth in Section 204, "Alternate Materials and Types of Construction," and in Section 202, "Unsafe Buildings." Application for appeal shall he in writing and addressed to the Secre- tary of the Board. (b) INTERPRET CODE At REQUEST OP BUILDING OPP'. CIAL: The Board shall pass on all matters pertaining to this Code and referred to the Board by the Building Official for interpretation or clarification. (t) INVESTIGATE ENFORCEMENT: The Board of Rules and Appeals, upon direction of the Appointing Authority, or upon its own initiative, shall conduct investigation into the enforcement of this Code, and shall have the power to suspend Or revoke any permits issued thereunder, after a hearing at which interested persons may appear and be heard and evidence indicates that the hest interests Of the public are served by such action. (d) REPORT AND RECOMMENDATIONS: The Board of Rules and Appeals may recomniend to the elected offieials of the jurisdictions adopting this Code ordinances prescribing the fee for examinations, permits. inspections of boilers and elevators, the test- ing of materials. and all other such work required by the Building Code. The Board of Rules and Appeals may recommend to the elected officials any desired amendments or revisions to the Code. It shall also be the duty of the Board of Rules and Appeals to report annually to the elected officials on the operation of this Code, with respect to its enforcement, its effect on general building trends, the effect on buildings and other results. 203.5 POWERS: (a) The Board of Rules and Appeals may interpret the provisions of the Code to cover a special ease if it ap- pears that the provisions of the Code do not definitely cover the point raised, or that the intent of the Code is not clear, or that am- biguity exists in the wording; hut it shall have no authority to grant variances where the Code is dear and specific. The use ot alternate materials or types of construction, not clearly comparable with the materials and types of construction specified in the Code, may not be granted by the Board of Rules and Appeals; but the Board, if favor- 111011111.1111.011101101001111110111001010•10.-..----- able to such use, may tconic t+ hd to the ete°eted tit f`ttials ah Arnett* went to this Code to Make suelt use lawful. (h) The Board shall hate the (rower to affittni rnodity leafy the deeisioi of the Building Official. (t) The Board shalt have the powers as specified in Section 202r " L nsnfe Buildings." (d) The itn:trrl of Mules and Appeals ?hail htivt•th+< troVio.r tr► suspend or revoke permits, as specified ih paragraph 203,4 (l ). (ts) When it i• rir•ettreri tWePssari• by the f#oarrl, it may request tcperir..nred and technical advice on any specific subject 'ot subjeettt ftom any qualified person or persons, and such request ntay be rot attendance, at hoard Meetings or for written analysis of the specifie problem. The Board May establish Panels of lndustry, either stand, ing or temporary, for technical analysis of specific subjects. 203.6 Rtttt'PROCtTY: (e) The Board of Mutes and Appeals shall have the authority to meet with similarly constituted and au, thorize,l boards for the purposes of' disco -lion, deekiott and similar matters of at•ea•widr industry concern. (b) decisions of the majority of all members at joint meetings as referred to herein, shall not be binding on the Hoard of Mules and Appeals, The decisions of joint meetings with other boards may be accepted or rejected or accepted with modifications. (c) Vrom the effective date of this Code, and unless and until an ordinance or other regulatory law to the contrary is adopted, the authority of the Board of Mules and Appeals is retained by the go%' rrnintr hnrlt of the juri$dielit U. 203.t COURT RBVIEW: Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Board of Rules and Appeals, whether or not a previous 'party to the derision, may apply to the appropriate court for a writ of certiorari to correct errors of law of such decisions. Application for review shall be made to the proper court of jurisdiction within five days after the decision of the Board. 204 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND TYPES OP CONSTRUCTION The provisions of this Code are not intended to prevent the use of types of construction or materials or methods of designs as an al- ternate to the standards herein set forth, but such alternates may be offered for approval, and their consideration shall be as specified in this section and chapter. 204.1 STANDARDS: The types of construction or materials or methods of design referred to in this Code shall be considered as standards of quality and strength. New types of construction or ma- terials oY methods of design shall be at least equal to these standards for the corresponding use intended. 204.2 APPLICATION: (a) Any person desiring to use types of construction or materials or methods of design not specifically mentioned in this Code shall file with the Building Official authentic proof in support of claims that may be made regarding the sufficien- cy of such types of construction or materials or methods of design and request approval and permission for their use. (b) The Building Official shall approve such alternate types of construction or materials or methods of design if it is clear that the standards of this Code are at least equalled. If, in the opinion of the Building Official, the standards of this Code will not be satisfied by the requested alternate, he shall refuse approval. 204.3 APPEAL: Any person, whose request for alternate types of construction and materials or methods of design has been R fu!i d by the LsuiI itf' fffietal, ii1 tirrtifiti to !s o! sherd Animals by trritten request to the Setretart the flo*t c such written request sheli he transmitted to tits Befttd nt Ghee. 264.4 APPEAL ill', OTHERS: Aiij ttbroflr in tt hose C0tij side ed opinion an action by the fluilding 'Official in appfoVitignt din - approving construction under this Code does not satisfy the sts)<nd= ands of the (rids for reasons of safety, quality or strength, lMO stollen' to the ilo:rc1 of Rules and Appeals by written request to t Secretary of the Board, and such written request shall be transmitt to the Hoard at once. 205 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate a pte isiott Of this Code or fail to comply therewith, or with fitly of the re 1uir'I , meets thereof, shall be guilty of n misdemeanor, Each Stich person shall be deemed guilty of n separate offense for each and'every day or portion thereof during which any violation of any of the pros visions of this Code is committed or continued, and upon Conviction of any such violation such person shall be punishable by a fine of not less than fiftv ($50) dollars nor more than five hundred ($500) duilats. or by imprisonment not exceeding sixty days, or by both such fine and imprisonment, CHAPTER 3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS 301 PERMITS REQUIRED 302 APPLICATION 303 PERMIT PIES 304 CoNDIT1oNS OP PERMIT 305 INSPECTIONS 306 CL1AN.UP OP SITE 30? CERTIFICATE OP OCCUPANCY 301 PERMITS REQUIRED It shall be unlawful to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, remove or demolish any building, structure, or any part thereof; or any equipment, device, or facility therein or thereon; or to change the occupancy of a building from one use croup to another requiring greater strength, exit, fire and sanitary provisions; or to change to an unauthorized or prohibited use; or to install or alter any equip- ment for which provision is trade or the installation of which is regu• lated by this Code, without having first filed application and obtained a permit therefor from the Building Official; except that for general maintenance on repairs, which do not change the Occupancy, the value of which does not exceed twenty-five ($26.00) dollars labor and material, as determined by the Building Official, no permit shall be required in this or any of the following sections. 301.1 Permits, to be issued by the Building Official, shall be required for the following operations: (a) The erection or construction of any building or structure, the adding to, enlarging, repairing, improving, altering, covering or extending of any building or structure. (b) The moving of any building or structure within, into, through or out of the area of jurisdiction, or the moving of a building or structure on the same lot. (c) The demolition of any building or structure. 9 (d) ' h installatioh, n€)letntiktt r t 'fell hi' mit kfrhIt* �yfi+ flit tvattt supjti+r, tit gas sumo system, as Prttvided in beet ± It. (a) The installation, aittrittiott.ot repair of any pitetr;tal *tt tt nt etiuipn,ent; as provided in Part XI, (1) the installation, nitetatiori Or ttifljot tepait lay berates et hoist, as provided in Chapter 32, CO The ittstallatirtn, alteration or major t pair of any boiler, pressure vessel, furnace., steam -actuated machinery, or heat ttrdtrc= ing apparatus, as provided in Part ''tit. (h) The erection, remodeling, relocating, i`epttit, altering* to fentotal of any sign, as provided in Chapter 41. (i) The erection, alteration or repair of any awning or similar appurtenance, as provided in f'itaptct s 4:t and 44. (;) the storage and use of all volatile inflammable liquids uses and materials, but such permits shall not be issued without the en, dorsement of the *'ire Chief, as provided in Chapter 40. (lc) The application, construction or repair of any roof covering, as provided in Chapter 34. (i) The installation, alteration or repair of any air conditioning or refrigeratioo apparatus, as provided in Chapter 49• ro= (tn) The installation, alteration or repair of any apparatus p during air contaminents, as provided in Chapter 41,� (h) The installation, alteration or repair of a swimming pool, as provided in Chapter fill. 301.2 In addition, the Building Official shall require that the laws, rules and regulations of any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction, and where such laws, rules and regulations are applica- le and are known to the Building Official, shall he satisfied before a permit shall he issued. The Building Official shall require stteh evidence, as in his opinion is reasonable, to show such other approve als, The Building Official shall not thereby be held responsible for enforcement of such other regulations as he is not specifically author- ized to enforce. Following are some, but not necessarily all, other agencies having jurisdiction: (a) The 1`ngineering Department, *'ire Department and/or Police Department for the moving of buildings, structures and heavy equip- ment over, temporary construction over, storage of material on, con- struction operations over or temporary blocking of streets or other public spaces; and for land clearing adjacent to existing sidewalks; as well as for the discharge of rainwater or other water runoff on streets or other public spaces into public sewers. (b) The Fire tleparttnent for the burning of construction or demolition waste or the use or storage of explosives. (e) The City and/or County Tax Assessor and Collector for the moving or demolition of any building or structure. (d) The City, County. and/orState Health Department for con- struction of public swinuning pools. (e) The State Hotel Commission for the construction, alteration or addition to multiple -residential rental units or places where food and/or drink is prepared or served to the public. (f) The U. S. Engineer Corps for construction of bulkheads or docks adjacent to or extending into navigable waters. (g) Federal regulations limiting construction during periods of National emergency. 302 APPLICATION Any. person desiring a permit tobe issued by the Building Official, as formpfurn shed bred y 'the I3u ldshall file an pp i n writing on a ing Official for that purpose. Each such 10 appticaleioit shall a ettrPiba the WA ofi te}tich the tf tosed *old is tilt be done, br legal descfititiott and additss; shall haw the ti.se ot tie= eupftticies of the building; shall he accompanied by Plans and sp cdfix cations as required hereafter; shall state the value of the proposed work; shall give such other information as reasortabiy May be ie- quired by the building Official; and shall be sib ed by the petmitte+e of his authorized agent, who may be required to submit evidence to indientr+ such authority. MIA QUALIMMCA'FtbN 'OP APPLttANtt Application for permits will be Ilt`Cetittd only troni rontPartors currently licensed in their Pespertive fields and for whom no revocation or suspension of license is pending; ekeppt that a sole owner may make application #or' pePtitit and supervise the work in connection with the ronsteuctton, maintenance, alteration or repair of a single family residence for his owtl use and occupanq and not intended for sale. The construction of mote than one residence by att individual owner' in any 12-Month berind shall be construed as rontrarting, and such owner shall then be required to be licensed as a contractor. Such licensed contractor' of owner shall be held responsible to the. Building Official for the proper supervision and conduct of all work covered thereby. 362.2 PLANS AND SPECl1 CAttONSt (a) Each application for a permit shall be accompanied by two sets of plans and specifica- tions rc hen required by the building Official. (b) Pot buildings and='or structures, alterations, repairs or im- provements, replacements and additions, costing five -thousand 1.$5000) dollars or over, as specified herein, the plans and specifica- tions shall be prepared and approved by, and each sheet shall bear the impress seal of, ati architect or structural engineer, either of whom must be duly- registered in the State of Florida; provided that for any work involving structural design the Building Official may re- quire that plans be prepared by and bear the seal of a registered structural engineer, regardless of the cost of such work. (c) fines for wok which is preponderantly of architectural nature shall be prepared by and bear the seal of a registered archi- tect, and such work which involves extensive computation based on structural stresses shall, in addition, bear the seal of a registered structural engineer. Plans for work in which definite mechanical or electrical prob- lems are involved shall at the discretion of the building Official, be prepared by and bear the seal of a registered mechanical or electrical engineer. (d) Plans for work which are preponderantly of a structural nature shall be prepared by and bear the seal of a registered struc- tural engineer. (e) Plans shall be mechanically reproduced prints on substan- tial paper or cloth with the main details drawn to a scale of not less than one-fourth inch equals one foot, and showing completely all foundations, wall sections, floor plans, roof plans, elevations and details, together with the use or occupancy of all parts of the build- ing, a plot plan showing all occupied and unoccupied portions of the lot or lots, and complete structural, Mechanical, plumbing and elec- trical plans, and such other reasonable information as may be re- quired to clearly show the nature, character and location of the pro- posed work. Computations, stress diagrams, shop drawings, results of site tests, floor plans of existing buildings to which additions are proposed and other data necessary to show compliance with this Code the correctness of the plans and the sufficiency of structural and mechanical design shall be included when required by the Building Official. Any specifications in which general expressions are used to the effect that "work shall be done in accordance with the Build - II code" or "to the sdtisfaetion 6f the #aildiftlt ffeiais` AO tie deehred imperfect and ineorn lete, and ever iettertinte to tltiit Ccidt 14h411 be section of suhsectitnn number applicable to the fitatetial. to be ttse , o+ to the Methods of conttttet ott 'pls.'lah aris he adequately identified. (f) Application fat peru;it for new cohstPuctiefi and additietis shall be accomtntnied by a to isteted land survetof"s a ftific to and plaitin duplicate nn which shall he clearly indicated the prtopptty- tornel stakes, property -line ditnensinnc, ekisting sttuctutes and their locatin:{, existini' riirht-of-stay, sidewalks, easements, stteet totting and property znritmrr of rrerrrd, rritieai elevations and buildina setbacks required by laic, gt.netal block Plan and othet pertinent surrey data which may he requited. The Building official may waive the require- ments for such surrey when ptopeity-ling stakes are existing anti known to be it, place, and the work involved is tninnt nntI nt is clearly vt ithin buntline Tinos. (q) The Building Official May authorize the issuance of a !let, niit without plans end specifications for small or unimportant Work, but in nn instance *here the work is of it structural nature. 302.3 PRICONTRACT EXAMINATION OP PLANS: When proposed construction is of such nature as to require the plans to be prepared by and hear the seal of a registered architect or registered structural engineer, preliminary plans should be submitted to the Building Official by the designer before a contract for the proposed work is entered into by the owner. 1t is the duty of the Building Official to cooperate with owners► designers and contractors to pro- vide precontract examination of plans and specifications, to insure the sufficiency and Code compliance of such plans before final con tracts for construction are made. Application for permit may not be required for such examination. 302.4 EXAMINATION O1: PLANS: The Building Official shall examine all plans and applications for permits and amendments thereto. Plans and applications shall be examined in the order re- ceived, except that plans previously given precontract examination shall be examined first. If the applications or the plans do not eon form to the requirements of all pertinent laws, the Building Official shall reject such applications in writing, stating the reasons therefor. Plans which are rejected, as stated hereinabove, may be returned for correction of the tracings. Penciled notations on such plans may be accepted for only minor corrections. Plans thus corrected and resub- misted shall be treated as plans having been previously given pre contract examination. If the application, plans and specifications; upon examination, ars found to comply with the requirements of this Code, the plans shall be signed and stamped "APPROVED." 302.5 PARTIAL APPROVAL: Pending the completion of checking of plans and specifications, the Building Official, at his dis- cretion, and upon payment of the total required fee, may authorize the issuance of a temporary permit for site preparation, excavation and construction below grade, but the holder of such temporary per- mit shall proceed only at his own risk and without assurance that a permit for the superstructure will be granted. 302.6 MOVING OP BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES: (a) Before a building permit for moving a building or structure within or into the jurisdiction adopting this Code shall be approved or issued, such building or structure shall be inspected by the Building Official; upon request of the owner or his agent, and the Building Official shall ascertain that this Code and all other laws or ordinances ap- plicable thereto shall be satisfied. (b) Application for permit shall be submitted in such form as the Building Official may prescribe and shall be accompanied by such plans or other data as, in the opinion of the Building Official, r"1 is ntteeeasaaPy to pho* etttftf llithEe Frith the tttao 'ice OM Wittig 'vent*, tioha. 302.i b MOLtttONt AfrOlicatitta for b`uildittg fiettilita tat Ott work of deni(ilstion of buildings of strtictutesr 11' such buildifg Or tfttut?ture is (vet i 2 feet in 'e'ttteme height above trade 01` arty *611 of �ttihich is o�•et Orr feet in hotizontal length, shall -be aecepte+ f only demolition contractors of genetal conttacto a holding &Merit licensesas such; and rot which a certificate of insurahee c'ovetsng tt'r work of demolition is filed frith the 'Building Official. 303 PERMIT r t5 Any person desiring a permit to ,be issued shall, in additioft to filing af► application therefor and betote such pei'tttit is imbed, pay a permit fee as terluired. 303.2 BASIS OP PERMIT PI Et The Building tiffIeittl may require an estimate of Bost and/or other descriptive data as a basis for determining the permit fee. 303,3 boUplLE PEE: When work for which a permit is re- quired is started of 'phrweeded with ptrior to the obtaining of said permit, the fees as specified herein may be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person, firm or cotporation from fully complying with the requirements of this code, nor front any penalties prescrihed therein. 303.4 APPROVED PLANS: (&) The Building Official shall retain one set of the approved plans and the other set shalt be kept at the building site, open to inspection of the Building Official at all reasonahle tittles. The Building official may stop the work if such plans are not available at the building site, (b) Approved plans and/or amendments thereto retained by the Building Official shall become a ltart of the public record; provided, however, that they be considered instruments of' service and confi• dential records of their author, that they shall be open to the public only for inspection, that the i3uilding Official may permit bona fide owners or designers, employed by such owners, to inspect the plans when not available from their author or the Building Official may death torteieilab►titytof the copied or to the owner ropieser•ent of the author's 304 CONDITIONS OP PERMIT 304.1 PERMIT CARD: L'pon approval of plans, specifications and application for permit and the payment of the required fee, the Building Official shall issue u permit therefor. With each such per- mit, the Building Official shall issue a weatherproof permit card which shall bear the description of the property, the nature of the work being done, the name of the owner and contractor and other pertinent information; and such ctird shall be maintained in a con- spicuous place on the front of the premises affected thereby during the entire time that the work authorized by the permit is in progress. The Building Official may, whenever there is a delay in approval of plans or other similar special circumstances, pertiit the placing, on the site, of tool sheds, materials, batterboards and' construction equipment, preliminary to actual construction, or may permit ex- ploratory uncovering of concealed structural dements of existing buildings for design information, pending completion of plans for proposed alterations. 304.2 COMPLIANCE WITH CODE: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be deemed or construed to be a permit for, or pa flit afrfrroval 014, any V161ation'of this 'Code. NO frethrit freestitrnitt i it•r, authority to violate tit 'Catlett any :of the f roeisions of this CO&t' shall be valid, insofar as the use nr Wotk which it nuthttrizes is lattful: Otte is:,nattee o% tt permit, ttpon plans and specifications, shalt riot preterit the fluitdin Offieiat from thereafter requiring the entree. tine 01' errors in such 131ahs nod slrecifieations, or front preventing building operations being entried on 'thereuhder when in tgolatiottt of this Code or of any other reputations applicable thefeto. 304.3 t1Mt; LINtitAtION: (*) "Every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this section shall eXpire I %• limitation and become hull nod void if the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within On Clays from the date of such per- mit or if work authorized ht: such permit is suspended or abatldoned at any tirne, after the work is commenced, for a period of lot dayS. Work shall not be deemed to have started or shall be deemed to hate beet: suspended when such work is being Anne intermittently. (b) Before work, for which the hermit has, for any reason, be- come void, may be subsequently poi tnent'ed or recommenced, it nett permit shall first be obtained. A wide,: permit may be rettewed, for a pro -ranted amount of the oritrinal fee, provided the proposed work conforms with all requirements, ordinances, rules and regulations effective at the time of such renewal. 304.4 REVOCATION OP PERMIT: (a) The iluilding t)f= ficial may revoke a permit or approval issued under the provisions of this Code in ea: e of any false statement or misrepresentation of fact in the application or on the plans on which the permit or approval was based. (b) Whenever the work for which a permit has been issued is not heist; performed in conformity with pans, specifications or de- scriptions, or approved plans are not being kept at the site, it shall be the duty of the Building Official to notify the coot tetor or owner or their at"ent, in writing., that the permit is suspended. Written notice shall be mailed or given to the permit holder or his went, and it shall be unlawful for any person or persons to perform any work ih or about the building or structure except such work as may be required for the eorrection of the expressed violations. And if, in the judgment of the Building. Official, there is imminent danger that requires immediate action, the permit may be revoked or suspended verbally and written notice served later. (c) When n permit has been suspended, it shall not be reinstated until all existing violations have been corrected. Written notice of reinstatement shall be given the permit holder if requested. 305 INSPECTION 305.1 GENERAL: (a) When deemed necessary, the Building Official shall examine or cause to be examined all buildings and structures for which an application has been received for permit to enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the occupancy thereof. He shall inspect all buildings and structures from time to time during and upon completion of the work for which a permit was isst'ed. Ile shall make a record of every such examination and in- spection and of all violations of this Code, and the correction or dis- position of such violations. (b) When deemed necessary, the Building Official shall make an inspection of materials or assemblies at the point of manufacture or fabrication. Ile shall have authority to issue u Certificate of Com- petency to manufacturers and fabricators having proper plant meth- ods, personnel, equipment and control procedure to insure compli- ance of their products with this Code; and he shall also have the authority to refuse to accept construction products or assemblies 11 tbamititetood, torlduebd or ftettiettte-d b OURS rid Might Ott Certificate of Competepey, nt other itcroptitbie 1t*h bfottittolistl ince their romfoetency. The inatioratturtt tit fabritatoes hat* tot t1. girlie shall he dearly indicated an eat prefabricated strtittiltal assembly, tt) the ItuiIdiag Official shalt make the insPections ca1id ter by these requirements or he may accept reports Of ihsPettots to tee - *nixed qualifications foi special inspections; ckcept that notettiti, tate called for by any Prot -Wens of this Code thrill,be based Oft stith reports unless the same tire in wtitihg and eertified. (d) The Building Official shall periodically, anti se4 nearly AS practicable once each year, inspect all buildings and structures, tit- eept buildings having sully Group -I oecupsuicies and 0%11,11e-work structures, for compliance with this Code. (a) n inspection Shall be made until sanitary facilities have been Provided, as required ih Chapter 33 and set foPth ih Sub-seetkih 4603.20. (f) When the services and reports of testing laboratories are required by this Code, only such services and reports shall be Sie- cepted as are submitted from impartial testing laboratories having it registered engineer with training and experience in the techniques of testing in active responsible charge of the work of sampling and testing and which laboratories have a Certificate of Approval as specified for manufacturers, producers and fabricators in Paragraph ( b) hereiti. MAI MANDATORY INSPECTIONSI (*) The Building Of- ficial. upon notification from the permit holder or his agent, shall make the following inspections and shall either approve.that portion of the work completed or shall notify the permit holder or his agent wherein the same fails to comply: FOUNOATION INSPECTION: To be made after necessary ex- cavations have been made, forms erected and reinforcing steel placed. PILE INSPECTION: To be made during the driving of the piles and after all piles are driven and forms and reinforcing steel are in place and tied, and before placing any concrete, REINFORCING INSPECTION: To be made after any reinforc- ing steel is in place and before placing concrete. FRAMINSPECTION: To be made at each floor level and after all framing, fire blocking, furring and bracing are in place, and plumbing and electrical work are roughed in. ROOFING INSPECTION: To be made after anchor sheet or sheets have been tincapped and before cap sheet is mopped on. (See chapter :34) LATHING INSPECTION: To be made after lathing and before plastering, where plastering is a requirement for fire protec- tion, or where suspended overhead. PLUMBING INSPECTION: To be made of the ground work and at each floor. All plumbing work shall be left uncovered and convenient for examination until inspected and approved. Floors shall be left up in all bathrooms and elsewhere above all sanitary plumbing., water -supply and gas -supply piping and other plumbing work until it shall have been examined, tested and approved. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION: To be made at each floor level; and no conduit, boxes, panels or other electrical appurte- nances shall be covered or concealed until approval shall have been received from the Building Official. 15 StrkttAt ititgttetitAtiti: TO be 'nide of all litethhhithl lit, eanations, sigttA bh tinitigs imintditittit_tifori ormpletieli *hd at suet interVals dtetint the IrretigPs Of the leOfk as the Building Offieial or this Code may require. ottitti titiSterIONs: to be Made hit the &viler Or tontrite, t ol Building Official may reasonably request. INSttelloN: to he made after the work is completed and the structure ready for use ot occuptiney. (b) ikto work shall be .4..etie on itht Part of a building tle strut! tune or any plumbing, electrical or mechanical installation beyond the point indicated hereinabove for each successive inspettiOrt Until such inspection has been triode and the work approved and ,the strector has so indicated on the approved plans Of permit card at the job site. (e) Nto reinforcing steel or structural framework Of any part Of any building or struetute shall be covered or concealed in ithy mArt ner whatsoever without the approval of the /Wilding Official. (d) inspection requests shall be Made to the office ot the guild. ing Official and shall provide reasonable time for such inspection to he made, Rejection or refusal to approve the work for reagents Of incompleteness, Code violation or inadequacy shall hUllify that re. quest for inspection. The work shall be made to comply and the re. fittest for inspection repeated as outlined herein. It shall be assumed that the responsible individual or individuals in eharge of the Work shall have, themselves, inspected the work and found it to be in corn. pliance with Code requirements before request for inspection is made. 305.3 SPECIAL INSPECTORt (a) On new buildings or ad- ditions of Tye I construction, on all major 'structural welding, on major structural alterations, on concrete work where the design is based on f'c iti excess of MO pounds per square inch+ on buildings of area greater than 20,000 square feet, on building!: more than two stories in height, and on buildings and structures of unusual design ur methods of construction, the Building Official may require the owner to employ to special inspector for the inspection of the struc- tural framework, and such special inspector shall be present at an times that work is in progress on the structural frame. The Building official may require a special inspector on pile driving. (b) Such special inspector shall be a registered structural engi' neer or his accredited employee who shall be responsible for the Con, trot of the materials and methods of construction, He shall be re, sponsible for compliance with this Code and shall submit weekly progress reports of daily inspections to the Building Official. (c) At the completion of the construction work or project, the special inspector shall submit a certificate of compliance to the Building Official, stating that the work was done in compliance with this Code and in accordance with the approved plan or plans: and his duties shall end with the submission of such certificate. Final inspee, tion shall be made by the Building Official before a Certificate of Occupancy is issued. 305.4 INSPECTION REPORTS: The Building Official shall keep records of inspections, Certificates of Compliance, results of tests, plans, surveys and Certificates of Occupancy for a period of not less than seven years. Such records shall become a part of the public records and open to public inspection, except as may be elsewhere specifically stipulated. 305.5 SPECIAL HURRICANE INSPECTIONS: (a) During such periods of time as are designated by the United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane alert, till furniture, display racks, material and similar loose objects in exposed outdoor locations, shall 36 he lashed to rigid ctfnstftrct ion of stetted in iitt ttditrjttt, tirt►tie'rs itrkti he oral or written and. shal{ 'tee given to any i r fl on the 'lasses rnttst logically responsible for maintenatace and sut h tattlers shall be raffled out before winds of hurricane velocity are anticipated. (II) After winds of hutrrirane tfeioeitt are eitperience 1 and hats subsided, the Building Official shall intriestigate to detertniine if daps. age has ncrurrt=d to buildings or other structures. (t) No building or other structure. of assembly of hart there+ofi which was damned or collapsed or nut of plutrib or life shall be - paired or altered or otherwise returned to its original position With - nut inspection and approval by the Building Official. 306 CLLANU$' Ot SI1 . Upon completion of the proposed work, the permit holder shall leave the site cleared of rubbish, debris, construction sheds or Ma- terials of construction, In the event there has been 'damage to public property or that rubbish, debris, construction sheds or materials of construction have been deft at the site, then the Building Official shall refuse to make final inspection and shall notify the permit holder to correct the condition of violation within five days. Pot failure to comply with such notice after such period of fire days, the permit holler is subject to the penalties specified herein, and the Building official shall have the clean-up wnt•k done and public prop- erty restored and shall notify the legal authority, who shall institute the necessary action to have the costs placed as a lien against the property in relation to which the permit was issued. 307 CE{tTI1ICATE OE OCCUPANCY 307.1 WHEN REQUIRED: No building hereafter erected, al- tered or enlarged, nor existing building involving a change of Occu- pancy shall be used or occupied in trhole or in part until a Certifi- cate of Occupancy shall have been issued by the Building Official, certifying that the building and Occupancy are in accordance with the previsions of this (`ode and all ether ordinances and laws applic- able thereto; except that any use or occupancy which has not been discontinued during the work of alteration or enlargement shall be discontinue,! within :to days after the completion of the work unless the required certificate is secured from the. Building Official. If the building or part thereof complies with the provisions of all pertinent laws and regulations, the Building Official shall issue the Certificate of occupancy. A Certificate of Occupancy for places of assembly hall indicate thereon and make record of the number of persons for t+hirh such certificate is issued. 307.2 EXISTING BUILDINGS: If an occupancy which does nut comply with the requirements of this Code has existed prior to the adoption of this Code, the Building Official shall issue a Certifi- cate of occupancy therefor, unless the building and use, in his opin- ion, constitute a serious hazard to life, limb or property. If an ap- plication for a Certificate of Occupancy is not approved, such oc- cupancy shall not be started or shall be discontinued. 307.3 REVOCATION: The Building +tft+cinl shall have the authority to revoke a Certificate of Occupancy for any building which is occupied, in whole or in part, for any use not authorized or which is changed in Occupancy to a classification where such Occu- pancy does not comply with this Code, or for any building where the live loads imposed on any floor or the number of persons permitted to assemble therein or thereon exceed those authorized in said Cer- tificate. The revoking of a Certificate of Occupancy shall have the effect of nullifying an • occupational license issued in connection with such building or the affected part of such building. 17 I: 3t19A ?t $Peet lit teetIPAIVeVt A te9ttr FS tofutit *tP t•'NutIst netrait,, be Ltd b.t the ilitii f aieft ffi1 f tlhi T tree rats ties Of.si frottiitTh t & bttiidinity 1t entire building. Stf ,+& CONtat;'tION or StRVIetlt it ikeli be triilertttrtl tot Rhy ublit•fter ire rbtftoiRtitil of ORthcr to begin seftiee t o A building, etrre-tit tptnpotftq acrtviee _ ftir t1Rh duteinc butidiog t Ftrip no sued tndittr gtptit't o0atso Oiri thCsth sus o CYt`rnpehry eHiss 1 fR PA> t r DivritiMOWS 04APitit 4 D �1Nif1L1N$ Unless otherwise etpressly stated, all words other than herein defined shall have the meanings implied by then' etmteltt itt this rode or their ordinrtrily-accepted meanings iti the construrtioti in- dustry ; wards used in the present tense shall include the future: words in the masculine gender shall include the ietninine and neuter; the singular number shall include the plural: and the plural ttutnber shall include the singular. A+tetSSIfLt t Reasonable and adequate clearance on sides and above for inspection, service, repair and replacement, without remov- ing permanent construction; or, visible, unobstructed and within physical reach. ACCESSORY USE; A building or structure, the use of which is incidental to the plain huiltiiim or structure, and is located on the same lot, or on a contiguous lot fronting on the same street as the lot or lots on which the main building is located and the use of which is manifestly incidental to that of the main building. . ADDITION: Art extension or increase in floor area or height of a building. ALLEY: Any public space, public park or thoroughfare 20 feet or less, but not less than ten feet, in width, which has been dedicated or deeded to public use. ALTERATION: Any change or modification of construction, space arrangement and,`or occupancy of a building, or decreasing or not increasing the area or cubic. contents thereof. APARTMENT: One or more rooms occupied as a home or resi- dence for an individual or a family or a household. The existence of, ot• the installation of, sink accommodations and/or cooking facil- ities within a room or suite of rooms shall be deemed sufficient to classify such room or suite of rooms as an apartment. APARTMENT HOTEL: A building, usually under resident supervision, made up of three or more apartment units, arranged with common corridors and exits and maintaining an inner lobby or foyer, through which persona pass for access to the apartments. APARTMENT HOUSE: A building made up of three or morn apartment units so arranged that each unit has direct access, with- out common corridors, to a means of egress from the building, and which may or may not maintain an inner lobby for its tenants. APPOINTING AUTHORiTY: The legally constituted body adopting this code such as, but not limited to, a county or city com- mission or council; or a person designated by such legally constituted body as having authority to appoint. APPROVED: Approved by the Building Official or other au- thority given .jurisdiction by this Code. ARCADE: Is an avenue or passageway, roofed over and en- closed except at the ends and serving as a common entrance and exit for shops, stores and similar places of business located thereon. Ahorizontal projected - As liarea oflte he ibuildingsatf gradc�lduag means the hoe AREAWAY: Is an open, subsurface space, adjacent to a build- ing for access to, or for lighting or ventilating basements. 19 ASttiONLYOttfilt A l titildlft trig lb wish Of it Ptt for the grithetin# titgethrt fitofstthg Trot gtit?t lets its e#eii�i'>1= tion, tittotittitthlOnto ahwttaothttt or a*sititrg ittimpottatial`t: Artie: Shall be token to mean tatl ghttoo rrr►irreiliatel tindet the toot tatters and above the eeil`in jots of the story noa?est tit the roof. AUteMAtte Applied to a door, tvindottr of other oPehit* 1PU= tedtive of itotectite device, ratans that such protective is so edit, strutted and arranged that vrhen actuated bra fstedetettnirred tett* jePatute or tatte of rise in tetttpetatute, such opening Protective Will close if open, of such protective device will operate as intended. Not teduitihR manual operation. AWNI$ Gt (Cee Chapters 41 at►d 44 herein.) 13ALtONY: that portion of a seatingspace of aft assembly room, the lowest part, of which is raised our feet or snore above the level of the main floor. Air open exterior path of egress ovePI' ha n ri►►g an exterior. wall. 1t3A5KMKNTt A level of a building, the floor of which is t$ 0 feet or more belo* grade and the ceiling of which is not more than four feet and sill inches above grade. 13AY WIN1bbWt is a rectangular, curved or polygonal window supported on a foundation extending be;•ond the mein walls of a building. BRICK: A solid masonry unit not larger than 10 x 4 x tt inches t3U1LbING: A structure which encloses space, a structure which gives protection or shelter for any occupancy. The 'term "building" shall be construed as if followed by the phrase "or part thereof." When separated by fire walls, each portion so separated shall be deemed a separate building. BUILDING LINE: The like established by law, beyond which a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided herein, BUILDING OPPICIAL: Shall metal the Chief Building Official or anv regularly -authorized assistants such as, but not limited to the Chief Zoning inspector, Chief Plumbing inspector, and Chief Electrical Inspector, BULKHEAD: (a) That portion of the exterior walls of a building which is located immediately under show -windows, (b) A structure above the roof of any building, enciosing tr stairway, tank. elevator machinery or ventilating apparatus or such part of a shaft as extends above a roof. (c) A retaining type structure. BUNGALOW COURTS: A group of three or more detached, one-story, single-family dwellings, arranged with common utilities and accessories under a common ownership. CABANAS: Shall mean bath cabins, together with only such accessories as boardwalks, terraces, sun decks, rubbing rooms and toilet rooms. CANOPY: (.Ste. Chapters 4:{ turd 44 herein.) CARPORTE: A covered area for shelteringa motor vehicle and which is not more than 75 percent enclosed by walls. CELLAR: That portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly below grade and so located that the verti• cal distance from grade to floor below is equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling. COMBUSTIBLE: Capable of igniting and continuing to burn :u ot ititi* with a tletth* st betlit ttfrifittiliftet Of 1200 -deem Patireittet. tilltlitt)011: A path of egress ecittitecting more than of* toOln orettpied space ern any one floor: a hallway. MUMIs an often, unoccupied stiatei, bounded Ott INO Of More sides by the Walls of the building. Ah inner court,IS mot entirely within the ettetior walls of a building. All other courts fire outer courts, btAD itAlit The weight of the structure and all perrattneitt parts incorporated into the construction thereof. DININd ROOM: Any building or part thereof, Or any tonal or part thereof, in which food is 'dispensed or served, DORMItORY: sheiii mean a VOOtn having separate sleeping ae- rommodations for more than four persons find used as an accessory to Group "D," "C," "II," and "1" occopaticies. owttuNat A building occupied ekcluSively for residential purposes and serving not more thati two housekeeping units used for cooking, living, or sleeping purposes, LEVAl'ORt A device used for carrying persons or things up. ward or downward. tSCALATOItt A moving, inclined stairway for passengers. XIT: A means of egress. PAMItAt Is any number of persons living together under one head as a single 'housekeeping unit4 whether related to each other legally or not; and shall be deemed to include servants, but shalt not include paying guests. FIRE,DIVISION: A portion of a building so separated from the rest by fire -walls that it. May be erected to the maximum height and area allowed for the governing Occupancy and the Type of Con- struction, independently of adjoining Occupancies or Types of Con- struction. FIRE DOOR: A floor and its assembly so constructed and placed as to give protection against the passage of fire. FIRE ESCAPES: A single or series of steel framed balconies attached to the exterior walls at windows or doors and connected to each other and to the ground by flights or steel stairs. FIRE.RESISTIVE: Ability to resist fire and prevent its spread as regulated in this Code. FIRE.RESISTANCE RATING: The time in hours that a ma- terial or construction will withstand a standard fire exposure as defined in this Code and its adopted standards. FLAMEPROOF: The property of a material, usually decorative fabric, whether treated or not treated to not burst into flames or support combustion when subjected to flame for a period of 30 seconds. FLOOR AREA: Is the gross floor area on any one floor in- cluded within exterior walls or within exterior walls and fire walls of a building. In theatres, assembly halls and similar occupancies, balconies. galleries and stages shall be considered as addingto the floor area. Mezzanine floors which are not enclosed as required for vertical openings under Types of Construction in Part III, shall be considered as adding to the floor area. The upper floors of resi- dential -type apartments shall be considered as adding to the floor area of a unit, but not to the total area of that floor. 2t ftfiftlt fi nn ittott sptttee brit ill > b Il i ett'd gated be- tween a lohhy and main enttanee and the manly Einar. tlAL .tRYt Is that PetitOn of the seating Capacity ofa theatre or assembly room hating a seating raltat`rtr of Mott than test t*r- sons and located about. a balcony. tlAf1AGE: A buildift , shed or enclosure, or part thereof, in which a motor t'ehiele tonta►ning a flammable liquid in its fuel tank is housed or stored or repaired. GRAM: (A) the elevation of the public sidewalk at the ten, ter of the wall, or the average elevations of the public sidewalks where the property nbutts on more than ohe street, or the at•efage I .vel of the proposed ground surface at the center of walla which do not abutt on, or are more than 15 feet from a public sidewalk. in the absence of sidewalks or proposed sidewalks, the elevation of the center of the public street shall be used. (b) When used in connection with lumber, means a division of satvn lumber into quality classes with respect to its physical and mechanical properties, as defined by the association under whose ruler the lumber is controlled. GROUND f LOOR: 1s a floor located not more than two feet below, nor more than six feet above "grade." MAST: (a) In connection with multiple -family occupancies swans a person hiring a room for living and/or sleeping purposes. (b) In connection with single-family and two-family occultan- cis.. means a person sharing single-family accommodations without profit on those accommodations. GUEST HOUSE: (a) As a part of multiple -family occupan- cies means :t detached single -fancily dwelling occupied or intended to be occupied for hire. (1,) As a part of a single-family, and two-family occupancies means a detached portion which provides rooms and necessary ap- purtenances for the sleeping accommodation and/or entertainment of non-paying guests and their servants; but not provided with means tor the general and regular serving of meals. GUEST ROOM: (a) In connection with multiple -family occu- pancies means a room in a building, occupied or intended to be oc- cupied for hire. (b) in connection with single-family and two-family occupan- cies ►mans a roost in the main or an accessory building occupied or intended to be occupied by non-paying guests. HABITABLE ROOM: A room in a residential unit used for living, sleeping, eating or cooking, but excluding baths, toilets, stor- age spaces or corridors. HEIGHT. BUILDING: The vertical distance from grade to the highest finished roof surface of a flat roof or to the average level of a gable, hip or roof. HEIGHT, STORY: The vertical distance from top to top of two successive floors or floor and roof. HEIGHT, STRUCTURE: The height of a structure erected on the ground shall be the vertical distance from grade to the highest point thereof, and for roof structures shall be the vertical distance from the mean level of the roof to the highest point of such struc- ture. In general, the height of a structure shall be its overall height. HOTEL: IS any building containing ten or more rooms, intended or designed to be used or which are used, rented or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied by persons for sleeping purposes by paying guests. INCOMBUSTIBLEt a %metal * toll trot tt "tot Pet tntribtistintiTh &anittitttitittil ttfilrettittift 'Of 1ZO P deft the **Pose* 61 tint tile* OM Vile table Ifiefi te fti fIlifrdtda in I Muffle fettle*, JOISTS: At toeohdary hatitOttal atintiorting iternben flee, nflIh exit fine eonstrtietinn. JURISDICTION: Shall mean the leglilIy-tonstituttid autheity which has adapted this Code AS la* or ordinance. LiNtEL: The beam or girder placed 01'tt At% opening' in a WW1 tfOlich sUpPotts the construction above. LIVE LOAD: Any load impoed, or capable of being imposed, ei a structure other thau deal load or wind load. LIMEY: ts an enclosed vestibule, directly accessible fratt the Main entrance. LODCIN1 HOUSE: IS anv building containing less than ten rooms, intended or designed to be used or which are used, rented or hired out, or which are occupied for sleeping purposes by two or more paying guests. LOT: A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit. LOt LINE: A line dividing one lot from another or from a street or other public space. MARQUEE: A cantilevered or otherwise supported projection from a major building constructed to be, or appear to be, an inte- gral part thereof by being of similar material and intended for the weather protection of the main entrance and extending on each side of the opening a distance hot greater than the projection from the building. An appurtenance erected for the principal purpose of a display sign and constructed of light -gage metals is not classified as a marquee. MASONRY: Brick, stone, plain concrete, hollow block, solid block or other similar materials or units bonded together with mor- tar. Reinforced concrete is not classified as inasoery, MEZZANINE: Is an intermediate floor placed in any story or room. When the total area of any such mezzanine floor exceeds 331/3 percent of the total floor area in that room or story in which the mezzanine floor occurs, it shall be considered as constituting an additional story. The clear height above or below a mezzanine -floor construction shall be not less than seven feet. MULTIPLE -FAMILY: As in a building, meaning more than two families or households living independently of each other and doing cooking within their living quarters; includes apartments, tenements and flats. NOMINAL DIMENSION: The dimension or size in which such material, part or unit is usually manufactured or supplied. NONCONFORMING: Shall apply to any building or structure which does not comply with the requirements set forth in this Code, or amendments thereto. OCCUPANCY: As used in this Code, pertains to and is the purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. Occu- pancy is not intended to include tenancy or proprietorship. OCCUPIED: Shall be construed as though followed by the words, "or intended, arranged, or designed to be occupied." ORIEL WINDOW: Is one that projects from the main line of an enclosing wall of a building and is carried on brackets or corbels. OWNER: The term shall include his duly authorized agent, a 23 trouser, t1evisee, tiduciaf , proptittY 1irtMldef ter kilt tit tttYItytttath irm of trial itatit5n having a vented tit t f ntingettt thtetestt Of th cries tsi leased pre.tnhhcs, the legai holder of the lease contort+'Of his lent tetresentativec assign b't succe"sot. PARAPttt That part of a *all ettti? ly alert the roof tint, PARKtNt t ARAGR: 'Parking garages for passenger vebieles involving+ only the Barking Of storing of automobiles and not If eluding automobile repair ot• service work or the sale of gat glint or nil. PARt'IT1t N: A non -load bearing .vertical separation betweeh rooms or spaces. 1f such separating construction closes less than thief' -fourths of the area front wall to wall and floor to ceiling, it shall be considered a decorative separation and tot a partition. PATH OF EGRESS: The eollise taken by an ► ccupant to Effort riot to n public Tarr. PENTHOt1SE: :1n enclosed roof structure ektcttding not more than feet bve the roof not more than 12 5 pe centoof the area.„ \spent} o, ut a ng nd t shall not he e construed as a story. PERMIT: A written authorization by the nodding Official to proceed with construction, alteration, repair, installation or demoli- tion. PERSON: Includes individual, co -partnership and corporatiott. PLATFORM: A portion of an assembly room which may be raised above the level of the assembly floor and which may be septa. rated from the assembly space by a wall and proscenium opening provided the ceiling above the platform shall be not more than five feet above the proscenium opening.. PORTE•COCHLRE: Is a one. -story porch under which vehicles may be driven for the purpose of providing shelter for either the vehicles ,kr persons and which is open, full width, front and rear in the direction of vehicle travel, and open not less than 50 percent nt► the outer side. PREFABRICATED: Fabricated prior to installation or erection. PRIMARY MEMBER: Columns and beams, girders and trusses ;paced more that, four feet apart; or supporting load over spans ex- ceediltt 40 feet. Load bearing masonry walls and flat slabs support- ing n,nvp than 1 t;1t square fret of floor or roof deck shall be con- sidered primary members. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT: A person technically qualified and professionally licensed by the State of Florida to practice engineering or architecture. PUBLIC SPACE: For the purpose of determiningallowable floor areas and or exit arrangement of buildings, suchopen spaces as public parks, right-of-ways, tvateth�•ays, public beaches nd other permanently unobstructed yards or courts having access to a street, and a width of not less than set forth in the Chapters on Occupancy, may be considered a street. RAFTERS: Are secondary inclined supporting members in roof construction. REMOTE: As applied to exits shall mean that persons shall have alternate paths of egress from any point or space in a build- ing, and such paths of egress shall be separated by distance, con- struction, assemblies, or arrangement. REQUIRED: A mandatory provision of this Code. REPAIR: The replacement of existing work with the same 24 ■ kfhd of matefiat ft* OW Pttrose t , fts ll faititei tit , but fi MEW. fits stdt#itintat sloths that *wale affet;t its f i if, sanfttifY tit Nib 1'esistive taftetk or r•ltft facilities. itEgtAUURAN'11': every buiblint of rnIt thetent red me but_ 'buildings used in eahnectiof therewith, or an • tilace ot. tttcsttfttN firept, used, mainbtlhrd at, advertised as, or held out to the btie trials, he a place where tls, lunettes ot snttdtiiches titre ilrefirdted aid/ tni•ved, eitftiet g1`ataitottalg of fot P. RtiOE JOISTS: Where roof Met -hers ate neatly horizontal ftit�d are supported from bearing to bearing ti•ithout nt thtettnetiiftf; ridge, such members shall be termed roof Joists. Rt11 INCI: The coveting applied to the roof for weathet tection, firt' resistance or appearance, ROOM: I..tety compartment in any building, including patlttts, dining -rooms, sleeping rooms and porches, kitchens, offices, stares, sample -roots, living -rooms, but not inclttd►ng halls, bathrooms, Clot+= ets, pantries or storage or equipment spaces. SEATING CAPACITY: Shall mean, where seats are mixed, the nuber of seats are t not fixd.or persons provided, oshall be calcseats are ulated provided, on the basis of the areas given herein. SECONDARY MEM13ERt tleams or joists spaced not more than four f,•r•t apart or not spanning more than 40 feet. SELF=CLOSING: As applied to tt fire door or other openih protector, means normally closed and equipped with an approved . device which will insure closing after having been opened for use, SERVANTS QUARTERS: (a) As accessory to multiple -family♦ occupancies ►deans accommodations for such nutnber of servants and other employees as are required by the main occupancy and which accommodations may be detaehed and may or may not include sep- arate cooking facilities. (b) As accessory to singie-family occupancies means aceommo- dation.s for -tn h number of servants in 'personal service andtor for the maintetut.ice, .if the premises as could be reasonably required and which accntntnn;latinrs may be detached, but shall not have separate Looking facilities except in connection with properties which have it ;:round are:' of In.nnn nt• more square feet. SERVICE STATIONS: A building or portion thereof where gasoline, oil and greases are supplied and dispensed to the motor vehicle trade. also where tire, battery, washing, polishing and lubri- cation 'services are rendered and minor adjustments are made. SHALL: :1s used in this Code means mandatory. SHAPT: A vertical opening or passage through two or more floors of a building or" through floors and roof. SPECIFICATIONS: Wherever the specifications of governing authorities are mentioned in this Code, the reference shall be to the most recent editions of the specifications so mentioned in effect at the time of passage of this Code. SPRINKLERED: Equipped with approved automatic sprinkler system properly maintained. STADIUM: A structure providing seating for spectator events and which is not more than 50 percent enclosed by walls. STAGE: A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room wherein scenery drops or other effects may be installed and used, and which is cut off from the audience section by a proscenium wall, and where there is more than five feet of open space above and on the stage side of the proscenium opening. 25 ■ 3TAtfWA''t: One m mots firsts o ututiu tend the he's l ' torulituts conhtscting theta to fnfln a eohtiMtous etfit tthititel tttt% passage from one stow to ahothet in a tttdin Stem: Meats thft Pottirth.oi tuildinfkiheiodtd bettteh late u pei' surface of any floor and the utrper sut fnee et the hosts` ?Witt above, including a tttei:tanihe if it Weeds .P-, of the floor immediately below, but hot ihehidt/3 rettveht of the a ss ift aIfe hthOUse, eitee1t that the totianost stow shalt be that trottion of a building itichided between the upper surface of the top -Most floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor lei-0 directly above a basettient is more than sit feet above fade, sueh basement shall be considered doe hotlexceed two-thirds oSfpthem neftoor,tsuch the shallltotot be considered as a story. STRt:le;Tt Any public thoroughfare such as, but not limited to, street, avenue, lane, place terrace, and roof, and which is tnote than 20 feet in width and dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. STRUCTURE: Is that which is built or constructed, or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined to, gether in sotne definite manner, the use of which requires more or less permanent location on the ground, or which is attached to something having a permanent location on the ground. The terns shall be construed as followed by the words "or part thereof." STRUCTURAL PttAMtre Ail the members of a building or structure requited to transmit loads to the ground. TH>E;ATRLI Is a building or part thereof which contains an auditorium hating a stage which may be equipped with curtains and/or permanent stage scenery or mechanical equipment adaptable to the showing of plays, operas, performances, spectacles, and sim- ilar forms of entertainment, or is such building or portion thereof containing an auditorium having a platform, screen, and mechanical equipment adapted to the showing of motion pictures. VALU1vt Of a building shall he the estimated cost to replace the building in kind. WALLSt t3I•:AItDNG: A wall which supports any vertical load in addition to its own weight. VATI;RIOR: Shall include include any wall not protected from fire or wind pressure by enclosure. PACED wall niont facing and so bonded as to exert a conmaconundead is IRE PARTITION: A partition for the purpose of restricting the spread of fire or to provide an area of refuge but not necessarily vertically continuous from floor to floor. FIRE WALL: A wall for the purpose of sub -dividing a building or separating buildings to restrict the spread of fire and which starts at the foundation and extends contin- uously through all stories to and above the roof, or to the roof if such slab is of concrete. FOUNDATION: Shall mean those exterior walls between the foundations and the first floor above grade, or any other walls below the first floor above grade which are in contact with or receive lateral earth pressure. INTERIOR: Is a wall entirely surrounded by the exterior walls of the building. NON -BEARING: Is a wall which supports no load other than its own weight. 26 ttARM,: is a non -beating mall ih *WORM t'l h t?ttttttflti 'hitt betteeen rolutntts and *Milk sUft d *t -each Stay* PARTY: A *all used oil adatted for joint service bets ttird buildings rind hereby specifically prohibited it such bttitdittg are itepaiately owned. ttrrAtNINt4 i is any wall used to resist lateral disptaee neat of tine ttmitterial. Vt.:Niti Pat#l,t : is a wail in which the veneering of bricic, SUM. roncrete or tile is Prot ided tot the purpose of otnaluet►tatien. protection of insulation, but which is not bonded to the back, ittg in such tnahher as to be counted ott as adding strength to the vrallh Wkt fWAY: A channel of water Clot less than 80 het wide and navigable by small boats. Pot the purpose of determining allow- able floor areas, but not etcit arrangement, of building; waterways shall be considered as streets. the Wid bh �RSt Are any stairway steps which have variations in treads of more than three-foutths inches pet one foot of stair width. WRITING: The terns includes printing, typewriting* or other forms of reproduction of legible symbols. YAltbge Mean the open spaces required adjacent to lot lines under the 7.oning Regulations, for the control of the density of building; and such yards shall be unobstructed front the ground to the sky except as provided herein. 2ON1Ntt The reservation of certain specific areas within a community or city for buildings or structures for use of land for certain specified purposes with other limitations such as height, lot coverage and other stipulated requirements. 27 PAST 111 UE9VTIE MPNTh tun ON OCCUPANCY CHAPTER ,S CLASSIFICATION AND imam Vtimp MENTl 501 %ENERAL REQUIREMENTS 502 OCCUPANCY MASSiMEO 502 MANDE #1N USE 504 OCCUPANT CONTENTS 505 AbJOINtNt`t OCCUPANCY 500 FIRE DIVISIONS 509 PARTY WALLS 508 OCCUPANCY SEPARATIONS Soo HAEARDOUS UTILITIES S10 EXIT 'FACILITIES FOR MiXED OCCUPANCIES 511 LOCATIONS ON THE PROPERTY s12 SANITATION 513 ctILINC HEIGHTS 501 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 501,1 The intent oi' this Code is that buildings Shall be of the Type of Construction required.for the occupancies contained therein, 501.2 No building or structure shall be erected nor shall any lot or portion of a lot be subdivided or sold nor any lot tine moved by sale of land or otherwise in such a manner as to eliminate, nullify or reduce any required spaces for light and Ventilation or for exit purposes or in any way to create violations of any of the provisions of this Code. 502 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFIED 502.1 Every building. or portion therof, whether existing or herafter erected, shall be classified by the Building Official according to its use or the character of its occupancy, as a building of Group A, 13, C, 1), G, 11, 1, or .1 Occupancy, as defined in Chapters G, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15. respectively, 502.2 Any occupancy not specifically mentioned shall be classi• Pied by the Building Official in the Group it most nearly resembles. 502.3 Unless otherwise classified, accessory buildings shall con- form to the requirements of the Occupancy Group to which the building is accessory, 503 CHANGE IN USE 503.1 No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place the building in a different Group of Occupancy, unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of this Code for that Group; except that the character of the occupancy of existing buildings may, subject to the approval of the Building Official, be changed and occupied for purposes in other groups without conforming to all the requirements of the Code for those groups, provided that the new or proposed use is not more hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use. 503.2 No change in the character of occupancy of a building shall be made without a Certificate of Occupancy, as required in Section 307 of this Code. 2c this Code Matt butt the **With of ON .'� Pttildf,�t ih t33tisttfiet ntti* a! tit time t�ett+ey et�ti�tft9tf tided such Continued usney is e is t Ot dangerotts too life. tissitNe Of this t`t 504 OttUPAfili toNttfeil 504,1 Buildings shall not be occupied by persons beyeftd the twcupnnt content, ac specified in the chapters on Octupaneyt tom- tided that the Building Offirinl may permit frraportio+nal ndjuttt' anent of e+cit facilities where the oct'ut►ant content is cleafl* estab- lished as being more of less than those set fotth hell►in. S64.2 The mndimum seating capacity shad be conatsl'eti0'ttlsly posted by the owtter of the building bymeans of durable thetal sifkns placed in e:trh assembly room, auditorium, restaurant, night club, or room used for n similar purpose where fitted seats are teat installed, It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notice or to permit more than this legal number of persons within such state. 505 AbJCilbtiP4G OCCUPANCY 505.1 Adjoining units of the same or different occupancies within a fire division shall he separated by a separation at least as tire -resistive as specified in Section fiOnt etcept that space within a unit of occupancy used for a purpose customarily incidental to that occupancy and under the same management and control shall not be considered a separate unit of occupancy, provided that Group 11 and 1 occupancies shall not he considered incidental to any other occupancy for this purpose. 506,2 Two or more units of different Occupancies may be con- tained within a fire division, but all such units shall conform to the provisions of Chapters G through 15 for the most restricted of the Occupancies so contained, 506 p1RR blV1SI NS 506.1 A fire division, whether occupying the whole or a part of a building, shall be limited as to Type of Construction, height, and area, as provided in Chapters 0 through 15 inclusive herein, according to its most restricted Occupancy. 506.2 Adjoining fire divisions in a building shall be separated by fire walls at least as fire -resistive as specified for separation of Occupancies in Section 508, or as required for the exterior walls ro- ethat no required firive e wall hale of l Construso ction thanatwo-hour fire - resistive construction. 506.3 Two adjoining fire divisions may be of different types of construction, within the limits provided in Chapters 6 through 15 inclusive herein; except that no construction of a required Type shall be supported wholly or in part by construction of any lower Type. Types of construction may be combined vertically within the :allowed lnnit of height as specified for the least resistive of the Type. .o combined. 507 PARTY WALLS Subject to the filing of a letter of permission to the Building Official from the owner of an existing building, the exterior walls thereof may be used as party walls when conforming to the following requirements: 507.1 Where the Type or Types of Construction used and/or combined floor areas of an existing and a proposed building are such :9 that a eettaration luta time tlivhdahs multotli welt et OM shall meet the reittottothtft tot fiP IftT1 undet this code. 50?.1 Where ht quirtit rite trail but used to 8t patite atetititintiOS, §Iith wi1shalt contort -et 4:tith the requirements fot serf - orations of OCcupancy under this eclat. Stita Such ifl ih All its parts shall eohfotm to the engineering regulations of this Code of shall be made to conform therewith. MIA OCCUPANCY tEPARAtIONS OCCUpithey gettitatitomt shall be provided between the various WIMPS and biviNi0hA of OCCUIMIhelefi tiA specified herein and ih Table NO. 6-A. but shall be hot less fire -resistive that, required by the Type of Construction. ?MILE No. S.A REQUIRED 'OCCUPANCY SEPARAtIONS, IN HOURIN BUILD! NCIS OP MIXED OCCUPANCY 11 1.4 t; ,ti I 1.1 A-1212;---3141313121212 212 '4' - 3 2j 2f22 --C 1-6 4 3 ; 2 2 ! 2 2 1 D E 4 3 3 2 , 2 1 2 2- i---2 2 ! 2 4 --4 -2 4-- 1 TTh 2 --2 1 2 g 2 G• 1 1-1 2 2 i 2 1 111 2 i 11 2 6 Se,. ewe. 151,7.2. 508.1 FORM OP OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: Separations, as specified in this Chapter, may be vertical, horizontal or inclined, depending upon the relative position of the portions to be separated, and shall consist of a system of walls, partitions, floors or other construction of such materials and construction, so arranged as to provide a coniplete, secure and continuous fire break of the required fire -resistive rating between the portions of the building so separated. 508.2 CLASSIFICATIONS OP OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: Separations between Occupancies within a fire division and between fire divisions shall be classified, each classification designated by the number of hours of fire rating as follows hereafter: (a) A four-hour fire -resistive separation shall be of not less than tour -hour fire -resistive construction for vertical separations, and shall have no openings therein, and three-hour fire -resistive construction for horizontal or inclined construction with three-hour fire -resistive construction for Prielomire of openings. (b) A three-hour fire -restrictive separation shall be of not less than three-hour fire -resistive construction for vertical separations and two-hour fire -resistive construction for horizontal or inclined separations. All openings in walls forming vertical separation shall be pro- tected on each side thereof by Class A fire doors normally kept closed. The total width of all openings in any three-hour fire -resis- tive separation wall in any one story shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the wall in that story, and no single opening shall have an arca greater than 120 square feet. All openings in floors forming a three-hour fire -resistive separa- 30 Oft shall l,e prettied !• eiteloStires tit hat less thatt t*aftialif lift% resistive effilstructiott. Ct 1 A two-hour fire resistive separation shall he of bfft tet. than two-hour fire -resistive construction for vertical, horilotttall filed ihelihed separations. openings in vertical shpartttiotts shall be Protected b ► 'Tags 1t fire door- equipped with self -closing devices. The total 'fidtit tit all openings in ant two-hour fire -resistive occupancy separation 'hall ih any one story shall not eseeed 33.1/3 percent of the area of the wall in that story, and no single opening shall have an area greatat than 2on square feet. All openings in floors shall be protected by enclosures at hat less than two-hour fine -resistive construction. (d) A one -hour fire -resistive separation shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. All openings in vertical separations shall be protected with C1as C fire doors equipped with self -closing devices; provided that Where such openings do not exceed 25 square feet, a self -closing, tight, fitting, solid wood door not less than one and three -eighths inches thick may be substituted. All openings in floors shall be protected by enclosures of hot less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. 909.3 DESIGN AND MAti ttIAL OP OCCUPANCY StPARA, t1ON: Walls which form separations between Occupancies or be- tween fire divisions shall also conform with the provisions of BBART VI as they pertain to design and material. 509 HAZARDOUS UTILITIES 509.1 GENERAL: Individual feeders and shutoffs shall be provided for every separate fire division in every building, S09.2 tLtCtRtC: Where electricity is served to separated fire divisions or occupancies, there shall be individual switeheit, properly designated. Switches together with the meter or meters shall be in an independent room not less than three feet by five feet by seven feet high, nor less than required to adequately house the necessary equipment, enclosed with one -hour fire -resistive construc- tion. The floor of such room shall be ventilated by a louvred door. The room shall be so located as to be readily accessible from the exterior of the building. Installation shall be as set forth in 1'AltT XI, ELECTRICAL. 509.3 GAS: Where gas is served to separated fire divisions or occupancies, there shall be individual valves, and valves and meters shall be located on the exterior of the building in a conspicuous and accessible place. installation shall be as set forth herein. 509.4 OTHER: Other utilities which may constitute hazards shall, in general, be governed by the provisions of this Section and shall be subject to such additional requirements as the Building official may prescribe. 510 EXIT FACILITIES FOR MIXED OCCUPANCIES 510.1 Where two or more Occupancies, having exit width based on different occupant contents, occur on the same floor and have common exits, the number of units required for each such occu- pancy shall be calculated separately, and the units of width com- bined and proportioned to two or more exits as required by travel distance limitations of the most restricted Occupancy. nt l ib J iWPrete ttk•o of rnortt+ Oc'rtrftiatrerr+t, havittgttit width timed oh diffetent occupant contents. occur on diffeteht f1noFit aT TN same building, the combined width of exits at any floor, other thetll the first nt grounti floor, shall not he less than requited fat rim occupant content of that floor. 311 ttyeAtttlfl t PRtiPEttt, 511.1 The location of all buildings and'or structures shall con, conform to the provisions of the Zoning Ordinance. 811,2 The location of all buildings and the protection of certain olrenint_+s shall conform to the requirements of the Group of °coti- panty in which such building is classified in this Code, according !o the use or the character of the occupancy. 512 SANItAtION 512.1 WASTE STORAGE: Adequate permanent enclosures shall he provided for the storage of waste within the line:: of the lot or lots occupied, 512.2 ?MUT ROOMS: (a) Toilet rooms s hali be provided on each floor for each sex using that floor and shalt be located to be readily accessible. (6) Minimum toilet facilities shall be a toilet roots having one water closet and one lavatory, which may serve both sexes but not more than nine persons. (c) Water closets for public use shall be equipped with open. front seats and shall be separated from the rest of the roost, and from each other, by stalls of impervious materials. Such stalls shall be equipped with self -closing doors and `hall be open at the top and at least 12 inches from the floor for ventilation. (et) The floors and walls of public toilet roosts, to a height of five feet, shall be tile or similar impervious materials. (e) Toilet rooms connected to roosts where fond is prepared, stored, or served to the public shall be separated therefrom by a vestibule with close -fitting doors. Such vestibules shall not be cons, mon to toilet rooms of both sexes. (f) Toilet rooms connected to public rooms or passageways shall have a vestibule or shall otherwise he arranged or screened to insure decency and privacy. (g) Public toilets shall bear signs plainly indicating for which sex and/or group such room is intended. (h) Uequired facilities in public buildings shall he available to to employees and the public without charge. 512.3 SCREENING: food -storage and preparation rooms shall have outside openings screened with lS-mesh-wire screening. Screen doors shall he equipped with self -closing devices. 1'ublic dining rooms, restaurants, tearooms and similar places for serving food to the public shall be completely screened with 18-ntesh- wire screening; or such places may be equipped with a system of fans, so arranged as to effectively prevent the entrance of insects. This requirement for screening or installation of fans in public din- ing rooms shall not be construed to prevent the serving of food to the public in outdoor areas. 513 CEILING HEIGHTS The minimum ceiling heights for areas of human occupancy in buildings of other than Group II and I Occupancy shall be not less than seven feet and two inches, clear vertical distance. 32 CHAPTER REQvinMt1m OP ORS A OCOVPANO011 oot CiROUP A OCCUPANCY DEFINED 13O2 CONSTRUCTION, MOT T AND AREA ALt lDWArn Goa LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1)04 EXIT PAC1LITIt;S tog LII wT AND VENTILATION 800 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS Bo? RTACI:S AND PLATPORMS 6o6 MOT'It3N4PICTURE•MACHINE BOOTHS OS FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 6t0 PLUMBING AND SANITATION Oil EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS Oil MIXED OCCUPANCY 6oi GROUP A OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group A Occupancy shall include assembly uses Stith as theaters, auditoriums, motion -picture houses and similar uses tatting Rh 0ttti' pant content of till) persons or more and churches hating an oea cupaht content of 1,500 persons or more. 602 CONSTRUCTION. HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Group A because of limited occupancy or upantl content, Type ghtcor area, and shall hot be 603 LOCATION ON PROPERTY Buildings with Group A occupancy shall front directly upon a conote le thon a an 30clear feet in at•iidth and cl nnected unobstructed sic by public court street. The main floor shall be located at or near grade, Exterior walls shall have fire -resistance and opening protection, determined by location on property, as set forth for the Type of Construction in Part V, 604 EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group A occupancy shall be as yet forth in this Section and in Chapter 31, 604.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: For determining exit require- ments of Group A occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the auditorium seating, including aisles, plat - fortes, and any commonly -used connecting rooms and spaces but not stages separated therefrom by proscenium walls and curtains nor spaces specifically used for storage, divided by an area of seven square feet per person. 604.2 WIDTH OF EXITS: The total width of all exits from any floor or any balcony or gallery shall be not less than one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 50 persons or 350 square feet or fraction thereof, to and including 1000 persons or 7000 square feet; and one 22-inch unit of width for each additional 100 persons or 700 square feet or fraction therof, to and including 5000 persons or 35,000 forsquare feet or each additional fraction 200 hpersons and of one 22-inch unit or1400 square feet or fraction it width f tiion therof. 33 AII it st h are >� 'bWr 4 i3 MUM* tin* 1~l* tul1-oi mhirt Width te Minimum eat width shall be 44 RAM. 114:J mAtpouvit €Xits tit) UNERAti Mot less thentatefhde ih entrance Of tire ON end tneshsill Widths eti d to side exits. All t quited chits shall seiwe ho other +occupancy*. +pits, hot less in width than the full 'width of the aisles. leading therto, shall be provided et the tear of the nrnin-floor nssetnbly art such exits shall lead into a foyer of into a passageway to the street, A ticket booth ma • be installed it: the train et<trahee and Otiti pt�ovitled such booth does not decrease the required Width. (b) MAIN ENTRANCE AND tXU?t Changes in elevation from the public sidewalk to the back of the tnainjfIooir assent* or foyer shall be by ramps having a slope of hot more than one in ten. The most obvious and direct exit to the public street shall be unobstructed, and no ticket -collection stands or turnstiles shall be installed therein unless such stands are securely fastened to the .floor and provide unobstructed width of two or more 22-inch uhita of a dt width between stands. (rc) iOVERt In occupancies having a balcony or gallery, a foyer shall be provided between the main entrance and the assembly spaces, except that an open court or unenclosed canopy may substi, tute for such foyer where ticket taking is not customary or where such substitute provides equal space separation and area between the ticket collection point and the main assembly. Where a foyer is provided, such foyer shall have a floor area of not less than one square foot for each person in such assembly spaces. Such foyer, if not abutting directly on a public street, shall have a straight and unobstructed passage to the public street not less in width than re- quired for the maih entrance and exit. The width of the foyer at any point shall be not less than the combined width of aisles, stairways, and passageways exiting there, through. A foyer shall be separated from the assembly spaces and from other adjoining rooms by partitions having a fire -resistive rating of not less than two hours. The foyer shall be at the level of the back of the auditorium. (d) WAITING SPACES: Where persons are admitted to the building at times when seats are not available and are allowed to trait in a lobby or similar space, such lobby or waiting space shall not encroach on the required clear width of paths of egress. Such wait- ing spaces shall be separated from the required paths of egress by substantial, permanent partitions or by fixed, rigid railings not less than 42 inches high. Additional units of exit width conforming to the exit requirements of this Section shall be provided in the main entrance and exit for the waiting -space area on the basis of one person for each three square feet of waiting area, (e) SIDE EXITS: One half of the required main -floor exit widths shall be proportioned to side exits and, when more than one side exit is required, shall be equally divided in full units of exit width to each side. distance limitations. The and ar of s s t exitsshall inbthen! folleslowing table: n uired by Persons 0 to 300 301 to 900 Over 900 34 Number of Side Exits One Two Four Pik tg) *het% ttifi nt less Side etas are Mkt etitS Agit be ideated tit the front of the assembly abitee; and *110* Mtn' till Mete WO are required, the additional etits htill be ptilliartiatratett *teed along the length of the side *MIA. (2) ttits shall he so arranged that the matimurn distante# fl Mettstated along' the litie of travel to the neatest floor eta ftom toy floitit shall not weed 150 feet. (4) Side exits shall be to public spaces, passageways or t*It rooms. 604.4 itAlLeONV AND GALLtRY VtItti BALCOPtint Elcits from balconies shall be as specified for main -float eitita tItcePt as follows: (1) tialconies, having an occupant content of less than 80 t)et- sons May be served by one 44-inch stair, and for 30 persons or MOO at least two exits shall be provided. (2) Not less than one-half of the required eit shall be by enclosed staimays, or by open exterior stairways separated not less than 60 feet from the building line of any contiguous lot or nay other building on the saine lot, leading directly to a public street or to an exit court or passageway to a public street. (a) Staimays and vomitories from a balcony to a foyer heed not be enclosed. (b) GALLtRIES: Exits from galleries located above the hal= cony shall be as required for balconies, except that stairways from the public foyer shall be enclosed and without entrance or exit to the main -floor auditorium or any balcony or other gallery, and not less than one-half of the required exits from a gallery shall be by means of smokeproof towers. 604.5 OTHER EXIT REQUIREMtNTS: Stage exits shall be as specified in Section 607. Motion -picture -booth exits shall be as specified in Section 608. Any accessory room such as an office shall, if exceeding 400 square feet in area, be provided with two remotely located exit doors. 604.6 110XES: Boxes and loges may be served by separate stairways or ramps not less than 30 inches wide, provided that any box having an occupant content of 30 persons or more shall have exits as required for a balcony. 604.7 SEATING AND AISLES: (a) SEATING: Aisles shall be located so that there are not more than 14 seats in any row between aisles nor more than seven seats in any row extending from an aisle to a wall. Permanent seats shall be securely fastened to the floor. Tempo- rary or folding seats for assemblies of 500 or more persons where arranged to focus audience attention on a central point shall be fastened together in banks of six or more. Seats in boxes or balconies, serving not more than ten persons, will not be required to be banked or fastened. The spacing of rows of seats from back to back shall be not less than 33 inches, and there shall be a clear, unobstructed horizontal width of not less than 12 inches between the back of one seat and the front of the seat immediately behind. (b) AISLES: (1) No aisle having seats on both sides shall be less in width than 40 inches, and no aisle having seats on one side shall be less in width than 30 inches, nor shall any aisle have a width along the direction of exit travel toward the foyer or main entrance or exit of less than one 20-inch unit of width for each 150 seats served thereby. 35 ete shall tie k dress aisle leaning tITt t f►tt t Mee Mates difectly to each side chit as i uif ifi. Iafa $ 1s(t4.a te)t Cross sister shall be not !ese than 44 fatties in 'Matt (A) Steps shalll not be used itt the ititiitt audit itriti f otrr' of in other aisles where differences off' level 'clot be ov6ft`atneby thilifit fret ekceeding otie. in five. Where steps are used h sisiee sueh steps sh*1 have a rise of ttottitore than seven and Ohe-Belf inches, sha11 otter:8 across the full width of aisles and shall be iilurnitiated. t b4.8 tRiT bi RS: All doors in paths of egress, host etiy closed and latched, shall be equipped with panic haid*nre. No single door shall be more than three feet anti fouls blench ih width, aed double doorways shall be not less than The feet wide. 604.0 RAILINGS: The fascias of boxes, balconies told galleries which overlook the main assembly floor shall hate sebstantia guard tails hot less than 32 inches, nor less than 30 inches at the end -of aisles or at the foot of .steps, above the floor, the bottom 18 ihWttes of which shall be solid. Cross aisles, except where the backs of seats on the front of the aisle project 24 inches or more above the floor of the aisle, shall be provided with guard rails hot less than 28 inches high. Where loose seats are arranged on platforms or sueeessive tiers, guard rails shall be provided as specified in Section 3108. s05 LIGHT AND VI NTILATIGN 605.1 GENI±RAL: All portions of Group A occupancies ells= tomarily used by human beings shall be provided with light and ven- tilation by means of windows or skylights with an area hot less than one tenth of the total floor area, one half of which shall be open- able, or by means of electric light and mechanical ventilation. 605.2 WINDOWS: Windows for required light and ventilation, 30 feet or less above grade, shall be ten feet or more from the build- ing line of a contiguous lot or any building on the same lot. Windows for required light and ventilation, more than 30 feet above grade, shall be not closer than ten feet plus 20 percent of that building line of a contiguous lot, or not closer than ten feet plus 30 percent from a building on the same lot. Measurements shall be from window sills and perpendicular to the wall. 605.3 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING: (a) Auditorium lights shall be on a separate circuit or circuits, shall be controlled from the box office, stage, and projection room and shall be equipped with indica• tors when the auditorium is not visible from the switch. (b) Emergency lighting shall be provided in all paths of egress and shall be as specified in Sub -section 3112.1, 605.4 MECHANICAL VENTILATION; (a) Mechanical ven- tilation shall be provided where the requirements of Sub -sections 605.1 and 605.2 for required window openings are not met, and shall be as specified in Part X1I1. (b) Toilet rooms shall he ventilated by windows having an area not less than 15 percent of the floor area, or by force ventilation supplying a change of air every two minutes. 605.5 HAZARDS: (a) Registers or vents supplying air back stage, supplying a projection booth or passing through a fire wall shall be equipped with automatic fire doors or shutters. (b) Ducts for mechanical ventilation systems shall serve no other occupancy or purpose. 36 SOO tNeteittlt 'Or VtAright OrtNIIVDS Volk& doomhog shill be enclosed as set tOrth m Pelt V tdr the type of Constructionand in seetion t04 fltTd Motet tlevators which serve elltSSing rooms, gridiron and fly galleries need not be enclosed above the stage There shall be no dpenings in required shill' ot ramp ntiottitres etcePt entrances, e*its and openings for ventilation, 86/ STAttS AND PLATFORMS Stegesi platforms anti Accessory features theta` shall be designed and constructed as set forth herein. 00,1 STAGES: (a) STAGE CONSTRUCT10Ni Alt pots of the stage shall be designed to support not less than12 pounds per square foot and shall -be of Type I, construction, the toad di. rectly under the stage shall not be used for any purpose other than the working of traps and mechanical apparatus necessary for a performance on the stage. Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tightdItting trap doors or incombustible material or of wood not less than two inches thick. (b) GRIDIRONS: aridirotis, fly galleries and pin rails shall be constructed of incombustible materials, but fireproofing of metal shall not be required. (e) ACCESSORY ItOOMSt nressing rooms, workshops, and storerooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium wall and shall be separated from each other and from the stage by tit-0- hour fire -resistive construction. (d) PROSCENIUM WALLS t The proscenium wall separating the stage portion from the auditorium shall be not less than four- hour fire -resistive construction and shall extend riot less than four feet above the roof. The proscenium wail shall not be finished or covered with combustible materials. Proscenium walls may have, in addition to the main proscenium opening! one opening at the orches- tra -pit level and not more than two openings at the stage -floor level, each of which shall be not More than 25 square feet in area, Such openings shall be equipped with self -closing fire -resistive doors. (e) PROSCENIUM CURTAINS: The main proscenium open- ing shall be provided with a self -closing, tight -fitting, fire -resistive curtain. Such curtain may be of woven asbestos with not more than ten percent by weight of cotton or other combustible materials, with interwoven wires of monel metal, nickel, brass or equivalent heat and corrosion -resisting nietals. Such curtain shall be of one-131y thickness and shall weigh not less than three pounds per square yard and shall be painted with a mineral paint so brushed into the cloth that no light or smoke can conic through. Proscenium curtains of incombustible materials other than fabric may be used, with the ap- proval of the Building Official. Proscenium curtains, 36 feet or less in width, shall have a rigid metal member, not less than the equivalent of a two-inch standard steel pipe, at the top and bottom edges, protected by the fabric on both the stage and auditorium sides. Curtains over 35 feet in width shall have a rigid metal frame, protected on both sides against fire and such frame shall be designed for a wind pressure of not less than 15 pounds per square foot. The proscenium curtain shall extend into non-combustible and smokeproof guides at the sides, a distance not less than 12 inches. The curtain shall overlap the top of the proscenium opening not less than 24 inches, and the bottom edge shall have a yielding pad of incombustible materials not less than four inches deep to form a seal against the floor. 37 the f rtscenium cuftart5 be fi i d t i lit t tiatheed MA less than sis three-eights=inch fleltible steel tables and silt as el stop chains of one -quartet -inch straight link -welded chant and Will be so arrangethatleased tO descend and completelyclo. ei the openint can be uick eleai ng vice an i s 1oca� non shall be approved by the Building The prnsceniufn curtain shall be raised and lotrered at least once before every pet foimance, and the opePating of the e'uftaih 'by means of the releasing device shall be tested semi-annually. (f) STAt t VENTILATORS: There shah be one or more vet= tilators constructed of metal or other incombustible materials heat the center and above the highest point of any permanent stage tiltedabove the roof and having a total ventilating area equal to at least five percent of the floor area within the stage walls, floors or cove? for ventilators shall open by gravity and shall be held closed and manually operated by means of cords rttending to each Bide of the stage, These cords shall he equipped with three fusible links, one of which shall be placed in the ventilator above the train roof level and the other two at approved points, not affected by.spprinkler heads. Such links shall fuse and separate at 160 degrees Fahrenheit, Each ventilator shall be opened and closed at least once before each per, formance. Glass, if used in such ventilators, shall be wire glasa. (g) PLAME,REtARDIN0 REQUIREMENTS: No combustible scenery, drops, decorations or other combustible effects shall be placed on any stage or enclosed platform unless it is treated with an effective fire -retardant solution and maintained in a non-flammable condition as approved by the lire Department, and scenery shall be inspected before the opening of each new production, or annually if the production continues for more than one year, (h) STAGE EXITS: At least one exit two feet sic inches wide shall be provided from each side of the stage opening, directly or by means of a passageway not less than three feet in width, to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than two feet six inches wide shall be provided for egress from each fly gallery, Each tier of dressing rooms shall be provided with two remote paths of egress, each not less than tvvo feet six inches wide, and where dressing rooms are provided more than one tier above the stage floor, stairways to all tiers shall be enclosed. Stage exits shall be as set forth in Chapter 31 except as other- wise required in this sub -section. (i) OTHER REQUIREMENTS: There shall be no enclosed structure for human occupancy located above a stage. 607.2 PLATFORMS: (a) PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION: The platform shall be constructed entirely of incombustible ma- terials, except that where the auditorium floor extends under the full area of such platform, construction may be of Type It, omitting the fireproofing on the beams and girders. (b) SIZE OF PLATFORM: The platform shall not extend from the rear wall a distance greater than 18 feet, measured to the pgreatest be projection the e feet platform, abo ethecreen.o sceiling over any latform more than fi - (c) ACCESSORY ROOMS: No dressing or other rooms for human occupancy shall be located on, under or above such platform unless such rooms shall be completely separated therefrom by not less than two-hour fire -resistive construction. (d) SCREEN: The screen shall be rigidly attached to the plat- form and to the rear wall, and a clear passageway, not less than 20 inches wide, shall be provided between the screen or the sound equip- ment and the rear wail. 36 to) COMEUSTiRt R MATERIALS IttItI ,A►TIO . Me i= bti tib e stenei` +, dratieg, ifpeorationt of other Cgflrtbtitilble efefa Anti be placed on fth P1attent 608 MOTION.PIETURE.MACIONE ROOMS All booths constructed fot. the ptojettioh or showing motion, picture films shall be as set forth herein. 608.1 Every motion -picture machine using hitre Cellulose et other inflammable films together with all elec ricai derlces, rhea' films, .hail be enclosed in a booth large enough theto permit the l per back oopera stets and sewing Machines Used in Z�ohhectiot► therewith, and a ator to stalk freely on either side ord sue; room shall be not less than seven feet high andshall have a float area of hot less than 60 square feet for each motion -picture machine in such booth. 608.2 The floors, walls and ceiling of such booth shell be of incombustible materials of not less than two-hour fire -resistive con, structioii es specified in Chapter 37, M03.3 The entrance to the booth shall be equipped with tight. fitting, self -closing doors of fire -resistive construction. :such o shall open outward and shall not be equip ed with any latch. 'booths exceeding 200 square feet in area shall have two means of exit therefrom, and doors shall be remotely located. Any required exit door from a motion -picture booth shall be not less than two feet six inches in width. 608.4 Machine and observation ports in machine -booth walls shall be of three kinds: projection ports, observation ports and com- bined observation and spotlight ports. 'These ports shall be limited in size and number as follows: there shall be hot more than one pro- jection port for each machine head, including stereopticon machines, having an area of not more than 120 square inches. There shall be not more than one observation port for each projection port, having an area of hot more than 11;0 square inches. There shall be not more than three combination observation and spotlight ports, and they shall not exceed 30 inchees by 24 inches. There shall be not less than one foot of wall space between openings. Each port in the projection -booth wall shall be completely covered with a single pane of plate glass; and each such opening, together with all fresh air inlets, shall be provided with automatic shutters of not less than ten-L'. S. gage sheet metal large enough to overlap at least one inch on all sides and arranged to slide shut by gravity without binding. These shutters shall be held normally open by means of chains equipped with approved 100-degree-Fahrenheit fusible links, all so arranged that the shutters may be easily released by hand or auto- matically by the fusible links and close smoothly noise. Every booth shall be equipped with a ventilating inlet not less than :10 square inches in area, placed near the floor and protected by two layers of copper gauze, one of 18 meshed per inch and the other of ten meshed per inch, in addition to the shutter as specified above. At the top of every booth there shall be at least a ten -inch -diameter vent for each motion -picture machine. Such vent shall be con- structed of not less than 24-U. S. gage sheet metal and shall connect into a masonry flue or go directly through the roof and 12 inches above, and shall be provided with an exhaust fan which will produce a complete change of air in the booth every two minutes. No wood or other combustible materials shall be allowed to come closer than four inches to such vent. and there shall be not more than one elbow or change of direction of this metal vent in any attic space. No such vent shall pass through any occupied room unless encased in not less than four inches of solid masonry. 39 tnTfhr kred u*Mitt booth atoll! tAft ont tt tpa hnbbl f , SOPtvery fho'tiot-picture Machine shall be st ettf ly fastetf d tb tire floor to prevent otieftufhittft. tell.? The retritwilibt machine shall be located ih a tir> proaf tompaftrheht trithin the booth, and all fiitns hot ih actual rise Shalt be kept in ittilit'idual metal boxes trith tight.titting t'o+'ets find Must be stored, each ih its ihdivlduai box, in a fitettoof cabinet, trhit<h cabinet shall be divided into Ccttnpartments havinft a rapacity of flot Mete than ten suth filth boxes in each compartment. Each compart- ment shall have a separate tight -fitting, self -closing covet of hot 1e s than ten-U.S, gale sheet metal, arranged to close automatically. No solder shall be used in the constructiot, of such metal boxes, eoM, pafttnents of cabinets. 600 P1RR PROtECTION AND HAZARDS 609.1 Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, . fire - alarm systems and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38, 609.2 Chimneys, flues and rents shalt be as set forth in 'Chap- ter 39. 609.3 neat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 40. 609.4 The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 609 and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. Any as service to the stage portion of the building shall be separated from any other service to the building, and every gas service shall be provided with a shut-off valve at a convenient and conspicuous place outside the building, and adequately marked. 609.6 Electrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Part XI, 609.6 Transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101. 609.7 The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Chapter 41, 610 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 610.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in fart X11. 610.2 (a) Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512. facilities hall bFor e pro id occupancies bck-stage personnnele, separate toilet 611 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS Existing buildings not fully complying with the requirements of this chapter may be used for Group A occupancies, if the require- ments of Sections 602, 604, 609 and 610 are fully complied with and providing there is not less than a two-hour fire separation be- tween such buildings and any other occupancies. 612 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Group A occupancies or divisions thereof from all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5. 40 efts Clikintit UOV11011411 0P HOOP $ GGCUPAM OIll tot (t © 13 OCCUPANCY WINED 71)2 CONSTRUCTION, tIf IC t4? AND AREA ALL ASLR TOS LOCATION ON TRbPERTY /04 nil' PACtL1ttt TOS LICrItt AND VENTILATION TOS ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL °PE'NINDS TOT STAt ES AND PLATFORMS TOS MOT1ON.PICTURE•MACHINE DOOMS TOO FIRE PROTECTION At4D HAZARDS 710 PLUMBiNO AND SANITATION 711 MIXED OCCUPANCY T01 GROUP D OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group 13 Occupancy shall include assembly uses such nst bIVIStON is Theatres, auditoriums, motion -picture houses, and similar uses having an occupant content of less than 600 persons, and churches having an occupant content of less than 1600 persons. DIVISION 2: Stock exchanges, night clubs, restaurants, and similar uses hating an occupant content of :300 or more persons. (For occupant content of less than :300 persons, see Chapter 12.) DIVISION 2t Recreation, halls, gymnasiums, and social clubs having an occupant content of 100 or more persons, (Pot. occupant content of less than 100 persons, see Chapter 12.) 702 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 702.1 GENERAL: Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in (,coup 13 because of Use or occupancy shall he limited in height and area as follows: Type Allowable Height Area Per Mee Not Limited Not Limited ii GO feet (4 stories) 15,000 III Protected 30 feet (2 stories) 13,600 III Unprotected 20 feet (1 story) 9,000 Areas of building located in Fire 'Zones IA and 2A shall be re- duced 25 percent. Areas of buildings located with public streets on two sides may be increased 26 percent, and if on three or more sides, may be in- creased 50 percent. 30 feet in A side or rear yard providing access not less than width to a public street may be considered a public street for the purpose of determining the allowable area of a church where zoning or other regulations require that such yard be permanently unob- structed. 702.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: (a) Division 1, 2, and 3 oc- cupancies shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construc- tion throughout except that a fire -resistive ceiling shall not be re- quired in the assembly space of churches and gymnasiums in one- story buildings, every oor or abo the an f balstcony ore r gallef ry seatis ing 8 50 or more above any it Y or more persons. assembly 100(or oreusha not blocated sinhavbasemenan tccupant content of 41 fe) to gyttrttasititn y Attree logi3 tmd altaittrt tittaffilleles, halt and twinning tucks May be of Att. i A j i alenniett, and the tittts ttetefrotn, s afit 6e It minis inch 0t Type i t construction. Cet RiteenYthts shall be of Type i eoftstrtiell ta. LOCATION ON PROPER?* Buildings with Group tl occupancy shali ft tit ditreett ti1m1public or, -Oh ft 1s Pad or count note let ess than 30cfeet iinW anatidtpeh anti elotitte ed o� such ptiblie street. Exterior Walls shalt have fire -resistance arid opening proteetiott# determined by location on property, as set forth fat the TYPO of Construction in raft V, 704 EXIT PACILI?IRS t.:Xit facilities for Group 11 occupancies shall be as set totth in this Section and in Chapter 31. The requirements, as specified for exit facilities of Group A oe- cupancies in Section 604, shall apply to Group 11 occupanciees unless otherwise specified. 704,1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: l+'or determining exit require - merits of Group Et occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the auditorium seating, including aisles, plat, forms and any commonly -used connecting rooms and spaces, but not stages separated therefrom by proscenium Walls and curtains nor spaces specifically used for storage, divided by an area of seven square feet per person for Division 1 occupancies, ten square feet per person for Division 2 occupancies, and 15 square feet per per- son for Division 3 occupancies. 704.2 WIDTH OP EXiTS: The total width of all exits from any floor or any balcony or gallery shall be not less than one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 60 persons or 500 square feet or fraction thereof, to and including 1000 persons or 10,000 square feet; and one 22-inch unit of width for each additional 100 persons or 1000 square feet or fraction thereof, 704.3 ARRANGEMENTOP EXITS: (a) INTERIOR SPACES: Exits from rooms of Group It occupancies of more than :dun persons or : ioo square feet, or having a balcony or gallery, shall be as set forth in Chapter tt. Exits for rooms of Group II occupancy of :inn persons oa :1oou square feet or less, or not having a balcony or gallery shall be at follows: (1) Such rooms may exit into a corridor, stairway, passageway or court serving another occupancy in the same building, provided the total occupant content of the floor or building computed for exit requirements includes the Group 13 occupancy, (2) Exit doors shall be remote. (3) The number and size of exit doors shall be as follows: Persons Area Minimum No. & Site of Doors 0 to 200 0 to 2000 sq. ft. 2 40-inch doors 201 to 300 2001 to 3000 sq. ft. 2 double -leaf 60-inch doors (b) FLOORS: Exit from any balcony or gallery of Group It occupancy shall be as set forth in Chapter 0 and exit from any floor of Group 13 occupancy shall be as set forth in Paragraph 1204.3(b). (c) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 511 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. (d) TRAVEL DISTANCE: Exits shall he so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or from the door of 42 separated spacer less thee ran slag,* f@titi to the nearest fits'e*it shall not etceed 15o feet tat type 1 trttiitlitrgs 01 ton fetyt for dt)*P tt-pts et buildings. T04.4 SEATIN114 AND MIAS,: Wires seatinr is at t*bt such as in restaurants and night ebbs, aisles shalt be ideated SO Mkt there is not mote than 28 feet heaven aisles not 'Mote Wei i4 fete between an aisle and a wall. There shall be a truss aiaie 1etxditi from the center aisle or aisles directly to each required side etti Aisle widths shall be unmistakably inaihtained, and the Build' g Official may order seats fastened to the floor, or aisles tstttlitied by rails or ropes or by painting on the floor, to maintain the tnittithuth unobstructed aisle Widths. ?OS LIMIT AND VENTILATION All portions of troop 11 occupancies shall have light and 1entifa= tion as provided in Section 6Oii. 708 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPBNINDS Vertical openings shall be enclosed as set forth itl Part V for the type of construction, and in Section 704 and Chapter 81. There shall be no openings in required stair or ramp enclosures except entrances, exits and openings for ventilation. 707 STAt tS AND PLATFORMS Stages and platforms shall be as set forth ih Section 607. 708 MOTION-PICTURE•MACHINt BOOTHS Portable motion -picture machines using sloth -burning (cellulose accetate or equivalent) type of film may be used without a motion, picture -machine booth. the slow -burning film shall have a perma- nent distinctive marker for its ehtire length, identifying the manu- facturer and the slow -burning character of the film stock. Machines shall he marked with the name and/or trade tnark of the maker and the voltage and current rating for which they are designed and shall also be plainly marked: "FOR LUST; OP SLOW-IA.1103NQ FILMS ONLY." In buildings where the showing of motion pictures is the princi- pal use, motion -picture -machine booths, as set forth in Section 608, shall be provided. 709 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 709.1 Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, fire - alarm systems and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. 709.2 Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39. 709.3 Heat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 40. 709.4 The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 509 and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. Any gas service to the stage portion of the building shall be sepa- rated from any other service to the building, and every gas service con- spicuous placedoutsidehthesbuiiding, and adequately maf valve at a rked. 709.5 Electrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Part XI. 709.6 Transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101, 709.7 The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Chapter 41. 43 'ID tUMRtl AND &&m?ATtdh I1umbiho AO b intlatieti*ittt. toftfi fit P*ft Fitt: tie. Sanitation shttll be fit set tdittt' #ti Seetiot► 612 8t1d a 4ir1 t� b Provi ded. d aged in ih�sicbl ethletie 8ctf'cities, bllithifi5 radilitte Separation of Group tl occupanci?II MIXED es s 61d�f ons thereof trom & other ortupancies of d►vis►ons of occupancies . hell be rhaptet 5. CHAPTER S REQUIREMENtS OP GROUP C OCCUPANCIER 80t GROUP C OCCUPANCY DEFINED 802 CONSTRUCTION, WEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 803 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 804 EXIT FACILITIES 80S LIGHT AND VENTILATION 808 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS 80? STAGES AND PLATFORMS 808 MOTION.PICTURE.MACHINE BOOTHS 809 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 810 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 8i1 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS 812 MIXED OCCUPANCY 801 GROUP C OCCUPANCY DEPIN1D Group C occupancy shall include all schools having classes more than four hours each week and providing facilities for more than ten students or pre-school children. Accessory uses to schools not exceeding the following minimums may conform to the requirements of this chaptert Assembly halls 2100 square feet pining .ktooms ...........3000 square feet Gymnasiums .. 3000 square feet Woodworking Shops, Using Power Sanders or More Than Ten Power Operated Tools Such accessory uses exceeding the above tninim Ins hill con- form to the requirements of the occupancy group s such use. 802 CONSTRUCTION. HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 802.1 GENERAL: Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Group C because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as follows: Type Allowable Height Area Per Floor II 60 tfeLimited t 4dstories) Not III Protected 30 feet (2 stories) 15,000 11I Unprotected & 1V 30 feet (1 story) 13,500 V 30 feet (1 story) 8,600 Area of building located in Fire Zones 1 A and 2A shall be reduced 25 percent. 44 tie PiainnIn MD SANttATI N ti0.1 Pluiiib'ih)i titian be ihttatied iit Nei felt ih0 Piet t tf:2 Sanitation shall be as set forth it §coterie S. I and rtiti@irp tYns engaged inw Vh) tt'#il fithletie aeltitities# blttbitig f*eflittea IhMtl ere plat Kiel. 711 MIXED CreetiPANet Separation of Group 13 eteupahcies divisi tt:s thereof I~eefli i#fi other orcU1. Rhcies of dtt ision!s tot tfcupatwcte* eltAll b 84 spetifitle in °Chapter 5. CHAPTER S Rt UIREMENTt OP GROUP C DCCUPANCIE 801 CROUP C OCCUPANCY DEFINED An CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWAfLE 80S LOCATION ON PROPERTY 804 EXIT 'FACILITIES 80S LIGHT AND VENTILATION 80d ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS 80T STAGES AND PLATFORMS 808 MOTION=PICTURE.MACHINE BOOTHS 80J FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 810 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 811 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS 812 MIXED OCCUPANCY 801 GROUP C OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group C occupancy shall include all schools having classes more than four hours each week and providing facilities for more than ten students or pre-school children. Accessory uses to schools not exceeding the following minimums may conform to the requirements of this chapter: Assemble Balls ...2100 square feet Dining booms ......... .... ..................3000 square feet 000 square feet GGymnasiums3 _................. Woodworking Shops, Using Power Sanders or More Than Ten Power Operated Tools Such accessory uses exceeding the above minimums hh shall con- form to the requirements of the occupancy group c s such use. 802 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 802.1 GENERAL: Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Group C because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as follows: Type Allowable Height Area Per Floor Not Limited Not Limited II 60 feet (4 stories) 18,000 III Protected 30 feet (2 stories) 15,000 111 Unprotected & IV 30 feet (1 story) 13,600 V 30 feet (1 story) 8,500 Area of buildings located in Fire Zones i A and 2A shall be reduced 25 percent. 44 Atte of bttildingss lied With tittb1ie streets dit ta0 !Mee tfl!ititr br.. intros:44i 26 t►t'r eht, stint if on triter of mote sides, entry Pro tn- eft/Med On percent, A side of real' yard providing access not less that' 30 feet in width to a public street may be romsiiered a public strut for the detettnination of alloovabie at'eas *fietri tuning or other regulatiOns requir0 that such yard be permanently unubsttucted. 802,2 8P C1AL PRCV1'31ONA (a) ttornns having an nt cu- pant content of More than 100 persons and rooms used for kinder- gotten, first, and second Made pupas, shall hot be located above the first story above grade except ih buildings of Type t construction, (b Where there is usable space under the first floor of tame Type ype it1 buildings, basements, including the first (loot, $hall be of Type 1 construction. 803 LOCATION ON PROPERTY Buildings with Group C occupancy shall front directiy upon a public street or on a clear and permanently unobstructed ;card or court not less than 30 feet ih width and connected to such public street, t:xterior walls shall have fire -resistance and opening protection, determined by location on property, as set forth for the Type of Construction in Part V, ao4 t;)(IT tACtLtTt1S Exit facilities for Group C occupancies shall be as set forth in this section and in Chapter 31. 804.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: Vor determining exit require- ments of (lroup C occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, at any floor level, with no deduction for corridors, divided by the area per per- son as specified below: Occupant), Auditoriums Dining Rooms 10 Gymnasiums . ;0 classrooms 80 Shops School Libraries - .. 6t1 (ether Uses bn 804.2 WIDTH OF EXITS: Exits shall be provided on the basis of one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 60 persons, or frac- tion thereof. 804.3 ARRANGEMENT OP EXITS: (a) byROOMS: Class- rooms, shops and similar small rooms occupied less than 35 per- sons may have one door thereto, provided such door is not less than :it; inches in width and located at the teacher end of the room. Class- rooms, shops and similar rooms occupied by 35 or more persons shall have not less than two exit doors, not less than 36 inches in width, the combined width of which shall be not less than one 20-inch unit of exit width for each 50 persons or fraction thereof, which doors shall be remote from each other. Rooms with occupant content ex- ceeding 300 persons shall have exits as specified for Group A or B occupancy. Classroom exits may be to corridors. Area Sq. pt. Per Peron 43 *oink ih basements stall have not less than #if fieteti`►t 'die rewired paths of egtess thet fl stn eitienlint ditettl# to the etteti . (h) I persons, and other %S: Classrooms, assemblies of less than 3fO imilasubdivisions shall open directly to floof ettits ot :Than connect thereto by Means of corridors. Corridors shall have a width of hot less than five feet nor leas than four tubes fort` every 300 square feet) or tnajor fraction theteof, of f100t area served, boors, after their swing, shall not decrease the requited width of any totridot. (e) PLOOOfSt There shall be not less than two remote pathi Of egress from each floor. 1'tnor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits, passageways or smokeproof towers, as specified in Chapter. 31, ot by doors, at or near grade, directly to the exterior The upper floors of two-story buildings may have enclosed in- terior stairways or open exterior stairways. The upper floors ot three-story buildings shall have enclosed in- terior stairways for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have smokeproof towers for not less than one -halt the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits shall be enclosed interior stairways, (d) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons or hazardous occupancies such as woodworking shops, shall be equipped with panic hardware. The minimum width of any required door in a path of egress shall be 36 inches. Doors ot classrooms serving as required exits may swing against the direction of exit travel when serving an occupant load of less than 8t. persons. (e) TRAVEL DISTANCE: The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or from the door of separated spaces less than 800 square feet, to the nearest floor exit shall not exceed the following: Type I Buildings . 100 feet Type 1I Buildings .._.. ... ............ ................... 90 feet Type III (Protected) Buildings ...• 90 feet Types Ili (Unprotected) and h„ IV and V Buildings ............... �5 feet EXCEPTIOtted shall not excedistanceed 4infeet any room where one exit door 805 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 805.1 GENERAL: AB portions of Group C occupancies cus- tomarily used by human beings shall be provided with light and ventilation by means of windows or skylights with an area not less than one -eighth of the total floor area, one-half of which shall be openable, or by means of electric light and mechanical ventilation the window area shall bee not less than classroomst that for 15percent not the total fld study oor area, 50 percent of which shall be openable. 805.2 WINDOWS: In buildings of Group C occupancies, win- dows, to meet the requirements for light and ventilaation, shall be so located that the walls of no buildings or portions of the same building, which are closer than 50 feet, shall extend above a line at 45 degrees to the horizontal from the sill of such window, nor shall any building be thereafter erected on the same lot or lots which will 46 deduce the light stud *tilaittitse► i 8n r i nreupitnc l eiet the requirements of this Seetidfr: he pt9saibil t el iti tit* handing or an addition to eta etisting building en Aft adjoining lot Mill be considered. Such required courts shed be t n`obstrtrete'd e*ee$ wooded in Chapter 31. 80S.5 OTHER: Toilet rooms shall be ventilated as set forth in Sub -section 606.4, 8i1O ENCLOSURE (1►P VERTICAL OPCMINIIS V tor the type of cam truction, shall inpsce oh 804 flhd C rth 0 ra31. 807 STALES AND PLATPORMS Stages and platforms shall be as set forth ih Section 001, etccePt that platforms or rostrums constructed as part of ;classrooms and not occupying snore than 16 percent of the area of the floor may be constructed of combustible materials. 8b8 MOTION$PICTURE,MAeIl NE POOTHS Where motion pictures, using flammable film or film larger than 16 tnm. or using carbon -arc or tnercury-arc projectors, are to be shown, such building shall be equipped with a motion -picture -mar chine booth as set forth in Section 608, 809 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 809.i Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, fire, alarm systems and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. 809.2 Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39. 809.3 Heat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 40. 809.4 The service of hazardous utlities shall be set forth in Section 609 and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. 809.5 Electrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Part Xi. 809.E Transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101. 809.7 The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Chapter 41. 810 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 810.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Part X11. 810.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512 and as follows: (1) In classrooms with grades below the fourth grade, where facilities and arrangements provide one lavatory under teacher supervision in each classroom and one water closet for each sex for each two 30-student classrooms, such facilities may be computed as part of the general requirements. shallnbecprovidehavingfoteachers and janitorsthan 100 en, separate facil- ities8ii EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS Except in buildings of Type I construction, school classrooms used for kindergarten, first or second -grade pupils shall be located on the ground floor. 47 Rtt *Mtn ipeettPANett Separation of ( tt ufi C escedfiafcies t* dirisi+ritrs tbef f ft other occufianeies ot divisidns of occopatteles shall be 9a t ti in rhapter 5. CHAPTRR 11E9V-MENEN1E OP GROUP o OOCUP ►waits g0t CROUP D OCCUPANCY DCIiNED 902 CONSTRUCTION, HRtOHT AND ARRA ALLOWARI 003 LOCATION ON PROP€RTY 904 MT PACtLI?IER 906 LIt1HT AND VENTILATION 900 ENCLOSURE OP V>:RTICAL OPENINt1S 90?. MOTION•P1CtURtiMACHINE DOOTH9 909 ME PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 909 PtUM13INO AND SANItATION 910 MIXRb OCCUPANCY 901 GROUP to OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group 1) occupancy shall include all institutional uses as follows: DIVISION 1: Occupancy where inmates' liberties are restricted. such as jails, prisons, reformatories and asylums. DIVISION 2: Occupancy where inmates are under physical lim- itations, such as hospitals, sanitariums, homes for the aged and orphanages; and where accommodations are provided for more than ten inmates. 902 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 902.1 O1NERALt Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Group 1) because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as follows: Division Type Allowable Height Area Per Mot 100 feet (8 stores) Not Limited 0 1 Not Limited Not Limited 11 00 feet (4 stories) 10.000 III (1'rotected) :30 feet (2 stories) 7,500 Area of buildings located in Fire Zones 1A and 2A shall be reduced 25 percent. Area of buildings located with public streets on two sides may be increased 25 percent, and if on three or more sides, may be in- creased 50 percent. A side or rear yard providing access not less than :30 feet in width to a public street may be considered a public street for the determination of allowable areas where zoning or other regulations require that such yard be permanently unobstructed. 902.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: (a) Cell blocks and confine. ment cells in jails, prisons or similar buildings may be constructed of unprotected steel or iron, provided that the entire cell block shall be constructed of incombustible materials. (b) Basements shall be of Type I construction. 48 ioN MIS LOCATION t 1 PIOPCIITT it'uildings with GrOurr i>' tieet1'p*:hey sftft!l front tipit uPtIll public sttt et of on eteittt siitrd t mat thtlq err trow pod Of enact not leas than :3n feet in tridth and eottfire to stet pniblie 4tteet. Exterior walls shall have fire -resistance and tspr'f►ifig ifteteetit1111 determined by location ot, property, as set fntth tot tie Type Construction in Part V. 904 EXIT PAt1Lr `11 S Exit facilities for Group 11 occupancies shall be as aet forth in this section and in Chapter 31. 904.1 OCCUPANT CONTV4IT: Pot determining e it rtquirt, melts of Group 11 occupatcies, the occupant a btent shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fife division, at any floor level, with no deductions for corridor, divided by ah area of 100 square feet per person, except that for areas of assetnbly, bat- ardous or industrial use, the occupant content thereof shall be de, termined as for the Group of Occupancy it Most nearly resembles. 904.2 WIbtH OP tX TS: txits shall be provided on the basis of one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 50 persons or eaeh 5000 square feet or fraction thereof. No required exit from the first floor shall have a width of less than four feet. Exits from floors other than the first floor, which serve as egress from hospital and infirmary occupancies, shall be not less than four feet in clear width. 904.3 ARRANGt.MENt OE RXitS: (a) ROOMS: Rooms, cells or wards having an occupant content of more than fifteen per- .ons shall have not less than two remote exits. (b) CORRIDORS: Rooms shall open directly to floor exits or shall connect thereto by means of corridors, Corridors shall have a width of not less than five feet, nor less than four inches for every 400 square feet or major fraction thereof, of floor area, (e) 1~LOORS: There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from rack floor. Plow' exits shall be by means of stairwayst ramps, horizontal exits, passageways or smokeproof towers, as specified in Chapter 31, or by doors, at or near erode, directly to the exterior. The upper floors of two-story buildings may have enclosed in- terior stairways or open exterior stairways. The upper floors of three-story buildings shall have enclosed in- terior stairways for not less- than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may he open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have smokeproof towers for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits shall be enclosed interior stairways. (d) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress from hospital and in- firmary occupancies shall he not less than 48 inches in clear width or sufficient to permit the free passage of beds. All other required exit doors shall be not less than :15 inches in clear width. Except in places of forcible detention, doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. (e) TRAVEL DISTANCE: The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or from the door 49 Of sePilitted spate, less ttlitb *06 ettrodit fedi Olt shall not exceed tht folltmeitt#: Type toildings Type11 Building* Type ITt (Ptotected) Building:* tXtEPTIION: The travel distance in any tloot is pettnitted Phan not exceed SO feet. to the tieettt nen* . . . 100 tett DO tett 00 tett Mom 'heit ate 0.08 LtilItt AND VtNT1LAT1ON 0I)8.1 ttNtRALt All pottibno of °Miff 1) ocrupaneiet: tut* tornarily used by human beings Shtlit be provided With ettlight., and e ventilation by mans of windows or shylights with an area, of_ttet less than one -tenth of the total floor ar, one-half of *Melt shall be openfible, oi. by !mans of electric light and mechanical ventilation, 908.2 WINDOWS: Windows for requited light tttui,t tioti, 30 feet or less above gtade shall be tett feet or more froth the building line of a contiguous lot, or any building on the same lot. Windows for required light and ventilation, more than SO feet above grade, shall be not closer than ten feet plus 20 Pettent of that building height which is more than 30 feet above grade, freta the building line of a contiguous lot, at not eloser than tett feet '010 30 percent from any building on the same lot. 14easutements shall he from window sills and tlerpetidiculttr to the wall, 905.3 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING: (a) Emergency lighting for paths of egress shall be on a separate circuit and shall be con- trolled from the main office or the principal public place of man, agerial control. (b) tmergency lighting shall be provided in all paths of egress and shall be as specified in Sub -section 3112.1, 905.4 MECHANICAL 'VENTILATION: (a) Mechanical %.•eni. tilation shall be provided where the requirements of Sub -sections 905,1 and 908.2 for required window openings are not met and shall be as specified in Part XIII, (b) Toilet rooms shall be ventilated by windows having an area of not less than 1t percent of the floor area, or by force ventilation supplying a change of air every two minutes. 905.5 HAZARDS: Duets for mechanical -ventilation systems shall sere no other occupancy. Ducts or vents, where passing through a fire wall, shall be equipped with automatic fire doors or shutters. 906 ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS Vertical openings shall be enclosed as specified in Part V for the type of construction, and in Section 904 and Chapter 31, 907 MOTION.PICTURE-MACHINE BOOTHS Where motion pictures are to be shown regularly, the building shall be equipped with a motion -picture -machine booth as set forth in Section 008, 908 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 908.1 Automatic -sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, fire - alarm systems and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. 908.2 Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39, c o OW igehoSrittatitttts still be ist t tottb Tn ter 40. . The service i t haznidrrua utilities shall be as §t't tOttit fii Section 609 and Other Oar/lions of this Code atrOlitable thereto. vtia.l; tleetriral installations shall be Its requited hettin aftd :IA specified in Part "(I. 908.0 transformer vaults shall be as set forth ih Aection 4101. 909., the storage of flammable materials shall be as set sofa in Chapter 41. 009 PLUM11NG APED SANI?A?LCN 909.1 Plumbing shall he installed as set forth in tart ; t1. 909.2 Sanitation shall he as set forth in Seetioh 512, 910 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Grouts 11 occupancies or divisions thereof froth all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5. CHAPTER 10 REQUIREMENTS OP GROUP E OCCUPANCIES 1001 GROUP E OCCUPANCY DEFINED INED 1002 CONSTRUCTION. HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1003 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1004 EXIT FACILITIES 1008 LiGHT AND VENTILATION 1006 ENCLOSURE O1 VERTICAL OPENINGS 1007 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1006 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1009 MIXED OCCUPANCY 1001 GROUP R OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group E occupancy shall include such hazardous uses as storage and use of highly combustible materials or expinosives or rain f l e mable liquids or combustible film, dry-cleaning plats, woodworking shops having more than four power tools, woodworking shops of schools having power sanders or more than ten power tools, paint spraying, and similar uses. 1002 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1002.1 GENERAL: Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group E because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as follows: Allowable Height Area of Floor Type 120 feet (10 stories) 16,000 I 40 feet (2 stories) 10,000 II 20 feet (1 story) 8,000 I(protected) 6,000 IV 20 feet (1 story) Area of buildings located in hire Zones 1.t and 2A shall hi reduced 25 percent. Gl Area btrildibtrt loaded *RA ttiMie 5tIteta eh Gilt eldtill VTR be ind ieattyd 26 fiettent, Mid if ,,ti tht a 'et Thee shiest mg be ft* creased 60 t eteetit. 1bO2 J 5PRCiAL PRfV191ONS: for is shall be et iheobtx bustible materials frtotetted Against saturation aftd htiSetnents shell be Type 1 construttioa. 1003 LOCATION ON PROPERTY Exterior walls shalt have fire -resistance told o13ehing protettioh, determined by location on property, as set forth tot the Type or Construction in Part V. 1004 EXIT I ACtLITIES Exit facilities for Group 1J occupancies shall be as set forth in this section and in Chapter 31. 1004.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: For determining ekit require, rnents of Group 1•: occupancies, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, at any floor level, with no deductions for corridors, divided by an area of 100 square feet per person. 1004.2 WIbtH Or EXITS: Exits shall be provided on the basin of one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 50 persons or each 5000 square feet or fraction thereof. 1004.3 ARRANGEMENT Or EXITS: (a) INTERIOR SPACES: Occupied rooms, including mezzanines, shall have paths of egress so located that travel from such rooms to a floor exit is not subject to hazardous exposure. Rooms, including mezzanines, 400 square feet or more in area, shall have not less than two remote exits. (b) FLOORS: There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor. Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horitontal exits, passageways or smokeproof towers, as specified in Chapter 31, or by doors, at or near grade, directly to the exterior. The upper floors of two-story buildings may have enclosed inter- ior stairways or exterior open stairways. The upper floors of three-story buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have smokeproof towers for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits shall be enclosed interior stairways. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (e) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress, normally dosed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. (d) TRAVEL DISTANCE: Exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point to the nearest floor exit shall be not more than 75 feet. EXCEPTION: The travel distance in any rooms, including mezzanines, where one exit door is permitted shall not exceed 25 feet. 1005 LIGHT AND VENTILATION All portions of Group E occupancies shall have light and ventila- tion as provided in Section 905. 52 iit AllMitts time fiaii0'i'1031e ltii tds 8p used tit ateretl,t119, tbanical 9ithitvst 'tii titlrn shall bt MAIM attftctetefi't fe rtodiit, i3ne Complete orange of sit etery 15 titiMtitis.nt at or treat . BOAitltabet tetetila- in operation behelan be hfrom a the building is otcnpi d by human being's.oe lett and 6e idea ENCLOttiRE OP VERTICAL OPENIiNOS Vet tlest opet,ings shall be enclosed as specified in Par. V for the type of construction, and in Section 1004 and Chapter 31. 1001' VIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 100,,1 Automatic-sptinlcier systetns, fire extinguisbers and stand. pipes shall be as set forth it► Chapter 99. 100/.2 Chimneys, flues and tents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39. 1007.3 bleat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap, ter 40, 1007.4 the service of hatardotts ultilities shall be as set forth in Section boo and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. 10073 Electrical installations shall be al required herein and as specified in Part Xt. 1007.0 'transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101, 1007.7 The storage or use of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Chapter 41. 1007.8 No combustion heater shall be installed in Group E occupancies. 100/.9 Each machine in dry-cleaning plants which uses a flam- mable liquid shall have an adequate steam line connected to it, so arranged as to automatically fill the machine with steam in Case of fire. 1008 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1008.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Part X11. 1008.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512. 1009 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Group E occupancies or divisions thereof from all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5, 53 ettAti I R it IttOVIIMMUTS OP t RDVP f ( i1PA*cm ttot 1oRt ti'p t OCCUPANCY t3€ttMtD 11132 CON§'t"RU'C'ttDN, ilt11111TYAND ARIA ALiOWARlit ttM LOCATION ON PRD 1104 LX1? I AC1Lt1 W S 1100 Lt1 Ht ANt3 VFNttLATION 1106 tNL LC3AifRL OR VERTICAL OPEN!Nd 110, VIRti PROTECTION AND HAZARDS PLUMttSANITATION 1109 MIXED OCCUPANCY 1101 GROUP 1= OCCUPANCY Dti INtindustrial tares Its ttoup t= occupancy shall include storage t ifo11DIVISION coccupancy include ow5: age buildings,eig Storage publiccgargesoany size Where repair orl< i s done, parking garages for more than $our cars, gasoline service stattions, aircraft hangars or similar use`• and factories, as- seI mbly aamanufacttarin� plants. occupancy 5ha11 include Diiind : lants, processing mills, laboratories, loft buildings and similar uses. 1102 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT ANb AREA ALLOWARLL 1102.1 GENERAL: ieAoft use or °cm por icj,s hallobelim tedsineheigh in (Troup h because and area as follows: Allowehie Height Area Per Pkor Not Limited Not Limited tltl feet (4 stories) 20,000 30 feet (2 storks) 18,000 (1 story) 12,000 20 feet (1 story) 10,000 Type 11 111'' IV & V Protected. "Unprotected. Area of huilrlinars t•,•rlurrvl 'tit rermont.. Area of buildings located w and if on n feet A siorstreet rear yard ibe,iding access con considered anot public s street forte deter- mination width to a public uch oyard be allowable unobstructed.tother regulations require that with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system Area of buildings may be increased 100 percent if the building is provideduspecified in Chapter 38. throughout as is Area nof iaautoshall n automatic fire-t extinguishlimited ing system throughoutaand with an approved is entirely surrounded by public streets or permanently unobstructed yards not less than fro feet in width. this Where one -hour fire -resistive construction is required by Code, an approvedvuch°systemiis not fire-extinguishing requirestemd may be sub- stituted, p increased 25 percent, 50 percent. located in 1'it•e Zones 1 A ith public streets on three or more sides, 54 aiiI _A shall 1* two sides increased titIAPTBR 11 REQUIREMENTS OP G OUP P OCCUPANCIES 1101 GROUP P I CCUPANC1 DEVINEfl 1102 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1102 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1104 EXIT PACIL1i1t;S 110S LIttl4T AND VENTILATION 1106 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS 1102 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS MS PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1100 MIXED OCCUPANCY not GROUP P OCCUPANCY IiiyPINED Group P occupancy shall include storage and industrial uses as follows bIVISION it Storage occupancy :,hall include warehouses, stor. age buildings, freight depots, public garages of ant site where repair work is Clone, parking garages for more than `our cars, gasoline service stations. aircraft hangars or similar uses. bIVIStON 2: industrial occupancy shall include factories, as- sembly and manufacturing plants, processing mills, laboratories, 1 "oft buildings and similar uses. 1102 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1102.1, GCNtRALt Buildings, or parts of buildings) classed in Group F because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as follows: Type Allowable Height Area Per Ploor Not Limited Not Limited 0) feet (4 stories) 20,000 i 11 30 feet (2 stories) 18,000 12,0 00 iI1•* & V 20 feet (1 story) 10,000 * Protected. *'t nprotected. :Area of huildincs located in lire Zones 1a and 2A -ha►II be reduced 2:5 percent. Area of buildings located with public streets on two sides may be increased 25 percent, and if on three or more sides, may be increased 0 percent. A side or rear yard providing access not less than 20 feet in width to a public street may be considered a public street for the deter- mination of allowable areas where zoning or other regulations require that such yard be permanently unobstructed. Area of buildings may be increased 100 percent if the building is provided with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system throughout as specified in Chapter 38. Area of buildings shall not be limited if the building is provided with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system throughout and is entirely surrounded by public streets or permanently unobstructed yards not less than 60 feet in width. Where one -hour fire -resistive construction is required by this Code, an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system may be sub- stituted, provided such system is not otherwise required. 64 1102:g SPECIAL PROVISfel4St tali Motor tre'hiele PrPtti statitcns shall be of Type 1, it, or tit tproteeted) a rnstritetiert, eltiding tames anrd supports Ott pumps. tb) Aircraft han attgt,ail be of Type tj tt tit (protettedh Or Construction; and shall hate etteridt walls bf nettless than two. hour fire-itsistive eonstruttiOn of be stirtaanded by pt blit strtstrti trot less than On feet inridth. (e) Parking garages used e:tciusi%e_1y far parking and Atari of passenger motor tehiclek shall be of Type t construction, cite that garages not exteedinit four stories above grade tatty hgve stmea total fratnewofk and floats unprotected and exterior twits of not less than two-hour fire -resistive construction, etttept as otherwise provided in Section 18041 and garages eiteeeding four stories but twt exceeding eight stories may hate structural frattiework and floors protected by one -hour fire -resistive construction, () Moors shall be incombustible materials protected against saturation. (e) Where ramps are used for the transfer of vehicles er Ma- terials from one ftdor to another, such ramps shall meet the ground floor revel at a point not less than 21: feet from the plot of such building. iiO3 LOCATION ON PROPERLY Exterior walls shall have fire -resistance and opening protection determined by location on property, as set forth for the Type of Construction in Fart V. 1104 EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group t" occupancies shall be as set forth in this Section and in Chapter 31 except that exit facilities for parking garages where no persons other than parking attendants are permit, ted on upper floors shall be as set forth in Paragraph 1104.3 (e). 1104.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: p'or determining exit re- quirements of Group F occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, at any floor level with no deduction for corridors, divided by an area of 200 square feet per person for Division 1 occupancies and 100 square feet per person for Division 2 occupancies. 1104.2 WIDTH OP EXITS: exits shall be provided on the basis of one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 60 persons or frac- tion therof. 1104.3 ARRANGEMENT OP EXITS: (a) INTERIOR Scon- tent of more than 50cluding persons al mezzanines, hat a not+ less thaan n two remote exits. (b) FLOORS: There shall be not less than two remote paths paths of egress from each floor except that floors or mezzanines of buildings, not exceeding two stories and having an occupant content of not more than 30 persons, may have a single door, or an enclosed stairway, exiting directly to the exterior. Floor exits shall be by means of stairways ramps, horizontal exits, passageways or smokeproof towers, as specified in Chapter 31, or by doors, at or near grade, directly to the exterior. Dead ends in exit corridors, beyond a floor exit or other corridor having two remote exits, shall not exceed 20 feet. The upper floor of two-story buildings may have interior stair- ways, enclosed where required under Types of Construction, or open exterior stairways. 66 t Ot tifititt befits t t h i tee etiiM 'i ga 1 ti to a eI d iiw- -half the teguited floert a*/bit. 0thef upper floot exits niay be open ettettat stitit ways 01' ettrl+t t ihtetiot stairways. The upttet floors of buildings whit)) eltceed three storied titian hate enclosed interior stairways, ekcejrt that buildings tthichOitee($ fire stories shill have hot less than one-half of the tequitie t1Ot P Waits by smokeproof totters. Where floors ate divided in fire divisions, one Wait from each suet) division may be a horizontal exit. (e) DOORS: floors in paths of egress, normally closed atttd latched, and setting more than ,n persons, shall be equipped 'With panic hardware. (d) TRAVEL DISTANCE: The exits shall be Ao arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point,. or from the doot Of separated spaces having an oecupant content of less than f+n persons, to the nearest floor exit shall not exceed the following: Type t Buildings ifi0 feet Type 1t Buildings .135 feet Type 111 (Protected) Buildings..... _. 135 feet Type 111 (l n rotected) Buildings... . 100 feet Type IV and Type V Buildings ........ .. .. 100 feet EXCEPTION: The travel distance where ohe exit is permitted shall not exceed 40 feet. (e) PARKING GARAGES: (1) Where persons other than parking attendants are permitted, stairs and exits shall be as other- wise set forth herein. (2) Where no persons other than parking attendants are per- mitted and a ram)) for transporting vehicles is constructed, or where cars are mechanically lifted and parked without attendants or pas- sengers, there shall be not less than one stairway for each 10,000 square feet or fraction therof. Where cars are mechanically lifted and parked by attendants, one additional exit shall be provided where such ramp is omitted. Such ramp shall be considered an exit, and exits shall be remotely located so that the maximum travel dis- tance from any point to a floor exit shall not exceed 100 feet. (3) Stairs shall not be less than three feet wide and shall be enclosed if more than 50 percent of the periphery of the building is enclosed or if the structure exceeds three stories in height. (4) Continuous belts or lifts without cages shall be designed to be safe. 1105 LIGHT AND VENTILATION All portions of Group I•' occupancies shall have light and venti• lotion as provided in Section 905. In all buildings where flammable liquids are used or stored or where automobiles are stored or handled, mechanical exhaust ventila- tion should be provided, sufficient to produce one complete change. of air every 15 minutes, except that the Building Official may waive this requirement when the building is supplied with unobstructed openings and/or cross ventilation. 1106 ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS Vertical openings shall be enclosed as set forth in 1'art V for the type of construction, and in Section 1104 and Chapter 31, except that, unless otherwise required by Type of Construction, interior stair or ramp exits in buildings two stories in height need not be enclosed. LC lief TIRE'PROTECTION ARO *MARDI 1103.1 Atitoteatte-stIfitiklet systeitts, ail* Italia ot°s n and standpipes shali be ni s set forth t► C'h8ptet 384 1107,2 almoeyso floes and vents shall be as set tot'th in L lY- apt 39. 1107.2 Hest -producing apparatus shall be ns set forth iti 'ChM): ter 40. 1103.4 The se viee of 'hazardous utilities shall be as net torah in Section 509 and other portions of this Code appiicnbie thereto. 1103.5 lectr'ca1 installations shall be as requited herein and as specified in hart Xi, i 103.0 Transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101, 1103.7 The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth forth in Chapter 41. 1108 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1108.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in 1'ar�t VII, 1108.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 612 except ierequirements ceropritla tdttidi ngs ofwarehoueocc for,ymaybpotonaey floors 1109 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Group P occupancies or divisions thereof froth all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5, CHAPTER 12 REQUIREMENTS OP GROUP G OCCUPANCIES 1201 GROUP G OCCUPANCY DEFINED 1202 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1203 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1204 EXIT FACILITIES 1205 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 1208 ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 1207 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1208 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1209 MIXED OCCUPANCY 1201 GROUP G OCCUPANCY Group G occupancy shall include mercantile and business uses as follows: DIVISION 11 Mercantile occupancy, shall include retail stores shops, sales rooms, markets, restaurants and night clubs not included in Group B, passenger stations, bowling alleys, and similar uses. DIVISION 21 Business occupancy, shall include office buildings, banks, civic -administration buildings, telephone exchanges, museums, art galleries, libraries and similar uses. 67 11282 CONATIRICTION0 t4? Ate AitA MUMMA HMI tit; tRAL: Bniidittgs0 Or Pieta Of 'Wilding% elaStrd Itl +Grceap c# bacause of use ot ttcirupntr P, shill tte Waited in height Mid tli'ea as follots TtPa Allaitsble Ileiftvt Ant Pet Moot Not Littited Not Limited GO teet (4 sttgtieS) 22,500 Illl* 8p feet (2 stories) 20,000 Vl* & IV20 feet (1 stogy) 180000 20 feet (1 sto y) 12,000 Protected. **Unprotected. Area of huildinfrs loiltted in )Fitt' ,trots lA and 2A shall be reduced 25 percent. Area of buildings located with public streets oti t*o sided Inky be increased 25 percent, and it on three ot more skies, may be lb, creased 50 percent. A side or rear yard providing access :tot less than 20 feet in width to a public street may be considered a public street tot the deter= ruination of allowable areas where zoning ot other regulatiohs require that such yard be permanently unobstructed. Area of buildings may be increased 100 percent if the building is provided with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing a tetent throughout as specified in Chapter 88. Area of buildings shall not be limited if the building is provided with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system throughout and is entirely surrounded by public streets or permanently unobstructed yards not less than G0 feet in 'width providing access to such streets, Where one -hour fire -resistive construction is requited by this Code, t tan approved dostfisoithserday be subs edpvidedsuhsyentntfire-extinguishing system may 1202.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: (a) 1asements shall be of Type 1 construction. line, hall belasnet forth in Paragraph 1102.2 thedispensingof gasor 1203 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1ixterior walls shall have fire -resistance and opening protection determined by location on property, as set forth for the Type of Construction in Part V. 1204 EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group G occupancies shall be as set forth in this Section and in Chapter 31. 1204.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: For determining exit require- ments of Group G occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, at any floor level with no deduction for corridors, divided by the specified area per person as given below: Area Occupancy Sq. Ft. Per Person Restaurants and Night Clubs. ...................... . Mercantile Basements and First Floors.. ... 300 Mercantile Upper Floors 100 Business: All Floors 68 o MIA .8 # t ` tkI?S t tete dell Oft t1 betas Of MI6 22-iiheti atilt Of e*it ik1dn TOP oat lWHIM tit it-, tiofi thereof. UN.UNA AltfAtittlet itt 0 V t It1 ? t tt) Ifi tinef t tetra tent of §PACE8: than{ BBOepe including hallhhave hot it ss than Oh bM00% exits. th) I LOORSt then shall be tot less than two rethote lnn, of egress froth each, floor elceept that floors of boildittgs hot *Meth Dig two stotiea and having an occupant content of hot more 'thin .80 Persons tray have a single door, or ah enclosed sta;robity, eiciting directly to the extetiot, floor exits shall be by means of stairways Mips,hotitot►tal exits, passageways of sniokepto0t towers, tit specified in Chl ptet 81) or by doors, at ot hear grade, directly to the exterior. (lead Vida in exit corridors, beyond a floor exit ot other corridor hating two r mote exits, shall hot exceed 20 feet. The upper per floor of two-story buildings nifty have interior stair= ways, enclosed where required under Types of Construction, ot open exterior stairways. The upper floors of three-story buildings shall have enclosed eroayoteetreisrloO hstairways for may thanone-half eriosttyor floor ldien interior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have enclosed interior stairways, except that buildings which exceed five stories shall have not less than ohe‘half of the required floor exits by smokeproof towers. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (c) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped With panic hardware. (d) TRAVEL DISTANCE: The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or front the door of to pthetnea estefloor havings itan shoccant all not exc ed the fllesslowing: than 50 persons, Type 1 Buildings 150 feet ' Type 1t and II (Protected) Buitdin�►s 1�35 feet Type 111 (Unprotected), IV & V Buildings 100 feet EXCEPTION: The travel distance where one exit is permitted shall not exceed 40 feet. 1205 LIGHT AND VENTILATION Ail portions of Group G occupancies shall have light and ventiia- tion as provided in Section 905. 1206 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS Vertical openings shall be enclosed as set forth in Part V for the type of construction, and in Section 1204 and Chapter 31t except thoraramp exinless ts in build bise uildings two sd toriType s in heightof neednottnterior stair be enclosed. 1207 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1207.1 Automatic -sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. 1207.2 Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39, 69 1ItOf.a tlent-ptadtteing artatfatts shal' lie as set forth iti tt 1` 40. 120P.4 The service of hazardous utilities shall be as 1ict Mitt in Section Mtp and other**lions of this Cade 'i { tliralale thettta. 120t.S Tirctth d1 installations shall be as tec(ttli d httrei i and as specified in I'att 30. 120.6 'transformer vaults shall be as set forth ih Secti0h 410, 120?.P the storap'e of Ilan stable materials shall 1be as set f'alttit in Chapter 41. 12013 PLUMRINt3 AND SANITATION 12013.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in fart XII. 1205.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512. 1200 MIXtO OCCUPANCY Separation of Group G occupancies or divisions thereat from all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in rhapter 5. CHAPTER 13 REQUIREMENTS OP GROUP N OCCUPANCIES 1301 GROUP i4 OCCUPANCY 1302 CONSTRUCTION. HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1303 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1304 EXIT FACILITIES 1305 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 1306 ENCLOSURE Or; VERTICAL OPENINGS 1307 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1308 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1309 MIXED OCCUPANCY 1301 GROUP H OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group II occupancy shall include multiple -residential uses such as hotels, apartment hotels, apartment houses and bungalow courts and dormitories, rooming houses fraternity houses, monasteries and similar uses with accommodations for more than ten persons, and also shall include any residential units in conjunction with other occupancies. 1302 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Group H because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and are as follows: Type Allowable Height Area Per Floor I Not Limited Not limited 00 feet (4 stories) 15,000 III (Protected) S0 feet (2 stories) 13,500 III (Unprotected) 20 feet (1 story) 9,000 EXCEPTION: Type III (Protected) buildings may be three stories in height if the floor level of the third floor is not more than 20 feet above the grade adjacent thereto. Area of buildings located in Fire Zones 1A and 2A shall be reduced 25 percent. CO Art* trt bttiltlings loctt164 tith publit AMU trt: ttra :Meg thaf be Ittettit.lwil 25 Itereent, and if on Chile ot mot side4, hitt!, bt ifterthitell 50 Perrtirtt. titsetnehts stall be of type I construction, to LOCAMN ON PROPERTt Exterior walls shall have rite -resistance and otlehing protection determined by location 6ii prOtYefto its set fotth tot the Tyr* of 'Construction in Part V. 1304 EMI' PACILITIES Exit facilities for tlroup 11 oceupancies shall be as set foith iti this Section and in Chapter 31, 1304.1 OCCUPANT CONTENT: for determining exit re= quire:no:its of Otoup 11 occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, at any floor level, including all floors of residential ttParthiefil4i with no deduction for corridors, divided by an area of 100 square feet per person, except that dormitory rooms shall be computed at 30 square feet per petson. 1304.2 WIDTH Or EXITS: (a) Exits shall be provided on the basis of one 22-inch of exit width for each 30 persons or 3000 square feet, or 900 square feet of dormitory, or fraction thereof. (6) All required paths of egress from floors shall be not less than 44 inches in with, except that where serving floors having hot more than four apartment units or eight hotel rooms, one such re- quired path of egress may be not less than 36 inches in width. (e) The minimum width of exit doors from dwelling uhits or hotel rooms shall be not less than the following: Arta of Unit Exit Less than 250 square feet One 30-inch exit 251 to 450 square feet . One 32-inch exit 451 to 2000 square feet . One 32-inch exit and one 30-inch exit (d) Residential -apartment units in multiple -apartment buildings, having a second floor or balcony contained wholly within the littit, shall have an exit not less than 36 inches in width for upper areas not exceeding 1000 square feet, and an additional exit not less than 30 inches in width for upper areas exceeding 1000 square feet. Width of exits from main floors of residential -apartment units shall be as otherwise set forth in this Section. (e) Exit roues on lot lines shall have a clear width, not less than required by zoning, but not less than 44 inches, and inner courts shall have a clear width of not less than ten feet. 1304.3 ARRANGEMENT OF EXITS: (a) UNIT EXITS: Dwelling units and hotel rooms, 440 square feet or more in area, shall have not less than two remote exits, except as otherwise pro- vided for the upper floors of residential -type apartments. The landing on the upper floor of residential -apartment units shall be directly accessible from all rooms on such uper floor, and the stairway shall discharge on the main floor of the unit in close proximity to a path of egress from the unit, Where the upper floor of such unit has a gross floor area in excess of 1000 square feet, not less than two exits shall be provided, one of which shall be enclosed and shall discharge directly to a path of egress from the floor. (b) FLOORS: There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor, 61 1! lit if sling shall he by fifths Of afnri°tt a ; , eititso tfitSAttiteititPS tot :Shtokeptwttf tttt+tett1i ns spee tied in Chttrer Sit or by doors' at tit nt nr 'fade► directly to the extetiot. Dead ends in emit Cari`idors beyond a floor ettit, Or tither coiridttt having two remote exits shall not e'►cceed 20 feet. The upper floor of two-story buildings may have interior stair- ways, enclosed whore required under Types or Construction, or often eitterior stairways. The upper floors of three-story buildings shall have enclosed itt, tenor stairways for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits tnay be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stait'frays. EXCEPTION: Where the floor level of the third floor does riot Weed 20 feet above grade, all floor exits tiny be open exterior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three bleb nice ti have enclosed interior stairways, except that building. w five stories shall have not less than one-half of the required floor exits by smokeproof towers. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (e) DOORS: Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than '`,t) persons, shall be equipped With panic hardware. (d) TRAVEL DISTANCE: The exits shall he so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or from the door otiftep at d spaces e led ss than 1000 i,quare feet, to the nearest floor n e Type l Buildings . .100 feet Type 111 (fi rotes ed) Burp 90 feet dings.. 90 feet Type 111 (Unprotected) Buildings . .. 75 feet EXCEPTION: The travel distance in any room where one exit door is permitted shall not exceed 30 feet. 1305 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 1305.1 GENERAL: Rooms used for sleeping and windowving s in poses shall be provided with light and ventilation by exterior walls. Windows for such purposes shall met the require- ments set forth in Sub -section 905.2. Other spaces for human occu- pancy such as lobbies, locker rooms, dining rooms, kitchens and toilet rooms shall b, provided with light and ventilation by windows in exterior walls or by means of electric light and mechanical ventila- tion. as provided in Section 9115 or in this Section. Rooms used for sleeping and living purposes, where located as the first -occupied space below a roof, shall be protected from extreme temperatures. The overall coefficient of heat transmission or "U" factor for such roof construction shall be not less than 0.23. 1305.2 ROOMS: (a) SLEEPING ROOMS: Rooms used for sleeping shall have a minimum width of eight feet, or a minimum floor area within the immediate enclosing walls, exclusive of closets and toilets, of 100 square feet, and a minimum floor area of 60 square feet for each person occupying such room. Rooms, the floor of which is more than three feet below grade and which depend on P"`� natural ventilation shall not be used for sleeping purposes. The minimum average height of sleeping rooms shall be eight feet, and the least height shall be seven b) LIVING AND DINING ROOMS: Living and dining rooms shall have a minimum average height of eight feet and a least height of seven feet. 62 #ej KittlitNS A 'btoftittet51§1 ii:itehet►s bird rortiott stikit aae a thirliftitnm height of sttett feet. td) 'TOILR'T t Toilets shall teat* a mirtitnrlm Iiciii~lrt at .stilt feet, a tnifiirnotu width of three feet, Atrd a rnihirnufn &t It of 16 feet. t bi1 RNCLOgURh OP V> Rfi1eAL OPRNIND9 Vertical openings shall be enclosed as specified in tart V tot the Type of Construction, and in Sectiok 1204 and Chapter 31,. tteept that, unless otherwise required by Type bf Cahstruetioh, thtetior stair and ramp exits in buildings two stories in height need riot be enclosed, 130? FIRE PRO1RC?ION AND 1HA2ARD3 130'.1 Automatic -sprinkler systems, fire ektingishers and stand, pipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. 1307.2 Chimneys, flues and rents shall be as set forth in Chip, ter 39, 1307.3 t#eat-producing apparatus shall be as set forth In Chap. ter 40. 1307,4 The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 609 and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. 1301.E 1✓lectrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Part Xt, 1307,6 Transformer vaults shall be as set forth in Section 4101, 1307.? The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Chapter 41. 1308 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1308.1 Plumbing shall be iinstailed as set forth in Part XII. 1308.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512 except as follows: (a) Toilet rooms serving a one -family -unit shall have outside openings, screened with 18-mesh-wire screening. (1,) For occupancies with an occupant content of ten or more persons, separate facilities shall be provided for employees. (e) Separate facilities consisting of a water closet, a lavatory, and a bath or shower shall be contiguous thereto and directly- acces- sible from each hotel room. (d) Lavatories may be located in rooms, provided there is no conflict with minimum requirements otherwise set forth herein. 1309 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Group occupancies or divisions thereof from all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5. 63 e h imitate ire Asti tOlve hat less than ha p ai frrays, rreft1f t et ithitriplet units of tesidehtial•apartrtteh't tyfie Siyail kVA 'tits as set forth ih Sectieh 1104, tt) tUIRD•PLt OR'EXITS: Third floors tthieh May be used for sieefing purposes shall have stairways as provided fat a seen(' floor, except that °tie such stairway shad be enclosed arid shall tbs.- charge directly to the exterior. (d) ARRANf1EMEN? OP STAIRWAYS: Stairways shall be arranged to provide the greatest accessibility to landings on floott above the first of ground floor and to provide the shortest and safest practical means of egress to a street or other similar public space. (s) TRAVEL bISTANCE: The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance to the Nearest exit shall hot eitceed ;�n feet. I405 LIMIT AND VENTILATION 1408.1 GENERAL: Booms used for sleeping and living pur- poses shall be provided with light and ventilation by windows ih aMerior walls, with an area not less than one -tenth of the area of the floor room in which such windows are located, and one-half of the required window area shall be openable. shall f 14082 SLEEPING ROOMS. Rooms used for sleeping hate a minimum width of eight feet, or a m:nitnum floor area w�tbg in the immediate enclosing walls, exclusive of closets and toilets 100 square feet, and a minimum floor area of not less than S0 square feet for each person occupying such room. The minimum average height of sleeping rooms shall be eight feet, and the least height shall be seven feet. 1405,3 LIVING AND DINING ROOMS: Living and dining rooms shall have a minimum average height of eight feet and a least height of seven feet. 140eNDof HALLWAYS: kitchens and hallways shall a KITCHENS t. 1405.5 TOILETS: Toilets shall have a minimum height of seven feet, a minimum width of three feet, and a minimum area of 15 feet and shall be ventilated as set forth in Paragraph 905.4(b). 1406 ENCLOSURE Op VERTICAL OPENINGS Vertical openings shall be enclosed as set forth in Part V for the Type of Construction, and in Section 1404 and Chapter 31 except that interior stair or ramp exits in buildings not exceeding two stories in height need not be enclosed. 1407 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1407.1 Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter ,39. 1407.2 ter 40. 1407.3 as specified 1407.4 in Chapter 41. Beat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap - Electrical installations shall be as required herein and in Part XI. The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth �1J IS ilh! PLUMBING AND ANIMATION 14012.1 tllttfrmbihpl shnt1 tit ihstftlied ns get felt in Pot lit 1406:2 (a) Sahitittioti tixtores Atilt b AA set forth itt aettion 612.4. th) i'oiiet tooe,m floors and bast shall be ihipOt-idtis this ti*1 . (t) 'toilet rooms shall have outside openings scre+ehed'With 16. mesh -wire SCteeh within the n1 files n� thpol t shall � made cu�for � the Mottle o!` +tt'aate 1405 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separatioh of Group t occupanies or divisions thereof tram 411 other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 6. CHAPTER 15 REQUIREMENTS OP GROUP .I OCCUPANCIES i501 GROUP J OCCUPANCY DEFINED 1502 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1503 LOCATION ON PROPERTY 1504 EXiT FACILITIES 1505 LiGHT AND VENTiLATION 1506 ENCLOSURE Or VERTICAL OPENINGS 150? FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1508 PLUMBING AND SANITATION 1509 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS i510 MIXED OCCUPANCY 1501 GROUP J OCCUPANCY DEFINED Group 3 occupancy shall include: DIVISION is Garages for four or less motor vehicles, porte- cochcres, and car-portes. DIVISION 2: Tanks, towers and similar structures and fences. DIVISION 3: Stadiums, reviewing stands, grandstands and similar structures. DIVISION 4: Cabanas and bath houses and similar structures. DIVISION 5: Public and private swimming pools and buildings accessory thereto. DIVISION 6: Solariums, sundecks and similar roofless struc- tures. DIVISION 7: Greenhouses and agricultural buildings and ac- cessory uses to agricultural operations when located on the lot of ground so used. DIVISION 8: Open storage yards including lumber yards and contractors' storage yards. i502 CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 1502.i DIVISION 1: Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group J-1 because of use or occupancy shall be limited to one buildiin ngs shallt be lm 00 limited tsquare00 square feet in area,t that Type V 60 ipc titr rehtrl is, ltrt itrdiri > ttarrr tut 6i and S1 , *ramint than three-:tiitteenths iheh n thirithesk, shall tre eotyros tifi lesittarft. A stttu tute not ekceetlifi 5.0 fsgtti test ih! !, eeekl ' a single -hinny residence afire eorttr lyilti With part v of this Cede* shall not be limited as set forth herein. totsp J i9d�.1� �1VI�t�N At classed in �itisitth S of fi` shall be enclosed ih a llnstsonry aratt, ufipietced Where Witting l tate property, and shall be hot less than fifeteet ih height, ttet�t that where combustible materials are stored, the height of such Nall shall be not less than five feet note less than the height of the ilia- terial hunus one -fifth of the distance from such wall to such stot ed combustible materials. super tPTI Nc�bl� zon n� ire mess of this Sub -section shall net 1SOS LOCATION ON PROPMTV Exterior walls shall have fire -resistance and opening protection, determined by location oh property, as set forth for the Type of Con, struction in Wart V. iho4 tXI? I ACdL1tI S Exit facilities of Group d occupancies shall be as set forth in this Section and in Chapter 31. 1504.1 DIVISION is 'There shall be not less than two separate fee,ronetof which mapaths of yess from every area of bethe man entrance door or doors. than square 1SO4.2 DIVISION St Exits shall be as set forth for Group A occupancy, Section 604, except as follows: (a) tXtTS: No seat shall be more than 150 feet from an exit from a deck or the structure, Such exits shall open directly to a public space or onto a clear and permanently unobstructed court -or yard not less than 30 feet in width and providing access to such public space. For the determination of widths of exit facilities, there shall be not less than one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 100 persons or 700 square feet or fraction thereof, except that passageways when required, shall be not less than five feet in width, and stairways or ramps shall be not less than 44 inches in width. Stairways shall be as specified in Section 3102 for outside stair- ways. There shall be a clear, unobstructed path of egress from every seat to grade, either downward or horizontally, or a combination thereof. (b) AISLES: Seats shall be so arranged that there shall be not more than 20 seats in permanent structures and ten seats in temporary structures of unprotected steel or wood, between any seat and as aisle. Temporary bleachers, to be used for a period of not more than one week, and rollaway, telescoping and fold -up bleachers, having seats without backs and with not more than eleven rows of seats, need not be provided with aisles if the vertical distance between seats does not exceed 12 inches and where aisles are required, such aisles shall be not less than 42 inches in width. (c) SEATS: Where the seats are not spaced or marked off, a distance of 18 inches along any bench or platform shall be consid- ered one seat. 6S 1662.2 DIVIMPI Et 1n 1c&, nrtd loiter:I; shrill he desighad hr4 constt acted as set fotth in Part VI. Fences shall be of tot and termite-tesistiva n. ntotiais, te-tteee shall he substantially constructed and secure. Fences tntW be of steel posts and wite. Fences may be of reinforced concrete ot of masonry units or rock, but fences more than two feet hih nod of loose ot casual masonry or tork shall not be 1 ettnitted. 'ene s of n asonry units shall he as set forth ih Sub -section 2 i`04.$, hless othr1 ise limited by zoning regulationsE 'property -litre fences oh property zoned for residential use shall be limited to five feet lit height, and masonry fences on property toned for Commercial ltse shall be designed and constructed as set fotth ih Paft VI, t'XCUITION: Veneer for the enclosure of land used for a ri= cultural purposes shall be exempt froth the PequiPet'itehts of this Sub -section. 1502.3 DIVISION at Perhtahent structures shall be eon. ,trusted of Type t or `hype IV constf•uctioti and shall hot be limited in height and area. No permanent construction of exposed eombust= ihle materials shall be permitted under public seating. Any enclosed space under public seating not a art of or not actively used in con- nection with every public assembly in the grandstand shall be sepal rated therefrom as set forth in Section 508. Seats and walk boards may he of wood and shall be treated as set forth in Sub -section 2007.2. Temporary structures may he constructed of unprotected steel or wood and shall he not more than one story or :10 feet in height and not mate than AO feet in width, front to rear. bleacher sections, hav- ing supporting members of unprotected steel but with wood seats anti walk beards, may he erected in buildings when the requirements for exit facilities, as specified in Sub -section 1504.2, are provided. Ileacher sections shall contain not more than 20 rows of seats. 1502.4 DIVISION 4: Buildings classed in Division 4 of Group J shall conform to the requirements based on location ih the fire zone and to the following specific restrictions: Type 1 III (Protected) `II (Unprotected) & IV Allowable Helght Unlimited t:0 feet (4 stories) :10 feet (2 stories) 20 feet (1 story) 10 feet (1 story) Area Per Freer Unlimited 10,000 5,000 3,000 1,000 1502.5 DIVISION 5: (a) Above -grade structures, accessory to pools, shall be limited in height and area as the Group of Occu- pancy to which they are accessory. (b) Swimming pools shall comply with the detailed require- ments set forth in Chapter 16. 1502.6 DIVISION 6: Structures classed in Division 6 of Group .1 may be located on the roof of a building classed as Group D, F, G, II, or I occupancy. Framework and bracing shall be of in- combustible materials. Horizontal canvas shall be limited to a total of 20 percent of the area for the roof of the building. 1502.7 DIVISION 7: Buildings, or parts of buildings, classed in Division 7 of Group J shall be limited to one story in height and may be of any type of construction. Ordinary glass may be used in the roofs and walls of green- houses provided the height at the ridge is less than 20 feet above grade. Greenhouses located in Fire Zones IA and 2A, or where the heigght at the ridge is 20 feet or more above grade, or where such building exceeds 6000 square feet in area, shall be of incombustible materials, including the frames of windows and skylights. Metal sup- 67 Stitt AIM be eed nit lets tlii rr trittfei m 1 th trtt bucks are pretided, #ttd 30 Matti teittef to tote'! * elt l alcks At"e fsfoVrded. 01) t tJARR 'RAML§t Ope°h.e id trout#Ittts of hlei>tehe s AIM be �rovided with substantial guard mils fbr that ict abet* The fourth row of seats. Where the batik of A blettelter.seetioti is trot (laced against a wall, a substantial guard fail shall be troaided 8t the back of the seetion. Where bleachet• seats are plated on platfortn3 Abetre the Noel() floor. a cross -aisle and guard rail shall be provided at the front e such sections. Guard rails shall be as set forth in Section 3108. 1504.3 DIVISION 4t There shall be not less than two exits from every room or floor exceeding 450 square feet in area and titre separate and remote paths of egress horn every room or cotttpart= trent door. ti/heh such buildings are more than one story in height, exits shall be as set forth in Section 1304. 1504.4 DIVISION St (a) Structures located on the ground have not less than ttvo separate and remote laths of egress to a street or similar public space. (b) Structures or areas located on the roof of any Growls b), PP, or H occupancy shall have exits as set forth in Section 1304 ek- rept that where the gross floor area of such structure does not ek= reed 1000 square feet, one enclosed interior stairway or smolceproof tower which has a width of not less than 44 inches may serve as re' quired path of egress. 1504.5 DIVISION 7t Exits in agricultural buildings shalt be located so that no part of such building is more than 150 feet from ah exit. 1505 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 1505.1 DIVISION 1: Closed garages shall be provided with fixed louvers or screened openings through the exterior walls at or near asquare floor inchesvper motorear tehicle accommodated. a ich be not less than 1505.2 DIVISIONS 3 and 4t All portions, customarily used for humanoccupanct shall have light and ventilation as provided in Section 905. Exit and emergency lighting may be omitted when such occupancies are used only during daylight hours. 1506 ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS Type of Construction, andl bin Section 150nclosed as 4 and Chapter 31 for the 1507 FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 1507.1 GENERAL: (a) Automatic -sprinkler systems, fire ex- tinguishers and standpipes shall be as set forth in Chapter 38. (b) Chimneys, flues and vents shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 39. (e) Heat -producing apparatus shall be as set forth in Chap- ter 40. (d) The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 509 and other portions of this Code applicable thereto. (e) Electrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Part XI. 69 tt) ttansfottnet cults shall tie as aft feet Its Satirist 4%bf, (lt) "ihr str►ragtt of flammable materials tYrall Este as set Taft$ #h Chaptet 4t. 1861.2 AttatifttMENt DV DIVISION: (a) DIVISION It Where more than three motor vehicles aft~ staged in Oh enclosed NO - ate, such buildin shall be equipped Avittt art cittintttishet ot a it- tinguishers providing not Ic s than one unit of fire protection. Floors of Porte-corheres and car-portes attached to buildings of other occupancies ahrl (loots of enclosed Garages sltall be of ftoh= absorbent and incombustible ttratetial. A garage of Type 'l construction shall not be attached to, trot closer than ten feet from, a residence, and a garate of any other Type of Constfuction shall, when attached to a residential building, be separated therefrom by inrotnbustible thatetials of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction, The only openings perthitted its such fire separations shall be doors which shall not enter directly onto rooms for sieepintt 1►ut poses and %%hirh ► oots shall he protected on the vacate side ith hot less than 24-gauss, -hurt metal or ohs_+- fourth inch rit►id asbestos hoard and shall he equipped with auto - !tattle closers. Trap :loots to attic spares shall be fire -resistive. The floor of the main occupancy shall he not less than seven inches above the ttarairs floor. Where any garage, Porte-rochere ot ear -Porte is located under another occupancy, there shall be not less than ohe-hour fire-resistiv construction, separating such Group 4-1 occupancy from Group I occupancy and not less than two-hour fire -resistive construction sep- aration from all other occupancies. (6) DIVISION at The space under temporary structures of nivision ;i of Croup J shall not be used for any purpose whatsoever. yardthydr nts$hall be provided a combustible Fimaterials n Section 3806stored, 1508 PLUMI3ING AND SANITATION 1508.1 Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Part XII. 1508.2 Sanitation shall be as set forth in Section 512 except that the requirement for sanitary fixtures may be proportionately adjusted for relatively small occupant loads, where Sub -section 612.4 is not specific and where sanitary standards are suitably maintained. 1509 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS DIVISION 2: Isolated tanks for the storage of liquids ot gases radio towers, flag poles and similar structures may be constructed of unprotected steel or iron, and tanks for the storage of water Oh the roofs of buildings may be of wood or unprotected steel, enclosed with walls and roof as required for the building. 1510 MIXED OCCUPANCY Separation of Group 3 occupancies or divisions thereof from all other occupancies or divisions of occupancies shall be as specified in Chapter 5. TO PART ti► R f' WI MID O$ 'LOCATION SIN Mitt U trlPR its Plitt MIS IRi11 t t NERAL 1102 RR§t V flON IN Plitt ZONES 14A AND 1#I 180A ittAtnietiotiA IN P1RR ZONES 24 AND 2 1804 RES1`RtC?1ONM IN PtRR ZONES SA AND 3=1 MI GENERAL 1601,1 MAE ZONES REPINED: For the purpose of this Lode, the entire territory of. jurisdiction is hereby declared to be, and is Hereby established, n Fire District, Said Fire District shall oohs st of Fire tones 1-A, 141, 2,A, 2,14, :4-A and :341 An • legally cot, stituted governing authority within the area of jurisdiction of this code may allocate and/or reallocate by legal opotedurej all areas within its constituted limits as one or tnote of the tnbove `ire Uteri, 1601.2 BUILDINGS LOCATED IN MORE THAN ONE FIRE ZONE: A building or structure which is located partly in one Fire Zone and partly in another shall be considered to be in the more highly restricted Mire Zone, when more than one-third of its total floor area is located in such Zone. 1601.3 MOVED, BUILDINGS: .any building or structure moved within or into any Mire Zone shall be made to comply with all the requirements for new buildings in that Fire Zone, 1601.d TEMPORARY BUILDINGS: Temporary buildings such AS reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures conforming to the requirements of this Code, and sheds, canopies, or fenees used for the protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work, constructed of any suitable materials, may be erected by special permit from the Building Official for a limited period of time, and such buildings or structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of the time limit stated in such permits. 1601.5 ROOF COVERINGS: hoof coverings shall be required to be fire -retardant as set forth in Section :14t►1. 1601.6 ZONING REGULATIONS: Nothing in this chapter shall he construed to nullify applicable zoning regulations governing! materials or types of construction based on land use or location. 1602 RESTRICTIONS IN FIRE ZONES 1.A AND 1•B 1602.1 GENERAL: (a) No existing building or structure in Fire Zones 1-A or 1-11 that does not comply with the requirements for a new building erected therein shall hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled, repaired or moved except as follows: (1) Such building may be entirely demolished. (2) Such building may he moved outside the limits of Fire Zone 1-A or 1-11 to a zone where the building meets the minimum standards. (3) Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 1 -month period the value of the work does not. exceed 20 percent of the value of the existing building, and provided that such changes do not add' additional combustible material, and do not, in the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard, 71 ed building by fire nt thereto tset fuoIrlthbin fAnh- a ttroth .2k ti!�l it 8 barnatre from fire or windstorm may t, repaired, using t tre same iriaterittis of which the building or sttruet it. eottstrttet afot1de el t o coosst of theh tut stir halsl acl notu Xceed 2f1 ie°e'itt stru(bed of ei con;abu signs intr ire zones 1-A and 1-4 shaft be emir 1802.2 SPi tl ` C RI i UIRtMIrN?S VOR MAE ZONE 14, h.•et building hereafter erected in Fire gone 1-A shall be of Type 1 eot .teuction, of shall be or 11 or Type 111 construction,and of incombustible materials hat•inj't not less that; one -hour fitrelresistit'e protection; except that open sheds attached to, and located outside of, the main exterior walls of a building otherwise complying With this Sub -section :.;at be erected z'f exposed incombustible ttlateriais, provided that such shed does not e+:reed 400 square feet in Arent nor 10 percent or the area of the building to which it is attached, 1602.3 SP brie REQUIREMENTS POR 11It1r ZONE 1.E. (a) Every building hereafter erected in Fire gone 1-13 shall be of Type 1 construction, or of Tye 11 construction subject to the follott•- ink+ limitations: (1) 13uildink,s, except of Group F. occupancy, shall be limited in height and number of stories as set forth in the following. tablet typr 11 No. Marie' 14 Height 1 no ft. t)II ft. Iluilinta for Group I occupancy shall be limited to 111 stories or 1011 feet. (2) The maximum allowable areas within fire divisions shall be as set forth in the following, table: Group of Occupancy A It 11 1•: CT 11 1 .l Area Type 1 Not Limited Not Limited Not L.itnited Not Limited 100100 Sq. Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited (Mishit) 4 1 Not Limited Prr Floor Type 11 Not Allowed 10,tt01 Sq. Ft. 1 n,t►nn $q. Ft. 10,t►nn sq. Ft. 7,511t► Sq. Ft. 1!,on0 Sq. Ft. 1.5,000 Sq. Ft. 10,000 Sq. Ft. 1 b,t►nu Sq. Pt. 111,111n1 sq. Ft, Allowable areas tabulated above are for buildings facing on one street. The area of fire division- of buildings located with public streets on two sides may he increased 25 percent, and with public streets on three or more sides, may be increased 50 percent. No increases shall be permitted because of the installation of sprinkler :•\•-tl'nts or other special fire protective devices. 7" (l) The trtaltttnuYtt ttittal etlstnttcrt both telly poirft tit ttftdItitted xritteesrim* that be its r1 t h in the ftrl ih table lkh ttt! Tt'Ib}Mt ILTtE Wimp at tt3ecalia rt> ty)ti i A 1 So Pt. 11 1 rr0`t. t' i 0 Pt, n Pt. go Pt. too Pt. fi lon Vt. tI so t••t. SO Pt, J (Division 4) SO Ft. Matifitaitl girt !bootee type ft Not AIlotved Do Pt. on Pt. 'Pi Pt. To Pt. It1) t•'t. no Pt. n Pt. t► Pt. i O rt. The provisions of t'atagraph 310I.2(k) shall apply. (b) No reduction in the fire resistive standards for exterior walls or structural frame will be allowed because of distance separa' tions. (c) Apartment units having an area greater than 400 square feet, and all apartment units having separated sleeping rooms, shall have two remote means of egress from the unit, (d) No incinerators shall be permitted. 1603 RESTRICTIONS iN rift ZONES 2•A Ant 2.13 1603.1 GENERAL: (a) No existing building or structure in Fire Zones 2•A or 2-11 that does not comply with the requirements for a new building erected therein shall hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled, repaired or moved except as follows: (1) Such building may be entirely demolished. (2) Such building may be moved outside the limits of Fire Zones 2-A or 2.11 to a zone where it meets the minimum standards. (3) Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12 month period the value of the work does not exceed 21) percent of the value of the existing building, and provided that such changes do not add additional combustible materials, and do not, in the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard. (4) Additions thereto shall be separated from the existing build- ing by a fire wall as set forth in Sub -section 506.2. (5) i)amage from fire or windstorm may be repaired using the. same materials of which the building or structure was constructed, provided the cost of such repairs shall not exceed 20 percent of the replacement cost of the building or structure. (b) Fences and signs in Fire Zones 2-A and 2-Ii shall be con- structed of incombustible materials. 1603.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ZONE 2•A: Every building hereafter erected in Fire Zone 2-A shall be of Type 1, Type 1i or Type i11 (protected ) construction, except as follows: (a) A building of Group N or 1 occupancy, or of Group F occu- pancy having a distance separation of not Tess than :in feet may be of Type 11i (unprotected) construction provided such building does not exceed 1tOo square feet in area, or may be of Type IV or Type V construction provided such building does not exceed 11)00 square feet in area. 73 tb) A hoitillot tot Ohm J treettfothey rnn' 1* tit itht trite ronstttrrttoh pettni tt d by this toile. (t) ripen sheds tinselled to and Invaded outside of the Mien e*teriot walls or it iltiiiding t thetwIse etmpt$ing with this Sub-settit May be etected of eltpnsed ihcohrbustlhle materials titorided such shied doer hot weed lttttt► stluare feet In area trot 2ft 11ePtt ht of 'the itteti of the building to which it is aittleted. 4'0 .3 SP ttPilr RR Ui11t i1�lt;ttil'S It'3R tint tom list 6) livety buildin hereafter t Pected in Vitt Lone 2-b shall he tbf TY ie 1, °flpe 11, o1 Type 111 (protected) eonstruetion, subject tit site folloit•ing ilmitatiohs: 1) 6•11e 1 and 'type 11 buildings shall be limited in height and hum et of stories as set forth in Sub -section IGt12.8(a) t 1), T 1* 111 (protected) buildings shall be limited to 2 stories and to 8tt feet in height. (2) The tnaximunr allowable areas within fire ditisions for Type 1 and Type 11 buildings shall be as set forth in Sub -paragraph 11;02.3(a)(2). The maximum allowable areas within fire divisions lop Type 111 (protected) buildings shall be its set forth in the folio*, ink► table: Otoup of Area per fiem, C)etuI *fly type 111 (protested) A Not Allowed tt Not Allowed Woo So. Pt. 11 icnno ; q. Pt. Not Allowed Sot Allowed tt Not Allowed 11 t►ni► Stl. I't. 1 ; tun Sy. 1't. .1 ( Division 4):item Allowable areas tabulated above are for buildings facing on one street. The area of fire divisions of buildings located with public streets on two sides may he increased 25 percent, and with public streets on three or more sides may he increased 6n percent, No increases shall he permitted because of the installation of sprinkler systems or other special fire protective devices. 3) The maximum travel distance. from any point in undivided spaces, or from a room door in divided spaces, to an exit from the floor, for Type 1 and Type 11 buildings shall be as set forth in Sub- paragraph 1602.30001). l''or Type 111 (protected) buildings, the maximum travel distance shall he as set forth in the following table: Group of Maximum Travel Distance Occupancy Type 111 (protected) A Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed �.nt) Ft. 1) 50 Ft, Not Allowed 1; Not Allowed Not Allowed 11 60 Ft. 1 GO Ft. .1 ( Division 4 ► t;Q Ft. 74 e tit* ttahlttive Pita tat *fill bof structuraltMutton n *ill he it loired t es u a s Attu �t tet1i! petit&: tiehs. (t) : tattment units hat�iha ah fifes grentet than 4tm squarefeet, and all apartment units hating sepafattd sleeping rooms, shall have two 'remote means of egtess from the unit. CO The mihimum size of chotd members of prefabricated wood trusses :shall he 2 inches by ti inches. (s) No incinerators shall he permitted. 1804 NPStRlCttONS IN 'tut tON1 S 3 A AND MD Mitt NR3TRICTUONS IN Mitt 2ONt:; 3.At Any building complying with the requirements of this rode may be erected, eon. strutted or moved into Fite Zone 3, 1804.2 RR8TRtCTIONS IN PIRR 2ONt; Rjft (a) et building hereafter erected ih Fire Zone 8-11 shall be of 1 % Type 1, Type 11, Type 111 (protected) or of Type V construction subject tot e following limitations! (1) Type 1 and Tape 11 buildings shall be limited ih hei ht mid numer of stories as set forth in Sub -section 1(102.3 (a) (1), Tye 111 (protected) buildings shall be limited in height and number of stories as set forth in Sub -section 1ti08.8(a)(1). Type V buildings Shall be limited to 2 stories and to 80 feet in height, (2) The maximum fire divisions allowable tor Type t and Type 11 buildings shall be as set forth in Sub -section 1t102.3(n) (�2). The maximum fire divisions allowable for Type 111 (protected) buildings shall be as set forth ih Sub -section 1.103.3(0(2). The Maximum fire divisions for Type V buildings shall be 800() square feet, with no increase allowed for the installation of sprinkler systems or other special fire protective devices. (3) The ed spaces. or from a tooth door travelmum distance from in divided spaces, any point tan exit from ithe floor, for Type 1 and Type 1) buildings shall be as set forth in Sub- section 1602.3(a)(31t and for Type itl (protected) buildings shall be as set forth in Sub -section 1608.3(a)(3). For Type V buildings the maximum travel distance shall be CO feet. (b) No reduction in fire resistive standards for exterior walls or structural frame will be allowed because of distance separation, (c) The minimum size of wood studs used in the exterior walls shall be 2 inches bt• 6 inches, spaced 1n inches on centers. The mini- mum site of chord members of prefabricated wood trusses shall be 2 inches by ti inches. (d) No incinerators shall be permitted. 96 PART V ITM OP totatittiates CIIAPTU it CLAI rP1CA?IO 1r TINS OP CONSTRUCTION MI CLASSIFICATION 1t02 tX1St1Nf $U1L fll s 17d1 CLASSIFICATION 1701.t The requirements of Part V are minimum for the "ari= ous 'Types of Construction and are intended to represent Varying degrees of public safety and resistance to fire. rot the purpose this Code, Type I shall be deemed to be the Most fire -resistive and Type V the least fire -resistive Type of Construction. 1701.2 All buildings and structures shall be classified by the Building Official into one of the 'Types of Construction set forth ih Chapters 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22. In order that a building or strtt& tune may be classified in any specific Type of Construction, it is necessary that all the requirements for that Type shall be at least equalled. 1'f01.3 No building or portion thereof shall be required to con, form to the details of a Type of Construction higher than that Type which meets the minimum requirements based on "Location in Fire in featuresiof such rt bu building actuallyor yconfoim tolit) higher Tyven pe of h Cott struction. 1701.4 Where specific materials, types of construction or fire, resistive protection are required, such requirements shall be the minimum requirements, and any materials, types of construction or fire -resistive protection which will afford equal or greater public safeor to orresistance to fie as specified 4in this Code may be used, a 1701.E When two or more Types of Construction occur in the same building and are separated as required in Chapter 6, each porr, tion so separated may be classified as of the Type of Construction to which it conforms; otherwise, ,the whole building shall be class!• fied as of the least fire -resistive Type of Construction used and shall be subject to the restrictions imposed upon that Type. 1702 EXISTING BUILDINGS An existing building which by its construction cannot be defi- nitely classed as of Type I, II, III, IV or V as defined in this Part shall be deemed, for the purpose of this Code, to belong to the least fire -resistive of the two Types to which it most nearly conforms. 76 CHAPTER 18 TEE 1 111110114111 tttlrikiiiilttstivil 1801 DEFINITION 1802 GENERAL 1805 STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 1804 WALLA AND PARTITIONS 1 NO MOORS 1800 ROM ISO/ ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS i808 STAIRWAYS 1805 DOORS AND WINDOWS 1810 PROJ€CTIGNS PROM THE BUILDING 1811 ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLiGHTS 1812 COME US?IBL& MATERIALS REGULATED 1801 DEFINITION The structural frame of Type 1 buildings or structures shall be of steel or reinforced concrete; and walls, permanent partitions, roofs and floors shall be of incombustible fire -resistive construction. 1802 GiNRRAL 1802.1 Allowable height and area shall be as specified in port tit. 1802.2 Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Part VI. 1802.3 Required fireproofing shall be as specified in Chap- ter 37. 1803 STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK The primary structural framework shall be of not less than the following fire -resistive construction: (a) For buildings more than eight stories or 100 feet in height: exterior frame four hours, interior game three hours. (b) For buildingseight stories or 100 feet or less in height: exterior frame three hours, interior frame two hours. (c) EXCEPTION: For buildings eight stories or 100 feet or less .in height, exterior frame may have the fire -resistance as set forth for exterior walls in Sub -section 1804.1 but not less than two hours for buildings which exceed four stories or 50 feet nor less than one hour for buildings not exceeding four stories or 50 feet. 1804 WALLS AND PARTITIONS Distance separations shall be measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line of a contiguous lot or any build- ing on the same lot. Where a building line varies by the use of the land, the building line of a contiguous lot shall be taken as that for the use which requires the least set back from the property line but in no case taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. 1804.1 (a) Main exterior walls shall be of incombustible four- hour fire -resistive construction except as follows: (1) Sheds and similar one-story appurtenances not exceeding 1500 square feet in area, attached to and outside the main walls of Groups F, G, H, and I Occupancies, may have the exterior walls uttitted nt of usPreitetteti inerittibuStite co th,etUfl *hettth ttrptifterthileti hits giStithee Stslififiktith et tali fetit at thee, (2) Main ettetior bearing Wails 04 buildittga ot Oettirmittot Otter than Grout 1, having n distance separation of More thfili ten feet May be of three-hout fire.resistire enssittietiOti wild *tote Itatt. iti rt Aistithee sePtiratist of MOM thith 20 feet may be of She -hour fire-tbsistitt ebtistrigtibit, (2) Main c*terior tont/eating walls of buildings 110t Otenpalities other than firm* E, having n distance separation of more than fire feet May be of three-Mut fire,tesistive construction afid *bete bat= a distance separation of More than ten feet may be of two-hotit fire.resistive construction and Where havingn distance separation of more than 20 feet may be of one -bout fire-resistito constrUctiOti. (a) Main exterior walls of buildings for other than arm* Occupancy havinga distance separatioh of 30 feet may be of Uttpt& tected incombustible construction with no limit on the area of open, ings, or such walls may be omitted. (t) Main exterior walls of buildings used for parking gouts shall be of not less than two-hour fire -resistive construction except that walls having a distance separation of 16 feet or mote shall be of incombustible materials or may be omitted as provided in Sub- paragraph 1804.1 (b) (4). (1,) Openings in main exterior walls shall be as follows: (1) Walls having a distance separation of less than five feet, or walls,_.except on street fronts, which are less than five feet from the building line of a contiguous lot, shall have to openings. (2) Openings in walls of buildings other than Group E Occu- pancy having a distance separation of from five to ten feet shall be protected by fire -resistive doors or windows and the total area Of openings in any story shall be limited to 30 percent with no single opening more than ten percent of such wall area and walls having a distance separation of more than ten feet but less than 30 feet shall be protected by ordinary doors or windows not exceeding 60 percent of the wall arca in any story. (3) Openings in walls of buildings of Group t Occupancy hay. ing a distance separation from five to 30 feet shall be protected by fire -resistive doors and windows and the total area of openings in any story shall be limited to 20 percent (4) Openings in walls of buildings used for parking garages having a distance separation of from five to 15 feet shall be pro tected by fire -resistive doors and windows and the area of such openings shall not exceed 50 percent of the wall area in any story and where having a distance separation of 15 feet or more shall be protected by ordinary doors and windows provided that where, in the opinion of the Building official. a fire hazard or noise or light nuisance is not thereby created, the Building Official mar waive or vary the enclosure and opening protection requirements for walls having a distance separation of 11; feet or more, (e) Buildings having exterior walls without openings shall be provided with access panels along street fronts or walls otherwise accessible for fire -fighting entrance to the building as follows: (1) Access panels shall be in every story up to and including the sixth. (2) Not less than one opening shall be located in each access- ible wall and additional openings shall be provided so there shall be not more than 250 feet horizontally between such openings. (3) Access panels or openings shall be identified and easily openable. The sill height above the floor level served shall be not more than 34 inches and the openings shall be not less than 36 inches wide by 72 inches high. 78 11t14:2 Vitt Wills altatl tee it tit* fittluttwt NI Ito- tittittifi tfi *firer b. DNA ttitetiar beating *fills shad be thre*-bOtir #il-f1+§istftl constrnEtf h. 11164.4 P'artitiohs shall be tiro -gout fife-tesistive corstrttetierti, eitcept that partition dividing rank/haof officts, MOM of Attila! plates occupied by one tenant &hip may he eetnstructed of a a 4, pie= tided the space, ohs-guattetz of the floor -to -telling height, as trteatA tired down from the ceiling shall be open of of opaque of tranaltta cent, incombustible material, oP such partitions may be of the - bustible or one -hour fire-t'esim stii a construction. 114113 PLOORS 1863.1 MATERIALS: (a) Moot systems shall be of Dianna bustible materials. Cellular and/or corrugated steel floor deck sys - tems may be used for buildings of any number of stories and sun systems shall have a minimum thief Ness of li3 U.S. standard gage. For buildings exceeding eight stories or 100 feet, no open -Web steel joists shall be used, no steel secondary framing members shall be fabricated from shapes having a thickness less t an three -sixteenths inch, no pre -cast concrete nmmhers shall be used, and no pouted-ih= place slabs less than two and one-half inches thick on pans or two inches thick on filled -in -tile shalt be used. (b) Where wood floors are laid over concrete slabs, the spate between the floor slab and the underside of the finish floor shall be filled with incombustible materials. 1808.2 1 iREPROOFiNG: Floors for buildings more than tight stories or 100 feet in height shall be of not less than three-hour fire - resistive construction, and for buildings eight stories or 100 feet or less in height shall be of not less than two-hour fire resistive con- struction. 1806 ROOFS 1806.1 MATERIALS: Roof systems shall be of incombustible materials. Cellular and/or corrugated steel roof deck systems may be used for buildings of any number of stories and such systems shall have a minimum thickness of 20 U.S. standard gage. For build- ings exceeding eight stories or 100 feet, no open -web steel joists shall be used, no steel secondary framing members shall be fabricated from rolled shapes having a thickness of not less than three -sixteenths inch, no pre -cast concrete members shall be used and no poured -in - place slabs less than two and one-half inches thick on pans or two inches thick on filled -in -tile shall be used. 1806.2 FIREPROOFING: Roofs for buildings more than eight stories or 100 feet in height shall be of not less than three-hour fire - resistive construction, and for buildings eight stories or 100 feet or less in height shall be of not less than taro -hour fire -resistive con- struction, except: (a) Roofs, where every part of the structural framework is 20 feet or more above any part of any floor, baloney, or gallery, need not be fireproofed. (b) Roofs, where every part of the structural framework is more than 15 feet and less than 20 feet above any part of any floor, balcony orgallery, shall be protected by a ceiling of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. 1806.3 ROOF COVERINGS: Roof coverings shall be fire -re- tardant and as specified in Chapter 34. 1806.4 ROOF DRAINAGE: Roof drainage and the disposal of rain water shall be as specified in Part XII. ?! 18b►R i ruititto SPACES ABOVE A t tttfiltlt Arent il!tx'dt- tics, hot less than lit inches by An inches, shall be •Ottteided to el spaces above a futred ceiling having a rnlnitnurn tettleal distdfl of 36 inches. Such access scuttles shall he Irani to ntnan spaces Birth as cortidots and no part of .such Putted space shall be tnrrte than lfth feet ffotn an access scuttle. t 0? EPICLO URt OP VERTICAL OPENIN11S Enclosure of vettieal openings shall be of incoeitbustible fnaj tetials and hot less than one -hour fire -resistive con.stttiuction and inhere such openings exceed eight square feet in at+en shalt be of not less then two-hour fire -resistive construction, with fife-tesistiVe doors and/ot windows. 1808 STAIRWAYS 1808.1 Stairways shall be as required in Pait Ili and Chap- ter :31. 180R.2 Stairs, stait platforms, treads and risers shall be con- structed of invombustih1e materials. tnprotected steel or iron stilt - ways may he used only when enclosed. 1809 DOOMS AND WINDOWS 1809.1 Moors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely prohib- ited as set forth in this Chapter, Chapter 31, or in Occupancy, Part. III. 1809.2 Doors and windows shall not project over public prop- erty or restricted areas except as provided in Chapter 30. 1810 PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING cantilevering projections outside of the main exterior walls of the building shall be of incombustible construction and fire -resistive as specified in this Chapter. One-story porches or canopies outside of the main exterior walls of the building, or marquees, shall be constructed of incombustible materials. Architectural projections shall be limited as set forth in Chap- ter :30. 1811 ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS 1811.1 Towers, pylons, masts, signs, and similar structures above a roof, when not enclosed, shall be of incombustible materials. 1811.2 Roof structures, including hulkheaded areas, shall be lim- ited in total combined area to 30 percent of the area of the roof, Alai! extend not more than 50 feet above the roof and any enclosure having a floor area of more than 15 square feet, shall be constructed as required for the main portion of the building. 1811.3 Minor roof structures having an area of 15 square feet feet or less, housing ventilating shafts or similar openings shall be constructed of incombustible materials. 1811.4 Water storage tanks and cooling towers may be of wood. 1811.5 Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallons shall not be located over stairways or elevators. 1811,6 Skylights shall be constructed of incombustible materials, and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire -resistive, h0 filth less th 1�� igfit remitted Frto re . b iwiAii+ii o loti4"f`� E flit 13118 Where the pttblie has erects to reef gym. a 1 1i not less than 36 1r ehes above the teebhst ble ',retitled t� 611 opeI wells of shafts and at all exterior malls. 1e13 tOMIUST1BLt IVIA1tf1AU R'EC,1ULATtl) Combustible tfuatetifIs shall be petrnitted rot the following Uses unless otherwise specifically prohibited 1812.1 Shoat w ndow bulkheads shall be of incombustible mAter- ials, but show cases and other movable appurtenances of etO es tir other buildings may be of wood. 1612.8 'film, picture molds, furniture and permanent seats, chair tails, wainscotting, baseboards, handrails, shots -window backing, temporary partitions as provided in Sub -section 1804,6, floor finishes and sleepers rosy be of combustible materials. Wood doors of tiro. dogs or frames may be used except where fire -resistive protection is required. 1812,3 Loading platforms for warehouses, freight depots and similar buildings may be of heavy titnber construction With Wood floors not less than one and fire -eighths inches thick. Stith Wood construction shall not be carried through the exterior walls. 1812.4 Innterinr finishe$ shall he as set forth in section fti 1n, CHAPTER 19 TYPE 11 BUILDINGS (Serrri•PIre.Resisiive) teo1 DEFINITION 1902 GENERAL 1903 STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 1904 WALLS AND PARTITIONS 1905 FLOORS 1906 ROOFS 1907 ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 1908 STAIRWAYS 1909 DOORS AND WINDOWS 1910 PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 1911 ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS 1912 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS REGULATED 1901 DEFINITION The structural frame of Type 1I buildings or structures shall be of steel or reinforced concrete; and the exterior walls, interior bear- ing walls, and walls enclosing vertical openings shall be of incom- bustible fire -resistive construction. Permanent partitions, floors and roofs shall be of fire -resistive construction but may be of combustible materials as regulated herein. 1902 GENERAL 1902.1 Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Part III except as otherwise set forth herein. aI iSIM.31 Lamb. . alnd trtaterial et rt ses!!1 vill b9 i to fled tfi Pitt f J0Q.3 Requirtrd tit ` iriu'tirigI�st`Vaii 'btt► #� 5tt tt ith ifs thfi igti3 stn eI iRAL rnAmtwoftx The primate structuial framework shall he of hot less tr,ialh ttr hour fire -resistive construction for Members in exterior walls acid of hot less than one -hour fire -resistive construetiofi of tnetnbe s (if the interior frame except that trrembers in the exterior walls tray hate the fire protection set forth itt Sub,seetioiti 1904.1 Mite *here exceeding one -store in height, shall be of hot less than tine -bout fire, resistive construction. 1964 WALLS AMb PAR?i?IONg 1904.1 Exterior walls shall be as set forth in Sub -section 1804.1, 1904.2 Fire walls shall be of the fire -resistive rating as required Ira Chapter 5. 1904.3 interior bearing walls shall be of incombustible one -hour fire -resistive construction. 1904.4 Partitions shall be of not less than one=hour fire-resis, tive construction, except that partitions dividing portions of offices, stores or similar places occupied by one tenant only may be con, strutted of wood, provided the space, one -quarter of the floorto• ceiling height as measured down from the ceiling, shall be open Or of opaque or translucent incombustible materials, or such partitions may be of incombustible materials, 1909 FLOORS 1905.1 MATERIALS: (a) Floors shall be of incombustible materials except that for buildings not exceeding three stories in height, wood joists may be used for spans not exceeding 16 feet clear distance between supports, (b) Wood joists shall not be used to support roncrete and ce• ment-hase tile or terrazzo floor surfaces other than for bathrooms of less than lust square feet in area. (c) Spaces under a ground floor shall have the clearance and ventilation as set forth in Paragraph 2907.3 tbl. access openings shall be provided to all .space under the building. 1905.2 FIREPROOFING: Floors and all parts thereof shall be not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction, except that where the space under a ground floor has clearance of less than three feet, such fire protection for the ground floor may be omitted, 1906 ROOFS 1906.1 MATERIALS: hoofs shall be of incombustible materials except that for buildings not exceeding three stories in height, wood joists may be used for spans not exceeding 16 feet dear distance be- tween supports. 1906.2 FIREPROOFING: Roofs and all parts thereof shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction, except as follows: (a) Roofs where every part of the structural framework is 20 feet or more above any part of any floor, balcony or gallery, need not be fireproofed except that in Fire Zone 1 there shall be no un- protected combustible materials. �"1 eett (b) Wes cif One-story eilfti sus rtot more Nth /tS pe ettelooed by balls, trot of Wilt* oteolioney, *ftd ftl oritich tmi distant* to the nearest exit tlefes not exceed 40 fret► Bey bie ring 'otetted ifieotrrbnatibte Materiels. lgo&.a ROOP COVtRifi6S► Roof cob1*titr a shell b fit -are• taraeht and as specified in Chapter 34. 1900.4 RODP DRAINAll€t fttrof drainage and the elitirstal et rain water shall be as specified in tart Nit. t ob.S ATTIC SPACES: Attic spaces shell not be required, but where attic spaces are provided such space shall have a ttrfniffittre vertical dimension of 18 inches cleat distantly and Orate tit areas combustibleexceeding material 2500 exposed, re feett. Aecess seuttlebe divided) by a -ms nott 1ess,t fl areas hot 1E'► ihrhes by 3t► inches shall be prot•rdc�d til all attrt: spates. access scuttles shall be from common spaces such as corridors, and 1113 part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an ae@est seuttle. 190/ ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPi;NINt1S 19ott Enclosure of vertical openings shall be incombustible ma- terials and where such openings exceed eight square feet in area shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction with fireire. sistive doors and/or windows, 190'i.2 Sheet metal used for vent shafts shall be of not leas than 24-gage with locked or riveted seams and joints. Such metal shafts shall be kept at least three inches clear of any combustible materials plasterboard port onefourth inch sas sbe. tos, andesuch ssh f nshalivb afire -stopped around the outside at each floor and/or ceiling throu b which they pass with incombustible materials opro r grly supported. All doors into shafts which are eight square feet al theashaftshall side with not less than one-fourth- cor may heasbestosPatndctmetal. bound, and all windows into such shafts shall be of wire glass. 1908 STAIRWAYS 1908.1 Stairways shall be as required in fart 111 and Chapter 19t'. _ , Star-. stair platforms, treads and risers shall be ton. rue,. ' incombustible materials. Lnprotected steel or iron stair• t. a,�•. , r n44.11 onl . when enclosed. 1909 DOORS AND WINDOWS 1909.1 Doors. windows and similar openings in exterior walls fire waliK and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely pI art to « .et forth in this Chapter, Chapter Al, or in Occupancy, 1902.2 Doors and windows shall not project over public prop- erty or restricted areas except as provided in Chapter 36. 1910 PROJECTIONS FROM 711E BUILDING Cantilevering projections outside of the main exterior walls of the building shall be of incombustible construction and fire -resistive as specified in this Chapter. One-story ormarquees,es or pies shall berde of constructed of incombustible main exterior walls of the building, , materials. Architectural projections rha1l be limited as set forth in Chapter :16. :31. bs 1,1 t STRUrrtfittl Mt S1 l t#1b 1911,1 trwetst ritiontii rha , sighs, rittrtr a t"o f, *het hot etthried, shall be of ieetvbtistible that rii lisi heel sttttetures eittehditig Mete thah 25 feet abate the roof Or Meet tftt Oars 100 atlttilrre feet in sits thali be iturtiortd to the Mind bpi *h itit!otnbustible frathe. 19112 hoof structures, itstlutling bulkheaded areas, shall be 1it� Red ih total i'ombined arta to 30 petted of the area of the PM, shall extend hot tnote than 20 feet above the allowiabie h fight, is any enelostire having a floor sties of more than 15 gtiare Feet *hall be constructed as rtygtiired for the mach portion Off the building, 1911,9 Minor reef structures hating an area of 15 s state feet or lest, housing ventilating Shafts or similar openings shall be 'soh. strutted of incombustible materials, 1911,4 Water storage tanks and cooling towers may be of %Wood, 1911,9 Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallons thrill not be located over stairways or elevators. 1911.6 Skylights shall be constructed of incombustible trtaterials, and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire resistive, 1911.? (a) Parapets shall be required on exterior walls except where the roof is of incombustible, fire resistive construction, (b) Parapets shall be not less than 20 itches above the roof immediately adjacent thereto where located 20 feet or less from the building line of a contiguous lot or any building on the same lot, and shall be constructed as set forth in Chapter 27 or Section 1904, (e) Where required to control rain water runoff, a curb not less than eight inches in height shall be provided where parapets are not required. 1911.9 Where the public has access to roof areas, a guard rail not less than 39 inches above the roof shall be provided around all open wells or shafts and at all exterior wails, 1912 GOMEUSTIRLE MATERIALS REGULATED 1912.1 Combustible materials shall be permitted except where specifically prohibited in this Chapter or in Occupancy, Part 111t, 1912.2 Combustible insulating materials, other than a vapor barrier not exceeding .064 incites in thickness, shall not be permitted in concealed spaces. 1912.3 Loading platforms for warehouses, freight depots and similar buildings may be of heavy timber construction, with wood floors not less than one and five -eighths inches thick. Such wood construction shall not be carried through the exterior walls. 1912.4 Interior finishes shall be as set forth in Section 3710. h4 CHAPTIR P fi E 111 11111LD lfd% terightery tile*eeu y) root mrtmittDN 2002 tENERAL 2t10a STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 2004 WALLS AND PARTITIONS 2005 FLOORS 2000 ROOFS 200? ENCLOSURE OP VERTICAL OPENINGS 200s STAIRWAYS 200s DOORS AND WINDOWS 2010 PROJECTIONS PROM THE BUILDING 2011 ROOP MIXTURES 2012 COMBUSTIBLES MATERIALS REGULATED 2001 DEEMNI?ION 2001.1 (a) Type 111 buildings or structures shall hate an exterior structural frame of steel or reinforced concrete; or shall have exterior loadhearing walls of incombustible, fire -resistive coh• struetion. (b) Type 111 buildings or structures shall have an interior structural frame of steel. reinforced concrete, wood, or interior load- bearing walls of incombustible materials or wood. (t) Partitions, floors anti roof framing may be of wood. 2001.2 (a) Type 111 (protected) buildings shall have all interior hearing partitions, walls. ceilings and floors of not less than one -hour fire-resistant construction. except that the fire_ proteetiot► of floors mat• he omitted as specified in Sub -section 20U5.2. (b) Type 111 (unprotected) buildings nto• have interior walls, ceilings and floors of unprotected steel and wood or concrete. interior hearing walls shall he fire protected as specified in Sub -section 2004.3. Floors shall be fire protected as specified in Sub -section •loo5.2. 2002 GENERAL 2002.1 Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Part 2002.2 Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Part Vt. 2002.3 Required fireproofing shall be as specified in Chapter 37. 2003 STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 2003.1 MATERIALS: (a) Unless specifically designed as a structural frame with panel walls, the exterior walls shall be consid- ered as Toad -bearing and shall be constructed of masonry or rein- forced concrete. When designed as a structural frame, the materials of construction of the exterior structural framework shall be of structural steel or reinforced concrete. (b) The interior structural support shall be of steel, reinforced concrete, wood, or interior bearing walls of incombustible materials or wood studs. 2003.2 FIREPROOFING: (a) Fireproofing shall be as re- quired in Part ITT, Occupancy, or in this Chapter, or in Chapters 39 and 40, and, where required, or where otherwise referred to in this rode is being ftf0t twit the ertrattttt*t ftle/IttiblIfit er stiffs ?t tt be of het less thttitt Terre -hour fit0-tesiatit'e raf 4tttittiot pxcetit thfrt tnpthbe s in thre eittetiot wails shell haft ti?rr5 pretet~'tioll ite3 s> t forth ih Sub -stale 2004.1. (b) Al) steel thetnbets sapptfltitig tnas0nty in builditigS oeer one story in height shall be fire -protected tt-tth not less than ohe- hour fire -resistive construction, te) Iteavy-tirnbet structures, deslated and e0htttuettd a5 en forth ih Sub -section 2003.3 shall he considettrd the equivalent of 000, hour fire -resistive tstotectioh. 2003.a itAitY=TIMIlRR StRUetURI S: (a) Ail wood col= umns in such structural franca shall be directly superimposed, otte otiose the other with no girders or bolster:: between columns, and shall he prodded frith reinforced concrete, steel or Cast-iron °caps, pihtles or base plates, or be connected by timber splice blocks fastened to celur.iris by connectors or by bolts housed within the contact faces. No gout) column shall be less than eight inches nominal in its least dimension; no beam or girder shall be less than six inches nominal in its least dimension, nor less than Is square inches nominal ih cross-section area: no joist or rafter or purlin shall be less than three inches nominal in dimension; and no .rood roof truss or arch -framing member .shall be less than four inches nominal in least dimension, except that top and bottom chords of trusses tiny be built up of two so- more elements of not less than three inches nominal thickness srh'on the space between such elements is either solidly filled or is tightly closed for the full length on the underside thereof with a wood corer plate of tyro -inch nominal thickness. (b) Where adjoining ends of girders and beams meet at col- umns, they shall be closely fitted and cross -tied by approved rein- forced concrete, steel or iron post cups or metal straps, or shall be inter -tied with columns by through -bolted wood bor el and splice blocks or side bolsters with load transferred by connectors housed within the contacting faces or by bolts, Approved wall plates, boxes ur hangers shall be provided where wood beams, girders or trusses rest on masonry or concrete walls. (c) Floors shall be not less than three -inches -nominal thickness and roofs shall be not less than two -inches -nominal thickness, ancd both floors and roofs shall be splined or tongue -and -grooved. 2004 WALLS ANb PARTITIONS 2004.1 Exterior walls shall be as set forth in Sub.section 1804.1. 2004.2 Fire walls shall be of incombustible materials and shall be of fire -resistive ratings as required in Chapter 6. 2004.3 Interior bearing walls and partitions shall be of incotn- hustible materials or of wood studs, and for Type lit (protected) buildiI%t , or for Type ili (unprotected) buildings where supporting upper floors or where adjacent to common paths of egress, shall be of one -hour fire -resistive construction. 2005 FLOORS 2005.1 MATERIALS: (a) Floors shall be of incombustible ,Materials or wood. (b) Wood joists shall not be used to support concrete and ce- rnent-base tile or terrazzo floor surfaces other than for bathroom of less than 100 square feet in area. (e) Wood post and girder construction shall not be permitted for a ground floor and spaces under ground floors shall have the clearance and ventilation as set forth in Paragraph 2907.3 (b). Access openings shall be provided to all space under the building. Ss e '\ Prim 1 f.>lt Rt m : l�rl =. `lt l � isll tts t et llf bttildittgs shell b of fig 1es§ thenOtte-itt t rre-tesistii ''eatth `e eat ept t tfat i *here t Mend fleet +iMt cl lit tri llstl thith e i� mom Mitt MA'I'RRIM, : Roots shall be of irieatttbustible fl'1 1i#i' lads or wood. g000.2 PIRRPRO ►PING Roofs and all Darts tht'rrit � tected Type ill biiildtf ieeated in Fire Donee 1 and 2, mild WV*. toed and all parts thereof of protected Type III buildings shall be of fiat less than one -hour fire -resistive construction except as (allows: (a) hoofs, *bore every part of the structural fratt►ewotls it id feet taatrtiny part floor, of May Materials or or tiny mb, cfii nunprotected tion 2003.3. (1,) hoofs of one-story open sheds not more than lb percent enclosed by walls, not of Group i'i oectipattc;;', and in which the travel distance to the neatest exit does not exceed 40 feet, may be of utt= protected combustible materials Wept that in Fire Zones 1 and 2 such roof shall be of unprotected Weptincomm bustible aterials or protected combustible materials. 2006.3 ROOP COVERINGS: hoof coverings shalt be fire -re- tardant and as specified hi Chapter 34. 2006.4 ROOF bItAMNAG : hoof drainage and the disposal of rain water shall be as specified itt fart XII. 2006.5 ATTIC SPACES: Attic spaces shall hot be required, but where attic spaces are provided such spaces shall have a ininimunt vertical dimension of 18 inches clear distance and where unprotected combustible material is exposed, shall be divided by fire stops into areas not exceeding 2,500 square feet. Access scuttles shall be from common spaces such as corridors, and no part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an access scuttle. 200/ ENCLOSURE Or VERTICAL OPENINGS Enclosures of vertical openings shall be incombustible materials and, except as otherwise provided, such openings exceeding eight square feet in area shall not be less than one -hour fire -resistive con- struction. thereof shall besofdnotent to less thanen interior one -hour fire-resistiveastairways d onstructiotn. 2008 STAIRWAYS 2008.1 Stairways shall be as required in fart 1Il and Chapter 2008.2 Stairways may be constructed of incombustible materials or wood except where combustible materials are specifically pro- hibited in Part III or Chapter 31. 31, 2009 DOORS AND WINDOWS 2009.1 Doors, windows, and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely pro- ncy, Part I1I, and such protection shalas set forth in this Chapter, as specifier d in Chapter or in 37. 2009.2 Doors and windows shall not project over public prop- erty or restricted areas except as provided in Chapter 36. $7 /Ott) PROJECTIONS PROM tie IIVILMNO Contilotting Objections eitthide of tile thhift Otetiot ttit bandit* shall be of ititotribustible tohtitraetin. ahtl fire-ftSiNtlit specified ih this Chaget elteept that the firOjectioh of *Odd rafters of Groups 14 and I Ott upaheies oret titivate OtotieftY Shill be permitted. Architectural projeetiotis shalt be iiitited as set faith ifi Ci 36. gotil ROOP tittlettilltSlttb SKYLI61411 t011.1 Towers, pylons, intisthe signs, Mid flhi1Sd sttuetures above toot, when bet enclosed, shall be of incombustible Materials, Roof structures extending More thah 25 feet above the roof or sigh*111016 than i00 aquae feet ih area shall be supported to the ground by flh incombustible ftatne. 2611.2 Roof structures, including bulkheaded areas, shall be ited in total combined area to 30 percent of the area of the toad shall not extend more than 20 feet above the allowable height, MI any enclosure having n 1100r area of more than 15 square feet 11/11111 be constructed as required for the main portion of the building, 2011.3 Minor roof structures having an area of 15 square feet or less, housing ventilating shafts or similar openings shall be con, structed of incombustible materials. 2011.4 Water storage tanks and cooling towers may be of wood, 2011,5 Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallots, shall not be located over stairways or elevators. 2011.6 Skylights shall be constructed of incombustible mate- rials, and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire -resistive. 2011.? (a) Parapets shall be required on exterior walls except! (1) Where the roof is of incombustible, fire -resistive construc- tion. (2) Where the walls of buildings for other than Group 1.1 and 1 occupancy are 20 feet from the building line of a contiguous lot or any building on the same lot. (3) Where the building is of Group It or 1 occupancy. (b) Parapets shall be not less than 20 inches above the roof immediately adjacent thereto and shall be constructed as set forth n in Chapter or Section 2004. (c) Where required to control rain water runoff, a curb not less than eight inches in height shall be provided a•here parapets are not required. 2012 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS REGULATED 2012.1 Combustible materials shall be permitted except where specifically prohibited in this Chapter or in Occupancy, Part III, 2012.2 Combustible insulating materials,.other than a vapor bar- rier not exceeding .064 inches in thickness, shall not be permitted in concealed places. 2012.3 Loading platforms for warehouses, freight depots and similar buildings may be of heavy timber construction, with wood floors not less than one and fire -eighths inches thick. Such wood construction shall not be carried through the exterior walls. 2012.4 Interior finishes shall he as set forth in Section 3710. SS At? 41 IV ewLor d$ Mil Etat t?RPtNtt11ON 21R2 DENERAL 21D3 StRtiCTURAL 1RAMLWWRK 21114 WALLS AND PAR/11-10NS MOS FLOORS 2105 ROOFS 2107 DOORS AND WINDOWS 21tiS PROJI CttONS FROM flit DUILDING 2101 ROOF StRUCtURt S AND SKVLiONtS 2110 COMM'S/IDLE MAttRIALS REOULATDD 2101 DEFINITION All structural and other elements of `pope IV buildings shall be of incombustible materials. 2102 GENERAL 2102,1 Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Part 111. 2102,2 Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in fart 2102.3 Required fireproofing shall be as specified in Chapter 3 7. 2103 STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK The structural framework shall be of steel, aluminum, or rein- forced concrete, and fireproofing of structural members shall be required u forth intly when such h, members are a part of an exterior wall as set 2104 WALLS AND PARTITIONS Distance separations shall he measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line of a contiguous lot or any build- ing on the same lot. Where a buildings line varies by the use of the land, the building line of a contiguous lot shall be taken as that for the use of which requires the least set back from the property line but in no case taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. 2104.1 Main exterior walls shall be of incombustible materials and such walls shall be of fire -resistive construction with opening protection where located as follows: (a) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of less than five feet., or walls except on street fronts which are less than five feet from the building line of a contiguous lot, shall be of not less thatt two-hour fire-re=tstive construction and have no openings therein. (b) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of from five to ten feet shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive con- struction and openings therein ::hall be protected by fire -resistive doors and windows and shall be limited in area to 30 pecent of the wall area with no single openings more than ten percent of such wall area. S9 1104,2 Vitt trails*fl frt1 k tititvitibtistf0le reitithrlitis tifid be of the ttre-itsistive fittings its thrtairtd itt thttitter S. 2104.3 Interim' beating tt1 t#pet ftitieti§ Phritt b of 'tighter- bustible ihnterialt. 2102 MOOR floors shall be of itttotnbttslible entiterials, and a *do& titirtg Ptlffitee shall be permitted. 2100 ROOPS Roofs shall be of tiny itieditibtigttbitA material, grid fireptooling shall not be requited. 2108.1 Roof coverings shall be as specified in eltiptet 44. 21001 Itoof drainage and the disposal of rain water Ali a II be as spacified in Part ill. 2107 DOORS AND WINDOWS 2107.1 Doors, windows, and similar openings in exterior 'walls and fire wails shall be protected or entirely prohibited flA set forth in this Chapter, Chapter 31, or in Occupancy, Part lit. 2107.2 Doors and windows shall not project over public Prop, erty or restricted areas except as provided in Chapter 36. 2108 PROJECTIONS PROM THE BUILDING Projections from the building shall be of incombustible materials and as set forth in Chapter 36. 2109 ROOF STRUCTURES AND skituams 2109.1 hoof structures may extend above the allowable height not to exceed 20 feet and shall be of incombustible materials. 2109.2 skylights shall be constructed of incombustible material, and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire -resistive, 2109.3 Where the public has access to roof areas, a guard rail not less than 36 inches above the roof shall be provided around all open wells or shafts and at all exterior walls, 2110 COIVIRUSTIRLE MATERIALS REGULATED A loading platform may be constructed of heavy timber tonstruc. tion with wood floors not less than one and five -eighths inches thick, A Type IV building or structure erected over such platform shall be supported by incombustible materials to the foundation, e'N 90 ti4APTlR Mt V WILDiNG% 'Weed t 2201 bRPINIT1ON 2202 Walla 220S WALLS AND PARtIt1CflrS 2204 FLOORS 220E ROOPs 2200 PIRLPRO PING 220? STAIRWAYS 2200 DOORS AND WINDOWS 2200 PROJLCtIONS PROM THE t3UILDINO 2210 COM11UStIRLt MA1PRtALS RttULATRt 2201 DtrPINI?ION of incombustible Alstt tri n lots or elements lood nts of Type V buildings shall be 2202 CI VIRAL 2202.1 Allowable height and area shall be as specified in fart 1tt. VI. 2202.2 Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Part 2202.3 nequired fireproofing shall be as specified in Chapter 81. 2203 WALLS AND PARTITIONS listance separation shall be measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line of a contiguous lot or any build. ing on the same lot. Where a building line varies by the use of the land, the building line of a contiguous lot shall be taken as that for the use which requires the least set back from the property line but in no case taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. 2203.1 Main exterior walls shall be of incombustible materials or wood and such walls shall be of fire -resistive construction with opening protection where located as follows: (a) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of less than five feet, or walls except on street fronts which are less than five feet from the building. line of a contiguous lot, shall be of not less than two-hour fire -resistive construction and have no openings therein. (b) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of from five to ten feet shall be of not less than one -hour fire -resistive con- struction and openings therein shall be protected by fire -resistive wall area with single openings more than area percenteofesuchf wall area, be f fire -resistive construction of incombustible equ required Chamaterials5.and shall 2203.3 Interior bearing walls and partitions shall be of incom- bustible materials or wood. ire4 risfeIRS floors shall be of steel, eatbCt to trt *seed. Wood posts shall not be fpttreitted under a girder supfrartift ► of ouedt is asat floor n spaces tinder ground 'arngrhp h c2 hall h .3 v e the citarnrit Access o'ti ings shall be fprovidPd to ail space under the buiidittlt. 2205 ROOFS Roofs shall be of incombustible materials or wood. 2205.1 Roof coverings shall be as specified in Chapter 24. 220S.2 Roof drainage and the dispn al of rain water shall be as specified in Part XI1. 2208.5 Attic spaces shall hot be required, but where attic spaces shall have a minimum vertical dimension of 18 inches clear distance and, where unprotected combustible material is 'tit- posed, shall be divided by fire stop into areas not exceeding MA() square feet. Access scuttles shall be from common spaces such 8s corridors, and no part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an access scuttle. 2206 EIRt PROOI'ING Hearing v+alls supporting floors shall be not less than one -hour fire -resistive protection except that where a ground floor has clear- ance of less that three feet, such fire protection may he omitted. 2207 STAIRWAYS 2207.1 Stairways shall he as required in fart 111 and Chapter 31. 220/.2 Stairways may he of incombustible or combustible ma- terials. 2208 DOORS AND WINDOWS 2208.1 Doors, windows anti similar openings in exterior walls and fire walls shall he protected or entirely prohibited as set torth in thisChapter, Chapter 31, or in Occupancy, fart III. 2208.2 Doors and windows shall not project over public prop- erty or restricted areas except as provided in Chapter .in. 2209 PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING Projections from the building may be of wood. 2210 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS REGULATED No materials more combustible than wood shall be permitted in the construction of permanent portions of Type V buildings. No combustible insulation other than a vapor barrier nut exceed- inl; .064 inches in thickness, shall be permitted in concealed spaces. NSW Vf K IRINO AND CONIflV DN IONIA CMS CHAPTER 23 IIYE AND DEAD LOADS 23o1 GENERAL 2301E UNIT LIVE LOADS 2303 SPECIAL LOAD CONSIDERATIONS 2304 ROM' LIVE LOADS 2308 LIVE LOAD REDUCTIONS 23o8 W1Nb REQUIREMENTS not LIVE LOAbb POSt1 b 23o8 OCCUPANCY PtItMltS nos UNIT bEAb LOADS 2310 EOUNbATION DESIGN 2311 LOAD `t`E5t'S 23ot GENERAL 2301.1 DESIGN: (a) Any system or method of design or construction shall admit of a rational analysis in accordance with well- established principles of mechanics and sound engineering practices. (b) Buildings and other structures and all parts thereof shall be designed and constructed to be of sufficient strength to support the estimated or actual imposed dead, live, wind, and any other loads, both during construction and .after completion of the structure, With- out exceeding the stresses for the various materials as specified in this Code. (c) The floor and roof systems shall be designed and con- structed to transfer horizontal forces to such parts of the structural frame as are designed to carry these forces to the foundation. 2301.2 LOADS: (a) No building or part thereof shall be de- signed for live loads less than those specified in this Chapter. (b) The lire loads set forth herein shall be assumed to include ordinary impact but where loading involves unusual impact, provision shall be made by increasing the assumed live load. (c) Provision shall be made in designing office floors for a load of 2000 pounds placed upon any space two and one-half feet square wherever this load upon an otherwise unloaded floor would produce stresses greater than those caused by a uniformly distributed load of 50 pounds per square foot. (d) In designing floors, not less than the actual live load to be imposed shall be used in the design. Special provision shall be made for machine or apparatus loads. (e) Where partition locations are subject to change, floors shall be designed to support, in addition to all other loads, a uni- formly distributed load equal to 20 pounds per square foot. (f) Public garages and commercial or industrial buildings in which passenger cars or loaded trucks are placed, used or stored shall have the floor systems designed to support the maximum con- centrated wheel load placed in any possible position. 93 Nil UNIT LIVE AD§ tnit 1Ave Loads Ann be het less thftt Set tafth in tie folIftiftit table: 1'Sf: t. Stt t vot•NI' I'F It cgr.,R{t; root Apatttneht: 40 Auditotiutns—i it<ed Sentfi .. 76 Movable Seats .. 100 'Balconies and tlnlleries .. 100 Cabanas and Beth Houses 'Dante 'Halls ..,....... 100 Dwellings ._ . , ...... 40100 tlarages flareges---l+or passenger ears with seven and one-ba13f feet likedmaximum bend room to upper floors 60 Ctymnashims . 100 Hospitals -.-Wards and ttooms 40 hotels ---Guest ttooins and Private Corridors ... .. 40 E0 Libraries --'reading Rooms Stack Rooms 150 Manufacturing --Light ... iIt heavy . Marquess 4(1 Offices .... 60 Paths of rgress—Serving occupancies 80 psf or less..., 80 Serving occupancies over 80 psf 100 (Not less than the designed floor load) Platform, Asslanes—Composingand Linotype !looms. 150 100 Printing Plants—Pressmbly Rooms � 100 hest Rooms . . Restaurants .... 80 Reviewing Stands and ''leachers (See Section 2304)10 Roof Loads Schools --Classrooms . 40 Skating Rinks ... 100 Stages 125 Storage —tight - 7 Medium . 126 20 Heavy . (Load to be determined by proposed use or occupancy) �5 Stores --Light Merchandise ...- . . Heavy Merchandise 100 2303 SPECIAL LOAD CONSIDERATIONS 2303.1 FLOORS: In the design of floors, consideration shall he given to the effect of known or probable concentration of load, partial load, impact and machine loads, and design shall be based on the load or combination of loads which produce the higher stresses. 2303.2 BELOW GRADE STRUCTURES: In the design of basements, tanks, swimming pools and similar below grade structures, provision shall be made for the forces due to hydrostatic pressure and lateral pressure of adjacent soil. For the lateral loads of soil on below grade structures unless sub- stantiated by more specific information, the angle of repose of frag- mental rock and natural confined sand shall be 30 degrees, and the angle of repose of filled soil and muck shall be 16 degrees, with a horizontal line. 94 Pot the hOtttatit Otessort ott any fiat* belts* a l M wee le =el, ealettlattons shad be bawd oh full lirftitd pressure, grid fate"} floors shall hr designed for hit land Without hyurestatic ttftlift and hydrostatic ublift trithout live lead 'etee'pt `that Orirate ateitiitulfig pools may be 'designs=d with afrfrroved tytessure releases for hYdrest6ttte uplifts. t303.3 Ottitit: Balcony and stairway guard tails and op rails shall be designed to resist a horiiontal thrust, ih tuts? direct tint of hot Tess than 20 pounds per lineal Tottt applied te the Op rail et top of the guard rail. Othafm?ntal cahtile eyed projectiohs Oh the etttetlor of buildings shall be designed for not less than fn pounds per sttullre foot load Or 2nn pounds per foot applied at the outer edge. 2304 RbOP LIVE LOADS Roofs shall he designed for a live toad of hot less than 30 pottnds per square foot ekcept that roofs occurred as roof gardens or for concentrated loads shalt be designed for the corresponding oeeu= 'paheieg. 2305 LiVE LOAD RRb11CtION The following reductions in assumed lire loads shall be per. mitted in designing columns, walls, beams, girders, and foundatiohs 2305.1 No ,reduction of the assumed lire load shall be allowed in the design of any slabs, joists or other secondary members. 2305.2 A reduction of the total live load used in the design of girders based on a eertain tributary floor or roof area shall be per, mitted as noted in the following schedule. This reduction shall not he in addition to the permitted column reduction nor shall such re, duction be used in design of buildings to be used or occupied as warehouses or for storage purposes: Reduction Allowed Tributary Moor or Roof Area 5'; 100 square feet 10•; 200 square feet 1 5 r; :3110 square feet or more 2305.3 The total live loads carried by a column or footing may be reduced by an amount not exceeding the following percent- ages except that the reduction at any floor or roof shall not be re- quired to be less than the average percent of reduction allowed for tributary members at that floor or roof. The percentage herein set forth shall be applicable to all the live load tributary to the mem- ber considered based on the location of the member in the building as follows: Allowable Reductions for Warehouses and Storage Buildings: Percent Roof 0 Roof and one floor 0 Roof and two floors 5 Roof and three floors 10 Roof and four floors 15 Roof and five or more floors 20 95 ismt erd Rpdeellt( i►alma Omen: ltlfitrrtutl Jtrraf Roof and one floor .. Roof and two floors ... Roof and three floorp . Roof and four or Mbre floors Allowable live Load Redtirttlons for All iilthlr $uildit' *lt Peresot ltool' 0 Roof and one floor .. 0 Roof and two floors 10 Roof and three floors 20 Roof and four floor: 30 goof and five floors 40 Roof and six of more floors 2306 W1P4b REQtJIRtMI N?S 23O6.1 GRNERAL: (a) iluildings and structures and evety portion thereof shall be designed anti constructed to resist the forces due to wind pressure. (h) Such forces shall be applied in any direction, with all pos- sible combinations traced on height and shape factors. but ih no case shall any roof be, designed for hiss than 30 pounds per square foot live load. The said live load shall not be considered to net simul- taneously with the wind load. (c) Systems shall be designed and constructed to transfer wind forces to the ground. (d) No allowance shall be made for the shielding effect of build- ings or other structures. (e) The minimum unit wind pressures to be used in design shall be obtained by multipiying the velocity pressures set forth in Table 23-13 of Sub -section 2306.2 by the Shape Factors as described in Sub -section 2306.4. (f) For rectangular, fully enclosed buildings of not more than 50 feet in height the unit wind pressures from Table 23•A may be applied in lieu of the procedure set forth under (e) above. Design unit wind pressures, in pounds per square foot, shall be taken as acting normal to the surface. TABLE 23•A idHi ittl Stet, Potrero n 10 3n )tt)O)'S (1) (2) (:i) (4) (,) (6) (1) Ii('tght outside N'astenan$$ rt4Ktrnangs Roofs Roofs Routs wound 14a11` ,.ov. rin)tis I•ov'rinvn Upwno ard f Downward to 1 Upward in above in feet ii'-111' 311 35 44 22 22 ifi lir-2i►• 36 4u 54 2i 27 1S 211'-:(11' 45 Ali bin 3:3 :33 22 :31►'-511' aii 55 74 37 37 24 NOTE: For overhangs and eaves multiply the values of column (5) by 1.5 and apply the resulting wind pressure upwards. Pressures in column (2) and (3) shall be assumed to act inward or outward. 96 /"'1 w tit) The vfl 'Official ma IRMA ii �nttienit It i'hiegni the mimed tiata ote d Mews b# Wifid tenet ei'rd/er isttierSe�tif!'y test atL 2 .-i$ VELOCITY PRER9UREEi Veioeitj bacm height abate at taken a* bet tele than, hh in the foil g table f �� ?ARMS it3©2 tit tdHfi Atiti,V10 CIfOUND MINIMUM '1 LOCt?i t D33tI ITO PePt) h rootlets bet innate foot. 10 to 20 27 20 to •SO uk..» _. 30 to 50 37 60to80 43 S0 to 100 49 100 to 200 62 200 to '800 _.... _.. 7184 300 to 800 500 to 800 82 S00 to 1000 194 Over1000 ...............�............. .....�. 2308.3 DESIGN WIND PRESSURE: Design unit wind Ares& MOOS to be used for the design of structures shall be obtained by multiplying thevelocity pressures of Subsection 2305.2 by the Shape Factors listed in Subsection 230644. 2306.4 SHAPE FACTORS (a) GENERAL (1) The structure and each individual element of construction shall be de• signed independently to withstand inward and outward wind forces. (2) "Plus" or "Minus" signs denote the direction of the pres- sures with respect to the structures= "Plus" signifies pressures in, wards or downwards and "Minus" signifies pressures outwards or upwards. (b) VERTICAL SURFACE FACTORS: Pressure Pressure Inward Outward (1) Exterior walls of enclosed " i.:i —1.0 (2) Exterior walls of buildings with one side open +1.4 (min.) —1.4 (min.) (3) Fastenings for wall coverings +1.6 —1.5 (4) appreciablte depth, such as feences signs t 1.4 (min.) (e) INCLINED SURFACE SHAPE FACTORS: (1) Roofs of fully enclosed buildings Normal to Normal ee and with angles from the horizontal Surface Surface 70° to 89° + 0.90 —0.45 60° to 69°..... ...... ......... .......... ........... _........... .»+0.70 —0.45 50° to 59° .»..... +0.50 —0.45 40° to 49° ...»».»+0.20 —0.45 30° to 39° —0.20 —0.45 20° to 29° —0.40 —0.50 10° to 19°............. ............... ....._............... _—0.70 —0.50 97 (J) Pot buildings Wftft 0116 side OPeli, add —L,b to the left, titre fnctots tot ihelihed surfaces. (a) The tntnl of all fnrtot4s for fostetring of roof co`retin Shall be hot less than —2.0. (4) l~or gable toots a factor of--'fl.ri shall be used *hen the Wind is assumed to blow Parallel With the roof ridge. (d) FLAt ttObI StiftPA PAttORSt (includes tutfactili With less than 10° inclination to the horitohtal. ) (1) Inclosed f#ttildings: - -1.0 (for windward of surface). -0. 5 (for leeward 2/3 of surface), (2) For buildings with one side open : A dd (enclosed d the babove ve factors: --0.5 for a wind- ward opening. (3) The total of all factors for fastenings of roof coverings shall not be less than -- 2.0. (e) OVERHANGS AND EAVES: 1.5 for all buildings. (1) CURVED ROOFS: The wind pressure on a curved roof due to wind blowing at right angles to the axis of the roof shall be computed on the basis that the curved portion is divided into not less than five equal segments. The pressure on each segment, whether positive or negative, shall he determined by the use of shape factors in Paragraph (c) above, appropriate to the slope of the chords of the segments. (g) MULTI -SPAN OR SAW -TOOTH ROOF'S: In multi -span or saw -tooth roofs where the span heights and slopes are approxi- mately the name and where there is a sheltering effect from the windward span, the external pressures and forces on the intermedi- ate spans may he appropriately reduced. (h) SKELETON STRUCTURES: (I) The wind pressures on closely latticed structures, such as open signs, towers and similar structures shall be applied to two and one-half times the maximum projected area of all members. but not to exceed 100 percent of the MAXIMUM projected area of the structure. (2) The coefficient for fastenings shall be not less than 2.0. (3) The coefficient to be applied to screen surfaces shall be taken as not less than -r 0.50 of the forces set forth in Table 23-8 but ,shall not be required to be more than the pull out factor of the screen. (i) CYLINDERS: The coefficients to be applied to the ve- locity pressures to compute the wind pressures on cylinders, such as chimney and masts, shall be taken as not less than the following: Circular 0.70 Octogonal 1.00 Square 1.30 2306.5 OVERTURNING MOMENT: Where the overturning moment of a building or other structure exceeds 60 percent of the moment of stability computed from deadload only, anchorage to re- sist the excess overturning moment shall be provided. The wind pressures used for computing the overturning moment of buildings shall be the velocity pressures set forth in Sub -section 2306.2 multi- plied by a factor of 1,20, and for other structures shall be the ve- locity pressure.. modified by the shape factor. 2306.6 STRESSES: For members carrying wind stresses only, and for combined stresses due to wind and other loads, the allow- able unit stresses and the allowable loads on connections may be in- 9s ettitsed 33 1/3 percent Roth the fisiti'Jrirtit1 tta affetitiali ifi 'this Cede fat the ti atetial used eacep't as pretided fat fottitdatiofis in Marital 24, and except that such thctettses sftan tuft apply to tottetof 13i fif3r eantilevered projections et metal sheathing whets 'rib -rating Of fiat, telling action could be anticipated. to no cane shall the sectiof b0 less than required if the wind attests he neglected. 2308., StlItttlki LNCLOSUitt8: the triad load on screen shell he taken as not less than ten pounds pet squats foot applied horizontally or doe reward and not IPss than sift pounds per square foot applied upward. 230/ LIVE— LtOAbs POSttb `ih>> Ii‘e loads for which each floor or part thereof of a coal. rnereial or industrial building is or has been designed, other than a concrete floor slob at grade, shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in that part of each story in which they apply, using durable rims and in letters not less than three inches in height. It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices and the occupant of the building shall be responsible for keeping the actual load below the {allowable limits. 2308 OCCUPANCY MLfthilTS Plans for proposed buildings of commercial or industrial occu- pahcv, and storage areas in buildings of any occupancy, shall show the assign live load for each portion of the floor area and Certifi- (tarsi of Occupancy as set forth in Section 307 shall not be issued until such signs arc posted as required. No change in the occupancy of a building shall be made until a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued by the Building Official certifying that the floors are suitable for the loads characteristic of the proposed occupancy. 2309 UNIT DEAD LOADS Unless otherwise substantiated by specific information, the weight of the materials and assemblies of construction Used in the calculation of loads shall be not less than as follows: Concrete Earth, dry Stone masonry Timber Wood studs ---plastered two sides Solid plaster--one-inch thick }bur -inch hollow blocks —gypsum Four -inch hollow blocks --concrete Eight -inch hollow blocks --clay . Hight -inch hollow blocks --concrete One -inch wood sheathing Two 30-pound felts, tar & gravel Clay or concrete roof tile. 144 pounds per cubic foot 100 pounds per cubic foot 1(10 pounds per cubic foot 50 pounds per cubic foot 18 pounds per square foot 10 pounds per square foot 1:1 pounds per square foot 25 pounds per square foot 40 pounds per square foot 50 pounds per square foot 4 pounds per square foot (3 pounds per square foot 18 pounds per square foot 2310 FOUNDATION DESIGN 2310.1 The load for which foundations shall be designed shall preferably be determined in the following manner. The area of the footing or number of piles shall be determined under the column having the greatest percentage of live load, by dividing the total load by the allowable soil pressure or load per pile. From the re- sults obtained, the dead load soil pressure or load per pile shall be determined by dividing the total dead load by the area of the foot- 99 ing Of the burnt*,t Otqtes es determined from tire 'test iota 'Md strut, fiRutt's shalt lie fused to determine Pal Other foetid/Alone �`rein total dead leads. The total reduced live load in the eoltrmtr IfIltttrdta atety above the footing shall be the live INS us>ib iti the e�brt3tre Milts ptitatiohs. 2310.2 Where the pressure' on the foundation due to wind A less than 28 percent of that due to dead and other ire load!, Win ptsessure may be neglected in the looting design. ere this ratio etcs�eds 25 percent, foundations shall be eo deal that tit laltscombined btd oabelspneb* alowbeelagdead, Of aillwleoadill not niorre than 26 percent. 2311 LOAD TESTS Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance With the provisions of this Code or evidence that any material or any eotia struction does not conform to the requirements of this Code, or In order to substantiate claims for alternate materials or methods of construction, the Building Official may require tests as proof of compliance to be made at the expense of the owner or his agent by an approved agency. Test methods shall be as specified by this Code for the material in question, Where there is no recognized standard test procedure for the material or assembly in question, the Building Official shall re dire that the material or assembly under dead plus live load shall defieet not more than 1/240 of the span, nor more than 1/300 where ,,re, quired to support a plaster ceiling, and that the material or assembly shall sustain dead plus twice the live load for a period of 24 hours, with a recovery of at least 80 percent. CHAPTER 24 EXCAVATIONS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS 2401 EXCAVATIONS 2402 BEARING CAPACITY OP SOILS 2403 SOIL BEARING FOUNDATIONS 2404 PILE FOUNDATIONS 2405 FOUNDATION WALLS AND GRADE BEAMS 2406 GRADES UNDER BUILDINGS 2407 RETAINING WALLS 2408 SEAWALLS AND BULKHEADS 24oi EXCAVATIONS 2401.1 GENERAL: Until provisions for permanent support have been made, all excavations shall be properly guarded and pro- tected so as to prevent the same from becoming dangerous to life and limb and shall be sheet piled, braced and/or shored, where nec- essary, to prevent the adjoining earth from caving in; such protec- tion to be by the person causing the excavation to be made. No ex- cavation, for any purpose, shall extend within one foot of the angle of repose of the soil under any soil bearing footing or foundation unless such footing or foundation is first properly under -pinned or protected against settlement, 2401.2 PERMANENT EXCAVATIONS: No permanent exca- vations shall be made nor shall any construction excavations be left on any lot or lots which will endanger adjoining property or build- ings or be a menace to public health or safety. Any such excavations 100 gg etwitod 0144 tyettritt f t1 litakillttitftk trted In this 1 tot the /hetet /al used etcent. as prat -hied fa roatitliftlatiS i ` 24, and ektelJt that ouch ittentekSetk a tlli trot imply to tom, g ► entaileveftd projections or metal sheathing *here trib/Vit►* at ut- jerr►g anetiOiPuddib thani ndastt> esslbe egteetaShrill the eiEitln b 23O . SCRtt:'N trhr LOSIJRtS►oun i h pet iod n Io ►inert a speed ert shall be taken as not less horizontally or downward and not leis th►tn c►+c pclunris 111.1' !�rlut►re font applied upward. 230t L1VL LOADS POStttf The live loads for which each floor or part thereof of a com- mercial or industrial building is ull has been col Ali designed, esi lyd poet d than other the concrete floor slab at grade, s ly owner itt that part of each story in which they ape, using durable shall be suns and in letters not less than three inches in height, unlawful to remove or deface such notices and the occu ant of the building shall he responsible for keeping the actual load below the allowable limits. 2308 OCCUPANCY P>ERMIt'S Plans for proposed buildings of commercial or industrial occu- pancy, and storage areas in buildings of any occupancy, shall show the design live load for each portion of the floor area and Certifi- cotes of Occupancy as set forth in Section 3(1 i shall not be issued until such signs are posted as required. No change in the occupancy of a building shall be made until a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued by the Building Official certifying that the floors are suitable for the loads characteristic of the proposed occupancy. 2309 UNIT DEAD LOADS Unless otherwise substantiated by specific information, the weight ►to�raoe�}afolocion used in the of loads shall t less than asfols (•oncrete Earth, dry Stone masonry Timber Wood studs —plastered two sides Solid plaster---one-inch thick Four -inch hollow blocks ---gypsum Four -inch hollow blocks ---concrete Eight -inch hollow blocks ---clay Eight -inch hollow blocks —concrete One -inch wood sheathing Two 30-pound felts, tar & gravel . Clay or concrete roof tile .. 144 pounds per cubic foot 100 pounds per cubic foot 160 pounds per cubic foot 50 pounds per cubic foot 18 pounds per square foot 10 pounds per square foot 13 pounds per square foot 25 pounds per square foot 40 pounds per square foot 50 pounds per square foot 4 pounds per square foot 0 pounds per square foot 18 pounds per square foot 2310 FOUNDATION DESIGN 2310.1 'Phe load for which foundations shall be designed shall preferably be determined in the following manner. The area of the footing or number of piles shall be determined under the column having the greatest percentage of live load, by dividing the total load by the allowable soil pressure or load per pile. From the re- sults obtained, the dead load soil pressure or load per pile shall be determined by dividing the total dead load by the area of the foot- in t the ftofbet of piled s detertritted fr ift i teal 1e* , MA snch rift!** shall be Used to fleterthihe i111 •etl?rtt !6 [ttdatiette tort total dead lords: The total Muted live load In tt relative Mitre attly ttbot+e the Tatting thatl bt the litre to UM Ift the above ita potations: 2310,2 *bete the presstoe oh the fbutrdation due to wltrd 1* less than 26 percent of that due to dead afd ether ive !bah, with ptessat+e tin* be neglected in the tooting design, Mere this ratio etceeds 25 portent, foie:dation& shall be NO 'designthat ttre pretA UM sure l abl t11e 1 bearin dead, tt't"of sewind loads Shall per„pile by mot than 25 prer'teht, gat t LOAD TESTS Whenever there isinsufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this Code or evidence that any material Or any On, struction does not confethn to the requirements of this Code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternate materials or methods of construction, the wilding Official may require testa as proof of compliance to be tnade at the expense of the owner or his agent by an approved agency.Test methods shall be as specified by this Code for the material in question. Where there is no recognized standard test ro+redure for the material or assembly in question, the Building Official shall reknit* that the material or assembly under dead plus live load shall defleet not more than 1/240 of the span, nor more than 1/360 where re► hall siredustainpdead aplpus twiceetheglive l that for periomaterdof24 assembly with a recovery of at least 80 percent. CHAPTER 24 EXCAVATIONS, 'FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS 2401 EXCAVATIONS 2402 REARING CAPACITY OE SOILS 2403 SOIL BEARING FOUNDATIONS 2404 PILE FOUNDATIONS 2405 FOUNDATION WALLS AND GRADE BEAMS 2406 GRADES UNDER BUILDINGS 2407 RETAINING WALLS 2408 SEAWALLS AND BULKHEADS 2401 EXCAVATIONS 2401.1 GENERAL: Until provisions for permanent support have been made, all excavations shall be properly guarded and pro- tected so as to prevent the same from becoming dangerous to life and limb and shall be sheet piled, braced and/or shored, where nec- essary, to prevent the adjoining earth from caving in; such protec- tion to be by the person causing the excavation to be made. No ex- cavation, for any purpose, shall extend within one foot of the angle of repose of the soil under any soil bearing footing or foundation unless such footing or foundation is first properly under -pinned or protected against settlement. 2401.2 PERMANENT EXCAVATIONS: No permanent exca- ations shall be made nor shall any construction excavations be left on any lot or lots which will endanger adjoining property or build- ings or be a menace to public health or safety. Any such excavations 100 made 'et frtalfftaifr 'd titiilltl be +rapat �fairr d Qfe` web tini a my' �I ft shall functt t proem as l+efig flea the antitheft awe, 124814 _ R CEMENT! Mittel tit the opinion of the tea mg Official on unsafe eot ditien that result or damage they , t Ilb the result of an eke/mitten, he may order the work stopped or !Hitt approve the attk of et cattalo stibjeet to such litltitetitrres its be may deem neeessary. 2402 MARINO CAPACITY OP SOIL 2402,1 STATEMENT! The building official map requite that fans for nett,buildings of additions bear a statetneht, by a person known by the Building Official to be qualified as to the charaer and bearing capacity of the soil under the footings or fotihdatiohs. 2402,2 PRESUMPTIVE CAPACITIES! Subject to the other requirements of this chapter and in the absence o soil investigation or other engineering data, the maximum pressure on supporting soils shall not exceed the allowable bearing values set forth in the fo1= lowing table. These values are considered safe in respect to actual failure of the supporting grouted but do not necessarily ensure the prevention of area encottuntermovements where unusual soli Nature of Sail Maxiotum Sail Prelltsretr (rounds i' 'r Square Pool) Other than as stated below 0 Bock or sand fill over soil of higher bearing capacity G00 Undisturbed sand, or sand and rock 1500 Solid rock or with pot holes cleaned and filled with concrete (minimum depth of strata 5 feet) 5000 2402.3 STRESSES: Where the bearing capacity of the soil is not definitely known or is in question, the Building Official may require pp examination of sub -soil conditions, load tests or other ade- quate usedro lyatotsupplement bother sub soiltinvestigat load tests shall 2403 SOIL BEARING FOUNDATIONS 2403.1 GENERAL! All footings shall be constructed of rein- forced concrete, as specified in Chapter 25 and in this Section and shall, insofar as practicable be so designed that the dead load soil pressure shall be uniform throughout the building to minimize dif- ferential settlement, 2403.2 CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS! (a) Buildings up to and including two stories, or 30 feet exclusive of parapet walls, shall be considered as wall bearing unless specifically designed as skeleton frame structures, and for such buildings the footings shall be con- tinuous and shall be not less than required to keep the soil pressure within that set forth in Section 2402 nor less than the following minimums: Soil Pressure Number of Stories Depth and Width 600 1 12"x30" 2 12" x 36" 2500 1 10" x 20" 2 12" x 24" 6000 or more 1 10" x 16" 2 10" x 20" 101 1#ttsee Ott stttifief'tittg el� ittee'?itl( data" the tbtfltitt Oat tit f bs Muted efhsidet►nt itiiotre tcb1e beating tidties tth'd ]totes but ttit, twit& mom rrictth shall be not less !hint Ili inches not less than eight inches Mote than the width of the foufidetioh. (6) Masotttaq fenees which ate three or theft 'feet h *ttili'1 have reinforced eontrete foundations, the tninihnftt't site *bleb shall be as follOtts s I1eight 0" to 2' rim to 4' 41" to ' I" 1<tI 10' h'ot other that) rock . 4" X 8" 8" x 16" 30" X 36" 12" X 20" Pot rock None 6" x 12" 8" x 16" 10" x 20" (t) the minintum continuous footings specified in this 6ectier► shall be reinforced as follows: 2 * 4 Reinforcing Bars Foundations 12" wide 2 #b ]reinforcing liars Foundations JO" and 20" Wide '3 # fi leinforcing liars Foundations 24" and 30" wide 4 # 6 Reinforcing Bats Foundations 36" Wide (I) Equivalent areas in # 4 reinforcing bars may be substituted for the sizes as specified. (2) Splices in reinforcing, bars shall be not less than 24 bat diameters and all corners shall be properly tied. When three or more bars are required, such bars shall be held in place and aligtitnettt by # :3 cross bars spaced four feet apart. (3) Reinforcing shall be uniformly spaced to provide a mini= mum of three inches of concrete cover. (4) Excavations for continuous footings shall be cut true to line and grade and the sides of footings shall be formed, except where soil conditions are such that the sides of the excat'ation stand firm and square. Excavations shall be made to firm, clean bearing. (e) Continuous footings shall be poured level and any changes in the grade of such footings shall be made with a vertical tie of the same cross-section and design as the footings, or the smaller of the footings, so joined. (f) Continuous footings on which the center of gravity of the loads fall outside of the middle one-third shall be considered eccentric •end provisions shall be made to equalize the soil pressure at the edges by means of counter -balancing or by other approved methods. (g) When foundation walls which are less than four times their thickness in height are to be poured separately from the footing, dowels not less than one-half inch round, nor less than 40 diameters long, shall be placed in the footing at intervals not exceeding four feet. When foundation walls which are four or more times their thickness in height are to be poured separately from the footing dowels of the same size and spacing as the vertical steel in the waif and not less than 48 diameters long shall be provided in the footing. 2403.3 ISOLATED FOOTINGS: (a) Isolated footings shall be designed as specified in Chapter 23 and provided that the least dimensions for an isolated footing shall be ten inches deep and 20 inches square. Isolated footings in other than virgin soil or rock shall be so tied together by means of reinforced concrete beams, foundation walls or floor slabs that their position shall be definitely maintained under all conditions and beams or floor systems, the lowest point of which is six or more feet above the top of the footing shall not be considered as adequate. Where other satisfactory means are not provided, concrete ties shall be required at the footing level, which ties shall, when supporting no superimposed load, have a least dimension not less than one -sixteenth of the clear distance between footings and a minimum reinforcement of one percent of the cross - sectional area. 102 t O1att Iddtitrgs alltrd p ern AS intttitt'r beatings 1Iitd#t tteodiftlite atfuotuths shall be etterript ft'otn tegitltemehts of ties At stietdritid tfri§ Section. (ii) tsoiated footings on which the center ot 0014 of the 1 *d falls outside the middle one-third of ait line passing throttgti the center of gravity of the footing snail be considered eccentric, i#ftd Orovisions shall be Made to equalize the ptesstite under the footing b+y means of footing straps ot other approved methods. (c) Where isolated footings support reinforced concrete eoi- urns, dowels equivalent in number and area to the column teihfortingt mid having a len th not less than 48 diameters shrill be Provided in the footing.Such dowels, or anchor bolts as required for steel col, twins, shall be held to proper grade and location during the pouting of the footing by means of templates of by other approved methods. 2404 Pitt; POliNbAtIONg 2404.1 GtNtRAL: (a) Piles used for the support of any, building or structure shall, where practicable, be driven to rock bear- ing or to a minimum penetration of 14 feet. (h) Piles shall not be driven closer than two feet, nor jetted closer than ten feet, to an existing buildit►g or structure. (c) No single pile shall be loaded eccentrically nor shalt any group of piles be loaded eccentrically when such eccentricity would cause any pile or piles in the group to be loaded in excess of the allowable loads as provided in this Section. Where necessary, footing; straps or other approved methods shall be required to equalise the loading on the piles. (d) Types of piles which are not provided for in this Section :hall conform to the requirements herein for the type which it most nearly approximates, subject to such additional requirements as may be made by the Building Official, 2404.2 NOMENCLATURE: T'or the purpose of this Section, symbols as used in the following formulas have the following meanings: A --Area of piston ot steam hammer in square inches. el ---Diameter or least dimension of pile in inches. h--height of' fall of a drop hammer or length of stroke of a -team hammer in feet. 1' _ Allowable total load. p_ -Pressure on piston in steam hannm r in pound. per square the h. Average penetration of not less than five blows, in inches. W--Weight of drop hammer on the ram of a hammer in pounds. w----Total weight of pile. 2404.3 WOOD PILES: (a) QUALITY AND SIZE: Wood piles shall be in one piece, of approved timber containing no evidences of decay, free from short kinks or reverse bends and having a uniform taper from butt to tip. A straight line drawn from the center of the butt to the center of the tip shall lie wholly within the body of the pile. The diameter of wood piles shall be not less than six inches at the tip and not less than ten inches, two feet from the butt for piles which are 25 feet or less in length, or 12 inches, two feet from the butt for piles which exceed 25 feet in length. No piles which have a spiral grain exceeding one complete turn in 40 feet shall be used. (b) DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: (1) Wood piles shall be so located that the center to center dis- tance between any two piles shall be not less than two and one-half times the dimension of the pile at the butt. 103 (if) MAMMA Weed 1 iek th &f tAlltty iid11 bett i th hilther thnh et* foot bald* *With tow •!stet, alhd smell lire eery concrete. Sttell &Meet shift eittettd latellilty het lids tittit sift ift Mt MI Sides vffrill piles and vertiealtp hot leas than ttt itiehet held* the etut-off of at:y pile, ti) Wood piles ! u . ' ing Sttu tuts s Wier th* grotirtd may be eat off at any etetatioh a.., ruean low watet,'but be oia the gtotitid surface, provided that such files s ail hate been treated with Wade 1 creosote oil utrdet pressure pin such manner as to retain lid less triah off: shall befthoroughly coat d withft'wo a rlica h ticif es the er ostootte oil. (4) Wood piles which su port a etrrtictute over water May pro- ject above the *Met to such -height as may be tteetssaty for strut. tural purposes, provided, that such piles used to support stt'ttetutes other than open wharves, boat loadings and other sirhilar light structuresshall have been treated with Grade 1 a reosote oil under pressure in such manner as to retain not less than 20 pounds of creosote oil per cubic foot, (S) pressure preservative treatments for piles as preseribed in this Section shall be in conformance with the requirements of the American Wood 'preservers Association "Manual of Standard Prne- tice," C=i and C-12 for the treatment of wood piles in effect at the time of passage of this Code. Preservative treatment maybe omitted for piles of wood having rot and borer resistive characteristics satis- tactory evidence of which is approved by the t3ullding Official, (6) Wood piles shall be driven with a protective driving cap or ring *hen necessary to prevent the browning or splitting of the butt. When brooming or splitting occurs, such piles shall be cut back to solid wood or be rejected. (7) Pile hammers used to drive wood piles shall develop not less than 5000 foot-pounds of energy per blow, The minimum weight of a drop hammer used for such purpose shalt be 2000 pounds. (c) ALLOWASLI LOADS: The imposed loud on any wood pile having a tip diameter of six inches and a diameter at the cut-off of ten inches shall not exceed 25,000 pounds, which may be increased for larger piles by 2000 pounds for every inch by which the sum of the diameters at the tip and cut-off exceed 16 inches; nor shall the load on any wood pile exceed that given by the following formulas: 2Wh Drop Hammer ._...._..........._ . t' — s + 1.0 2Wh Steam Hammer --Single Acting P — s + 0.1 2(W+Ap)h Double Acting l? — S + 0.1 2404.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PILES: (a) QUALITY AND SIZE: Precast concrete piles shall be cast of concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 3000 pounds per square inch in 28 days, and shall be reinforced with longitudinal steel having an area of not less than two and one-half nor more than four percent of the concrete core area. The area of longitudinal steel shall be proportioned to not less than four bars with a minimum diameter of five -eighths inch for square piles, nor less than six bars with a min- imum diameter of one-half inch for round piles. All longitudinal bars shall be uniform in size and shall be tied by one -fourth -inch hoops spaced eight inches in the body of the pile and not over three inches for the first 18 inches from both the butt and the tip. All longitudinal bars shall be protected by two inches or more of concrete cast mono - average dimension the cof nine Friction concrete Point bearing concrete pilesl have a imum shall 104 1 re [a rrtitriitttrin _rage dlttrettsfen trine ' itte R* *Were ante lateral supportnet is Shall be rre►t hl% that i/ 0 : The length t twee'h the belt d the battik el ttie lowest, f Bet *tin prtrvides latent Sup t in he direttioit "e'eersi 7!i minimum flip siefn at the tip snall be flirt lest thin the average tliirretsion minus threeittcttes. pretast concrete pile shall pert he removifd from the eutlfg bed until the eotnprpssive strett 11 is i600 i, shall riot be transported until the etm►ptessive strati is 2000 psi and shall net be driven until the 28-day design strength s reached, as verified by teats. (b) btTAILED REQUIREMENTEt (I) piles shall be so ideated that the eenter to toefltet distance between any two piles shall be not less than two and efreahalf flutes the dimension at the butt. t2) piles, ertt~ept where in clusters of three or more, shalt be of such length that they may be eut back to expose not less than 24 diameters of the longitudinal steel for purposes of anchorage of the imposed members, When not practicable to obtain Rack length of exposed longitudinal steel, such steel may be spliee,welded or diwele shall be drilled and grouted 12 inches into the heads of the piles. Care shall be taken in drilling to prevent damage to the pile. (3) files clusters shall be capped with reinforced concrete which shallanerticallly not less thaless e ix inches inches on all t off ofof thellopwest pile. (4) Precast concrete piles shalt be driven with a protective cap and care shall be taken to protect the top against shatering and the longitudinal reinforcing bars from receiving the direct impact of the hammer, Jets may be used except as provided in Section 2404.1 (b) and as may be detrimental to the structure or to existing adjacent structures. Jetting, when pernmissable, may be used to trove or facili- fticaon,melstheietftrnatbebtiy final location, the pile peneatioo feet from the use of the hammer. (c) ALLOWABLE LLOAbSt In the absence of tests, the im• values in the following table where L is the total shall pen exceed trat on of the pile in inches: PILE SIZE FRICTION Inches Filled Natural Pounds Square Round Ground Sand Pounds 10 12 86L 180E 12 14 100L 216L 46,000 14 16 120L 260L 66,000 nor shall the load for any one concrete pile exceed that given by the following formulas: Drop Hammer P — PONTIROCK "G 2Wh s + 1.0x 2Wh Steam Hammer --Single Acting P — s + 0.1x 2 (W + Ap) h Double Acting P - s + o.1x Where (x) equals w/W but in no case is less than 1.0. Exception: Where 14 x 14 inch square pile with square ends are driven into rock, allowable loads of 40 tons may be approved. 105 /4114.5 tettelltit NUM' S tat.1`t t S: QUA1J1?Y OW Stull;: Steel WhitWhite& May be driven and filled with stet than :3000 potted concrete. `he Walls of Pile* where the shell IS it1 soh puting the bearing eapaelty shall be not less than tht e4tit= teenths inch Oleic. s (1y) ffttAiLtb It&Qttl1t;M.NM'tS: (1) tiles shalt be sd located that the center to eentet distance between any two lodes shall be not less than two end one-half times the diameter. (I) Single piles shall be provided with dowels, embedded itt the concrete core and projecting not less than 24 diameters each way. (S) file clusters shall be capped with reinforced concrete Which shall extend laterally hot less than six inches oh all aides of all piles and vertically not less than six inches below the elevation of the lowest pith. (4) Tubes shall be driven to full bearing on rock and every care shall be taken to thoroughly clean out the tubes and prevent the intro- lion of foreign matter of water before or during pouring operations. The pouring shntl be done with concrete having hot snore than a three- inch slump. (S) Any hammer that will not damage the tube may be used. A deicing cep shall be used which will insure even distribution of the impact to all sides of the tube. (6) Steel tubes designed to carry loads shall be protected against corrosion above mean Iow water. (t) ALLOWABLE LOADS: (I) The imposed load on any one concrete filled steel tube which hears solidly oh rock having a thick• ness not less than two and one-half times the point of diameter shall not exceed 0.20 fc on the concrete plus 7500 pounds per square ittch on the steel, excepting the outer one -sixteenth inch. (2) The steel tube shall be driven into rock to a bearing as determined by the formulas in Section 2404.4 equivalent to the corn- puted load for the steel tube exclusive of the concrete fill. 2404.E ROLLED STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES: (a) polled structural steel shapes which are encased in concrete and constructed as composite columns and which bear solidly on rock having a thick- ness not less than two and one-half times the greatest dimension at the tip may support loads not exceeding 500 pounds per square inch, nor exceeding the allowable load for the steel as an unencased column and not exceeding the load as determined by the formulas in Section 2404.9. Such protected steel shapes which are not point -bearing on rock shall not be loaded in excess of the values given by the table and formuals in Section 2404.4. (b) polled structural steel shapes which are not protected by concrete casing and which bear solidly on rock having a thickness not less than two and one-half times the greatest dimension at the tip may support loads not exceeding the value of the section as a column neglecting the outer one -sixteenth inch of metal nor the load as deter- mined by the formulas of Section 2404.4. Such unprotected steel shapes which are not point -bearing shall not be loaded in excess of 75 percent of the values given by the table in Section 2404.4. Rolled structural steel shapes shall be protected against corrosion above mean low water. 2404.7 SPECIAL PILES OR SPECIAL CONDITIONS: The use of types of piles or conditions not specifically covered herein shall be permitted, subject to the approval of the Building Official, upon submission of acceptable test data, calculations or other information relating to the properties and load -carrying capacity of such piles. 2404.8 LOAD TESTS ON PILES: The safe bearing capacity of any pile shall be determined by a load test when required by the 308 R itAitr Ufl i idt. teat pile or piles ebtiIt be 100 defsigt food httd the tesultahteettlerotht ishsltTl be itte 48-hair Vetted tt0 Itpforetioble gddttio1 1 settlethetit tonca . total aettleti etit it, icr_ehes shall trot extrd 1/S00 of the tei1 lint Hi tons, 2408 POUNbA?IO l WALLS AND + RA1E REAM 5405.1 tXftRIOR POUNDA°t:ION WALLSt (a) QRNRRAt (1) Ekterior foundation walls of buildin s where the chataeter of the soli is such that allowable soil toads of i,1;00 pounds of less Per square foot are used or design, shall bepanted-in-Place reinforced concrete froth the footing to the bottom of the first or ground floor construction, (2) Exterior foundation walls of buildings where the ehariseter of the soil is such that allowable soil loads of more than 1,500 Pounds pet square foot are used for design may be of unit masonry rot eon- etete on continuous concrete footings, (2) Under exterior walls of buildings of TypeVeonstruetiOh, In locations where extreme dampness exists, the Building Official may approve isolated piers, provided such piers are as otherwise set forth Pa ragraph aragraph 2405.2 (b), (b) DETAILED REQUtREMRNTSt (1) When the first or ground floor system is a suspended concrete slab or a slab on steel foundation joists, s. such Thefth thickness of the wall be il integral with t lesstthan eight inches. (2) Where wood joist construction is used for the first or ground floor, the thickness of the exterior walls shall be not less than eight inches, plus four inches for the bearing of joists. (3) Foundations of unit masonry supporting joists shall be cap- ped with four inches of concrete reinforced with two #3 rods, 2405.2 INTERIOR POLINDATI N WALLS: All interior foun- dation walls shall be of the material and design as specified in Sec- tion 240.1 except as follows: (a) Interior foundation walls which support stud walls shall be exempted from the additional four inches required for the bearing of joists. (b) For wood frame buildings not exceeding one story in height, isolated piers may be substituted for interior foundation walls where such piers do not exceed 24 inches in height, are a minimum of 12 inches by 12 inches in cross -sectional dimension, and are located at corners and points of concentration, but not more than six feet apart. 2405.3 GRADE BEAMS: (a) Grade beams, supporting loads between concentrated bearings such as piles or piers, shall be rein- forced concrete, or structural steel protected by fireproofing as speci- fied in "Types of Construction" in Part V and Chapter 37. (b) Grade beams shall be the thickness of the wall they sup- port but never less than eight inches nor less than set forth for foundation walls herein. 2406 GRADES UNDER BUILDINGS The grade of the ground under buildings of joist or suspended slab construction, having no basements, shall be rased above the sur- rounding lot area grades not less than six inches in order to prevent the accumulation and standing of ground storm or tide water under such buildings or other approved means of t drainage. Plans for future raising of lots shall be taken into account in planning the grade of the ground under such buildings; or the Building Official may estab- w 107 litht*Met tt del such littildthgsUSA 6n pt*sth°t futon SOW -tit stdetaelk 2tlides abuttlhg the prey. 240? RETAINING WALLS All *ails exceeding 24 indhes itt height, built to Math of support earth, of subject to pressure from adjoining earth and fitly suf ha , stall be cohstr�ueted of reinforced concrete ot maadtity. and a i}11 designed to resist the pressures to which they are subjected, incttrdlh'g any *Met pressure that nifty 'exist. 2408 SEAWALLS AND BULKHEADS Seawalls, bulkheads and groins along the open ocean shalt be de= sighed by a Registered Engineer to the approval of the Buidltrg Offi- cial. Seawalls, bulkheads and other retainin g walls along a bay, creek, canal, lake or waterway, shall be designed and constructed as set forth herein, 2408.1 The structures shall retain the adjoining earth front the surface of the wound to a point one foot below the normal bed of the waterway treasured along the waterside face of the structure and shall be so designed to resist earth, water, surcharge pressures, and wave action, Where riprep is placed below a structure and has side slopes not steeper than one to one, does not extend above elevation minus 1.0 and has a width at the top at least three feet greater than the width at the base of the structure above, it will be classified as retaining the adjoining earth. 2408.2 Timber shall not be used, other than where located below mean low water, except that borer -resistant woods may be specific- ally approved by the Building Official. 2408.3 Structures shall be classed as gravity types when the resultant of the acting forces fall within the middle third of the base. Boulder type walls shall be considered as gravity type where the base width equals of exceeds the height of the wall. Structures which are not of gravity type shall be secured to properly designed anchors. 2408.4 Structures may be constructed of a combination of lime rock boulders and concrete. The minimum percentage of cross-section area of concrete to the total cross-section area of the structure shall be 40 percent, not including concrete used for copings or decorative purposes. CHAPTER 25 REINFORCED CONCRETE 2501 GENERAL 2502 STANDARDS 2503 DEFINITIONS 2504 MATERIALS AND TESTS 2505 QUALITY OF CONCRETE 2506 MIXING AND PLACING 2507 FORMS AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION 2508 PRECAST CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF UNITS 2509 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 2510 PNEUMATICALLY -PLACED CONCRETE 2501 GENERAL Reinforced concrete shall be of the materials, proportions, strength and consistency as set forth in this chapter and shall be .044 11111111 111 Ibl..IIIRIRI01111,I 108 designed eb t adi 9 r i tea of admitting icof eationtd analysis a ing to E902 S?ANDARD8 The following stattdeds ate hereby adopted as a Pa of this Code and supplement. tlement. but de not supersede, the specific rectuirth meats as set "forth heroine 2502,t "building Code Requirements for Reinforced Cotrere S 1318d ,01 b)a� tit the American Concrete Institute, citeept 28012 "Minimum Standard Requirements for Precast Concrete Meat Units," AC1 711�86, as adopted iy the American Cotente Institute. Concrete`28t "Manual ofAStandard and rd Practice fot !Jet Wing Reinforced 2802 DEFINITIONS The following words and terms shall, fot the purpose of We Code, have the meanings set forth in this Section t (a) Commissioners of Buildings shall mean the Building Official, (b) Bdard of Special Construction shall mean the Board of Appeals. 2504 MATERIALS AND TESTS 2504.1 PORTLAND CEMENTt Portland Bement shall con* form to the "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement" (ASTM Designation: C150). 2504.2 CONCRETE AGGREGATESt Aggregates used in cony Crete for buildings or structures shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates" (ASTM fiesi ation: C38) or to the "Standard Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete" (ASTM Designation C330) eseept as follows: )i The hag a ation of locally produced sand and crushed rock aggregate COARSE AGGREGATE PINE AGGREGATE Percent Parting Percent Paieltt2 1 t,11" Sieve 100• %" Sieve 100- 1" Sieve 95.100 #4 Sieve 90-100 (ir " Sieve .. 26.60 #8 Sieve 70-96 #4 Siege ... 0.10 #16 Sieve 50-86 # 8 Sieve 0.5 # 30 Sieve 30-70 #*50 100 Sieve 10-10 (b) Aggregates failing to meet these specifications but which have been shown by approved laboratory test to produce concrete of the required quality may be used where authorized by the Building Official. g (not more than ones atwenll tiet quarried onenfresh percent salt by weight. con- tain and shall 2504.3 REINFORCING: Only intermediate grade reinforcing steel complying with ASTM designation A15-64T and rail steel bars complying with ASTM designation A-16.64T shall be allowed for reinforced concrete construction, 2504.4 TESTS: (a) The Building Official, or his authorized representative, shall have the right to order the test of any material 109 **Witt thin to to of tbiltftilftld tefifttito't5 3ietel itetittal abil ii} or the pu ose : to tittle, , treatson tbte tests Of th`e e ffotn time to time o deter thine whe'ii 0 the materials and t?u da in use are such as to produce ;toncttte of the necessary able; i ird to order the test under load of any p term of a eompleted etinet ► hen conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to the hdecitthey of the structure to se_rte the purpose for which it is intended. (b) Tests of materials and of concrete shall be made ih at ante with the requirements of the American Societl► for" estih a- terials as noted elsewhere in this Chapter. Tests shall 'lye mi'! a by an approved testing laboratory and the results of such tests sub- ntitted to the building Official by the iaboratory. The complete rec- ords of such testa shall be available for inspection during the pro - resr of the work and for a reasonable Period thereafter, and shall be Preserved by the engineer or architect for that purpose, 2505 QUALiTY Or CONCRETE 2505.1 CONCRETE QUALITY: (a) rot the design of rein- forced concrete structures, the value of f', used for determining the allowable stresses as stipulated in Section 2505.3 shall be based on the 2R-day compressive strength of the concrete or the specified mini- mum compressive strength at the earlier age at which the concrete may he expected to 'receive its full load. All plans, submitted for approval or used on the job, shall clearly show the assumed strength of concrete at a specified age for which all parts of the structure were designed. (b) The minimum quality of structural concrete recoggnit►ed by this Code shall be concrete shaving a design strength of 2000 .pounds per square inch in 28 da (t) The .building official may accept concrete mixed in the proportion of one cubic foot or one sack of Portland Cement, two and one-half cubic feet of sand and four cubic feet of coarse aggre- gate when machine mixed with sufficient water to snake a plastic mix with no free water, provided the use of concrete so proportioned and mixed is limited to minor building components. (d) When the design is based on f',. in excess of 2500 psi, pro- portioning and mixing shall be approved by, and placing shall be under the supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer as set forth in Sub -section 305.3. 2505.2 TESTS ON CONCRETE: (a) The BuildingOfficial may require a reasonable number of tests to be made uring the progress of the work, or may, promulgate and set forth in writing such reasonable rules for requiring tests to be made by an approved laboratory as he may consider necessary to insure cc.,apliance with this Code. Not less than three specimens shall be made for each standard test, nor less than one test for each 50 cubic yards of con- crete used at any job site. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with the Standard Method of Making and Curing Con- crete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field, (ASTM Designation: C31). Specimens shall be tested in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Con- crete Cylinders, (ASTM Designation: C39) and the three specimens constituting a standard test shall be tested at 28 days. (b) The age for strength tests shall be 28 days, or where speci- fied at the earlier age at which the concrete is to receive its full working load, but seven-day tests may be used provided that the re- lation between the seven and 28-day strengths of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. (c) To conform to the requirements of these specifications, the average strength of the laboratory cured cylinders representing each class of concrete as well as the average of any five consecutive 110 Strength tests representin each class of eontl[' tf' §hafit be e ttk1 tt bitggrottothan the specified St rgtlt, 110 stren. test b6 : h an average value less than SO percent of the specified tit1 ng°th all trot More than one strength test. in ten :`hall have an average Caine Of tes§ than 96 percent of the specified strength. (d) In addition, where there is qquestion as to the quality of the concrete in the structure, the Auilding Official may tequ t'e cote tests in accordance with the "standard" Methods of Securing, Pre- paring and Testing Specitnens from Hardened Concrete for Cotnpr s- sire and flexural Strengths," (ASTM flesignation: C42) 0r order toad tests for that portion of the structure where the questionable concrete has been placed. When concrete in structures has failed to meet the minimum standards, the Building Official shall order anal- ysisand report by a Registered Engineer to determine the adequacy of the structure. (e) The maximum allowable slump of concrete shall be alit inches. on jobs controlled and supervised by a Professional ngi- neer, this maximum may be exceeded, but no concrete shall exceed the slump as indicated on the approved plans for the proposed Work. No water shall be added at the job site to concrete delivered by truck as ready for use except by the control of a supervising 1'tofes- sional Engineer or other roncrete control authority acceptable ttr the Building Official. and then only when slump tests are made and the concrete so delivered is known to be of less than the slump speci- fied or ,fob conditions require a greater slump. 2505.3 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES IN CONCRETE: (a) The unit stresses in pounds per square inch on concrete using heavy aggregates to be used in the design shall not exceed the values of Table. 25-A where f'c equals the minimum specified compressive strength at 28 days, or atthe earlier age at which the concrete may he expected to receive its full load. (b) The unit stresses in concrete using light weight aggregates shall not exceed the percentages of ultimate strength as established in Table 25-A based on ultimate strengths demonstrated by testa. 2506 MIXING AND PLACING 2506.1 FORMS AND EQUIPMENT: (a) Before placing con, Crete, all equipment for rnixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned, all debris removed from the spaces to be occupied by the concrete, forms shall be thoroughly wetted or oiled, masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete shall be well drenched, and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned. (b) Water shall be removed from place of deposit before con- crete is placed unless otherwise permitted by the Building Official. 2506.2 MIXING OF CONCRETE: (a) Unless otherwise au- thorized by the Building Official, the mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type. (b) All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distri- bution. of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged. (c) For job mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be con- tinued for at least one and one-half minutes after all materials are in the drum. For hatches larger than one cubic yard, mixing time shall be increased 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or frac- tion thereof. 111 J. %E> eta:et' tJe 0 , co. 00 m tee II m440 *ere?! N V a) oo`C3 Il O A 6 ev 0 66 veto ft 66 M t• 60 ea 66 ter. NM M16 ce tw,u d lY �a o sv0 O0 i iv �A 1 `• o ,y,,�, i l E Jii t la Is. i is I0i. w.1v •ro 'oE 11 00 tl E.S 4V6AO OO O ,p C-0—A11A ..r 2 T:IEl r'- .yrw' 1�1 ~ 111���111 r R. ci g+ gt#e O`O c °Datoffa' •c uy' 0Eo0w a u+ t N C O 4y2 CaM *68 AA? del els au. 1 eaMOR 6 0 gtimuom me mg ea PR N$Ob 18+e38f1.1 Oa Ae:i�.�7 �1 Oa 688 6N8 88 "moil ecru iota Nt�1 * +taw1"w 4444 L L of4i 4 cet; 41 4+v� - o" G .G 4r EqaE1 oEoa'+LoE�4eel044 Y e4 CRC bwe�bfve 243113 ear A eeeetl0 d 8 Kcu ct 444 F• ' 00 112 ros /"1 $d) getttip=-lwii rrtt t § tnii *lid dginklyttd tti i = e6fdaht! h re iiirei h d "StilthaM tiOrts fer Read lilted Ct t fie"" (AS si$rhatiett : a). (a) NO getreii to snail reter peted after it Mt tatkth tin ihit#al att not shall an betel: at Portion thereof he delresited it: f Oita fh6tit than One and arts ttalf hors after the trikihf of that ttapticulilf beteh has been cortateneed. 2§00.d CONVtYIttrii (a) ter:trete shalt be etni eyed from the mixer to the dace of final deposit by tnetheds Which Will pre%eht separation or loss of the materials, it in and tnieutnatically ct)ht ey= fib) �;ttuitstntnt for chutitt�►" t'� fn � ing concrete shall be of such site and design as to itistift a priietieal= ly continuous flow of concrete et the delivery end Without sepata- tier: of the Materials. 206.4 DtPOSI?INtit lis) Concrete shall be deposited es neatly as practicable in its final position to avoid segeegation due to re -handling or flowing. The concreting shalt be carried on at such a tate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into the spaces between the bars. 'No concrete that has been contattti- Crated by foreign materials shall be deposited on the work, (b) When concreting is once started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is corns pleted. The top surface shall be generally level. When construction joints are necessarj', they shall be made as set forth in Sub -section 2507.8. (e) All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable means during the operation of placing, and shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the corners of the forms. Where concrete is placed in columns or walls, the placing shall be so conducted that the concrete will not pass reinforcements for more than six feet. Separate lifts shall be thoroughly compacted. Vibrators may be used to aid in the place - :tea of the concrete, provided they are used under experienced sup- ervision, the forms are designed to withstand their action, and their action is not directed to bars, any part of which is in contact with concrete which started to take its initial set. (d) Where conditions make compacting difficult, or where the reinforcement is congested, batches of mortar containing the same proportions in theeformsttosand depthused at leastconerinchshall first be 2506.5 CURING: In all concrete structures concrete made with normal Portland cement shall be maintained in a moist condi- tion concrete t shallhe ibe t ovmain ntainedays tfor at least the firand st days. 2806.6 BONDING: Before new concrete is deposited on or against concrete which has set the forms shall be retightened, the surface of the set concrete shall be cleaned of all foreign matter and laitance, and wetted. The cleaned and wetted surfaces of the hard- ened concrete shall first be slushed with a coating of neat cement against which the new concrete shall be placed before the mortar has attained its initial set. 2507 FORMS AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION 2507.1 DESIGN OF FORMS: Forms shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions of the members as called for on the plans, and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leak- age of mortar. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together so as to columns positionhalbprovidedtoTemporary cleaning andtinspection 113 Watt Ieritaitiag t: em*. %V1t tt the to hat srttet ti't tam ali. rt;iOhforce soil eVIP slabs tit bersi other that, eft ?,heed in edintett With the ' rheth jo-i*heft st.% to facilitaite inspettion of Hating biretta, Lions, ettept that "t3", tYfte Watt block tray he used with the limit* Dens as set forth DI Stab-paratraph 2704.2 (e)(2), 150,.2 REMOVAL ib t l tM5t The rettrotal of tottits shall be carried out it: such a manner as to insure the CotliPlete safer Of the structure. 'Vertical forms intik be removed in 24 Maass ti id+ that the concrete has hardened sufficiently that it is hot Witted, flottotn forms and shoring`for slabs, beams And girders shall not be removed in less than 14 ays; except that where tests indicate that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely support itself and any imposed loads ih less time, adjustments in the above Waiting periods may be made by the Building` Official in conformance With the results obtained. 2507.3 PIPES ANti CONDUITS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE: Steel or iron pipes larger than one inch in diameter, of pipes *Melt will contain liquid, gas or vapor at other than room temperature or which are under pressure shall hot be directly embedded in concrete necessary for structural stability, or fire protection. Sleeves of other pipes passing through floors, walls or beams shall not impait the strength of the construction. Sleeves or pipes not over two inches nominal inside diameter may be considered as structurally replacing the concrete, provided they are not exposed to rusting or other de- terioration, are of plain or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than standard wrought -iron pipe and are spaced not less than three diameters apart. Electric conduits and other pipes whose embedment is allowed shall not, with their fittings, displace that concrete on which stress is calculated or which is required for fire Protection, to greater ex- tent than four percent of the area of the cross-section. Embedded pipes and conduits other than those passing through, shall not be larger than one inch in outside diameter or larger than one-third the thickness of the slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded; shall not be spaced closer than three diameters apart nor located to impair the strength of the construction. The Building Official may permit exceptions to the above re- strictions where provisions acceptable to him are made in the design of the members to accommodate larger pipes. 2507.4 CLEANING AND BENDING REINFORCEMENT: Metal reinforcement, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free from rust, scale or other coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond. 2507.5 PLACING REINFORCEMENT: Metal reinforcement shall be accurately placed and adequately secured in position by con - concrete or metal chairs or spacers or other acceptable methods. The minimum clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the bats. In no case shall the clear distance between bars be less than one inch, nor less than one and otnP-thirst tinter the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. When reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in t WO or more Iaayt.rs, the dear distance between layers shall not be less than one inch nor less than the diameter of the bars, and the bars in the upper layers shall he placed directly above those in the bottom layer. 2507.6 SPLICES IN REINFORCEMENT: (a) In slabs, beams, and girders, splices in compression reinforcement shall not be made at points of maximum stress and splices in tension rein- forcement shall not depend on bond but shall be mechanically se- cured. Splices shall provide sufficient lap to transfer the stress be- tween bars by bond. The clear distance between bars shall also ap- ply to the clear distance between a splice and adjacent splices or 114 'bet. gibe w eget abaft be 1>>d *Meth lopped of oitifentise telly deteelotredo shall trap `et the net* sttess 3't tt to 1 *Odin 'tkfteditit the elletvt•stb!e bead altd shear stress AM the fhit itNelfi ove la try It la ced Wirt shall be 24 bar ditttnetets bttt hot 1+ that fa incited. (h) Siilices in cotntnn bats shalt frttrvide g lap got 24 iliattietets for defotthed bars and an diameters for Main bars, but not less thin 18 inches. there changes in cross-section of a column deetiti the krngitudinal bars shall be sloped for the full length of the eolutnn of off -set in a region where lateral support is afforded. Where off= set, the slope of the inclined portion from the albs of the Muffin shall not be more than one to six. 2601 CCNCR>✓tt✓ tRb?tetiON VOR RtINPORaaMRMT: (a) The reinforcement of footings and other Irtineita:I structttPEtl member in which the concrete is deposited against the wound shall have not less than three inches of concrete between it and the ground contact surface. if concrete surfaces after remo+al of the forms are to be exposed to the {'either ot• be in contact with the ground, the reinforcement shall he protected with not less than tw-e inches of concrete. (b) The concrete protective covering for t•eit►forc.ement at sur- faces not exposer! directly to the ground or wenthet shall be not less than three -fourth inch for slabs and walls; and not Tess than one and one-half inches for beatns, girders and columns. In concrete ribbed floors in which the clear distance between ribs is not fnore than thirty inches, the protection of reinforcement shall be at least three -fourths inch. (t) Concrete CON'er• for reinforcement shall in all cases be at least equal to the diameter of round bars, and one and one-half times the side dimension of square bars. (d) Exposed reinforcement bars intended for bonding with fu- ture extensions shall be protected from corrosion by concrete or other adequate covering. (e) The above protective coe►'ings are tninimurns but protec- tion shall not be less than elsewhere set forth for required fire- resistive ratings. 2507,8 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: (a) Joints not indicated on the plans shall be so made and located as to least impair the strength of the structure, Where a joint is to be made, the surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance removed. Vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted, and slushed with a coat of meat cement grout immediately before placing of new concrete. (b) At least two hours must elapse after depositing concrete in the columns or walls before depositing in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and haunches shall he considered as part of the floor system and shall be placed monolithically therewith. (c) Construction joint, in floors shall be located near the mid- dle of the spans of slabs, beans, or girders except where such slabs, beams or girders carry concentrated loads, in which case the location of construction joints shall he determined by engineering analysis. 2508 PRECAST CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF UNITS 2508.1 GENERAL: (a) Precast concrete units shall comply with the minimum requirements set forth in this Charter, and the Standards set forth in Sub -section 2502.2 shall be applicable to only floor and roof units. (b) All precast structural items shall be designed by a Regis- tered Professional Engineer. 113 (t) Only the material tad ittor 1itt iei&t q *Rh the ttriit8 at the tune of tnanufactute shall teed intif1g str sse utttesis *des q> ate itnd approved thechanieeetl shear transfer is pftWIded. (d) the fuiIdia Official tray �profimi it and set tOrth in Writ. ing such reasonable tunes foe tequiting teats to he Made b)' all Proved le boratoty t#a he fray coils def treeessary to insur eompiittheee with this Code or uniformity of the products produced. The quantity of tests shall be based Oh consideration of safety of volume of output. to) The t#uildin ► Official or his teptesehtative shalt hate free access to the plant Of any producet itt all hours or normal operatioli and failure to permit such access shall he cause Mt revocation air approval. (f) p`ailure of any product to satisfy in eery respect ttie b,at ity prescribed, or failure to eonform with plans and specificat shall be cause for rejection of the products. 't5 AI CONCRETE PROTECTION FOR REINP'ORCRMirNT: Precast floor and roof units made under certified and controlled manufacturing procedures, when used in locations protected froth the weather or moisture, may be approved with three -fourths inch concrete covering for the reinforcing, provided, that the concrete cover ih all cases shall be at least equal to the diameter of round bars and one and one-half times the side dimension of square bars, and provided that to insure exact final location to the steel, positive and rigid devices for that purpose are employed in the manufactur- ing process. When the precast members are exposed to weather or moisture the concrete cower shall be not less than set forth in Sub- section 2607.1 and, where fire -resistive construction is required, the concrete cover shall be as set forth in Chapter :ii. (b) Aggregate for floor slabs shall be so graded from fine to coarse that not less than one-half hoe more than two-thirds by weight of the total, based on dry materials, is retained on the No. 4 stand- ard sieve, except that these proportions do not necessarily apply to light weight aggregates. The maximum size shall not exceed one- third the thickness of the slab. 2508.3 AGGREGATE: The maximum size of the aggregate for precast units shall be hot larger than one-third of the narrowest dimension between sides of the forms of the member in which the unit is cast nor larger than three -fourths of the minimum clear spac- ing between reinforcing bars and sides of the forms, except that where concrete is placed by means of high frequency vibration the maximum size of the aggregateshall not be larger than one-half the narrowest dimension between sides of the forms. 2508.4 STRENGTH OF CONCRETE: (a) Concrete for pre- cast structural units made of crushed stone or other heavy aggregate shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2500 p.s.i. at 28 days. (b) Concrete for precast units made of light weight aggregate concrete shall follow the general provisions of Sub -section 2503.3 with consideration of the nature and limitations of the aggregate and the strength of the product. 2508.5 WORKMANSHIP: (a) The mix, the gradation of the aggregate and the workability shallbe such as to insure complete filling of the form and continuous intimate bond between the con- crete and all steel. (b) Handling and conveying before curing shall be reduced to a minimum. Machinery for this purpose should be so designed that the unit will not be subject to bending or shock which will produce incipient cracks, broken edges or corners. Precast units shall not be freely transported or placed until the concrete is at least 14 days old, if made with regular cement, or at least seven days old, if made 116 est Ha ed iter typt is tit leas t80 pelt rr d 28 ast by dell riite tests, cast stturtUtfrl units not ectrittYlyirrg with irenreftS or hatinuse of g t isittle cracks, haneyrarthh, Ottro±t d reif fflft- i'nrlo ing except ,at prtl!< er, with a c�otn�ea#ite section dimension more that: one -eighth inch less than StIerified dimension shall unit be Permitted. � dii� oni CURING: until the coh concrete ht asu structural compressive strength of :in proreent of the gA=day detiftn :etretii th but tent lesi: than 1r►(rrt p.s.i,, as verified by representative teats. (b) Curing by highfilnsteam tot�gMatti processes nay Pressure, cee the vapor) in he concrete and to reduce the time of euring. (6) To insure the eventual placement of the unite ill the :ttruc, tune without damage, the handling shall be done in such a tnahiter than bending shall be reduced to a tninitnuttt fit pretented, 2808.7 IDENTIFICATION AND MARKING: All joist, beams, girders, he un t. This moshall symbol some mark indicaateithe indicating ano C the the date of the manufacture and the length) size and type of rein. forcing, 2808.8 CUTTING or ROLES: No openingsor channels not provided for in the structural design Asti maon thee job with. out the specific approval his written, detailed instructions covering such work, 2808.8 ANCNORAGR: Anchorage of all precast concrete units shall be designed, based on rational analysis to transmit loads and other forces to the structural frame. �acenent by Icaost• PIRCC lbridgin �11 be andsecured such bridginnstshall be displacement not isttexce exceed t that fo mroof sy� width of }in-place Portiana Conn. the a pp crete slabs ernbeddinit the top flanges not less than one-half inch. or steel inserts casld'sheato iiniebfgppn�ing gypsum decks weedhallbaccepted bulb-tees bridig, 2508 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 2509.1 GENERAL: (a) The term "prestressed concrete" re- fers hardening of the concrete; or towhich �poe stitens reinforcing tensioned in beforehich the reinforcing is tensioned after hardening of the concrete; or combinations of both pre -tensioning andpost-tensioning, (b) All prestressed precast structural hems shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. (c) The Building Official may promulgate and set forth in writ- ing such reasonable rules for requiring tests to be made by an ap- proved laboratory as he may consider necessary f roducbsre compli- ance with these Standards or uniformity (d) The Building Official or his representative shall have free access ndf totre tola asuchraccessr at shall l beo cause fof rmal revocation of and failure permit approval. (e) Failure of any product to satisfy the quality prescribed or failure to conform withplansplans and specifications shall be cause for rejection of the product. 2509.2 MATERIALS: (a) Uncoated 7-wire strand for re - tensioned work: (1) outside wires o assf ure hat eachre of nd shall out- be enough larger than the outs: side wires will bear against the center wire. 117 if have VI) At fitted 1 irvtSnt tilt let rli'd' f l if! trait a ti,ir' i ttii i The theeii tth dinette? ° 3ie surd thin be to (4) gtrend firsperties sent be as follows: Mihitetitn ultimate strength, 2801600 0.1.1. Minimum yield strength (as determined by 0.2% offset rnet at% t sl % of ultimate sties. Mihimutt► elongation in 24 inches, 4 percent. The use of gale anti+ed strand will be permitted. (b) WtREt (1) All wire, dependent on bond anchorage, shill be stress -relieved type not larger than 0.2 inthes in diameter. (2) Wire properties shall be as follows: Mihinsu:n ultimate strength, 220,001) p.s.i. Minimum yield strength (as determined by 0.2% offset method), 80 % of ultimate stress, Minimum elongation in ten inches, 4 percent, (e) MARS: Dar properties shall be as follows: Minimum ultimate strength, 145,000 p.s.i. Minimum yield strength (as determined by 0.2% offset method), 90% of ultimate stress. Minimum elongation in 20 bar diameters, 4 percent. (d) REINFORCING STEEL: All deformed steel bars or welded wire fabric shall meet the standards set forth in Sub -section 2502.1. (e) CONCRETE: Concrete shall meet the standards set forth in this chapter and shall have a minimum 28-day ultimate strength of 4000 p.s.i. except that when concrete of light weight aggregate is used, due consideration shall be given to the nature and limitations of the aggregate and strength of the product, (f) hating for fire -resistive periods as set forth in Chapter !3i shall be as set forth by tests performed by the National Board of Fire Under writers or a similar nationally recognized rating agency, 2509.3 DESIGN: (a) PRESTRESSING STRAND AND WIRE: (1) Initial stresses shall not exceed 80 percent of mini- mum ultimate strength for stress relieved strand and/or wire. (2) Design stresses shall not exceed G0 percent of minimum ulti- mate strength for stress -relieved strands and/or wire. (3) Temporary over stressing to reduce creep shall be allowed. mustbnecessarily RRexceed 60gperrcent of ultimate tensioning of bars (2) Design stresses should be as recommended by the bar manu- facturer and approved by the Building Official based on test data submitted to and approved by the Building Official. (c) LOSS OF PRESTRESSING: Loss in initial prestress due to creep, shrinkage and plastic deformation for pre -tensioned con- crete shall be 6,000 plus 16 fcs plus 0.04 fsi and for post -tensioned concrete shall be 3,000 plus 11 fcs plus 0.04 fsi, except that other recognized criteria, the accuracy of which is shown by tests, may be accepted by the Building Official. The loss in initial prestress shall generally be assumed as not less than 15 percent of the initial pre- stress. NOTATIONS: Fcs is the average concrete stress along the cen- ter of gravity of steel line (p.s.i.). Fsi is initial unit prestress in steel (psI). 11S tol) Ut1?14All STIM Uii ?'t4t '1" 1i€flill i ill be led by tedifft12611 filehedit aM OW an d litlllet ldt s *iftt,ut failure Vat ti$dgt.s, 2 Ma Pita iffo pins jrapact jibe tit Vita)t i+6 111, plait'2.5 -ail plug t`ttpiett film OA i ), whichever Matt Bthlditr s: 1,15 (iL plus tt1 puts 0 s W) tit 1.2 bt plait 2.5 t, .piers 0. it., tt*hirhever i5 a t`. () CONC'Ri tt: (1) Mauimum allowable stresses itt tatt4 ttete after the ttansfef of prestressing shall be as fotidWs: Cotnpression in bridge members .0.60 fel Compression in building tnembets 0,60 fel "Tension 0.07 fei Unless additional tension is taken by t'einforeing steel, Higher compression Values may be used where tree and catttbel members and suitably fci controlled builld :g Deere mexceed e s ed 0,08 Lei for bridge NOtA'fiONS: fci - Strength of concrete at time of transfer of prestressing p.s.i.). f'c -- Strength of concrete at 28 clays t p.s.i. ). conditions(2) Maxium ,halm be asfol lows: allowable stresses under final dead and live load Compression in bridge members 1►.40 f`c Compression in building members n.4n f'r Tension in bottom fiber in bridge members 0.00 f`c Tension in bottom fiber in building members u.nd f'r Tension in tot' fiber steel, but not more than 0.08 fe. 11 t►4 its Diagonal tension , Ultimate load without stirrups 1►.nti f c These values may be exceeded provided it is shown that the struc- ture will behave properly under service conditions and will meet the rrtiuirements of occasional overloads, except that tehsion in the bot- tom fibres which exceed 11.10 f'e shall be substantiated by tests. Structures of unusual proportions and designs must be investigated for proper behavior and ultimate strength even if all the stresses are within the specified limits. The net shear force should be checked at support or start of web fillet, whichever section is more critical. Compute shear in the same locations when loads are multiplied by minimum safety factors, When the stress under ultimate load, weblreinforcement tension hall be provided toresist the total shear. (f) POSITIONING OP REINFORCING: (1) The center to center spacing of prestressing strands and/or wire in the anchorage narea or lessll not be than oneless thn and og a ha fetimesSthee maximud or m izeeoframeter coarse aggregates. (2) The minimum distance from any concrete face to the cen. ter of a wire or strand shall be three times the wire or strand diameter, or one-half its diameter, plus one inch, whichever is great- er, except that at the side and top faces of a secondary member the clear distance shall•be not less than three -fourths inch, (3) prestressing reinforcement may be exposed where ample means of controlling corrosion is provided. 2509.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: (a) Prestressing strands or wires, and all reinforcing steel, shall be accurately placed in post• tion before concrete is placed. (b) Reinforcing shall be free of substances harmful to bond. 119 fef . When t*o of ?note studs at, �o-ires 1i isti'lr WPM, ttiteottsly, means AO be prided td btin 4c1 ttaiUii ill `Nett sttand or wire. (d) tor ettess relieved strand of tt`ire', Preterititinint hilt* hithil be determined by n catibfated gaffe and testi/tit* 40ttgatien Wed on the modulus of elasticity. (a) Concrete shall be deposited, rf`btnted, fittished arid etilifti iti set fofth iit this Chapter. (t) Curing by high pressure steam, Meant Vapor, tit Otlteet ttej repted processes may be employed to accelerate the hatdetti0g of Ott concrete and to reduce the tithe of curing. (g) Pretension in the strands of wires stall be teleaited ff nttt the anchorage gradually and simultaneously, (h Transfer of prestressing force shall not be done Until trot►= Crete as teached a minimum strength of 3500 p.s.i, tat thtee,eighthft inch diameter strands or smaller, of 4000 p.s,i, for seven=sixteenths inch diameter strands. (1) No opening of channels not provided for in the structural tie. sign shall be trade on the job without the specific approval of t1ie Engineer. (j) Products of prestressed concrete shall be lilted and/or sup• ported only at the points designed to resist such forces, (lc) Anchorage of all precast concrete units shall be designed to transmit loads and other forces to the structural frame, 2510 PNEUMATICALLY PLACED CONCRETE 2810.1 (a) Pneumatically placed concrete is a proportioned combination of fine aggregate Portland cement and Water Which, after mixing is pneumatically projected by air directly onto the sur- face to which it is to be applied. (b) Pneumatically placed concrete shall be proportioned and applied as set forth herein. 2810.2 MATCR1ALSt (so Portland cement shall comply with the Standard Specifications for Portland cement (ASTM Designs- tion: 150), (b) Fine aggregates shall consist of washed sand and shall be hard, dense, durable, clean sharp and graded evenly from fine to coarse as follows Sieve Site Percent Passing 100 97-100 #84 78-85 # 16 60-73 # 30 36-47 # 50 10-20 # 100 0.4 The sand shall have a fineness modulus of between 2.70 and 3.3 and for proper placement, sand shall contain between three and six percent moisture by weight. (c) Water shall be of potable quality. (d) All reinforcement shall be clean and free of loose rust or other coatings harmful to bond. 0nly round bars or wire mesh shall be used. 2510.3 PROPORTIONS: (s) Unless otherwise specified, all pneumatically placed concrete shall be mixed in the proportions of one part of cement to four and one-half parts of sand based on loose, dry volume. 120 tb) The NH/hag t)Theilii may moire that tee UM AA Ite Mitde to detetthine the Atter:Nth Y1 the friatettal 0Thetd. Not ttiVO test cylinders, AO be Made dt efich dars OPettitittri. Tet trylindett Shell be furnished by the persdri or firths tieing tot eau- int the *otic to he done and shall be fa niches ih diameter she 12 inches ih height Fern's tot cylinder shall he of thitte-totitilis ihch hardware oath shell be shot with the same niP Ptesstitek ntrille tip slid hydration as the tottat 'lathe structure and the hardware cloth fottn shall be ?emoted in 24 how's. lindens Ashen be elited atid tested in accotdaate with the Sterrtiattl method of Test for Confine& sive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders tASTM Desigeetioh: C89), One cylinder shall be tested at seven days and Shell develop a compressive strength of not less than 2400 p.s.i. and one eylinder shall be tested at 20 days and shall develop the specified Strength but not less than 8000 p.s.i. based on 1:414mt 2810.4 REBOUND: Rebound recovered clean and free of fort eign matter may be reused as sand ih quantity not to elteeed 20 pet. cent of the sand tequirerneets. 2810.8 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints shall be sloped to a thin edge. No square joints will be allowed. 2810.0 CURING A light spray of water shall be applied as soon as possible without damage to the surface and the surface thin be kept moist for a period of not less than five days. MO., WORKMANSHIP: Only well trained or experieneed foremen, gunmen, nozzlemen, and rodmen shall be employed and the Building Official may require written evidence of experience as a requisite of approval of the work. 2810.8 FORMS: Forms shall be true to line and level, shall be substantially braced to avoid excessive vibration and shall be sale. quately supported to avoid deflection. Forms for columns shall, where practicable, be on two sides only, Porn% for beams shall be a soffit and one side or may be a soffit only with vertical barking of fine wire mesh near the center. Forms shall be clean and thoroughly wetted before application of mortar. 2510.9 PREPARATION OF SURFACES: (a) Old concrete or masonry surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting. Sand blasting shall be done by experienced workmen and using sap. proved equipment and sand shall be clean, sharp, hard and uniform. (b) All concrete and masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of dust and loose particles by compressed air and water and shall be thor- oughly wetted and surface damp before application of mortar. (c) Steel surfaces shall be cleaned free of substances that will prevent bond and shall be sand blasted where necessary. (d) Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly compacted, neatly trimmed to line and grade, and shall be wetted and without free sur- face water before application of mortar. 2510.10 PLACING OF MORTAR: (a) A uniform water pressure, not less than 15 pounds per square inch above the air pres- sure, shall be maintained at the nozzle. (b) For lengths of hose up to 100 feet, pneumatic pressure at the gun shall be 45 pounds per square inch or more. Where length exceeds 100 feet, pressure shall be increased five pounds per square inch for each additional 50 feet of hose required. Steady pressure shall be maintained. (c) The nozzle shall be held at right angles to the surface and at a distance of two and one-half to three and one-half feet. cd) When enclosing reinforcing steel, the nozzle shall be held to direct the material behind the bars. Each side of individual bars shall be shot separately. 121 oi iftereittg low.Out jet eh e tk f 6 etngti bt 1 1 nd O rsand Odell e 1d�d behind the bars. (f) oftaf shall emergefrom the hot~$le HI a steatite»tt ut fupte NI* And when the f10 r becomes fhtei'inittent, the hOttte a 11 be diverted from the t oth. Hydration shall be thorough and tthifofrlt. (t) to shooting wails and columns, npptication shall begin tit the bottom and the first coat shall completely embed the reinf oreefitent to the forth, a surfacefatstight beams, to the bottle Allah be maintained. dottorn and (I) tt shooting slabs, the nottle shall be held at a slight angle tote stork so that rebound is blown on to the finishedpoi ofl where it shall be remoted. The limit of hiatePial in one toyer shall he the appearance of etteess moisture on the surface. (j) Before placing succeeding layers, all loose material rebound, laitance, rebound pockets, sags or other imperfections harmful to bond or strength shall be removed of carefully Cut out and the sure face shall be damp. Sufficient time shall be allowed between layers for the material to set. (k) Finishing of surfaces may be by any method not harmful to the strength of the material. A finish coat tray be applied start, itht from the top and working► down. CHAPTER 26 REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE 2601 DESIGN 2602 STANDARDS 2603 TESTS 2604 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2601 DESIGN 2601.1 DESiGNt Reinforced gypsum concrete shall be de- signed by methods admitting of rational analysis based on estab- lished principles of mechanics. The general assumptions and princi- ples despecified ign f ofarc for reinforcedconcrete so farnas they are 5 applicable. be basis 2601.2 LIMITATIONS OP USRt (a) Reinforced gypsum con- crete used for roofs of occupancies producing unusually high humid- ities shall be constructed with the use of non-absorbitire formboard. (b) Reinforced gypsum concrete shall not be used: (1) For floors. (2) For direct support of concentrated loads, such as water tanks, fan bases, cooling towers, flag poles and signs. Details must provide for transmitting such loads directly to the walls or the pri- mary framing. (3) For exterior locations other than roofs. (4) For ceilings of structures not completely enclosed, unless constructed with the use of non•absorbitive formboard. 2602 STANDARDS The "Standard Specifications for Reinforced Gypsum Concrete" (ASA-A59.1-1954) of the American Standards Association is here- by adopted to supplement, but not supersede, the specific require- ments set forth herein. 2603 TESTS The Building Official may require reasonable tests of gypsum- 123 Ltemittetirgtelfti frP23114Mvettstd teltiltflfettaft i'. l�l 1TRUCTION MAILS 20I4.t POUREIMPOLACE WTPS104t tr) flog slabs el cured-if-P C6 tosion shall be solid acid a minimum hiekritit ii Ot less thin two itrc es and spanning not More than 03 inches. b) 1 einfrrting fabric shall conform to Ae `ht 1 iesigfatinti area ,shalt t i l0,026 wq shall re the 5 an foot of e dthst No 12 apes, of not less than 0, age wire spaced four inches Oh centers as Principal Meeting nor less than 0.0015 square inches per foot Of width or No. 14 gage wire spaced eight inches on center as temperature reinforcing, and shall be lapped not less than 16 inches at the ends, shall be butted or spaced not more than four inches. (t) 'Sub-purlins shalt be designed to provide a mechanical iodic or key with the gypsum to resist uplift, (d) Sub-purlins shall be riidty secured to the primary roof framing by welding, riveting or bolting to the supporting membeta, including end supports, and where welded, such welding shall be on both sides of the sub-purlin. Sub -purling terminating a or on thas- onry walls shall be securely anchored to the masonry by a contin® uous member. Supporting emasonry inst llatio not ub-purl parallel or adj ce r. fins shall not be used ht to the masonry. (e) Where sub-purlins are not used, resistance to uplift shall be otherwise provided of suitable design equivalent to the sub-purlins. (f) Sub-purlins supporting reinforced gypsum shall not be cons sidered as bridging to serve in lieu of bridging otherwise required for the framing members supporting such sub-purlins. (e) Sub-purlins shall not be field -spliced between supports. (h) Suspended ceilings shall not be hung from the gypsum. Such ceilings may be hung from the sub-purlins where the sub-purlins are so designed. (i) Roof coverings shall be applied as specified in Chapter 34, 2604.2 PRECAST GYPSUM UNITS: (a) Precast gypsum• concrete units for roof construction shall be of uniform thickness solid or hollow or may be recessed on the underside. The span of precast gypsum concrete shall not exceed six feet eight inches. Pot the purpose of this section any span over three feet shall be called a long span. (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2604.2 (c), pre- cast gypsum -concrete units shall have not less than the foliowing thicknesses: Solid units shall be not less than two inches thick, nor, if (1) a long span, less than three inches thick. (2) hollow units shall be not less than three inches, nor the shethell in units shcompression 1 benot less han than three-fourths thick; thanfive inches thick northe shell in cif long osp an, pression less than one and three -eighths inches thick. (3) Recessed units shall be not less than five inches thick nor the panel less than one and three -eighths inches thick. (c) Precast solid reinforced gypsum -concrete units, not more than 15 inches wide and bound on the long edges with structural or pressed steel of approved design anchored to the units, shall be not less than two inches thick. If the length of units is not less than one and one-half times the span and the steel binding on the edges is designed to interlock with adjoining units in the manner of tongue - and -grooved wooden plank and is of sufficient strength to transmit the load on one unit to adjoining units, the end joints may be stag- 123 d at rhh'dota tat tNI ihiitt t*o tetit# atiel theflftlRl'blt.°ti'if't Witt esigtre`d !3s tirritittttitot. d) t're'et}tit ortsath,eotifttfte hafts tattoo? s fttetieft Whin tre teitrtort d, ht'rd u111es§ the shape Or mental Of t writ its able as to maure its b itrtt pined right Aide fit, the 1' thfereittf ts1iititl bt symmetrical so that the Wilt ran snit its lead tMitt Aide Ie. (e) Precast arpstim-concrete units shall he battedor the edite binding St U eWelr wielded, to the Stirref'tlrri3 lfrr'rtrtyeril. "Clips of OMir Methods*1elatel*mild Rdrre the tesistahe to asab permitted. CHAPTER 27 MASONRY 2701 DRSU1W 2702 QUALITY, TESTS AND APPROVALS 2702 ALLOWABLE UNiT STRESSES 2704 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2701 DI SIDN 2701.1 Masonry shall be designed by a method admitting of ra- tional analysis based on established principles of mechanics. 2701.2 Buildings not exceeding three stories, or 40 feet, in height shall be designed as either wall -bearing or skeleton frame or a combination thereof and all buildings more than three stories, or 40 feet, in height shall be designed as a skeleton frame. 2702 QUALITY, TESTS AND APPROVALS 2702.1 GENERAL: (a) QUAL1TYt The quality of mate- rials assembled into masonry and the method and manner of their assembly shall conform to the requirements of this Chapter. (b) OTHER MATtIt1ALSt A material of masonry, other than set forth herein, which is incombustible and otherwise sufficiently embodies the characteristics and satisfies the requirements of one of the materials herein may be approved by the I3uilding Official, subject to such tests as he may prescribe. (c) TESTS: The Building Official may require materials to be subjected to tests to determine their quality whenever there is reason to believe the materials used do not meet the requirements of this Code, and may require any tests to be repeated if there is any reason to believe that a material is no longer up to the standards on which the approval was based. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the person or persons proposing to use or continue the use of such material or product. Test of materials shall be made in accordance with the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials as such standard specifications are noted in this Chapter (ASTM). (d) APPROVALS: (1) Only such masonry units as bear the approval of the Building Official and are manufactured or fabri- cated by plants having a Certificate of Approval as set forth in Para- graph :305.1 (b) shall be considered acceptable for the construction of buildings or other structures. (2) Approval of masonry units and manufacturing or fabricat- ing plants shall be for periods not to exceed one year and may be obtained upon application and the submission of certificates of tests in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. 121 (2) the orations fat teats ferf ftittfro -ai of tttWV" Whitt shell not he ennsttt:ed as in lieu of tiny tests other rise retfttii under this Chapter. (4) f+ailute of a manufacturer of Masonry units to Obtain AP sal or to submit tests as required in this Chapter,, et such adds, tional tests tts the building Official may requires shall be tease ter rejection of such tnasnnry units. 2t02.2 BRICK: (a) t ENERAL: thick shall include M On , tints usually about two and one-fourth inches thick, three kilo three -fourths inches wide, and eight inches long, end not legs than 76 percent solid. (b) TESTS: Tests shall be made in accordance with Standard Methods of Testing l#rick, ASTM Designation: C67-50. (e) QUALIT.ft (1) Burned clay or shah brick hats roltform to the Standard Specification for tluilding t1rick, ASTM fjeelgna= tion : C62-50. tine( for Building' Sand-limePrick. ASTM fleshall conform gnstioh C 7 Standard Specifics, (3) Concrete brick shall conform to the Standard Specification for Building Prick, ASTM Designation: C55.55. 2702.2 STONE: Stone for masonry shall be hard and durable. 2702.4 CAST STONE: Cast stone shall be made of Portland cement, aggregates and water with or without admixtures. Cast stone tor load -bearing masonry or where exposed to the weather shall have an average compressive strength, at 28 days of at least 3000 pounds per square inch and shall have not more than seven percent water absorption by weight. 2702.5 CONCRBTl BLOCKS: (a) GENERAL: (I) Con- crete blocks shall be made of Portland cement, water and approved aggregates. The materials shall conform to the requirements for the materials of concrete specified in Chapter 25, and the finished units shall meet the requirements of this Section. (2) Concrete blocks used for fire -resistive walls rated two - hours or more or used for load -bearing or exterior walls shall have a minimum face -shell thickness of one and one-fourth inches, a mini- mum web thickness of one inch, and shall have a net cross -sectional area not less than 5o percent of the gross section. (3) Concrete blocks for other purposes shall have wall and web thicknesses of not less than three -fourths inch. (4) Where masonry walls are required by this Code to be eight inches in thickness, hollow concrete block units may be 7 %" x 7 %" x 15 N." modular dimension with corresponding widths for tie columns and tie beams. (b) QUALITY: Standard Units of hollow concrete block shall conform to the Standard Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Con- crete Masonry Units, ASTM Designation: C90.52, except that the maximum moisture content shall not exceed 50 percent of the total absorption. 2702.6 STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE: (a) LIMITATIONS: All hollow burned clay wall tile used for fire -resistive walls rated two -hours or more, load -bearing or exterior walls shall be load -bear- ing tile. (b) TESTS: Tests shall be made in accordance with the 125 Winded ed Methods Ofitt it atYd ' ii* gtittietatiti Vila, Ito ASTf4 t)e:ti *tiott: t 112- 2, (E) l ALi?Y: (I) Sthictural clitjr load- ine *MI Vie shall conform to the Stalndtil11 Specification tot Stttettit*1 iY Load -Beating Wall Tile, .ASTM Designation: t'34-rth, (2) Structural day floor tile :;hall conform to the Stahl M Specification for Structural Clay MOO' lie, AP M tiesifttittiOfl t e5ci-t2. (a) Structural clay non -load -bearing tile conform to the Stand, and Specificatioh for Structural Clay Non -Load -Bearing Tile, ASTM besighntioh t C56-52. MI.? GYPSUM TILE: (a) LUM$TATIOt4gt Precast gyp- sum shall not be used ih Toad -beating masonry or ih any masonry which will be e!tposed to the weather. and MI,) 1'PSTS: Tests of gypsum tile shall conform to the Shand, ethod of testing Gypsutn and Gypsum Products, ASTM I)eaigti nation: C25-54. (t) QUALITY: Gypsum partition tile or block shall cohforM to the Standard Specification for Gypsum Tile or Block, ASTM ties, 'potion: C52-54. 2702.8 PLAIN CONCRETE: Plain concrete is concrete cast ih place and notpreinforced, or reinforced only for shrinkage or change specified foreconeretein in Chapteral25bc mixed, placed and 2/02.9 PLAIN GYPSUM CONCRt Tli : (a) Plain gypsum concrete is gypsum concrete cast in place and either unreinforced or reinforced for shrinkage. 2702.10 MORTAR: (a) GENERAL: Except as otherwise set forth herein, all tnortars and the materials therein shall conform to the "Tentative Specifications for Mortar of Masonry Units (ASTM Designation: C270-54T)." AGGREGATES: GhRGAT hS:()ogradation of locally produced aggregates i the following limits: Sieve Percent Parsing * s .. 100.10n # 30 50- 90 # 50 ....... ...... . #100 0- 15 tain(not more one-twentis shall be eth ofed one percent salt by weight. sh water and shall cott- (e) MORTAR: (1) All mortar used to bond unit masonry construction shall be lime -cement mortar or Portland -cement mortar. Masonry units in fire -resistive walls rated two -hours or more, load - bearing or exterior walls, or where in contact with the soil shall be laid in Portland cement mortar. All unit masonry shall be laid up with full beds and end joints. Mortar or grout under concentrated loath; resting or. concrete, metal bases or columns or beams, shall be Portland cement mortar without lime. (2) Lime -cement mortar shall comply with mortar Type N of ASTM Designation: C270, and the following proportions may be ac- cepted by the Building Official: One -part lime, one -part Portland cement, and three parts sand, by volume or, one bag masonry cement Type II, one-half bag Port- land cement, and four and one-half cubic feet of sand. 126 (1) t tehf remit whittler attatt eotitttlt %o r Type of A81`ll+t 'fittlet t C270 eft tht felIM rernetfott tett bt *toted t e ' with* t fi ll: One -),sett Poietlsnd ce netts fists tilt fAtlin saw b r *Olathe WM not mote flint) ig percent of little p>tittp or hydrated tfitre by volatile ref the cement content trt, One big Portland terrtettt otte-I t! bag rn:tsnnt•y cement Tyne IL n►rd fotit• and orre-half cubit. feet of sawed. (4) Mottais other than those herein specifically, set totth shall be classified by the building Official as either liine,cetthefit or Poi land cement Mortar, as indicated by composition and the result t1f testa, and shell conform to the tequiretneilts and limitations Of the `tyfies they most nearly resemble, 2703 ALLOWAtilt ttNI? St)% SSt8 IN MA§ONRY 2/03.1 COMPREsSIoNt (a) Allowable working compressive sive stresses in masonry walls shall not eteeed the litnits in pounds per square inch of grow area in the following tablet Lithe -Cement Unit Mortar t3rick 200 Stone 450 Rubble Stone 200 Concrete. Blocks 100 Clay Tile 80 Cement Hotelier 300 ton 300 150 100 (b) The maximum allowable working stress in plain Concrete shall be. the following percentages of the ultimate strength of the eoncrete in compression: Compression . 0.20 1". Shear and diagonal tension 0.02 f'.. w here f', represents the ultimate compressive strength. 2703.2 SHEAR: The shear in unit masonry shall not exceed one -tenth the allowable compressive stress. 2703.3 TENSION: t'nreinforced unit masonry shall be as. sumed to have no value in resisting tension. 2703.4 CONCENTRATIONS: Walls of hollow masonry units shall not directly support concentrated loads. 2704 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2704.1 GENERAL: (a) l\lasonry walls of hollow or solid units or plain concrete rhall be constructed as specified in this Section. (b) Designed reinforced concrete walls, columns and beams shall be as specified in Chapter 25, except that such designed columns and beams shall be not less than the equivalent of the minimums herein set forth. (c) Reinforced concrete required in this Section shall comply with Chapter 25, Reinforced Concrete. (d) Reinforced unit masonry shall not be permitted except with the approval of the Building Official. (1) Second-hand masonry units shall not be used unless they conform to the requirements of this Code, are sound, and have been thoroughly cleaned and are approved for use by the Building Official. 2704.2 EXTERIOR WALLS: (a) GENERAL: Exterior walls of unit masonry shall have a minimum thickness of eight inches ex• cept as otherwise specified in Section 2704.2 (h) and in Section 2702.5 (a). 127 t46 Fo'oitit °Ott triblittitrs site be t,1 e d Vt. d tiirtoet tv Waal thrust on Walls unless such walls are Stint featly tittiffigtle t1,) Tit " 1 UMMA: tl) teefertte tit eol•urtrhs shrill fit it& Witt ih e:ctetior *ells of unit itilitnitift titer ifi mre4 1d� int's of Motif 11 and 1 oocu heq. Concrete tie eolufttfis al be r -5 gaited at All cornets, at intervals hot to exceed 20 fent t'etiter to cet►ter of coluttrns, adjacent to any cotter Oftehitig efteeeditte fete feet in *idth, adjacent to any *all °tithing eitctre itrg nine et aft width, and at the ends of fire -standing wails exceeding tao feet Hi letigth. Strueturnlly designed coluhins May substitutefor the tie columns herein required, Tie coluthhs shall be requited in all strue= tunes, iheludit►g buildings of tlroup 11 and 1 oceupahcy, *here dead load resistance to uplift is not otherwise suitably provided, (2) 'tie columns shall be hot less than 12 inches ih width, Tie columns having an unbraced height hot exceeding 15 feet shall be hot less in thickness than the wall not less than a nominal eight inches, and, where Weeding 15 feet in unbtaced height, shall be hot less in thickness than 12 inches, (a) Tie columns shall be reinforced with hot less than four #6 vertical rods, nor less than 0,0125 of the cross -sectional area, tied with #2 hoops spaced not more than 12 inches apart, Vertical re' inforcing shall be doweled to the footing and splices shall be lapped .30 bar diameters, (4) The concrete tie columns set forth herein are a thinitnum to limit niasonrt panel areas and provide an integrated framework for masonry. The spacing of concrete columns for skeleton frame construction, designed as specified in Chapter 25, may exceed the spacing herein set forth provided the masonrypanels have ah area of less than 240 square feet and the structural system is designed to transmit horizontal wind loads to the columns. (5) Concrete tie columns designed to limit masonry panel areas may be offset at tie beams or other horizontal members to avoid openings, but the maximum spacing shall not be exceeded. (6) Concrete columns in load -bearing walls shall be poured only after masonry units are in place. Where masonry walls of skeleton frame construction are laid up after the frame has been erected, lugs hot Iess than one inch deep by three inches wide shall be pro- vided in the concrete whieh torms the perimeter of such panels. Where structural steel members are fire -proofed with masonry units, the panel walls shall be bonded into the fire proofing, (c) TIE BEAMS: (1) A tie beam of reinforced concrete shall be placed in all walls of unit masonry, at each floor or roof level. and at such intermediate levels as may be required to limit the vertical heights of the masonry units to 12 feet. (2) A tie beam shall he not less in dimension or reinforcing than required for the conditions of loading nor less than the follow- ing minimums: A tie beam shall have a width of not less than a nominal eight inches, shall have a height of not less than 12 inches, and shall be reinforced with not less than four #5 reinforcing bars placed two at the top and two at the bottom of the beam except that a tie beam using "U" type beam block may be used with the follow- ing limitations: (aa) Limited to one-story Group I occupancy, (bb) Limited to unsupported spans of seven feet. (cc) Beam block shall be reinforced with one # 7 bar in the top and one # 7 bar in the bottom of the pour. (dd) Beam block shall provide not less than 141,i inches verti- cal dimension nor less than four and one-half inches horizontal di- mension of poured -in -place beam cross-section. 126 /"' fret thdiett net cornet be ?airtiltd otrt titid tttt d. it n) in tfti. ifithe bear% bloats Ate used# ronkiderlttlett of resist s to uplift dot to wind forces shalt be based oh only that tutittiOtt 11 the dead load above the topmost mortar joint in the (a) The tie beat% shall be continuous. tobtinuity of the rein, forcing in straight tuns shall be provided by tapping splices Mit less than 18 inches. Continuity shall be provided at Corners by behidihg two bars tr'om each direction around the cornet 18 inches or by add, ink two � , bent bars '‘hieh ettP*I!t1 1R inches each wily frtrrn the corner. Continuity at columns shall be provided, by continuing hOIi= fors forcing inthectolurhnsun through columns Or in bending hotisryhts► rein= (4) A tie beam shall not be required *here floor of root Sys. tents provide a tigid diaphram of to nforced concrete 'ttith a Mini, mum thickness of four inches. (5) Changes in level of tie beams shall be made at columns, the ode diees beta ex may d follow he rake of a gable of shed end if (t) The concrete in tie beams shall be ptaeed to bond to the masonry units immediately below and shall not be separated there, from by wood, felt, or any other material which may prevent bond. (d) DADLE END AND SHED END WALLS: Gable and shed end walls of masonry with a maximum rise of more than three feet shall be provided with a concrete coping not less than 04 square inches in area reinforced With two #4 bars and tie columns. (e) PARAPET WALLS: Masonry parapet walls shall be not less than eight inches thiek, shall be reinforced with minimum tie columns and shall be coped with a concrete beam not less than 64 square inches in cross-section, reinforced with two #4 reinforcing bars. A parapet wall exceeding the feet in height above a tie beam or other point oflateral support shall be specifically designed to re- sist horizontal wind loads. (f) PIERS! (1) In any section of a masonry wall of an en- closed structure where openings are arranged to leave sections of wall less than 14 inches, such sections shall be steel or reinforced concrete, (2) Isolated masonry piers of unenclosed structures shall be so constructed that the height of such piers shall not exceed ten times the least dimension, that the cells are filled with cement grout or concrete and reinforced with not less than two #5 bars anchoring the beam to the foundation, (g) CAVITY WALLS! (1) Cavity walls consisting of two separate walls with an air space of not less than two nor more than six inches may be constructed of solid or hollow -unit masonry pro- vided such walls meet the specific requirements for tie columns and beams set forth in this Section and are bonded together at intervals not more than 24 inches apart, vertically and horizontally, by mas- onry ties or by durable, rigid metal ties 0.10 square inches in cross- section. (2) The minimum thickness of the separate walls of cavity wall construction shall be not less than four inches and units shall be laid in full beds of Portland cement mortar with full -end joints. (h) BRICK AND STONE WALL& Walls of brick and stone shall be laterally supported by tie columns and beams, or the equiv- alent thereof, as provided in this Section and shall meet these :addi- tional requirements: (1) In all brick walls at least every sixth course on both sides 129 ot the wall shall he a header .e there stittll b i t Witt' 616 frill header in every 't2 square inthet 6 each wall tii tnee. in malls there thee 12 inches thick, the ihhei' jOints of headet r eratseit shall efed With another header cdtir a ik hith shall break jt)ihtS 'Orith the Omits below, American Standards Asseecation Fublicati l A41. =1DBi shag be the standard for solid=unit tnasohtl• rtrftstruction. (A) fitibble status ttatls shall be four inches 'thicker thatn is required for solid brick or concrete Well§ of the sane re±speetit6 heights, but in no tuft less than 15 inches. (i) SU1#StttUtiONS: (1) Where, for architectural tea- sel's or otherwise, it Is desirable to ?edited the area of ariy,rettired tie column ot tie beam below the specified retluiretnents, the nil& it* Official ma • grant such reduction, provided that the area of concrete omittedl shall be replaced by reinforcing or structural steel in the ratio 1:(n-1), (2) Where it is desired to substitute for the 40 reinforcing as teauired by this Section, three # 4 bars may be substituted to re, place tAA'o 11.5 bats. (I) WALL Abb1tIONS: Where new walls are connected to existing walls, such connection shall be by means of a tie column Of not less than the minimum dimension set forth herein, (k) CHASES, Kt CLSSI S AND OPENINGS: (1) No chase or recess in any unit masonry wall shall be deeper than one-third of the wall thickness. No horizontal chase or the horitontal projection of a diagonal chase shall exceed four feet. No required tie Column or tie beam shall be reduced in required dimension by chasing or recessing. No recess in a required thickness of a 'unit -masonry wall shall exceed overall dimensions of two feet by three feet. (2) Where the length of opening in load -bearing masonry walls exceeds 12 feet, suitable support shall he provided at the shies of the opening. Openings for doors and windows shall have lintels of reinforced concrete with bearing at each end of not less than four inches which lintels shall be integral with the tie beam when the head of the opening is l o inches or less below the tie beatn. (1) GLASS BLOCK: (1) Masonry of glass blocks may be used in non -load -bearing exterior or interior walls and in openings which might otherwise be filled with windows, either isolated or in continuous hands, provided the glass block panels have a thickness of not less than three and one-half inches at the mortar joint and the mortared surfaces of the blocks are satisfactorily treated for mortar bonding. (2) Glass block panels for exterior walls shall not exceed 144 square feet of unsupported wall surface nor 25 feet in length nor 20 feet in height between supports. For interior walls, glass block panels shall not exceed 250 square feet of unsupported area nor 25 feet in one direction between supports. (3) Exterior glass blocks panels shall be set in recesses at the jambs and, for panels exceeding ten feet in horizontal dimension be- tween supports, at the head as well, to provide a bearing surface at least one inch wide along the panel edges; except that when ap- proved by the Building Official for panels exceeding neither 100 square feet in area nor ten feet in either horizontal or vertical di- mension, and situated four stories or less, and less than 52 feet above grade level, anchorage may be provided by means of non- corrodible perforated metal strips. (4) Glass block panels shall have reinforcement in the mortar joints spaced not more than two feet apart vertically and below and above any openings within a panel. The reinforcement shall consist 180 tt ttvo tatallel iortfotadtttal taltitthtted strei *i Na, '0 100 to loot otteed Ivo taPt bd hating itoelded nettle NO, :14 tot heatiet MSS tViteS tit inteMilS tifft.tkettiling tight Met" tit Mt ttuittlett ttistrrttittsti 'by the Banding bffirial, ahalt b taid .iti Portland tetrielit thottat, bath vertleal and hotitohttd MOHO joints Shall be lt ititt Oht.ttlitirter hot 'More Oho tittee.eighths Ineh thick atiti(kIli be eorhisittelv filled, ta) tverk exterior glass b�ic utter shall be TPot1dedWith tt, 1111bSieti joints at the sides and tOP. ahfoh oiht halt be ettirely free of thortnt, and shall he tilled with tesilietit material, 2,04,1 INItRIOR ARING WALLS: thteriot,heatithtwatis Shall be constructed as 'specified in Section 2104.2 for eitteritit excePt that interior -bearing Walls in One-story httildit1OS of Groot, 11 or 1 Occupancy where hot required to be more than one,hotir fire. resistive may be constructed of four -inch concrete 'block not ekceed, ing nine feet in height, capped with a reinforced concrete beam not less than four inches in width nor less than 12 inches in height, re, inforeed With two one-half inch rods,. and such Wall shall support only a roof or .ceiling• not in excess of 700 pounds per lineal foot with ho chases or recesses. 2/04.4 rInt,WALLst Vire-walls shall .be constructed as set forth itt Section 2704.2 for exterior walls and tiS set forth in Cha-- ter :37. 2704.5 PANtl WALLS t (A) Panel walls of unit -masonry shall he hot less than eight invites thick and shall be limited iti panel dimension as set forth in Section 2704.2. (b) Panel walls of reinforced concrete shall be not less than four inches thick nor less than required by design as specified in Chapter 25. 2704.6 VENEERtb WALLS: (a) MASONRY RACKING: (1) Veneering or facing on masonry backing shall not be consid- ered as adding any strength to such walls and shall be limited In height above foundations or between proper and adequate supports to 30 feet. Veneering shall be securely anchored to masonry backing by means of substantial, non -corroding metal wall ties, spaced not farther apart than 16 inches vertically or 24 inches horizontally. (2) Tile veneering, not more than one inch thick with individ- ual units not exceeding 20 inches in any dimension and having not more than 200 square inches of surface area with corrugations or scorings on the back side thereof, need not be anchored in accord- ance with the above requirements but shall be cemented solid to the backing with Portland cement mortar so as to provide a continuous integral support to the backing. (b) WOOD RACKING: (1) In all cases, before applying masonry veneer, a substantial water -proofed paper or asphalt -satu- rated felt, weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet shall be applied horizontally, shingle fashion, over diagonal sheathing. Horizontal joints in the paper or felt shall be lapped not less than four inches and vertical end joints not less than six inches. (2) Masonry veneer shall be not less than three and three - fourths inches thick and shall be bonded to the backing by means of substantial non -corroding metal wall ties spaced not farther apart than 16 inches vertically and 24 inches horizontally. 2704.7 PARTITIONS: (a) The requirements specified here- in shall apply to non -bearing interior separations, other than fire - walls, of unit masonry construction. (b) The lateral distance between vertical supports of non -bear- ing interior partitions of unit -masonry shall not exceed 72 times the actual thickness of the partition, including plaster. 131 tt) 'f a height, ot tt hi"t WHIM"p ft)ttl°t a tI ttdt **mid ag tithes the actual thickness, itrctd'ditig pilaster. 2?04 11 PEforetS'. (a) Masotl fetes s8 ideated eft coty that such fence, at the fitertesett height aid by ,n futu'te etd rtioli to heitiht, eould be used tts a Wail of a builditi , shall be ettnAtPUt!tttrd With foundations and tie enlutikhs as provided four an ekte?iot Walt Such fence shell be rapped frith a rts+ping heath not less. then 64 square inches in rross-section reinforced with a minimum Of of two #4 reds, when trot etcceeding n height of five feetj of shall be eetifitd bya tie beatn as provided for eictetiot walls if exceeding a hettht of fine feet. (h) Masonry fences, so ideated on a property that ht. 20ftittg fogulation such fetrre couid hot be used as a wall of a finding, shall be constructed as 'follows: (1) Peaces not eurceeding five feet in height shall be eiett inches thick and shall not be required to have tie eolutmtrs, but Shall be required to have a coping as provided herein; or such fences may be four inches thick with tie columns and coping not less than eight inches thick. (2) fences exceeding five feet in height shall be not Less than eight inches thick and shall have tie columns as required for elt= terior walls and a coping as provided herein. 2704.9 OTHER MASONRY WALLSt Walls of masonry ma= terials or arrangemehts of masonry units other than those specifical= ly set forth in this Chapter shall be in conformance with the general provisions of this Code, may be classified by the Building Official as one of the types or arrangements provided for herein and sub= oeretstrequirements therefor and any such addi- tional rquemnashe iuidingffcamay prescribe. CHAPTER 28 STEEL. AND IRON 2801 GENERAL 2802 MATERIAL 2803 DESIGN LOADS 2804 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF MATERIAL 2805 CONNECTIONS 2806 PIPE COLUMNS 280? PROTECTION OF METAL 2808 OPEN►'WEB STEEL JOISTS 2809 LIGHT=GAGE=STEEL CONSTRUCTION 2801 GENERAL 2801.1 DESIGN: Steel and iron members shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. 2801.2 SCOPE: The design, fabrication and erection of steel and iron for buildings and other structures shall be as set forth in this chapter. The requirements set forth in Sections 2801 through 2807, inclusive herein, are applicable to structural steel for build- ings and other structures and do not apply to steel joists, members formed of flat -rolled sheet or strip steel, light -gage -steel construc- tion, skylights, marquees (except structural frame) or other mis- cellaneous light -steel construction. 2801.3 STANDARDS: The following standards are hereby adopted as a part of this Code and supplement, but do not supersede, 132 the specific req+ tfetetents get 16$' h i'teretft : tot "Specifieation tot the DesigniPab 8tion ilttd ttecttpfi Structural steel tot $ttildtn si" (MSC shied 1 19?, iff tits Atntefiran institute of steel Construction. Cots6ruetion," "Standard 1246), f the AttteNetth Welding Soci !Wilding 28O2 MATER1Ait 28O2,i STEEL: Steel titan conform to the physical require= mete set forth in the Standards, Paragraph 28oi.3 (a). 2802.2 RICH STRENGTH STEEL DOLTS, High - strength steel bolts shall eonfotln to the "Specifications for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs *ith Suitable Nuts and Plain Washers" of the American Society for Testing Materials, ASTM Designation: A325.55'1', 2802.3 USED AND DAMADED MATERIAL, Ali steel shall be straight and true, and any section 'damaged tobe out of shape shalt not be used. Steel previously used or fabricated for use or fabricated in error shall not be used except with the approval of the Building Official Filled holes or welds shall not be concealed. Straightened or retempered fire -burned steel shall not be used ex- cept with the approval of the 1uilding Official. 2802,4 TESTS: The building Official may require tests and/or mill records to determine the quality of materials. 2802.5 RIBBED BOLTS! Ribbed bolts shall be made from a carbon manganese steel with a minimum tensile strength of 70,000 psi. 2803 DESiiN LOAbS Design shall be based on the dead, live, wind and other loads set forth in Chapter 23 and the additional stress considerations set forth itt this section. 2804 MINIMUM THICKNESS OE MATERIAL The minimum thickness of steel and iron used in buildings or other structures or to resist wind forces shall be not less than as set forth in the Standards in Paragraph 2801.8 (a) ; and where structural tnemb�rs are exposed to industrial fumes, salt water, salt -water spray and other corrosive agents such members shall be increased in thickness of material or otherwise effectively protected. Structural members less than three -sixteenths inch in thickness shall deterioration on whereon otherwise onta effectivelytswitocoromasonry. rom rust or 2805 CONNECTIONS 2805.1 High -strength -steel bolts, complying with Paragraph 2802.2, may be used in lieu of rivets. 2805.2 A competent welding inspector, who shall be responsible to the Building Official, shall be on the job at all times welding is in progress on buildings exceeding 10,000 square feet in area or two stories in height or as may be required by the Building Official be- cause of special conditions. Welding in the shop or field shall be done only by persons whose ability to weld the material in consideration has been tested and certified by an approved testing laboratory, 2805.3 It shall be permissible to use ribbed or splined bolts in place of riveting or ordinary bolts. Diameter of the bolts shall be identical as for rivets. 133 lib Pin COLIAIDO 2406.1 OtNtItAtt (t) te.s.1 at *WI:OM-iron nitre m* be eothatession thetther:4. The MO Allan bt he matetial, the s1it1h hnfl be straight and the wall thickness shall fit not less than thtet-sikteenth neh. tb) Where Pit&guilts support loads ih Wel§ of IWO MUM!) or tvhich ar# requited to be fift-reSiatit6f the pipe h&1 be filled with Concrete having at rc=2t00pSi. colittet fined Pipe eoluttitis Shall be praided with pressure -Witt holes. 2866,2 ALLOWAtit LOAbt (a) the allowable load Oh pipe tortptession members shall be the capacity of the shell. (6) Load -beating pipe columns shall be provided with Steel, bearing plates so designed that the bearing sttesses of the material on which the column is to be placed shall hot be ekceeded and se that the bending stresses in the steel plate shall hot exceed thOie permitted It this chapter. 280? PROttCtION OP MttAL 2807.1 All field rivets and bolts and abrasions to the shop coat shall be spot painted with the Material used for the shop coat, or an equivalent and all objectionable foreign materials shall be removed before field painting. 28017.2 Primary structural -steel members which will be exposed in the completed building or structure shall be field painted, ih :addition to the shop coat or coats, with not less thah one coat of lead, graphite, asphalt paint or other approved paint which will not act as a solvent for the shop coat. 280?.3 The requirements set forth in this section are applicable only to structural -steel shapes, governed by the regulations of Sec. flora; 2801 through 2807, inclusive. 2808 OPEN -WEB STEEL JOISTS 2808.1 STANDARDS, The following standards are hereby adopted as a part of this Code, but do not supersede the specific requirements set forth herein: (a) "Standard Specifications for Open -Web Steel Joists — Shortspan Series" (S.11 Revised, April 17, 1955) of the Steel Joist Institute. (b) "Standard Specifications for Open -Web Steel Joists — Longspan Series" (SJI-Adopted, and Effective April 28, 1953) of the Steel Joist Institute and the American Institute of Steel Con- struction, Inc. (Adopted June 10, 1954). 2808.2 SCOPE: Shortspan-series open -web steel joists, spaced farther apart than 24 inches on floors and 30 inches on roofs, center to center, shall not be considered as "steel -joist construction," and shall comply with the standards set forth in Paragraph 2801.3 (a) and 2808.1 (b). 2808.3 DESIGN (a) Open -web steel joists shall be designed as trusses. (b) Only adequately -welded steel or suitably -keyed, poured -in - place, portland-cement-concrete decks shall be considered as pro- viding lateral support to top -chord members; and where decks of other materials are used, suitable lateral support of top -chord mem- bers shall be provided. 2808.4 CONNECTIONS: The joints and connections of mem- bers of steel joists shall be made by welding or riveting. 134 i . fttD I : ti) At 'die lithe +WW1 3l-� are -wed _ afid before a� t lieetio tit arty toads bridging Steil b Ifistalltd the spacit►gs se f#Sritt in the stafrdfirdS, Bringittg shall be adequate td st±eute the ter, chords Against laterlal ftlt`tttenier' at►d to hold the steel joists tertlea lk and in a straight line. th) bridging shall be ItycattA at tang Mt.* *Nett traetleabic, and connected at the ttoitit of its Crossing, bolt(e) bridging shall be secured to the joists by weidirt�► a t' fd) bridging shall be Cross+braced embers, bating a tell t/r of 200, as computed on the diagonal diStahee bettt„een tto ne& Lions, but not Less than required to transmittt horitontal forte of 600 pounds applied itt the bottom of the joist, (a) Where fletible forms or precast units ate used for a deck, a continuous member, not less than one -half -inch round bar, shall be secured to the top chords of each joist parallel to and at each line of crass -bridging, and anchored at each end of the panel, 2808.6 ANCHORAttt (a) Joists shall not bear directly on masohry units. (b) The ends nt every joist shall he anchored to provide hot less resistance in any direction than tin percent of the allowable end reaction of the joist, hut in no case Tess than loon pounds. 2808.7 I ABRICAt1ONt The fabrication of joists shall speei- fically comply with Paragraph 305,1 (b) herein, 2808.8 SHOP StANbAitbSt The lluilding Official ntay rel quire that shop drawings, prepared by a professiohal engineer, showing stress diagrams, sites of members and sites of weds, be submitted for approval before erection of opeh-web steel Joists and that the designer make inspection of the joists in place and certify that the fabrication and placing conforms to the design. Certification by the designer shall be submitted before a Certificate of Occu• parley is issued. 2808.9 SHORTSPAN SERIES: (a) Joists shall be made of hot or cold -formed sections, strip or sheet steel, riveted or welded together or by expanding, and shall have a minimum thickness of one -eighth inch for shapes, flats and formed sections and three - eighths inch for rounds. (b) The ends of joists shall have a minimum of four inches of bearing on reinforced concrete and two and one-half inches on steel supports. 2808.10 LONGSPAN SERIES: (&) Joists shall be of the materials set forth in the standards, Paragraph 2808.1 lb), and shall have a minimum thickness of one -eighth inch for shapes and flats and three -eighths inch for rounds. (b) The ends of joists shall have a minimum of six inches of bearing on reinforced concrete and four inches on steel supports. 2809 LIGHT -GAGE STEEL CONSTRUCTION 2809.1 SCOPE: Light -gage steel construction shall include structural decks or members formed of sheet or strip steel less than three -sixteenths -inch thick, and used for load -bearing purposes. 2809.2 STANDARDS: The "Standard Specifications for the Design of Light -Gage Structural Members" (A1SI 1949) of the American Iron and Steel Institute are hereby adopted as a part of this Code, but do not supersede the specific requirements set forth herein. 2809.3 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OTHER THAN DECKS: Design and fabrication shall be as set forth in the standards, Sub- section 2809.2, except as follows: 135 (&) All entreettien fttiltiiit toAtftlit i h tl ter dial rude on two sides et ttOe Aires to effeftWett twist the stfetses developed, of by rivet gs(h) Lighht g i far the treads tiara, tlti and land, ih o stair gays shall have a tnininitttri thiekftest of 2 IL S. rid$ itrd gkito. (e) Light -gage steel studs tot hearing watts shall be tiniite+d to bu ldings hot exceeding one tort' not 16 feet in height, shalt have a tninitnurn thickness of 16 U. S. standard , sell a spend not triote than 24 inehes on centers, 'end shall hot b0 used to atiP0Oft eoncentrated loads at the sides of openings tftetiedihe tht a feet in width; and provision shall be made to resist lietitentai wind farces by diagonal members ot diaphragm panels attached to the studs. d) Light -gage steel joists ot ranters shall be limited in tree to buildings not exceeding eight stories in height, and shall havea minimum thickness of 12 T. S. standard gage. Members shall be spaced not more than 24 inches on centers and shall have hot teas than four inches of end hearing on reinforced concrete nor less than two and one-half inches on steel supports; exce t that where opposite joists butt over a steei support and posit1ve, approved means of attachment to the steel is furnished, a shorter beating length may be used. tech end of each member shall be anchored. Resistance to diaphragm-� action shall be provided in the deck or by diagonal members. Welded or bolted bridging shall be provided, spared not farther apart than 32 times the flange width; and such bridging shall be solid sections of the joist material ot be cross. bridging as set forth in Paragraph 2808.S (b). (e) Light -gage steel used in sandwich construction for wall panels forte exterior or enclosing walls of buildings shall have a minimum thickness of 24 U. S. standard gage for the sheathing. The minimum thickness for secondary members supporting exterior panel construction shall be 16 U. S. standard gage. (f) Light -gage steel members resisting lateral stresses in in- terior partitions of buildings two stories or more in height shall be not less than 16 U. S. standard gage. (g) Light -gage steel used for purlins or girts in Type tV buildings shall have a minimum thickness of 16 U. S. standard gage for secondary members. locations subject gto-corrosive agents or cbontinuous dampne s. sed in 2809.4 STRUCTURAL SHEETS: Structural sheet -metal sec- tions may be used for floor decks, roof decks and wall claddings to span between supports; provided the design is based on rational analysis, and design and fabrications comply with the standard set forth in Sub -section 2809.2 and as follows: (a) Sheet -metal sections shall have a minimum thickness of 18 U. S. standard gage for floors, 22 U. S. standard gage for roofs and walls. (b) The span of sheet -metal sections used for floor systems shall not exceed 40 times the overall depth of the section. (e) No structural value shall be allowed for any fill material used with deck systems. (d) Sheet -metal decks, when properly supported by and at- tached to the building frame, may be considered to act as a hori- zontal diaphragm in resisting wind forces. (e) The shape of the sections as placed in buildings shall be such to eliminate any possibility of lateral displacement of the compression area. (f) Where large openings occur, the perimeter of the openings shall be framed with adequate supports for the floor panels. Small openings shall be reinforced so that the allowable stresses in the 186 ad joinitrg materials fife bot eteeeded, tit) , Positive ghette tar 3 ht= 1-decks shall td+ riteting, bolting et tveleitn , mid spied not farther ttpaft that gat ihrhes oh each sup hg ittettmbet, Anchorage for syste is nsidet d as horit; .Mat d�ral msl or where sperm n Mote that feut feet, shall be . fusioh dihe to sttu tuft steelof to steel inserts in concretee here seetions meet side by side, aft ndec)itate sldelork or other connection shall be Made to pitovide fat latest distribution of the innposed toads`.and to resist sheeting stresses developed by horitontal forces. Where eohtitfnotts inter kih is not' provided, side edges of adjoining sections et sheet metal shall be fastened together at Intervals not ekeeeding 12 inches. th) Dotting or riveting shall preferably be throng' the raised Donlon of the sheet. Molts and rivets shall be not less than three} sixteenths inch in diameter, Lean or neoprene washers not less than one-half inch in diameter shall be provided under the heads of all bolts and rivets, shallbeStructural e fined ltohsuppoYtathe l e load ithoutdeflecting mote than 1/i80 of the span and without crippling or other permanent deformation, 2809,3 ROOPING AND SIDING: Sheet -metal sections not suitable by rational analysis for self-supporting structural sheets as set forth in Sub -section 2809,4, shall be termed roofing and siding. Roofing and siding shall be used only over solid wood sheathing and shall be as follows: (a) The minimum thickness of sheet -metal roofing and siding shall be 26 U. S. standard gage, (b) Anchorage shall be as set forth in Paragraph 2809,4 (h) but not less than 12 inches on center each way; except that attach, ment may be by Rd nails, penetrating not less than three -fourths inch into wood sheathing, or by No. 6 screws. 2809.6 PROTECTION OF METAL: :111 members formed of light -gage strip or sheet steel shall have one coat of paint or equiva- lent protection, and abrasions to the shop coat during erection shall be spot painted. CHAPTER 29 WOOD 2901 DESIGN 2902 STANDARDS 2903 QUALITY AND SIZE 2904 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 2905 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2906 WORKMANSHIP 2907 PROTECTION OF WOOD 2901 DESIGN Wood members used for structural purposes shall be designed by methods admittingof rational analysis according to established principles of mechancs. 2902 STANDARDS The following standards are hereby adopted as being a part of this Code and supplement, but do not supersede, the specific re- quirements set forth herein: 137 lt.t iatinnal ii►igtt iii�t'iett fer git :Letiitlt a� Its past nii is (19 i) of tPi N*�tii�f fl Ltrt tt t tt lP? Aitatteiatietn, 2902,2 Doutglos Vic Plywood — Commercial Etattd irS `CS 4b=561 tt, S. Department of Commertel National > ur ftu of Stltfidarfe, 2902,9 American Lumber Standards for Softw od Lumber . Simplified Practice Recommendations 11,19.03 of the, V. S. Deport, merit of Commerce, National >3ureau of Standards. 2002 QUALITY AND 912E9 2902.1 WADE: (I) The Duilding Official shall require the species and grade of all wood used for ioad=beating purposes; the design of which is based on stresses in excess of those for 120o p.s.i. stress -grade lumber; to be shown on the plans submitted with appli� ration for building permit. (2) All lumber used for load•bearing or structural purposes shall be grade -marked by the official crediting agency for that species and shall be of not less strength than the lowest stress - trade of the species. Sub -flooring and roof sheathing shall be considered structural and wall sheathing shall not be so considered. 2905.2 S12 5t (a) All wood structural members shall be of sufficient size to carry the dead and required live loads without exceeding the allowable deflections or working stresses specified. Adequate bracing and bridging to resist wind and other forces shall be provided. (b) Minimum sizes of wood members referred to by this Code are nominal sizes. The standard specified in Sub -section 2902.3 for dressed sizes shall be accepted as the minimum net sizes conform- ing to nominal sizes. Computations to determine the required sizes of members shall be based on the net dimensions. 29o4 ALLOWARL>ir UNIT STRESSES 2904.1 GENERAL: (a) Design and construction of wood members shall be by one of the following methods, subject to ap- proval by the Building Official: (3) The minimum sizes set forth in this Chapter in Table 29-13 and Section 2905 may be used in the design. (2) Where the design and working drawings are prepared by an architect or a registered professional engineer and the quality of the wood is identified by the official grade mark or Certificate of Inspection of a lumber -grading bureau for that species, the design may be based on the standards set forth in Section 2902, using allowable working stresses set forth in Table 29-A, or the lowest stress -grade for other species set forth in the Standard, Sub -section 2902.1. (3) Where the design and working drawings are prepared by a registered professional engineer, the construction, including shop fabrication, is under the supervision of a special inspector as set forth in Subsection 305.2 and where the quality of the wood is identified by the official grade mark or Certificate of Inspection of a lumber -grading bureau for that species, the design may be based on the allowable working stresses set forth in the Standard, Section 2902.1. (b) Wood members supporting plastered ceilings shall be so pro- portioned that their deflection under full live load shall not exceed 1/360 of the span; and wood members, not supporting plastered ceilings, shall be so proportioned that their deflection under full live load shall not exceed 1/240 of the span. 138 fl MAMMA ALLOWASII UM SIRED 1 (Pewit per SWIM Pict) ) tS�p' aft tihd *tP4 i I' t1oil*oilthl { athf'itetfeie1 tibf`e Stttfi+S Sht f C fA+ir ftehdIh Cypress ........ 1300 Tir Douglas 1200 Redwood 1300 Southern 'ihe 1200 105 6prttee 1200 95 120 96 At°fosth /31`,1h 290~ 320 300 t` r� lirstilrth Modut it t'iffith i;te tietty , 1126 1,32O,000 1000 1,760,000 1100 113201000 900 1,760,000 900 1,320,000 (e) The span of roof rafters shall be measured horizontally from bearing to beating, and the horittontal distance from plate to ridge or other support shall be the span. 'FABL€ 29=0 (Based on 1200 psi fibre stress and 1/320 defleetiefl) NotnihRI S,aethg Matimum Alt wabtr Shag fot. 1thiforth Los ttl* Rite one No 67 put :.i put ii put' :3; 1i!*1 "--'toot 12 10'-2 11'-0 11'-3 12'4 17'-7 2 x 6 16 8'40 9'4 10'-2 11'-3 15'-2 24 7'-2 7'-9 8'-8 9`08 12'-5„ 12 13'- 6 14'- 7 15'- 0 16'- 6 2 3'- 6 2 x 8 .. . _ .... 16 11'-8 12'-8 13'-8 15'-0 20'-6 24 9'-6 10'-4 11'-5 12'40 16'-8 12 17'-1 18'- 5 191- 0 21'4 2 8'-10 2 x 10 16 14'-10 16'-1 17'-4 19'-0 26'-4 24 12'-1 13'-1 14'-5 16'-0 21'-0. 12 20'-8 22'-4 23'-0 25'4 — 2x 12 ............... 16 18'-0 19'4 20'40 23'-0 31'-3 24 14'4 15'40 17'-6 19'48 25'-6 12'- 3 13'- 2 13'4 14'- 6 2 0'-11 11'-1 12'-0 12'4 13'- 2 19'- 0 9'4 9'-10 10'40 1V-6 16' 0 12 3 x 6 .. 16 24 12 16'- 4 17'- 7 17'- 7 19'- 5 8 x 8 16 14'48 15'41 15'41 17'-7 24 12'4 13'4 14'-0 15'4 12 20'-9 22'4 22'-3 24.-6 3 x 10 16 18'-9 20'-3 20'•3 22'-3 24 15'-4 16'-8 17'-8 19'-6 28'-0 25'-3 21'-3 26'40 12 4 x 6 ........... . 16 24 13'-8 12'-4 10'-8 14'-8 13'-4 11'-7 14'-8 16'-2 13'-4 14'4 11'-8 12'40 23'-4 21'-2 18'-7 12 18'- 3 19'4 19'- 7 21'- 8 4 x 8 16 16'-7 17'-10 17'-10 19'-7 24 14'-3 15'.6 15'-? 17'-7 28'-2 24'-7 12 23'-5 24'-9 24'-9 27'-3 4 x 10 16 21'-3 22'4l 22'-ll 24'-8 24 17'41 191•6 20'-0 22'-0 67#—Floor joists with plaster under, 50#LL 17#DL 57#—Floor joists with plaster under, 40#LL 17#DL Roof rafters having a slope of 2% to 12 or more, 30#LL 27#DL 47#—Floor joists without plaster under, 40#LL 7#DL Roof joists with plaster under, 30#LL 17#DL 131 -=Ceilifi oasts oven thing towing ottd wide!,usable t#i tip 1 i Boot joists trittiont plaster ode?, Anefit +ebt• 22 ----Ceiling joists w ithottt ttsabte attic bpiee, anew, 12 b , Where them is nn accessible space bating a eieat teftietil height of 3n inches of mote, ceiling joists shall be designed as tinting ttsablts attic space. 2994.2 PLYWOOD Stikt99'ES: (a) bottgla ' `it 'plywood shall riot ekeeed the working stresses set forth in the Teelinieat Data Oft ttywaod handbook, tensed 1948, of the boughs tit 1ptod Association. (b) Working stresses of plywood other than Douglas Pit ball be determined according+ to the species. (e) All plywood permanently exposed in outdoor locations shall be of exterior type, and where used for roof or exterior wall sheath. Dig shall meet the performance standards for exterior type pl y""tbrood in U. S. GS46=K5, unless otherwise approved by the building Offieial. (d) "Walls of roofs sheathed with plywood may be considered as diaphragms to distribute horizontal forces subject to the appra`�a1 of the wilding Official, based on struetural analysis and/ot tests; and where so used plywood shall be exterior type. (e) All plywood used structurally shall bear the identification and an ancd e with the tappr prim U. S. commercial sof tandarr dsed 2904.3 GLUED►tAMtNATll D: (a) tlttted-laminated members shall comply with the Standard, set forth in Sub -section 2902.1, (b) The Building Official may require tests to determine the strength, permanence, effect of moistures and insect resistance of adhesives; and only approved adhesives may be used, (t) The tluilding Official may limit or otherwise regulate the use of glued -laminated members after consideration of the exigencies of manufacture, location and service. 2905 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2905.1 COLUMNS OR POSTS: (a) All wood columns and posts shall be framed to true -end bearings and shall be securely anchored against lateral or vertical forces. (b) All wood columns and posts shall have the bottom protected from deterioration, (e) Splicing of columns shall be done only in regions where lateral support is adequately provided about both axes. (d) No notching or cutting shall reduce the design dimensions of the column. 2905.2 STUDS: (a) SIZE: Studs shall be not less than 2" x 4" and, where supporting more than one floor and a roof, shall be not less than 2" x 6" or 3" x 4". (6) HEIGHT: Maximum allowable height of 2" x 4" and 3" x 4" stud framing shall be 12 feet, and of 2" x 6" stud framing shall be 20 feet, unless the wall is otherwise laterally supported. Solid wood bridging shall be placed at intervals of not over seven feet. (c) SPACING: No studding shall be spaced more than 16 inches on centers, except that in lieu of this requirement the studs and plates shall be designed as a system of columns and beams. (d) PLACING: Studs in exterior and bearing walls shall be placed with the longest dimension perpendicular to the wall. Stud - bearing walls shall, so far as is practicable, be carried directly to the foundation or sills or beams at grade. 140 to MUM The tali IMO 61 doubled nhid lapped at earl 'intersection With *nt1. and pMUM, Joints itt the upper and lower members of the top Plate AO t lapped hart less than font feet. (f) bAgt NAM: Stud walls resting on rtiasifiryr shalt toe base plates or sills of wood treated with an attlIrted presef c atite. Sills of interior hearing wa11%, resting nn htasonty fonttdatiOn walls where wood fioor joists are to be used, and sills of exterior stud walls shall be of not less than the 4" It S" ditnensinh. bolted to the masonry at the Corners and at intet't aIs of not less than fottr feet with one -half -inch bolts embedded seven inches into the tnas0IIW eeltep+ and nth sucred h t1abaspae to thmasonrywith' e1 strap of valent. rase plates of interior stud bearing *ails resting oh concrete slab floors shall be effectively fastened thereto. and such plates shall not be embedded in the concrete. (g) CORNERS: Corners of stud walls or partitions shall be framed solid by doubling the studs. (h) WIND BRACING: txterior stud walls shall be effectively wind -braced. Wind bracing shall be dia oral one -inch sheathing or the maximum practicable single panel of hot less than fit" plywood. Wind bracing shall be at or adjacent to each corner and shall be tightly fitted and adequately nailed. (i) SPLICING: Dearing studs shall be spliced only at points where lateral support. is provided. (j) DALLtiON PRAMING: Where practicable, exterior stud walls of two-story buildings shall be balloon -framed with studs continuous from foundation to second -floor ceiling and having second -floor joists set on a let -in I" x 4" ribbon. (k) NOTCHING: No notching or cutting 'whatsoever shall be permitted in studs which carry loads In excess of 15 percent of their capacity. Studs which carry 15 percent or less of their capacity may be notched or cut to depths not exceeding 25 percent of either cross• sectional dimension. Not more than three consecutive studs may be notched. Drilled holes not exceeding 25 percent of the cross, sectional dimension shall be permitted and shall hot be limited as to consecutive studs. (I) PIPES IN WALLS: Stud partitions containing plumbing. heating or other pipes shall be so framed and the joists spacedto give proper clearance for the piping. Where a partition containing such piping runs parallel to the floor joists, the joists shall be doubled and spaced to permit the passage of such pipes and shall be bridged. Where plumbing, heating or other pipes are placed in or partly in a partition, necessitating the cutting of the plates, a metal tie not less than one -eighth -inch thick and one and one-half inches wide shall be fastened to each side of the plate across the opening with four Ind nails at each end of each strap. (m) HEADERS: All wall openings four feet wide or less shall be provided with double headers not Tess than two inches thick placed on edge, securely fastened together; and such headers shall have not less than two-inch bearing. All openings more than four feet wide shall be provided with designed trusses or headers which shall have not less than four -inch bearing at each end on a member continuous to the bottom plate. (n) STUDS JOINING MASONRY: Where stud walls or parti- tions join masonry* walls, such studs shall be secured against lateral movement by nailing or bolting to the masonry. (o) INTERIOR PARTITIONS: Interior partitions shall be constructed, framed and firestopped as specified for interior bear- 141 { ftltg+P Mitt I MO tOP f i tit .titflet �+ any oeetipahey, interior partitiotys trot more than four feet froth health t3N and not etteeeding Mile feet itt height may be ref !dadapit d 24 Metres on Miters arid 01ttc�ed fiat in the *all. Studs in Walls suttjec't to ftetitreht ttb'ttitr shall be protected With IS -pound a s+phaltrSattarated felt. iZ oL8 tr IR.ES°i'OP9t VireaterPirig shall be provided to cttt off hll conf effect -es fire barriers{betw beal tween stories betWee1 Fitt - stops shall story androof space, t irestops shall be provided iti specific loca- tions, as follows: (a) In exterior at ihtetiot stud walls, at ceilings and floor terels. (b) in all stud wails and partitions, including furred sliaeett so placed that the nma±cittturn dimension of any concealed spare is not over seven feet. (t) to furred masonry walls at each floor and/or ceiling leiet, (d) between stair stringers at intervals and bottom. not exceeding seven' feet of vertical height and at top (e) Around sliding door pockets. (f) Other locations not specifically mentioned where con= reeled spaces permit a spread of fire. (g) Virestops, when of wood, shall be of two-inch nominal thickness in direction of protection. plenums shall be (lt) horizontal firestops of attic and ceiling 1 provided as specified in Section 2905.5 (e)• 2905.4 JOISTS AND ftAp'ttRS: (a) SlZtt The minimum site of joists and rafters shall be as specified in Section 2904 and shall be not less than 2" x 6" nominal size; except that -for ceiling joists of spans not exceeding four feet, the 13uilding Official may approve 2" sc 4" nominal size. (b) SPAC1NGt Maximum spacing of joists and rafters, where a plaster ceiling is directly supported on the bottom of such item• bers, shall be 16 inches on centers. (c) BEARING: ,foists and rafters shall bear on wood plates and shall not be directly in contact with masonry; except that joists and rafters, when more than six feet above grade and bearing on concrete beams cast in masonry walls which extend above the wood joists and rafters, may bear on such concrete beams provided the ends shall be fire -cut and anchored as specified in Paragraph (d) herein. Joists and rafters shall have not less than four inches of bearing, except as follows: slJoists leinid be nailed to the studat thesecond-floorel of balloon (2) Ceiling joists may butt into the web of a steel beam and be neatly fitted to bear on not less than a three-inch wide bottom flange of such beam. (3) Joists and rafters bearing on top of a concrete beam and where no parapet is to be erected shall bear on a wood plate, secured to the concrete with one -half -inch diameter bolts ten inches long. Where one -eighth by one -inch anchors embedded in the concrete beam secure directly to the rafters or roof joists, such plate shall be not less than a 2" x 4", with bolts to the masonry not more than four feet apart; and where anchorage is provided only from the plate to the rafter or roof joist, such plate shall be not less than a 2" x 6", with bolts to the masonry not more than two feet apart. (4) Floor joists may butt into a header beam if effectively toenailed and if an approved saddle providing not less than three 142 itielits of boattitt tritlittfibt tht veftlesit tet8 te the V* el tht Nelda. (B) tflth Imes Nat 'bet Ititt a titiofit *milt mi fent tat tide* joists; Or giltfreVed detleett biliet mitt b.? moppet% may be eased In nett ot bearing. td) A ACC ti) Joitut fire,eut IMO MUM" ItItitdi shall be anchored t6 the ttheittO With oit Met, telt Stet onchnts shall be stoked Mit Melt thin tettff tget 11,6ft allid WM be placed at opposite eods boos tht btildittg Ott the thift6 fith of joists, (2) All joists shall be hailed, to the bearing tdatesi tb thIt other where they lap, and to the studs *here such studs ate Ittijfteeht and ceiling joists shall be nailed t6 roof tattetS, if pradticable. (a) Every roof rafter atidiot roof joist shall be ahebotedt� the beam or studs on which they bear4 and roof raters oppoSing at a ridge shall be anchored across the ridge. (4) Anchors securing wood to concrete shall be of hot less than tik" k 1" strap iron embedded in the concrete and hailed to the stud or joist or rafter with not less than three 16d galtattited nails or shall be a commercial :Anchor approved by the Ilona* ()Mein!, anchoring each member to a plate provided such plate IS hot less than 2" x 6" and anchored to the concrete by bolts spaced hot more than 24 inches apart. (6) Anchor:1 securing wood to wood shall be of 1,s" c 1" strap, nailed to each member with three 1.114 galvanized nail, or shall be a commercial anchor approved by the Builditig Offirial, anchoring each member. (6) Any anchoraging systems shall be continuous from the foundation to the roof and shall satisfy the uplift requirements of Section 2:106. (e) SPLICING: No horizontal members shall be spliced be- tween points of support: except that the Building Official may, hi special eases, approve properly designed and bolted splices, (f) NOTCHING AND EtRING: 'Unless the local unit stress is calculated on the basis of a reduced size and found to be not hi excess of the allowable stresses, wood members in betiding shall not be cut, notched or bored to clear pipes or conduits or for other pur- poses except as follows: (1) Notches may be cut in the top or bottom not deeper than one -fifth of the depth of the joist and not farther from the support than one -fifth of the span. (2) Boles may be bored in the middle one-third of the depth and length, not larger than one -sixth of the depth, and there shall be not less than the depth of the joist between any two holes in the same joist. (3) Where necessary to run service pipes in the space between the eeiling and floor larger than can be accommodated by the above provisions. such ceilings shall be furred down, or provisions shall be made by the use of headers or beams and/or changing the direction of the joists where the design permits. (g) OPENINGS: Joists shall be doubled adjacent to openings where more than one joist is cut out or shall be so increased in size or number as may be needed to meet the unit stress requirements. Headers shall be the same size as the joists and where supporting more than one joist shall be not less than doubled members. Headers shall be supported by approved metal hangers or ledgers or other approved means. (h) ENTERING MASONRY OR CONCRETE: Ends of wood members entering masonry or concrete walls shall be provided with one -half -inch air space on sides, top and end, unless the wood is treated with an approved preservative by a method approved by the Building Official. Ends of such wood members shall be fire -cut so 143 th t tl f edge delOtt#Vhttof the t` 5• trofteletc Vitt& tb eitie inc #u ttObite doubled rot tnay be separrnted nowt imp *RN beball doubled. inehes by solid blocking spared at four -foot intervals. Flddy PAM supporting concrete for bathroom floors shall have a tt,altitnutn sir- Rig of 12 inches. At the ends and nt each support, joists shkl i te stablized from truckling or overturning by solid blocking of trot less than two inches nominal thickness and the full depth of OWLS) Of by hailing .to the studs when supported on ribbons br sills. d bridging of two-inch thickness, wood cross -bridging of not less than 1" :t 4" or approved metal cross -bridging of equal strength shall b placed between floor joists at intervals not exceeding eight feet and under all brad concentrations. Where cross -bridging is riscd, the lower ends of the cross -bridging shall be driven up and nailed after the floor or sub -floor has been secured. (j) CEILING JOISTS: (1) In buildings without parapet walls, the ceiling joists, where practicable, shai1 he nailed to the rafters to act as n collar tie. (2) Ceiling joists, spanning more than 14 feet, shall he laterally supported by a 2" x 6" members set on edge on top of the joists at mid -span and secured to the joists with 2' x 4" blocks, (3) Ceiling joists shall not be used to support rafter loads. (k) 111O0t JOISTS: (1) tllocking and bridging as requited for floor joists in Paragraph (i) shall be provided for roof joists; except that bridging shall be cross -bridging or shall be solid bridging of one nominal size less than the joist, hoof joists may cantilever over exterior walls as limited by the) allowable stress, but the length of such cantilever shall not exceed the length of that portion of such joist inside the building#• and when the cantilever of tail joists exceeds three feet, the roof joist acting as a header shall be doubled, (1) ROOF' RAFTERS: (1) 11ip rafters and ridges shall be required and shall be not less in size than the largest rafter framing thereto; and valley rafters shall, in general, be doubled but shall not be less than required to properly support the loads. 2) Collar ties shall be provided at each third pair of rafters, shall be placed horizontally at the upper -third point of the rafters, and shall be not less than 1" x 6 size. Effectively nailed ceiling joists may serve as collar ties for roof spans not exceeding 20 feet. taJlgable-type roof is provided, themeans of ridgeshall be e designed rafters a sup- porting beam. (3) All ridge, hip and valley rafters shall be effectively anchored. 2905.5 SUSPENDED OR FURRED CEILINGS: (a) Joists or furring supporting a plaster ceiling shall be spaced not tnore than 16 inches on center. (b) Joists of a suspended ceiling shall be not less than 2" x 4" members, and wood hangers shall provide proper nailing and be not less than the equivalent of 1" x 4" members. (c) Furring of a ceiling in contact with supporting joists shall 336 inches, and for longer spa ,1 s shall he ans to 24 inches, e ligt ed ,as joists spans to 2905.6 MiLL CONSTRUCTION: Mill - constructed floors or roofs shall be splined or tongued and grooved plank. Structural floors shall be covered with one -inch nominal floor laid crosswise or diagonal. Flooring shall not extend closer than one-half inch to walls. Such one -half -inch space shall be covered with a molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will not obstruct the 144 e"1 itoitas ssi tt'tiiift1di rftl} fly �"fefrf. ? e if b t%etr iftf S.? LAMINATED ER MRt tAttiltilted bitiltztip belins ate he Made tip of frietribets t'efititiutttis *OM beefing to betititir. ltMM S STAIR 'S?RINEERIt Stair stpinge s shall, tirable, be so franked that thetre Is hat le s than fobs int t` ifig at the ends, Where it is net etica�b1e to provide sutii beat the stringers May be hung iii teesteet hanger* of appttit'ed type. No notching or cutting �rhatsoe•er shill be perfnitted in the effective area of stair stringers, 2+2o5.g SHEATHING: (a) Plow. Shsathtttgt (I) Moor sheath, where a part of a required fire -resistive assetnb y, shall cotfiply with Sectioh 3104. (2) 'the finish floor shall be tongue.and-grooved not less than nominal one -inch lumber laid perpendicular to the joists with end joints on the joists, or a sub-floot shall be provided as set forth in Sub -paragraphs (3). (4 ), and (6), (a) Square -edged or spaced sub -(looting May be used under only a finish floor having a strength equal to or greater than one. half -inch tongue -and -groove wood strip flooring: and under finish floors of less strength, a tongue -and -groove or plywood sub -floor shall be required, (4) Lumber sub -flooring shall be laid diagonally, shall be not less than nominal one -inch wood, end joints shall be on joists, joints shall be staggered and parallel to the joists, and ends at walls and similar places shall be supported by a ribbon or by blocking, (S) Plywood sub -flooring shall be as follows: Maximum Spacing Thickness of Joists inch Ile inches inch 20 inches % inch 24 inches Plywood shall be five-ply and shall be continuous over two or more spans. The face grain shall be perpendicular to the supports. Blocking shall be installed at edges unless tongue -and -grooved wood- strip flooring, not less than twenty-five thirty-seconds inch in thick- ness, is used, End joints of plywood sheets shall be staggered. (6) Flooring shall be nailed with 8d common nails not less than two in each board at each support, (7) Floors for mill -type buildings shall be sheathed as speci- fied for mill floors, sub -section 2905.6. (8) Flooring shall not extend closer than one-half inch from masonry walls. (b) ROOF SHEATHING: (t) Wood roof sheathing shall be tongue -and -grooved or shall be plywood except as may be otherwise approved by the Building Official. (2) Tongue -and -grooved roof sheathing shall have thickness of not less than twenty-five thirty-seconds inch, and sheathing of such thickness shall span not more than twenty-eight inches between raft- ers or joists, shall have staggered joints and shall be nailed with 8d common nails not less than two in each six-inch board nor three in each eight -inch board at each support. (3) Plywood roof sheathing shall be as follows: oiMaximum orSpRafttn Thickness ih inch 20 incnes 9s inch 28 inches % inch 36 inches 145 i8►8ki r rtt suitable *Age stittaft shall Jed *tee opshs ettEttd 16 inches tore btft-hfilt-itithl NI Wefts 1`at fivelettifibt-itelt sitid 30 inches tot thrte=fourths-inch plywood. Vlywood shell be five-ply with titter#opt taste tthte, airrl s stall fie trailed to suntans with 8d common nails, tt) §TIfRM SI A't #ING' Unless the wittl tratrring is eitfiret- wise adequately braced, st tm sheathing shall bedia ohatl+r-tit e d tehRue-and-smote shenthihlt` not less than tut -apatite lhitrty.ser=onds inch in thickness, nailed with thine 8d eofnntott nails to Path strplftrt; or shall by plywood, not less than one -halt inch ih thickness, mitre to supports with 811 common nails spaced sift ihehes oh centers at the edges and twelve inches on a htePs at interior supports. An efteetiht water barrier shalt be protided udder all ,wood otttrioP Madding between the cladding and the supporting studs, and all oireftiing s shall be flashed. 2805.10 PURRING: Where the interior of masonry walls are furred, such furring shall be treated and firestopped as herein re= quired and shall be securei • fastened to the masonry with not less than one tut nail in alternate courses of block. 2008.111 CONNECTORS: (a) The allowable loads on all types of connectors shall be as set forth in the Standards referred to in Sub -section 2902.1 and in 'fable 29=C. TAEL71 29•C NUMBER OR NAiLS POR CONNECTING WOOD MEMBERS Conhertion t3ox or common Joist to Sill or Girder, Toe Nail 2 16d Bridging to Joist, Toe Nail 2 8d 1" x 6" Sub -floor to Joist, Pace Nail 2 8d Two-inch Sub -floor Joist or Girder 2 16d Plate to Joist or Blocking 16d 18" c/c Stud to Plate, End Nail ............. 2 16d Stud to Plate, Toe Naii......... .... 3 16d or 4 8d Top Plates: Spike Together 16d 24" e/c Laps and Intersections 2 led Ceiling Joists: To Plate, Toe Nail 2 16d Laps over Partitions 3 16d To Parallel Rafters 3 16d Rafter to Plate 3 16d Continuous One -Inch Brace to Stud 2 8d 1" x 6" Sheathing to I3earing 2 8d 1" x 8" Sheathing to Bearing 3 8d Corner Studs and Angles 16d 30" c/c Plywood .. . K.i (6" c/c edges) (12" c/c interior) Anchors to Rafters or hoof Joists.... 3 8d or 2 led (b) Nails, bolts and other metal connectors which are used in locations exposed to the weather shall be galvanized or otherwise corrosion resistant. (e) In general, nails shall penetrate the second member a dis- tance equal to the thickness of the member being nailed thereto. There shall be not less than two nails in any connection. (d) Except for plywood and other laminated members manu- factured under technical control and rigid inspection gluing shall not be considered an acceptable connector in lieu of the connectors herein specified. 246 s) Safe loan Nil torn orsettev for tronn;e1 renteetint tet tfith Ittfeti Ot folly Pettit!d herein Ntti111 tf@ tilWfrottki by MO BY1RI, ihg Metal been &prem. 1908.11 • fa e RIING MASON21`: tin weed Anti *Men ?ft/1mm efflrettte vIttetft as 11111Ottl: (a) Wed foutolatith thIlp be used to atinett tOilettete Ot 9111.8011*. tb) , Woad jnista Anti net I* nned te suppett _enema and tetnehtebate tile oil tettatteo floor guriftees ethm, tan tot bantotinik of loss than 100 citiiire feet ift area, havitift slats tot tiitor6 than Etta aod one-half incites ih thicIthess. A tneisture barrier shall be Istra tided bettteen ttood members and Portland Cement slabs or eetatile tile. (e) Wood rafters tray supPort concrete reef tile. 2006 WORkIVIANd141P Workmanship, in the fabrication, preparation, installation and the joining of wood members and the connectors and mechaniCal devices for the fastening thereof, shall conform throughout to the best practices. 290? PROTECTION OP WOOD 2007.1 WOOD PILES: Wood piles shall be treated with pres- ervatives as specified in Section 2404.3 (b). 290,2 PRoTteTION AGAINST ROT: (A) PRESERVA. TIVESt (1) All wood itt contact with masonry or in areas where deterioration would affect structural safety shall he treated with an approved wood preservative. (2) The standards of the American Wood Preservers Associa- tion, C1-66, C2-56, C21-54, P1-54, I,t,5O and 113-61 are hereby adopted to supplement, but not supercede, the requirements set forth herein. (3) Application shall be by vacuum -pressure process or by dipping' for a period of not less than five minutes and the retention shall be not less than recommended by the American Wood Present ers' Association. Application of chemicals by brushing shall not be considered as an approved treatment except that saw cuts shall be drenched with the same material as the approved preservative. Re. surfaced lumber shall be retreated. (4) All lumber permanently incorporated into a building or structure shall be air-dried or kiln.dried and shall contain not more than 19 percent moisture at the time of its use and/or at the time of treatment with a wood preservative. (1,) VENTILATION: Attic space between ceiling joists and roof rafters shall be effectively ventilated. Openings shall be located to provide effective cross ventilation, and such openings shall be covered with a corrosion -resistant mesh with openings not greater than one -sixteenth inch. 2907.3 LIGHT AND VENTILATION: (a) The space be- tween the bottom of wood -floor joists and the ground of any build- ing, except such space as is occupied by a basement or cellar, shall have ventilating openings through foundation walls, and such open- ings shall be covered with a corrosion -resistant wire mesh with open- ings not greater than one -sixteenth inch. Where practicable, ventilat- ing openings shall be arranged on three sides. The minimum total area of ventilating openings shall be two square feet for each 15 linear feet of exterior wall. Such openings need not be placed in the front of the building. 147 b) Where**Alien totes itte B r W@ iffetit be Wet kit 18. inch* dlttetee btu bunt the beon i ' fleet Snide ee into e fen at Aft -Wit it in Sl ttett 2itctfl. 1 ef.t1 Main: tiff Petete thy rano building is tamed flat ikttsrttps ,and Trade shaft be rim aced Rona the coif to a ~depth eft 'et tent 12 itetcet belew the toffee@ of the ground in the area to b ereufiied by the building. (b) trt building§ list portions thereof having weed fitet,tleor systems, all weird fortes evitieh hat ott beets used in the eet to i *ithin the oirnd et less than IS inches abrave he grating/ shill be re troved before the building is occupied et Used for any purpose, ley forme er easuhl woad shall hot be stored in direct eentfet with the ground under any building, and this space must be thoroughly cleaned of all wood and debris. 2907.3 EXISTING DU$LbINGS: Whenever the Building Of- ficial has knowledge of the existente of termites in any building or structure, he shall notify the owher in writing and direct that necessary treasures be taken for the extermination of the termites within a reasonable length of time, hot to exceed 60 days. CHAPTER 30 ALUMINUM 3001 GENERAL 3002 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 3003 DESIGN 3004 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 3001 GENERAL 3001.1 DESIGNt Aluminum members shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. 3001.3 StANbARDSt The following standards are hereby adopted to supplement, but not supersede, the specific requirements set forth herein. (a_:) "Specifications for Structures for Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6" of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Proceedings Volume 82, No. ST3, May, 1966. (b) The Structural Handbook, 1966, of the Aluminum Com- pany of America. 3002 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES The allowable working stress in dependent on alloy, condition of use, fabrication and manufacture. Allowable working stress for 6061-TG material shall not exceed the following unit stresses in pounds per square inch: TENSION 15,000 psi. COMPRESSION 14,000 psi. (reduced by a factor representing end -restraint and slenderness ratio 1/r, as set forth in the Standard, Sub -section 3001.2 (a).) SHEAR, IN PINS AND RIVETS (cold driven) 10,000 psi. REARING ON RIVETS AND TURNED BOLTS IN REAMED HOLES 27,000 psi. For other aluminum alloys, allowable stresses shall provide a factor of safety of not less than 2.33 for primary members, and 2.0 148 itteifth 'i i Seel Dt M Ruilding t ffieiat nifty rtottaire Oat tarty iftrlt!'t kitlrrtinttrn primary er serettderp lnhtnl ets be desig 8 bp'a regleVres 111110thilii etigitteer, inereases in ailertable Unit stresses as set forth rot *lit l Inds in stweectittti 23o0,0 herein shall be applicable to 61utrtinuril dtrtitttMI reWept unit stresses Metalled ahail not stetted ?6 percent of he ninifityield Strength, In addition to flexural and sheaMing atresses5 the critical factors of buckling, fatigue, stress . raisefs suet as notches or holes or sided re-entfittit for deflection design, connections shall be eon= 3004 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS as et 04.1tOtNNECthe Aluminum tl0NSi :rumembers; (shall be designed 3004,2 DECKING AND SID1N1It Aluminum sheet used for roof decking or siding shall be not less than ,024 inch in thickness. Aluminum sections spanning between supports shall be limited in span to satisfactorily support positive and negative loads set forth in Chapter 23 and the deflection of decking under full supetimposed load shall not exceed 1/240 of the span, Aluminum sheets shall be secured to the supports to adequately resist positive and negative loads and at intervals not exceeding eight and one•half inches and shall be secured to each other at side laps at intervals not exceeding 12 inches. Fasteners shall have a head, andfor be provided with washers, not less than one-half inch in diameter, Fasteners located at inch laps shall be oeerlappiflgtshe two inches nor less than 3004.3 WALL PANELS: Aluminum sheets used in wall panels shall have a thickness of not less than .032 inch. Finished facing shall have a maximum deviation of one-fourth inch at the center when measured from a plane determined by the edges of the panel, with a maximum deviation of one -sixteenth ineh in any 12-inch run: The maximum deflection of a curtain wall sys- tem under full lire or wind load shall not exceed if1?5 for panels nor 1/240 for vertical mullions. 3004.4 DISSIMILAR MATERIALSI (a) Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, tine, white bronze of small area or other metals compatible with aluminum, aluminum surfaces shall be kept from direct contact with such parts by: (1) Painting the dissimilar metal with a prime coat of zinc - chromate primer or other suitable primer? followed by one or two coats of aluminum metal -and -masonry paint or other suitable pro- tective coating, excluding those containing lead pigmentation; (2) Painting thedissimilar metal with a coating of a heavy - bodied bitumiinous paint; (3)and good quality ylar caulking material placed between the aluminum (4) A non -absorptive tape or gasket; (5) Steel members hot -dip galvanized or zinc plated after fabrication. where )draiiDissimilar age f omr metals passes overalumnum. f used in locations 149 () AttrMnihttf strtfrres fh contact it-lth frith lime ti ttatf cob- rreto or other mnst►htc• materials shall be protet'ted olth �lkeeli- sistant coatings, such as heavy -bodied biturnittOtis paint i t torStet, white inethnetSlAte lacquer`. (d) Alutnihum ih Contact with wad OP Other absorptive fii&= tetials which May become repeatedly Wet stall by painted with t*e coats of aluminum metal-and.masonty paint or a coat of Matt! bodied bituminous paint. Ot the Wood Or ether absorptive material shalt be painted with two coats of aturhititith house point and Seal joints With a good quality eatilking t emptnind, (e) Whet? alumihuln is in contact With treated wood, wood shall be treated with pehtaehtdropphenol, 6 percent titiittutfl eft,centration or creosote of sine haphthahates !following the protective measures outlined in Paragraph (d), 3004.6 t XPANSION, CONtRACtIONt Aluminum work shall be designed and anchored so that the Work Will not be distorted not the fasteners over -stressed from the a cpansion and contraction of the metal. 150 PART VII MAIM IttOVIATIONS CHAPTER at PACILT1111 Mot GENERAL 3102 STAIRWAYS 3103 RAMPS 3104 SMOXEPROOP TOWERS MS HORIZONTAL EXITS Hoe EXIT COURTS Hot PASSAGEWAYS atos RAILINGS Hos ELEVATORS & ESCALATORS alto AISLES & CORRIDORS 3111 DOORS Ma EXIT SIGNS & LIGHTS 3101 GENERAL 3101.1 STANDARDS; In every building hereafter erected i the minimum standards of egress for occupants shall be AS specified in this Chapter or as set forth in Part 111 herein, "Hequiretnelits Hated on Occupancy." 3101.2 GENtRAL: (*) Paths of egress shall be permitted across roofs only where the roof construction is of protected In, combustible material. (b) !tamps as herein specified, may be substituted for required stairways. (e) Escalators, when constructed and arranged as specified in Section 3109, may be used in the calculation of exit stairways only where open interior stairways are permitted. (d) The requirements of this Chapter shall not apply to Group 1 occupancies except as specifically stated. (e) Minimum head room in all paths of egress shall be not less than seven feet and two inches, except as follows: (1) Head room at doors shall be not less than six feet eight inches, (2) Head room at all points of stairs and landings shall be not less than seven feet and six inches, measured vertically above treads and landings, but shall not be less than six feet six inches as measured perpendicularly to a line running through the nosing of the flight, (1) Exits from the first or ground floor shall be proportioned on the basis of the exits required therefrom plus the required units of exit width from other floors that exit therethrough. (g) All exits shall provide continuous paths of egress to a public space, so that buildings may be emptied with minimum danger to life. (h) Paths of egress shall continue with no decrease in required widths to a public street. (i) Nothing that could confuse the direction of exit travel shall be placed in any path of egress. 151 t) the *tit #ifs i % II Atiftftfittlit 40tefiktd i l IS Cha)tOlt, stall, w g l h Soft* ft * fOttail d , ba Is itirt forth ilttrd Thate Ned tingly Orih Mtn6tift kit) Ti'tve1 disiattett Shill be 11 t fei'tfit #rt Nett lit bated o, Groans of 'Ocetipitinf lit 11 first tii d to be l t than Ohl foot or each unit etit *idth prided, 1102 RTAIRWAY1 atO2,1 t1l NERAti IttlUtilEMENTSt , (it Stall* sheik be designed and cotistrufted and shalt be ?Mull* and liml as tot forth in Part lit, '"Groups of'Occ�npatty,'' and Part V. "Types of Construction.' rStairways aiyagoaofie�ishall icontiriue With oa d decrease widthalong intermediate is ioit (e) ?4o flight of a stairway shah have less than three risers. (d) No flight of a stairwa ► shall have height of snore than ten feet, and no flight of a iota Tway herring Groups A or D OeCtil panties of more than 300 persons shall have a height of more than eight feet. Intermediate landings shall be provide as set forth its Section 3102.4, (e) The width of stairways shall be treasured between walls or guard rails. A grip railprojecting not more than three and one-half niches shall not be considered to decrease a stair width. (f) The underside of all interior stairways which are of corny bustible materials, including Group 1 occupancies, shall be protected by one -hour fire -resistive construction. (r) Spaces under required stairways of combustible construc- tion, even though protected, shall be left entirely open or shall be completely closed without door or other opening; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit an enclosed flight of stairs beneath another flight. 3102.2 ARRANGEMENT AND ACCESSt a) in buildings of three or more stories, not less than one half of the required number of stairways shall continue, full width, to and through the roof with a bulkhead enclosure above the roof line of two-hour fire- resistive construction, to provide access to all parts of the roof. (b) Not less than one stairway, which serves a roof, nor less than one half of the required number of stairways shall discharge directly to a street or shall connect thereto by means of a passage- way or exit court. (e) Ali stairways which may be used for exit purposes shall be readily visible and shall make clear the direction of egress to the street. Provision shall be made, where stairways continue beyond the main exit to the exterior, to prevent persons exiting from other floors from passing the main exit. (d) Stairways shall abut on not more than one side of an elevator enclosure. (e) Every doorway serving an exit stairway shall have a width of not less than one 20-inch unit of width for each unit of width required for the stairway at that point. 3102.3 TREADS AND RISERS: (a) There shall be no varia• tion in the width of treads and height of risers In any flight. Where variations in heights of risers in different flights are necessary due to varying story heights, such variation shall not exceed three• sixteenths of an inch. All treads less than ten inches wide shall have a nosing of not less than one inch, or a rake of not more than two inches, over the level immediately below. (b) The surface of stair treads and landings shall be such as to not involve danger of slipping. Continuous strip carpeting pro- 162 VIdirift a rohrrded itud ceded t'r tiilrpt 11 cOrialteted Cited ttelids *ith Metal trOlitIthe Mitt be tittered. te) 86 fttf prfietteible, tIvads tad flserii AA ififteretit shades of 'eol0f . fA) All requited stairways AO hate Itolid treads VA tlsi . tip) etirved stairways shah PetMitted fti 1 nilditi sOf only Group 1 oeettppahey or for duplet dwellin s Or Within il< residential apartinent under Group 14 oecttpatrey tar or tnonutrretital ttairkaya which are not ?eduit'ed paths of 'egress. The inside Mitts Of Wind+ shall be trot less than 20 inches riot shall the width of tread en the inside turve be less than right inrhe`, tf) Treads shall hot vary emote than theme=siitteenths inch from ler•et, (2) Treads and tilers shall be so proportioned that the sum of two risers and one tread, exetusive of nos ng, shall be not less than 24 inches not mote than 26 inches. For main stairways of Groups A, 11, or C Occupancy, no riser shall be more than seven and one. half inches and no tread less than ten inches, exclusive of hosing; and tot other stairways, no riser shall be mote than eight Indies and no tread less than nine inches, exclusive of nosing. 2102.4 LANDINGSi (a) The length of intermediate land, ings shalt be not less than the width of the stairways in which they occur but shall not be required to exceed 44 inches in straight -run stairs, (b) Doors swinging into landings which serge as a path of egress from floors above shalt not reduce the width of such 'landings to less than 22 inches nor, when open interfere with the full use of the landing except that in Group ., 8, C, and D Occupancies swinging doors during their swim shalt not reduce the requited width of stairs or landings. (c) The outer corners of landings of stairways in Groups A., 11, C, and 1) Occupancies shall be curved on a radius of at least two feet or shall have a 45,degree splay not less than 20 inches wide. (d) No door shall open directly onto a flight of stairs, but landings, as specified in this section, shall be provided between a door and a flight of stairs. (e) The requirements for landings shall apply to all occu, panties, including Group 1. 3102.6 STAIRWAY ENCLOSURES: (a) All stairways shall he enclosed where required under Types of uildings, Part V, or Groups of Occupancy, and 1'art 1II; and enclosures shall include the path of egress, so that once inside enclosures, persons may go from any part of the enclosure to the outside exit without leaving the enclosure; except that monumental stairways serving a mezza- nine or basement and which are not a part of required paths of egress need not be enclosed. (b) Stairway enclosures shall not be used for storage or equipment. (e) At the top of every stairway enclosure, skylights shall be provided on the roof or windows in the walls. Glazing shallbe plain glass and skylights shall be protected by a substantial wire mesh beneath. (d) Doors in connection with stairway enclosures shall be as specified in Section 3111. 3102.6 OUTSIDE STAIRWAYS: (a) Outside stairways shall not be used for buildings which exceed three stories. (b) Outside stairways shall not be used for more than 60 percent of the required upper -floor exits; except that for buildings of Groups it and I occupancies, not exceeding three stories in height and where the floor level of the third floor does not exceed 153 20 teet slEbore oodef the optre flbots of st eb WW1 i i be seed Ih stitile a r#or heir A�ird snide ita�it"or1 , hided that frrfn net tt r ft06, donor there Mall b ?Mote stairways, (e) outside sitair*ays gad! be ctitt ut cis et iireO nl�stible materials With solid risers, treads anden1ari itr s ten (d't� Apr set nn upefbuili ttide. irtir Sh511 '1 1losei than feelin 3 02., Flit t tAPtSt (a) rite escapes shall nit be PIN mitted as requited means of egress for new eonatruetitm, (b) rite escapes may be permitted as a rfeilii9 of inertating the exit facilities of existing buildings less than four stories in height when additional exits are required, but only where t+otrditiot do not permit the use of more adequate exit facilities. (e) Exterior fire escapes; where permitted, 0a11 conform so far as possible with the requirements of Section 3102, except that widths shall be based on is inches per unit of exit width with a minimum width of 24 inches; maximum height of risers shall be eight inches; tninirnuin width of tread shall be nine 'behest exclusive, of nosing; landings shall be located to limit flights to hot less than three nor more than 13 risers between landings, (d) 1?ire escapes shall be arranged and located as set torth in Section 3101. (e) palcony and stair uard rails shall be designed for a lateral load of 20 pounds per -lineal foot with deflection under load limited to 1/240 of the span. (f) Wall openings located along or within ten feet below fire escapes shall be protected by self -closing, fire -resistive doors or windows, (g) The wilding Official may require permanent ladders to be provided for mechanics' access to machine rooms tank towers and spaces and for fire -fighting access to flat roofs where no stair- ways serve the roofs and such permanent ladders shall meet these minimum requirements: (1) Distance between rails shall be not less than 16 inches. (2) Distance between rungs shall be 12 inches in every case; top rungs to be within six inches of the roof or parapet line. (3) Rungs shall have a diameter not less than seven -eighths inch and shall be riveted or welded in place. (4) hails shall be supported at intervals of hot more than ten feet, (5) 'tails shall extend not less than 46 inches above the roof or parapet line, except where such ladders are inside and pass through scuttles. (6) When the travel is between the ladder and the wall, the minimum clearance shall be 27 inches; and when on the outside, there shall not be less than six and one-half inches clearance between the center of the rungs and the wall. (7) Ladders shall be vertical, or may be positively inclined. No negative incline shall be permitted. 3103 RAMPS Wherever stairways are required by this Code, ramps may be substituted. The construction, width, enclosure, rails, and landings of such ramps shall be as set forth in Section 3102 except as follows: (a) Changes of direction shall be at a landing or by a curve with radius of not less than 10 feet. (b) Ramps shall have non -slip surfaces and shall have a slope not greater than 1 in 8. 154 MIK t) Ramp tat Map gat stitch than isit O shall tat be t gtt'ired to have 1tel4E10. td there shall be h0 t ariatidti in slime in the flight i t il! tamp between lifidingt, teeth r ah slopes n� 2 *Matti' Chas, i in 10 shall have rip rails asorth i a104 SMOXEPRODP TOWER§ Smteptoof towers shall be IA required tinder titters§ tbf occupancy, fart I11. A smokeproof totter shalt eohsiat of a eatta onisatisaldenth�oeith sfcte albacesnhlp paf egress froth the andl stones. 3104.1 VES111111LtSt Access to the stairway of a smoke, proof tower enclosure shall be provided from *Set story through ext vestibules open to the outside on anerior wall 0f from balcotiieit over -hanging an exterior wail, but such vestibule of balcony to its nearest point shad be not closer than 20 feet to the building title of a contiguous lot or any building on the same lot. Every such vests, bule, baicony or landing shalt have an unobstructed length and width not less than the required width of the stairway, and every such vestibule shall be directly open to a public street or alley or open yard or court not less than . `l0 feet in Width. 1#aleotties or vestibules shall have guard rails of incombustible material not less than four feet high, as set forth in Section 8108, Balcony or vestibule floors shall be approximately level with the interior floors, and there shall be no step from a vestibule or balcony into the stairway enclosure. 3104,2 bOORSt Access to vestibules or balconies and from the vestibules or balconies to the stairway enclosure shall be through doorways not less than 40 inches wide. Such doorways shall be pro- vided with self -closing, fire -resistive doors swinging in the direction of exit travel. boor hardware shall be as set forth in Section 3111. ('sear wire -glass panels not exceeding i 20 square inches in area Shall be provided in doors to stairway enclosures. 3104.3 PATHS OF EGRESS: All other provisions of this chapter relating to paths of egress shall also apply to sntokeproof towers. Egress at ground level shall be to a public street or through a passageway leading to a public street. 3104.4 ENCLOSURES: Smokeproof4ower enclosures shall be of Type i construction. There shall be no openings in walls separating the enclosure from the interior of the building. Fixed or automatic fire windows are permitted in an exterior wall not subject to severe fire exposure from the same or nearby buildings, 3105 HORIZONTAL EXITS A horizontal exit is an exit from a building or a fire division of a building to another building or another fire division of the same building. Such horizontal exit shall consist of a passageway or opening from one fire division to another, through or around a fire wall or by means of an enclosed passageway or bridge connecting two separate buildings or portions of the same building. 3105.1 AREA OF REFUGE: The area of refuge for which credit is allowed in connection with a horizontal exit shall have ppnot venttobstruction bywthe same fire orismoke, asithe areanfromwhich refuge is taken. The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit shall be suf- ficient to hold the occupants of both floor areas. 165 fletitehtal ti:its frOtteed 20 the 1114111014 hiifebet Of fleet 8itiie titre hilly eft kP . 210L2 nAteORiEgt, ale tie§ inky t _PrOvided to 1,62 afotrnd fire walls sled i hrttii eefittroeted bideOfilea feet i R proof towers. 1102.3 DRIDi t9: 11rid, to aeothM, beilding of uttther fire division of the saute builditg, shall, wheti tlervih i* Part of II required path et egress be of Type 1 eonAtttttti0tt, atttirely thEloetd or with openings protected by fite.,tresietive windowe, grid 111611 approximately meet thfe level of the float !ielived. 2108.4 DOORS: tech opening ettvieg as a hardeitit shall be protected by a self•elosing swinging file door. Thee Mall be adjacent optei,ings withswinging doors at eaeh sidel.Elsetiingin oppos to directions, with signs oh each side of the Wall fdis MIhK as the exit the door which swings with the tratel from that hide, or at y possible approved tra el, Doors` sha 1ibe as epeeified i ys90et1on 8 L 3106 EXIT COURTS 3100.1 tGRESS: The path of egress from an exit enurt shall be directly to a public street or by a passageway to a publie street Not more than one required exit shall open into an exit eourt unless such court is open at both ends to a public street 3106.2 WIDTH: Every exit court shall be not less in width than the required total width of the tributary paths of egress and shall be a minimum of 44 inches wide. 3106.3 CONSTRUCTION: The walls of buildings within five feet of a required exit court shall have all openings therein to a height of ten feet, protected by fire -resistive doors or windows; except that this requirement may be waived by the Building Official where, in his opinion, no severe fire hazard exists. 3107 PASSAGEWAYS 3107.1 WIDTH: Every exit passageway shall be hot less in width than the required total width of the tributarybpaths of egress and shall be a minimum of 44 inches wide. 3107.2 CONSTRUCTION: A passageway shall be without openings other than entrance and exit doors and shall have walls floor and ceiling of the same period of fire•resistance as that of the building, but not less than two-hour construction. Doors shall be as specified in Section 3111. 3108 RAILINGS• 3108.1 GUARD RAILS: Open sides of stairways, balconies and landings and any abrupt differences in level exceeding twelve inches shall have well -secured guard rails. Where the difference in level is less than 24 inches, such guard rails shall be tot less than 30 inches high and for differences in level of 24 inches or more shall be 36 inches high above the floor of a balcony or landing, or 32 inches high above the nosing of treads of a stairway, with intermediate protection for children. Guard rails shall be substantially designed and constructed to withstand a load of 20 pounds per lineal foot applied in any direction. 3108.2 GRIP RAILS: Flights of three or more steps shall have grip rails. Grip rails shall be on one side of such flights of steps, 44 inches or less in width, and on both sides of such flights of steps which exceed 44 inches in width. Any such flight of steps, 88 Inches 156 'P \ ear itlr t be h t a fails width,€h spatin ate ivoteiteeed ne?tes, trip fails sba11 be trIard nest less NM S6 itteiret net -- 33 niches above the nosing of the treads, and ail eiwd ill 1 ttltned. Grip raiii0 shall be so designed and d that they *Ili withstand pressure of 20 petards Vet linea�Wt led in any direction, Not less than 0-he and otre=hat# inches 0f cieafattee s1 11 be provided at all paints between any grip rail and a mail, additional guard r�its'shallst�iot b�r�r1 ti���ioiteinen#a rot grip Witt 3109 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS 3109.1 ELEVATORS: tlevatots shall not be considered as required paths of egress. 3109.2 ESCALATORS: (a) Escalators normally operating in the direction of exit travel and eotnplying with this Section may be substituted for stairways, (b) Escalators shall be constructed as set forth in Chapter 32, (e) Only full units of exit width of an escalator may be sub- stituted for a required exit width of a stairway, (d) Escalators serving as required exits shall be enclosed as re- quired for stairways. Escalators continuous for more than two floors be enclosed be protected a water curtain ther mhod metingthe quimnsoNational Board of Fire Underwriters. 3110 AISLES AND CORRIDORS Unless otherwise specified in "Requirements Based on Oecu• pancy" in fart III, aisles and corridors shall be as set forth In this Section, 3110.1 AISLES: Aisles shall be provided in every building or part thereof, and such aisle shall be not less than three feet in clear width and shall lead directly to an exit and be arranged to be readily accessible. Every exit shall have an evident and unobstructed aisle thereto. 3110.2 CORRIDORS: All corridors shall be constructed of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. There shall be a path of egress in either direction from any point in a corridor; provided that a dead end beyond the floor exit or other corridor having two remote exits and not exceeding the width of the corridor shall be permitted; except as longer dead ends are permitted in Chapters 12 and 13. Every corridor, unless otherwise specified used as a path of egress shall be not less than 44 inches in unobstructed width. 3111 DOORS 3111.1 GENERAL: All doors serving as required exits shall be substantially constructed, installed and maintained. Doors serving as required exits shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving an occupant load of ten or more, except as may be otherwise specified in Part III. No door shall swing over a public right-of-way. Revolving, folding, sliding and overhead doors shall not be used in any path of egress unless exit doors of required width are in- stalled adjacent thereto. no leaf of an exidoorway door shall exceed four thanei Owidt2 . ines width. and 157 Exit dawn, equip d with !te1!`jNhttsti�t deviets, stte t be ttp lliti stt shy point it' 'then` stviet2 by ttltt Mete 'Meth it frttutrids tfi` trtfnixefftlll reessott applied at the mttett tAlle theltet iiiPrd etleh rhosttig desire shtrll otter/At the door's clersing nt a trite ititelt to ptet d 'S0 degPee§ of ate in fine seeottds. 4111.1 WiDTHS: t ont jams shall hot imjeet into the requited width of opening by mote that: two ihrlies and a, 20-inch d®onaaq width is equal to a 22•it,ch unit of r�gttired� exit width As hereto fiet forth, bootways shall be as specified in the following table: beotway Width: Number Ptrita N nntnnl t"ic•nr msit width s rvrcl tic 1)onP Stair Width, 28"* 1 30" 34" 14 44" 4n" 2 r+ 2-28"s 2 88" 2-40"s 4 "Twenty-eight inches is the rninittlum allowed for an individual door. 3111.3 PIRt,RES1STIVty DOORS: floors required to be fire• resistive and located in required paths of egress shall be self.closing and shall be kept free from obstruction, 3111.4 HARDWARE: (a) PANIC HARDWARE: Panic hard, ware shall consist of bars or panels not less than two-thirds across the width of the door and not less than 30 inches, nor more than 44 inches, above the floor. Exit doors shall be provided with panic hardware when required in Occupancy, fart ill, or for smokeproof towers in Section 3104.2, and such hardware shall be operative in the direction of egress with 15 pounds of horizontal pressure. (b) OTHER HARDWARE: Any required exit door shall be unlocked during periods the building is occupied or shall be equipped with panic hardware or locking hardware, operative in the direction of egress, without the use of keys or any special knowledge or skill. 4A" 00„ 44" SR" 3112 EXIT SIGNS AND LIGHTS Exit signs and lights shall be as set forth in fart 111 and Sub- section 45n5.4 herein. 158 CHAPTER SI ELEWATOD' AND E$e 4LAtOII 2101 §TANT ARAM ant D€r1N1TrOMS 3203 ©RNCItAt 3204 EIJEVATOR9 3203 tSCALATOR3 32Oe tRAN$PORTIN>'3 AS3ENIBLIES 32O3 6TANbARD6 220i.1 SCOPE: (a) Elevators, dumbwaiters, escaiat+S and transporting assemblies shalt be designed and constrtteted of the ina- tetial, proportions and strength admitting to rational analysis based on established principles of mechanics and shall be maintained and operated in a manner to insure public safety. (b) 1,levators, dumbwaiters, escalators and transporting assent‘ blies shall comply with the requirements of the standard specified in sub -section 3201.2 except as they may be modified herein. (t) Elevators and escalators shall atso, eoniply with the applic- able requirements of the Florida Industrial Commission, wherein such standards are more restrictive than as set forth herein, 3201.2 STANDARDS: (a) The "American Standard Safety Corte for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators," ASA Designation A1i.1-1965, of the American Standards Association is hereby adopted to supplement but not supersede the specific requirements set forth herein and is hereinafter referred to as "The elevator Safety Code." (b) The "American Standard Safety Code for Manlifts," ASA ADO-1-1949, of the American Standards Association is hereby adopted to supplement, but not supercede, the specific requirements set forth herein. (c) The Building Official may promulgate and specifically set forth in writing such rules applicable to transporting assemblies as are not inconsistent with the standards of Paragraph (a) and which, in his opinion, are necessary to provide for safety and to protect public welfare. 3202 DEFINITIONS Definitions of terms shall be as set forth in Chapter 4 or in "The Elevator Safety Code" or as follows: ALTERATION: Shall mean any change to an existing installa- tion other than repair or. replacement of worn or broken parts nec- essary for normal operation. TRANSPORTING ASSEMBLIES: Shall mean any permanent or semipermanent device, manually or power -operated,, other than elevators, dumbwaiters or escalators used for transporting material or persons in any horizontal, inclined or vertical direction, and such assemblies shall include but shall not be confined to the following: (a) Amusement devices used to convey persons as a form of amusement. (b) Inclined devices, with or without seats, but not considered as escalators. (c) Man hoists, stage and orchestra lifts, tiering and piling machines, skip hoists and wharf ramps. (d) Belt, bucket, scoop, roller or similarly inclined or vertical freight conveyors. 159 i?it+�"i tali d tttallititiltg ittittet'i �dtlrl�it!1► INS UNCIAL uu05.1 PERMITS: (a) Pot tite ittata1tatittn, We:eatitm OP tetatiot: of an elevatot, esealntot Ot trans),ortirr as blp, sit i= cation rot the protroned work shall be filed With ate Hu 1ding Official* and a permit therefor shall be issued tlpon apl t AS speeified in Chapter 3 herein, subjedt to the following: (i) Servicing and repairs and ?Whet nedessarp for fish anal maintenance, which are made With parts of @quivalent materials, strength and design to those replaced shall hot require A permit. (2) Installation or alteration of several antusetttent devises shall be considered for the purposes of a permit as one installation. (3) Material hoists for construction operations shall be et• empted from the paying of a fee, but such exemption shall not re= lieve the owners thereof froth the provisions herein nor front the responsibility of requesting inspection and securing approval of aueh device by the Building Official before its use or service. Nothing in this section shall exempt the above from complying with safety requirements, (b) Application for permit for elevators, dumbwaiters and esca- lators shall be accepted only from elevator contractors, currently licensed as such. Application for permits for transporting assemblies shall be accepted only from persons or firms who manufacture, or who are qualified tp install, such devices; except that for relatively minor installations not to be permanently incorporated into building structures and not involving the transporting of persons, application may be accepted by the Building Official from currently licensed general contractors. Application for permit shall be accompanied by plans and drawings showing the proposed construction, equipment and mode of operation. 3203,2 RESPONSIBILITY: Responsibility for the care, opera. tion and maintenance of elevators dumbwaiters, escalators, trans- porting assemblies and amusement devices, shall be as follows: (1) EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER: The manufacturer of the elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, transporting assembly or amuse- ment device shall be responsible for the failure of the equipment or any part thereof until the installation has been approved, but shall not be responsible for the safe operation or proper maintenance of elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators during the time when any ited certificate, as defined in subparagraph 3203.4 (e), (3) shall be in effect. The manufacturer also shall be responsible for all tests of new and altered equipment until the installation has been approved. (2) THE OWNER: The owner or his duly appointed agent shall be responsible for the safe operation and proper maintenance of the elevators dumbwaiters, escalators, transporting assemblies and amusement devices after the installation has been approved, and also during the period of effectiveness of any limited certificate as defined in subparagraph 3203.4 (e), (3). The owner shall also make and be responsible for all routine tests, which may be required in accordance with sub -section 3203.5, 3203.3 ACCIDENTS: The owner or his duly authorized agent shall promptly notify the Building Official of each and every acci- dent involving the equipment wherein any person is injured to the !""\ extent of requiring the services of a physician or disability exceeding one day, or damage exceeding one hundred dollars or more has been done to the equipment, and shall afford the Building Official access for inspection of damage or cause of damage and shall prevent the use of such equipment or assembly until its use is approved by the 160 Redding Ott ieial.Thelsrlldlhq t1lei l *Ili the vita at ail accident and recoft1 in detail all Thate?ial #acts fth ihfofmatioh *t0= able and the chute or causes, th ofac as they cah be detel?nihed, and said site !hail be open to public ihspection at all Peasohable itoi t . Any datnaRed oonstrttction of Writing hire-tailistn shall not be tea Moved from the :rises until ihstrett oin by the Building Official. S2OS.4 (a) INSPECTION: 'Ire building 011ie that' ace** the inspection of a MOOemployee of any tither' legally constituted oterhmental Authority, but such acceptance shall not abtidRe the duty of the Building Official froth requiting that such inspettiofi be made or Certificate posted. (b) TESTS AND Ct RtlPtCA' RS REQUIRED: Any new, all tered or tnaved elevator, dunibwaitet, escalator, transporting assent= bly or amusement device shall not be placed in operation until such equipment has been tested, inspected and approved as required bar this section and a certificate so stating has been issued as set forth in paragraph 3203.4 (e). (e) ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS AND ESCALATORS: The permit holder installing, moving or altering elevators, dumb- waiters or escalators shall notify the Building Official in writing at least three days before completion of the work, and shalt, in the presence of the official or his representative, subject the new, moved or altered portions of the equipment to tests required to show that such equipment meets the requirements of this code. (d) TRANSPORTING ASSEMBLIES AND AMUSEMENT DE. VICES: The permit holder installing, moving or altering trat,- porting assemblies or amusement devices shall, in the presence of the Building Official or his representative, make such tests as the official may prescribe in order to determine the safety of such equipment. (e) CERTU 1CATPS OP INSPECTION: (t) ISSUING OP CERTIFICATES: The Building Official or his representative shall file a full report of each and everyinspection made, showing the exact condition of the equipment, with a statement of any repairs or replacements required, If this report indicates that the equip- ment meets the requirements of this Code and is in a safe operating condition, the Building Official will issue a certificate of operation for a load capacity not to exceed that named in the report of inspec- tion. This certificate shall be valid for three months after the date of issue for passenger elevators, six months after the date of insppec• tion for freight elevators, escalators, building hoists and tnanlifts and twelve months after date of inspection as to dumbwaiters of either electric or hand power type, freight elevators of the hand power type or other lifting apparatus, unless subsequent inspections indicate an unsafe condition. No passenger elevator freight elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, building hoist or other lifting apparatus may be operated without this certificate first having been conspicuously posted. A new certificate shall be issued or an endorsement made on the existing certificate by the Building Official following each inspec- tion period. (2) POSTING OF CERTIFICATES: The required certificate shall be posted in a conspicuous location in the elevator car, and on, near or plainly visible from the dumbwaiter, escalator, amusement device or transporting assembly. The certificate shall be suitably framed with a glass cover. (3) LIMITED CERTIFICATES: The temporary use of any elevator, dumbwaiter or escalator for passenger or freight service may be approved during the installation or alteration, under the authority of a limited certificate, issued for each class of service. Such limited elevator certificates shall not be issued until the ele- vator shall have been tested under contract load, and the car -safety 161 Ottd telothihiti-at etiftiptherit Mkt bttth tested te lietetihihe the safety of the equipment fOr tohatruftioil tintses) Stu tiMil 11871881 titnt of temporary Vieth Or theiothirot aft pieta Oh the far MA firothd the haistitay and it the landing entrantet on melt taut, tanding-entfanee guards shall be toided with laths that tan be released troth the hoistway side Obit, Atittlthktie and tottlildbool Pressure elevators shall hot be placed iti terhporart operation frOth the landing thigh huttoha unless door loeking.deVices and/or itttet locks required by the tleVatot Safety Code are instated arid operative, (aa) PERIOD OP WEI Limited certificates shall be issued for a period not to eaceed thirty days, (bb) POSTINO OP LIMITED CERTIPICATES: When a lima ited certificate is issued, a notice hearing the information that the equipment has hot been finally approved shall be eohspiehousiy posted on, hear, or 'visible from each entrance to such eletatar, dumbwaiter or escalator. 3201,8 ROUTINE INSPECTIONS) TESTS AND MAINTE, NANCE: (a) ELEVATORS, DUMIIWAITERS AND ESCALA, TORS: Elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators shall be inspected by the Building Official as provided in paragraph 3203.4 (a) and tested by the owner or his agent in the presence of the Building Official it: accordanee with the requirements set forth in the Ele, rant Safety Code, (b) AMUSEMENT DEVICES AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT: Amusement devices and special equipment shall be tested and in- spected on a semi-annual schedule in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Building Official may reasonably request. 3203.6 EXISTING INSTALLATIONS: (a) Existing installa- tions of elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators and man hoists, legally installed before the adoption of this codemay be used without being reconstructed to comply with requirements of the Elevator Safety Code as herein adopted except as follows: (t ) Within a period of two years all power attachments on hand power elevators shall be removed. (2) Within a period of three years all elevators and dumb- waiter hoistway entrance doors or gates shall be made to meet the requirements of the Elevator Safety Code, (b) Existing installations may be altered to obtain the advan- tage of any provisions of the Elevator Safety Code, provided the safety requirements covering such provisions are met and permit secured. 3203.7 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS: Ordinary repairs and replacements of damaged, broken or worn parts, necessary for normal maintenance, may be made with parts of equivalent material, strength and design, except that replacement of wood overhead beams, guide rails and wood carframes shall be made with metal, meeting the requirements of the Elevator Safety Code. Broken or damaged parts subject to tension, torsion or bending or parts on which the support of the elevator car depends, shall not be repaired by welding. 3203.8 UNSAFE EQUIPMENT: Whenever an elevator, dumb- waiter, escalator or transporting assembly is, in the opinion of the Building Official, in an unsafe condition, he shall have the authority to order the discontinuance of use of such assembly until repaired, replaced or tested, or he may order demolition. For the consideration of unsafe equipment, Section 202 herein, as it pertains to buildings, shall be applied to elevator and escalator installations, based on the total cost of such installation exclusive of the hoistway. 162 Steil ttVA § 324 i a ene1otal* t' elevate dots tkilYs it1tat M i in tracttquirettielitt RASA . iitett tilttiteY," itf d nirott�ettts by Types of Constl�ttttioh.v► al213,2 Ouide tails for atti and teuhtefWeights htt&tl be of Wet t1204.S Not thotpe than tWt ele atot°s shall be aliCitttil ih 'fie shaft, and hot less than a ttVo=hoot fit+ -resistive rating shh11 to rez. quired between contiguous lthafts. 3204.4 Elevators shall not be ihtitided itt the calculation of Pei. milted stairways. 3264.8 a very passenger and freight elevator, ekeetit elevators having automatic of continttous.pre6Sure opet`ution, shall be ober`oted only by qualified operators. Qualified operators shall enfant to the following requirements: (a) Be at least 18 years of age and physically and mentally capable. (b) Make written application to the Building Official on farms provided by him for ah Operator's Permit forte type of elevator he desires to operate. (t) Pass an examination to test the applicant's experience and ability to operate an elevator of the type specified, (d) Pay a fee of one (Si) dollar for such examination. Following such examination, the Building Official, at his discre- tion, shall issue to the applicant an Operator's Permit which shall specify the type or types of elevator the holder thereof is entitled to operate. No person shall operate an elevator requiring an Operator's Per- mit if the elevator to be operated is of a type different from that specified on the permit. Permits shall be valid for one year and may be renewed, at the discretion of the Building Official, for a fee of one ($1) dollar. 3205 ESCALATORS 3205,1 Escalators shall be enclosed as set forth in Section 3109. 3205.2 Elevators, dumbwaiters and moving stairways, moved from one shaft or location to another, shall conform to the require- ments of the Elevator Safety Code. 3206 TRANSPORTING ASSEMBLIES 3206.1 TEMPORARY MATERIAL LIFTS: (a) Temporary material lifts for construction work on multiple -story buildings hav- ing a hoistway and platform may be constructed without a permit therefor, but shall not be assembled or constructed without the writ► ten approval of the Building Official. (b) All temporary material lifts for the work of construction shall be as set forth in this chapter and in Chapter 33, "Precautions During Building Operations." (c) Service and inspection shall be each three months, as for elevators. 3206.2 AMUSEMENT DEVICES: Amusement devices shall not be placed in operation until the design, materials of construction and operation are approved by the Building Official in accordance with such regulations or requirements as he may deem necessary in the interest of public safety. Amusement devices shall be equipped with safety clutches. The cars or receptables which persons are permitted to occupy shall have handrails of sufficient number and height, or other approved appli- 163 kitties n sifetr►gtds, :6 gent freitens ff6at t ih0 thttr*fi tbe'j MITI t tftren etrtiiiht r6tlt*rt a•ith strefettlal Meittett. AUKS CT IER DRV'ICEM Ottiet det-ices Arai be MTh1 aka iftpeeted fltdt less fregtietttly tit ti hthh It , at at 1:66 WM IS tatty ire tictaited by the tluilding Official. CHAPTER 33 PRICAU?IDNR DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS 3301 Gi;NERAL 3302 DEMOLITION 3303 EXCAVATION 3304 SIDEWALK SHEDS AND P!NCES 3305 STORAGE OP MATERIAL 3306 HOISTING MACHINERY 3307 DERRICKS AND CRANES 3308 CABLES, ROPES, CHAINS AND BLOCKS 3309 PLATI+ORM HOISTS 3310 HOIST LOWERS 3311 TEMPORARY t LOORING 3312 P LOOR COVERINGS 3313 RUNWAYS AND RAMPS 3314 TEMPORARY STAIRS 3315 LAbbE11S 33i6 SCAt1=OLDS 3317 GUARD RAILS AND TOE BOARDS 3313 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 3319 FIRST Alb 3320 SANITATION 3321 WELbING AND CUTTING 3322 OPEN FIRES 3323 M RE PROTECTION 3324 SPECIAL HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS 3301 GENERAL The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all work in connec- tion with the erection, alteration, repair, removal or demolition of buildings and structures. The construction, erection, alteration and removal of scaffolds and the application installation and setting up of safeguards and equipment devices shall be done by skilled workmen under the super- vision of a person qualified by experience or training for such work. A safeguard, device or piece of equipment which is unsafe shall be reported to the superintendent or foreman, who shall take im- mediate steps to remedy such condition or remove such safeguard, device or equipment. Scaffolds, ladders stairs, fuel gas tanks and other devices or equipment regulated by this chapter shall be maintained in a good, safe and useable condition as long as in use. No ladders, scaffold, railing or other devices or equipment re- quired or regulated by this chapter, or any part thereof, shall be removed, altered or weakened when required by the work, unless so ordered by the superintendent or foreman in charge. Scaffolds, temporary floors, ramps, stairway landings, stair 164 I1t ads, and ail ;otket b rte die ANTI be apt tee troth tfidinit nails fetid sfrlihtf . Mt be k t`t+[ iem meet, a* obsintetions go That the. iterkert may mote about safely, fsrdttudine 'f Wig and tie if*ire etyds abaft be remote& hammered in or bent safe fe ctfnditibn, tlecta ric litres, Moving Ming tet63 and cable gtars, aithilar hazards with which a *oiler rn ght e in eordatt, Omit Ire encased of guarded. Prior to rnn1diti an eteanation, drilling or othertise distntblthg the ground, the Vermin doing the work, or reusing such work to be done shalt cotitnet all public -utility °r ilitatione to determine the possible location of undergrouhd facilitie9, to avoid the Word to public safety, health and welfare causer) by the inadvertent distup= tion of such facilities. No person, firm or corporation, either personally of throwph ah etnployee or agent of another, shall operate or mote any Mach fiery. equipment, material, scaffolds or assembly -to -be closer than bilk feet with thenergized ape o al of the electrical overhead electrical facilities CO. 3302 D MOLITION before commencing the work of demolition of it building or strtir- tore, all gas, electric, water and other meters shall be removed and the supply lines disconnected, except such as are especially provided or required for use in connection with the it•otik of demolition. Glazed sashes and glazed doors shall be removed before the start of demolition operations. No wall, chimney or other construction shall be allowed to fall in muss, except under competent supervision. Scaffolds or stagings shall be erected for workers if walls or other elements of the struc- ture are too thin or too weak to work on, Heavy structural mem• bers, such as beams or columns, shall be carefully lowered and not allowed to fall freely. Chutes for the removal of materials and debris shall be provided in all parts of demolition operations which are more than 20 feet above the point from which material is to be removed. Chutes shall be completely enclosed and shall be equipped, at intervals of 25 feet or less, with substantial stops to prevent de- scending material from attaining dangerous speeds. The bottom of each chute shall be equipped with an adjustable gate or stop for regulating the flow of materials; a danger si n shall be placed at the discharge end of every chute; and except for the discharge of materials, the gate or stop shall be kept closed. Proper tools shall be provided and kept available to loosen ma- terial or debris jammed in the chute. Chutes, floors, stairways and other places shall be effectively wet down, at frequent intervals, when the dust from such operations would cause a menace or hardship to adjoining buildings or premises. Stairs and stair railings shall be kept in place and in usable con- dition as longas is practicable, and steps and landings shall be kept free from deris. Floor openings, unless covered or otherwise protected, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards, as specified in Section 3317. All areas of danger in demolition operations shall be properly en- closed and danger signs posted. Sufficient watchmen shall be pro- vided to warn workers of impending dangers, and all unauthorized persons shall be excluded from places where demolition is in progress. 163 121}1 tICAVATION the sides of trery ekeaVatieM neorinetieth with buffiftfrgtper* lions, incitidih* tfthelits f6+ Pitts Or AO toff votritisat §timt sheet -Piled, braced or shored when tietessarY tO Pitverit tM SOH Milt eavitig ih on Pers.:Ms etigaged in *ark within Bath eteatatierh. Whete Orkets are employed adjacent to fib etetttittiritt Ofl ttifk othet thah that directly connected with the eitteation, SubStithtial tailings ot fehces shall be proViiied to Pteveht Mich *Miters froth falliig ihto the ekcavation. tvety ttench, five feet ot Witt ih •derithi Shin have suitable means of ekit or escape at least every 25 feet of its length. 3364 gIDEWAtit 514tDS AND FENCES 3304.1 SIIitWALK HtISt Where buildihgs, which ekeeed 45 feet in height, are to be erected or demolished closer thah test feet, or buildings which exceed 25 feet ih height are to be erected ot demolished closer than five feet, to a street lihe, thete shall be erected and maintained, during such work adjacent to the street line. a shed of sufficient strength and stability to sustain safely the weight of materials that may be placed thereon, and to withstand the shocks incident to the handling of such materials or theit Prep - oration for use, and accidental jars from trucks passihg or deliver- ing materials. When the roof of such shed is used for the storage of materials or for the performance of work of any kind, substantial railings not less than three feet high and solid toe boards not less thah six inches high shall be placed along the open sides and ends of such roof. Such sheds shall be consttucted to afford unobstructed 'walkways, not less than eight feet high and five feet wide. The street side shall he kept open for a height of not less thati seven feet above the curb, and the sheds shall be properly lighted at night with not less than one Inn -watt bulb every 20 feet of its length atid at each change of grade or elevation of the sidewalk surface. Such shed shall remain in place until the building is etclosed, or if being demolished, until the building is reduced to 20 feet in height. 3304.2 CONSTRUCTION iFtNCtS: 13uilditigs which are erected or demolished closer than five feet to a street line and which are not required to have a sidewalk shed shall be provided with pro- tection on the street sides in the form of a substantial fence not less than eight feet high. Such fence shall not restrict the sidewalk to less than five feet in width and shall be built solid for its full length. except for .111.11 iiii•bnitles as may be necessary for a proper execu- tion of the work. EXCEPTIONS: The Building Official inay waive, or may vary, any or all of the provisions of Section 3304 where the safety of the public may otherwise be protected, 3305 STORAGE Or MATERIAL Materials to be stored at or near locations where workers are employed or on any public property shall be piled or stacked in an orderly manner to avoid toppling over or being otherwise displaced. No materials shall be piled or stacked to a greater height than six feet, except in yards or sheds intended especially for storage. When piles exceed four feet in height, the material shall be so placed that the sides and ends of the piles taper back. The placing of construction materials in a building or structure during building operations shall be done 'with due consideration of the effect of such loads on the structural members, and such loads leo; i **Mon firi tire 01014 ih generi It ipttte 4 alit Iffitt,t8 i structuralMetalitvet as. Passible. Sheet Wading*ltk f ft it trtt St f in any structural tnemlititr beyond the desitn attesties. Wnttte Material frtbbish tesuititrg from titithittig otgrittiths bbfit1 be removed as tepidly as possible and . shall not lie allowed to eel cumulate on theMtn-daft Of adjacent there& Him§1'1N11 MAtHttaRY ttsfy hoisting engine shall be ptorided with adequate btrbkeg, capable of holding the tna+titnuttt load at any point of travel. Guards shall be provided to exposed gears and othett ittOtifig Parts and around hoisting cables at all points to prevent *Otis atR from tripping or getting clothing caught. Ample tooth shall be provided around hoisting eft Ines, tnotoi'S or other machinery or apparatus for the fine gild safe tno%etneht of those who operate or otherwise attend such ehgihes, motors or other machinery apparatus. Hoisting machinery shall be enclosed to Occlude tthatithorited persons, and if placed outside the building, further protection against falling objects shall be provided, When hoisting machinery is set oh ati elevated platform Ruth platform shall be of substantial construction, and guard rams and toe boards shall be provided along all open sides of such ttlatforin. Electrical machinery and equipment to be used in connection With building construction shall be installed as specified in Part Xt. Steam boilers used in connection with building construction shall be installed, equipped and maintained as specified ih Section 400? herein, and operators in charge of such boilers shall be acceptable to the lluiiding Official. 330/ DERRICKS AND CRANES Derricks shall be so designed and assembled that no part shall be stressed beyond the safe -working stress for the material, as specified in this Code, under its maximum -rated load in any possible position. Such maximum -rated load shall be conspicuously posted on each derrick. The foot -block of every derrick shall be firmly secured against motion in any direction. Guy derricks shall have the top of the mast held by not less than six steel guy cables secured by firm anchorages and so placed that the angle of the guy with the mast shall be as large aspp possible. h and till parts shalrts of l beinspected aicks and t leaes st everl y othert wdlaylubri- cated,3308 CABLES, ROPES, CHAINS AND BLOCKS Cables, ropes, chains and blocks shall be of such size that the maximum load supported by them will not exceed one sixth of their breaking strength. Blocks designed for use with manila ropes shall not be used for toe change the direction ofd t or ablesar shallors or in be encloseder or otherwiosed seaces ef- fectively guarded. All ropes and cables used in connection with scaffolds, derricks, and hoisting apparatus shall be tested before being put to use and ut least once every 30 days while in use, to insure their safety and suitability for the purpose to which they are to be put. Any rope or cable found to be unsafe or unfit shall not be used. Chains shall not be used for slings, bridles or other similar pur- poses, but shall be restricted to only such purposes as require a straight pull. 167 Honks shell not be used tat bedsit* btettettc, eat ' alrl ts. 51111 PLATRAVI MSc§ 'No person shall be permitted to tide . hby latfontn hdlat tit= less it has been desisted attd eo? silvlttetM fo sosl to , n specified lb Chapter 32. 1;1et+ators used for the li, tratatertatiet ` workers during eohsttut tiott shall t tlhpl+y with t to ?etluitefttehtts of Chapter 32. Platform hoists tot the handling of materials within buildittg4 under consttttctiott shall hate the eat substantially eohsttueted And plot ided with covets, either solid of Wile Mesh. Sections of the cover may be arranged to swing upward for the handling of bulky materials, of the covets may be omitted if suitable overhead brotee1 tiott is provided, Hoists shall be equipped With a broken -rope safety device. Where wheelbarrows or buggies are used for handling material on platform hoists, cleats shall be hailed to the platform to fix the proper position so that handles shall hot project beyond platform edges. Supports for the overhead sheave shall be designed to carry, within the allowable stresses, as specified in this Code, two times the weight of the hoist and its matitnum load. 3310 HOIST TOWERS Hoist towers, erected in connection With building construction shall be substantially constructed, and all members shall be so pro- portioned that the stresses shall not exceed those specified for that material, when carrying the dead load of the tourer plus two times the weight of the platform or bucket or its maximum load. 1..very hoist tower shall rest on a sufficiently solid foundation to prevent injurious settlement or distortion of its framework. F very hoist tower shall he secured in not less than four direc- tions against swaying or tipping, at intervals of not more than 32 fret in its height, by steel cable guys adequately anchored or by other satisfactory means. Such towers which are constructed adja- cent to buildings shall be secured to the building frame at each floor as the building progresses. Landing platforms in hoist towers or platforms connectinga hoist tower to a building or other structure shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards. The bottom of every hoist tower shall be screened or otherwise protected on all sides to a height of not less than six feet. Hoist towers erected within the building, but not occupying the entire opening through which they pass, shall be completely enclosed on all sides and shall be provided with doors at the unloading points unless the height to whichform materialt is is to beidly loaded ors unloaded on d ll sides to the 3311 TEMPORARY FLOORING in buidings of skeleton construction, the permanent floor, except for necessary hoistw•ay openings, shall, when possible, be constructed as the building progresses. There shall be not more than three un- filled floors above the highest permanent floor. in buildings of skeleton construction, the entire working floor shall be planked over, except spaces required for construction work, for raising or lowering materials, and for stairways or ladders. Planks shall be placed so that they cannot tip under the weight of a worker at any point and secured so that they cannot slip out of place. 166 /"1 th buildiftft tit Woad jolt Ong/trail" ti h it1oi tit iota for tat/ Rohr as the building plotts§es. SSI 2 ftetift OPtIVIN6S All floor ofithingsi used as hoistwayit or eleVittot stiaft*ftyft, Aral r" be guarded on all sioles, Oteept the side hoot used fof Malta Of unloading. Guards shall be, barricades not less than.ftair feet high along or heat the edges of such openings, of gird rails tot less than three feet high, Naced not less than two feet distant at all points train the edges of such openings. If guard fails aro used, the +Dards shall be provided along the edges of the oPenitig§. Sides left °Pen tot loading at unloading shall be guarded by sitnimp solid doOft or gates. All floor openings used as stairways, or for the accommodations of ladders or runways, shall be guarded by railings and toe boards. All other floor openings shall be guarded on all sides by solid harriers not less than three feet highot by railings and toe beards or shall be planked over or otherwise covered over by temporary construction enable of sustaining safely such loads as are likely to come thereon. tlarriers for the guarding of openings used as hoistways Or for elevators shall be constructed so that workers cannot thrust beadi Arms of legs through them, and loose material cannot fall of be pushed into the shaftway. Harriers and guard rails around floor openings shall remain in place until permanent enclosures or Protection are otherwise pro. vided. am RUNWAYS AND RAMPS Runways and ramps in connection with scaffolds or extending from story to story or otherwise located and maintained for an eke tended period of time or for the transfer of bulky material shall be constructed of at least three 10-inch planks laid closely side by side and substantially supported and braced to prevent unequal defla- tion and springing action. Runways and ramps shall have a slope not steeper than one in three, and the total rise of a runway or ramp between landings shall not exceed 12 feet. When the rise is steeper than one in six, or when the rise is more than six feet and steeper than one in eight, runways or ramps shall be provided with cleats spaced not more than eight inches apart. Runways and ramps, having a total rise of more than six feet, or passing over or near floor openings, high-tension wires or other dangerous placesshall be provided with guard rails and toe boards. 3314 TEMPORARY STAIRWAYS In all buildings, the permanent stairways shall be installed as soon as conditions will permit. When the work on a building has progressed to a height in excess of 60 feet and it has not been prac- ticable to install the permanent. stairways, at least one temporary stairway shall be provided for the full height and continued upward as rapidly as the work progresses. Stairs and stairways shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of at least 100 pounds per square foot, and all stairways shall be guarded on all open sides with hand rails and toe boards. Temporary stairs shall be constructed so that treads and risers are uniform in width and height in any one flight. The sum of the height of the two risers and the width of one tread shall be not less than 24 nor more than 26 inches. Temporary stairways shall be not 169 test Din AO Metre§ *Rte. trading NMI be Pot We theft NI MO Nct flight of !Mitt of a temporary plaints, ASH iit h *Alt& tike elteess of. 12 feet, And, *lien Peeessury) iftimedfute shall be Provided. Tentoritry and permehefit stainove AO be odectuotety as set fotth inSeetinti 3318. No door shall Oen directly Otto a flight Of stairs, but a ,lattding equal to at least the width of the door shall be provided betitteet the door and the stairs. Tettitarraty &ore higher than four feet httill sit inches shall be fitted Wit/t *ire Pohl. Permatieut stairs that are to be used during construction and cm which trends hi* to be filled in Wet` hall hake wooden treads firmly fitted in place for the full area of the tread. The top surfaces of the temporary treads shall be maintained above the tops of the risers or nosings. The storage of materials on stairs or ih stairways or adjacent to stair openings shall not be permitted. ISIS LAbbtfkg 1._:xcept where either permanent or temporary stairways ot run- ways are required, ladders shall be provided to give access to all floors, stagings or platforms where work is being done tnore than five stories above ground or above a permanent or temporary floor, Ladders requited by this Code shall be left in place until the permanent stairways are ready or use or until temporary stairways are installed, and stairways shall be erected as soon as the building exceeds CO feet ih height. All ladders shall be substantial in construction so as to carry safely the load to be placed thereon. The construction of ladders shall conform to the provisions of the "Safety Code for the Con, struction, Care and Use of Ladders," 13ulletin No, 361, 15, S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. All ladders, when in use, shall be set up in a manner to be secure and to prevent slipping; and ladders, except stepladders or other self-supporting ladders, shall be securely fastened to a permanent support at the top, and if necessary, at the bottom, and braced to prevent swaying, bending or shaking. Ladders, leading to floors, stagings or platforms, shall extend at least three feet above the level of such floors, stagings or platforms. No single ladder shall exceed 20 feet in length. When greater heights are to be reached, intermediate platforms shall be erected. Ladder landings shall be at least four feet square and equipped with handrails and toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly and as near to 12 inches as is practicable. When used temporarily, in place of stairways or runways, lad- ders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously shall be at least 40 inches wide. If separate ladders are provided for going up and coming down, they shall be marked "UP" and "DOWN" respec- tively at each floor and platform level. Ladders, other than sectional or extension ladders, shall not be extended by joining two or niore together. Ladders shall not be placed or used in shafts of operative ele- vators or hoists except by workers engaged in the erection, construc- tion, alteration or repair of any such shafts, hoistways or equipment. Ladders shall not be painted, but may be oiled or otherwise treated with preservative so as to permit the detection of faults. Every ladder shall be inspected by the superintendent or foreman in charge before being put to use on a building operation and there- after at least once every 30 days while continued in use. Broken or 170 freak ittddetow et jtellifett eiih +st ek ant iettifif used oar trnitte4 to fern -gift rttt the site fitbailditi i shall be repaired and grade tide 'ttt destl'Ored. Salt NA 0§ roperly eonstt uetet1 scaffolds sell be Provided for all Work Which cannot be dotte safely by wolktneh sthttdittg► otti pettfafttitt et soiid ronsttuctiott, except ti heft such Work tan be done safely fii ladders. All such scaffolds shall be substantially rottst?ttr'tedi to port at least four tittle§ the ntaitirntttn load, attd slhalt be segtiftd prevent Swayinft. Planks used in the construction of statiohary scaffolds shall be not less than two inches nominal thickness. Where such �stanks hvetr- lot) at the ends, the overlap shall be brit less than sits ihehes. Planks shall be so placed that they eahhot tip undet the Weight of theWOrk' er at any point. Nails used in the eonstructtch of scaffolds tall be of ample size and tenth to catty the loads they are intended to support, and all nails shall be driven full length. No nails shall be subject to direct pull. Hopes, cables and blocks used in the support of swinging scat, folds shall be of sufficient size and strength to sustain at least six times the maximum loads to which they will be subjected. Where acids are likely to come into contact with theist, topes shall not be used in the support of scaffolds, but steel cables properly protected by grease or oil or other effective method shall be used instead, Every scaffold, the platform level of which is more than six feet above the ground or above a permanent or temporary floor, other than iron workers' scaffolds and carpenters' bracket scaffolds shall he provided with guard mails and toe boards extending the full length of the scaffold and along the ends except where ramps or runways connect with them, unless otherwise enclosed or guarded. On sus= tended, swinging and pole scaffolds, the space between guard rails and for boards shall be fitted with wire mesh screens securely at- tached. Where objects are likely to fall on a scaffold from above, a sub- Aantial overhead protection shall be provided; not more than tet► feet above the scaffold platform, and at doorways, passageways or other points where workers must pass under scaffolds, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided. No materials or equipment other than required by the workers, shall be placed on scaffold platforms. Roof brackets, roof scantling, crawling boards and similar forms of support shall be substantial in construction and securely fastened in place when in use. Barrels, boxes or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as supports for planking intended as scaffolds or places of work. When used over public sidewalks or other places of public use, scaffolds used for minor building repairs, alterations, or painting, shall be equipped with drop cloths to effectively prevent the falling of paint or debris. Scaffolds used for sandblasting and guniting operations shall be entirely and effectively enclosed, and the determination of effective enclosure shall be the complete absence of particles of material of operation in the air at a horizontal distance of 60 feet from the point of operation. 3317 GUARD RAILS AND TOE BOARDS 3317.1 GUARD RAILS: Guard rails, when required in this chapter, shall have the top rail not less than 36 inches high above the platform level, and an intermediate rail shall be provided be- 171 = Meth the tttl't this MA the !Ahern. Alt t tl s'IYAttVett@ ile= riante su � trot. Mott tan s t t tt. i shall by eonsttfte led trithOtM d Is halls 1 t tt� 20 MIMI fret toot. 33i'!:3 ARD+ t 'roe bo*r1s, Whet required Shall bt solid to full height, shaii ektend trot less than it MASS Attire the Platfotim level and shall be Mara to fit close to the stages ed' he platform. They shall be adequately supported, seetittidd and btftett0 along the entire length to resist the impact of workers' feet arrd the shifting of materials. Toe boards of wood shall be bet tens than OWinch nominal thickness with supports not there than four feet MMtrtft, and toe boards of metal shall be not less than one -eighth inch thitft, with supports not more than four feet apart. 331R 1RMPORARV LIGHT AND POWER All parts of buildings under construction, or other opetatiotts covered by the general provision of this chapter, and nil sheds, seat. folds, covered walks, other work or storage areast and equipment in connection with such operations shall have sufficient light to insole safety and protection of life and property. In passageways, stair- ways and corridors, thr average light intensity meastited at the floor level shall be not less than two foot candles. At locations where tools and/or machinery are used, the average light intensity measured at the floor level shall be not less than five foot candles. 'Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided in such a manner that glare and shadows will not adversely affect the safety and protection of workers and property. Temporary wiring for light, heat and/or power shall be ade- quately protected against mechanical or overcurrent failures. All conductive materials enclosing fixed or ortable electric equipment, or forming a part of such equipment, shall be grounded by one or more of the methods permitted by this Code. Temporary electric service poles shall be self-supporting or ade- quately braced or guyed at ail tunes. 3319 MST AID on every building operation, arrangements shall be made for prompt medical attention in case of accident, and an ample supply of iodine or mercurochrome and aseptic -gauze bandages shall be provided and maintained in a clean, sanitary cabinet, at all times available under the direction of the superintendent or a person designated by him. tnless competent medical attention is otherwise quickly available, where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly equipped first -aid room or field hospital shall be provided, and a physician or competent nurse shall be in constant attendance. 3320 SANITATION Adequate toilet facilities, maintained in a clean, sanitary condi- tion, shall he provided as set forth in Sub -section 4ffl)8.20 herein. An adequate supply of pure, cool drinking water shall be pro- vided for workers during hours of employment, and adequate, sani- tary washing facilities shall be provided for workers within reason- able access. 3321 WELDING AND CUTTING Gas welding and cutting and arc welding in building construction and demolition operations shall be restricted to experienced workers acceptable to the Building Official. Suitable goggles or helmets and gelding shall lr cbe provided oriarcfor o elan d worn by workers engaged in gas 172 fneomitustible. i hitlds Stan 'be pt ldiid to 'Miltworks, tt hett a/tpOoed to faint* hot tnttal ar inside. Unless uh*toidttble, Ras aeidin tr eutttng *tare theMing i hin not be dote Ober* nthet ivoriceff . When tinat'oidable, aiy int~amtnisb ible shield shall be provided between the work and the vv<`tt a be► lets; Or a *atehntan shall ire ttatidtitid to gift wftffiInq at rani *heft wotketa, in the course of their employment are likely to pail tinder a gig *tiding of cutting et Rh arse a eldinq epefation# itnless unavaidable, gas welding Of cutting shall riot tre eftflied oh iti shy 1laee *here ample ventilation is not provided, at which quick escape is difficult, When unavoidable workers ellirare its such work in confined paees shall be allotted frequent access to fresh ait and ft relief worker shall be stationed e1Qse at hand to At, silt the worker in Ease of accident and to shut off The rides. Tanks of fuel gas shall hot be moved or allowed to stand for any extended period wen riot in use unless the eaps of such tanks are in place, Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering otty ett or fuel tanks, to reduce to a minimum the possibility of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be used. Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be located at no rester distance from the work than is necessary for safety, SUCK tams shall` he securely fastened in place and in an upright position. They shall be stored, or set in place for use, so that they are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or to high temperature. 13efore steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of con, struction are cut by means of a gas flame, they shall be secured by cables or chains to prevent dropping or swinging, 3322 OPEN )HIES Open fires, for the purpose of disposing of waste materials, the heating of roofing or other materials, or for any other purpose what". ".never, shall not be allowed except with the permission of the Chief of the Fire Department. In V ire Zones Nos. 1 and 2, only heaters with enclosed flames shall be used for the heating of any roofing or other similar material. Wherever any enclosed flame heaters or open fires are used, there shall be a workman in constant attendance, whose duty it shall be to have such heater or fire under proper control at all times, 3323 FIRE PROTECTION Storage of combustible material shall not be permitted under or near welding operations. No part of the building shall be used for the storage of combustible materials until such fireproofing of that part has been installed. in every building of reinforced concrete construction, forms of combustible materials shall be stripped from the concrete and re- moved from the building as soon as practicable. No part of the building shall be used for the storage of combustible materials until such forms have been removed in that part of the building. In all buildings in which stand pipes are required, such stand pipes shall be installed as the construction progresses, and installa- tions shall be in such a manner that they are always ready for Fire Department use, to the topmost constructed floor. Such stand pipes shall be provided with a Fire Department connection on the outside of the building at the street level and with one outlet at each floor. 173 to strety bittidittg 610611e11 Wirer Ii teen hates, iftfre!P M tic other shanty is pier, et .a te►ein et t* #e tilted ler Menge,' ` snit room of wetkahep, at lent t)tt it rpmcd haniptitniti WI et t,ntb1e her eleii Se retitled and maintained ffifchemical burins 'building operations, fret: access frem .the etrtiet to fir+ hydrants and to ottide 200110etietta for etend piptia, aptlititletser other fite,ttit'titrgitiatirgg a ttipment, 'Anther perlrtatrent et tempo, tary, shall be proaided and Msintairred at all times. No material or eoh trttetieri iiitiviptnettt Blind brt placed within ten feet of such hydrant et eonneetien, or between it and the central line of the street. 3224 SPECIAL HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS boring such periods of time as art designated by the United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane warnilrf er alert, all construction materials or equipment shall be secured against d:sr placement by wind foteesi provided that *here a full complement of personnel is employed or otherwise in attendance, or engaged for such protection purposes, normal construction procedures or uses of materials or equipment may continue allowing such reasonable time as may be necessary to secure such materials or equipment before winds of hurricane force are anticipated. Construction materials and equipment shalt be secured by guying_ and shoring, by tying down loose materials, equipment and construction sheds. CHAPTER 34 MOP COVERINGS 3401 GENERAL 3402 BUtLT•UP PELTS AND GRAVEL 3403 MEMBRANE SASE PLASHINGS 3404 ROOF TILE 3405 ASSESTOS.CEMENT SHINGLES 3406 SLATE AND COMPOSITION SHINGLES 3407 METAL SHINGLES 3408 WOOD SHINGLES 3409 ROOF INSULATION 3410 METAL ACCESSORIES 3401 GENERAL 3401.1 PERMITS: (a) A permit shall be required for the erection, construction, fabrication, application, or repair of any roof covering as set forth in Chapter 3 herein. (b) Application for permit will be accepted from only roofing contractors or general contractors, currently licensed in their re- spective classifications except that application for permit will be accepted from a qualified owner for work on his own residence. 3401.2 INSPECTIONS: (a) The Building Official, upon noti- fication from the permit holder, shall make a roofing inspection and shall either approve, that portion of the work completed or order correction for compliance. 174 eititesed (h) (in nett• toof Construt•tion, tvltet'e the ailekthitl shilriis i from 'belt)* and for ntchitectural ap ht Enee, the co re not driven through the sheathing, the fle eit Millet Shan ti n fir the f#uildii g °ffieiai eight hours before the tithe that tfn .captying i+t'ii1 he nearly cotrtplettrd, so that ins pection MIty be Made befet* the Mt is mopped or coveted. (t) On replacement of rt:of coverings o f eitistittg building, the permit holder shall notify the Building Official eight hottltft re the time that tin rapping will be nearly completed, so that inatite- Lion may be made befot"e the roof is mopped or eot'eted. td) On tile roofs, in addition to other inspections, the WHIR holder shall notify: the Building Official eight hours befele the time that tile laying will be nearly completed go that inspection Piny be made during the process of laying the tile. 3401.3 Vint -RETARDANT ROOF' COVRRINC3 REQUIRED: (a) Roof coverings for all buildings itt Fire Zones 1 of 2, all build, ingz of Type 1 or Type 11 construction and all buildings of other than Croup 1 occupancy shall be fire -retardant. A fire -retardant roof covering shall be any roof or any roof covering which Meets the requirements of any one of they following or shall be any roof assembly hearing the label of the 1 nder"riters Laboratories, hie., for Class A or it roofing. (t) Any built-up composition roofing consisting of materials whose fire -retardant values as set forth in Table 34-A equal not less than 15 points including a top covering selected from parts (b), (C), and (d) of said Table. (2) hydraulic compressed rigid shingles hot less than one- eighth inch thick, composed of Portland cement and asbestos fibres, laid over a layer of saturated felt weighing not less than 30 pounds to 100 square feet, or hydraulic compressed rigid sheets not less than seven thirty-seconds inch thick and as set forth in Sub -section 350 7.7. (3) Asphalt -saturated mineral -surfaced prepared composition shingles laid so there are not less than two thicknesses at any point. The combined weight of such shingles shall be not less than 200 pounds to 10n square feet. (4) Concrete slab constructed as specified in Chapter 25 with- out additional roof covering, (5) Steel roof covering as set forth in Section 2816. (6) Aluminum roof covering as set forth in Chapter 30. (7) Concrete or clay roof tile. with all other (b) Fire -retardant roofs shall comply require- ments of this Chapter. 3401.4 MATERIALS: Roofing materials applied to solid decks shall be as set forth in this Chapter and roof decks or sheets de- signed to be self-supporting between structural members and to pro- vide protection from rain or sun shall be designed and constructed as follows: (a) STEEL: Steel decking and roofing shall comply with Sec- tion 2810 herein. (b) ALUMINUM: Aluminum roof sheeting shall comply with Chapter 30 herein. (c) PLASTICS: Plastics used for roofs shall comply with Sec- tion 3505 herein. (d) ASBESTOS -CEMENT: Corrugated asbestos -cement sheets used for roof coverings shall comply with Section 3506 herein. 3401.5 EXISTING ROOFS: (a) Not more than 25 percent of the roof covering of any building or structure shall be replaced in any 12-month period unless the entire roof covering is made to conform to the requirements of this Code. 175 TABLE 344--FIRE-RETARDANT VALUES OF ROOFING MIATERMLS Min: Ver. Per 1001 Fire SHIPPING Sqi Fr_ of Retordant wErcrirr Area< Value (rounds) TYPES OF MATERIALS Rooftrounthss (a) Base Sheets 15 Asphalt -Saturated Felt . ... . . .. . .. II4 M, 30 Asphalt -Saturated FeIt 29 tl. 20 Asphalt -Saturated and Coated Dampcourse IS 41 40 Asphalt -Smooth Surfaced Roofing 37 9 15 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Felt 14 5 20 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Felt 19 5, (b) Base or Cap Sheets 45 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Felt (Brack Top) 41 55 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Felt 'Mack Top) 500 101 15 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Felt fminimunt 2 Tayees)29 101 (c) Cap Sheets Only 55 Mineral -Surfaced Split Sheets (minimum 2 layers). . . 106 IR 90 Mineral -Surfaced Asphalt Cap Sheet 99 101, 75 Smooth -Surfaced Cap Sheet . . .. ... .... . _ . ___ 6R 90 65 Smooth -Surfaced Cap Sheet 600 7 55 Smooth -Surfaced Cap Sheet 59 6. 39 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Roofing $White top)) 37 91 55 Asphalt -Saturated Asbestos Roofing IlTibite top) SZ 111) (d) Gravel and Tile Gravel, 14" to. Vz- in size 409 Concrete or clay tile 300t 4 tb3 tibefirit tot% relittatt Mfg: libtildeOletiffittit Ai t lft lid slate at eottoosition shingleg shall twit Ire *WM Mt *Xi ' the profs Where the foe sl?resrthi trill hat suiUMl°e grip tot bib], ing, itiiafe old rooting is w et-soi1tk d dete o9'atell go that Milt, got hrind for additit)nai plies is not possible or where the eWttt, roof surface is of eottugated of standing-sea-ftiInstal. Suet addi- tional thatetials May be applied over' t kistin roofs otiit tett the following Conditions are satisfied: (1) Where *Met Glisters oP nit blisters eltist in old tooting blistets shall be removed and rebottled before applying additional roofing. (2) Where the existing rooting surface is gravel, existing Snivel shah be completely removed before applying additional tooling. (a) Where the existing tootingis on spaced sheathing, shingles shall be removed and the roof shabe solid sheathed, with tongue, and -groove sheathing, and fillet strips between spaced sheathing shall not be permitted. (e) Additional layers of roofing felt and other materials may be applied over existing roofs as follows: (1) Unless it can be shown, to the satisfaction of the Ettilding Official, that the existing roofing is sufficiently anchored, the entire roof shall be tin -capped at 12-inch centers before additional layers of roofing are applied. (2) If two or more layers of 15-pound felt or :10-pound felt are applied over an existing roof on a concrete, gypsum or steel deck all layers of additional felt shall be solidly mopped to the ex - fitting roof. (3) Tile shall not be applied over an existing roof where the addedht may theincrease allowabletresses stresses Q the supporting iin this Code.tore to 3402 1El<UILT•UP PELTS AND GRAVEL 34023 GENERAL: (a) PREPARATION OP SURPAGRt Before starting the application of all roofing membranes, all roof decks shall be brootn-cleaned; parapet walls, vertical walls, pent- houses and similar structures above the roof level shall have been completed; and all flat roof decks shall have been provided with stria cant -strip where the roof deck joins a vertical surface. a s shall be of nailable material and shall extend at least four inches up the vertical surfaces. Wood roof decks shall be solidly sheathed. Concrete roof deck, shall he smooth and free from laitance. l'oit land cement roof necks shall be thoroughly dry and gypsum decks shall be surface dry, before starting application of roofing. All eave facias shall be completed before starting application of roofing. (b) MATERIALS: Mineral -surfaced cap sheets, asphalt shingles, and smooth -surface cap sheets shall bear the label of the l Jnder- writers' Laboratories, Inc.. for Class A. B. or C roofing. All materials shall be delivered in original packages hearing the nuuiufuelurvt'' label. (c) ANCHORING: Unless otherwise specified herein, anchor sheets deck which bell isecured a by ynd nailinglto solidly mopped sum toan Portland cother ef - ment concrete roof decks. (d) NAILING: Nails in nominal one -inch lumber shall be not smaller than 12 gage wire nails with heads not less than three - eighths inch diameter and not less than one inch in length. Nails in gypsum concrete and other nailabie concrete shall be galvanized nails not less than one and three -fourths inches in length. Nails securing felts and slate or composition shingles shall be applied through tin- 177 treicsot lest glob Mt RIM tM4iM fiettili tot more thith two 'hems ih dintheter *it'd tit httt lest th &tint OM 32,M _steel tnettl, A statdottl spitting of hails stall beit Metres Ott teMIWN&1tf IV lap of sheets and 12 ittehes Oft tehtett, bdtri Ways, ill the field Nu tweet') !aim tICEPtit*: Where tire underside of Orre,ifitit weed roof sheathing is to be egtOosed, one acid oitetquattet Melt hailts 611611 be plated silt ittchPs teritets along the taftett told tirree,quarter thh hails spaced not Mote thah 12 'fiches oh eehters shall be Owed ill the field between rafters, (a) MOPPING,: (1) tac1iadditional sheet above the Midler shi.t,t shall be thorotighl betw 14*rs with a biturtilhous compound so that itt no place tthall felt tooth felt. Sheets Alt be embedded without wrinkles or buckles. (2) liittiminous compounds "hall he Hit -refined asphalt or told tar pitch. (a) liot asphalt shall be applied itt a quantity of trot less thatt 20 pounds per square per ply and 4o pounds per square for the flood coat and at a temperature of hOt less than oto nor mote than 400 degrees rahrenheit (425° to 4186 ih kettle). (4) Coal tar pitch shall be applied in a quantity Ot hot less than 25 pounds per square per ply and 50 pounds per square for the flood coat and at a temperature of not less than 278 hot% titbit than 360 degrees Pahrenheit (850° to 400° ih kettle). (f) WtIGHt: Itoofitar felts and bituminous compouttds shall be designated by the weight per 100 square feet, herein termed a sqUhre, 3402.2 WO0b, GltP8UM, AND OTHER NAMABLE DECKS: (a) The first layer or anchor sheet shall hot be less than one thirty. pound felt, each sheet lapped two inches over the preceding sheet, turned up vertical surfaces four inches and nailed through tin discs at six-inch centers on laps and 12.inch centers itt the field between laps, or not less than two layers of 15-pound felt lapped 19 inches and nailed through both sheets at six-inch centers along laps and 12.inch centers in the field between laps. (b) Over the anchor sheet there shall be not less than two lay. c c, of iti•poutoi felt hipped 19 inches and mopped with bituminous compound so that felts do not touch felts. (c) Sheathing paper shall be used on wood decks under tarred felts without mica hacks. (d) Where the incline of the roof deck exceeds two inches per foot, only steep asphalt or steep coal tar pitch shall be used. 3402.3 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DECKS: (a) Where felts are applied to Portland cement concrete decks, the deck shall he strip mopped with continuous moppings of hot bitumin- ou, compound two feet wide with one foot spacings between strips. Not less than three layers of 15-pound felt shall be applied lapping each sheet 24 % inches over the preceding sheet and rolling each sheet immediately behind the mop to insure a uniform coating Of bituminous compound. (b) Where four layers of 15-pound felt are used, each sheet shall be lapped 271i inches over the preceding sheet. (c) Where the incline of the roof deck exceeds two inches per foot, only steep asphalt or steep coal tar pitch shall be used. (d) Where the incline of the roof deck exceeds three inches per foot, wood nailer strips, treated with an approved preservative, shall be cast in the concrete. 17S A4 / 4 tRAVEL* Stkfi SURPArint Offitti togi3i g Atft- faelftg AO tot be used en itielittes .af Motedial fotit tftcli s get trh foot and ete used shall be MINIM &Vet bate street* as ite't ftth in Sub-section0402.2 anid 040 :0. A fltnrd 'coat of lhot R 4halt Of pitch shall be unifotmly applied frith tt* iichf tt•hite Thal shall be bedded not less than 400 pounds of gravel of 000 POtinds of Slag Pet 100 square feet and gravel oP slag shall fbeec i mia e1P tithe - fourth to five -eighths inches in size, t. 3402.A MtNRRAL AuRPACEB ItOOPINCii Mineral siren* roofing shall be applied over Only the base felts s'et forth in Sub, sections 0402.2 except that where the incline is one-half inflt_pt term per foot, mineral surface tooting shall hot be permitted. Mineral surfaced roofing shall weigh hot less than 90 Pounds Per 100 square feet. The edges of sheathing at eaves and gable ends shall be coV- Bred and protected with non -corrosive Metal as set forth in Sections 3409 or with rolled edges of the 90-pound mineral surface roofing. Where used under with tile roofs of whet* incline ecceeds five inches per foot, 90-pound slate shall be backnaiied i8 inches oh centers. (b) Mineral surfaced roof may be two layers of 55-pound split sheet roofing, each layer lapped i9 inches and fastened to the deck geredtwo on canter and nri led through theced not ou surfaced portionight eoftthe sheet. 3403 MtMDRANE RASE tLAMH$Nc S 3403.1 belt used in the construction of the built'uppthe roof shall be carried over the cant strips or turned up the wall. When lay- ers of felt are carried over the cant stripsthey shall be trailed every 12 inches along a line one and one-half inches down from the top edge of the rant strip. 3403.2 l ach layer of felt base flashing shall be uniformly mopped with hot biturnin or plastic cement, applied at the rate of not less than 20 pounds per 100 square feet for each mopping. 3403.3 There shall be not less than one 30-pound felt starting at a point one inch out from the cant strip and carried up the wall three inches plus one 90-pound late starting at a point two inches out from the cant strip and carried up the wall five inches. 3403.4 hoofing felts wrapping parapet walls shall be as follows: The built-up roofing felts plus one :tn-pound felt shall start at a point two inches out from the cant strip and shall be carried up the face and over the top of the parapet to the center line, and nailed on 12-inch centers, two inches from the top of the wall. The 90- pound slate shall step out two inches beyond the 30-pound and be carried up and over the wall to a point three inches from the outside edge of the wall and be nailed on six-inch centers two inches from the top of the wall. The top edge is then stripped with a three-inch wide strip of membrane set in plastic cement and painted with aluminum paint. 3404 ROOF TILE Roflesstwo-and-one-half oof ile all not ealitothe surface of roofs having an incline in 3404.1 MATERIAL: Tile shall be of Portland cement concrete or of clay of various sizes and shapes, and shall be laid in accord- ance with manufacturer's directions where not conflicting with mini- mum building code requirements. 3404.2 QUALITY: (a) Portland cement concrete used for roof tile shall be of not less strength than 2,000 pounds per square inch in 28 days, as set forth in Chapter 25. Except for an overlap- ping lip, tile shall have a minimum thickness of not less than one- half inch for barrel tile and three -eighths inch for shingle tile. 179 (h add the shall ebbptvIth the *Veld met retpairefriettla isfel elks : ed t (1) ter* t tie shall treat leaded by beifl ttlto inches dent ifs a settd bilit feet VOW wldet than the V i+l h the tile. Shingle tile shall be test loaded by being sue�ro�tte + NM, filled cloth tubes parallel to the ttdire of the tile. Sand tortes shall he two-inei 'diameter loosely filled *ith dry 40-60 silica sand and shall be plated undet the edges of the tile trith tentet-t0ketrter distant% egttal to the width of the tile. (2) A test load shall be applied o�n a three-fneh-sgofte 8tee1 date beating an a sand bag at the r entei~ of the tile. (a) 'the breaking load of any individual shingle tile shall be hot less than 200 pounds and the average bye b load of five shingle tile shall be not less than 280 bounds, averageni breakingiloatile shall barielttilesshall be0 batless tl an 2d 00 pounds. 2404.3 ARSORPtIONt Roof tiles shalt absorb not more than ten percent of the dry weight of the tile during a 24-hour inintetsion test. 3404.4 MORTAR BED: (a) All tile shall be set in a bed of mortar and mortar shall be sandwiched in between all laps at the butt of shingle, pan and barrel tile and along the sides of barrel tile. part bsa Mortar, shall Moret than 25 percent of lime by ei of me d three 3404.5 LAYiNG: (a) Tile shalt be laid only on 90-pound mineral surface roofing as set forth in Sub -section 3402.5 applied over one layer of 30-pound felt or two plys of 15-pound felt as set forth in Sub -section 3402.2. (b) Tile shall be applied wet, having been thoroughly wet with a hose and the excess water allowed to drain off. (t) Tile shall have a headlap of not less than two and one-half inches, and, for barrel tile, not less than one and one-half inches lap at the sides. (d) Tiles shall extend beyond the roof sheathing, at the eave, not less than three -fourths inch nor more than two inches. periodofsevenddays beforeeroof laying shall setting bed on that roof for a 3404.6 NAILING: Where the incline of the roof is four in 12 or more but less than seven in 12, the bottom three courses of tile and every fourth course thereafter shall be nailed to the sheathing with non -corrosive nails; and where the incline of the roof is seveng in tile ishall be laid eachn tile mortarshall bede so as specified ed Ind. addition Sub-section 3404.4. 3404.7 RESISTANCE TO UPLIFT: Hoof tile shall be secured to the roof surface to resist an uplift force of 30 pounds applied at the eaveward edge of each tile. Where more than one tile in Of- ficial every ten shall retested quire Hales resist esiry t thect30-pound force, the Building Of- cemented, with weep hoes provided forvadequate s drainage le shall be 3405 ASBESTOS -CEMENT SHINGLES 3405.1 Asbestos -cement shingles conforming to the "Standard Specifications," ASTM Designation: C222.53T of the American So- 180 Oast litre mot fdut' gR M2 spied Mr a l ft� WI et MOM S1O6,5 Asbeattls-ett writ shin tttltp be atifilled i !alfalfa toot's, exc pt as Irre ibfted ill S ,teetiati 04.040 Ott saat ta- blingfelmootraileisi in go ttrti i �f 1 i b ay i s 3o-Iron td Saes. Asbestos-cetheht shingles shah be veiled With !Wit Tess than two nails in each shirr a and trails shall be fohjeattbsftt *Ad penetrating hot less than t t-e•fouI'ths inch Dito solid wood den. tottters shall be tabbed a9 set forth it► Sub4ertramraph8400,2 (e) (1)4 3Of,iheteaA%es all Veiled het Met t►dt► ohehlnche1ot hnb fast i 08,5le slth intersections t ec ion Standardgage, flashed with hori,co live 3406 SLATE AND COMPOSITION SHINGLES 3400.1 SLATE SHINGLES: (a) Slate shingles shali not be applied over roofs having an incline of less that~ three and one -halm in 12. (b) State shingles may be applied over existfng'roofs, except as prohibited in Subxsection 3401,5, provided such existing roof is in ood condition or may be applied over two 30=pound felts shingled in and mopped and fully nailed, as set forth in Section 3402, (c) Slate shingles shall be nailed with hot less than two trails in each shingle and nails shall be non -corrosive and shall penetrate not less than three -fourths inch into solid wood sheathing. (ii) 13ase sheets shall be mopped over with hot steep asphalt and shingles laid in hot mop except that where the incline is fire inches per foot or more, the mopping may be omitted, (e) The edges of sheathing at eaves and gable ends shall be covered and protected and all intersections shall be flashed with non -corrosive metal hot less than 28 U.S, Standard gage. 3400.2 COMPOSITION SHINGLES! Composition shingles of 12-inch x 30-inch three -tab square butt strip shall not be applied on and where an incline of tiiosand one halfdinches one-half per shall be as follows: (a) Felts shall be applied as set forth in Subsection 3402.2. (6) Composition shingles shall be applied with not more than five inches exposed to the weather and with not less than four nails per strip. setting plaster All ceof ment itas glfollows: l be tabbed with a spot of quick- (1) Under the center of the exposed portion of each tab there shall be a spot of plastic cement not less than 2 inches x 4 inches square in size. The tab shall be pressed firmly into the cement. coating of The asticgcem at eaves and frodmeallhedges,set in a solid 3407 METAL SHINGLES 3407.1 Galvanized sheet metal shingles, not less than 27 gage, and aluminum shingles, not less than .040 inch in thickness, may be applied over roofs having an incline of not less than five in 12, 3407.2 Metal shingles may be applied over any existing roof prsheathed.ovdedit is in good condition and provided the deck below is solid 161 8*11U:3 All et deeiltitig stinfi tie &wired Vitt a ?Detn ,et 1 t of 30-potfhd l:Mt entutinted ?eft ffift !Mitt Ur vll RM. tOft stud! be atell lapped ithd ttltit@d set net% to he ddi' r. Outlets SIMI be applied before the !Atilt,et *hp, s ingtgs. Shin es ettell be 111id ih coutses, the fitst et�ttae to a chalk lihe ?tfnHiiftg Of tsfit ll, ftefii the lest e. nrb shingle' Shill be flail d with e, there s Ath threette irieti eO1tosite nails. Mob WOOD 8I4'VNDLE9 34011.1 Wood shingles shall not be pertitted Oh n a Mastro& tion wept for buildings of 'Group 1 of Group J bivisiel!t 1 Orcttm pahey in Fite itohe 3 *hete hating a dlstahee sepaffitiott of 8d feet or more. 1tepait to existing *ood shingle toots shall be as set teeth in this Section and in Sub -section 104.E . 3408.2 Wood shingles shall be of clear vertical grain, Ail heat wood, not less in thickness than five shingles to two inches At the butt, laid with the following exposure: flood Length of Shingle Pormiuilyte Expensed Length 1M t; 54„ 18" ,I 24" 32" „ 36" 11 „ 3408.3 All wood shingles shall be nailed Minty With copper. zinc, zinc -coated, aluminum, or commercially -pure iron hails off at least 14 B. and S. gage and not less than one and, one-half inches long. Each shingle shall be nailed with two nails driven sUbstantla ly into the supporting roof' construction. 3409 ROOl INSULATION Where insulation is applied over roof decks, such insulation and the roofing shall be as herein set forth. 3409.i VAPOR BARRIER: To prevent moisture absorption front a roof deck to the insulation applied above a roof deck, a vapor barrier may be installed and such vapor barrier shall be as followst (a) A vapor barrier applied over wood and gypsum decks shall be not less than two 15-pound felts lapped 19 inches or one 30-pound felt lapped wih hot bitun n and nailed eachdsix'inches along laps phe lapped edge through tin -caps and both plys of felt. Where tarred felts are used on wood decks, the felts shall be applied over one layer of sheathing paper lapped two inches. (b) A vapor barrier applied over concrete roof decks shall be not less than two 15-pound felts, lapped 19 inches and shingled in and solidly mopped with hot bitumin. 3409.2 INSULATION: (a) Insulation shall be applied to a roof deck or to the vapor barrier over a roof deck by solid mopping with not less than 30 pounds of hot bitumin for each 100 square feet of roof area. Insulation shall be pressed into position while bitumin is hot and shall be laid with staggered joints. (b) When more than one layer of insulation is used each suc- cessive layer shall be mopped in with hot bitumin and joints shall be staggered. (c) Insulation applied to roofs with incline of three in 12 or more, shall be nailed or screwed or bolted with tin -caps so that fast- enings are spaced not more than 12 inches apart., both ways, and only steep roofing asphalt and steep coal tar pitch shall be used. 1s2 the )d to u atioh *eh �f nhe knit dry*11d � prat ed and *Med lit 34159.S WATER 1UT'OPP S: Wattt et:lmfts set fit plat#e *Rh either asphalt otpitch, shall be tented 24 11160 trimly an p r11e11et to, all Vet'tihnl walls and tufts. CatAnffs shall eittetrd hat less than Si* inures oh the roof Beck and tett ineltes 'tiro top of the ihtta1atleh. The laps of cut-offs shall be riot less than three ihehes. 'Unit Frei► cut-offs shall be installed for each 400 square feet of roof area. 3409.4 ROOFING OVER INSULATION: hooting titer insiala- Lion shail be applied in accordance with the requirements for roofs over concrete, mopping the felts directly to the insulation, eteept that asphalt primer shall not be used and provided the insulation shall be of sufficient cohesive strength. Con insulation shall be a standard of sufficient cohesive strength. 3410 METAL ACCESSORIES 3410.1 GENERAL: 141etai accessories for roofs shall be of hon•corrosive metal hot less in thickness than 2d V.S. Standard gage galvanized iron, 16-ouftce copper or O.026-inch aluminum. 3410.2 GRAVEL STOP AND DRIP: Gravel stop and drip for gravel toofs shall be applied 'with not less than a three-inch flange oh the roof and hailed sic inches on center into sheathing with nails not less than one inch itt length. Such drips shall be installed after the roof has been applied, and stripped with a minimum of two plys of 16-pound felts. The face shall be a minimum of one and one-half inches but not less than one-half inch below the sheathing. 3410.3 EAVt AND GA113L1r DRIP: have and gable drip for roofs, asbestos a fnslos'epth fs and •o ond mineral uedroosshingle roofs, not less than ane and one-half inch flange on the roof and nailed six inches on center into the sheathing with nails not less than one inch in length. Such drip shall be installed between the layers of felt. The face shall be a minimum of one and one-half inches but not less than one-half inch below the sheathing. 3410.4 VALLEYS: All valleys shall be of non -corrosive metal not less than 12 inches in width. Valleys shall be installed on top of the sub -roof, shall be set in hot asphalt or plastic cement. Edges of valley shall be stripped with not less than one layer of 30-pound felt and sealed with plastic cement, before the laying of a finished roof of tile, quarry slate, asbestos shingles or composition shingles. 3410.5 RAKE AND CAP FLASHINGS: hake and cap flash- ings shall be installed in the same manner as metal counter flashings in Sub -section 3410.8. 3410.6 CRICKETS AND SADDLES: Crickets and saddles shall be installed to top of the sub -roof and stripped into the sub -roof with not less than one layer of 30-pound felt sealed with plastic cement. Crickets saddles surfaces shall be in the mannerametal flashings in uben 40 3410.7 METAL EASE FLASHINGSt Metal base flashings shall be installed after the 15-pound roofing felts have been laid and turned up the vertical surfaces. Felts shall be imbedded in and mopped over with hot bitumin. The metal base flashing shall then be set to extend not less than eight inches up the vertical surface and six inches on the roof, being nailed to the roof deck on three- inch centers. Where the roof deck is not nailable, a wood nailing strip shall be installed. The roof flange shall be stripped with one 15-pound felt not less than four inches wide centered over the nail- ing course and one 15-pound felt not less than six inches wide com- pletely covering the first. The end lap of flashings shall be locked and/or soldered. 183 3U1101 METAL MOUNTER ItAIMtNOS: Metal feiiiittor flashing shrill be turned down mit base flothitig net leas 0011 reef welts and . _n11 be set into n -)i et of otf each Wide arid ettthhaTI inch deep. The teglet on be f ?rifts ttf Mite arches above tt8 roof deck of above its-tke=Wall metal counter flashing, got &be+t ttreco shoulder metal emtfitet flashing, Wet block or metal fetal T1athittids shall he built into the wall and the Vase felt flashing shall he thoroughly caulked into flashing jeifits, 3410.0 VENT PIPE PLI►SHINt3St All vent pipes Ott li be ptopetly. flashed With lead sleeve type noshing of approved pitch ans. Flashing Shall be installed on top of the roof, turned down Into the top of the vent pipe, and be stripped in and sealed with plain tic cement. Where vent pipes extend more than 12 inches above the roof, a collar of tits* band may be installed ground the top of the lead flashinits and thoroughly caulked into place. with4�0 at:R��d�he�p��fte�d?� shaft be lined ntala at point h 3410.11 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS: Gutters and down• spouts shall be constructed of metal With lapped or soldered or caulked joints and shall be seeutely fa.atened to the building with a standard type of fastening device. CHAPTER 35 WALL CLADDINGS AND GLAZING 3501 GENERAL 3502 LATHING 3503 PLASTER 3504 STUCCO 350E PLASTICS 3506 ASBESTOS CEMENT 3507 TILE 3506 GLASS AND GLAZING 3509 GLASS VENEER 3510 OTHER MATERIALS 3501 GENERAL 3501.1 SCOPE: Wail coverings and glazing shall be as set forth in this chapter and be fire -resistive where required by this de to lcth epta hd theereqait llo requirements of this chapter shall be applic- able(a) Where fire -resistive protection is required by this Code, lath, plaster and stucco shall be as set forth herein and shall also comply with the requirements of Chapter 37. (b) Where fire -resistive protection is not required by this Code, iathing shall be as set forth herein; and plaster and stucco may be omitted or otherwise varied, subject to the approval of the Building Official. The specifications of this chapter shall be considered standards of good practice, 3501.2 INTERIOR FINISHES: Interior finishes shall be as set forth in Section 3710. 3501.3 EXISTING BUILDINGS: The Building Official shall inspect existing buildings having wood -stud exterior walls for which application for a authority for exterior wall coverings is made, shall havfore inspection and require ner cessarnyor pairs as structural part of such ap- t+i ill 'hit a 'tft M ee tiOtifialt Oe ICE �rtriif.attg )IA?)4tt 3bO2.t OttiltitALie tfith shad he gypsum/ meal tit *ire lath. as set forth herein, and shall catifortii to the 'Standard Spiel tins for tntetiat Lathing wind Ptfrtirtg,,► A42.4.19Stif Of the AIIMI can Standards Association. ago/.2 tYPAUM 'LATH: (a) _ *porn lath shall e`tififotrn td the reouiteinents of the "Minded Specifieatiens for Gp1)suMi Latlit" AStM Designation: C8 - 4, of the Ametiean Society for Tett? Materials, (b) Oypsuni lath shalt be nailed to 'wood supporrts, at inter/Me trot to exceed five inches, with heads, galvanized ar blued mile haying 19/64=inch diameter flat hea s. Nails shall be not less than one and one=eighth inches long for three=eighths-inch lath lief lei than one and one-fourth inches long for one-half=inch lath. Batt 161inch width of lath shall be secure to each support with riot less than five nails; except that where fire -resistive -rated construction iii not required, there shall be not less than four nails. Lath shall be secured to horizontal or vertical metal supports by means of ap' proved special clips. (t:) 'the center -to -center distance between supporrta for three, eighths -inch thick gypsum lath shall not exceed 16 inchesi and the Center -to -center distance between supports for one-half•inth gypsum lath shall not exceed 24 inches, (d) Lath shall be applied with face side out and with ii hs he11 ng dimension at right angles to the framin members. e broken in each course, except that end joints may fall on one sup- port when such jointsjare covered wit three -inch -wide strips of metal lath. Lath tall be butted together. (e) Internal angles external angles, roves, arches and Junc- tures between gypsum lath shall be reinforced with metal or wire lath carried around or across intersections. such reinforcement shall not be secured to the framing members. (f) No interior lath shall be applied until the roof is on and the uilding is dried in. 3502.3 METAL AND WIRE LATI4t (a) Metal and wire lath and metal accessories embedded in the plaster shshall be galvanizedtaga or otherwise rust -resistant by approved means. be left on all metal or wire lath until approved by the Weightuilding Official. (b) The weight of metal and wire lath and the spacings of sup- ports shall conform to the requirements No, set forth in Table 35-A. TABLE WEIGHTS OP METAL AND WIRE LATH MIN1MUM 'V ]T. MAXIMUM SPACING (l.h!. 't• Or SUPPORTS TY1'H. OP LATH : q. Yd.) For Walls For Ceilings 2.5 16" 0 Flat Expanded Metal Lath 16" Flat Expanded Metal Lath 3.4 45 16" 1" Flat Rib Metal Lath 2.4 16" 2 Flat Rib Metal Lath 3.4 24" 19"" %" Rib Metal Lath" " 24" Sheet -Metal Lath 4•5 " 4" Wire Lath 2.48 16 16" Wire Fabric 16" _ * Rod-stiffened randdw or ispermissibleexpanded amei spa ingsof asequal 3/8" ribs metal lath. •* Paper -backed wire fabric. No. le -gage wire. 2" x 2" mesh, with stiffener. 185 tt) Meld and Wit Ste bt litrfled ?tat tot thit atm wet tit sides and ends. (d) All tittathMehts !tit gwettritig rtietitt !kith wire IAA oil *tit fahtle tti supports hkt1 he Oared fitt thee thM ti* inches hpartatrd Aide laps shall be Seettited to Stittfitiftit khd be tied betiVettett sup at not to ekteed nine-ineh ItitePtfalt. (e) Metal and Witt laththall be attached to t-ettical WOod att ports with the equivalent of 4d-wilt-lodged ot blue Mt:MO nal t driven to a penetration of at least three-quarterKincli and bent oftt to engage not lest than three strands of lath. Metal and ivite lath shall be attaehed to ceItD joists et othet hotizontal wood tutrpotta with the equivalent of No. ti-gageo barbed, galvanised or blued hails one and one-half inches long, having a head not lest than seven, sixteenths inch in diameter, (f) Metal and wine lath shall be attached to horizontal and vertik cal metal supports with the equivalent of No, 18 W. and M. Raft galvanized annealed wite, a602.4 NONlatAttING LATH AND PLASTER PARTITIONSi (a) Where reinforced plaster or pneurnatically-plated Wastet patti, tions are used, they shall have vertical steel or iron channels with a depth of not less than one-third the thickness of the partition and spaced not more than 24 inches on centers. The thickness of metal ih the channels shall be hot less than 16 t. S. standard gage or a et forth in Section 2816. Partitions shall be securely fastened and anchored to adjoining framing members. (b) Hollow nonbearing partitions of reinforced plaster or prim:maticall-placed plaster shall have a shell thickness of not less than three -fourths inch. (c) Metal reinforcing shall be as set forth in Table No. :35,A, and gypsum lath shall not be less than three -eighths inch in thickhess. The minimum thickness of metal lath and plaster partitions shall be not less than two inches nor one -eighty-fourth of the distance between supports, 3502,8 SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: (a) GEN. ERMA Suspended or furred ceilings shall be designed to meet the requirements of this section, (b) MAIN RUNNERS: Main runners or carriers shall be rolled steel channels not less than the sizes and weights set forth in Table No. 35-13. TABLE No. 35-8 SPANS AND SPACINGS OF MAIN RUNNERS Maximum span Ntaximum Between Ifttow•Es Center.toWenti-t• Minimum Size. and Typo or Support* Sparing of Runners % in.--0.3 lb. per ft. . .. 2 ft. 0 in. :3 ft. 0 in. 11,i in.-0.475 lb. per ft. .. ... :1 ft. 0 in. 4 ft. 0 in. Ili! in.-0.475 lb. per ft. .. . :3 ft. 6 in. 3 ft. 6 in. 11.11 in.-0.475 Ib. per ft... .. .. 4 ft. 0 in. :i ft. 0 in. 11.2 in.-1.12 lb. per ft. .. . .. 4 ft. 0 in. 5 ft. 0 in. 2 in.-1.26 Ib. per ft. .. .. . 5 ft. 0 in. 5 ft. 0 in. 112 x 11:: x 11 angle . . 5 ft. 0 in. 5 ft. 0 in. .. ... __._.. . . A main runner shall be located not more than six inches from parallel walls to support the ends of cross furring. The ends of main runners at walls shall be supported by hangers located not more than 12 inches from such ends. Splices in main runners shall be lapped 12 inches and tied, each end, with double loops of No. 16-gage wire. (c) CROSS FURRING: Cross furring, or spacers, for various spacings of main runners or other supports shall be not' less than as set forth in Table No. 35-C. 114 r. TAt 6R Ne. SI14 gtEtA OP ASS RING tr USP> teotti AND R;IR N ttlisOS Fitt anti 1`yfir. #Alttfhttfn RIAtft Sill*tfhtifit BetWeeti Suppottlt Stsattt tat" peteil rods Up to 2 feet i2" s" eltannels Vp ter 3 feet 24' " channels ............................. lip to 4 feet 16" Cross fuming shall be securely saddle -tied to the in ruhttett by not less than two strands of No. le W. and Mtnr..age gattanite wire or equivalent approved attachments. Crdso furling shall be attached to joists or beams with double No. 14 W. and M. gage gal. vanized wire or equivalent approved attachments. Splices in cross furring shall be lapped eight inches and tied, each end, with double loops of No. 16-gage wire, d )lessHANGERS: the n rsnsuBlinnrting suspended ceilings alin be t Ceiling Area Supported Minimum Site Square Peet of Hanger 12.6 8-gage wire 6-gage wire 6 ,�` 22.5 .... ill ...................... " rod 25 l" x flat bar Hangers shall be saddletied or wrapped around main runners to develop the full strength of the hangers. Hangers shall be fastened to, or embedded in, the structural framing, masonry or concrete. Lower ends of flat -strap hangers shall be bolted with three -eighth - inch bolts to runner channels or bent tightly around corners and bolted to the main part of the hanger. 3503 PLASTER 3503.1 GENERAL! (a) The "Standard Specifications tor Gypsum Plastering," A42.1•1955, of the American Standards Associa- tion is hereby adopted to supplement but not supersede, the require- ment for gypsum plastering set forth herein. (b) Plastering with gypsum, hardwall, lime or cement plaster shall be three -coat work when applied over metal and wire lath and shall be not less than two -coat work when applied over gypsum lath or gypsum block. (c) Portland cement plaster shall not be applied directly to gypsum lath. (d) In no case shall a brush coat be accepted as a required coat where three -coat work is required by this section, plaster, as set forth al Table insNoledt bprovide for the thicknesses of TABLE No. 35•D REQUIRED THICKNESS OF INTERIOR PLASTER Type of Lath Thickness of Plaster Metal or wire lath . " minimum Gypsum lath ... tb" minimum (f) If monolithic -concrete ceiling surfaces require more than three -eighths inch of plaster to produce desired lines or surfaces tnetal lath or wire lath shall be attached thereto; except that special bonding agents approved by the Building Official may be used. 167 ti) The flnlIditt tIttletal May eat ?Mica to bi~ MIA tat tine trot' of detarttrihittIg tha th elthetls tilitetet. 5802.2 MA'tRIALSt tA) AC R@At%Rt (t) fnttttilfite aggregates ust:d f� la+ ` t AM! sttie khan fftforttt to "SWIMS gpec fftt`ntiern " AST1% Male?) iltittti t;3B-64T, of the Aftretitati SeeittY Tot Testin Materials etce that the ;gradatt h of lncallpyflt' idttred taehil shall within the fol owing litnitE Sieve Powell 'Panitti t3 ................. ibd it 163 ................. .... 90 to 100 50 to 90 2fi to b5 *100 .. o to 15 (2) Aggregates shall be quarried in fresh water and shall eon - thin not more than one -twentieth of one perce nt salt, by *eight. (b) GYPSUM: Gypsum plaster shall content to "Standard Specifications," ASTM Designation C2tl-55, of the American Society for Testing Materials. (t) LlMEt time shall conform to the requirements of "Stand- ard Specifications," ASTM t)esighation C5.26 or C206-49 of the American Society for Testing; Materials. Lithe putty shall be made from quicklime or hydrated lime and shall be prepared in an approved manner, stored and protected for an approved period of time. (e1) KCEENE'S CEMENTt lfeene's cement shall conform to "Standard Specifications," ASTM Designation C61.50, of the Amen, can Society for Testing Materials. (e) PORTLAND CEMENTt Portland cement shall conform to the "Standard Specifications " ASTM Designation D-150-55 of the American Society for Testing'Materials. Approved types of plasticity agents may be added to portland cement in the manufacturing process or when mixing the plaster, but in no cash shall the amount of the plasticity agent exceed ten percent of the volume of cement in the plaster mixture, (f) MASONRY_ CEM1;NTt Masonry cement shall conform to the "Tentative T n Sti ie Specifications," for ices ons,Materials.AS esignation C91-55T, of the 3503.3 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING: (a) EASE COATSt The proportions of sand, vermiculite or perlite to 100 pounds of gypsum neat plaster shall not exceed the following: (1) GYPSUM OR HARDWELL PLASTERt Cu. Pt. Pounds, Damp Vermiculite Loose Sand or Partite TWO -COAT WORK (DO1113L1-UP METHOD) 2 (1) Over gypsum lath 300 3 1/2 (2) Over masonry*......•....• THREE -COAT WORK (1) First (scratch) coat over lath 200' 2' (2) First (scratch) coat over masonry300 3 (3) All second (brown) coats ................_. 300' 3' ',-1:xcept over monolithic concrete. •--In lieu of the proportioning specified. the proportions may he 100 pounds of gypsum neat plaster to not more than 260 pounds of damp, loose sand or 21¢ cubic feet of vermiculite or perlite, provided this proportioning is used for both scratch and brown costs. (2) WOOD•FIBRE GYPSUM PLASTER: Wood -fibre gypsum plaster for use on all types of lath, shall be mixed with water only and shall be mixed in the e proportion masonry. one part of plaster to one part of sand, by 1b6 1ttAMINI D PLASITItt . , i r4y n * visitott s 11 ih the ion of 100 8ttitds . t oat to tit to that M o°utids geld; . *alhett vettotebtitb fte #s be DV typttell ttrreatt its ef t t the t *nrr k !Anh f cubit feet Ittotteo. lit of irelite, (4) PbR"l AND=CRMRN? PLAMttlt: Pot thret,coat 4stiki the first ttto coats shall be as tetittited fot the first two ctitte Of exterior stucco, Sectiot► 3504. (b) FINISH COATS FOR t YPAtfM OR LtMR PIASTER* The finish coats shall be mixed and profrortiotted in seeordanee with the following procedures: (1) Smooth white finish, mixed in the proportion of not 1468 than one part 1-psutn gattin2 plaster to three parts lithe putty,by volume, or an approved prepared gypsum trowelfinish. (2) Sand -float finish, mixed in the proportion of one -halt` fart of keene's cement to two parts of lime putty attd not more than four and one-half parts of san , by volutne, or an approved gypsum sand- float finish, (3) Keene's=cetneht finish, mixed in the proportion of three parts Keene's cement to one part lithe putty, by volume. (4) Lime sand -float finish, mixed in the proportion of three parts lime putty to three parts sand, by volume. (5) Finish coat for perlite or vermiculite aggregate plasters, mixed in the proportion of one cubic foot of aggregate to 100 pounds of unfibered gypsum plaster, or mixed according to manufacturer's specifications. (c) FINISH COAT FOR PORTLAND,CEMtrN? PLASTER: Finish coats for interior portland-cement plaster shall be one of the following: (1) As required for the third coat of exterior stucco. Section 3504. (2) A gaged cement plaster, mixed in proportion of one part Portiand cement to not more than 15 percent lime putty and not more than four parts of sand, by volume. 3503.4 APPLICATION: (a) RASE COATS: (1) GYPSUM PLASTER: The scratch coat shall be applied with sufficient material and pressure to form a full key or bond. For two -coat work it shall be doubled back to bring the plaster out to grounds and straightened to a true surface and left rough to receive the finish coat. For three -coat -work, the scratch (first) coat shall be scratched to a rough surface. The brown (second) coat shall be applied after the scratch coat has set firm and hard, brought out to grounds, straightened to a true surface with rod and darby and left rough, ready to receive the finish (third) coat. The finish coat shall be applied to a practically dry base coat or to a thoroughly dry base coat which has been evenly wetted by brushing or spraying. The use of excessive water shall be avoided in the application of all types of finish coat plastering. (2) PORTLAND•CEMENT PLASTER: The first two coats shall he as required for the first two coats of exterior stucco, except that the interval between the first and second coats shall be not less than 24 hours. (b) FINISH COATS: (1)has Smooth white finish shall be ap- plied over the base coat which set for a period of not less than 24 hours and is surface -dry, Thickness shall be from one -sixteenth inch to one -eighth inch. (2) Sand -float finish shall be applied over the set base coat which is not quite dry. 169 kettiePettreetit ii 11 l eta a 'ow ire Atit keg coat which is t elt tp4ite fy. itlittott 'Wan tie tiotrt eiwititteteritit inch toinYt,eiltittit iheh, totem thigh eriat is Marked o its jelfitedj in which cast+, the :Meknes ton r be !hemmed sa trotruirti by twin Of ntarking o'2 jointing, (4) The finish coat Mf interior to?tland.c`etne t'pla*vetting sell be applied in the satire rttariner as terfult01 for the third e'oat of ftY tetior stucco, except that tithe, types of finish eOnt may be applied as specified in Paragraph 3504.2 (e), (5), The finish coat for light -weight aggregate plastering shall be applied over a base that rich is not quite dip+, The thickness shall be from one -sixteenth melt to ohe=eighth inch. (e) PLAStt It Olt CONC./Mitt (1) Monolithic -concrete our, fares shall be clean, free from efflorescence, damp, and aufficiently rough to insure adequate bond. (2) Gypsum piaster applied to monolithic -concrete ceilings s1tali be specially -prepared bond plaster for use on concrete, to which only water shall be added. Gypsum plaster on Monolithic walls and 001. umns shall be applied over a scratch coat of bond plaster, or of er bonding material, before it has set. The brown coat shall be brought out to grounds, straightened to a true surface and left rough, ready to receive the finish coat. (3) Portland -cement plaster applied to interior concrete walls or ceilings shall conform to requirements for application to exterior concrete walls as specified in Section 3504. 3504 STUCCO 3504.1 STUCCO ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY: (a) I N. ti2ALt Stucco base coat shall be mixed in the proportion of one part Portland cement and three and one-half parts of sand by volume. or shall be any approved prepared product containing not less than one-third, by weight, of Portland cement. P inish-coat stucco shall be mixed in the proportion of one part Portland cement to two parts sand, by volume, with not more than 15 per cent lime, by volume. (b) MATERIALS: The materials of stucco shall conform to the standards set forth in Section 3503 except that Type I masonry, cement shall not be used. (c) AbMIXTURESt Plasticity agents shall be of approved types and amounts; and if added to Portland cement in the manufac- turing process, , no later additions shall be made. Color may be added to the finish coat in approved amounts. (d) APPLiCATION: (1) Stucco applied to concrete or ma- sonry shall consist of not less than two coats, and the total thickness shall be not less than five -eighths inch, nor shall any one coat be less than one-fourth inch thick. (2) The masonry surface on which stucco is applied shall be clean, free from efflorescence, damp, and sufficiently rough to insure proper bond. (3) The first coat shall be well forced into the pores of the masonry, shall be brought out to grounds, straightened to a true surface and left rough to receive the finish coat. The first coat of two -coat work shall be rodded and water -floated with no variations greater than one -quarter inch under a five-foot straight edge in any direction. (4) The base coat shall be allowed to dry or set for a period of not less than 24 hours. (5) The finish coat shall be applied over a damp, but surface - dry base. (6) Stucco shall be kept damp for a period of not less than 36 hours after application. 190 SAVIS iVteN WALLS VMS MAN menu f,i4gniotY: f a) t> krit ALt gttfett AO be IA hided its 8t1U- et16h 2804.1 tb) gAtt1146t Mods Atli be * ed,sltehttrttl. Wootl sh athitt}f shall emoted with builditit Impel, WA mew t bitrf eitteht. te) MEAL iit;tit( MtNtt tt.y Stuec° shall be teiri= forced with tkparaded ttretal Ittithing hot less thah 1.5 ttemittdA Pet squat* WI of welded +o>: overt Hire tabtle, *eleitlatt lot leas thatone pound Otit Sotto* yard. (2) Metal reinforcement shall be furred out from the Melting at least one -quartet melt blr an apttoved futfih# method, which shalt be spaced hot mote than site inches vertically and 10 arches horitoti, tally, hisilin shall be by gaivamted hails, driven to tit least throe, quartets inch penetration, (33 Metal reinforcement shall be lapped at least one full mesh at all joints. (d) APPLICA?tONs (1) Stucco applied on metal lath shall be three -coat work. (2) The first coat shall be forced through all openings in the reinforcement to fill all spates and scored horizontally, (d) The second coat shall be rodded and water -floated, with ho variation greater than one -quarter inch in any direction under a five-foot straight edge. (4) The third coat shalt be troweled to a thickness of not less than one -eighth inch. 3504.3• PN>✓tJMAt1CALLi'•PLAC>i;D STUCCO: Pneumatically- placed stucco shall consist of a mixture of one part Portland cement to not more than five parts sand, conveyed through a pipe or flexible tube and deposited by pressure in its final position. Rebound material may be screened and reused as sand in an amount not greater than 25 percent of the total sand in any batch, Plasticity agents may be used as specified in Paragraph 3504.1 (b). 3505 PLASTICS 3505.1 G1ErNERAL$ (a) Plastic materials used in locations where required to resist loads shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. (b) Plastic materials may be used where ordinary window glass is permitted or where complying with Section 3110 for interior fin- ishes or for gtructural sheets or members, any use of which shall be as set forth herein and/or as approved by the Building Official after review of the physical properties, chemical composition, weather re- sistance, electrical properties, fire resistance, flame spread character- istics, products of combustion and coefficient of expansion. On review of the data furnished, the Building Official may approve the material subject to such limitations as he may deem advisable. (e) Application and plans submitted for proposed construction shall identify the plastic material intended. (d) i'lastic materials shall be wholly or principally those de- scribed in the "Technical Data on Plastics" as published by the Manufacturing Chemists' Association, Inc. (e) The products of combustion of a plastic material shall be no more toxic in point of concentration than those of wood or paper burned under similar conditions. (f) A plastic material shall burn no faster than two and one- half inches per minute in sheets. Sixty -thousands of an inch in thick- ness when tested in accordance with the "Standard Method for Flam- mability of Plastics over Fifty -thousands of an Inch in Thickness" (ASTM Designation: I)635-44 ). 191 ttl etinte ed pllsistte Omit bet iitetlt �+ltlt R ettl'rer treat a rtsbtretible ?Meriai ltMrbUfit i e Dot 1e het ;tl ffe Mid She -half outrees pet square foot and tte t Less MO In fiefteflt b9' weight (h) Iteititoreed plastics tised Itt e*1 f3er le citie trs stiahl be TM less thin orteasiltte enth itreh ik thikkneits Mtt less thtkft eight ht etirtees Pet agnate tot in *eight. (i) Unre1httrtted plastics used in eitte•tiot ioct'itiettis AO be het less than one=fotirth inch in thickness. Plastic structural members, tither than sheets, shall be de- signed tby a registered professional engineer. 3505.1 INSTALLATION: Plastics shall be secured to supports at intervals not exceeding six inches, and edges and sidelapa of sheets shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 12 inches, tastn- shy�l�trlesh�ludaittcushion washers and I �e1 not one-half-inch 3505.3 EXTERIOR VENEER: Plastic veneer shall not be at,, tacked to an exterior wall to a height greater than 5 feet above grade b�espih�ioeniand shall be limited to the first locations �i�„, 3505.4. AREA LIMITATIONS: Where buildings or parts of buildings are enclosed with solid walls, other than screen, plastic panels panels Whilsbe hall�beaimitone-fourth d to h half ofetroof e wall area a 3506 ASBESTOS CEMENT quited to resiaer Asbestos-cement products d hall be ad on exterior exterior locations where re,, 3506.1 Flat sheets shall conform to the "Standard Specifica- tions," ASTM Designations C220-55 or C222-55 or C223•55, of the American Society for Testing Materials. Plat sheets hating a thickness of one-fourth inch. or less than one-fourth inch, shall spate not more than 12 inches. Sheets shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 12 inches, each way, nor less than two fastenings in each piece. 3506.2 Corrugated sheets shall conform to the "Standard Speci- fications," ASTM Designations C221.55, of the American Society for Testing Materials. Sheets shall be secured to supports at intervals not exceeding eight inches, and edges and side laps shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 12 inches. 3507 TILE 3507.1 Floor and wall the shall be securely bonded to the backing. 3507.2 Floor tile shall be set on a concrete slab. Cement -base the on wood joists shall be limited as set forth in Section 2005.1. The concrete slab shall be thoroughly wet and slushed with pure cement lessothanhone party bed is Portland cement tortar bed on floors threeparts aggregate. it be not 3507.3 Wall tile shall be backed with masonry or with stucco on wire lath. The first coat applied to wire lath shall be not less than one part of Portland cement to three parts aggregate. Bedding mortar on walls shall be four parts aggregate and one part portland cement to which not more than 25 percent of lime has been added. The scratch coat shall be thoroughly slushed with cement before bedding mortar is applied. 192 0.4 Portland rernettt *it ettItt Itotetig trfe stisill water hot less than one hoot befitre plating. Kok in HOS 11LASS AND t I AtIt Glass and glaring shall be as set forth in this sttctidtt Old teherr requited to be fire resistive for the protection of openings shall also comply with Chapter 37. 1606,1 LIMITS O1 AI11A IN tli tkRiO1k WALL§ The areas and dimensions of a singie piece of glass used ih the exterior Walls of buildings shall be limited by material and location as follotes: (a) One -fourth -inch polished plate glass in first -#loot ldeStions shall not exceed a least dimension of eight feet, and a thatitnutI1 height of 12 feet, and in upper -floor locations shall not exceed a least dimension of six feet nor a maximum height of nine feet. (b) Three -eighths -inch polished plate glass in first -floor locations shall not exceed a least dimension of ten feet nor a maximum height of 12 feet, and in upper -fluor locations shall not exceed a least dimett- sign of eight feet not a maximum height of nine feet. (e) one -half -inch polished plate glass in first -floor locations shall not exceed a least dimension of nine feet nor a maximum height of 12 feet, and in upper -floor locations shall not exceed a least dimension of nine feet nor a maximum height of nine feet. (d) Seven -thirty -seconds -inch drawn unpolished glass known as heavy sheet or crystal shall not be used in buildings other than for Group 1 occupancy, and the least dimension shall not exceed four feet. (e) Double -strength window }bass used in any exterior all shall be 26-ounce, shall meet Pederal Specification 1)b-G-451a, shall not exceed seven and one-half square feet and shall not be used in any location less than ten feet from a public street or other public space. (f). Single -strength window glass shall not be used in an exterior wall, except in buildings of Group 1 occupancy. (g) Any glass used in shower doors, tub enclosures, partition walls, sliding or swinging doors shall be at least seven -thirty-seconds of an inch thick. (h) Corrugated glass shall be limited to spans determined by analysis and tests to resist the loads set forth in Chapter 23, (i) glass block shall be limited as set forth in Section 204. 3508.2 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: (a) PLATE GLASS: (1) Each light of plate glass more than three feet in width shall have two setting blocks, made of noncorrosive metal with lead cushions. (2) Alt plate glass exceeding 15 square feet in area shall be set in two -member noncorrosive metal. Where wood is used as a part of the setting, the wood shall be treated with an approved preservative, the back member shall be secured to the wood with screws, and the face member shall be closely fitted. All wood on the exterior shall be covered with corrosion -resistant metal not less than 0.040 inches in thickness. Where no wood is used and setting is directly to incom- bustible materials, all fastenings shall be corrosion -resistant. All plate glass not exceeding 15 square feet in area shall be as set forth herein or may be set in wood members. Wood shall have been treated with an approv end preservative. (3) Division, corner and reverse bars shall be corrosion -resistant metal. Back bars shall be securely anchored at the ends. Vertical members between two pieces of glass shall be as follows: 193 tti hi er1 divot limb* ihrhnw fr to 72 Ligbt 72 to 84 Medium Beek 84 to 120. Rack 120 to 144... Heavy Reinfotced Rack (l,) Itt LRI ADS: A bulkhead hot less than sik incites in height shall be provided under all ::late glass, nd jfcent to public side, walks or other public space of in buildings of public use. (e) MIRRORS: Mirrors mote than nine square feet in area shall be directly secured to a solid backing and shall not be hung. 3508.3 LEAbEb OLASSi (A) Leaded Mass for Windows shall be manufactured from 100 percent lead camas, soldered at each joint with 80/40 solder. (b) A horizontal galvanized steel reinforcing bat' attached on itd h s ins►heil ght tandloieri14linchesein width shallibetofi otslesspthan 4 the following specifications: Windows 14" to 20" width . 1.i4" x 31+" flat galvanized steel bars Windows ov tr. .it,", width I,� . x s{ " flflat at galvanized steelized l bars bars Windows over ;tt;" idth (c) All horizontal galvanized steel reinforcing bars shall be soldered to each vertical lead came with 60, 40 solder. (d) All horizontal reinforcing bars shall be anchored firmly in window jambs. (e) Leaded glass shall be sealed with leaded -Mass, waterproof- ing cement. 3509 GLASS VENEER (,lass veneer shall be as set forth in this section. 3509.1 DIMENSION: Glass -veneer units shall be not less than 11;32 inch in thickness. No unit shall be larger in area than ten square feet where 15 feet or less above the grade directly below, nor larger than six square feet where more than 15 feet above the grade rertly below. 3509.2 ATTACHMENT: Every glass.veneer unit shall be at- tached to the backing with approved mastic cement and corrosion- resu tint ties and shall be supported upon shelf angles. (a) Where more than six feet above grade, veneer shall be sup- ported by shelf angles; and ties shall be used in both horizontal and vertical joints. (b) Below a point six feet above grade, glass veneer shall rest on shrl f angles. Veneering shall not be supported on construction which is not an integral part of the wall, and over sidewalks shall he supported on a shelf ange not less than one-fourth inch above grade. (e) .ail edges of glass veneer shall be ground, 3509.3 MASTIC: (a) The mastic shall cover not less than one-half of the area of the unit after the unit has been set in place and sh.tl he neither less than one-fourth inch nor more than one-half inch in thickness. (b) 'tin' mastic shall be insoluble in water and shall not lose its afihr•sivc• qualities when dry. (c) Absorbent surfaces shall be sealed by a bonding coat before mastic is applied. The bonding coat shall be cohesive with the. mastic. (d) Glass -veneer surfacers to which mastic is applied shall be c''•an and uncoated. (e) between edges of glass veneer shall be filled uni- f „, !e ith ai approved type point►ng compound. 191 3 e9.4 Mesta AlltatS AND '1`1 St (n) Shelf angles shalt be of eorrosion-resistant Matetial rapahh l�o elf Poorties �hnlluspaced times the weight of the supported veheet. Thh vertically in alternate horizontal joints, but not more than three feet wart. Shelf angles shall be secured to the wall at inter%als not ea- ceeding two feet with corrosion -resistive bolts not less than ofte- fourth-inch diameter. Bolts shall he rrt in masonry and secured by lead shtetdS. (11) 'Ties shall be of corrosion -resistant metal as manufactured espialshal�lC be l not s than one such y for holding % approved tie for each tarosquare feat of veneer surface. 3509.5 t3AttktNG: tkterior glass tenet* `hall be applied only upon masonry, concrete or stucco. 3509.8 EXPANSION JOINTS: Glass-veneerr units shall be eparated front each other and from adjoining materials by an evctan- .inn joint at least one -sixteenth inch in thickness. There shall he at least one -sixty -fourth -inch clearance between bolts and the adja- , ent 3510 OTHER MATERIALS 3510.1 WOOD: Wood :toil wood products used for %van clad- dings shall comply with Chapter 29. 3510.2 ASPHALT SHINGLES: asphalt shingles shall he ap- plied only to solid wood sheathing"' and shall he tin -tapped and spot- stuck, as set forth in Section 3401.9. 3510.3 ROLL SLATE OR PELT: Roll slate or felt shall be applied only to solid wood sheathing and shall he secured by n:tilinc, as set forth in Sub -section 3502.2. 3510.4 METAL SHINGLES: Metal shingles shall be :applied only to solid wood sheathing and shah he cu ser cured wiessth lid naoils spnaace i 1 not more than 12 inches apart, each piece" of metal. 3510.5 STEEL SIDING: Steel siding shall be de -tuned and applied as -et forth in Section 281ti. 3510.E ALUMINUM SIDING: Aluminum siding;' shall be de- signed and applied as set forth in Chapter 30. 3510.7 VENEERS: Masonry veneers shall be applied as set forth itt Chapter'2i. 3510.8 GYPSUM WALLBOARD: Gypsum wallboard shall com- ply with the Aterican Society of Testing Material Specifications for "Gypsum Wallboard," Designation: C36.55 and shall be applied itt accordance with the requirements of the American Standards Associa- tion "Standard Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard interior Fin- ishes," A97.1, 1953. 3510.9 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Combustible materials and fire -resistive characteristics of all materials shall be regulated as otherwise required by this Code for the "Group of Occupancy" or "Type of Construction," or as "interior Finishes' itt Section 3710. 3510.10 OTHER MATERIALS: tither materials and assemblies shall be classified by the Building Official as one described in this ('ode and shall comply with the requirements of loading or fire resistance herein required. 195 • eltAPTIR S PAN' OP 'PO MO AND Iflfl1 m PROPER? ` et IENERAL Stiel TINIPORARY OCCUPANCY 3 b3 PERMANENt OeCUPANCY 3884 RE3fRIC?ED AREA§ 3801 GENERAL The occupancy of public and restricted property shall be per - :Witted only in conformity with the provisions of this Chapter, and the right to occupy public property shall be subject to revocation on 30-days' notice to the owner of any building or accessory which in any way occupies such property. The owner shall be responsible for the maintenance of or damage caused by projections over public property. 3602 trrMPbRA1tY OCCUPANCY 3602.1 GIE NERAL: No building materials, equipment, machin- ery, storage sheds, job offices, debris or toy other temporary requir- meat or result of building operations or demolition shall be placed upon any streets, alleys, or sidewalks, except as provided in this Section and in Chapter 33. 3602.2 STR>ETS: (a) Building materials, equipment, debris, and job offices, in connection with new construction or demolition, may be placed upon the street in front of a building in the course of construction. alteration or demolition, as provided in Paragraph :101.2 (a). The maximum width of such occupied space shall not exceed one-third of the width of the street, measured between curbs, except as temporary closing of streets may be otherwise permitted. (b) Materials, placed on streets, shall not obstruct any fire - hydrant, fire -alarm box, manhole or catch basin and shall be so placed, or such arrangements shall be made, that the flow of' water in gutters shall not be restricted. 3602.3 SIDEWALKS: Sidewalks may be occupied for purposes in connection with construction, alterations, or demolition, provided that there shall he a temporary sidewalk, properly guarded and not less than five feet wide, constructed in the outer portion of the street urea permitted for such occupancy in Paragraph 3602.2 (a), and provided further that sidewalks shall be protected by sheds or fences us specified in Chapter 33. 3602.4 ALLEYS: Alleys, or any portion thereof, shall not be occupied for purposes in connection with construction, alterations or demolition; except that the use of all or a portion of any alley may be permitted for limited periods of times as provided in Paragraph 301.2 (a). 3602.5 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS: Public property such as sidewalks and pavements shall be protected from damage inci- dent to construction work or shall be repaired or replaced as required in Section 306. 3603 PERMANENT OCCUPANCY 3603.1 SIGNS: Signs shall not be permitted to extend over public property except as specified in Chapter 41. 3603.2 AWNINGS: Awnings shall not be permitted to extend over public property except as specified in Chapters 46 and 47. /"* 3 J MARQUEE§: Rortritets OKittl trot tr6 puttta ter tit. teftd Mt' ptibik 1Ie?ty iatt 1t tut toflo s: tt) Marquees shall he tottsirttctell Wittig tig tit iti rnbuatibte material. (b) Marquees Slott be supptrttee entittst}, from the btiildiing tool shall not be usd far Mitten ttecupttttcg. (t) No kart of a thattlttee tit a}.:pendage thereto shalt tttOett more than nine feet ot•ef public ptopert3, net be less than trine feet above, the sidewalk, not extend closer thrift 18 'tithes to the curb line, nor shall the vertical overall 'depth exceed 24 niches. () The tool of a marquee shall be shifted to downspouts which shall conduct the water under the sidewalk to the gutter, (e) Marquees shall be designed for Unit loads as specified in Chaptet 23, 303,4 ORNAMENTATIONS: Water tables, belt Courses, sills columns, pilasters, capitals and other sititilat decorative features shall not project over public property at any height less than nine feet thane four incheswherfedmay morc project n nevet publicf et above he sides alk hot ntot'r 3603 g ROOF i ORNICttt An extension of it roof nine feet or more above a sidewalk may project over public property not mote than 18 inches, nor closer than 18 inches to the curb line. Such projection shall he protected with not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. 3603.6 WINbOW PROJECTIONS:other cantilevered projec- tions not specifically mentioned in this Section may be constructed of reinforced concrete and project over public property not more than than40 inches. ne feethaboveeCthens shalldewalk,appe1notges moreereto thane inchebe notsss vertical distension, and not closer than 18 inches to the curb line. Drainage of a projection of two feet or more shall be carried in downspouts under the sidewalk to the curb or may be drained back to the building but►►g shall ►d off not bethe enddrain do off the streetof the tedtge thacent to the thereof. 3603.7 WINDOWS: Windows less than nine feet above the sidewalk shall not project over public property, and windows more than 18 ninabove o n the whetwalkl may over public property not more than 3603.8 DOORS: Doors, including screen doors, either full opened or when opening, shall not project over public property. Doors required to swing in the direction of egress front a building shall be recessed to comply with this limitation. 3603.9 PIPES AND SERVICE EQUIPMENT: (a) Pipes shall not project over public property except as follows: (1) The downspout from a marquee shall project not more than four inches. (2A service conduit and weatherhead more than ten feet above)a sidewalk may project a reasonable distance. (b) Siamese connections to standpipes shall be recessed and shall not project over public property. (c) Meters and piping shall not extend over public property. 3603.10 STORM PROTECTION: Stanchions or other similar members used to support storm protection for entrance doors and other large openings may occupy public property but shall not project more than nine inches into a public street. 3603.11 FOUNDATIONS: Foundations of buildings may pro- ject on public property, provided such projection shall not exceed 197 three and one-half feet into tt public street nor One trait into an alit~y► and provided that the ttrp of the foundation is trot less than 12 inchtS below the established g'radr of a sidewalk nor less than 42 inches heio« the grade of an alley of utility easement. 3 6S.12 Ott Ptt+Oit4t Where, in this Code, t'etetence is rattle to n required or tnininttttn vertical distance above public propefWW, such distance is measured frota the. sidewalk imntediately below the projection. Where no such siclewalk is intended and vehicular traffic is permitted adjacent to the building, the Minimum vertical clear- ance -hail he not less than 14 feet at any point. 3004 RtAlltiCtED AREAS 3804.1 i tNERALt Whets there is conflict between the set bark areas required by zoning regulations and court areas required by this ('ode for light, ventilation, fire protection, or paths of egress, the more tc tt ►rti%e provision shall apply. 360.1.2 4OUltT ArttAS: (*) nit tOUftt5: Court areas far the purpo-e of providing paths of egress, shall be Unobstructed for their required width to a height of eight feet. (b) LIGHT AND VLNtILAtIbNt Court areas, for the put•. of light and ventilation, shall he unobstructed for their re- quired width from the lowest required point to the sky: ONeept that sill-, belt courses, cornices, eaves and Similar horizontal projection mar extend into such required widths not to exceed 12 inches for huillin►.s c%hich are threestories or more in height nor more than l inches for buildings less than three stories in height. 19E. RANT Vill NMI REEIETIYE STANDARDS AND PROTECTION -CHAPTER 3? PIRE•AEnISTIYE STANDARDS 3fdt GENERAL 3?02 PIRE=RESISTIVE MATE1IALS AND ASSEMBLIES 3703 PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURAL 'MEMBERS 37d4 PIRE.RESISTIVE, RATINGS OE FLOORS AND CEILtNG5 370S PIRE,RESISTIVE RATINGS Or WALLS AND PARTITIONS 370s EIRE.RESISTIVE DOORS 370? PIRE•RESIStIVE WINDOWS 570s PANEL ENCLOSURES 3709 it IRE.REtARDANt ROOF* COVERINGS 3710 INTERIOR PINISHES 3701 GENERAL 3701.1 STANDARDS: Niaterials of construction and assem- blies or combinations thereof shall be classified for fire -resistive pur- poses in terms of performances ih authoritative tests made by a recognized laboratory in accordance with the "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material," ASTM Designa- tion 1'.119- 54, of the American Society for Testing Materials, herein- after called the "Standard Fire Tests." 3701.2 RATINGS: For the purpose of determining the degree of fire resistance afforded, the materials and assemblies listed in this Chapter shall be assumed to have the fire -resistive ratings herein set forth; and other materials and assemblies shall be given fire -resistive ratings by the Building Official, based on reasonable interpolation of ratings herein set forth and/or performance in "Standard r ire Tests. • 3702 FIRE -RESISTIVE MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 3702.1 GENERAL: Materials used for fire -resistive purposes shall be limited to those specified in this Chapter or acceptable under the provisions set forth in Section 3701. 3702.2 CONCRETE: Concrete shall be as set forth in Chapter 25 and have a 28-day strength of not less than 2500 psi, and not less than GO percent of the coarse aggregate shall be pumice, lime- stone, calcareous gravel or traprock. 3702.3 MASONRY: Masonry shall be as set forth in Chapter 27 and shall be laid in lime -cement or Portland -cement mortar; ex- cept gypsum tile shall, and clay tile may, be laid in gypsum mortar when not exposed to the weather. Masonry shall be bonded by breaking joints in successive courses. 3702.4 LATH: (a) Gypsum lath shall be as set forth herein and in Chapter 35. (b) Metal lath shall be as set forth herein and in Chapter 35. 3702.5 PLASTER: (a) Plaster shall be as set forth herein and in Chapter 35. Thickness of plaster is measured from the face of the plaster base; except that with metal lath, it is measured from tritti- inch white otefianish coat tinny ttieti iticiud a inetheute'tft d f In 1 thickness. (t,) Pneumatically -placed stttecrt tit rated as Poftiand- ce. ment piaster. 3lo2 PRtftt ?IONI Mit STRUCTURAL MEM'RRRS 3903.1 THICKNESS OP PROTECTION: the thickness of fitie- re,sistire materials for protection of rtruetutai metnbetis shall be hat less than that ,set fotith in Table No. 3 =A, except as modified in this . isection. gtin ater alsf lidshall notsinclttdebe tany holl irk s tacess o,f backpoof the protection. 3703.2 UNtt=MASONRY PROTECTION: Unit masonry for the protection of gitdets and columns shall have metal ties embedded in each transverse jDint, where pints ate more than 1t inches apart, and shall be spaced not mote tClan 10 inches in other'' cases. Soffit - tile protecting beans and girder flanges shall be tied to the flange. Ties shall have a cross -sectional wren equal to that of No, 8- tt e wire 3703.3 REINIORCEMENT POR CAST,IN=PLACE PROTEC> TlON: Cast-in•place rotection for metal structural members shall he reinforced at the edges of such members with wire or mesh, with :t maximum spacing of six inches wound around or attached to the member. The cross -sectional area shall he not less than 0.02N square inches per lineal toot. 3703.4 EMBEbMENT OP PIPES: Conduit-s and pipes shall not be embedded in required fire protection of structural members. 37o3.S CEILING PROTECTION: Where tt ceiling is used to fire protect floors or roofs of incombustible construction, the con- structions and their supporting structural beams and girders need not he individually fire protected: except that where such beams and girders support loads from more than one floor or roof members h jtrib- utary areas, exceeding 2000 square feet, l he individually protected, Such ceilings shall be continuous, but may have openings for incombustible pipes, ducts and e_leetrical outlets, provided the areas of such duct and outlet openings through the reilin aggregate not more than 100 square inches in each 100 square feet of ceiling area, and provided the area above such ceiling shall be separated into areas not exceeding 10,000 square feet. All duet openings in such ceiling shall be protected by approved fire dampers. 3703.6 COLUMN JACKETING: Where the fire -resistive cor- ering on columns is exposed to injury from moving vehicles, the handling of merchandise or by other means, it shall be jacketed to a minimum height of six feet from the floor with an adequate pro- tective covering. 3703.7 ATTACHED METAL MEMBERS: The edges of lugs, brackets, rivets and host heads attached to structural members may extend to within one inch of the surface of the fire protection. 3703.8 REINFORCED CONCRETE: Thickness of protection for concrete reinforcetent shall be measured to the outside of the reinforcement, except that stirrups and ties may project not more than one-half inch into the protection. 3703.9 STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS: Steel studs and joists are not required to have individual protection when part of an assem- bly which has a fire -resistive rating. 3703.10 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE MEMBERS: The thick- ness of concrete protection over strands or wires of prestressed con- crete members Khali be established by "Standard Fire Tests" for the fire -resistive ratings required. 200 TABLE No. 37-A MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS RASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS INCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS Structural Parts To Be Protected Insulating Material Used Concrete Brick of clay or concrete Clay tile, clay tile and concrete or cotwrete block, Solid gypsum blockst pt. 2pl 2 Hollow gypsum blocks' :I ph 3 2 Steel or Cast - Iron Columns; Poured gypsum .,_ et= b rsirdiUUi2-ztTideIUieawOinttiliieti-eit J Tooke" lb, Inv libllOvilluff Straliesiettir peiod* Ur. I 214 .1 or •or 2pt. 2'2' Steel Beams or Girders; All Metal lath and portland-cement pl. Members of Primary Trusses Metal lath and gypsum ph Gypsum -vermiculite or perlite pl. over metal lath, I !Isg• Perforated gypsum lath, 3%4'; ; gypsum sanded pr. Two t 2' layers, plain tong -length- gypsum tab.: wrapped with wire netting; thickness gypsum -vermiculite or per- lite pt. 11, ...... I• 1 rp 111 11 Reinforcing Steel in Reinforced - Concrete Columns, Reams and Girders Reinforcing Steel in Reinforced - Concrete Joists ---------- One " perforated gypsum lath,: no netting; thickness gypsum -vermiculite or perlite Et;.t, r Metal lath and gypsum -vermiculite or perlite pi. I3 * a, Concrete Concrete Ceiling Protection for Steel Roof Members, Including Steel' Roof Trusses and Secondary Trusses Metal or wire burned -clay Metal lath and lath and gypsum or cement pl., concrete, products or gypsum gypsum -vermiculite or perlite pl. Reinforcing in Floor and Roof Slabs Concrete or gypsum'' Ni 'TES Ft TArtri.P: t t • t t;to. I! 34, tt2 11 1--Se.• Note :1 in "Notes for Tatsli. 11—The letters -pl.- in Tata.. 37-A shall no an gYPtoint or ..'no Wrist, 3—It.,-ntrant parts of protected members shall b. fi1l,11 sol:*1 for 1- and :1-hour pron,ction. I —TWn layers with "i-inch air spar.- ht.tw.-.J1. inch nr psurti-%«-rMiv III it, or fo.risto plaster h of itght-w..ight-;iggrogati., aeroustical plaster may h.• includes gypsum or cern. nt plaster. appiii-il tight against roltiron. S—Verlite pt:tster. lath furred 7/11; Inch from member, and %. plast,r, lath rnrr..i 1 nch front- member,. and S 1.hind lath on ftangt• fai,s fitted with plaster. 9—Thickness required for column protesti-ti. lath spaced. 1 1 in, h from *ohitoo. Spa**, behind lath on flange fItt'...4- fitted; with plast-r. Inumpoppormoomponnomul Mate Oat Poured -in -place Concrete TABLE No. 37-B--MINIMUIVI PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM — — _ MIItiMtUlf Thickness of Minimum Thichnessof Construction Victor or Boo* Sisk int Ceilins inalnclies Inches l'recast concrete joists; concrete or gypsum slab Steel joist or light -steel construction, with at- tached or suspended ceiling, concrete or gypsum slab Slab or open rib Open rib with metal lath and pt. ceiling TiIQ rib Ceiling- on metal or wire lath gypsum or portion& cement pL Ceiling of gypsum lath and pt. No ceiling Concrete or gypsum slah . • 1 - • - t 11r. :: Hr. 2 Fir. 1 Ur. t Rr. 3 lir. 2 Fir. 1, Hr. 4 :t .pr cYt „ • • 84. ^ - • , Ceiling, metal lath, sanded -gypsum pL metal lath, gypsum vermiculite or perlite pl. Ceiling, gypsum lath, gypsum vermiculite or perlite pL Ceiling, gypsum lath, gypsum sand pl. Ceiling, metal lath, portland-cement pt. - ------ • 947 Steel joist; or light - steel construction with T. & G. wood flooring on wood nailing strips. Ceit- attached or suspended ing, gypsum or metat lath, gypsum pt. ceiling I nom. t4c Steel roof deck on steel framing with suspend- ed ceiling of metal or wire lath Wood joists w ith sub - flooring of 1" nom.; or " plywood with a layer of building paper and T. & G. flooring Incombustible fill with cement binder on top of deck; ceiling gypsum vermiculite or perlite Gypsum pl. sanded I:*2 Ceiling of gypsum Iath4 and gypsum sanded pL 1:2 or gypsum vermiculite or perlite pl. Ceiling of metalath and gypsum or portland- cement pi. or gypsum -vermiculite or perlite pr. Ceiling of two layers of '2" gypsum wallboard with staggered joints, a separately attached 20,-gauge, 1" wire mesh between the two layers seems ri-iR TATILE 1—R4equires top eovering of solidmasonry equal to one-half thieltness of slob or arch. 2-1'ortland-cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated' lime and three pounds of asbestos fiber wood-fihor gypsum ptaster. 1—Staggered joints. 7.--% inch or gypsum-vermietilite porta,. plast..r plus .4 melt, of light -weight -aggregate aerottsle tat plaster may be tiscItt 6—All joints reinforced with three-inch strips of metal lath. 7-14-gaugo-wire. reinforeinv.% TT -inch furring spaeinti. per hag of, portlamb eernent TABLE No. 37•C. RATED FIRE -RESISTIVE PERIODS VARIOUS WALLS AND PAIUUION -- 1IRtaimuas Tinian— IIliiontiosst. � — . facet c7aoes 17aoludia8i Mammy Material Construction Whores Mentionednk int moll.*_._.. __.. tea _ _ _ . _ ___.—._ t Fir. :: Fir. 2 Fir. F: ttrs Solid Brick of clay or concrete and plain concrete One cell in wall thickness. Plasterers Two cells in 8" or less thickness. lnplastered 16 Two cells in. t:l 8"or Tess thickness. Plastered Hollow clay tile Three cells in 8 or less thickness. @nplastered Three cells in 8" or less thickness. Plastered one side z Three cells in 8" or less thickness Plastered ____----- Combination of brick and hol- 4.. brick and 4" tile. Plasterers one side t t#soliaw unit side t 9, low concrete block or clay tile Hollow concrete block Solid concrete Hollow gypsum block 114 " face shells Un plastered I IA" face shells. Plastered one side I ';" face shells_ Plastered both sides. _ _ _ __.. __ Reinforcement not less than O.2''i in each direction 8r_ 844 7, 41. •,fir :31r C' nplastered 5.1 ,fir �r31 Plastered each side __ _ �_ Incombustible- studding with metal. or wire lath and Port- land -cement plaster y h' 114 Ca Solid gypsum or portla:al cement plaster Hollow stud partition with gypsum or portland-centent plaster on each side or gyp- sum wallboard . ..... _ ... . _ Incombustible studding. with metal or wire lath, peat wood -fibre gypsum pla-Aer Studies,: partition; incombustible runtiers. 1., plain- . gypAim lath: gypsum plaster, each side. _ Incombustible studding with metal or wire lath, gypsum - vermiculite or perlite pl. or sand 1:2 Studless partition, incombustible runners, 12 plain -gyp- sum lath, gypsum -vermiculite or perlite pl. each side _ . . .. . Incombustible studding with metal or wire lath, "i" pt. on each side 3'. _ Incombustibl*. studding with metal or wire lath, I" pl. on each side. 411'2, Incombustible studding with 3-s" perforated gypsum. lath,, .---- :"...." neat wood -fibre plaster 0 Wood studs with metal or wire lath, '4" pt. each side 5 . ... _ - Wood studs with 3.4 " perforated gypsum lath, r2" gypsum plaster each side Wood studs with space between filled with minerat-wool batsnailed to studs, 12" gypsum wall board each side 411.4- Wood studs with two layers of ".44 " gypsum wallboard each side, joints staggered _ NiiTE*.s von TAtit.K 7.7-0 1—SILLII be used for non -bearing PittPoscs 2—One-part gypsum to one -part sand. by weight. for N.'inktril ,oat and one -part gypsum to two-parti; sand i by weight. for brown rottt 3—Stinerat or stag-woot bats shall Weigh not less than t.0 lb. and glass -wool- bats not fess than 0.itIb. per lag ft. of watt surface. I —One -part gypsum to one -part sand for seratetv coat and two-psirts sand for brown. coat. Thieknesses given for masonry or wood units are tiontinat. 11 3,04 PtRt=fttst§tt%t RAttktiS 'PUMAS ARO itirlitii§ at64.i t tNLfAL: fire -re is tier floors or ceilings shall have the ratings pet forth in Fable ,t 3' O4.2 ttiLt4GS: Where a ceiling of lath anti plaster a sus- proved for one. -hour fire -resistive construction, as sfrecifitd ih this Chapter, is used below 'slabs or structural members not otherwise re- quired to be protected by such a ceilintr, the required thickness Of slab and fire protection of structural members may be reduced one- half inch; but in no case shall the slab thickness be leas than two inches. 31rr5 PIItE-RESIStiVE RAtINoS OP WALLS ANti PARtitIbN` 3tO5.t Gt NLRAL: Fier-rte+sisti e walls and partitions shall ha 1'r the t'at ing. set fol tll itt l nb " 3705.2 COMt3tJSTII3LL MtrMttFR5: c",►rrthu�fih':f �'.:e!nb.:r: wood 0'10 ;t tt•ltl ,ha'.1 he protected at their ends by not 1es- than r ,;,rr l?'r requirf'd f!l'h•rt'QI?t t'(' thickness of �ttch '•t'all. 31'06 !IRE-RESlSTtVE DOORS Doors which tire required to be fire resistive shall he as :set forth itt this section. 3/06.1 PIRE-RES)STlVE RATINGS: (a) Fire -test ratings of fare doors, as enumerated in the "1.ist of inspected lire -Protection Equipment and 'Nlatet•ials." issued by the l'ndi rwrlters tahoratories, Inc., and installed in accordance Nvith the "Standards" of the Na- tional ltoard of hire Underwriters "For the 1'roter'tin;1 of t)prnittgs to Walls and Partition,. Against Fire," shall he approved doors. Such Hoots .hall be related to the degree of fire resistance speeifird for the wall or partition to which it is installed, as follows: boor Rating :t hours hour, 1 hour See below In 4•hr. fire -resistive Malls or partitions In :t-hr. fire -resistive walls or partition in 2-hr. fire -resistive walls or partitions In 1-hr. fire -resistive walls or partitions in walls or partitions required to he of one -hour fire -resistive construction, fire doors of three -quarters -hour fire -test rating shall he in -tailed; or in interior partitions or where approved by the titiilriing ttffivial, any of the following doors set forth in Paragraph :t;or.1 (d) may he installed; provided their frames, accessories, installation and operation conform with the requirements of this :.Pet ion : (1) Sheet -metal doors constructed of two sheets of metal of not less than 26 12. S. gage, fastened to a structural -steel frame in such manner as to leave a one -inch space in the panels, which space shall he filled with asbestos. (2) Metal -clad doors which shall be wood panel doors with frame not less than one and three -fourths inches in thickness and with wood panels not less than three -fourths of an inch in thickness, the whole door covered with not less than No. 26-gage metal. The panels of such doors shall fit into the fr;unr not less than three - fourths of an inch and all joints of metal shall be lapped and nailed tightly to the wood frame. (3) Doors as in (2) but, with one-fourth inch rigid asbestos board securely nailed to the face thereof and the edge, protected by 26-gage sheet metal. 2147 n the Eonstrtletitth b tit* iit`Zt ; ittifier iffi trot'' dirt+ r eXcept for fill hg joints. Sheet f regal al'ioll be fretertetl to *Odd b' nailing and to metal frame irk bolthftg, rite tang ttr tt"eldrftg. (b) Fire -resistive dooms When rectilired to be tito'r* than Otte-.t'totft fire -resistive, shall bear the aptprova1 and rating label of the Vttttnt- trriters Laboratories, Inc. (e) hrfa labels ntestofier , shall be approved labels hetaniingof hiSection:rtr., (1) Libel marked ''Fire Not for Opening in Fire Walls" err ntakc•d Class '°.'t" shall be approved fol' three-hour rating. (2) Label marked "Fire boot for Opening in Vertical Shaft" or marked Class "1t" shall be approved for two-hour rating. (a) label tnatked "Fite Door for Opening in Cof•ridot or ttootit Partition" or marked "Fite t)oor��tfor Optenll bngtp) Extetior oved for otalll" or marked Class "t'," "h. E, rating. (d) Klass in fire doors shall be wire glass not less than one- fourth inch thick and shall he se't hill -ei hthsexlt•�hin liltl grooves a ittche- fourths inch deep. glass panels in exposed area or 12 inches in any dimension. 3706.2 DE TAELtt) RLQUIEtF.ME NtS: (a) Fire-resistit•e doors, when closed, shall completely cover the doorway in the walls and partitions or the opening in the floors or roofs to which they are fitted. A swinging door than11 fitheur r overlaprbothf atit to bs na od he hetul of the opening not less fire - resistive frame with a rabbet the full thickness of the door and Frith nut 1i•=s than ont'.half inch overlap MI the door. A sliding fire door, except it, enclo-tires of passenger elevtttors, shall overlap both jambs and the head of the opening not less than four inches. A �litlintt firs floor in an enclosure of a passenger elevator shall overlap jambs, head and adjoining. panels not less than one-half inch. V ire doors shall fit closely at the floor with clearance of not over one- fourth inch. (b) In buildins with combustible floors, doorways required to have fire doors shall have incombustible thresholds, extending at least four inches from each face of the door and extending laterally at least six inches beyond each jamb of the doorway. Thresholds may he flush with the floor. (c) mitre doors. when closed, shall fit tightly against the wall or frame to provide an effective stop for fire and smoke, and self -clos- ing device:: shall be such as to hold them closed against opening by heat pressure. No combustible materials shall intervene between the door and the fire -resistive material of the wall, floor or roof to which it is fitted. (d) Hardware for fire doors required to be rated two -hours or more shall be of malleable iron or rolled structural steel not less than three -sixteenths inch thick except that tubular steel track for sliding doors may be not less than one -eighth inch thick. hire doors shall not depend upon cords, cables or chains to support them in closed position, except in elevator shafts, (e) Tracks for sliding fire doors shall be so supported that a track hattger comes at each door hanger when ntheb d or tr is el sed:. Track hangers shall be secured to masonry and to concrete walls by through -bolts or approved )tuilt-in inserts. Expansion shields shall not be used to support fire doors. (f) Ilinges for swinging fire doors shall be riveted or through - bolted to the structural steel frame of the opening or through -bolted to walls of masonry or concrete or secured by approved inserts in the concrete or built into masonry in an approved manner. (g) Strap hinges and sliding door hangers shall be secured to fire doors by through -bolting, riveting or welding. Swinging fire :oe deel* ifi tftbbvted frames. **Kir Th ,1114M4 tied rem 5# mitt 116 hurl Oft battik. tfthert stir:gift* * fits fdtlfttt shall have lost stPart !bits. th) Midi?* fit* dOotts shall hats adequate stftpe fret the dosed tfftsitk h and shalt hatt surface latches at unit larks. the latch belts of nhit OP fitottise hicks ttf► rite dd►ote than hate a thtOtt• of three - fourths itwlt. When mouhted in pairs, rite demts shall be tabtotted by tnttans Of an astraltal tit otherwise where they enure together. Mach section of liwitIttih,g fire dots shall have push bolts at top and bottom with tt thtott it three•foutths inch actuated by tunic hall- Ware. (i) txcept in detention buildings, fire doors hung tit required exits shall be so fitted with hardware that they can be opened in any possible direction of egtess without use of a key wheft the building is occupied. 3707 £tRteREhIS°TIVE WINDOWS 3707.1 DENERAL: Windows which ate required to be fire - resistive shall be as set forth in this Section or as enumerated in the "List. of. Inspected t•'ire-Protection Equipment and Materials" issuer! by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc, 8707.2 bt't`AILLD RtQUIREMEN'fSt (A) tare windows shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than tht•ee•fourths of an hour, and shall have frames and sash of solid steel sections ot• of hollow steel or iron shapes fabricated by pressing, riveting intr 1•- locking, welding or crimping together, but not by the use of solder or other fusible alley. (b) Wire glass not less than one-fourth inch thick shall be used in all fire -resistive windows. Size of individual glass lights shall not exceed 720 square inches of exposed area. Continuous glazing angles shall be provided on the inside of all fire windows, except such case. ment section sash, outside glazed, having wire clips, as have been approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Maximum sizes of fire windows shall be as follows: Hollow metal )window frames shall be limited to a height not exceeding ten feet and a maximum width of six feet for double hung and for counter -weighted type and for counter -balanced type, a maximum width of six feet for fixed sash windows, and of five feet for all other types. (d) Solid section window frames shall be limited to a maximum size of Rd square feet with maximum distension not exceeding 12 feet except that solid section windows when used with the unprotected steel mullions shall be limited to seven feet in width. Solid section mullions when used in lengths exceeding 12 feet shall be fire protected. 3708 PANEL ENCLOSURES 3708.1 GENERAL: Exterior walls fronting on streets not less than 30 feet wide, and which have the necessary structural frame, may have panel enclosures as specified in this Section, to a height not exceeding 15 feet. 3708.2 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: (a) The structural frame shall be fireproofed as set forth under Types of Construction. (b) Plate glass shall be as set forth in Section 3507. (c) Grille -work used for store fronts and other similar pur- poses shall be of substantial metal, and the frames shall be metal or metal clad securely anchored to the building frame as may be necessary to provide lateral support. 209 tdS 1ii ftli Mid fillfhts tirtIVA NM ter t &*eUM et store fronts and sirhilaf p+alposeut other than ht1r'1' al *RIM tntPrrice and etit doors shall Ire Metal "et Meal elite it tell twildi a is ?Malt* ah stteett less than hn feet it1 +ohidth. (2) boors used tot panel enelOturef Oh street fronts may be over end, vertical, .et hotitohtal tOlting, audit(!. sitihpifgo ateardioh or any other suitable artan�enrebt whets propefPdt •shahs MAP be made to secure the °do�ots a all sides When elapse . Such doors and their frames of supports shall be substantiallyd doors shall and shall be capable of withstanding wind ..ssures, as specified It: Chapter 23, acting either inward of outward hall have a mihitrtum thickness of one and three -fourths inches and metal used for miter- ing suet doors, where required, shall be hors=cotrosite and not less than 26-gage. 3700 ) IRE Rt;tARDANI Root' COV1vRINas Roof coverings shalt be required to be fire retardant where and as set forth in Chapter 34. 3110 INTERIOR P1NiSIIt5 371+0.1 GtNCRAL: Interior finish shall include the exposed interior surfaces of buildings where the surface is an integral part of the buildings or affixed thereto. 'Ordinary paint or wallpaper, floor coverings, curtains, draperies and other furnishings shall be included in interior finish. 3?10.2 CLASSIFICATION: Interior finish materials shall be classified in accordance with their average flame sppread rating on the basis of tests conducted in accordance with ASTM Standard No. E84-T. 3?10.3 USES OP INTERIOR FINISH: (s) Interior finish materials used in buildings except Group 1 occupancies shall not have flame spread ratings greater than as follows: (1) 15 in exit stairways and exit hallways that are part of exit ways required by this Code except that doors, unless otherwise required to be fire resistive, may have a rating not exceeding 200. (2) 15 in all portions of buildings more than eight stories or 100 feet in height except that in rooms or spaces 1,500 square feet or less in area, the interior finish materials may have a flame spread rating of not greater than 200. (3) 7n in all portions of buildings used for institutional occu- pancies. (4) 200 in all portions of buildings not required to have lower flame spread ratings by Sub -paragraphs (1), (2), or (3) of this Section, except that in rooms or spaces 1,500 square feet or less in area used for Groups E, F and G occupancies, the interior finish materials may have a flame -spread rating of not greater than 500. (b) The flame -spread -rating limitations in this section shall apply to both the exposed and back faces of interior finish materials when such materials are used in: (1) Rooms, spaces, and exit stairways and exit hallways that are part of required paths of egress; or (2) Rooms or spaces used in connection with Groups A and 11 occupancies. (3) EXCEPTION: The flame -spread -rating limitations shall not apply to the back faces of interior finish material applied directly to an incombustible backing. (4) EXCEPTION: The classification of ceiling materials ap- plied under a plaster ceiling may be reduced one classification where the entire building is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system. 210 Afte.11 rittliVPIITIVO IN then ttr WAiNgeettIVII Orb tttefrot ih 'GM* t deettPefteltsi811ttr*etS btotttl#A ettlibustible Itaibsetititif Ot Plittelltrt 8nd the of Ittiftitin *Mt it is ottactied shell tre fitelltOrped to forth areas not e*reedittg seven feet in 104. diffietotioh. CHAPTER SA APPAIIATUS 8801 AUTOMATIC=SPRINXLER SYSTEMS 3802 CARBON DIOXIDE PIRE.EXTINDUISI4IN@ SYSTEMS 3803 STANDPIPES 3804 WATER SUPPLY 3805 PIRE.DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS Ms YARD HYDRANTS not PORTABLE HIM EXTINGUISHERS 3808 INSPECTION AND TESTS 3801 AUTOMATIC.SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 3801.1 in new buildings of buildings altered to increase the area or height4 approved automatic -sprinkler systems shall be in- stalled and maintained in accordance with the following paragraph.=, except that the Building Official shall require or may permit a carbon dioxide fire -extinguishing system, as set forth in Section :1802, to be used in lieu of such sprinkler system. The areas referred to shall be the areas set forth in l'art III, "Groups of Occupancy," as allowable floor areas for the Various Types of Construction. Com- bustible goods or merchandise shall include those made of wood, cloth or rubber; those containing flammable liquids; those parked with excelsior, paper or moss; and other goods or merchandise of equivalent, or greater, combustibility. Approved automatic -sprinkler systems shall be required as follows: (a) In the following locations in buildings of Group A, or in buildings of Group 1 or C occupancy, having a stage: (1) In motion -picture booths. (2) In all accessible locations on the stage side of a proscett- ium opening, including under the stage floor, gridiron, and tie and fly galleries. (3) In dressing rootns, workshops and storerooms. A line of sprinklers shall be installed on the stage side and immediately back of, the proscenium curtain and not more than five fee above the proscenium arc. (b) In motion -picture booths of buildings of Group A or 11 occupancy, not having a stage and having a seating capacity of 500, or more, persons. (e) In buildings or portions of buildings of Group E occupancy, having an area of more than 1000 square feet; and specifically in, but not limited to, any building occupied in whole or in part as a planing mill, paint-manufactunng plant, box factory, dry-cleaning plant, woodworking shop, mattress factory or film exchange. (d) In buildings over two stories in height used for the manu- facture, sale or storage of combustible goods or merchandise (not including garages) and exceeding 20,000 square feet in area. (e) In repair garages over one story in height, repair garages exceeding 8000 square feet in area and located in a building of mixed occupancy, and one-story repair garages exceeding 15,000 square feet in area. 211 tt to alt Orittitrig . torsi*, tts ;set tatth in Seethrit 4104, other high-hat:1Pd spats* am I :n brisetnettis fof sit d'f rtraintenahe'e tt n1 kt atitc in ati buildifl a rnt►te th*n fttn FtttPtes itt 380I.tt DFTAtt ib RE.tttR MENfSt a) the,. r'stattdal�a fiat the fihstallation of Winkler Systems; ,> U Pamphlet NO. 13, of the National Board of Eire t'rtdera-ritet * is adopted as a Part of this Ciide and supp}emehts, but does not supersede, the re- quirements set forth herein. tb) The alarm, required tat a standard sprinkler systetn shall be required only of Circtup A occupancy curd basetnents exceed- ing :3000 square feet of tither occupancies. 3801.3 WATER SUPPLY: The water supply for sprinkler !1'yatetns shall lye as set forth itt Sub-setrtioh 46i7,2, 8802 CAREON DIOXIDE t 1Rt ,EXTINIt.ltSll4tNd SYSTEMS 3803.1 GENERAL: Carbon trioxide fire -extinguishing systems may be substituted for requited sprinkler systems itt daces not com- monly used by the public as follows: (a) The Building Official may require such such s ►bstit.ution. (b) The Building Official may approve 3802.2 DESIGN AND CON5tRUCtION Carbon dioxide fire - extinguishing systems shall comply in all respects with the "Stand- ards for 12,of thet�National toardFire-Extinguisher bioxide oflire 1 nderw r tersNF tit` Pamphlet 3802.3 WHERE PERMITTED: carbon dioxide fire-entiguish- ing systems ntay be used in rooms or enclosures containing flam- mable liquids in enclosed or open containers, ovens, dryers, electrical and other special machinery and apparatus and processes involving the use of flammable liquids, vapor or dusts, fur storage, lumber kilns, coal bins, loose textile stocks, grain -handling machinery, and in other enclosures containing stocks through which gas may permeate and where protection by water or other means may be ineffective or undesirable: also in vaults, library stockrooms, organs and other such places where fires may he extinguished by carboredioxide gas with less loss than if water is used. 3803 STANDPIPES Wet standpipes having u primary water supply constantly or automatically available at each hose outlet shall be provided in buildings hereafter erected. or existing buildings altered to increase the area or height, as set forth in this section, 3803.1 WHEN REQUIRED: (a) One or more interior stand- pipes shall be required in every building of Group A occupancy of any heig►ht, and every building of group 11 and C occupancy two or more stories in height, and every building of Group 1), E, F, G and 11 occupancy three of more stories in height, and every building of Group E and F occupancy over 10,000 square feet in area, regard- less of the number of stories. One or more interior standpipes shall be provided in every story of a building where the floor area exceeds 1500 square feet and there is not provided at least 20 square feet of opening in each 50 lineal feet, or fraction thereof. of exterior wall in the story on at least one side of the building. Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not less than :10 inches. 3803.2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: (a) LOCATION: (1) In buildings of Groups A and 13 occupancies, standpipes and hose de of the stations of the auditorium, and oon each n each side of de of the and near an each exit at 212 the mkt of the bslt'ebeles. th) 141111111111 REWIRE!): The ntiPlmteet dt Statrepfpits rtriti hose stations shell be :Stith the t}T1 pouts of entry fleet 'ei rei#ehed within 30 teed by n route eonnetted tit ,K tilt of his ee1t- i:eeted to a frost -station value nutlet. (e) WATER SUPPLY: The *stet supply for stnhdpipet stall be as set forth in Sob -section 4811.2. (d) OTHER: Other detailed requirements shall be Its set troth itt Sub=seetieh 481 `.1. 3864 WAFER SUPPLY The water supply for ail required tire a ttiftguishing ahoitratos shall be to sot forth ih Sub-sertioh 4111 1t.2. Every standpipe and/or sprinkler shall have fire department con- nections as set forth it: Sub-seetioh 4611.3. 3806 YARD HYDRANTS 3800.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Boatyards, oil -storage tanks, lumber yards or exhibition 'barks of other similar enclosures, when deemed necessary by the Building Official, shall hate hot less than one yard hydrant and hose tor each 20,000 square feet or area. 3800.2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: Yard hydrants shall be constructed as set forth in Sub -section 4811.4. 3807 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 3807.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Portable fire extinnguishers shall be installed and maintained as specified in this section as follows: 1n buildings for (Sr„ap A occupancy: 1tt every projection room and one for each 2000 square feet of floor area or within a travel distance of 76 feet. In buildings for Groups 13, C. I) and E occupancies: One to each 2000 square feet of floor area, but hot less than one to each story or within a travel distance of 75 feet, In buildings for Groups P, G and 14 occupancies: One to each 2500 square feet of floor area, but not less than one to each path of egress or within a travel distance of 75 feet, in buildings for Group J occupancy: As required by the t3uild- ing Official, complying generally with the above requirements. 3807.2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: A portable fire ex- tinguisher shall consist of a container or containers having a capacity of not it -s than one unit of fire protection, as defined by the National Fire Prevention Association, so arranged and equipped that pressure may be generated and the contents discharged through a hose and nozzle, or a portable extinguisher of other type, approved as equal by the Building Official. The design and construction of portable fire extinguishers shall comply with the National Fire Prevention Association's recommendations and be approved by the Building Official. Portable fire extinguishers, where required, shall be mounted in corridors or other approved locations generally accessible to the occupants of the building. Where they are placed in cabinets, they shall be visible, and the doors shall be unlocked or of glass which can be broken to give access to the extinguisher in case of fire. 3808 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 3808.1 GENERAL: All required fire -extinguishing apparatus shall be inspected at beast Ore a tttta acid nett anther teats sh Building he made as the Official shad requite. 'Nate Mal Othet' It+nrta cotisidered by the Building Offieiai to be defectit-e, shall be rePlaced in:n►ediately on demand. 3000.g PORT -ABLE M t €RtffrtGUtSNRR§t Portable fig ettinguishers shall he techarged AP often aR shall be gettetallq re- quired by the Building Official fat e!ttinguishets of each type, but itot lei,s frequently than once each year, and Phnll be reehatged immediately after each time used. CHAPTER 39 CNIMNETSa PLUESa VENTS AND FIREPLACES 3901 GENERAL 3902 TYPE A PLUES OR VENTS 3903 TYPE tt FLUPs OR VENTS 3904 TYPE C t=LUES Oft VENTS 3905 sMOKEPIPES ANti t=LUE CONNECtoRs 3906 FIREPLACES 3901 GENERAL 3901.1 GENERAL: Chimneys, flues, vent:; and fireplaces, and their connections, cart''ing products of contbtistion, shall conform to the requirements of this Chapter and in Chapter 47. 3901.2 EQUIPMENT ANb APPLIANCES: Equipment and appliances connected to chimneys, flues, vents and fireplaces shall he of approved types and shall he installed and maintained as set forth herein and in Chapter 40 and 47. 3901.3 DEFINITIONS ANb CLASSI 'ICATiON: AP- PLIANCES, H1(;11 'HEAT, are any installations or equipment in which the temperature of the flue gases as they enter the flue is boor APPLIANCES, MEDIUM HEAT, are any installations or equip- ment in which the temperature of the flue gases as they enter the flue is between ti0° 1•' to 11100' F. :11'1'1.iANCES, LOW HEAT, ,are any installations or equipment ass which the temperature of the flue gases is up to tirei 1 . ellIMNEVS, FIXES OR VENTS are conduits or passageways for conveying products of combustion to the outer air and shall be classified as Type A, Type 11 or Type C. CONDENSATE is the liquid which separates from a gas due to a reduction in temperature. FIREBRICK is any refractory fire -clay brick which meets the approval of the Building, Official. FIRE-('LAV FLUE LINING is flue lining made of fire clay. FLUE COLLAR is that portion of any appliance designed for the attachment of a draft hood. SMOKEPIPE is the pipe connecting a heat -producing appliance burning solid or liquid fuels to a flue or vent. \'ENT CONNECTOR is a pipe connecting a heat producing ap- pliance burning gas fuel to a flue or vent. 3902 TYPE A FLUES OR VENTS 3902.1 GENERAL: Type A flues or vents shall consist of chimneys, metal smokestacks and special flues approved by the Underwriters Laboratories and the Building Official. Type A flues 211 it opt vents shall be fetfuired #tit ti) skid Afro It id fall �t> heating eguipment, and t2) a ifte ip?itett " ich Predates flue gas temperatures ih etetss of &Mr tifilifenheit at the outlet of the app►ianee or the draft hood When bathing gas at the input rating sprt i ied by the Manufacturer of such equipment. O2.2 CHIMNEYS: ta) SI Ni ti) Chimneys shall designed~ anchottd and supported as set foPthi herein and rig Specifie in Chapters 23, 211. and 27, eteept that fireplaces complying with Section 390tt may he used for solid furls or liquid fuel -burning equipment where the temperature of the flue gases, as they enter the fltte, does not etceed tnon Pahrenheit, (1I) No chimney shall support any structural load other than its own weight. (a) Chimneys shall be anchored laterally at each floor and roof line by incombustible struts, walls or beams except that for chimneys built integ:raily Nvith ttr►snni'y walls hot less than eight inches in thickness and bonded thereto, such wall shall be considered proper lateral support, (4) Chimneys shall be supported on reinforced concrete foot, itigg or grade beams or on steel beams having not less than two- hour fire -resistive protection. (b) WALLS AN!) tLU LINING: (1) Masonry chimney serving low and medium -heat appliances shall have walls of not less than eight inches 'of solid masonry or six inches of reinforced con- crete o Mortar four laying up uches of nits itsmaoftt chimney ry and construction eightof block. hall be Portland cement mortar. Masonry chimneys serving low and medium -heat appliances shall be lined with approved fire -clay flue lining not less than five - eighths -inch thick or with other approved liners of material that tgw'illl resist a temperature of 1 Sim Fahrenheit without r cracking. The lining shall extend from eight inches below the lowest inlet to a point at least four inches above enclosing masonry walls. blue linings shall be installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully bedded one on the other in fire -clay mortar, with close -fitting joints left smooth on the inside. r irebrick may he used in place of fire -clay flue lining: and shall be not less than two inches thick. Cracked or broken flue lining shail not he used. 1"irebrick shall be laid in fire -clay. (2) Masonry chimneys serving high heat appliances shall be built with double walls, each not less than eight inches in thickness with an air space of not less than two inches between theta. The inside of the interior walls shall he of firebrick not less than four inches in thickness. laid in fire -clay mortar or refractory cement. (e) FLUE AREA: No flue shall be smaller in area than the flue connection on the appliance attached thereto. provided that where more than one appliance is connected to such flue the area shall be increased as set forth in Sub -paragraph :39o:3.2 (e) (I). (d) HEIGHT: Every chimney shall extend at least two feet above that part of the roof through which it passes and at least two feet above the highest elevation of any part of the building within ten feet of the chimney. The Building Official may approve a chimney of lessser height installed with an approved vent cowl having a spark arrester whose opening shall be not less than six feet front any part of a building measured horizontally on the same or adjacent property or parcel. (e) CORBELING: No chimney shall be corbeled from a wall, (f) SEPARATION OF CHIMNEY LINERS: When more than one flue or vent is contained in the same chimney, masonry separa- tion at least four -inches thick shall be provided to separate flues. (g) INLETS: Every inlet to any chimney shall enter the side 215 thereof aittl shall :be of not less slid( it rtt: ci0th-ittttl1 Chid tnettt1 tff fire -eighths -inch thick teftaetnrt• i te>Eis1. (h) tLtAltAt tt Combustible material snarl not be ,Placed *Rhin two inches of rhinthejs trot iestt than tertui1ed'to °et trttsly ttrith the Standard set forth in Paragraph tltri. tt ). 30OL.3 MI;'FAL 9M1til t8t ► St tn) SeOPEt the retptire, cr;ents of this rub -section shall riot be applicable to buildings tits croup 11 of 1 occupancy, and no such smokestack shish be permitted in intildings of GPoup 11 or t occuttancy of in other oecattntteiel normally used for sleeping purposes. tb) DESIGN: Smokestacks shall support no vertical loads r►thrr than their• own weight and 'hall he capable of resisting wind forces and of supporting its own weight without ctceeding the stresses rt forth itt t'haptet 28. (e) CONSIIIUC'ION AND SUtPOft: Metal of smokestacks shall be not less than the foilo 1ttg thicknesses: Diameter of Static Metal Thickness Not more than R inches No. 1f; gage 1Ir►t•t' than t inches, not over 12 int hes No. 12 gage More Omit 12 inches not over 1 ti inches No. 18 gage More than lit inches, not over 24 inches No. S gage More than 24 inches, not over :to inches :1!1t1 inch More than :1n inches, Clot over 4:1 inches t4 inch Smokestacks shall be properly riveted ur welded and, unless : tructurally self-supporting, shall be guyed to incombustible con- stl•uctinn. Metal snvtke-tacks used for high -heat appliances shall be lined ith four -inch firebrick laid in fire -clay mortar extending from not lass that two feet below to not les'; than 25 feet above the sntokepipe entrance. (d) HEIGHT: Metal smokestacks shall extend to a height of rot lass than ten feet above the elevation of any part of any building within 2t feet. (e) CLEANOUtS: Cleattout openings shall be provided at the base of every metal smokestack. (f) EXTERIOR STACKS: Metal smokestacks. or parts there. of, erected on the exterior of a building shall have a clearance of 24 inches from combusihle walls and four inches from incombustible walls, hut not less than required to comply with the Standard set forth in Paragraph 4001.2I0. No stack shall he nearer than 24 inches in any direction from a door, window or other wall opening or front a required exit. (g) INTERIOR STACKSt Metal smokestacks, or parts there- of, in tl building other than a one-story building, shall be enclosed above the story in which the appliance served thereby is located, in Walk of incombustible construction having a fire -resistance rating of not less than two hours, with a space on all sides between the stack and the enclosing walls sufficient to render the entire stack accessible for examination and repair. The enclosing walls shall be vrithout openings, except doorways equipped with approved self - closing fire doors of ('lass 11 or better at various floor levels for inspection purposes. Where such a stack passes through a roof constructed of combustible materials, it shall be guarded by a gal- vanized -iron ventilating thimble extending not less than nine inches below and nine inches above such roof construction. Such thimbles shall be of a size to provide a clearance on all sides of the stack for high -heat appliances of not less than 18 inches, for medium -heat appliances not less than eight inches and for low -heat appliances not less than six inches, but not less than required to comply with the standard set forth in Paragraph 4tio1.2 lc). Smokestacks shall not 216 bra eitt11 d tip ibitidt a vettitatittjt theta ales* slob duett ilttt! telt= stttetsd as rttittited bt this rat ctirth fat TYPO A Me ceded spelt Ando Of flues : sarletl fart Vtttitit the Min Or smote itt Ch The appliabta Item by the stbabeatick is i ted StitIa TYPt ttt1%3 OR iERTA 1003.1 etNERAt ta) type tl This vents shatl tct)°titiat of approved gent Piping of ihc+tn bustib1e, ed tosion-teslstatttt matting ol` sufficiettt thickness, 'cross•sectiona al are, and ltetttiihsulating qualitt to avoid egress teintieifttttre tttt any adjacent totnbtistible h'tatet•ial as detetmitted by tests blade by a 1eeognifed testing agency. only those flue or tent materials or assethblitYs which hate been iti= spected, approved and listed as Type 11 by the ? atiohal t3Otird tire Underwriters and are apf,rotedd by the tluilding Official shall be used. (b) Type II flues of vents may be used only to rent gas,fired appliances approved for maximum flue gas temperature of 560° I'ahrenheit at the outlet of the appliance or the draft hood, (e) Except as otherwise set forth herein, Type 1 W fides Of •ants shall comply with the general requirements of Type II flueit:t subject to thr conditions of inspection, approval and listing as Type 1HW : and such vents shall be used only with approve& recessed, !W- I -turning spare heaters. 3903.2 INSTALLATION: installation of Type I3 flues or vents shall be as follows: (a) JOINTS: blues or vents shall be made up with tight joints. glue pipe cement, if used, shall be acid resist ine. (b) CLEARANCES: Pities or vents shall be installed with a clearance to combustible material of not less than one inch for Type it and three -eighths inch for Type HW, but hot less than re- quired to comply with Paragraph 4001.2 (c). MI flues shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers and Building Official's instructions and with the conditions of approval and listing by the testing agency. (c) PRO`i1 CTLON AGAINST INJURY: Suitable provision shall be made to prevent mechanical injury to flues and vents where they extend through wails, floors or roof. (d) SUPPORT: 1lue or vent piping shall be secured at each joint and properly supported. (e) SIZL: (I) The gravity flue or vent to which the smoke - pipe is connected shall be of a size not less than the flue collar oh thv appliance attached thereto. in no case shall the area be Tess than Oct forth in the following table: Gas -input Rating Area B. T. U. per Hour Square Inches 12 1e 28 50 78 Not more than 35,000 60,000 100,000 200,000 .. :100,000 When more than one appliance vents into a flue or rent, the flue or vent area shall be not less than the area of the largest vent connection plus 50 percent of the areas of all additional inlets. An oval flue or vent may be used provided its flue gas -venting capacity is equal to the capacity of round pipe for which it is substituted and that no flue shall be lest; than two inches in any internal dimension. inlets shall be offset or staggered so that a horizontal plane will not pass through any part of more than one inlet. No damper shall be installed in any gas vent or flue. 21? tt) tft t t1tt :fitrh tap tint t=>tfali efttettd Oar* the test ftueff et and thfootrh its flashing and shalt tefnrihttte in nit arthilitttil rntl tit t•`Ottl• 'designed ttt present dm*irdtaft of the enttnhre of Lain of nthet deIrtis, with a tenting capacity hot less thnh that Of ,the went, epeeyet that the heatets with sit-rttoiett,integral flues r�ettifre�d by rectrgnited agentle+ may he instailet9 with the apfttnval of the Building Official. The outlet openihlt of ahr such vent shall by rift less thah 12 inches ftotn nhr paftion of the, trot less than foot feet from any of that portion of the building op sttuetutie which extends at an angle of more than 45' upward (torn the hotitohtal, Vent tintlets shall be septntated In: distance, rohstturtion, of attanite- fneht to prevent flue gasps from being taken ih by ahr mechanical of Natural fresh nit intake. (ta) OI P5€t: Every flue or vent shall elittend as neatly Vertical as practicable. A single portion of any flue or vent may extend at an angle of not more than tin degrees from the vertical. (h) VLNt CONNtErCtOftSt Vent connectors or manifolds connected to Tye 11 flttes or vents shall be as set forth in Section :1905 and shall be joined to the flue or vent by a Y-fitting, entering at ah upward angle. 3904 'MIL C PLU1✓S OR VI NtS 3904.1 Type C. flues or vents shall be of sheet copper of not less than 24 gage, or of galvanized iron of lot less than No. 20 gage, or of other approved corrosion -resistant material. 3904.2 Type C' flues or gents may be installed in buildings of Group I occupancy and in one-story buildings of I', (; and J occu- i►ancy which are not located in Fire Zones 1 or 2. 3904.3 Type C flues or rents shall be used only with low -heat appliances and run directly from the space in 'which the appliance is located through •t roof to the outer air without passing through any attic, concealed spare or floor. No such tent shall extend less than two feet above the roof or any construction within a horizontal distance of ten feet. 3904.4 Clearances between Type C flues or vents and com- hustible material shall be not less than sixinches f rth nor rin lashan less t required, to comply with the standard set 4001.2 (c). Combustible materials in roofs through which Type C flues or vent pass shall be protected at the point of passage by metal thimbles not less than four inches larger in diameter than the vent with the annular space filled with mineral wood or other approved non-combustible insulating material. 3904.5 'Type C flues or rents shall be vertical. 3905 SMOKEPIPES AND VENT CONNECTORS 3905.1 MATERIALS: Sntokepipes and vent connectors serving fixed appliances shall be of substantial metal construction, but never less than as set forth in the following table: Thickness of Metal for Smokepipes inntn, is i. Minimum Thn•knu,rs W. S. (ta w.) t Inch��r) 0-1O 211 11-29 24 .10-29 • .. 22 40-49 211 1 0-up 11; 218 No tent connec- tion connected to and as appliance hat `ifig pilot Provision for ttuta- ►natic or remote control shale connected to any kitchen ventilatiein or any chimney flue which is used as a stttoke flue rot any 15tot•e4 hrril t, heater of other altpaPatus designed to burn wood, coat, oil sir any fuel other than gas, unless such pilot Provision i= so designed will be autos at iralf lashuE the math when hurners in roinburtion of connection is not'rewith taking place at the pilot. (b) two or more stnokepipes shall not be joined to a single flue or rent unless the common smokepipe and flue or, vent is of sufficient size to serve all the appliances thus connected. The smoke: pipet of a heating appliance shall not be connected into the flue or veht of an incinerator which has the rubbish chute irientical with the smoke flue. f t) No flue or rent shall have stnokepite connections lit more than one story of a building unless provision is made for 'effectively closing smokepipe openings with devices made of incombustible ma- tetials, whenever their use is discontinued temporarily, and com- pletely dosing such opening with masonry when discontinued pper• tnanentiy. Smokepipes shall be exposed to view throughout their entire length. (d) Sntokepipes serving appliances other than water heaters shall have a rise of hot less than one-fourth inch to the foot. (e) Provision for removal of condehsats shall be prodded. Any two inlets shall be separated vertically by not less than the diameter of the larger inlet. (f) All gas appliances connected to a common rent shall be located in the same story of the building and in the same tenancy thereof except as otherwise permitted by N. 1i. F. U. Pamphlet No. 52. (g) The horizontal projected length of the vent connector shall not exceed 6 percent of the vertical projected length of the volt unless the appliance is equipped for forced draft. (h) Where smokepipes or vent connectors join into a single pipe, connector or flue, they shall be joined by a 1 fitting, discharg- ing the flow in the direction of common passage. 3905.3 CLEARANCES: Clearances between smokepipes and combustible materials above shall be 18 inches when used on medium - heat appliances and 36 inches when used on high -heat appliances; ex- cept that such clearances may be reduced with insulating materials, as set forth in the National Board of Fire t'nderwriters Pamphlet* N IWIT No. 9011, 1955. 3906 FIREPLACES 3906.1 USE: Fireplaces conforming to the minimum require- ments herein may be used for solid fuels or liquid -fuel -burning equipment where the temperature of the flue gases, as they enter the flue, does not exceed 1000' Fahrenheit. 3906.2 FIREBOX WALLS: (a) Fireplace chimneys built as an integral part of a masonry wall shall have firebox walls, sides and bark, Tined with not less than four inches of refractory firebrick, set with fire -clay mortar. Side walls and back walls shall be, in addition to the thickness of such firebrick, of four inches of solid brick, ni six inches of reinforced concrete, or eight inches of hollow concrete or clay tile, or ten inches of ruble masonry. (b) Free-standing fireplaces, not otherwise built integrally with a masonry wall, shall have firebox walls of not less than eight inches of solid masonry or 12 inches of ruble masonry; and, in addition, the firebox shall be lined, back and sides, with four inches of refractory firebrick set in fire -clay mortar. 219 atlYfia Mt1 A WA?' CtWt Attl t§ A t atd *fetid pit ,1rcttlatota nii be inetafletl in fii tit) c Ps, %ttd * Stich det•ic sit designed with an nit-eitrttlsting t hainbet not kesc than two inches its width, hating metal of 12-gage tt. s Stilii'rdatd on both sides ofatteh chamber, such air wfrninhet tnatr substitute for two inches of Mel brick; and only two inches of firebrick twill be requited, as Set forth in Sub -section 3906. An insulated space of not less than two inches shall be p°tovided betteern niasoniw units and the sides, to} and bark of metal heat eirculators, etcept the flanges of circulator connections, 390t.4 WOKE Ci4AMIIt t The front, or inward sloping face, of the smoke chamber shall be liners With four inches of fire,. brick, as for the fireboat: and the firebrick shall be carried up to the bottom of the flue liner, Walls shalt be of the thickness set forth in Sub -section 2000.2. 39b6.5 PlIttPLACt CHIMNEY WALLS! (a) Fireplace chins= trey walls shall be lined with fire -eighths -inch refractory fireclay flue lining or with other attptoved liner, of material that Will resist temperatures of 1800° Fahrenheit without softening or cracking, from the throat to a point four inches above the enclosing tmasonry Walls. (11) Masonry wails shall be eight inches of solid masonry, or four inches of solid masonry and eight inches of hollow concrete of day block, or four inches of solid masonry and ten inches of ruble masonry, or six inches of reinforced concrete. (t) Flue linings shall be built in as the masonry is laid. All joints and spaces shall be filled with mortar, and broken or cracked flue linings shall not be used, (r'1) Chimneys shall be extended to a height not less than 24 inches above the highest point of the roof within a radius of ten feet, (e) Where the chimney is built integrally with a masonry wall the required tie beam shall be continuous and shall wrap around the chimney. 3906.6 CL1rARANCE Concealed combustible material shall not be within two inches of fireplaces, smoke chambers or chimneys. Exposed combustible materials shall not be placed within six inches of the fireplace opening. No such combustible material within 12 inches of the fireplace opening shall project more than one -eighth inch for each one -inch clearance from such opening. 3906.? AREAS O1: FLUES: The net cross -sectional area of the flue and of the throat between the firebox and the smoke chamber of a fireplace shall be not less than one -tenth of the area of the opening nor less than 114 square inches. Where dampers are used, damper openings shall be not less in area, when fully opened, than the required flue area. 3906.8 LINTELt Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a lintel of steel not less than one-fourth inch in thickness, 3906.9 HEARTH: Every fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone or other approved incombustible hearth slab at least 12 inches wider on each side than the fireplace opening and projecting at least 20 inches therefrom. This slab shall be not less than four inches thick and shall be supported by incombustible materials or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads. Combustible forms shall be removed. 3906,10 FALSE FIREPLACES: False fireplaces not comply- ing with the requirements herein and recesses for space heaters shall be constructed and limited in use as set forth in Section 4005. 3906.11 WEEPTUBE: Fireplaces shall have a weeptube from the smoke chamber to a readily accessible discharge and cleanout point. 220 CHATIER MIATIPRODUCINIS APPAIATUS IIENERAt 4002 ISAVEtilt1411411 APPLIANCES 4000 tt1teEtfRNINI1 APPLIANCE 4004 VIIESICAIR StIPPLio 400§ SPACE HEATER§ 4006 IIANCIE§ 400t WAttR litAttlIS 400g EMIR§ 4000 INCINERAIVIIS 4010 SOLAR 14tAtERS 4011COMBUStION 4001 ttNtRAL 001.1 SCOPE: Ileat-produg appliances and apparatus+ other than electrical appliances, chall conform to the requirements of this Chapter. 1.11ectrieal appliances are regulated in Part XL tleettical. Flues or vents and smokepipes or vent connectors to which rash appliances are connected shall be as set forth in Chapter 39. 4001.2. STANbARDS: The following standards are hereby adopted to supplement, but not supersede, the requirements set forth herein: (a) The National Board of lire Vtiderwriters: (1) "Iluilding-Code Standards for the Installation of Heat - Producing Appliances, Heating, Vntilating, Ai-Conditionig, Blower and I.,;xhaust Systems" 1949) (2) "Standards for the Installation of (as Piping and Gas Appliances iti Buildings," Pamphlet No 114, May 1954: (3) "Standards for the Storage and I -Intuiting of Liquefied Petroleum Gases," Pamphlet No. 58. 1957; (4) "Standards for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility Plants," Pamphlet No. ti9, 195:1; (5) "Standards for Liquefied Petroleum Gas Piping and At). plianee Installations in Buildings.," Pamphlet No. 112, June, 19ha, (b) The American Standards' Association, "Code for Pressure Piping," AS.. 1131.1, Mb. (c) A standard of installation shall be to provide clearance or insulation in such manner that continued operation of the appliance will not raise the temperature of surrounding combustible construc- tion above linFahrenheit when measured with a mercury therniom- eter or conventional bead -type thermocouples. (d) The storage of flammable liquids shall he as set forth herein and in Section 4102. 4001.3 APPROVALS: All heat -producing appliances and ac- cessories, other than domestic gas appliances, installed or offered for sale within the jurisdiction of this code shall be of a type in- spected, tested and listed as approved by an applicable nationally - recognized testing and listing agency and for gas appliances and accessories shall bear the stamp and seal of approval of the American Gas Association Laboratories or the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Where no such standards exist, the inspection authority may approve heat -producing. appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned, subject to such standards of safety he may deem necessary and using as a guide the recommended practices of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, American Gas Association and American Heating and Ventilating Engineers. 4001.4 PERMITS: (a) REQUIRED. A permit shall be re- 221 gained to install, refialt 6+ at'tel' Ott -fittaitteing antli*tree of piping or flue or nrcessory thereto and no personp' 'a , firrn or cor- Sion shall commence or procted with such work without hating first trade application and secured a permit therefore Its set fortht 1 gip: oxrept that a rertnit shall not be requited for any hilt ppCiJO- plianre which has no physical connection to ,pit)il g or inspector (,di, fit TIPliett'- tirrn for permit shall he trade to the piumbing 'rn. pe tared or natural gas, installations, to the Vitt tkparttnent for, liquid petroleum gas and oil burning installations at the storage of bulk combustibles and to the iluilding Official for all other heat producing appliances and these petsotis shall have respective jurisdiction over the apparatus as set forth. cation for permit for (It) APPLICATION ' tt PERMIT: App lo' the installation, repair or alteration of any heat -producing appliance or piping or flue or accessory thereto shall be accepted only from persons currently iicensed and holding a certificate of competency in their respective fields and against whom no revocation or suspension is pending; except that for installations involving the use of liquid pettoieum gas, application shall be accepted from only liquid petro- leum gas installers and for installations involving manufactured or natural gases application shall he :accepted from only toaster gas fitters: and except that appiientimn for permit will be accepted from any owner personally itistalling+► such appliance or accessory thereto in his own private residence provided that such owner shall conform to nll other requirements of this code, that all labor in connection therewith shall be personally none by him and that the doing of such work on more than one residence within any twelve months' period shall be construed to he acting as a contractor. (e) PLANS: When required by the inspection authority, appli- cation for permit shall be accompanied by plans and specifications completely and accurately describing the proposed work. description of the proposed work shall include a description of the appliances, flues and accessories and their rated capacities and locations. (d) APPROVAL Op APPLICATION: Application for permit and plans shall he reviewed and if the proposed work is in compli- ance with this code the plans shall be marked "AI'1'II0'tr'd•:n". e) PERMIT FEES: Any person desiring a permit to be issued shall in addition to filing an application therefor and before such permit is issued, pay a permit fee as required. 4001.8 SLEEPING ROOMS: There shall be no exposed or open -flame heating apparatus in bedrooms and rooms normally used for sleeping except as set forth in Paragraph 4002.1(1). 4001.6 GARAGES: Appliances located in a garage and having an exposed or open flame such as a hot plate or side arm water heater shall, when required by the inspection authority having Juris- diction, be enclosed in a closet of incombustible or fire -resistive con- struction and such closet shall be used for no other purpose, 4001.E TYPE OP FUEL: No appliance shall be converted from the fuel specified on the rating platefor use with a different fuel without consulting the manufacturer's instructions and securing approval from the inspection authority. 4001.8 INSTALLATION: The installation of heat -producing appliances, whether or not specifically mentioned in this Chapter, shall conform to the conditions of approval as specified in the manu- facturer's instructions pertaining to safety and to the requirements of this Chapter and the installation and location of appliances shall conform to such additional requirements as may be set forth in writ- ing by the inspection authority having jurisdiction, The installer eshall leave the manufacturer's instructions attached to the appliance. 4001.9 CLASSIFICATION: The inspection authority shall clas- eat- poall sources apparatus u heatbythe standard set forth ulate the use ntd location Sub-sectionof 4001, 3. producing, al p 222 Such apparatus shalt hot 'he subject to utscltte cii 'osidni `detaffat'ritirin accidental overturning 'tit disattangetnent. 411011.10 WIELING: /Wert' , heating device dehivernd and in- stalled as n manufactured article shall beat a Permanent and legible nameplate on which shalt aplieat: the following desrt iptite data where applicable. Such plate or plates shill be aiptopriately 'located on the appliance, and lettered and Positioned to he legible to the ope'tatot. (A) the Manufacturer's name. (b) The manufacturer's rating of the appliance. (t) A model and serial number. (d) Instructions for the ligttinpi operation and shutdown of the appliance. (e) the type of fuel approved for use in the appliance. (t) A seal of approval of the appliance by an approved testing laboratory if acceptance is based on such approval, (11) t)ata an electric -power demand and output, 4001.11 ACC t SSI tt1LItY: I::very heat -producing appliance shall he accessible for inspection, service, repair and replacement without removing permanent construction. Sufficient room shall be available to enable the operator to observe the burner, control and pilot while starting the appliance. The operating instructions must he in a position where they can be easily read. 4001.12 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Where heat -producing apparatus is installed in locations where the occupants of the space for reasons of age or physical limitations may, in the opinion of the inspection authority, be required to be protected by additional safe- guards, controls and devices shall be designed and installed to he inaccessible or inoperative to unauthorized persons and protective guards or screens installed to prevent physical contact with heated parts. 4002 GAS• I3URN1NG APPLIANCES 4002.1 GENERAL: (a) Gas -bursting appliances shall comply with the requirements of this Chapter and the specific requirements of this Section. (b) All domestic gas appliances, devices or accessories, offered for sale or installed, shall bear the stamp or seal of approval of the American Gas Association Laboratories or the Underwriter's Lahota• tories, inc., and shall have been approved by the inspection authority. Domestic gas appliances, devices or accessories without the said stamp or seal of approval shall not be offered for sale or installed. (c) Appliances shall be installed in a location in which the facilities for ventilation permit satisfactory combustion of gas and proper venting under normal conditions of use. (d) Gas appliances shall not be installed in any location where flammable vapors are likely to be present, unless the design, opera- tion and installation are such as to eliminate the possible ignition of the flammable vapors. Garages of Group i occupancy shall be con- sidered as set forth in Sub -section 4001.6. (e) Every appliance shall be located so that it will be readily accessible for operation and servicing. (f) No device or attachment shall be installed on any appli- ance which may in any way impair the combustiot, of gas. (g) Any combination of appliances, attachments or devices used. together in any manner shall comply with the standards which apply to the individual appliance. (h) No flame or fire in any form shall be used in attempting to locate a gas leak or where there is an odor of gas present. (i) Space heaters burning gas, located in sleeping roosts, or in insitutions, homes for the aged, sanitoriums, schools, orphanages and 223 4'1rltMit otemdpatwrtea sift , , ft'ti tltt ftnie tigtte ttV--lietretiE softly paint, and shall lire . }tttPttt N: A gas thing aippliattee located hi a sri tag Mitt 64 a Urtittp 1 Oran* att hating required ot> vetted t tni less, ruble foot of roan spates shard fret be (1) Ph:Wigton shall be trade for proper ditculation o Where nit arid nxygeh ander pressure i±t rued ifh trtyhhettlett w ith( gas sanity nh effective Meahs shrill he provided to firtittit *it or city teen Dom flowing hack into the gas NMI,. 'Boom temperature thermostats shall be kYeated Where they w illfbe in the natural circulating path of room nit; Theritiostats Shall not he located in a bedroom, bathroom or kitchen. 4002.2 INSPECTIONS AND TEST0i All gas piping, a It antes and tents shall be inspected and tested as follows: (a) 1te labor and niateriitls necessary forinspection shall be suppl ied by the person or persons making the installations. (b) All concealed pipes Of the gas a to sr ti hallit de tested Min- utes, pressure of 25 pounds and maintained After installation, the piping and tubing to all appliances of all systems shall be tested at not less than normal operating pressure and proved free of leaks, rising a manometer or other a uivaient device that will indicate a drop in pressure. Tests shall not be made with a flame. (t) On unmeteted gas lines, installed against gas pressure, air tests may be omitted, provided such lines are not concealed within a building, (d) In eases where connections are trade to an existing gas pipe and the developed length of the new work does not exceed ten feet, the air test may be omitted, but a soap test shall be made. (e) tinder no conditions will water be permitted in testing gas lines. f) Whenever gas piping or gas appliances have been inspected and approved, the inspection authority shall issue a Certificate of Inspection. (g) No gas shall be turned on in any building where permits and inspection are required until a Certificate of Approvai has been issued, (h) Before turning on gas under pressure into any piping, the person in charge shall assure himself that there are no openings from which gas can escape. The gas shall then be turned on and the hand on the test dial of the meter observed to ascertain that no gas is passing through the meter. If any concealed house piping or part thereof is covered before being regularly inspected, tested and approved, it shall be uncovered upon the order of the inspection authority. g (3) After the satisfactory completion and final test of the s, piping system and upon request. a Certificate of Approval issued by the inspection authority. 4002.3 FLUES AND VENTS: (a) Any of the following gas appliances. except domestic gas ranges and domestic clothes dryers, shall be connected to an effective flue or vent: (1) Any. appliance installed for domestic purposes, having an input rating in excess of 50,000 I3TU per hour. (2) Automatically -controlled appliances which use more than .,,000 BTU per hour. For the purpose of this requirement, :manually - operated appliances, equipped with automatic means for reducing the gas supply to the main burner or burners to no less than 30 percent of the maximum demand, are not considered as automatic- ally controlled, (3) Automatically -controlled appliances which use 6,000 BTU per hour, or less, unless equipped with a 100-percent automatic 224 pilot of it lyre=tes iai tuft-s' aeff is . (4) Arty ettpliktiee itu;tMf Hi it t *MA* if two dit t would Meke the total-e't mbitted inept toting of MI tthttfit a +lt- nhces ih the Mitt :trti t4tttt tit MOM ptl trdtit I r tobit• feet -rif rttera cot tent. 8) Any ap)rtianee located ih a space )writ g duet foams et ftoot furnaces. (6) Any appliance ttltich has a t<aft hood tupplitd by the manufacturer+ except automatic water heaters hating input ratings not in eltress of 5,On0 WII. tree hour and space heaters listed as uhtented. (''f) t'hlisted appliances having flue collars. (b) Where required to be connected to a flue or tent, as appliances shall not be installed or fitted with supply unless the flue or rent is provided at the time of installation and the responsibility of securing a permit and complying with this requirement shaft be that of the person ihstatliht the appliance. (e) Flues or tents shall be type 13, Type I#W or Type Ai* as set Barth in Chapter 39. (d) Approved appliances having sealed combustion chambers, so construett rl and installed that air for combustion is derived from outside the space being heated shall be installed with the vents and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 4002.4 PRLSH-AIIt StfPPLYt Fresh -air supply shall be pro- vided as set forth ih Section 4004. 4002.5 SHUt OPP VALV1 S: (a) .A readily -accessible, lever - handle, shut-off cock shall be installed in the fuel piping outside of each manufactured or natural gas appliance, and ahead of the uninh connection thereto, in addition to the valve, provided on the appliance. PXCLPftONt Shut-off valves may be accessibly located inside or under appliances when such appliance can he removed without reptoval of the shut-off valve. (b) A separate shut-off valve shall be installed in all manufac- tured or natural gas lines within three feet of the appliance. The valve shall be of the same size as the pipe in which it is installed. (t) A readily -accessible rap or plug with inspection authority tag shall be attached at the fuel connection at each LP. gas appli- ance, A shut-off cock shall be provided for each occupancy for a multiple occupancy LP. installation. 4002.6 PIPING: (a) All gas -burning, heat -producing appli- ances shall be rigidly connected to the fuel supply with piping or tubing as hereafter provided. (b) The rapacity of piping and tubing shall be that required by the appliance, but not less than recommended by the American Gas Association or the standards set forth in Paragraph 4001.2 to. Be- fore the use of existing lines, sizes of existing pipe shall be verified. If such piping is found inadequate, the piping shall be replaced or separate fuel lines shall be installed. (e) Gas appliances may be connected with semi -rigid, seamless copper tubing meeting the hollowing requirements: (1) The method of attaching semi -rigid tubingto the gas piping and appliance shall not depend upon separate errules, wash- ers, gaskets or other detachable parts for gas tightness, nor shall such separate parts be used to establish and maintain the method of seal provided within the connector and fittings. (2) Where semi -rigid, seamless tubing is concealed within or run through any wall, floor or partition other than a direct pass- ing through, the tubing shall be located to be the least subject to mechanical damage, but not closer than one inch clear from any nailing surface. 225 (a Ali Cis ttt Tagil .fi II tit oh* 8 emitlemt ttiffiprieicarri Wee "Ott 6t e!tit**With last stl# $-fir lltf 1116.2241. _ i installed se td) Ail house as in E shall Cohn ructe as tand fits UAL () .All bip s s tanhalt oihotm American Society for `testa ed Materials ��Standatds Tot galvanized rrtought .tort of steel pipe. is pipe roust be free Dorn scale; tust, butts and other obstructions. (f) Reducing fittings shall be used *hoe a change of site of piping is necessary. tritons %ball not be located in concealed spaces and shall be of ground -joint t)je, 'lashings May be used only at meter connections. ( ) Where condensation may occur, the piping shall be pitched back to the container, or suitable means shall be provided for collet, .ion of the condensate. (h) ilas piping or tubing inside of any building shall hot rah in or through any air duct, clothes chute, chimney or flue, ventilating duet, dumb waiter or elevator shaft, except in proper ducts for that purpose. (i) Each outlet, including a valve or cock outlets, shallb securely closed gas -tight with a positive plug or cap if the appliance is not to he connected at that time. When an appliance is removed from an outlet and the outlet is not to he reconnected at that tihie, it shall besecurely closed gas-tight.ork norca e shall a l threoutlet. he closed with tin caps, wooden plug., c ) When air or oxygen under pressure is used ih connection with gas gas supply. an effective means shrill be provided to prevent air or oxygen from flowing back into the gas piping. Gas appliances shall be so connected to the piping as not to a ert undue strain on the connections. (1) Galvanized pipe shall not be bent, and galvanized fittings shall be used in all changes of direction. (m) Meters shall not be placed in a kitchen, bathroom. bed- room or litine room. All meters shall be placed on the outside of buildings. Pressure regulators or governors shall be installed on the services of all gas meters in localities designated as high-pressure areas by the service company. (a) Only appliances which are fully portable in nature shall be connected with gas hose. Gas hoseall not be eocs confused f sed or substi- tuted for required tubing and appliance tubing and fittings. Appliances equipped with a control calve or salves which permit complete shut-off of the gas supply shall not be connected with gas hose. This requirement does not apply to hand torches, gas irons and similar equipment. Where a gas -hose connection is trade, a gas shut-off salve shall always be provided within convenient reaching distance of the operatoron hehrigid st p- ply piping -where the hose is attached; and andvalve the appliance shall be removed. Gas hose shall be of adequate capac- ity, gas tight, and so designed as to permit the secure attachment to the appliances by a threaded connection or a metal clamp, and no rubber slip connections shall be permitted. Under no circumstances shall gas hose be concealed from view or used in a concealed loca- tion. Where gas hose is used, it shall be of the minimum practical length, and shall not extend from one room to another nor pass through any walls, partitions, ceiling or floors. (p) Piping and tubing shall comply with the following tables: 226 ?Am,t ,AN! Ptsw OP M tNU ACIVItED OAS tit Win FEET PER NOM PRESSURE DROP Or R.a tNelitS OP WAITS! ere tlotermine lli et Gee fete em�total el BTU ete feet pet t egtt1 thirids g ierrdTU � Specific ttavity ,fl—Proud& rawer R Light 'dt t—ttr0 g 'U atin Specific dtavity .19 Peepiee 0121 ear120ei1+ @es— 4 9 trill Rating Length et Straitht Pipi i PN1 Pipe tttia 10 20 30 40 50 60 711 Rh 90 ton tau 2110 14 Xn 60 52 41 a " 206 145 120 102 93 64 7a 73 69 66 54 46 14 420 300 240 240 466 t70 t60 147 140 130 11iR 92 I►;" 710 600 416 360 32n 290 270 250 240 225 tat 160 1111" 1,150 600 660 Sin 6tn 466 430 400 360 360 296 255 2" 2,3511 1.650 1.360 1,150 4.050 9t11 a90 625 79n 741. ntn 630 24" 4.tno 2,900 2,360 2.05n 1.1425 1.675 t.525 1.425 1.350 1.27.. t,060 900 34 6,400 4.600 3.700 3,20o 2,850 2,625 2.400 2,250 2.126 2.000 4.650 1.400 4" 11.500 9.250 1.600 6,300 5,900 5,400 5.000 4,660 4.400 1.200 3.400 2,960 Note: Capacity of Intermediate lengths of piping will be de- termined by interpolating between the lengths shown in table above. Eaaniplet A 2" pipe 85 feet long will be figured as follows; 825 — 790 = 35 eu, ft. 1/10 of 35 = 3.5 x 5 = 17.5 cu, ft. 790 17.5 = 807.5cu. ft. Where house piping serves more than one residential unit from same piping, diversity factor will be used in connection with con- nected load. Pot 2. 3 unit use a factor of 80%, for 4 - 7 units use a factor of 70%, and for 8 units or more use a factor of G0r�r. Where appliance gas connection is 'h» or 6Ji►". such as coffee urn, dental jet, etc., the same site piping as the appliance connection may be used up to 2 feet in length. COPPER TUBING SIZE AND MAXIMUM CUBIC PEET PER yyHOURppCAPACITY appliances ito to house pipin ingetType K locations L). for connecting Length of Tubing %" 'is" a"» 5 feet .......................... ..... 15 45 90 10 feet ............................. ..... 10 30 60 15 feet ......................._................... — 20 45 227 TABLE 40-B L.P. GAS TUBE AND PIPE. SIZE CHART TUBING SIZES SHOWN ARE NOMINAL OUTSIDE DIANISTICES PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETERS T.P. Gas in Btu Per Hour Length of Pipe in Peet I 2,500 27,000 :17,500 62;500 754000 1000000 150;0004 2000004 .._.. _ .... ... _ Tube Pipe Tube Pipe Tube Pipe Tube Pipe Tube Pipe Tube, Pipe Tube Sips IWO, wive 10 . . . . 3s" 14 :1" 14" 31.t." It" 344,. 1,...,. 1. 344 . t. 2. .` .44 ''' -. IrFn. VP Tti-* 15 ai, ti, V' !.i" 44" '4." '2" ai" 12 ''' V' 4}4 't tit Ni Nit.' !g& 20 a . i4 •, N - '4 " 314 " t4 " ,2 •. 14 . ii.2. . 3:14,.. %II 11,111, SWI. 'At III. 25 :!it " Ii " Is " 14 " ,i, " 1-..". V' 5-.4" tl" r'*" tir"' 111*. N. ., • & 30 " 14 " 14 114 t.:s" 51.. rt . t2 or 40 3i4" 14" N. u ... t . It Ste, Ss PP S s IP I : ... 5k* 1:1"' ....._ 50 3:,f4. u. Iii,.. 1/4. 12.- %., 76 li, . vt ft" ." 34 " r" :S" Si, “ r. 5., " 1 w * ,ftbs* Mir 100 ;:gc4 or. % ir !..: 0 Nt . T. re — im.. IV.' IthkW 150 ?i4" 14 0, .45t1. 120r!'!i" r2" T.4Z" iit' 16' TA B 404 TAB SECIMAXIMUM RfROMEC1MM DO1 DEMAND NC APPLIANCE BTU DOMESTIC EANO S Runlet toek , ...... ..... 4 II it ....... 4g,(YOG f 2,500 3 rRange $200 6 " " (2 dion) 107,500 l6A,O'00 HOT PLATES AND LAUNDRY STOVES, fO11+tESTIC, 0,000 3,000 PER t IJItNERR REt' RIGElATORS .......... WATER HEATERS Automatic Storage 6,000 Low Input/All Types Automatic Storage—lteguiar 7 t, Gallen 10,000 i5 " 20,o00 20 " 22,000 30 26,000 40 36,000 45 " 40,000 60 "' 46,000 60 11 60,000 76 11 66,000 100 11 100,000 Side Arm & Underfire Tank 16 27,000 20 14 28,000 25 " 30,000 36 " 36,000 Itoom Heater, domestic, radiant type, per single radl ant 2,000 double 4,000 TABLE 40.6 TABLE SHOWING MAXIMUM DEMAND REQUIRED FOR SOME COMMON COMMERCIAL GAS APPLIANCES APPLIANCE BTU/HOUR RANGES (One Oven) Hot Top 130,000 Open Top _ 130,000 Fry Top 96,000 (Add 46,000 BTU for Additional Oven) ROASTING OVEN 80,000 BAKE OVENS Multiple Deck 18,000/burner Individual Deck 18,000/burner 31$ AMA Atstet likolLtk (Matt tidy) MittmanAtt. ... liAkER'S STOVES 4 tog butopt 94,o00 toting turner ... 40,000 IflEP VAT 1Mtn tpto 1St Oretoe taparity . Zoo° 15 - bot " 40itltO One - looft " .. Sam° STOCK kETTLE 14 to 30 Gallon Size 3000 40 to oo Gallon Site 6, . . 'Mono COPPEE trRNS Small (2-8 Gallons) . 14,0oo Large (8-10 Gallons) .. ...... . 20008, onthilLE (Cotoiter) . . lotooillurner ToASTERS 4,flooilluther STEAM TABLES Moon/turner (1) House piping using manufactured gas shall not be smaller than the gas opening on the largest gas appliance, provided that re. Auctions in pipe sizes may be made to the appliance using 12b cubic feet of gas per hour or less if made 'within 12 inches of the appliance inlet, and made with flare type connections only, (2) No pipe shall he less in diameter than the size speci led for that length. No pipe shall be installed to run a longer length of any size than the longest length given in the table for that size. On When in remodeling old buildings or making addit'ons thereof, it is impractical to comply strictly with these requirements, these provisions may be modified to satisfy the spirit and substance thereof. 4002.7 ELECTItiCAL CONNECTIONS: (a) Ail electrical connections and wiring shall be made in accordance with Part X1 herein. Gas piping shall not be used for an electrical ground. (b) No devices employing or depending upon an electrical cur- rent shall be used to control or ignite a gas supply if failure of the electrical current could result in the escape of unburned gas or in failure to reduce the supply of gas under conditions which would normally result in its reduction, unless other means are provided to prevent the development of dangerous temperatures or pressures or the escape of gas. (c) The electrical circuit employed for operating the automatic, main -gas -control valve, automatic pilot, room -temperature thermo- stat, limit control or other electrical devices used with the gas appli- ance shall be in accordance with the wiring diagrams supplied with the appliance and l'art X1 herein. (d) All gas appliances using electrical controls shall have the controls connected into a permanently•live electric circuit. (e) Any separately -mounted transformer necessary for the operation of the gas appliance shall be mounted on a Junction box and switch with "On" and "Off" markings installed in the hot wire side of the transformer primary. 210. w • On Milt/RIM APPLIMMIS MIA flnitiktit ts) Priet,ett boffins teed irk eertmettea with an boil, itatIsiter nester% IPA WM Of ye thy perpote Whet. Wetter Shall eoffiply with the ?VW Mbeft Ms *Miter, (b) The requirertittits Of this Atetiell ittatt a1 te theen burning appliarieet, Separtely Set TOM at leetiatta et dill *Nita 4601.2 A1'ANDASID8i The nitestlatiost tot the Of 011-Durning tquipmetitift iiiitft Pamphlet NO, Si WAS), 61 the National Doak., of Fire Underwriters is hereby istio$ed to stipples tilehty btat hot Stitlettedel the specific requirements set forth herein, 40031 INAPICtION AND It§t§t Alt Installations requiriffg the obtaining of permits shall requite inspection hereto work 11§ Ceti, elated Of the appliance used. Notice shall be given by the perftilt holder *hen the WM+ is ready for inspection. After insitiillatiem, the piping and tubing anal! be tested at not leas than hatttlikl Sprat. Ihg pressure. Aftet satisfactory completion and final test, and WW1 request, a Certificate of Approval will be issued by the Building 4003.4 PUBS AND Vtlkifig: A flue .04 vent, as set forth in Chapter 39, shall be tequired as follows: (a) Any appliatieeth stalled ih aroom where the appliance, or the total of all fuetbutning appliances, with an input rating of 30 BTU, or more, per hour per ruble foot of room content. (b) Any appliance having a draft hood supplied by the monu. facturer and an input rating in excess of 8,000 BTU per hour. When required to be connected to a flue or vent, appliances shall not be installed unless the flue or vent is provided at the time of installation. 4003.S PaRESH,AIR SUPPLY: PreshAir supply shall be pro- vided as set forth in Section 4004. 4003.6 stritytoorr VALVtt A readily -accessible shutoff cock shall be installed in the fuel piping; and when more than one appli, since is used, a readily -accessible valve shall be installed for each appliance. Shutoff valves shall be located outside or under appli- ances so that the appliance may not be removed and leave an open line. 4003.7 PIPING: (a) MI liquid.tuel-burning, heat -producing appliances shall be rigidly connected to the fuel supply with solid iron pipe or semi -rigid, seamless tubing as hereafter provided. (b) The capacity of the piping and tubing shall be that required by the appliance. Before use of existing supply lines, pipe sizes shall be verified; and if found inadequate, separate fuel lines shall be installed. • (c) Where semi.rigto, seamiess tubmg is concealed within or run through any wall, floor or partition other than a direct plugging through, the tubing shall be located to be the least subject to me- chanical damage but hot closer than one inch clear from any nailing surface. (d) Exposed semi -rigid, seamless tubing shall be protected from mechanical injury, (e) All pipe shall conform to American Society for Testing Materials Standards for galvanized rough iron or steel and be free from rust, scale, burrs and other obstructions. (f) Galvanized pipe shall not be bent, and fittings shall be used in all changes of direction. (g) All electrical connections and wiring stall be made in accordance with Part XI herein. 231 40,4 rittlitAti SAY 4004.1 rfttStleAli RIPPLY! Alt ftftitIroftithg Sandiisei shill be assttftd a sufficient 5+ar 1I (if flesh Sir far prepe, ftiel t bttstiott. 4104.1 PAC trttwisiott stall be made to sooty fresh kit *litre the t(lutie, ih cubic feet, of the space inwhte tte ,bitrbittif appliances are located is less than: ta) title -twentieth of the titattimatt -toted ATM tit to et all gas -burping appliances it► such space, and/et (b) Otte tenth of the tnaliitnuth-rated itt tit th IITtPs of 51t solid and liquid fuel -burning appliattees in soh spaces. 4004.3 MEtHODS OP SUPPLYING MESH Anti Where pry visions fot afresh nit are required in this section, the Building Official shall specify which of the following methods shall be used: (a) t ettnanetit openings or ducts leading from the appliance location to the outside of the building. For gas burning appliances; such openings or ducts shall have a total tittObatttleted area of Ytot less than one square inch per 1000 13TU rtatkitntitn,inpttt rating of all such appliances in the spaceand for space heaters. the area of openings shall be a minimum of 100 square inches. For solid and liquid fuel -burning appliances, such openings of ducts shall have a total unobstructed area of not less than one and one-half times the area required for gas -burning appliances. (6) Permanent openings or ducts leading from the appliance location to other interior areas which meet the tninimutn-required volume specified in Sub -section 4004.2, except other interior areas where combustible liquids are stored or noxious gases may be pro- duced. Such openings or duets shall be not less In site than those specified in Paragraph 4004.3 tu). Where openings or ducts are used, they shall consist of two or more of approximately equal area, one or more within six inches of the hestof ceiling floor appliance applianceuenclosu one or more within six 4005 SPACE HEATERS 4005.1 GENERAL: (a►) this or oil -burning spare heaters shall be vented its set forth in Sections 4002 and 4003, and space heaters burning solid fuels shall be vented to an approved Type A flue or a fireplace, as set forth in Chapter 39. (b) Space heaters shall not be located behind doors or in other locations which will cause the exposure of combustible materials or furnishings to dangerovs heat therefrom. Open radiator clay -back space heaters shall not be installed in halls or corridors. 4005.2 WALL RECESSES: Wali recesses for gas space heaters having a demand of more than ah,000 11TL' per hour or electric space heaters having a rating of more than ten kilowatts per hour and/or wall recesses designed and constructed to resemble fireplaces shall not be more than six inches in depth. shall be labeled by a metal plate bearing the words, "FOR GAS AND ELECTRIC Ai'i'LIANCES ()NLY," shall be lined with materials providing not less than one -hour fire•rest-tive protection of combustible materials and shall be vented N.-ith a Tyre 11 flue, or such space heaters may be installed in fire- l;laces complying with Section a40ti herein. 4005.3 OTHER LOCATIONS: Gas space heaters, except those ;nstalled in fireplaces or wall recesses, shall be located to comply with the standards of Paragraph 4001-2 (cl. 11RAM 400e.t t'OMMERC1Ab= MO lies And Mille Aitell *A OA ttt b su �tr ft d t ` of le* limn ti h te structtoh 4000.2 DOMESTIC: IC: Wood ceiling. shelving of cabintets civet domestic appliances, used tot a single amity, shall cornhly with the standard set forth in Paragraph 4001.2 le) and shall trot be less than .30 inches above an appliance bushing solid, liquid et gas fuel, nor less than 24 inches above an electric range or hot plate. 4008.1 'VRNTILATIONt All ranges, et eept those for surfs= family use, shall be provided with hOOds as set forth in Seetiott 4102. 4000.4 SMOKE CONNRCTIONSi All ranges wltteh use solid or liquid fuels shall be connected directly or by means of smoke. pipes to a Type A flue or vent, as set forth in Chapter 39, No such connection shall be to any flue or vettt to which a gas=burning appliance is Connected. 400? WATER HEATERS 400t.1 LOCATION: (a) The location of water heaters shall comply with the standard set forth in Paragraph 4001.2 (c) and 4no1.s. Where open -flame or exposed -arc type water heaters are (b) pieced in a garage, the unit shall be provided with a fresh air sup lv from the exterior of the building. Water heaters which burn solid, liquid or gas fuel shall not be placed in any attic s" ee or under any stairway when the construction of such attic space or stairway is of combustible materials, nor shall they be placed in any closets or rooms used for sleeping purposes or other similar enclosures which are used, or intended to be used, for storage purposes. Closets for the purpose of enclosing water heaters shall have the walls, floors and ceiling of not less than one -hour fire -resistive construction. 4009.2 VENTILATION: (a) All enclosures for water heat- ers using solid, liquid or gas fuel shall he provided with an adequate system of ventilation as set forth in Section 4004, located at or near the floor and ceiling levels; and the area of such openings shall be not less than :if; square inches, independent of doors and windows. Louvred doors will be acceptable. All water heaters which use solid, gas or liquid fuels 'ghat'be connected, either directly or by means of smokepipes, to flues or vents, as set forth in Chapter 39, except as may be otherwise pro- vided in Sections 4002 and 4003. 4008 BOILERS 4008.1 GENERAL: (a) All boilers and pressure vessels, in - eluding boilers generating steam under pressure, shall be designed r and 1 Pressure Vessel specified the AmeriThe can Society of Ms of "The echan - 288 irat thfinters, titelitdittg art adi Ras 0 fitttditt Prior to t1 adoption Of this todde, is fteWbt aderked tO tettillenterit, 1 1itttt supersede, the requirettletttit set forth herein. 01, The instattitttoh. Ititetatiost eptatieti .aridi`ohi ini i f any boiler orpressure vessel shall be as specified ih art t. A fees shall be as specified for *edgier* airs to buitditigtA Certificate of Ins ction shell be required, mating tie MAXIM M= allowable=approve pressures, and Shell be eoiisfsieitti sly pasted. (e) The Certificate o-f ihspeetiuh fOr a steam Iftdier opr titlg in eJteess of it.pouhds pet square ihcti et for a Mier hot Wit* ah unassisted gravity return, or for a sstite aessei operating in ekcess of 6 pounds per square, Weeding and hav+ing a tidal,* in ekeess of five cubic feet, shall be rot a fited period hat eeding sit hien , Semi-annual inspection and compliance with this Cede for the renewal of the Certificate Building Inspection shall be required. ding Official shalt require tests for t`teW+ ihstatla; tins and for the annual inspection, as well as at any tithe as is, ih his opinion. necessary in the interest of safety, 4008.2 BOILERS, THREE HORSEPOWER OR LESS: Boilers of three horsepower or less, generating steam at less than 100 pounds per square -inch pressure, may be installed without enclosures, shall not be placed on combustible flooring, and shall comply with the .standard set forth in Paragraph 4001.2 (c). 4008.3 BOILERS OVER THREE HORSEPOWER: (a) HIGH PRESSURE: Boilers generating steam at pressures exceeding 15 pounds per square inch shall be considers high-pressure boilers. High-pressure boilers over three horsepower shall be enclosed with walls of four-hour fire -resistive construction and floors and ceilings of three-hour fire -resistive construction, There shall be no openings in enclosure walls except for ventilation. From the enclosure, there shall be not less than two exits, and such exits shall be remotely located and protected with Class B doors. Steam -supply tines, serving heating or other similar systems, 'shall be equipped with reducing valves to limit pressure to 15 pounds per square inch. An experi- enced, capable operator shall be in charge of all such boilers. (b) LOW PRESSURE: Boilers generating steam at pressures not over 15 pounds per square inch shall be considered low-pressure boilers. Low-pressure boilers over three horsepower shall be en - dosed with walls of three-hour fire -resistive construction and ceilings of two-hour fire -resistive construction, and there shall be no open- ings in enclosure Walls except for ventilation and the entrance door thereto, which shall be a Class 13 door. 4008.4 VENTILATORS AND CONNECTIONS: Boiler enclo- sures shall be provided adequate ventilation, as set forth in Section 4004, and shall be connected to an approved flue or vent, as set forth in Chapter 39. 4008.5 REGULATIONS FOR MANUFACTURERS AND DEAL. ERS: Any person manufacturing or dealing in the sale of boilers or pressure vessels shall, on sale or delivery of such apparatus, notify the Building Official, giving the name and address of the purchaser. Second-hand or used boilers and pressure vessels shall be inspected by an agency approved by the Building Official, and a certificate shall be submitted and accepted by the Building Official before such apparatus is painted or offered for sale. 4009 INCINERATORS 4009.1 GENERAL: Incinerators for the reduction of refuse, garbage, or other waste materials shall not be permitted where, in the opinion of the Building Official, a nuisance or fire hazard may result. Incinerators, where permitted, shall be as set forth in this section. 214 4066Aa MALL 'Delfti ` e(6) trldtt t ifittfiltatieb tit emelt ddrltresti —t itreitweratets 'ha a gtilite lima 6f het OM* Mot hire agnate ;t, ixhafl have btu tested and attOtoved hp a t erothired tettitt Nettie); attd AIM be installed in see attt will the 'conditions of attrotab or slut; irate roofs and tyralls of het less than eight inches Of solid brittle noteonity at fit' tiny or ?iitifo1 concrete, and have trot, less than Sly ;meet; clearanee Ervin protected combustibles or 48 inches from utrprotected corn stables. Inriner= atom shall be mounted ot►l3 on an ineornbustible flOot and be con- nected to a Tytie A floe err tent. tit) Outdoor installations of small dotnestie-type inclrreratere shall not be permitted. 4000.5 COMMtI1CIAL AND INDUSTRIAL TYPE (a) COm= mereial and industrial ineinetratOts shall eotnply with recogiiitred standards. Refuse chutes shall not feed ttifeetly to the eontibustioh chamber but shall discharge into a room or bin enclosed and sep- stated from the incinerator room by not less than two-hour fire, resistive construction, The opening through which tnaterial is transferred from such room or bin to the incinerator room shall be equipped with a fire door having a Class A label, Chutes shall eh= tend to, and not less than, four feet above the roof and shall be covered with a metal skylight glazed with a single, thick, plain glass. (h) Commercial or industrial -type incinerators shall have n combustion chamber lined with not less than three and one-half inches of firebrick laid in fireclay mortar, including the spaee below the grate in downdraft incinerators, and shall have walls and roof of not less than eight inches of brick masonry laid in Portland - Cement mortar or reinforced concrete where having a grate area of not more than nine square feet, and 12 inches where having a grate area of more than nine square feet. l~irebrick lining may be in- cluded in the required wall and roof thickness. The flue shall be constructed as set forth for chimneys, Chapter :30 and shall be exceeding three -fourth corrosion-resistant spark r a arrester than having ta he flue area. 4010 SOLAR HEATERS 4010.1 Solar tanks, coils and systemsshall be as set forth herein and in Part X11. Permits for the erection and alteration there- of shall be plumbing permits. 4010.2 Coil boxes shall be made of not less than 24=gage, corro- sion -resistant metal, securely constructed, supported and anchored. Anchorage to sloping roofs shall be by bolting through the roof to the supporting members or rafters; and standard anchorage to wood raftered roofs shall be by means of a 7 / 16-inch J-bolt, through the frame of the coil box and under the rafter, for each four square feet of coil box, but not less than four bolts. Anchorage for roil boxes, where the slope is different from that of the roof, shall be through back braces of 1'k" x 1'4 " x '4" steel angle iron, spaced not more than four feet apart and bolted with not less than 7/16-inch bolts to the coil box and roof. Pitch pans shall be provided at roof anchor points where through bolts penetrate roofing felts. 4010.3 Tanks for solar heaters shall be of corrosion -resistant metal and shall be securely supported and anchored. No single tank shall exceed 60 gallons unless the supports are designed therefor. Tanks shall be designed to operate under pressure not less than 100 pounds per square inch. Enclosures for tanks may be of wood, provided such wood is suitably treated for decay and water re- pellency. Enclosures for tanks, of wood, shall be not less in size than 2 x 4" and sheathed with one -inch sheathing or one -half -inch, exterior -grade plywood, either of which is protected by expanded- 2E6 Mit loth, and siitc°re; f ishotl be itt efit film + ` ] t f " Steel ante iron overed faith **Merited--vire loth tend s#titeee; tit Ain be a rover boo of .021,iht1t thickness of iorr iori-resistant sit mmetnl. Tanks and etieletttfee shalt be bolted through tip. roof to the surppoftihr nrembets with not less that foot belts, //is=ifftlt itt diameter. 4011 COMBUStION tritiiNtS 4011.1 Combustion 'engitres shall hot be installed itt tsttildi of structures except with the approval of the f#uildittg Official. The Minding Official may require approval of eons affected by the noise of such installation, and such approval may be requested in writing, at a public hearing, or from the elected officials in a public heating. d011.I Combustion engines shall be mounted on incombustible (loots and, when required by the tuilding ;official, shall be located in room enclosures, the walls and ceilings of which shall be two-hour fire -resistive material and sound proofed. Windows of such room enclosures shall be not lamer in area than one square foot, and doors shall be Class 13, EXCEPTION: Combustion engines used for agricultural pur- poses may be enclosed in unprotected, combustible construction where located not less than 50 feet from any other building or building lime. 4011.3 l;xhaust pipes shall extend out-of-doors and above the roof not less than one foot and above any nearby window or build- ing opening not less than three feet. The exhaust pipe shall be pro- vided with an effective muffler. 4011.4 ruel supply for permanent installation in buildings of other than Type 1 construction shall be in underground tanks or may be gas -service connections, except that a five -gallon supply of Class 111 liquid may he approved. Supply lines shall be provided with a shut-off valve on the outside of the building in an easily. accessible and conspicuous place. 236 tilArttl si IPtCiAL 140A0S 4101 TRAN§PORMSR VAULTS 4102 CLAIRMATILE LIQUID§ 410 VINTILATINO DUCTS 4104 rim 4100 tItPLOSIVES MO AIR CONTAMINENTS TRANSPORMER VAULT§ 4101.11 STANDARDS: Article NO. 460, It/it:grottier Vaults, of the 19t3 "National tlectrit Code is hereby adopted to stitifile, :tient, hut not supersede, the requirements set forth herein. 4101,2 LOCATION: Transformer vaults fshall be located at, or as 7160 RS practicable to, the points of entrance of the service ea: - doctors; and, except by special approval of the Blinding Official, no such vaults shall be 'located on floors above the ground floor, Transformer vaults shall be located adjacent to exterior walls of buildings. Entrance and egress shall be directly from the exterior. 4161.3 CONSTRUCTION: (a) Transformer vaults Shall be constrlicted it: accordance with the following table: Require:I Tbiekriess of Walls Transformer Vaults Ile.thfoteptl scald 71ollow-l'h it Cohetetp NitiRrthrY MaPtittrY Above Grade Below Grade 611 eii 8011 12" 8" 8" Transformer -vault floors on the ground shall be of reinforced concrete, not less that: four inches thick. Floors with open spaces below, and ceilings, shall be of reinforced concrete not less than six inches thick. Vault walls of hollciw-unit masonry shall have a stuccoed surfacing not less than three -fourths inch in thickness on the inside. All openings in walls, floors or ceilings shall be protected by Class 11 firedoors or wire -glass windows, except that ventilating openings to the exterior of the building may be provided with corro- sion -resistant, incombustible louvres. (b) A sill of sufficient height to confine with the Vault one- third more oil than the capacity of the largest transformer, but not less than four inches high, shall be provided across all doors. (e) Entrance doors shall be provided with a hasp for padlock- ing and shall be kept locked, with access available only to authorized persons. 4101.4 DRAINAGE: A transformer vault, located below ground water level or which, for other reasons, may be subject to flooding or water infiltration, shall be provided with an adequate system of drains and/or automatic ejectors. Above -grade vaults shall be provided with a gravity drai, terminating in a soakage pit. All vault -drainage installations shall be subject to the approval of the Building Official. 4105.5 VENTILATION: (a) Vaults shall be so designed that there shall be an air space of not less than six inches between any power transformer and a wall and not less than one foot between adjacent transformers in the same vault. (b) 'Ventilation openings in transformer vaults shall be propor- tioned to the capacity of the transformers contained, to facilitate 237 1 the movement of bit and to fitetvht the develtrprtftht tt tatetatve temPeratureft. ft) Ventilation ofteniftg$ ANA be Ideated as tat as rittommblt from doors, *indota, e*it facilities and Combustible inatefials. openings shell br?, covered With Suitable )1.itteS, SePt S lOtttleso constructed of cortosion-resistant, incoMbustible Materials. 4101,0 SPECIAL RESTIUCtiONS: No pipes lot military plumbing, water or gas supply or tot any other purposes foreith_te the vault installation shall pass through a trafisfofittet vault, NO toilets or wash basins shall be installed in the vault. Any conduit OP piPing required in connection with AtIttlp PUMPS Of Sittlilat heenaktrY equipment shall he insulated electrically from the eatetior of the vault. Vaults shall not be used for storage, nor tot any other DUt pose than to contain and protect the transformers and the rieeessarY equinment, incident thereto. 4102 PLAMMAELE LIQUIDS 4102.1 STANDARDS: The "Standards for the Storage, Han- dling and l2se of Flammable Liquids '4 NPWIT Pamphlet NO. 30, July 195:1, of the National 'Board of Fite' Underwriters is hereby adopted as a part of this Code to supplement, but not supersede, the requite - molts set forth herein. 4102.2 SCOPE: These provisions shall apply to new buildinga. equipment and installation and to existing buildings, equipment and installation which constitute a hazard. 4102.3 CLASSIFICATION: (a) Flammable liquids shall be divided into three classes, according to the flash point, as follows: CLASS 1: Liquids with a flash point below 261' Pahrenheit -4 Centigrade), closed -cup tester. CLASS 1I Liquids with a flash point above that for Class I and below 70' Fahrenheit (21 Centigrade), closed.cup tester. CLASS 111: Liquids with a flash point above that for Class II and below 200 Fahrenheit (93.3 Centigrade), closed -cup tester. Representative examples of the classes of flammable liquids are: Class 1 Class 11 Class 11) Acetone Alcohol Amyl Alcohol Renzol Amyl Acetate Cleansing Solvents Collodion Ethyl Acetate Fuel Oil Ether Methyl Acetate Kerosene Gasoline Toluoil Naptha (b) Any manufactured liquid or fluid commodity, such as paint, varnish, dryer, cleaning solution and polishing liquid, which contains flammable liquids shall be considered a flammable liquid and shall be classified according to the flash point of the mixture. 4102.4 DETAILED REGULATIONS: (a) No Class I, II or III liquids shall be stored in glass containers, except containers approved by ICC regulations. (b) No Class 1 or Class II liquids shall be kept or stored in any building of Group A or B occupancy nor in Group C occupancies except in laboratories for experimental purposes. (c) Except in sealed containers, no Class 1 or II liquids shall be stored within ten feet of any stairway or other path of egreu unless separated therefrom by a fire -resistive wall or partition. (d) In buildings of other than Group I occupancy, there shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from the point of storage or use of Class 1 or II flammable liquids; except that a single exit from a room may be permitted where the travel distance does not exceed 15 feet. 296 ,(e, p'lattitylttb1e 1itlut& fat ittitat oite at the OM of Wit shall be a*etnpted Dorn the t tltti eMeat; ti€ this S ctiOrn tuba t t6 the apptoral of the Building 'tlffit:ial, based on locatiofi and hated. (t) 1 uel-oil tanks shall riot ire lttenttYd in garages attached t it buildings of Group 11 or 1 occupancies, ft) Containers of Class 1 oix Class 11 liquids shall hot be filte& or used to fill other tontaihets of appliances, unless outside 61 the building. Containers of Class fit liquids of o•el~ five-allotts +�il<tta= city shall hot be filled or used to fill other containers and appliances, unless outside of the buiiding. (h) All containers of Class 1 or (.`lass ff liquids shall be Pt 134 erly labeled and conspicuously marked or painted, as set fotth the standards, Sub -section 4102.1, to indicate danger+ (t) in all rooms or pans of buildings which contain flammable liquids in open containers or in which s•apors from flammable liquids are present, or in which flattirnabte liquids are used ill any manufacturing process, open flame, sparks or smoking is prohibited. Suitable "NC) SMOKING signs shall be displayed. (j) Flammable liquids shall not be drawn nor handled its the presence of open flame or fire, but nasty be drawn and handled where lighting is by incandescent lamps installed to conform to Part. XI herein. (lc) Pumps for dispensing gasoline to the tanks of operating equipment shall not be located inside of buildings or sheds that ate more than 50 percent enclosed, and such pumps shall be not less than Hi feet from propertly litres and not less than ten feet from any building opening. (1) Underground tanks shall be protected from damage caused by above -grade or lateral loads, shall be placed on a firm and well - tamped earth foundation and, where necessary to prevent floatation, shall be securely anchored or weighted. (m) Underground storage tanks shall be equipped with pipe vents, independent of all other piping+ and arranged to discharge to the open air. Vents shall be of ample size to prevent abnormal pressure during filling,but not smaller than one and one -fourth -inch pipe. Vent pipes shall drain to the tank. The top of the vent pipe shall not be closer than three feet to any building opening, shall be fitted with a weatherproof hood and shall not terminate in any areas where fumes may be trapped or may accumulate. The rent shall be protected by a flame arrester. (n) Underground storage tanks shall be filled only through fill pipes, terminating outside of buildings at a point at least three feet from any building opening at the same, or at a lower, level. Pill terminals shall be closed tight when not in use. (o) Underground tanks temporarily out -of -service for a period exceeding 90 days shall have the vents and fill terminals capped and sealed with concrete. Underground tanks permanently abandoned shall be removed or filled with sand, and the responsibility for such protective measures shall be that of the owner of the property. (p) The limits referred to in the standards, Sub -section 4102.1 referring to allowable quantities of stored flammable liquids, shah be all of the area defined as Fire Zones 1 and 2 in Chapter 16 of this Code. 4103 VENTILATING DUCTS 4103.1 STANDARDS: The "Standards" of the National Board of Fire Underwriters "For the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems of Other Than Residential Type," NBFU Pamphlet No. 90A (August 1955), "For the Installation of Residence Type Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," NBFU Pamphlet No. 90B (August 1955), and "For the Installation of 239 1014,0 Oi'h4 tittittitt Rtitettel tot itrtl P*ttwp141et N&. DI (194910 ha ill Code t , pple etrt, MR tree e� t h iw�11tttetti tr E Wein. Alli .l tN1 RA f ta) Ail bit hes . tifril tt+ i#t entirely of Metal of other apptotd ineothbttstible tntttePiaia o stilts ably -equal streboth. (b) No fair shall be ea:ducted through void a t eta., itt d Walla, futt�in ►, Mot construction ot other pacts of a ttilditt that ate entirely or in art cot: trueted ot wood tst billet 'Combustible rnaterlat riot protected by incombustible troltet'iat. Nt, room, attic, void, hallo* or concealed space, not ether part of a building shall be used as +part of a btotteP of exhaust system unless it is an integral part of sun system and is constructed entirely of ineotubustibte tnateriat4, ftrall erly fife protected. in attic -fat, installations, a firestat shall be installed to shut off the tan and a fusible link to close the openit* in lieu of the aforementioned requirements. (t) 'Ducts shall be tight throughout, with no ol,entngs except those essential to the required functioning of the system. Duets shall be substantially braced or supported by metal hangers, brackets Or their equivalents from substantial structural members. (d) Ducts shall not pass through fire walls unless ttna`Loitiable and, in surh cases, approved, automatic Fite doors or shutters shall be provided. (e) Ducts shall be constructed of metal or other incombustible materials to provide structural strength and durability at least equal to the requiremehts set forth in the "Standards," Ntirt, Pamphlet 90A, 4103.3 14O01)S OVER RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT: (a) HOODS REQUIRED: Itestauranttype ranges, candy kettles and appliances for the frying of bakery or confectionery products shall be provided with ventilating hoods and ducts to take off the smoke, gases and vapors, unless such appliances are enclosed and vented in an approved manner. EXCEPTIONS: (i) hoods shall not be required in kitchens used solely for the preparation of food for one family. (2) floods to carry off heat only from kitchen units such as dishwashers, coffee urns and water heaters, and where grease is not anticipated, may be exempt from the provisions of this sub -section. (b) LOCATION: Such hoods shall not be raised more than seven feet from the floor. The length and width of kitchen hoods shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the appliance over which they are installed, Where space conditions permit, range hoods shall be not less than two feet high to provide a reservoir to confine momentary bursts of smoke and steam until the exhaust sys- tem can evacuate the hood. Range hoods shall be located as low as possible to increase their effectiveness. Exhaust connections to range hoods shall be made at the top and/or back of the hoods, (c) GAS.APPLIANCE VENTS: Vents of gas -burning cook► into appliances shall extend through or beyond the grease screen or filter and shall be further regulated as set forth in Section 3905. (d) HOOD DESIGN: (1) Hoods over kitchen -cooking equip- ment shall be constructed of incombustible materials, with tight joints and having a clearance of at least 18 inches from all unprotected combustible material. (2) Duct systems shall create a conveying.air velocity in the exhaust system of not less than 1500 feet per minute and not more than 2200 feet per minute. The average air velocity across the face of any hood in the exhaust system shall be not less than 100 feet per minute. 210 S) .titOM 'fie tam 'Si` ftett shall we 'mitt* ed in all coftlitettlai,trie ll*ti tied alwa b tr ctTh i[stible Cd sttUCtiOn, #�Op it tat veledity ih the duet bel610 the limit butt forth --it relfraP71 4103.E (d) (2). (4) if) tags Iffedi *tee trteiti*tiiesi draft is OWL a lifilltfitil@ fiistat shall be installed. 61 :) DlieTSt ft) Duets from hoods sl,all be eoitstrt ed 20eseparated at leagage 3 in ches h'heavier s fr'omsalle sheet pertal, with combustibleht Thf teriat. 1 side laps in duct joints shall prolect in a direi tion againiit the air110►. (2) ducts shall lead as directly as passible to outside, (A) The ducts shall constitute an independent Epatent it ti0 moaner connected with any other ventilating systetti, tisleifr a ll (4) ifand-Boles, for inspection and cleaning pulp be p. lied with tight -fitting sliding or swingin}t doors and latches, shall should in t eis desl of the sections horitoftal runexhaust in order to prevent Stith openings ping of tesidue. Spacing of such openings shall not exceed 20 feet. t (6) Vertical risers located outside of buildings shall be ade, t quately supported by the exterior walls. Risers located inside of buildings shall be enclosed in a shaft of fire -resistive Material, AS set forth in Part V herein, extending continuously through the roof+ (6) At the base of each vertical riser, a residue trap shall be provided, with provisions for cleanout. (7) >✓xhaust ducts shall not pass through firewalls. Where ducts lotus through partitions of combustible construction, the clear- avide at least one -hour nce unless case,he clearance may be reduced to three inches, VAPORS!4103.4 EXHAUST SYSTEMS FOR FLAMMABLE Exhaust systems for flammable vapors shall be as set forth in the "Standards for Blowers t1 and phlets No} 891, orms "Spray pray Painting," Vapor Removal;' No.' N13FV Pamphlet No, 4 ;�'BFLt Pamphlet 33, or Dip 'panks, of theoNational Board exFire tingdof fliammablehere vapors, fans prote tive in connection with th devices shall be installed to stop the operation of the fan in event of fire. 4104 FiLM The storage and handling of cellulose nitrate motion -picture film shall conform to the "Standards forSStor Storage an 'Pd amphlet Handling o Cellu- lose Nitrate Motion Picture. Film, Novem- ber 1953, of the National Board of Fire 3nderwriters, except that the provision of this section does not apply to the following: (a) Films for amateur photographic use in originai packages of "roll" and "film pack" films in quantities of less than 60 cubic feet. (b) Safety film (cellulose —acetate base). (e) Dental X-ray film. (d) Films stored or being used in standard motion -picture booths. 4105 EXPLOSIVES The transportation, stopryage, use and handling of dynamite and other explosives shall Official may th require that persons transpoe state and local rting, regula- tions. The Budding O 241 nisif t Of Windt* dyi lRMiitf Itf'rr thetetwitch fftl eor ire i h i fltie it a# ectt► i dyltiiidfiffs tit 0tttit t tiltiiisiM to, at , on, eisn tritetftvn within Ors Odblit in of his in 1Ili at lietity► *twit loth tf! titilfelttttibfi dt tis i tit lcn 1 b " violation tlf ttipp�lftable Mutations at Where, o iirriori, eftpioti ittk iif Outer thssn staled eontainets ot lotted his transporititif beset are iitigiaitdOil for titfiertaise suitably liteterted against thttt, 41O(AIR i ON?AMMIMIN?S 4t66.1 9CoPRt No petrstiti let firs shall discharge or cause this emission of any smoke, toot, fly ash, cinders, dust, fames, ob notions gases, odors or tither air contarninetits in excess of that per- mitted herein or endanger the health or safety of persons of pf �t'ty ot time ifijury or ereagte a tiuisattee to the public frofn any portable, stationary or mobile open fire, flue, stack, locomotive, fire boa, incinerator boiler or other device. 1 %CEPTIONt The regtoirements of this Section do not apply to: ta) Agricultural operations within areas so zoned, tit) Pitts authorised by the Pire Chief it% the performance of official duties, es in connection with building (t) Heating and cooking purposes Of Group t occupancy, td) Open fires authorised by other applicable regulations. 4106.2 sTANDARDRt "The ftinglemlnf Smoke Chart #2,►► as published and used by the t1. S, Bureau of Mines, the "Air Poliu• tion Abatement Manual," copyrighted 19t1 by the Manufacturing Chemists Association, Inc„ and the "Test Code for (lust Separation Apparatus" of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers shall be applied as standards for preventing, eliminating and controlling air contaminents. 4i06.3 PRRMttSt No person or firm shall erect, construct, alter, repair or operate an • device which will generate or emit air contaminents without first having obtained a permit for such work. Application for permit shall be on a form provided by the Building Official and shall describe, or be accompanied by fully descriptive plans the work proposed including the methods and/or devices proposed for the elimination of air contaminents. The Building Official may require the plans or specifications to be pre- pared by and bear the seal of a registered, professional engineer. The building Official 'will approve the application and issue the permit only when, in his opinion, the proposed work complies with the requirements of this section. The issuance of a permit or the approval of an installation shall not be authority to emit air con- taminents contrary to the reauirements of this Code nor prevent the Building Official from enforcing the provisions herein, 4106.4 1NSPECTIONt The Building Official shall make in- spections during the progress of the work, before concealment of parts and after completion, before the device for which a permit is required is in normal operation, to assure compliance with approved plans and this Code. 4106.5 INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE: (a) The Building Official may use any accepted and proven or provable methods, devices or equipment for measuring air contamination and shall make use of accepted recognised criteria in establishing maxi- e-s mum -allowable -concentration standards, applicable to the various types and kinds of air contaminents. Equipment, devices, or con- trivances designed to be installed for the purpose of preventing or eliminating the emission of air contaminents shall be of a type proven by actual operation to prevent or eliminate emission of air 242 earitatnitretits in eaten§ 64 that frefinftted fit this tette, of than 11b teftitied 1* a registered, l?oft*l eriginett 16 etetertifilitli fititpose tot whiet designed. (h) Tire eftViSdien 01 Make from ant soutte to a density WSW than that detksit$t detteribed * RiI1fl1M Stftekt Chan 4 2" shaft not be pettnitted; eacept that 81166 in Mimi et this allowable density will he fietenitted fot nt MON theta thrtre minutes in mit a0-minute petiod. 4106.6 EXISTItill tiONCOMPtilIPAttid USE! Nemeotitorming installationsi devices and uses, in taistenee at the tithe et the ettee& tive date of this Code, shall be made te eoninly herewith within a period of one year froth such effective date of the use thereof' shall be discontinued. 243 PAW IX Sten 'CHAPTER 41 SION 4201 tttNERAL 4202 DEFINITIONS 4203 triteatION PERMITS 4204 INSPLCTION 4265 DESIGN 4208 LIMITATIONS ON ROOF SUM 420? LIMITATIONS ON GROUND SIGNS 4208 LIMITATIONS ON PROJECTING SIGNS 4205 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 4210 LIGHTING 4201 GENERAL 4201.1 The construction, alteration, repair and Maintenance of all Sighs and outdoor display structures together with their appur, tenant and auxiliary devices shall be as set forth herein. 4201.2 Where more restrictive in respect to location, use, size, height of signs and outdoor display structures, the limitations of zoning or other specific regulations shall apply. 4202 DEFINITIONS AREA: The area of a sign, for the purposes of this Chapter, shall be the area of that square or rectangle which would enclose all parts of the sigh: its border, decoration, ornamentation, appendage and appurtenances, excepting the supporting columns or posts of a roof sign or a ground sign. AWNING SIGN: Any sign painted, stamped, perforated or stitched on an awning, canopy, roller curtain or umbrella. BANNER SIGNAny sign having the characters, letters, illus- trations or ornamentations thereof applied to cloth, paper or fabric of any kind. FLAT SIGN: Any sign attached to and erected parallel to the face of, or erected or painted on the outside wall of a building and supported throughout its length by such wall or building; or any sign in any way applied flat against a wall. GROUND SIGN: Any sign wholly or partially supported directly on the ground. MARQUEE SIGN: Any sign attached to or supported from a marquee. PROJECTING SIGN* HORIZONTAL: Any sign attached to a building and projecting at any angle from the face of the wall, and which has a horizontal dimension greater than the vertical dimension. PROJECTING SIGN: VERTICAL: Any sign attached to a building and projecting at any angle from the face of the wall, and which has a vertical dimension equal to or greater than the horizontal dimension. ROOF SIGN: Any sign which is fastened to, supported by or erected over the roof of a building. SIGN: Any display of characters, letters, illustrations or orna- mentations and/or the complete structure on which such characters letters, illustrations or ornamentations may be supported or applied.' 244 4201 tftteref4 Ptiettit1 420 .f PERM' ittilttiltrAlt o Ain 'Blurt be iTO**ttet erected+ cottstiieted pad, *nhtedi altered, trtait taifred bt lltlka located uhtil a building peftnit for Sign etid/or Rh cietfie� for any electric construction in connection thete*ith shall have issued, as set forth ih ChniPter 3 herein. XCtPtiOt4 t (a) Official Millie sighs acid p +cisioihal *Wiz ing sighs when erected y a legally constituted g etting body, (b) Signs erected in cathection with tteta cos st?actio?Ii work. where such signs do not exceed two feet in height nr three feet in width and are displayed only during such time as the actual coal struction work is in ptoiress, and ptovided such sighs are located at the site of the construction work in progress. 4203.2 APPLICATION: (a) The building Official may re quest written consent of the property owner when application for permit is by any person other than the owner of the property bit which the sign is proposed to be erected of to -which it will be attached. (10 Applications for proposed signs exceeding 24 square feet in area shall be accepted only froth contractors holding current license as sign erectors or as general building contractors. (c) Application for permit shall be accompanied by such draw= ings and information as are necessary to fully advise and acquaint the Building Official, and such other regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, with location, construction, weight, materials, methods of securing, manner of illuminating and advertisements to be carried. (d) Computations, stress diagrams and stress calculations shall be submitted to show the structural sufficiency of the sign and its supports when required by the Building Official; and the application for permit for all signs, other than a sign painted on a wall, exceed. ing 24 square feet in area shall be accompanied by plans prepared by, and bearing the impress seal of, a registered professional engineer. (e) The Building Official may waive the requirement for plans for relatively small and obviously simply -constructed and erected signs when, in his opinion, no public safety is affected thereby, but shall not waive the requirement for such plans for construction over public property or for roof signs. 4204 INSPECTION 4204.1 ERECTION INSPECTION: The permit holder shall request a structural and electrical inspection before enclosure and shall request a final inspection within 48 hours of the completion of the work. The permit holder shall provide a ladder or such other equipment as may be necessary, to make the inspections required. 4204.2 ANNUAL INSPECTION: The Building Official shall inspect each roof, ground or projecting sign not less frequently than once each year, 4204.3 UNSAFE SIGNS: Any sign found to be unsafe at any time shall be ordered to be made safe. If, after due and reasonable notice, such sign is not made safe, it shall be ordered removed, as set forth in Section 202 herein. 4205 DESIGN 4205,1 All signs and their supporting structures shall be so designed and constructed as to admit of rational analysis, in accord- ance with accepted principles of mechanics. 4205.2 The wind pressure on signs shall be computed as set forth in Chapter 23. 245 2f)S.3ftesith that' tot lit based eti t tritf't al at 1s 't u MR Width of high wind velotitfes. on LIMITATIONS ON ROOF slags 2a0.1 Room sighs _shall be roes -traded of o111y inttat btidible thatefials, 4E06.1 Roof sighs shall be limited ih site and location SO that the least horizontal distance froiri any building tvltll, Meastired perp.6 ehdicularly to the face of the sign, shall hot be less thah the total height of the sigh above the roof. 4200.3 No part of a roof sigh shall extend hotitohtally beyond the buildihit walls at the roof. 4206.4 Roof signs shall be so placed as to provide a minimum of sik feet vertical clear height above the roof, ekee t that sueh vertical clearance above the roof shall not be required for sighs ten feet or less in length where clear passage to all parts of the roof is not impeded thereby. 4200.S Roof signs ekceeding 40 square feet in area shall be supported only by steel, iron, concrete or masonry. 4207 LIMITATIONS ON GROUND SIGNS 4207.1 Ground signs located in Piro one No, 1, or where exceeding ten feet in height or 40 square feet in area, shall be Con- structed of only incombustible materials. 4207,2 Ground signs shall be so placed that the least horizontal distance from anv property line of the parcel on which such sign is located, measured perpendicularly to the face of the sign, shall not be less than the total height of the sign. 4207.3 No ground sign shall be erected so that any part of such sign extends over public streets or sidewalks. 4207,4 No ground sign or portion thereof which exceeds 40 inches in height, or which does not provide an eight -foot clearance between the bottom of the sign and the highest grade of the street adjacent thereto, shall be placed within the triangle formed by the po nt of intersection of the street lines, two legs of which triangle are measured along each street line or street lines projected for lots with radius corners, a distance of 30 feet from their intersection. 4208 LIMITATION ON PROJECTING SIGNS 4208.1 Projecting signs shall be constructed of only incom- bustible material. 4208.2 No sign projecting over public streets shall extend or project nearer than 18 inches to the curb. 4208.3 No sign projecting over any part of a public sidewalk shall be erected less than nine feet, measured vertically, above any part of such sidewalk. 4208.4 Projecting signs shall be so bolted or otherwise secured to their supporting members as to prevent their being unhooked. 4208.5 Projecting signs erected over alleys shall be not less than 15 feet above the grade directly beneath such sign. 4209 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 4209.1 Signs shall be secured to their supports and supporting structures with rot -resistant fastenings such as galvanized iron, lead or brass. No wood or plastic plugs or pins shall be used. 246 MCI No sign shed be 'tired obstriect Ike tterdired tight et ttaltflation► alit forth ta thls "ode. 41119. No sign atilt tie taifli'trieted, ended, used, oriented et f ttitttaif d c ta) W)tith lavehfea metieft a tetattett fef In let 1 et dillpla iftitEtfiitteht lints test bitag, et Wally! to reser fb e, the finsiting if tights by p itr,t fii��.►6i li i� 1IM �' e, teatt eir st i *W *t Tint - proses, (b) W'hictiuses the weld "3?OPr► et "i)ANfltlt" e' mints or implies the treed or requirement el sterolor the existence ei danger, or which is a eopp et iffiita.tien erf official signs, (e) ieh is so !heated and se ilium -trotted to provide a bad ground c confusing, colored lights for traffic=signal lights when sueh tile le tights are viewed from a notlftl1 appreaehing position of a vehicle at a istanee of from 26 to 800 feet, 4200.4 Signs shall be eonstrueted with adequate rain-iv/ter drains, 420b.5 Structural flat signs shall not be erected where any part of such sign is piwairtreplly shove any part of the public sdelk deybneath such sign. 4210 Lt0114TtNG 4210.1 Signs shrill be illuminated by electrical means only. 4210.2 Eieetricnlly-illuminated signs shall comply with the re= quiremetits of Part XI o> this Code, 4210.3 Gooseneck, spot or floor lights shall not be so placed as to extend over public property. 247 PART AWNINGS, MUM ANt TA Ct4APflft 43 CANVAS AWNING memmmm MD TENT! +�e1 GENERAL 430s D rtmtiON9 4303 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS 4304 LOCATION AND USE 4303 CONSTRUCTION 4300 TESTS 4301 GENERAL 4301.1 G NERAL: Canvas awnings, canopies and tents shall be of Materials, proportions and strength as set forth in this Chapter. Where more restrictive in respect to location, use size and height the limitations of toning or other specific regulations shall apply. 4301.2 PURPOSIrt It is the intent and purpose of this Part to regulate construction and location of awnings and canopies on private property and to set forth the conditions under which awnings may be constructed over public property, 4303 DEFINITIONS AWNING: Any movable rootlike structure, cantilevered, or otherwise entirely supported from a building, so constructed and erected as to permit its being readily and easily moved within a few minutes time to close an opening, or rolled or folded back to a position flat against the building or a cantilevered projection thereof, or is detachable. CANOPY: Any fixed rootlike structure, not movable like an awning, and which is cantilevered or in whole or in part self-support- ing, but having no side walls or curtains other than valances not more than 18 inches deep. Lean-to canopies, fixed umbrellas and similar structures ore8 alanceslmore thad in n this classification. dieep shall be classified asng aa tent. CANVAS: Cloth or any material similarly flexible or woven. ROLLER CURTAIN: Shall be included in the classification of a movable awning and shall be defined as having a roller attached to the lower edge of a canvas and supported in whole or in part by the awning material, SELF•SUPPORTING: Supported to the ground or construction below by columns or walls, but not cantilevered. TENT: A canvas -roofed structure, wholly or partially self- supporting, with side walls of any material. 4303 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS 4303.1 PERMITS: (a) A permit shall be required as set forth in Chapter 3 herein for the construction, fabrication, installa- tion, repair or replacement of any awning, canopy, or any other canvas structure erected over public property, or over private prop- erty used for business or industrial purposes, or over private prop- erty when such structure is in whole or in part self -supported. 248 f. OtetrittrNi ite!'tliitb *III t fdf ifif Waif of tePlacitit Of canvas *Pleb the Ctisttrhg !tt ctbi't1 ft*tifittfk ft ittft altered of 'emoted had Olt suet ftarhera+otlr i3 #ft e't➢fti tilittftte With the tequiteftetIts of thin C0d0, Ch) Atiplifation fart p fitit 6ftiltti t Oecoti sdied ifrk ts, *bet required by the Building Offic' ial, such plans shall be prepaPee'd tfyt and beat the seal of, a tetisteted professional theiheet. (e) Whete the pro nosed structure is to he erected otet f1Nb1it' property, applications will be accepted Mtn only licensed colitradtOts. (d) Application _ fot the erections of it tenth etteedihe 100 square feet in area Shall be accompanied by Mitten apptottil bt all residents or owners of property located within a radius of 200 feet of the erection site. (4) Petfnits tot tfte etection of a tett shall be tereeable On 24 hours Notice and shall be temporary and fot a period not et• ceeding 30 days. 4303.e 1NgPEC?tONt (a) The petmit holder shall request the Building Official to make a final inspectioh *hen the work is completed. (b) The name of the manufacturer shall be affixed and shall be visible and legible. 4304 LOCATION AND USE 4304.1 LOCATION: (a) Canvas awnings and canopies for Gated over public property or in areas accessible to the general public shall be constructed so that ho rigid part of such canvas awning or canopy shall be less than seven feet and six inches from the grade directly below, and no part of the cloth drop shall be less than seven feet. minimum clearance under awnings or canopies located over state highway rights -of -way shall be as required by the Florida State Road Department. (b) No cantilevered portion of an awning or canopy exceedin nine feet in projection shall extend over public property, nor shall any portion be closer than 18 inches to the curb line. (e) Canopies, in whole or in part self-supporting, shall comply with the zoning setbacks for buildings. in conneNo ctions with argasoi gin asle oline or In sttation f canvas may be erected 4304.2 USES (a) Canvas awnings or canopies may be used for the shading and weather protection of windows, door entrances, fruit and vegetable displays, not more than one automobile or boat, restaurant tables not enclosed with wire screen, and seats and play- grounds where located on property zoned for single-family use. (b) Canvas awnings and canopies may not be used for general storage of combustible materials or goods packaged in combustible materials. (e) Canvas awnings and canopies may not be enclosed with any material other than a valance not more than 18 inches in vertical depth. 4305 CONSTRUCTION 4305.1 AREA: (a) No canvas awning or canopy shall exceed the area of the building to which it is attached, or any other building on the same parcel of land. are(b) the lot on which such awning or canopy exceed located. percent of the 4305.2 MATERIAL: (a) Canvas used for any purpose as herein defined, shall be flame -proof and a minimum of eight -ounce army duct. 249 ) Startinfit to moo reatairt offd Merge* ation ire of maid ot Mitt MOON MILS DESIIINt (a) The Thinitntiffi site elf struettral roeft, bets_for cantilevering awnings of cattoptekshall be trot less than as set forth as follows) hor less than require', td fetid the Witid teth m sures set fo?th in motet O. Design phial trot be 'based on removal or repositioning of parts, ot the *Wei during periedn high wind telOcity. MINIMUM SIEE OP FRONT liftS 8' width between supports 9' width between Supports 14' width between suppofts 1 PPe XTENSIONS ON AWNINGS AND TRUSS t ITENSIONS ON CANOPIES Ratters up to 6' in tatettsion from supporting wail 4" pipe Rafters up to 9' iti extension from supporting wall It' pipe Rafters up to 12in extension from supporting wall I" pipe Rafters oh canopies shall be not more than five feet apart, NUMMI% OP SUPPORT'S REQUIRED OP ROLLER,CEAR AWNINGS Up to 20' in width parallel to supporting wall .. no center support 20' to 30' in width parallel to supporting wall J. center support 30' to 60' in width parallel to supporting wall 2 center supports 60' to 60' Inwidth parallel to supporting wall 3 center supports GO' to TO' in width parallel to supporting wall . 4 center supports NUMBER OP ARMS REQUIRED POR ROLLER.GEAR AWNINGS Length of Awning Quantity Up to and including 20' 2 arms Up to and including 30' 3 arms Up to and including 40' 4 arms (b) The cloth parts of canopies and awnings shall be securely laced, tied or otherwise fastened to the fratne; no rafter or front bar will be permitted in pockets; and in no case shall a rolling curtain be caused to operate over a canopy frame. (c) The front bar of an awning, when pulled up, shall not be higher than the head of the awning. (d) The awning head bar may be of wood, provided such wood is treated to resist rot and weather deterioration. (e) When attaching awnings or canopies to masonry walls or columns, lags and expansion bolts in metal shields shall be required. Wood plugs are hereby prohibited. Fastenings shall be not less than three -eights -inch bolts, nor more than three feet apart. (f) The horizontal projection of cantilevered portions shall not be greater than two times the height, except where the building con- struction does not permit a proper installation; in which case, vari- ance may be permitted by the Building Official, based on special design and construction. All canvas awnings, except roller -gear awnings with folding arms, must be equipped with fire chains, one end of which fastens to the front bar or side arm, not more than six inches back of the front bar and the other end of which fastens to a point Just under the head bar, but not to the head bar or head -bar fastenings. Such chains and fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to withstand the stress of the awning's being dropped and to keep the frame from going below the required minimum. 260 leg Wen 4$11 .1 N0 `it-reeltif"tg "cif teffiftret't1M * tft'itp '1! ` iitt Il` Md of that* ter wtiattonvef Shaul be tftnsacted withift if °tOttrtil bi t teat, ettcett a traveling Offitnitatida tegutaflp eMPIrryitqf etteh Mean of Weather protection, such as a circus o'1` a ebtive ititi+fti. 4100.2 Tents May not be tise'd for general stdt'age of el char, aster whatsoever and roay hot be used for sleeping purPOses. 4300.3 Al! Canvas, curtains, cloth, Met petting and_decorittive material used for, of in,.of en, a tent shall be rendered flattmpreefi Provided that flameproofing will hot be quited for tents 0100Ji Ott one side and with standing capacity only for 20 or leCs Plettoni. yenta required to be fire-resistant shall be inspected bythe Building Official and the flame footing certified on the Application for t3uilditig Permit, issued for the erection of such tent. 4300.4 All tents shall be constructed and erected to withstand a wind pressure of ten pounds et square foot. No tier of Setae shall rise to a height exceeding 12 feet. All lightingshall be by electricity. A minimum of two exits shall be provided ere a tent is used as a place of assembly for 100, or more, persons. Where tents are used as a place of assembly, with a capacity of 500 or more persons each exit shall be not less than nine -feet wide; and the number of exits shall be one additional exit for each additional 500 persons or major fraction thereof. Exits shall be spaced not mote than i5 feet apart. Aisles shall be not less than 44 inches in widthProvided such aisles shall not be less in width than the combined width of aisles that they connect, There shall be not more than ten seats between any seat and aisle, and if the seating capacity of such tent exceeds 500 persons, collapsible chairs shall be fastened together in banks of ten, 4305.5 Tents shall not be less than 30 feet from side or rear property be lines or fm other in sire Zone buildings on the same property. No tent shallNo. 1. CHAPTER 44 RIGID AWNINGS, CANOPIES AND SCREEN ENCLOSURES 4401 GENERAL 4402 PERMITS AND iNSPECTION 4403 DESIGN 4404 LOCATION 4401 GENERAL 4401.1 GENERAL: Rigid awnings and canopies and screen enclosures shall be of the materials, proportions and strength as set forth in this chapter. 4401.2 DEFINITIONS: AWNING: Any fixed rooflike structure, cantilevered, or other- wise entirely supported from a building, so constructed and erected as to permit its being readily and easily moved within a few -minutes time to close an opening, or rolled or folded back to a position flat against the building or a cantilevered projection thereof, or is detachable. CANOPY: Any fixed rooflike structure not movable like an awning and which is cantilevered or in whole or in part self-support- ing, but having no side walls or curtains other than valances not more than 18-inches deep. Lean-to canopies, fixed umbrellas and simi- lar structures are included in this classification. Structures having side walls or valances more than 18-inches deep shall be classified as a building of a Type of Construction set forth in Part V. 251 Mh- 11tt tb• NOt fieafbfe, its dititfhIuishe tftifit &Oitlta. RRM ENCLOSURE: A b ihdit�t#► err i tbpreot in *bale to fft tart ttelf-safritufti �. , Rnd hating *ails err fnRtyct ter nitg arid u ft➢efi 'of insect seretFTtint, 016Stie, slab ifiutri, of sitnilat lightOreifht rorttetial, Sf1LrAUPPt RTil4ti Supported to the t round at cofiattt,ctiub below by columns of Walls, but not cantilevered, 4402 Pl RM11S AMb 'INSPECTION 11ON 4402.1 PRRMtt+ t (a) A permit *ill be required us let forth in Chapter 3 herein for the construction, fabrication, installation, alteration of repair, of any rigid awning or canopy, Or screen enclosure. (b) Application for permitshall accompanied by plans, and when required by the Ilui ding Official, u Vela hall be prepared by, and bear the seal of, a registered 4402.2 tNSPPC?tON: The permit holder shall request the 13ullding Official to itnake a final inspection then the work is corn= pleted, 4403 bESIGN 4403.1 LOAM: Rigid awnings or canopies and. screened en, closures shall be designed to resist the loads set forth in Chapter 23 herein. Design shall not be based on the removal or repositioning of parts, or the whole, during periods of high wind velocity. 4403.2 ALLOWABLE STRESSES: The allowable stresses shall not exceed those set forth in this Code for the materials of construc- tion. 4403.3 MATERIALS: ltigid awnings or canopies located over public property shall be of incombustible materials. 4404 LOCATION 4404.1 Rigid awnings or canopies located over public property or such awnings or canopies located over private property shall be not less than seven feet above the grade directly. below. 4404.2 No cantilevered portion of an awning or canopy exceed- nine feet in projection shall extend over public property, nor shall any portion be closer than 18 inches to the curb line. 4404.3 Itigid canopies, in whole or in part self-supporting, . and screen enclosures shall comply with the zoning setbacks for buildings. h 252 PAW!' Ri ILMMUCAll 'CHAPTER ELECTRICAL 4801 ADMINISTRATION 4S02 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND 1YPLS OP CONSTRUCTION MS PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS 404 DEFINITIONS 450S DETAILED REGULATIONS 4506 QUALIFICATION AND LICENSING OP ELECTRICIANS 450i ADMINISTRATIVE 4501.i TITLE AND SCOPE: (a) TITLE: This Chapter shall he known as "THE SOUTH FLORIDA ELECTRICAL CODE," may he cited as such, or as the "ELECTRICAL CODE." (b) PURPoSE: The purpose of this electrical code is to pro- vide certain minimum standards, regulations and requirements for safe and stable design, methods of construction and uses of materials in electrical wiring. apparatus or equipment used for light, heat or power; and to secure the expressed intent for reasons of public Safe ty (e) SCOPE: (1) New electrical systems and apparatus or parts thereof or additions, alterations, repairs or changes to existing systems or apparatus or equipment shall cohform to the requirements of this code. (2) A previously issued lawful electrical permit shall be valid under the terms of the electrical code under which it was issued. (d) MAINTENANCE: tlectrioli wiring, apparatus and equip- ment, and installations for light, heat or power as are required and/or regulated in this electrical code, now existing or hereinafter installed, shall be maintained in a safe condition and all devices and safeguards maintained in good working order. 4501.2 POWER AND DUTIES OF ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR: There shall he appointed, by the appointing authority, a person quali- fied by holding a certificate of competency as a journeyman and having at least ten years' experience as a practical electrician, or a degree in electrical engineering and five years as a practical elec. trician, and having the responsibility of enforcing this Electrical Code. Such person shall hereinafter be termed the Electrical Inspector. (a) EMPLOYEES: The Electrical Inspector shall have the power to delegate powers and assignments to subordinate employees working under his authority. Such employees.shall have the duties and powers as delegated by the Electrical Inspector. (b) RIGHT OF ENTRY: Upon presentation of proper cre- dentials, the Electrical Inspector may enter, at any reasonable time, any building or structure or premises for the purpose of inspection as to prevent violations of this electrical code. (e) POWERS AND DUTIES: (1) It shall be the duty of the Electrical Inspector to inspect all wiring, apparatus and equipment, and installations for light, heat, or power and to enforce all the laws, rules and regulations relating thereto, and to exercise a general super- 2t3 • Osten over all electrical *IA lei the aid of ofiadietitto of the catle, and to enforce all the plttnisiotts Melted. (it) the 1lecttiei#1 fnspctot Will issue a °Cettifieate of AM:MO on the ttiPinff installations appatittuit, erquipflretit . tight flatten provided they comply wt•ith the roles snd regulations of this eleetiieaf rime. If deteete, omissions, of tleilations ettiat tlttt any '&het tfall of the siting► system, the issuance of a Certificate of Approval *ill withheld ntttil rotrertions have been trade to the detective pion i the wirin* system, and the same are Made to cotr►ply with this Ode. (a) A 30.day teriipotaPy electric service connection May be 10- 'staved by the Electrical lniteiectot if the wiring installation, sprat Patus oP equipment ate found to be in a safe operating eonditioh and ptotided an urgent necessity for electric cuPPent exists. Under these circumstances, an application rot temporary service must be trade in ttritingt by the electrical contractor, fain, cotpdtation oP °Whet requesting the temporary service connection to the pudic utility system or isolated generating plant. (4) The h iectrical inspector is hereby empowered to inspect of reinspect any wiring, equipment or apparatus conducting or using electric current for light, heat, or power, and if conductors equip - merit or apparatus are found to be unsafe to lire or property, the inspector shall sett•e notice in writing to the owner or operator of the hazardous wiring or equipment, to correct the condition within a forty-eight hour period or within any other reasonable period speci- fled in the notice. (5) The Electricai Inspector is hereby given the power to dis= connect extension cords, temporary wiring, branch circuits, sub -feed conductors, or the plain service supplying electrical energy to any portion of an electrical wiring system on or in buildings, or on preen. ises, if this wiring is in the opinion of the inspector, considered to be hazardous to life or property. Any person, firm or corporation sup- plying current, must disconnect service from source of supply upon instructions from the Electrical Inspector where hazards ate deemed to exist, after receiving written notice from the Electrical Inspector. (6) The power and duties of the electrical inspector shall be subject to the powers tested in the Board of Rules and Appeals as set forth in Section 20:3. 4502 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND TYPE OP CONSTRUCTION The provisions of this Electrical Code are not intended to prevent the use of type of construction or materials or methods of design as an alternate to the standards herein set forth, but such alternates may be offered for approval, and their consideration shall be as set forth in this section. (a) STANDARDS: The types of construction or materials or methods of design referred to in this Electrical Code shall be con- sidered as standards of quality. New types of construction or mate- rials or methods of design shall be at least equal to these standards for the corresponding use intended. (b) APPLICATION: Any person desiring to use type of con- struction or materials or methods of design not specifically mentioned in this Electrical Code shall file with the Electrical Inspector authen- tic proof in support of claims that may be made regarding the suffi- ciency, and request approval and permission for use. The Electrical Inspector shall approve such alternates if it is clear that the standard of the Electrical Code are at least equalled. If, in the opinion of the Electrical Inspector, the standards of the Electrical Code will not be satisfied by the requested alternate, he shall refuse approval. (c) APPEAL: Any person whose request for alternate types of construction or materials or methods of design has been refused 2b4 by the t 1 the*l f et, et trfi$ "Men en ih it Ciitle eeftedereil an tiMe i by the ettieal tt teP ih op al(p nt din c h tre tint uhdet,tie-Mini this ode does net ettlafy the at da a of the EleetritalLCode for Mobilo of eafetp et quality, they aprotild to the Tided of Rules and Appeals by Mitten t gtuest to the Bette, taPy .of the >toatd, and aucti Mitten request shall he tMat:arttftted to the t1OAPd at Ohre, 4 rla PERMITS AND INIPt CtIONS 48O5.1 I tt4tRAL (a) PtIIMITS RtQUtRRD: It shalt be unlawful to do or comtnettce to do any electrical w ioPk oh a he* installation of permanent or temporary w iting, any eleettieal Appa- ratus of equipment, or snaking extensions andiot changes to ettist hg wiring systems for light, heat, oP power, upon preiniseal inside, out, side and/or attached to buildings or structures of any charaeteP with- out hating first filed application and obtained an electrical permit therefore from the Electrical Inspector. (b) APPLICATIONS: Application for electrical permit will be accepted only from Master and Sign Master Electricians who are fully qualified and licensed and for *horn no ret•oeatioh oP suspenx sion is pending': or from an owner as set forth in Paragraph 4503.1(d) ; or from duly registered maintenance electricians who qualify according to Paragraph 4503.1(0. (e) MAINTENANCE tLtC%RICIANS: Application for per- mit shall be accepted from duly qualified maintenance electricians for the maintenance and repairs to existing installations of wiring, apparatus, or installed equipment contained or used upon premises or contained in buildings owned or occupied by the person, firm or corporation by whom the maintenance electrician is regularly em- ployed. Applications for permits must be made, and fees paid as set forth herein. by the maintenance electrician so employed, before the work is started, when practical, but in cases of emergency, permits shall be applied for within the next 24 hours. (a) OWNERS% Nothing herein contained shall prohibit any bona fide owner from personally installing electrical wiring on his premises, provided he complies with the following rules and regula- tions: (1) Submit plans and specifications to the Electrical inspector for approval, (2) Satisfy the inspector as to his ability and qualifications to install electrical wiring. (3) Make application and secure an electrical permit before com- mencing electrical work of any kind. (4) File an affidavit that he is the bona fide owner, and will personally install the work on his premises only, (5) I'ay the required permit fees hereinafter set forth. (r) Perform the electrical work according to the rules and re- quirements and regulations contained in this Code. (7) Notify the Electrical inspector when the work is ready for inspection. (8) Personal installation by an owner must be by himself, for himself, on his own premises without compensation or pay from anyone for his labor or the installation and he shall not employ anyone to assist him with the installation. 4503.2 PLANS: Plans and specifications completely describing of all proposed electrical work shall be submitted to the Electrical Inspector at the same time application is made for a building permit. Plans shall be mechanically reproduced prints on substantial paper or cloth, drawn to scale except that an isometric or riser diagram need 2JJ rt t WO to *ate, 'lfths for tit* tte latidha hitting a COON *pit hi°i ps of *Mt on residential arid 800 Arntra 3 pitai of gels Ott tIlmmePcial of industrial Well f' p dby itlyd eoch *heft AIM heat the ithptess seal of_ t 1' tiis et+ed profpssibnal engineer. The plans shaTi show the site of setvtre nil sub -feeder wires and tairdaito the Ideation of service switches and center; or ctittett of d:sttibutioh and the aprahgethent of tireuits shutting the hnmhet Ofoutlets eons netted thereto. The Electrical Inspector shall Whiffle ail plaits aitd, if the r code, he halt mark the 17V ahowit thereon " o Plies with the *let, cf 4SI3.4 PERMIt PEtSi Any persoh desittlhg an electrical - per- mit to be issued shall, iti additioh to filing ah application therefore and before such permit is issued, pay a permit fee as required. 4S01.CONDITIONS OP' 'P J%MITI The installation of the wiring, apparatus or equipment for light, heat, or power, tvithiti of attached to any building or premises, whether for private of pt bite use, shall be done in accordance with the approved plans and specifi- eations. Any changes or omissions in the wiring system from that shown on the approved plans must be approved by the Electrical Inspector and the request for the approval of such change shall be made by the permit holder, approved by the ow tier or his representa- tive, the changes, and of eletter ti tgrthe responsibil ties forlectrical Inspector the chahgesng forth 4E03.e INSPECtIONS: (a) A request for the inspection of electrical work, such as roughing -in, equipment installations, final inspection of electrical work for light. ileat or power of any char - aster, shall be made at the office of the Electrical inspector as soon as the job is ready. The request for inspection must be made by the person, firm or corporation installing the wiring. Failure to re- quest such inspections constitutes a violation of this ordinance, (b) The Electrical Inspector shall inspect all work for which a request for inspection is made and shall, after inspection, either ap- prove the work or shall serve notice in writing to the permit holder stating wherein the work fails to satisfy the code and shall order corrections made within a reasonable period of time. (c) Any person, firm or corporation who fails to correct defec- tive work within five days after having been duly notified of such defects, shall not be issued any further permits by the Electrical Inspector until said defects have been corrected. inspected and approved. (d) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation, or their agents or employees, to cover or conceal any wiring for light, heat or power, until a Certificate of Inspection in the form of a sticker or tag is placed on the main switch box by the Electrical Inspector, signifying that the wiring has been inspected and ap- proved, and is "OK to lath". 4503.7 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL: It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to energize any wiring system or portion thereof until a Certificate of Approval has been issued by the Electrical Inspector. 4504 DEFINITIONS (a) The term "electrical construction", shall be held to include and govern all work and materials used in installing, maintaining and/or extending a system of electrical wiring for the use of light heat, or power, and all appurtenances, apparatus, or equipment used in connection therewith, inside of or attached to any building or structure, lot, or premises. 266 tb) tfe term tieleeirleitaN /NM be held te Mat it "WPM Ole ertgagedth the trade Of butinest ot eleetleal tonstraett AM *Ito is tin/dined Wide, the tent rind Ottitiaiont (e) The tetht "hinter eleetrItifin" altall be held to melt tpert gon who possesses the hetrettafiry titialitieationsi training AM teelltdeal htteiviedge to plight lay vet, Arid supervise the installation ef elgetriell with*, apparatus of eiltiltritOtit fair light, heat) or power, and *Ito qualified under the 1:irovisions Wen. (d) The term "sigh -master eltetticiart", shall be held to matt a person who possesses the necessary qualifications, Mining and tech! bleat knowledge to plan, lay out and suptrvise the inatallatioti ef electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment for light, both prirnary attd secondatt, and who is qualified under the terms fifid prtiVisittris herein. This includes the primary circuit to it sip from it last pro, teetive device, and when the Sigh IA standing alone, tgettiee to the utility company's 'point of attachment. (e) The term "journeyman electrician" shalt be held to Mean person who possesses the necessary qualifications, training and tech, nicai knowledge to install electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment for light, heat, or power, and who is qualified under the terms and provisions herein, and he shall be capable of doing electrical work according to the plans and specifications furnished to him, and tit accordance with this electrical code. (f) The term "sign-journeyrnati electrician" shall be held to mean a person who possesses the necessary qualifications, training and technical knowledge to install electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment for light, both primary and secondary, and who is quali- fied under the terms and provisions herein. This includes the primary circuit to a sign from its last protective device, and when the sign is standing alone, service to the utility company's point of attachment. Sign -journeyman shall be capable of doing electrical sign work ac- cording to the plans and specifications furnished to them and In accordance with this electrical code. (g) The term "maintenance -electrician's shall be held to mean a person who is a journeyman electrician qualified as to his knowledge of the electrical industry, pertaining to maintenance thereof. He shall not be eniployed by more than one person, firm or corporation at any one time. The qualification of journeyman electrician would be ac- ceptable without further examination for a maintenance electrician's certificate. The work of the maintenance electrician shall be confined to the repair of existing branch circuits, fixtures, apparatus or equip- ment connected thereto, contained and used upon the premises or in building owtied, occupied or controlled by the person, firm or cor- poration by whom the maintenance electrician is employed. His work shall not include the installation, alterations or replacement of service conductors, service equipment, or any feeder to any center or centers of distribution. All work shall comply with all rules and regulations governing this work. (h) The term "electrical contractor" shall be held to mean a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or struc- ture requiring the installation, repair, alteration, addition or changes to any system of electrical wiring, apparatus or equipment for light, heat or power and who is, or employs, a supervising master electrician at all times, (i) The term "electrical sign contractor" shall be held to mean a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or struc- ture requiring the installation, repair, alteration or addition to elec- trical signs who is, or who employs, a supervising sign master elec. trician at all times. (;) The term "qualified person" shall be held to mean any per- son qualified under the terms and provisions herein, including any bona fide owner who desires to perform electrical work on his 267 premises t e: fti aei i� *Rh the term and OM' :tiati f this ettetris ell WM MARIO litttlitialON§ 48011.1 rtANDARD§i The foil zing standards it hereby adopted hS a part of this elide ilettd suppletllent, but do not tip ?t rde, the iifie r'equiteinerits set forth therein: (a) The 196d issue of the National Electrical 'rode. th? tindertritere Laboratories, the., "Standard for t1ectiric signs' , 1 oufth Edition. March, 1940. (e) ttritiertvriterie Laboratories, Inc. "Standard for tleettie Lighting 1'iatures, and Portable Lamps", lr ii th Edition, January.1950. (d) building 1 tits Code, N1 PA No. 101,'1+ettth Edition, 1949. (e) State of Plorida state 1#otel Contmissioti, t 1orida Statutes Revised, 1947, Rule 1611, "Emergency Lights (f) Safe Practice for Hospital Operating Rooms, NPPA No. 66, 1949, Section 8.5, entitled "Arrangements of Circuits", Rules and Regulations for Nursing l4omes, Convalescent Homes the and State t Board of iti h, Auks t. f Florida, 953 da, as adopted 4505.2 SPECIAL RULES ANb RicGULA` IONS' (a) All services shall be run in galvanized or sherardized threaded conduit, except as otherwise permitted herein. Underground services may be run in aproved non-metallic raceways of the thin -wall type, encased in a concrete envelope trot less than three inches thick on all sides of the raceways or multiples thereof, and shall maintain a minimum depth of 18 inches, coverage from the top of the envelope. Underground services may be run in approved non-metallic race- ways of the heavy wall type without encasetent in concrete, if encasement in concrete is provided at railroad, street, or driveway crossings, and shall maintain a minimum cover of 18 inches. The above -mentioned non-metallic raceways shall not be used above ground on services extended up poles or on buildings, but shall Sections hall underground pin ac ordanceetith the National Eted lectlic ri- cal Code. in accordaService ce i ewiswitches, wh Table ,4conduit, duit, and conductors shall be installed TABLE 45•A Uinimum NI in Haunt ?I inimuni ;Minimum Size Raceway Raceway ground Service Su itch conductor Single- Three- t'onductor 'size siz.or Ampere Phase Phase Threaded Cohul 30-amp. 30-amp. #8 AWG 1 -inch 1 -inch #8 th-inch 60-amp. 60-amp. 60-amp. 1 lh •inch 112-inch #8 1,2-inch 100-amp. 100-amp. 100-amp. 112-inch 2 •inch #6 1A-inch 150-amp. 200-amp. 160-amp. 216-inch 3-inch #4 %-inch 150-amp. 200-amp. 150-amp. ***2 -inch 21i-inch #4 %-inch 200-amp. 200-amp. 200-amp. 212-inch 3 -inch #4 %-inch 300-amp. 400-amp. 300-amp. 31'2-inch 5 -inch 1/0 1 -inch 400-amp. 400-amp. 400-amp. 31,2-inch 5 -inch 1/0 1 •inch 500-amp. 600-amp. 500-amp. 5 -inch 6 -inch* 2/0 1 -inch 600-amp. 600-amp. 600-amp. 5 -inch 6 -inch* 2/0 1 -inch 0 1 -Inch Over 600-amp. •-Pipe size was calculated for parallel conductors. "-Service conductors shall not lie uverfused under any condition. •••-Residential (domestic) use only. 258 of t i *Mott h or of &i r e ed batting feeler tt) Alt bulidingi3 et multiple erccirparrey triiere tttaali twill etre, shalt have art itdepeindeht ceet tral eleettic Meet teeth fit gantlet) f iitq *bath the rafting table based Olt a thitilatittri moire- Mehtt AM it the electrical demnhrd is littler, the meter rettil stall he irtcrt axed attordingly. 3 to 12 Meters .................. 3•it i'it')' 1.b. meter tiioth 1:3 to 24 meters .... ... 6'tti'tti' t.b. meter Mtn This meter rootn shall be equipped with a ventilated door, which may be locked ohly with the approval of the Ilectrieal tnspeetOr, The meter room shall be accessible to all occuancies of the building at Ott times, The meter room shall be providedwith cross ventilation. The purpose of 'this room shall be to house the main switch or train switches, disconnecting equipment and its control devices, terminal equipment for telephone service (in separated area from electrician's area) and all the :electric meters which serve the occupants through- out the entire building. The construction of this room shall eotifartn to the same type of material and construction as the main building, and there shall be no storage of any kind, gas meters or water heaters permitted in this room. If practical, there shall be a water - pipe of three -fourths -inch minimum trade site, connected to the cold water system, stubbed out into each meter room for the purpose of grounding. Seri leo disconnecting switches must be located in a convenient and readily accessible pace inside the building when a •meter room is not available. The service disconnecting switch or switches, and other disconnecting equipment located in enclosed or semi -enclosed porches orh s not exposbuilding. the weather, shall be considered as being lo- cated (e) In buildings of single or double occupancy where a meter room is not required, the service conduit and conductors may extend into each occupancy without controls elsewhere. In each occupancy, however, a disconnecting fused switch or circuit breaker must be installed. The meter sockets must be grouped and located at the nearest practicable point to the disconnecting switches or circuit breakers. than ten fee abo a t viie agattachment to building shall be not less (i) All main switches and sub -main switches shall be plainly marked so that the division, sub -division, or separate occupancies of the building which they control can be quickly and positivel • identi- fied. The mark of identification shall be securely affixed to the switch to prevent its loss or misplacement. (h) The master service for a store or stores must provide at least 30-ampere capacity to each store, either single-phase, three - wire, or three-phase four -wire. (i) The sub -feed to each store must provide at least three -wire, single-phase current or four -wire, three-phase current of 30-ampere capacity, and the conductor size shall be not less than No. 8. The conduit raceway shall be not less than one -and -one -fourth -inch trade size. (j) The sub -feeder to each store must be protected in the meter room with an approved indicating -type of circuit -breaker or a fused - switch of not less than 60-ampere capacity, capable of properly fus- ing No. 8 conductors to main switch on panel in each store. (k) The following Table 46-B shows the minimum size for feed- ers to supply a three -wire, 116/230 volt panel for 16-ampere, single- phase lighting circuits for single occupancy. 25J TAM 41.11 MtNtMIThl WtRE SIRE TABU t sottt (+mutts MtfaillitM rtitbttt eAtiACM, 1 to 6 intl.. 8 to 10 b0-aftip. 12 to 16 incl. .. 10-attip, 18 to 24 Intl, 100-fttnp. 26 to 32 inel, 34 to 44 inch - .160-amp. 46 to 60 ittel, 178.amp. When three-phase, four -wire branch-eireuits are fed both a feeder having equal voltage from all phases to neutral, the number of circuits may be increased 60 % on above ilittble NO, gi and Welt must be of 3-pha-se type. Feeders operating at voltages other than 116/23Q volt charactetisties shall also be sited in accordance With the Above Table 46-13. betermituttion of feeder opacities in excess of those enumerated in Table 45.8 shall be based upon calculations which are clearly set forth on plans, and which are in accordance with ot in excess of re, qniretnents of the National hilectrical Code, MULTIWIRE MUNCH CIRCUITS: Continuity of neutral on multi -wire branch circuits shall not be made on any device as ter, minal blocksbut shall be spliced and a tap brought out, thereby assuring no opening of the neutral in the replacement of a device, COLOR CODtt On all multi -wire, lighting branch 'circuits, color eode will be required in compliance with Section 2111 and 2112 of the National tlectrical Code, Switch legs will be considered as the hot wire of the eircuit, and must be of the same color as the circuit, except three and four-way travelers may be of different color. (1) Raceways on poles used to protect high -voltage service cables shall, on the pole end, be provided with an approved type of cable support, insulated bushing, and be sealed with waste and a filling compound made for that purpose. The end of the raceway within the building shall be sealed in a like manner to prevent the entrance of moisture. Spare ducts shall be sealed or capped. (m) In *primary areas of stores, office building and publicbuildings, buildings, the maximum number of medium base light outlets and/or duplex receptacles shall not exceed four per 15-atnpere circuit, and the conductors for each branch -circuit shall be not less than No. 12. (n) The maximum number of Mogul base light sockets shall not exceed three per 16-ampere circuit, or four per 20-ampere cir- cult, No convenience receptable shall be permitted on a branch - circuit supplying Mogul base light sockets. The conductors for such circuits shall be no less than No. 12. (o) Single outlets or taps for signalling transformers, bell ring- ing transformers, clocks and similar low current consuming appliances or equipment need not be counted when the location of the tap or outlet precludes the use of the tap or outlet for other purposes than for which it was installed. (p) The followinK Table 45-C shows the maximum number of outlets permitted per circuit in secondary commercial areas and resi- dences per 15-ampere branch circuit, except as provided by Para- graph 4505.3(n). 0—Secondary areas include: toilets. hallways, closets, aisles, and similar locations where electrical demand is limited. These areas should be governed by Table No. 3, with minimum #12 conductors. 260 1 TAM itit MA%IMUM NUMBER OMITS Mt CIRCUIT POI !ANT§ANbRECtrtikett§ Lightthitiets ....... .109818643210 tteettAtieleg ........ 0 1 1 g a a 4 6 01) g-type Plug fuses will be required fat brtitteh eirettit rtrO. teetioh up to find including 30-amp. ft) At* oiling fen installed lower than seven and one-half feet froth the floor to the bottom of the blarle must have an attproved protective guard enclosing the blade. Ceiling farts installed ih jubHi btiildihgs Must Maintain tt Minimum height of seven and one-half feet from the floor to the bottom of the blade iri order to be installed without tt guard, 4808.3 itIENtRAL QUIRtMtfilitt (a) Approved rigid metal conduit, surface metal raceways or electrical -metallic tubing shall be required for light, heat and power in the wiring of apart- ment buildings for two families or more, ih churches, schools, hotels, theaters, public buildings, commercial buildings, manufacturing estab- lishrnents, private clubs or similar occupancy, residences having over four lighting circuits, and in unfinished basetnents. (h) It shall be unlawful for any person to place tape around or otherwise conceal an improperly made joint on any light, heat, or power circuit, (c) 'The wiring for all electric ranges shall be a minimum wire capacity of 50 amperes in one inch electric metallic tubing or rah, duit, to an approved receptacle located within three feet of the range. For ranges of 8-34 IM capacity or less, conductor size shall be of at least 40-ampere capacity, in raceway of not less than " trade size. When oven circuit, unit is separate from surface uhit, each unit may be installed on a separate circuit, served with conductors of not less than 40-atnpere capacity. An approved method of connection shall be provided for each unit. (A range as referred to above would be a complete cooking unit, consisting of both oven and surface burners). (d) Conductors for a fixed appliance of more than 700 watts shall be wired in metal raceway, with a minimum wire of 20-ampere capacity, and each installed on a separate circuit, (e) The wiring for all water heaters shall be in metal raeeway, with a minimum wire capacity of 20 amperes. Water heaters of 1,000 watts or over shall operate on not less than a 208 volt circuit. Non -automatic water heaters shall be equipped with a pilot light and indicating switch. The switch and pilot light shall be located in a conspicuous place inside the building, preferably in the kitchen or hall. Points of electrical connections for heaters and replacement of elements shall be readily accessible. (f) Fixed motors of 1/3 H.P. and over shall be wired on sep- arate circuits in metal raceway or conduit. It is recommended that motors of 3 H.P. and over be operated on nothing less than a 208- volt circuit. (g) Washing machine outlets on new construction shall be in- stalled on a separate circuit, with at least 20-ampere capacity. This receptacle shall be of a three pole type designed for grounding. (h) Only three ceiling fans shall be permitted on one circuit. (i) Only threaded thick wall metal conduit will be accepted when exposed to the weather, and it must be galvanized or its equivalent. (j) Flexible watertight raceway will be approved for weather- proof flexible conduit where flexibility is needed. 261 *.••••111101; 1t) On ell tree eottatl salon, et etterldien th Met titbit ;et building, at rettigefetitin leeatiern, Path define stle rettigeraiet Shall he installed on a sepat►ate finnan, (t) Ail outlets .that eon ire mashed train the t1dtt'r thud fte grounded if installed in non metallic sheathed eable, in ifatht ►e1MN over sinks, or ovet ahy conierete of the fleets of` other grtunded aitt faces, and all light outlets in bathreoins and kitchens, of *here t1i can be readied DOM tnnsonry floor or grounded surface tnttst be era switch controlled. (tit) Shott-tadius ells, often tefeft#ti to ns "teleptiette" ells, sl ed not be used in a tun of conduit over five feet long, Measured froth outlet -to -outlet, or froth outlet -to -fitting. The tun of the pipe shall be straight and shall not include any additional ells. (e) A sufficient nutnbet of receptacles shall be installed in every kitchen, dining -roots, breakfast -roots, living -loom, parlor, lia bitty, den, sunroom, recreation room and bedroott, to that any ;point on the wall 'will hot be mote than six feet distant from a convenient receptacle. Any free -wall spare in excess of four feet shall have a receptacleinstalled within that area, even though it may be nearer than 12 feet to another receptacle required in that section of the roots, and one wall receptacle will be required in every bathroom. (o) When Paragraph (n) above has been complied with in rest= dential occupancies, additional receptacles may be installed in any one room without an increase in the number of branch circuits, pro- vided the possible demand has not been increased. (p) h'or the small appliance load in kitchens, laundry areas, pantries, dining areas andbreakfast-rooms of dwelling occupancies, one or more branch circuits shall be provided for all receptacle out. lets (other than outlet for clock) in these rooms, and such circuits shall have no other outlets thereon. The conductors for such circuits shall be not smaller than 20-amp, capacity. The spacing and number of receptacles per circuit shall comply with Table 45-C and Para, graph 4505.3 (n) herein. Only three wire receptacles will be per• mitted for receptabie outlets installed over concrete or terrazzo floors or any other grounded surface, (q) The use of non-metallic sheathed cable, referred to as "romex" shall be restricted to single fatnily dwellings of fratne eon. struction which does not require more than four lighting circuits. "Romer" is prohibited under the first floor unless the bottom of the floor joists is more than three feet above the finished grade line. When "romex" is used in frame structures as provided above, it shall be run through holes bored in the center of joists. A running board shall be placed over the cable when it is run within six feet of the access opening to the attic. (r) The wiring of door bells, buzzers, chimes and fire detection system installations shall be made in metallic raceway when installed in inaccessible areas, and when subject to excessive moisture or me- chanical injury. All low voltage control systems, when controlling equipment of 110 volts or more, shall be installed in metallic raceways. (s) Portable cords attached to music boxes, marble machines floor or table lamps and other similar equipment, shall not exceed six feet in length when measured from the equipment to the outlet supplying its current. Cords shall not be nailed down, tacked, or held with strings or other supports, but shall be left free and clear. (t) Qualified electricians shall be required to supervise and patrol all temporary electrical installations for carnivals, circuses, and fairs during their operation in the area of jurisdiction of this code as well as any other similar wiring systems using current for light, heat, or power, in order that life and property may be pro- tected. This supervision shall be required regardless of the manner in which the electricity is generated or supplied. The number of 2'2 i fled eiettricilifik traPertlso lh Ott tighter ettett be eitel titled by the glee Viet l (+a) Ail atitrwaye trod rte of btiildih undet ifemelitteiti Vibes tioh or Meat ,Shull be adequately lighted while moo§ hr at +. (•) All electric outlet* used ler portable *teethe teals lila Ire provided With three *ire polatixed t lug{a, acrid all portable tic tool gables shall be of the three.conductet type, and shall be greehdad in accordance with the National Electrical Code. (*) Metal ladders shall hot be used in the f`icifitiy 61 eitpeted electrical wiring. (*) All electrical switches, panels, wiring and other tempera -Pt electrical equipment chill be maintained in a safe and serviceable condition by qualified electricians. Qualified electricians shall be required to patrol installations when considered necessary by the llectrical Inspector, for safety to life while ifi use by other trades The number of qualified electricians required shall be determined by the Metrical inspector. All disconnect switches controlling tome porary light and power, except emergency lighting such as barricades and walkways shall, when considered necessary by the Electrieal Inspector ositionowhere safety te life and is he qualified property, let r ciabne n the Job, the b p (y) Temporary ser9►iees for construction shall be installed oil a substantially erected pole, braced or guyed to withstand the strain of a service -drop cable. The service shall consist of not less than three No, 8 wires in 1" conduit, supplying two 30-amp. three -wire recepta= cies. When heavy loads will be encountered, such as terrazzo grind, ers or floor sanders, the service shall consist of not less than three No, 4's in 1 th inch, supplying two 20-amp. 3-pole receptacles (fused at 80-amps.) and a 60-amp. receptacle protected by the main fuses, A weatherproof switch may be used, and the receptacles mounted do the under -side of this witch, in no instance may plug -fuses be mounted in other than 30•amp. fuse holders. If other than weather, proof switch is used, a raintight box with hinged door trust be built to contain the switch, and receptacles of three -wire plugs shall not use neutral conductor for grounding purposes, Inspectors are em= powered to disconnect immediately and without notice, any tem- porary service used to supply ungrounded or unfused equipment, and in no instance shall point of attachment be less than 10 feet above the ground, (t) Separately metered conductors shall not be installed in the same raceway, except in Load gutter in meter room. (aa) Fluorescent (hot and cold cathode) and slim -line lighting shall not exceed on the primary side 900 watts per 15-ampere cir- cuit conductors, nor 1200 watts per 20-ampere circuit conductors. (bb) Low power -factor transformers and ballasts shall not be used. Any power -factor rating below 86 percent shall be considered low power -factor. Ali ballasts and/or auto transformers must be in- dividually fused either self-contained or otherwise to properly pro- tect the individual ballast or auto transformer. (ce) In the wiring of refrigerators, ice -boxes, cold -storage plants and rooms or buildings of similar character, all wires used for light, heat or power shall be installed in rigid galvanized or sherardtted metal threaded conduit, and galvanized metal outlet boxes, cut-out and distribution cabinets and fittings installed. Conduits shall be in- stalled in such manner that they will drain to the outlets and cabinets. Conductors installed in conduit must comply with the National Elec- trical Code standard for damp or wet locations. All conduits entering or leaving refrigeration boxes must have an approved seal -off fitting. (dd) The minimum wire capacity for window display lighting shall be not less than 100 watts per linear foot, and shall not exceed 263 t attlefa per eiftttilt iftetadift tire eativerdeitee rid ti�t mute On two ftentitaeles wtthnth lighting tifenit. mum site *ire to the timitit own be 20.41nrp. caftecttp, A *Whig Matti of tat minks Atli be mew& at least Virf edit arta one belt*. An liked lighting Ain be equipped with set (ee) All music bites requiring gad *Ana Of Theft shad bitt. Malted on a circuit separate 1ra titMt wltlht, and tolitiffped With atfaehttett card tut to **teed nit feet, A eatitetnette receptacle shall be within IS incites of Wireless selector Ate*, adequately grounded with 8-wite cord and attachment eat, and the bridge carp densots ot capacitors shill be installed by a LWOW electricai cat. tractor. The condetisors or capacitors must be at lead 6004,01t At rating, proterly grounded if of the metal ease tyte, and prOteeted With a fuse (in each lead) hot over lb-iiintiere. Pitt ball tnaehiries, shuffleboards, and equipment not ih ekcest of b.airipere eapaeity May be ',lugged into an existing receptacle, but the attaelt, theta cord shall hot exceed sik feet ih length. (ft) Permanently installed electrical stateheaters ih shall be installed so that heaters will not be easily exposed to toma bustible materials. A minimum height of five feet from floor to the lowest point of heater shall be maintained, but said heaters shall not be installed behind doors, under or near towel racks, or near shower curtains or window curtains. Conduit shall enter the lower two inches of the heater can. (gg) One branch -circuit for signs shall be provided for each store frontage for each individual occupancy, said outlets to ter- minate outside, on or near the front of the building. (IA) Sign outlets and window lighting shall be controlled by wall switches. (It is suggested that these switches be installed near panel, so that time clock installation, if desired, will be conveniently located and less unsightly). (ii) Cut -nails shall not be used for securing boxes, panels, ete., in place, but may be used for securing straps in concealed dry areas if installed in a workmanlike manner. (jj) Sufficient bathroom and toilet lighting Mitt be installed and must be controlled by wall switches only. (Ick) The service and equipment ground must be taken from the nearest possible point of the system service after the service is attached to the building. This ground must start at the meter socket, main switch or C.T. can. Point of attachment of ground clamps or approved ground connectors shall be readily accessible, and shall not be in attics, under floor or behind any equipment. When copper waterpipe is used, ground connection shall be attached on a fitting only. (11) For protection against rust or corrosion, all steel or iron outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, gutters, and similar type equipment subject to rust or corrosion, shall be protected with a zinc or cadmium coating by either the galvanizing or sherardiz- ing process. (am) For the purpose of grounding portable signs, appliances or equipment, only three -wire cords with three -wire polarized plugs and three -wire caps shall be used. The use of two -wire plugs, with plate screw stud and cap on green or ground wire is hereby prohibited. (nn) Transformers must be properly protected by the installa- tion of disconnecting and overcurrent devices. (oo) Coin operated machines must be of an approved type, and if of metal construction, must be connected to only a three -wire plug or a grounded metallic connection, and a permit and inspection will be required to assure us that they will be installed in a safe and workmanlike manner. 264 j) R 111 li`' t� .gtatted the t iret th�it mill t he a ared I6rt Of t bi 'i iMe ,after lol i list itis tl tt tfre eett 1 tt+t r With . fee ftit saw *fll 1 for Otte Geld iehit "Melt w kinMirririft of ttre permit, '400 ''drib, of sliro lit,e of 'mid to ehd f ttoree gilt!! be fol. 1oh+s t A sti+sestoe 000 toll NO. 14 Wire of > No. 12 *live IIlt be ladled tot eiret it tviriri +of fiittn`res thitt a installed end to 'e tdi tote *idea of the soppy of that eitchit Passing threttgh fitture that it supplies, The ohiy permitted use of tht ,tiOttrg fl a i ee y Would be -fat those fiittutes fipproted b the tirtdeftriteta tot that Purpose. With s Pecial f'aceWhps, and lt11 No, 12 rritiri *Mild be neeepted tot additional circuits when installed aecttdlitg to t'bis appteval, 4806.4 EXIT LidtiTIND AND EXIT ARINSt Exit lightlht, and exit sighs shall be provided as set forth herein and in fart III` (a) All stairaways and +exits and the passageways appu?tehaht thereto shell be properly illuminated to facilitate egress. Such illumination shall be continuous during the time that the conditions of occupancy require that the exit ways be open or available. Artificial lighting shall be employed at such places and for such period of time as required to maintain the illumination to the full intensities herein specified. (b) The floors of exit ways of buildings used for public assem- bly, schools, department stores, factories, mills and other occupancies as required by the several occupancy sections shall be illuminated at all points Such as angles les and intersections of corridors and pas- sageways, stairways, landings of stairs and exit doorways to intensi• ties of not less than one foot candle. (e) to auditoriums and other places of assembly where pictures motion pictures or other projections are made by means of directed light, the illumination of the floors of exit ways may be reduced during such period of projection of intensities of preferably not less than one fifth of those set forth in Paragraph 4505.4(b). (d) (l) The lighting source shall be arranged to assure con• tinted illumination of all exitways in cases of emergency caused by the failure of the principal lighting of the building. When electric current is the source of the iighting of buildings used for public assembly or congregation, the emergency lighting shall be from a source independent of that for the general lighting or shall be con• trolled by an automatic device which will operate reliably to switch the circuit to an independent secondary source in the event of failure of the primary source of current. Such electrical installations shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code. (2) The requirement for lighting of exits from a source inde- pendent of the general building lighting will apply only to: (aa) Places of assembly except churches used exclusively for religious purposes and places of public assembly where assembly room floor area does not exceed 7,000 square feet and where exit doors are within 5 feet of grade level and where there are no balconies and where all exits leadectly to the outside of the building. (bb) Department stores of over 5,000•square•foot area on any one floor. (cc) Hotels with sleeping accommodations for more than 100 persons. (dd) Hospitals Exits d sanitariums in accordance with :Section 2466 of the (e) The lighting and all control apparatus shall be installed so as to be under the supervision of and controlled only by authorized persons. 265 ft) } ti=t .dam lid lilitageRtlyll AND halt tight fMO the eitlt eh, Wielding the easy of Tor atrdheriirths ittfi OtherMates of Witteiteornthadating 200 0101 Mere there be Wind 644 each 6e6r 86OftVity to be used ter egrees, b sigh *Mt the Word EMT its rulaihly le ible letteft riot lest than six Milt hi + and with irincifrat strokes Stith letters not less than three ouft tubes in width. A11 tilt daces where so mired by the 0ccupan tkectiont Shan have each chit -door twr e*it-*ay Marked by tights with plainly legible letters not lees than silt ihches high er by ihrhalt iutninat sighs with letters hot legs than four and ore= halef inures h ft. Sin in eorridors and otherpassagetra s where neeessark,to indicate the direction of egress shall have the wa TO EMIT witha suitable pointer or arrow indicating the way. letter of TOIT shall be of a site not Mailer than required for the a tit sins, Exit suns shell be over doors or exitwayt attd shall be tunably iliutn'nated by a reliable light source giving Mt intensity of not less than five foot candles on the illuminated surface. Such itiu' tnination shal be continuous as required for exitways, 'Except as otherwise required by law, exit Sighs shall have letters and field in the colors of red or green and white. Artificial lights giving Multi, nation to exit signs other than the internally illuminated types shall have screens, discs or lenses of not less than 25-square- itch area made of translucent material to show red on the side of the approach. Except as otherwise required by lawor other compelling ciretitn= stances, the light source should give a white light for the better illumi- nation of the sign and the vicinity of the exit door, re)Exit signs* when electrically lighted, shall be connected with an independent lighting source, as provided in Paragraph 4505,4(d). 4505.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTS (a) Every hotel, office building, apartment house, and rooming house of more than three stories in height, with fifteen or more rooms above the second story, and every restaurant located above the first story of any building shall be provided with a sufficient number of emergency lights to indicate the exits to fire escapes, fire- proof stair towers, and all doors intended for emergency exits to light the halls, corridors, passageways, stairways, and other portions of the building to which the pudic has access. (b) Emergency lights may be installed to form the permanent illumination for halls and stairways or many be installed as auxiliary to same. (e) Emergency lights shall be installed as an entirely separate system of wiring from the other wiring systems in the building, and in separate raceways. 4505.6 ARRANGEMENT OP CIRCUITS —HOSPITALS (a) In anesthetic storage and anesthetizing locations, an un- grounded electrical distribution system is required to reduce the hazards of electric shocks and arc in the event of insulation failure. Alternating current circuits shall be insulated from the conventionally pounded alternating current supply by means of a transformer which isolates the circuits electrically from the main feeder and from the other circuits in the building. This transformer shall be installed in a nonhazardous location, and should be of the dry type. The primary winding shall be connected to the main feeder, and in the same manner and with the same control and protective devices as required for ordinary circuit protection and signalling as outlined in Para- graph 4605.6(c) of this Sub -section. The neutral of the primary cir- cuit shall be grounded in an approved manner and the undergrounded conductors provided with approved over current devices located in a non -hazardous location. The primary winding shall not be connected to a source of more than 300 volts. Both sides of the secondary cir- 288 `.. telt AA be trit arta Ort OVetleelMit l fre provided in tendif Of Vitt, *Midi ,' 9tettiVe device lf eta MA meted sthe�reto.'VOttatees W he hytretifteed flat Weed ln0 "leas. ( birert curreht &etii`ts s iall be trim: 'aced froth their rounded feeders. This tray 15e sawn/NW tsy iearhg of it Meter eheratot set or suitable battery system, "tote: `helm the Maih electrical service is alternating t di ►tr and the emergency service is direct euirent, or vice versa, It ie ANS, able to arrange the circuits so that no eitcttits eiteept these fair tight. log of designated emnergenc)+ outlets are cotihec'ted to the ernerglenty service, re) to addition to the usual control and protective devieeii, the ungrounded system shalt be provided with a rotihd eorhtae't indicator arranged as follows: A resistor of not less than i0,000 ohthi# iihtttld be connected across the secondary circuit of the trottsformer, A relay, installed in a non•ha2ardous location, shall be connected ith its windin between the midpoint of this resistor and ground. The relay shall operate when any conductor of the secondary circuit becomes grounded. A signal lamp showing n green color, installed ifl a conspicuous location, shall be connected so that it shall be lighted when no current flows throe h the relay winding, A signal lamp showing a red color, installed adjacent to the green lamp and att audible signal shall be connected so that there will be a %Yarnin when current Bows through the relay winding, Warning is thus Mort of any connection between either side of the secondary circuit and ground and, hence, of any hazardous defect in any wiring or equip- ment location shall be supplied from separate circuits. (d) Each room used as an anesthetizing location shall be sup- plied from separate circuits. 4S0S., SION INSTALLATIONS: (a) All rules and mu - 'Idiots pertaining to the installation of low voltage wiringshall also apply to the installation of conductors for neon and cod cathode high -voltage tubing, (b) I3ox signs shall be inspected in the shop before erection, and an appropriate sticker attesting to its acceptability affixed thereto by the Electrical Inspector. (t) brain holes shall be provided in transformer enclosures exposed to the weather, and shall be rearmed or otherwise trimmed to remove burrs that would hold water in the enclosure. The trans- former enclosures shall be mounted on the parapet wall or roof by means of racks or frames made of galvanized band•iron, or angle iron. These racks or frames shall be of sufficient strength to securely hold the weight of the transformer or transformers. When transformer enclosures are mounted on the roof, they must be ele- vated at least two inches above the roof, the lid placed upward. Wood shall not be used as mountings, supports, or to elevate trans- formers, transformer enclosures, or raceways used for wiring same. Masonry bricks will be accepted for this support when properly strapped or attached. (d) Tubulation glass and No. 14 bare wire shall not be used except as follows: (1) Short Jumpers between neon units on wall signs and channel letters and on flat wall signs where the use of conduit or electric metallic tubing would disfigure the face of the building. incheslong,notimoreathan 18 and leastone and one-half (3) Neon tubes and all jumpers, when mounted on any wooden surface exposed to the weather, shall be installed on four -inch glass stand-off insulators. Open conductors and tubing of the sign shalt 267 tit tta thatalled rtbettiatOlda f itstentett tOt ot and root bit pamper. (4) Conductors and neon thhthe sball Maintain 'a trnigttt oil at least eight feet froth the Mound, am shall net be Installed wdlts Where they can be teuche fPom rm platfos, t,alconies, fire=eseareti er through windows, doots, of other similar openings. (e) All metal raceways shalt be rounded itt a Tanner which complies with the grounding i tu1ations contained in the National tlectrical Code. (t) Each sign bolt shalt hate an approved indicating sw tet installed in the sigh for each circuit. The rating of this switch Tust comply with the National Electrical Code requirements for sign switches. (g) Metal bot<es shall be bonded together so they will be suit, ably and properly grounded when used to house electrodes, trails• formers, or other apparatus used in connection with both primary and secondary circuits for neon lighting. (h) connections, rda 'connectors or solder must be used on all sec 45b5.8 HIGH VOLTAD WIRE: All isolated runs of electric metallic tubing enclosing a high -voltage wiring system shall be grounded regardless of length. The conductors which run from the grounded mid -point or ground terminal of a neon transformer may be 600-volt RC or TW wires, provided the run or section of neon tubes is fed directly in the center. Otherwise the wire must be must bedinstalledl in rigid cable, This conduit mid -point . . T. rtransformer ee y rtnet 45b5.9 1°LASHI kS, TIME CLOCKS AND TttANSPOtMERSt (a) When flashers and time clocks are to be installed, each of such connections shall be considered a special outlet, and permits for same are necessary. (b) When tubes are removed for repairs, jumpers shall be in= stalled in high -voltage wire, supported with the same clearance as tube, but the jumpers must be removed within seven days. (c) Only window -type and portable transformers may be plugged in. All other transformers shall be permanently connected with an approved method of wiring. 4505.10 INTERIOR WINDOW SIGNS AND WINDOW BORDER LIGI4TINGt (a) Window -type sign transformers shall be used for window signs, and they must be especially designed for this purpose, unless the signs are installed in compliance with Para- graph 4506.10(e). (b) A sign of the above type shall be designed and installed to form a complete unitin itself. This unit or sign shall be designed so that the frame will carry the entire weight of the sign. This frame shall be fastened to the window sill or other part of the window so that the neon tubing will not carry the weight of the sign. (e) When signs of this type are made up of two or more units, the tubing shall be so designed that the electrode used to connect the two unite of the sign will be in the same�� plane with not more than a two-inch space between the electrodes. The electrodes and connec- tions shall be arranged so that they can be covered by one straight glass alcove or housing. (d) This straight glass sleeve, alcove, or housing, shall be securely fastened in place. The transformer wires feeding window signs shall drop in the same vertical plane from the transformer to the window signs. Electrodes on window signs which connect to the transformer wires shall be designed and placed so that the wires from the trans- former will drop straight and be readily covered by straight glass sleeves of sufficient size. 268 1 ($) fiNt tt I et Wires ettati eitAttg 't gi ihthe alit Miti AIM stet be sdped bj of to'ttist att + etintbtostible 1rti EcifRl. i;f ) Complete seeotrdary tkirihe SYSterna shall be installed iti tifid tirtetided conduit, eterttle Metallic lobingt of flettible et tidtitt. fYt aPilraved means Mat be used if sfitotial p tirtissittn is obtained MTh the tlertl'icai Ins iectoii', 450..11 IN'f€RtOR ?MON OR COLD 1t A?1t1'tDR LIMITING! (a) Aptprot-ed housitio and fittings must be Used off all Merit*series neon of void cathode iighting, regardless of the m li ratingof the transformer or the color of the tubing. Tiithhis shrill include interior window border lighting. (I) Neon transformers with a rating over 60-milliamperes are not approved for use on any neon or cold -cathode tubing ex oseA to the weather, or iti e�tcess of 7 n50 volts for residential use, 4505.111 COVESt Construction of roves for indirect light shall provide the following minimum dimensions for installation and main- tenance: (1) ltiiinimum vertical depth, fourteen and one-half inches from ceiling. (2) Minimum horhtontal width for one tube, four and one-half ihehes (add two inches to width for each additional tube). (3) Minimum lip or face of cove, four and one-half inches, to provide ten inches of free working space from top of lip to ceiling. 4505.13 MATERIALS, DEVICES OR APPLIANCES MUST t E APPROVED: (a) No electrical materials, devices, or appliances designed for attachment to, or installation on any electrical circuit or system for light, heat or power, shall be installed, used, sold, or offered for sale in the area of jurisdiction of this code, unless they are in conformity with the approved methods of construction for safety to life and property. (b) Conformity of electrical materials, devices or appliances with the standard of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., shall be held to mean that these materials are included in an indicated list of inspected electrical appliances published and distributed by the Under- writers Laboratories, Inc., and the standards approved by the Ameri- can Standards Association. (c) The maker's name, trade -mark, or other identification sym- bol shall be placed on all electrical material, devices, or appliances which are sold or offered for sale or use in the area of jurisdiction of this Code. ;These markings and others such as voltage, amperage, wattage, and power -factor or appropriate ratings described in the National Electrical Code are necessary to determine the character of the material, device, or equipment, and the use for which it is intended. 4505.14 FIRE -ALARM OR SIMILAR SYSTEMS: Fire Alarm systems or similar systems which are devised and installed for safety to life and property, must be installed by a qualified person, regard. less of voltage or amperage, and permits obtained for same. Each such systems shall be inspected semi-annually, and certified by the Electrical Inspector. 4506 QUALIFICATION AND LICENSING OF ELECTRICIANS 4506.1 UNLAWFUL FOR PERSONS NOT QUALIFIED AS ELECTRICIANS TO INSTALL OR REPAIR ELECTRICAL WIR- ING, APPARATUS OR EQUIPMENT: (a) It shall be unlawful for any person not qualified as an electrician in accordance with the requirements in this area of jurisdiction to do any electrical construc- tion or make any repairs, alterations, additions, or changes to any 269 tkietift* eyetete eitrettitistl trititvet pititottuoli et titittiotittorit ter tightl hat er eitterst el -retitled Yet ih Partottliph -46f16.1/bI and titiretotivh 4603.1(d). (b1 The pi -oils -ions pert forth herein shall not apply ti) tsquiphiett ettployell by a fantod, electrie evfornotileiitieh utility in the exercise of fts furictiahm As A atitity# MA! littera 'louts oi. ih building used eStclusively fat that purses provided* however, that any such utility shall tad ihstalL tithhetto diltearitreet nt tetnove ftetrP oP Melt tvccitective devices Until Certificatebt Occupancy has 'been issued oh Lh hitnIfttIflt1 t tte sewed through the meter. (e) It shall be unlawful fat any eleettiriahis helper to be left oh ihstaillatioris ih the ikbsehte Of a superivisifig journeyman eIee= tticiah. 4B06.2 PERSONS TO QUAL$PY AS ELECTRICIANS REPORE bOINC ANY ELECTRICAL WORKt It shail be unlawful for any person to work as a master, sign-tnaster, journeyman, sign-jourbey. man, or Maihtehance electtician, except as provided by Paragraph 4603.1(d), without first qualifying as provided in the regulations requiting the examination and qualification of eleetriciahs al sifter being qualified, having ih him possession at ail times a current ettifi. rate of Competency, 2In ORS PART itti Pie MO AND OAS etAPTAR se 'LvIM11146 41 ADMINISTRATIVE 4A02 DEFINITIONS 4603 GENERAL 4004 MATERIALS 460E DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND DISPOSAL 4006 IINAD RrECT WASTE PIPING AND SPECIAL WES 4607 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS 460E TRAPS AND CLEANOUTS 4600 14ANGERS AND SUPPORTS 4610 VENTS AND VENTING SYSTEMS 4611 STORM DRAINAGE 4612 IN T RC PTORS,S SEPARATORS AND RACK VA 4613 PLUMBING FIXTURES 4614 WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION 4616 SEPTIC TANKS 4616 SUPPLY AND DISPOSAL WELLS 4617 FIRE•EXT1NGUIS14ING APPARATUS 4618 SWIMMING POOLS 4601 ADMINISTRATIVE 4601.1 TITLE AND SCOPE: (a) TITLE: This Chapter shall he known as "THE S0t'TH FLORIDA 11Lt'MHH1NG CODE,' may be cited as such or as the "PLUM1;ING CODE," (b) PURPOSEt The basic principles of the Plumbing Code are designated to protect the public health, welfare and safety by _prop- erly erly designing, installing and maintaining plumbing systems. details of plumbing installations must of necessity vary, the basic principles of sanitation and safety remain the same. The following basic principles are necessary to obtain these results and while un- forseen situations will no doubt arise which are not included in this Code, the following principles may serve to define the intent. (1) All premises intended for human habitation, occupancy or use shall be provided with a supply of pure and potable water, and shall not be connected to unsafe water supplies nor be subject to the dangers of backflow or backslphonage, and shall be connected to an approved method of public or private sewer disposal. p(2) Plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances shall be supplied to function properly withouteunduednoise adequate pressure ormal operating conditions. (3) Appurtenances for heating and storing water shall be so designed and installed that dangers from overheating and explosion are eliminated. (4) Each family dwelling on premises abutting on a sewer or with a private sewage disposal system shall have installed at least shower sink, Washing machine lavatory,teone bathtub or 271 'kitty building hating tdonibit g Natives installed hftt terided fits hnmkh hitbitstttori, tteentoittest, tit am stfs kbettinit tin a street, alleyot ea�unt in %1 kh there is "A Public sewer, MEI hate a conneetiwith the Niter. (11) the drikilinfe systerii shall be designed se as to : itt feuling, dOposits of solids and so provided With eleatiOtits that pipes May be readily Oohed. (f) heir fixture connected to the drainage system stiaflbt equipped with i{ water•sea1 trap. (S) The drainage system shalt be designed so as to pl'dt►ide fee circulation of air with no danger of siphonage cr totting o trap seals. (0) No substance which will produce tkplosit+e tniictut s, ob* struct free flow ih piping, destroy the piper or joints or interfere with the sewage disposal system shall be allowed to ehtet' the drain= age system. (Ill) Proper protection shall be provided to present eontatnina• tion of food, water and similar materials by backflow of sewage. (11) All plumbing fixtures shall be installed in regard to spec, ing so that they will be readily accessible for their intended use. Oa) Plumbing shall be installed in such a manner as to pre, serve the strength of structural members. (03) Sewage and other waste from a plumbing system which may be deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall hot be discharged into the ground or into any lakes, ponds, strearnst ditches or tidal Waters unless it has first been rendered innocuous by some form of treatment and approved by the Florida State 1#oard of Health. (14) The pipes conveying water to water -closets shall be of sufficient size to supply the water at a rate required for adequate flushing without unduly reducing the pressure at other fixtures, materials, and shall be fixtures sfront be cealed foulingtsunon-absorbent f ces serbent 06) Each vent terminal shall extend full size upward through the roof and have a free opening; the roof terminal being so located that there will be no danger of drain gas passing from it to any window, louver or air intake mechanism and no danger of clogging the pipe by articles being thrown into it, or of roof water drainage into it (17) Liquid wastes from air conditioning equipment, swimming po lsre etc.,nashall ldbe disposed of by an accepted and approved method, as(c) SCOPE: (1) New plumbing or drainage systems or parts thereof or additions, alterations, repairs or changes to existing plumbing or drainage installations or fixtures or appliances shall conform to the requirements of this plumbing code. (2) A previously issued lawful plumbing permit shall be valid under the terms of the Plumbing Code under which it was issued. (d) APPLICATION TO EXISTING PLUMBING INSTALLA, TIONS: Nothing contained in this code shall be deemed to require any plumbing or drainage system of part thereof, or any other work regulated by this code and existing prior to the effective date of this code, to be altered, changed, reconstructed, removed or demolished if such work was installed in accordance with all applicable laws in effect prior to the date this code became effective, except when any such plumbing or drainage system or other work regulated by this code is dangerous, unsafe, insanitary or a menace to life, health or property, in the opinion of the Plumbing Inspector. (e) or re A INTEN nNCE: (I) ' All installations regulated by this code age work shall be maintained and executed in 272 stitit ftMitittet fk4 it t afiktitate k fttvee -t6 tktetit tittit the health Of *Pr ittaitidekl et tYrePvblic Itt gettetal. ThA tents of toelt installations slift11 bet Ittpettnitted t6 banding+ on titeibiatt et tiPati Ike tatikee Of th Pouhd,end fit tilde/61k. (i) It shalt be tthiatqui tat tiny Wean, tititi at terPotatiati Wbethet **net oP agent of aiktet, to 'create, keeP, Wise, thaitithiti, Ptnnagate orpermit the existence of a buisattee at defined ih this Ccitle. (3) The Plumbing ItisPectot shall have the PoiVet to abate arty nuisance by the issuance of a notice in *Ming) to totted atid/at eliminate the nuisance within a reasonable length Of titte. 460t.2 POWER AND DUTIES OP PLUMBINO INSPICTORt Thep? Allan be nppointed by the Appointing Authority, a person tied try holding a certificate of competency 18 journeyman find hating at least ten years experience as a practical plumber, or k degree in sanitary engineering and five years of experience as practical plumber, and having the responsibility of enforcing this Plumbing Code. Such person shall hereinafter be termed the Numb. ing Inspector. (a) POWER AND DUTIES: The Plumbing Inspector Is hereby authorized and directed to interpret and enforce all of the provisions of this Plumbing Code, subject to the powers vested in the Board of Rules and Appeals as set forth in Section 203. (b) EMPLOYEES: The Plumbing Inspector shall have the power to delegate powers and assignments to subordinate employees working under his authority. Such employees shall have the duties and powers as delegated by the Plumbing Inspector; provided that all plumbing inspectors shall have had ten years' experience as a prac- tical plumber. (c) RIGHT OP ENTRY: Upon presentation of proper creden- tials, the Plumbing Inspector may enter, at any reasonable time, any building, structure or premises for the purpose of inspection or to prevent violations of this Plumbing Code. (d) STOP.WORK ORDERS: Whenever any plumbing work is being done contrary to the provisions of this Plumbing Code or is being improperly installed or may create a structural or health hazard or nuisance, the Plumbing Inspector may order such work stopped or may order the violation corrected within a reasonable period of time, by notice in writing served on the person or persons engaged in the doing or causing, of such work, to be done; and such persons shall immediately stop such work until arrangements in com- pliance with this Plumbing Code and satisfactory to the Plumbing Official, have been made, at which time he may order the work to proceed. (e) CONCEALED WORK: The Plumbing Inspector may order portions of a building or structure to be exposed for inspection when, in his opinion there is good reason to believe that plumbing or drainage systems or fixtures, or parts thereof, concealed therein are in an unsafe, dangerous or insanitary condition, or that there is wil- ful or negligent concealment of a violation of this Plumbing Code, (f) OCCUPANCY: Whenever any building or portion thereof is being used or occupied contrary to the provisions of this Plumbing Code, the Plumber Inspector shall report such violation to the Build- ing Official and the Building Official shall order such use or occu- pancy discontinued and the building or portion thereof vacated as set forth in Sub -section 201.5. 4601.3 UNSAFE BUILDING AND PREMISES: (a) The Plumbing Inspector shall periodically, as may be practicable, inspect 273 the pdurbabiri sad di rlilit MOM,* tit it '1Mai etel wok cept mows s of`Divvy1 Oe ut atrrap nod pnblie works Strtietuftlik for rornpliance with the Plumbing Code. ti9) 110 Plumbing inspector Mel e*Amitie ,bi cause to e9tY htnihed every plumbing at driftage System of fiittuft Or WHAM Ot portion thereof reported to be datigetotis Of iniattititry Vt it - adequate, (e) ittiy building or premises found to be isanitaty ter ittod& quote, o'r *Met constitute a health or safety hated, or which Ira+ reason of illegal use of improper use, occupahey ot taaihtettanee Constitute a riotation of the provisions of this Code, shall he deemed to be unsafe, (d) Whenever any building or prremises is, in the opinion of the Plumbing Inspector, unsafe for reasons set forth in this Sub.seetiotf, he shall proceed by any or all of the following tuethods, whichever are, in his opinion, reasonable to correct the condition of Violation (1) The Plumbing Inspector shall serve notice in writing to the owner or person in charge of the building or premises stating the defects thereof. This notice shall require the owner or erson it► charge of the building or premises, within a reasonable length of tine, to commence the required repairs or improvements or re, moval of the plumbing system or parts thereof or fixtures or ap, purtenances thereto, and all such work shall be completed within 30 days from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the Plumbing Inspector. If necessary, such notice shall also require the building to be vacated forthwith and not reoccupied until the re- quired repairs and improvements are completed, inspected and ap- proved by the Plumbing Official. Proper service of notice shall be by personal service on the owner of record, if he shall be found. If the person or persons addressed with such notice cannot be found after diligent search, then such notice shall be sent by registered mail to the last known address of such person, and a copy of the notice shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises, and such procedure shall be deemed the equivalent of personal service. (2) The Plumbing Inspector shall post a signed, red notice in a conspicuous dace on the »remises reading: "WARNING THIS BUILDING A;N1)/OR, mittiLSEs IS, IN THE OPINION OF TIIE PLUM131NG INSPECTOR, UNSAFE, INSANITARY AND UNFIT FOR HUMAN OCCUPANCY. NOTICE IIAS BEEN GIVEN AND TIIIS BUILDING AND/OR PREMISES SHALL NOT BE USED Olt EXCEPT B1 LTIHE PLUMI3IING1 's:SI ECTO ,NOT B1✓ REMOVED (3) Upon refusal, failure or neglect of the person or persons, served with a notice, to comply with the requirements of the order to abate the unsafe condition, the Plumbing Inspector shall report the condition to the Building Official who shall proceed as set forth in Section 202 including the directive of the Board of Appeals to the Building Official to cause the work to be done and costs collected as set forth in Sub -section 202.8. 4601,4 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND TYPES OF CON. STRUCTION: The provision of this Plumbing Code are not in- tended to prevent the use of types of construction or materials or methods of design as an alternate to the standards herein set forth, but such alternates may be offered for approval, and their con- sideration shall be as set forth in this Sub -section. (1) STANDARDS: The types of construction or materials or methods of design referred to in this Plumbing Code shall be con- sidered as standards of quality. New types of construction or ma- terials or methods of design shall be at least equal to these standards for the corresponding use intended. 274 (i) APPLte! ` o A &NAM,totae! , stiittlent tit Materials Of i�8eeigfi trdi lelelit mita tied to this f�lrurnbi g 'Code Ifiail file *ith tare t tiltiblteg me et aittbettic prof ih an'p1 a -eltrims tht may be mixde ?fare bg the sufficiently, avid ratite ttpptorral nthd finissiei"i few vise. TTIe Pluitibing Ih peetot shall atf,plrttve suet alternate§ If it is clear that the standards of the Plumbing 'Code are at least equalled. If, iti the ihion Of the Plumbing tns ttoP, the standards of the Pltithbfttg Cede will not be satisfied by the requested alternate, he shall l lea fuse approval. (a) APPttAL. Any persOn whose request tot alternate types of construction of matetiais otr methods of design has been tensed by the Plumbing Inspector or any person in *hose Considered opin- ion ah action by the Plumbing Inspector ih liPrOting of disapprnVi ing construction underthis Plumbing Code fOr reasons of safety, quality or sanitation, May appeal to the Board of Rules and Appeals by written request to the Secretary of the Board and such written request shall be transmitter) to the Board at once. (d) REPEATED TESTS: The Plumbing Inspector may require tests of a fixture, method, device or appurtenance to be repeated if, at any time, there is reason to believe that an approvd fixture, method, device or appurtenance no longer conforms to the charge. teristics on which its approval was based. 4sot.S to PERMITS REQUIRED1 It shall be unlawful to commence work on any building or premises on which plumbing is required or is to be installed; perform any work covered by the Plumbing Code including, but not limited to, the excavation or ob- struction of any public or private street, alley or other thorough- fare for the purpose of installing plumbing, sewer or drainage work or connect to any public or private water supply system and/or sewer or appurtenance thereof, commence the construction, re• construction, alteration, repair and/or remodeling of any plumbing, sewer, septic tank, sewage or liquid waste treatment system, surface drainage, both private and public swimming pools, supply or drain- age wells, fire lines, water supply and waste connections from air handling and heating units and/or other drainage work without first having filed application and obtained a plumbing permit from the Plumbing Inspector, except that no permit will be necessary for the repair of leaks, unstopping of sewers or waste pipes, repairing faucets or valves or cleaningof a septic tank where such work is located within the property lines. (b) OTHER APPROVALS: In addition to the plumbing per- mit, permits shall be required by other regulatory authority having jurisdiction. Following are some, but not necessarily all, other re- quired permits: From the Engineering Department, Fire Depart• ment and Police, Department before obstructing or excavating in any public thoroughfare. From the Engineering Department before cut - tang any street paving, sidewalk curb or sewerage system of part thereof or appurtenance thereto; or making a connection to or other- wise cutting, tapping or piercing any public sewer or appurtenance thereof. From the Building Official before the addition of any fix• tures or the removal or alteration of any structural or load bearing members. (e) PRIVATE SEWER TAPPING: No person shall cut, break, pierce or tap any main or private sewer or appurtenance thereof, or introduce any tube, pipe, trough or conduit into any public sewer or appurtenance thereof, without the written consent as may be required by the Plumbing Inspector. (d) APPLICATION: (1) Any person desiring a plumbing permit to be issued by the Plumbing Inspector, as required hereby shall file an application therefore in writing on a form furnished by the Plumbing Inspector for that purpose. Each application shall 275 describe the land on wiricbi the ptopased Wont is to be liotte; stied show the use or occupancy of the building or ptfnises; shhtl be ` et companied by plans and specifications as required hereafter,'shalt give such other Information as reasonably may be requetted tlta Plumbing Inspector; and shall be sighed by the pettnittce o! his authotired agent, who may be required to submit evidence to ittdi+'ate such authority. (2) Application for plumbing permit will be accepted only froth contractors currently licensed in their respective fields and tot whoa, no revocation orsuspension of license is pending; provided that a plication for a plumbing permit for all excavation work for NUM = ing, on of in public streets of thoroughfares, and all sewer, drain. soil, waste or vent work will be accepted only from a person eut- tently certified and having in his possession a Master Plumbers Certificate, valid within the limits of jurisdiction of the t it:ft: ig Inspector, and for whom no revocation or stispension of license is pending; except that application for permit will be acceptedo any owner personally installing plumbing in his own Private resi- dence provided that such owner shall conform to all other require- ments of this plumbing code, that the work is on his own private residence, that all labor in connection therewith shall be 'personally done by him and that the doing of such work on more than one residence within any twelve-month period shall be construed to be acting as a master plumber. (e) PLANS ANii SPECIMICATIONS: (1) 1ach application for a plumbing permit shall be accompanied by two sets of plans and specifications when required by the Plumbing Inspector, The Plumbing Inspector may authorize the issuance of a plumbing or building permit without plans or specifications for relatively small and unimportant work, (2) For all new buildings or additions or plumbing systems where more than 125 fixture units are proposed to be installed or added to an existing building, the plans and specifications shall be prepared by, and each sheet shall bear the impress seal of, a pro- fessional engineer duly registered in the State of Florida. (3) flans shall be mechanically reproduced prints on substan- tial paper or cloth with the main details, other than an isometric drawing, drawn to scale and shall be suitably descriptive and shall fully and clearly illustrate, together with the specifications, sufficient detail and data to show the nature, character and location of the proposed work. Where, in the opinion of the Plumbing Inspector isometric plans are necessary to describe the proposed work, and particularly, but not limited to, proposed residential buildings hay - mg eight or more units or store buildings having five or more stores, riser diagrams and isometric plans shall be submitted. Any specification in which general expressions are used to the effect that "Work shall be done in accordance with the Plumbing Code" or "to the satisfaction of the Plumbin Inspector" shall be deemed imperfect and incomplete and every reference to the Plumbing Code shall be by section or sub -section applicable. Plans shall be ade- quately identified. (f) PRECONTRACT EXAMINATION OF PLANS: Prelimi- nary plans should be submitted by the designer to the Plumbing Inspector before a contract for the proposed work is entered into by the owner. It is the duty of the Plumbing Inspector to co- operate with owners, designers and contractors to provide precon- tract examination of plans and specifications, to insure the suf- ficiency and Plumbing Code compliance of such plans before final contracts for construction are made. Application for plumbing permit may not be required for such examination. 276 P'N g) BIAMINAtIONt The PIteWbibit altrgtfedet shall Windt* all tight and apPlieatitMs fat Perffiff.S. frM lications shall be Ckarnined in the order tettiVed) elteett that ens previously given picot eiminaUofl hall be eltattiitted itst. When aPProvtils by other agencies having authority May 1014 sally be tequired to be affiXed to the plan before 61411%111 bY,tt6 Plumbing tnspeetor, such apptuviil shall be tented on the plats before examination by the Plumbing Inspector., If the aPPlitatiati of plans do not conform to the requirement of all pertinent or regulations, the Plumbing Official shall reject such application in writing, stating the reasons therefore. Plans which are rejected) as stated hereitiabove, shall be returned fot correetion. Penciled notations on mechanically reproduced plaits may be accepted for only tninot corrections, if the application, plans and specificity tions, upon ettitnitititiott, are found to comply with the requirettieribi of the Plumbing Code, the plans shall be sighed and marked it* approved, (h) PLUMBING PERMIT PBB: (1) Any person desiring a plumbing permit to be issued shall, in addition to filing ph no. plicatioti and before such perinit is issued, play a plumbing permit fee as required. (2) When work for which a plumbing pettnit is required is started or proceeded with prior to the obtaining of said permit, the fees as specified herein shall be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person, firm or corporation from fully complying with this Code nor from any penalties prescribed herein. (I) PERMITS AVAILABLE At WORK SITE: All permits shall be kept at the work site and shall be exhibited on request to do so by an authorized person. 4601.6 INSPECTION ANb TESTS: (a) INSPECTIONS: (1) All materials and installations covered by the Plumbing Code shrill be inspected by the Plunibing Inspector to insure compliance with the requirements of the Plumbing Code, (2) The plumbing permit holder shall notify the Plumbing In- spector when the work is ready for test and inspection. (1:6) PINAL INSPECTION: When the work for which a plumb- ing permit is issued is completed, the permit holder shall request final inspection and such request shall be made before the building or construction in which such work done is occupied or used and not more than 30 days after completion of the work. (c) TESTS: Before approving any plumbing system or addl. tion thereto or part thereof for use the Plumbing inspector may re- quire that such system, in whole or in part, be tested to prove its sufficiency. Ail equipment, material, power and labor necessary for inspections and tests shall be supplied by the permit holder. (d) SYSTEM TESTi All the piping of the plumbing system shall be tested with water or air. The Plumbing Inspector may re- quire the removal of any cleanouts, plugs or caps to ascertain if the pressure has reached all parts of the system, (e) METHODS OF TESTING: it) WATER TESTS, GEN- ERAL: For building sewer tests a fitting shall be placed at the property or curb line for the purpose of inserting a test plug and such building sewer shall be connected with proper fittings to the public sewer lateral at time of test. The water test may be ap- plied to the drainage system in its entirety or by section. If ap- plied to the entire system, all openings in the piping shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening above the roof, and the system filled with water to the point of overflow above the roof. When tested in sections, at least the lower five feet of the next section 277 above shalt fre retested, so Ito mil jOint and .01ft tft the ing drainage system Phan Mitbeet subMitted to it test of ntit than a fite-fOot head of *Met. AIR ttStt the air test than be mode h.y fittitelitif the elf compressor or test apparatus to shy suitable ovtilg nhd 10§thit all other ihlets and outlets to the systetn, then foreitig air itito the Systern until there IF fi uniform pressure sufficient to balance rolumh of mercury tett iheires ih height of tit uhds,per-sqttitte- ihch oh the Wire systetn. (2) WAttR ftStS IN tINPRAMth ONti§tOrt BUILD. OHM For orie-stary, unframed buildings with bathtubs on the first floor and where plumbing is installed triot' tO cofhpletiori of build, ingWnUs,partitions and roots, the test shall be made by plturging all openings except the terminus ot the vent stacks and tinitift the system and waste brattches, which are to be cohcealed with water to a point in veht stacks, five feet above the highest fixture branch, On ground inspections for one-story buildings entering a torn:tett sewer and hating more thah one stack, It five-foot head of water will hot be required where steel or copper stacks nte to be installed: provided one stack is filled to a point five feet above the highest fixture branch. Other stacks may be plugged above the Maitre opening provided all lead joints are made and tested. Free standing stacks shall hot exceed 14 feet above the horizonal toil line. (3) WATER TESTS IN PRAMED DUILDINtSt Where build- ing walls and partitions ate In place and support the stacks, the water test shall be applied to test the entire system to the overflow point of the highest vent terminus above the roof. (4) BATHTUB CONNECTION WATER TEST: After the test required in (2) and (3) has been applied and approved, the bathtub shall be set and properly connected and the drainage system and tub filled with water to the flood rim level of the tub. The water test above the required five feet head shall be waived and a visual inspec- tion substituted provided all lead caulked, screwed or sweated type joints are properly made and accepted by the Plumbing Inspector. (f) coMBINEb BATHTUB OR SEWER AND WATER PIPE INSPECTION: The required bathtub and water pipe or sewer in- spection shall be called for and made at the same time. Where separate inspections are made, a fee of three dollars, for so -doing shall be paid by the permit holder, (R) TESTS WHERE ALL PARTS OP SYSTEM ARE OUT. SIDE OF BUILDING: Where all parts of the soil, waste and vent lines are outside a building and visible the fixtures may be set and the system filled with water to the point of overflow of the lowest fixture on the highest floor. (h) COVERING OF WORK: No drainage or plumbing sys- tem or part thereof shall be covered until it has been inspected, tested and approved. It shall be the duty and responsibility of the permit holder to determine if work has been inspected before it is covered or concealed. Any drainage or plumbing system or part thereof that is covered or concealed before being inspected,tested and approved shall be uncovered upon order of the Plumbing In- spector. (i) DEFECTIVE WORK: If on inspection and tests any plumbing work shows defects, the defective work or material shall be replaced within three days and inspection and test repeated. (j) CORRECTION NOTICES: The Plumbing Inspector shall make written notice of violation of the Plumbing Code and/or cor- rections ordered and such notice shall be served on or mailed or delivered to the permit holder or his job representative or may be posted at the site of the work. Refusal, failure, or neglect to 27A pill +il4th seett hike Mitt *Ain ten (Wa 1f Witted a 'tioi>ttieh titi3 'Cedes terdi githil be stibleet te *tries es set fettb. Palle* to Orly With this S'tecctidfi, tie fa t,th fits shstlt be issueei to suet Ptsoh, firm 6P trifterittiOrt. tit) ttS1S O ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS OR tXTENSIONSt Ali alterations, repairs, or tc sio is rhitr i i tiein* to dealt telt feet in length of piping and fittings shall be inked ebd tested before final appPoval. (I) 'MST it RAINWATER PIPES: ilainwateP pipes and their toot connections Within buildings and attending tea point fire feet outside the building shall be tested by the Watet test, (m) ?ESTOP WATER DISTRIBUTION S' StRM: tpon the completion of the entire *Met distributio n system, it `hall be tested; inspected and proved tight undeP a water pressure of hot less than the mattn,uni w•otkinjt pressure undet Which it is to be used. Watet shock or hammer in *stet supply system *ill be cause for condemns- tion on final inspection Air rhambets or shock absotbets shall be installed and shall be not Tess than tt 12•inch lentrth of pipe one site larger than the pipe it Ferweft. (art) TEST OP STANDPIPt S: (See Section (o) WORKMANSHIP: All plumbing wok shall be done ih a wotkmanlike manner, and ih compliance with the provisions of this Plumbing Code. (p) CERTIPICATES OP APPROVAL: After the satisfatten completion and final inspection of the plumbing system, or any part thereof, and upon request. a Certificate of Approval shall be is- sued by the Plumbing Inspector to the permit holder. (q) °tt ST OP EXISTING iNSTALLATIONS: The Plumbing Inspector may require that a suitable test be applied to any existing plumbing system which he has reason to believe has become in. sanitary or defective. The Plumbing Inspector shall notify the owner or agent of the property to apply such test within a tea• sortable length of time but not to exceed ten days. If defects or insanitary conditions are, by such tests, found to exist, correction of the defects or insanitary conditions shall be made within ten days. (r) INSPECTION AND TESTS —EXCEPTIONS! A test shall not be required for a plumbing system or part thereof set up for exhibition or demonstration purposes and not to be used for the disposal of body wastes. A test shall not be requited after the repairing or replacing of an old faucet or valve nor after forcing out stoppages and repairing leaks. A test shall not be require for a building storm drain sewer. (s) DAMAGES RESULTING FROM REQUIRED TESTS: teststsshall be he yrespong breakage of the permit installationduring required 4602 DEFINITIONS Unless otherwise expressly stated, ail words other than herein defined shall have the meaning implied by their context in the Code or their ordinarily -accepted meanings in the construction industry; words used in the present tense shall include the future; words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter; number shall include the plural; and the plural number shall in- clude the singular. Wherein a definition set forth in this Chapter varies from a definition set forth in Chapter 4 herein, the definition set forth as follows shall be applicable to only this Chapter 46. ACCESSIBLE: Visible, unobstructed and within physical reach. AiR GAP` An air gap in a water -supply system is the unob- structed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the 279 teceptoetc tures, or substance,; into the distfibutffig OiPe,4 Of it potable §u"'Y sources 6th#t than its intended course, (See 11ack-Ai0fiondgeo) I.-, Any u"arigernetit whereby backho* Of, Occur. of IneRhS to prevent backflow- into the potable water system, IIACK-911PRONAlfttt tlack-siphonAge is the flow Of water Ott other liquids, rni.%tures or subAnnees into the distributing Pipe.% 0 a potable supply of water, or any other fiktureo device, or dt)Plisliticeo froin any sources Other than its intended course, due to a neeati've pressure in such pipe. (See Vackflow.) hWtMENT., A level of a building, the floor Of which is t*O feet or more below grade and the ceiling of which is not more than four feet -ind six inches above grade. grout) of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge Into a common horizontal waste or soil branch. - B0ILtR aLOW-0M. A boiler blow -off is an outlet on a boiler to permit emptying or discharge of the water or sediment in the boiler. y part of the piping system other BRANCHt A branch is an than a main. BRANCH, HORIZONTAL- See Horizontal Branch. BRANCH INTERVALt A branch Interval is a length of soil or waste stack corresponding it, general to a story height, but in Ito case less than eight feet within which the horizontal branches from one floor or story of a building are connected to the stuck, BRANCH VENT: A branch vent is a vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent. BUILDING- A building is a structure built, erected. and trained of component structural parts designed for the housing, shelter en- closure, or support of persons, animals, or property of any kina, BUILDING CLASSIFICATION- Building Classification is the arrangement adopted by law for the designation of buildings in clas.ses hased upon the'Ir use and occupancy. BUILDING DRAIN: The building (house) drain is that part of the lowest linrizontal soil piping of a building drainage system, illcludiig,, first floor soil branches, exclusiv e of storm sewer, which receive.,; the di.scharge from soil, waste, and other drainage ripes inside tile %vails of the building and conveys it to the bui ding (house) sewer beginning five feet outside the building wall. BUILDING SEWER: The building (house) sewer is that part of the horizontal piping of a drainage systein which extends frorn the end of the building drain and which receives the discharge of the building drain and conveys it to a public sewer, private sewer, individual sewer -disposal system, or other point of disposal. 280 ION _ r_. RU'ILDING B?ONM DRAIN: A tuftdffiR ttrtiaml tstarrn i fhit a d raift used fet e'ttrri7 ilig'Ohh hitter, sa fac *itte d saltUf, subsurface water, condensate, eootittR *ate', ofttlY iittiiitltt -+dib charge f ding to building of e S than rite teeto amide t ildittg �; tt all. BUILDING STORM §RWRL A buildini •(Muse) stoat sewer is the extension from the building storm drain to the pttNie stotin sewer, combined sewer, ot Quiet point of disposal. �tslLbIN lr SU 15RAIN: A buildih ► (house) subdrai t is that portion of a drainage system which cahoot drain by tit vity ihtb the building settet. CODR: The word "Plumbing Code" when used alone shall mean these regulations, subsequent atnendnients thereto, got any emergency rule or regulation which the Administrative Authority hating jurisdiction may lawfully adopt, COMBINED BUILDING Si WRR: A combined building sewer receives storm water, selvage and liquid waste. COMMON VENT: A common tent is a tent above the junction of and two servi net as art ettt installed both fixture draihsrMel in a vertical stack CDNDUCTf ktt A "Leader". CONTINUOUS WASTE: A continuous waste is a drain cote= nectiog the compartments of a combination fixture to its trap or connecting other permitted fixtures to a common trap. CROSS.CONN1 CttON: A cross -connection is any physical con. nection or arrangement between two otherwise separate piping sys- tems, one of which contains potable water and the other water of unknown or questionable safety, or any other kind of matter, whether element, compound or mixture, whereby water may flow from one system to the other, the direction of flow dependingon the pressure differential between the two systems. (See Backflow and Back-siphonage.) DEAD ENO: A dead end is a branch leading from a soil waste or vent pipe, building drain or building sewer which is terminated at a developed distance of two feet or more by means of a plug or other closed fitting. DEVELOPED LENCTH: The developed length of a pipe is its length measured along the center line of the pipe and fittings. DIAMETER: Unless specifically stated, the term "diameter" is the nominal diameter as designated commercially, DOWNSPOUT: A "Leader", DRAIN: A drain is any pipe which carries liquid, waste water or water borne wastes to an approved point of disposal. DRAINAGE SYSTEM: A drainage system (drainage piping) includes all the piping within public or private premises, which conveys sewage, rain water, or other liquid wastes to a legal point of disposal. DRAINAGE WELL: A drainage well, referred to in this Code is any cavity, drilled, driven or natural, which taps the underground water and into which surface waters; waste waters, industrial caste or sewage is placed. DURHAM SYSTEM: Durham system is a term used to de- scribe soil or waste systems where all piping is of threaded pipe, tubing, or other such rigid construction, using recessed drainage fittings to correspond to the types of piping. EFFECTIVE OPENING: The effective opening. Is the minimum cross -sectional area at the point of water -supply discharge, measured crm s-sect cross -sectional (This is rms of: the todiameter fair gap.) of equivalent 281 PiXTURE SRAM!! A flitate btatet itt ft Iffitityttp tylittelti it the dritin rrdrii the tf 61 ffitlitt* t6 the intrftibii tor the drain With 6 Vett. PIXTURE DAMS: A flittiltedrtott it the drain item Ott tilt, titre branch to the junction Of the drain with any °Oast Min FIXTURE UNt?t A fixtute Oft is a deeigit feetot so ehetet: that the load -producing values or the diftetebtAslurnbitig filth:tee can be e*pissed apptoXimately Os Multipleof that factor. For the purposes of this Code, one fixture obit flow tette shell be &Med to be one cubic foot ot seven and rite -tenths gallons of *Met per minute. FIRE LINES: The fire control system, including water serviet, standpipe, siamese connections and pumps. (See Fire Standpipe System,) Mt:Mb-LEVEL RIM: The flood -level rim is the top edge of the receptacle from which water or other liquids overflow. MOOR DRAIN: A toot drain is an opening or receptacle located at approximate floor level connected to a trap to receive the discharge from indirect wastes and floor drainage. PLUSHOMETER VALVE: A flushotneter valve is device which discharges a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes and is actuated by direct water pressure. GRADE: Grade is the slope or fall of a line of pipe in refer- ence to a horizontal plane. In drainage it is usually expressed as the fall in a fraction of an inch per foot length of pipe, GREASE INTERCEPTOR: An "Interceptor." GREASE TRAP: An "Interceptor." GUTTER: An open channel for carrying away rainwater. HANGERS: "Supports". HORIZONTAL PIPE: Horizontal pipe means any pipe or fit- ting which makes an angle of more than 45 degrees with the vertical. HORIZONTAL MANCH: A horizontal branch is a drain pipe extending laterally from a soil or waste stack or building drain, with or without vertical sections or branches, which receives the discharge from one or more fixture drains and conducts it to the soil or waste stack or to the building (house) drain, INDIRECT WASTE: An indirect waste pipe is a pipe that con- veys liquid wastes (other than body wastes) by discharging them into an open plumbing fixture or receptacle, the overflow point of which is at a lower elevation than the item drained and which is properly connected to the drainage system, soakage pit or dis- charge well. INDUSTRIAL. WASTES: Industrial wastes are liquid wastes resulting from the processes employed in industrial establishments and are free of body wastes, INSANITARY: Contrary to sanitary principles --injurious to health. INTERCEPTOR: An interceptor is a device designed and in- stalled so as to separate and retain deleterioius, hazardous, or un- desirable matter from normal wastes and permit normal sewage or liquid wastes to discharge into the disposal terminal by gravity. LEADER: A leader (downspout) is the vertical water con- ductor from the roof to the building storm drain, combined build- ing sewer, or other means of disposal. LIQUID WASTE: Liquid waste is the discharge from any fix- ture, appliance, or appurtenance, in connection with a plumbing sys- tem which does not receive body waste. 282 e`N LCAb PAWL toad toetot is the filitetitinto of the Mai WA iitettrd Matti% unit flow tht *IAA is Molt to itreift WM If the tititinage itsteth. ttvkties *ith the Meeofrreetifity, 'MOM flh* chit above this twilit 'Ming teitkidgtVdi and with the probabiIit factor of simultaneous use. LOOP VENT: A sefieS of fikttites installed h ft httikentsi branch. A vent shall be installed veftically within five feet dog streatn from the first fixture drain, and anode? vent Metalled yr4 tically between the last two fixture Witches; all fixture drains shall enter the citcuit ot oop vented branch at intervals hot to Weed five feet. MAtikti The Main of any system of continuous is the principal artery of the system, to which branches may be cothected, MAIN VENTi The main vent is the ptincipal artery of the vent. in g system, to which vent branches may be connected. MAYt The word "may" is a permissive term. Mt2ZANINE: Is flh intermediate floor placed in any story or room. When the total area of any such mettanine floor exceeds 33 in percest of the total floor area in that room ot story in which the mestanine floor occurs, it shall be considered as constituting tth additional story. The clear height above or below a mettiminesfloot construction shall be not less than seven feet. PERSONI Person is a natural person, his heirs, executors, ad. ministrators or assigns; and includes it firm, partnership or corpora- tion, its or their successors or assigns. Singular includes plural; male includes female. PITCH: "Grade." PLUMBING: Plumbing means, includes and refers to: (I) The materials including pipe, fittings,valves, fixtures and appliances attached to and a part of a plumbing system for the purpose of cre- ating and maintaining sanitary conditions in buildings, camps and swimming pools on private property where people live, work, play, assemble or travel. (2) That part of a water supply and sewage and drainage sys. tem extending from either the public water supplv mains or private water supply to the public sanitary, storm or combined sanitary and storm sewers or to a private sewage disposal plant, septic tank, dis- posal field, pit, box filter bed or any other receptacle or into any natrual or artificial body of water, water course upon public or private property. (3) The design, installation or contracting for installation, re- moval and replacement, repair or remodeling, of all or any part of the materials, appurtenances or devices attached to and forming a part of a plumbing system, including the installation of any fixture, appurtenance or devices used for cooking, washing, drinking, bath- ing, swimming, cleaning, fire fighting, mechanical or manufacturing purposes. PENTHOUSE: An enclosed structure extending not more than 12 feet above the roof of a building, other than a roof structure which occupies not more than 25 per cent of the roof area and con- sidered a story. PLUMBER-MASTERs A Master Plumber is a person holding a Certificate of Competency in effect from the examining board of plumbers specifying such person as a muster plumber and is author- ized to engage in, offer to engage in, and advertise or otherwise represent that he is permitted or qualified to engage in, the business of a master plumber or plumbing contractor, including planning, superintending, installation, maintenance and repair with respect to plumbing in all its branches, and the performance or the supervision of others in their performance of (1) the physical or mechanical execution of plumbing work including installation, maintenance, re- 283 placement at repair of Prittinbifig4 (2) . dig emits fort tdiliie a septic tank l rator tit ( s'MOO ' at r inst hers lit'ehse iB t c1uitttd and who has complied +with all State Latta and Ideal bpditranees. PLUMRER=jOU RNRYMANt A httfrtterritth t'himbet holding Certificate of Colnlretency in effect froth the etamining board of plumbers specifying such a person a: a journetthrth plumberr is authorized to ett .a , ot offer to engage, as an occupation, et t� money et, othet t�hin of taItre, in wotk ot Motas a journey:tsan ,lumber, in the physical Or mechanical ekeeutioti of plumbing Work. including installation, tnaihtettance, replacement ot repair of pl>ifhb= ing and to het as superintendent or foreman tinder' the supert-isiofi and responsibility of a licensed master plumber. PLUMt%t t,APPRENTICRt Plumbet Apprentice shall meana person at least sixteen years of age, who is engaged in learning and assisting in the installation of plumbing and drainage and such Other work as is usually done by plumbers under the direct personal super. vision and in the presence of a duly licensed master of 10011 yntan plumber: and as set fah in Chapter 448 of the Florida Statutes. PLUMBING 1rtXTURESt Plumbing fittures are receptacles, de- vices, or appliances Which are supplied with water or which receive or discharge litluids or liquid borne wastes, with or without discharge into the drainage system with which they may be directly or inr�i- rectly connected. PLUMBING INSPECtOltt The chief administrative officer charged with the administration, enforcement, and application of the Plumbing Code and all amendments thereto. The duly authorized and appointed representative of the legislatinit authority adopting this Plumbing Code, charged with the inspection of ail work per- formed under this code, the enforcement and application of this code, and such other duties, not inconsistent with the provisions hereof, as may be assigned him from time to time. PLUMBING SYSTEM: The plumbing system includes the water= supply and water -supply distribution pipes; plumbing fixtures and traps: soil, waste, and vent pipes; building drains and building sewers; building storm drains and building storm sewers; liquid waste piping, and appliance:: and appurtenances, including their respective connec- tions and devices, within the private property lines of the premises, and water and sewer -treating or water and sewer -using equipment; fire standpipe systems and swimming pool piping. PRIVATE SWIMMING POOLt A private swimming pool is a pool together with its buildings and appurtenances, which is used by an individual, his family or house guests. POTABLE WATERt Potable water is water which is satisfac• tory , for drinking, culinary and domestic purposes, and meets the requirements of the Health Authority having jurisdiction. PRIVATE PROPERTYt Private property for the purposes of this Code shall mean all property except streets or roads dedicated to the public and easements (excluding easements between private parties,) (See definition of Plumbing.) PRIVATE OR PRIVATE USE: In the classification of plumb• ing fixtures, private applies to fixtures in residences and apartments and to fixtures in private bathrooms of hotel and similar installations where the fixtures are intended for the use of a family or an individual. PRIVATE SEWER: A private sewer is a sewer privately owned and not directly controlled by public authority. PUBLIC OR PUBLIC USE: In the classification of tlumbing fixtures "public" applies to fixtures in commercial and industrial establishments, in restaurants, bars, public buildings, comfort star tions, schools, gymnasiums, railroad stations, or places to which the public is invited or which are frequented by the public without spe- cial permission or special invitation, and other installations (whether 2B4 ray l f f't e) *NM MA ,ot Mauves art ittiitatisit titat use is similarly tifftsttiettil. Min OFFICIAL See AdMillistriftivt Autturitsr. Ptifttle §Ellititi A pnblie Str*611 it trbittnell tow direettp eithtPolled by public suthttri y. ` : A public swimming pool is a *RA �et�if�Ll� �'W�ft�il�tl�i� �. allowed to bathe of issl e to the public t bath ng put'ptett bset t yj eot sent of the owner. RELiEP Vtter: A relief iettt is a vent, the ptirnaty futrctiutt of Which is to provide circulation of air bettreen drainage and veht systems. RIM: i or the purpose of this Code a rim is an unobstructed open edge at the oretflow point of a fixture. ROCK DRAINFIELD: Three -quartet inch drainfield rock 100 percent paging a one inch screen and a maximum of ten percent passing: a one-half inch screen, ROCK•Ot LILT E: A rock consisting of small round gruinst usually carbonate of lime, resembling the toe of fish cemented together, ROOF -GRAIN: A roof drain is an outlet installed to receive water collecting on the surface of a roof and to discharge it into the leader (downspout). ROUGHING -IN: Ploughing -in is the installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures. This includes drainage, water -supply, and vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports. SAND INTERCEPTOR: See Interceptor, SANITARY SEWER: A Sanitary setver is a pipe which carries sewage and excludes storm, surface and ground water. SECOND HAND: Second hand as applied to tnaterial or plumb- ing equipment is that which has been installed, and has been used or removed. SEPARATOR: See Interceptor. SEPTIC TANK: A septic tank is a watertight receptacle which receives the discharge of a drainage system or part thereof, and is designed and constructed so as to separate solids from the liquid, digest organic matter through a period of detention, and allow the liquids to discharge open-joint or perforateof the , or other appro h a sub- surface methods, SEWAGE: Sewage is any liquid waste containing animal, min- eral or vegetable matter in suspension or solution, and may include liquids containing chemicals in solution. SHALL: The word "shall" is a mandatory term. SIZE OF PIPE AND TUBING: See Diameter. SLOPE: See Grade. SOIL PIPE: A soil pipe is any pipe which conveys the discharge with- outof the waterdischarge from otheor r fixtures, thaving oiar thefunctions build ng,draiwitn or build- ing sewer. SPECIAL WASTE PIPE: See Indirect Waste Pipe. STACK: A stack is the vertical pipe of a system of soil, waste, or vent piping. STACK VENT: A stack vent (sometimes called a waste vent or soil vent) is the extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack. STORM DRAIN: See Building Storm Drains. 2b5 §TAPIOPtPt SYSTEM: A syetiifft Mettall let toe Ittoteetiott es BONI Aternary *kW StiPtillt it tif attterisitiral y available at NA hOse outlet. STORM §EWEitt A dent secret is it sewer used leis ttfittling rain water Ahdlot Suttee evatet. STORY: That part of a building etrmptised between o flout Ahd a fluor of fOof nett above, including a base-mneftt with A ceilin wltitit Is Pout feet, sift inches or More above the litre Arid grade of the side. walk, but neithet a eetlat, an attic not A pontlrofuse, SURSURPAe DRAINt A subsoil drain is A drain which re, ceives only subsurface of seepage water And cohtyeps it to A Witte of disposal, SUMP: A sump is a tank ot pit which receives sewage of liquid waste, located below the normal grade of the gravity system and which must be emptied by mechanical means, SUPPORTS: Supports, hangers, and anchors are devices rot supporting and securing pipe and fixtures to walls, ceilings, floor, ot structural members. SUPPLY WELL: Any artificial opening in the ground designed to conduct water from a source bed throu b the surface when water from such well is used for public, semi public or private use, 'CRAP: A trapis a fitting or device so designed and constructed as to provide a liquid seal which will prevent the back passage of air without materially affecting the flow of sewage or waste Water through it, TRAP SEAL: The trap seal is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap. VACUUM BREAKER: See lackflow t reventer. VENT STACK: A vent stack is a vertical vent pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system, VENT SYSTEMt A vent system is a pipe or pipes installed to provide a flow of air to or from a drainage system or to provide a circulation of air within such system. VENTILATION•TOILET ROOMS: The process or means of supplying or removing air which may or may not be conditioned for temperature and humidity by natural or mechanical means to and from the outside atmosphere. VERTICAL PIPE: A vertical pipe is any pipe or fitting which is installed in a vertical position or which makes an angle of not more than 45 degrees with the vertical, WASTE: See Liquid Waste and Industrial Wastes. WASTE PIPE: A waste pipe is any pipe which receives the dis- charge and fixture, conveys except the building or havingfixtures stsimilar waste stack. WATER•DISTRIBUTING PIPE: A water -distributing pipe in a building or premises is a pipe which conveys water from the water - service pipe to the plumbing fixtures, appliances and other water outlets. WATER MAIN: The water (street) main is a water supply pipe for public or community use. WATER OUTLET: A water outlet, as used in connection with the water -distributing system, is the discharge opening for the water; (1) to a fixture; (2) to atmospheric pressure (except into an open tank which is part of the water -supply system) ; (3) to a boiler or heating water to (4) ate, but not a part of theaeplumbiequipment g system. re- quiring 286 WMIR SERVieE Mt: The itatet4tFalte PtPe tit% tiPe fetti the *Met main Of Ott:* Settfee of *kW ittiPPly te the buildInt MAAS. WATER/WPM ?tM ¶1*cite/400y gyarn of a be& Mg et pretniSeS f oboist,: fif the wfiteragerVie* pipt, tit* tvattatudistribtit, ing vivo, Otftodpipe system and the hetessary ttItMita, fit= Hogs, tottrol Valves, and all appurtenant ia of Of Militate prOpeftyl WET VENT: A wet vent i ft waste pipe which serves te it and convey waste from fiXturts othef than water closets, YOKE VENT: A yoke vett iS ft pipe o:Meeting tiptvard from ft soil or waste stack to a vent stack fot the purpose of prevehting pressure -changes in the stacks. 4603 tIENERAL 4602.t. tONPORMANCE WITH MEI Alt pittinbitig systems hereafter installed shill conform to the triihirniiiti requirthiehti and provisions as set forth ih this Code, 4602.2 CHANGE 1N biltECTION: Changes in direction in drainage shall be made by appropriate use of 45-degree *yes, long - or -short -sweep quarter bends, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends, ot by a combination of these or other approved fittings, Single and double sanitary teeS and quartet' bends may be used in Vertical seetiont ef drainage lines only tt•here the direction of flow is from the horizontal to the vertical. No one -fifth bends or one -quarter bends will be allowed on horizontal soil or waste lines. 460,3 PROHIBITED FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS: (a) No fitting having a hub in the direction opposite to flow, or tee branch shall be used as a drainage fitting, (b) No running threads, bands, or saddles shall be used In the drainage system. (c) No drainage or vent piping shall be drilled or tapped. (d) No four inch or four by three inch east iron closet bends shall be used for floor connection to fixtures with integral trap. 4603.4 REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING PLUMB. INGt Alteration, repair or renovation of existing plumbing or drainage installations may be made at variance from the provisions of this Code, provided such deviations conform to the intent of the Code and are approved in writing by the Plumbing Inspector. Any previously installed fixture or material found to be defective, deteri- orated or dangerous to personal health or safety by the administra- tive authority shall be replaced in accordance with the provisions of this Code. 4603.5 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION. AND BACKPILLING: (a) SUPPORT OF PIPINGt Buried piping shall be securely sup- ported in an approved manner to prevent sagging, misalignment and breaking. (b) OPEN TRENCHES: All excavations required to be made for the installation of a plumbing piping system shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested and accepted. (e) BACKFILLINGt Adequate precaution shall be taken to insure proper compactness of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Backfilling to a point not less than 12 inches above the top of the pipe shall be placed in thin layers with clean fill which does not contain stones, boulders, cinder -fill, or other material which would damage or break the piping or cause corrosive action. 4603.6 STRUCTURAL SAFETY: The work of installing or repairing any part of a plumbing and/or drainage system shall not 267 itnfmit the stPti t rt11M late Of tildfd5 fses. trite bntilA- ing at dabs Milt be let ih 0 kaft stfMttc tits`rl tOfidition in t - hhce t ith the tettaltetheMs of this tgle. 4BOS.? 1tQUIRtMRN : i.iathing her in contained shall be cohsttned to Prevent the ttet ftein tsittit highet require- :teats than those set ftiftli in this 'Cade, 4603.8PRC TECTION OP PIPE: VI) EAKAEE AND CORROSION: Pipes passing ,under of thtoit h watts shall be pro- tested Oath brt akage And strain of stress. Pipes passim through of under cinder or Concrete or othet corrosive material shall be -pta- tested against external corrosion by protective coating, whipping, or other means which will prevent such corrosion. (b) CUTTING OR NOTCHING: No structural metnbet shall be weakened or impaired by cutting, notching", or otherwise, except to the extent permitted by the Building Official. (e) PIPES THROUGH FOOTINGS OR FOUNDATION WALLS: All piping Passing under a footing shall have a clearance of at least two inches between the top of the pipe and bottom of the footing. All piping passing through masonry walls or concrete construction shall besleepipeved to pro be id e.ineh annular spare around entire cir- cumference ed. 4603.9 DAMAGE TO DRAINAGE SYSTEM OR PUISLIC SEWER: It shall be unlawful for any person to deposit by any means into the building drainage system or into a public or private sewer any ashes; cinders; rags; inflammable poisonous, or explosive liquids; o gases;uobstruct,adamagor e or overload�such systemeterious torisl which ewer, 4603.10 INDUSTRIAL WASTES: Wastes detrimental to the public or private sewer system or detrimental to the functioning of the sewage -treatment plant shall be treated and disposed of as di- rected by the Plumbing Inspector or other authority having jurisdic• indirectly intotlrain water equipment twhich discharge tinto anyesulrface in y gutter. 4603.11 SLEEVES: Annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be filled or tightly caulked with coal tar or asphaltum com- pound,s sn , le the other materialg found equally effective and approved 4603.12 VERMIN PROOFING: All lead work in a building not enclosed in concrete or fill, shall be made rat proof by covering throughpwalls,• floors, galvanizedanceilings shalh l well sealed vermin Interior roofnings 4603.13 USED OR SECOND HAND EQUIPMENT: It shall be unlawful to purchase, sell, or install used equipment or material for plumbing installations unless it complies with the minimum standards set forth in this Code. 4603.14 CONDEMNED EQUIPMENT: Any plumbing equip- ment condemned by the Plumbing Inspector because of wear, dam- age, defects, or sanitary hazards, shall not be re -used for plumbing purposes. 4603.15 PIPING IN RELATION TO FOOTINGS: Unle&s other- wise approved by the Building Official, by reason of a special design, no excavation for piping or drainage work shall be placed within the angle of pressure as transferred from the base of an existing struc- ture to the sides of an excavation on a 45-degree angle, other than a pipe perpendicular to the wall. 288 CONIVECTION§ TO MOMS M S §Y§Ititi °lUtittpt All fitottelttit flitterestetelits, ett , dov tipetiottees tatil to ristretvt et,Rt C ii ti, *Dies et eeftteeted to rairte system, n gel: btl'cpe *ink the i Ms Oboe, 4803.1? tEWER REQUffiLft to Ettsty btrildin lh *tett plttmbit tiotutes ere installed shall hate a cbnnrl!e'iioo _ o a publte st t et it of srilbble, (b) When a public sewer is tiot available for tile, smote and drai uttte eiping shall be connected to ah thdi'tiduat sewage, Or *hate disposal system. 4803.18 LOC:AtION OP 'PLKTURE§t ta) LICIT AND VRiti= et roomsTiOot Provided with ventilation Matins andbillu�min ited on as sett ft h in rot fit (b) IMPROPER LOCATHCONt Piping, fitttures, or equipment shall hot be located loo ,a manner raothe to interfere the normal t peraj 4803.18A rLOOR CONNECTIONS 'POR INTEGRAL TRAP PIXTURES: (a) LEAD: Pout -inch lead bends and stubs shall be used oh floor standing water closets or similar integral trap fills ferrule. The threee-in by lead stub swillsbe permits d forefixturesiwirth integral trap. l b) REDUCING: tour • by three, inch reducing one quarter bens are acceptable. 4603.19 DEAD ENDS: to the installation or removal of ah necessary toaextendsascleanoutdso es to be accessible except where MUM �IX�'U��t TOILET FACILITIES �Cl`M� TS:POR WORKMEN: (a) MtNt= Temporary Toilet Patitities for Workmen During Construction For each construction job and for so. of star each one hundred feet of residential >paraoaa oaata structure, for multiple buildings 1 to 50 *2 1 For each fire floors of a structure 1 to 50 f2 1 (Ozer 60 add 1 for each 75 persons or fraction thereof) • Permanent toilet facilities located in a strueture where alterations or additions ate being made or toile facilities located within two hundred feet of construction work, may be used in lieu of temporary toilet Tacit. :ties. provided the owner or party Ih possession thereof shall have gleen written consent for the Use of such facilities during the entire period of eonstruction: further. provided such written consent is attached to the approved plans for the proposed vonstruction. (b) WATER SUPPLY: The person holding the building per- mit shall employ a licensed plumbing contractor to install temporary water closets with flush tanks or flush valves connected to an ap- proved saIf antapprotedand scomlied munity•water an supply is not avail water supply. able, water under pressure shall be provided by means of a water pump and well. (e) PUBLIC SEWER AVAILABLE: Where a public sewer is available, a permit to connect thereto shall be secured by the li- censed plumbing contractor and a proper branch fitting inserted between the reducing fitting at the property line and the test fitting. (d) BUILDING SEWER CONNECTION: Should it be deemed advisable, a permanent building sewer or drain may be installed to serve temporary water closets, provided all requirements of the Plumbing Code related thereto are observed. IAD As) REMOVAL Or TareUR, WOltLti ti of 1rhE eenitti etten twerf)to tower closet etkver -- brittrehea bha11 be ?Medved tr miter brRneh °pewp 1l6111 be eland byIt !Webbed inane pleTbet with a .east iron pin et Meaux eut Chalked fa puce with srn and toad eauiked i1. Water tines shall be tietthettehtly capped et piugged tt) &tPT1C TANK CONNECTORS: Whets a pubtie sewer is not available the person, et persons holding the building permit shall provide temporary *stet eleentsi by Employing a iieohsed master lumber to Mint a proper ffttfng in the ilding seal? Des tween the septic tank and the test fittit% er Neel the winter eloSete ever a septic tank en a temporary weed piatrorm. by either ramoving the Permanent concrete to corer of by providing a teiporary wood platform ever a apace between Beetiehai top eases or providing e temporary wood platform ever septic tank manholes. Such tem. porary wood platforms shall be removed upon completion e! the eonatruction work and the permanent eonerete rover properly et, merited in place. It is prohibted to cut an opening into a eepti+c tank cover for the insertion of a water closet outlet. () CIENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY TO1. LETS SHALL IIE AS FOLLOWS: (a) hit, bucket or ground bur= face privies are prohibited. (b) No person, firm or corporation shall commence stork in connection with temporary toilet facilities without first submitting plans for location of and securing approval as set forth in this Cade. this Inspection shall comply with requirements as set forth in No fixture tent for temporary water closets shall be required. (e) Pull caulked oakum joints without lead may be used for temporary water closet branches. (I) Temporary toilet installations shall be removed as soon as permanent toilet facilities ate available. left 4604 MATERIALS 4604.t MATERIALS: (a) MINIMUM STANDARDS: The materials listed herein shall conform to the standards cited when used in the construction, installation, alteration, or repair of any part of a plumbing and drainage system,except that the Plumbing Inspector shall allow the extension, addition, or relocation of existing soil, waste, or vent pipes with materials of like grade or quality. 46-C b) USE OP MATERIALS: Each material listed in Table shall conform to the standards cited opposite it. Its use shall be further governed by the requirement imposed in other sections of this Code. Materials not included in the table shall be used only as provided in Paragraph 4604.1(a). Materials shall be free of manu- facturing defects, or damage however occasioned, which would or would tend to, render such materials defective, insanitary or other- wise improper to accomplish the purpose of this Code. (c) SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS: Standard specifi- cations for materials for plumbing jnstallations are listed in Tables 46-A, 46-B, 46-C and 46-D. Products conforming to the specifica- tions listed for a given material shall be considered acceptable. 4604.2 MATERIALS FOR DRAINAGE SYSTEMS: (a) GEN- ERAL: Pipe tubing and fittings for plumbing systems shall comply with the requirements of this section. (b) REQUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO HEIGHT: For build- ings three stories or less in height, cast iron pipe and fittings shall be not less than service weight. For the purpose of this paragraph, any space for human occupancy above the third story shall constitute 290 an additional OM ret butiditiga tour ores or -more ffi MIK east JAM Mit MEI be a trek ATIOVE4ROUND PIPING W11,1114 fittltibtROSi tot a drainage iyttem "Mei a Abuilding shall b* of at iron. ges tailed wrought iren4 MM. readt bran br Miter PIM:. copper tube type L and hi in sizes 114 inch and Tamer and -nw • in sizes :4 inches and larger. No bra ts or etititief tubitig. (d) lit4DtROROURD WITHIN UILDINSt All drains within buildings, when underground, shall be of cotiron Iffil pipe, lend pipet ot brass pipet except that copper tulle and MOM may be used for 'underground drainage installations for private re& dential work only and for Mired waste Mee. (e) On all filled ground where the presence of hydrogen atilfide gas or other injurious elements IS khetth and especially the ground east of the west shore of Biscayne 13ty and east of the west shore of the inland waterway) and in areas being of having beet recently filled below high tide areas all concealed soil, tent and waste piping and fittings shall be cat iteri. Any fixture branelt above ground may be of copper) lead Or galvanized pipe, (I) PITTINtlgt rittings on the drainage system shall conform to the material and type of piping used. Fittings on sctewed Pipe or copper tube shall be of the recessed drainage type. 4604.3 BUILDINO StWtItt (a) tIENtRAte The building sewer shall be of not less than four inch diameter and shall be cast iron sewer pipe, or bituminized fiber sewer pipe or asbestot cement pipe. Joints shall be water tight and rootproof. (b) flIttiMINtb PI13tIDUILDINt StWrit PIPIN. STALLATION: (t) USE: Specific usage of bituminized fiber pipe shall be confined to: (aa) Residential type buildings limited to dwellings and apart- ment buildings only. (bb) For building sewers serving buildings not over two stories in height. (cc) The use of bituminized fiber pipe for soil, waste, vent, building drains or other plumbing pipes inside a building is ex- pressly prohibited. (dd) The pipe shall be laid in straight alignment and grade, with approved fittings for changes of direction. Cast iron spigot connec- tions to bituminized fiber shall be made by the insertion of the spigot end of cast iron pipe into a bituminized fiber adaptor coupling or hub fitting. (2) JOINTS: Bituminized fiber joints shall be tapered. The pipe taper shall be made by a field tooling lathe or field machine, Pipe and fittings shall be fully seated with no open space in the pipe in- vert. Pipe and fittings shall be joined together by driving on a wood block placed against coupling or fitting bumpers —never against face of pipe. (3) JOINT MATERIAL: Joint material for bituminized fiber pipe and fittings shall be either of the following: an oakum and lead caulked joint, hot coal tar pitch, asphalt sewer pipe compounds, sulphur base compounds or other special arid -resisting material. In each rase the manufacturer's directions shall be followed in the use of joint compounds. (4) PIPE BEDDING: The bottom quadrant of bituminized fiber pipe shall be continuously and uniformly in contact with and supported by the trench bottom. Fine, uniform material 4 inch in depth that will pass through a 4 inch screen shall be used to afford full support to the pipe. Hub and coupling projections shall be exca• vated so that no part of the pipe load is supported by the hub or coupling. Fine material that will pass through a 14 inch screen shall extend 4 inches on each side of the pipe. (5) BACKFILL AND COVER: llackfill for bituminized fiber 291 11101011•••••••••••••••0001.1••••••• pipe shell be fifthly tottrlYntotell with fine, svottettrti tttatePifti tr)rirfi ill pnss through a i# loch screen i'ratir the tte eh bottom to. apotOt sfg inches ot'et the top of the, pip . The Mihitt:um covet ttt'et bituttitniftti fiber pipe shall i2 irrehes. to ►SNtStO ttM€N? Alt t4 ►li' 'ftW R PIPE IIP4, STAL A?ttftI: (1) USE: Specific usage of asbestos cet etit pipe shall be confined tot (aa) Residential type buildings limited to dtteliings and heart- tneht buildings only. fhb) For building sewers serving buildings hot over two stories in height. tee) The use of asbestos cement pipe for soil, wastel plumbing tents, building drains or other plumbing pipes inside a building is ticpressly prohibited. (dd) The pipe shall be laid in straight alignment and grade; ttith approted fittings for changes of dii'ectioh. Cast iron spigot connect' tions to asbestos cement shall be tirade by the insertion of the spigot end of east iron pipe into an asbestos cement adaptor coupling or hub fitting, (2) JOINTS: Asbestos cement joints shall be tapered. The pipe taper shall be made by a field tooling lathe or field machine. and fittings shall be fully seated with no open space in the pipe i e ti vert. Pi and fittings shall be joined together by driving on a wood block laced agaihst coupling or fitting butttpers =never against face of pipe. (3) JOINT MATERIAL: Joint material for asbestos cement pipe and fittings shall be an oakum and lead caulked joint, or With ring tight couplings. in each case the manufacturer's directions shall be followed in the use of joint compounds. (4) PIPE IIEDbiNG: The bottom quadrant of asbestos ce- ment pipe shall be continuously and uniformly in contact with and supported by the trench bottom. Pine, uniform material 4 inch in depth that will pass through a 14 inch screen shall be used to afford lull support to the pipe, liub and coupling projections shall be ex- cavated so that no part of the pipe load is supported by the hub or coupling, Fine material that will pass through a !4, inch screen shall extend 4 inches on each side of pipe. (5) I3ACKPILL ANb COVER: liaakfill for asbestos cement pipe shall be firmly compacted with fine, selected material which will pass through a 14 inch screen from the trench bottom to a point six inches over the top of the pipe, The minimum corer over asbestos cement pipe shall be 12 inches. (d) OLD BUILDING DRAINS AND SEWERS: Old building drains and building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings or new plumbing and drainage work only when they are found, on examination or test to conform in all respects to the re- quirements governing new building drains and building sewers. (e) BUILDING STORM SEWER: The building storm sewers shall be clay pipe, cast-iron, bituminized fiber, asbestos cement or concrete pipe. (f) INSIDE LEADERS: When placed within the walls of any building or run in an inner or interior court or shaft, all roof lead- ers shall be constructed of lead, or cast iron with oakum and lead caulked joints; copper tube, brass, galvanized wrought iron or gal- vanized steel pipe with recessed drainage fittings. (g) COLLECTION BOXES: Connection to sheet metal collec- tion boxes shall be made only with lead pipe wiped on a ferrule or an adaptor flared and soldered to the bottom of each box. Cast iron or brass roof drains with domes or strainers shall be connected with oakum and lead caulked joints, screw threads or copper tube with soldered sweat joints. 292 (hi +tOUTS1D 'Lest Oftlide refit leaden 1de,b e s itte * fetlevis: he? Ie!ltted #n a VINO ae ibI6 of testicles, el l tfeti 141611 bo *Mended flee feet abt fre_ i tet leeatins, test iron Ain Land it lent .OM ifteh a ode lie ngtail feet bloat at 'tmttofri of leader eirit itiettes abate Grade's lit inches beyond leaden. ()�divetbeaPIPES: Whet Rh e leader pipe 6e0 eettd lbebon*le conforms to this 'Code. 4604.4 MATERIAL POR CLEANOUTh: Clealt,outs aheii he.a brass to troy: or other approvtd eonrrection and conform to the weight nxrt m no tese than eonf qttppprarnidh gbo p§thy p,hbAan:e metal, land 4004.E MATERIALS POOR VENTING: (a) VENTh: Pine, tubing and fittings for the tent piping system shall eompty with the standards and provisions of this Code. (See Table 46.C). (b) PIPING ABOVE GROUND: Vent piping shalt be of cash iron, galvanized, wrought iron, galvanized steel, lead, brass, or cop- per tube. (e) UNDERGROUND: Vent piping placed underground aha1l be cast-iron soil pipe, lead pipe, or brass pipe. (d) PITTINGS: Fittings shall conform to the type of pipe used in the vent systettt as required by sub -section 4604,2. Drainage pattern fittings shall not be required in dry vent system, (e) ACID SYSTEMS: Vent piping on acid -waste systems shall conform to that required for acid -waste pipe, except where other material is found adequate by the Plumbing Inspector. moving parts ofRcorrosion-resistant material.AL: Backwater valves shall have all bearing and 4604.6 MATERIALS — SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: (a) CAULKING FERRULES: Brass caulking ferrules shalt be of red brass pipe conforming to PS W W-P-351 or of heavy cast red brass of weight and dimensions in accordance with table 46•A. Seamless respond in size and � weight. in ($ecuof 'Cable d C )$a' provided they cot. - respond TABLE 46•A ripe Size (lncheik) Actual inside Weight Length (Inches) Lb. oz. 2 2% 414 1 0 3 314 4% 1 12 4% 4% 2 8 4 (b) SOLDERING NIPPLES AND BUSHINGS: Soldering nip- ples and bushings shall be red brass pipe, standard size conforming red bras of weight and dimensionis inoaccordance with Table cast 46•B and 46-C. 293 TABLE 46-S Size of Pipe (Inch!) Weight Per root Lb Oz. 0 6 1 ti 0 8 2 0 14 Size of Pipe (Inches) 4 ter tutir Per not Ltft 1 6, 3 3 TABLE 46-C MATERIALS FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS Materials ASA AST31 Efonatetanice Piping.. Clay Sewer Pipe Concrete Sewer Pipe for Sizes 4-in. to ....... Concrete Draintile. Bituminous Fiber Sewer Pipe and Fitt ings.______ Asbestos Cement Sewer Pipe--_. . ...... ..... restrous Pipe and Pitt:lags Cast -Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings XI( A40 Cast -Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Service Weight -- Cast -Iron Water Pipe A21.2-1953 Cast -Iron (Threaded) Pipe— —A411.5--1942 Cast -Iron (Screwed) Fittings— BI6.4-19491 Cast -Iron Drainage Fittings —1316.12-195I Wrought -Iron Pipe B36.2-1960 Steel Pipe Open -Hearth Iron Pipe-------B3C23--195 Malleable -Iron Fittings— 816.3-4151 (IS& lbs.) Non-Terrous Pipe One Meting, Brass Tubing Brass Pipe 1127.t-195z C12-5A c200-55T C75-55 el4-56 CI-56 A741-42 A72-56T A120-54. A253-557 A338-51T, 0135-56 114T-56 Other Stunderdi Remar3I$ SS-P-3610 119564 Standard! strenatrr Extra strangtlb SS-P-375- 11958h Reinforcedl SS-P-32to 1115134 Non-reintbreediMPe 1)11 SS-P-35& 1195611 SS-P-3510 (i19537ii WW-F-40Z 11961)1 WW-P-4210 11956b Vultr-P-35e. it930 WW-P-501e 0I958)1 W-r-491.• 4194541 WW-P-411111' 0952)1 vicw-r-4os .19414)1 WW-P-521a 11955) WW-7-191 01132/0 WW-P-361 11930) CS-1116-6A See Z. Z Entrap hem", CS-18A-531 IliWW111 119010 Type lanai Et Type in onbt TABLE 46-C (continued) Brass or Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings __B 5� d 1Ds:) Cast Brass Soldered Joint Fittings Bi&19-4950. Cast Brass Solder Joint Drainage Fittings— B16.23-1955, BB1615-1s�Z Copper Screwed Fittings _ __ _„ ,.�.-Fi26.1.1949 B42-55 Copper Pipe BZS-55� Seamless Copper Tubing _1I23.1-1954 B75-55 Copper Water Tube (KLM) --- Wrought Copper and Wrought Bronze Solder B1nw 1951 Joint Fittings Copper Drainage Tube Flared Fittings for Copper (water) Tubes 1i•t0:? 1936 Lead Pipes and Traps ---- aWnriasaoaa Caulking Lead --.-.••----------------"-._'_'_"".____- Sheet Lead ___ .--- ---------�-• -. "_ _ '_- Sheet Brass Sheet Copper _Gg,2-195t Galvanized -Iron and Steel Sheets._..._---•....--T---- Galvanized Pipe and Fittings--------- -- d2i_4-195 Cement Lining Coal Tar Enamel (protective coating) ------ -� Silver Solder Soft Solder Fixture Setting Compound--------_ Air Gap Standards +i40 6-19i3 Backflow Prevento Valves —Bronze Gate Cast-iron Date • Intended only for use where ASA BI&3 (150 Ib) and B16:19 (300IbO are not adequate. B240-52T DWV B306-5&T WW-V 46(P 11745) ww-1-Z70* 11955) WW T-Z9Z 11932) WW T- e 11916) B36-55 B121-55 B1 SZ-55 .193-5ST .%t20-54 e%i20651 6260-521" B3•1--4, Irby copper watus tune MSS-S1i -V Sett 21a--1:19 WW-E'-325. .1944) S 995-/1i QQ-L-1 ve 1 1945) TQQ-L-201-Ie 11953)0 Q4B-611 11938) Q B-6E3 1195» QQQC:57(1" et955) QQ-1-Z1 e 11949)0 Vi W -F-405 11944) %VW P-40d 01944) QQ-S-571w 41942) ii1-C-536P 11954) WW V-54,3')544 WW-V-54 41.445) CS-94-49 Grad A Section D6 Section VW MOM* T.-Ad-1940o ♦f 204 36, TABLE 46-C (continued) .%SA ASTM FFP Ot her StandiwiTS Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures - Drinking Fountains . ZI 2—I242 Earthenware (Vitreous glazed) Formed Steel Enameled Sanitary Ware WW-P-5,t2:t t la51t)t Formed Metal Porcelain Enameled Sanitary Ware _ _ _ Staple Porcelain Plumbing Fixtures PS-20-49, Staple Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures to RTOFF-401i Hospital Plumbing Fixtures. N. D. S. Simplified Practice Recommendation ----- Plumbing Fixtures (for) Land 114;e. F. S %V W- MA- 19 tat Domestic Hot Water Heaters ZU.10-1953 W-14-1911111 Illnd0r- writer9 Labors, - tulle* Inc.. I941k * Corrosion -resisting metalsinks shall be of either stainless start or atone!: metal. Alloy compositions conforming to Nicket-copper alloy or corrosion -resisting steel as specified itt• WW-11-51la 1910 Table VIII or %.LS.1. type number 302 or 430, wilt be acceptable. ror domestic use the minimum permitted metal thickness shalt he imar. inches t$tlit r. Standard Ong.. for Sheet and Plate Iron and Steely and for other than domestic use at minimum of 0.050 inches Mix gauge). Howls shalt he seamless drawn or welded with welt - rounded corners and edges. All exposed welds shalt be made smooth and invisible and all visible surfaces shall have :t smooth satin finish. The entire underside of fixture shalt be coated with an adherent compound that will effectively deaden sound /-' 464.? initiiirrATiON OP MAITIDAili tad Ihift Ore. etteh titr fittihL triireo Mtn, it t1t1t! tff in a plumbing system mall hive eat"- stamped, or indelibly Marked en It the trinkets mark of ttife, the weight type) arid elaftreit Of the product) when such marking is ?mitred by the apprOvod standard that applie, 4664.6 Span AND SPECIAL PIXTIMtSt (a) Sinits aitd special Mures MO, be made of soapstone, thethlefil stottewatef et may be lifted with lend, temper -base nickel -copper Allot cols. Mimi -resisting steel Or other materials especially suited to the use for which the fixture is intended. 4664.0 PtItIODIC REVIEWI The Plumbing inspector and the Board of Rules and Appeals, separately or together with such other Code Standardization and Variance Committees as may be Peet*. hited, shall periodically, at least Mice every two years, retie* the approved list of specifications and standards tot matetitt'is in plumba ing installations and. if MOO recent nationally recognized standards are available and acceptable, adoption of such standards may be recommendei. 4808 DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND DISPOSAL 4668.1 GENERAL ItEQUIREMENTSt (a) Sewage and liquid waste shall be treated and disposed of as hereinafter provided. Septie tanks, sewage treatment systems, soakage pits, drainage wells, and/Or other drainage work on ot from premises or building sites shall be constructed, installed and maintained as herein provided. (b) It shall be unlawful for any person to cause) suffer, or permit the disposal of sewage, human excrement and/or Liquid waste ih any place or manner except through and by means of an approved plumbing and drainage disposal system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this Code. (See Section 4615 for septic tank requirements.) (e) In areas where no public sewer is provided or where a eon. nection to the public sewer is not permitted by the Engineering be- partment, or where no sewer connection through an easement is available, plumbing and drainage of all properties shall be connected to a private disposal system constructed in compliance with the pro- visions hereinafter set forth. (NOTE:) Some public sewers are surcharged or over -loaded. In some instances, therefore, the Engl. veering Department may prohibit the disposal)of additional waste to these sewers. Liquid wastes shall then be disposed of by means of an approved soakage pit, drainage well, or other approved means. (d) No septic tank, drainfield pipe, soakage pit, drainage well or 'Water supply well or other drainage work shall be installed or discharged on any public property outside the property lines of the premises or structures served without first securing written approval to do so from the Engineering Department and the Plumbing In- spector. Approval may be limited to certain specific conditions. (e) ENCROACHMENT ON PRIVATE PROPERTY —EASE. MENT REQUIRED: No sewer, septic tank, drainfield pipe, soak- age pit, drainage well, water supply well or other drainage work shall be located or installed or discharged on any privately owned property outside the property lines of the premises or structures served except as specifically permitted herein. Permission for such installation may be granted upon presentation to the Plumbing In- spector of a properly executed easement which has been recorded with the Clerk of the Circuit Court. Such easement properly executed and recorded as aforesaid must be filed with the Plumbing Inspector before a permit for such work may be approved. The common own- 297 *R&D Of proprity to 1 I Ili paritift ie a ird property eherrinbtred by atith easeffreht shalt ?tilt trait Tait ;ef the a ieiiiitnetitb. (#) gtWRREASEMENT: At the option et the troftter of is property Wet does trot abut B patine sestet but *hem a Moot connection can be secured through an adjoining lot or proPefty whether of the same orattership otott a eonni c itin to'the pn blie sereet Nay be made throughavast) such adj+iinitig lot etvilla byvillaof a ptovrly executed and recorded easement under Buell eonditiohs as the Plumbing thspottor nttd the Engineering Department shitlt permit, and as set forth in paragraphs 71008.1 Id) and 4605. .(e). ANS AND 1 PECIPICATIONS AND iNPORMATION RE UIRPLEDt Complete and detailed speeifications, plates and other information shall be provided as required in this Code from the person designing the work and/or by the totter of the premises tdio�tucukaftgesemiBappro approved construction work sewage iomen permit it 4603.2 REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE DISCHARGE OP LIQUID WASTES AND/OR SEWAGE INTO THE PUBLIC SEWER SYSTEMS: (a) The volume of liquid waste discharged into the public sewer system shall be regulated in such manner as not to impede or over -load or surcharge or cause the public sewer system to overflow or back up into private property or flood public thorough- fares or private property. (b) APPROVAL AND PERMITS REQUIRED DE ORE COM. MEN ING WORK No work shall be commenced before the ap• proval of the Engineering Department is secured in writing upon plans submitted or before a building and plumbing permit is issued. The Engineering Department shall not give approval for the dis- charge of liquid waste to a public sewer except in accordance with the following terms and restrictions: (c) PROHIBITED DISCHARGES TO SEWERS? Storm or rainwater or other liquid waste shall not discharge into a sanitary sewer, nor shall sewage discharge into a public storm sewer, except as herein provided for. (d) SEWER CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AND LIMITED: Connection for the disposal of sewage and liquid waste shall be made to a public sewer when and where such connection can be made without impeding, over -loading or surcharging the public sewer system. (e) IMPEDING, IMPAIRING, OR SURCHARGING PUBLIC SEWER PROHIBITED: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Code, no person, firm or corporation shall permit any sewage, substance or liquid waste to discharge into a public or private sewer, which would injure, impede, impair, overflow, surcharge,overload, stop or clog such sewer. No person, firm or corporation tall permit any explosive or volatile substances, cleaning fluids, solvents gas, smoke, exhaust fumes, gasoline, benzine, naptha, steam, acid, oil, grease, sand, glass or any other deleterious substances to enter or discharge into a plumbing system or a public sewer system. 4605.3 SEWAGE AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL WHERE A PUBLIC SEWER IS AVAILABLE: • (a) Sewage and liquid waste shall discharge into a public sewer if such sewer is available and abutting the property except as herein provided. Rainwater only may discharge to street gutters (not over sidewalks) if permitted by the Plumbing Inspector and Engineering Department. (b) LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL WHERE A PUBLIC SEWER IS AVAILABLE: Liquid waste may discharge into a public sewer only upon approval of the Engineering Department. Such approval shall accompany request for plumbing plan approval and the per- mit therefor shall be obtained from the Plumbing Inspector. If not 2)S 1 tined tie disc tite itdb Twebite etileeti it tId * t nbitity AIM to twitted* pite bh `dt heal *etc lko rev eittiefeetet, etsetutlof shall _tett blot the ePi fietmite Mien be is eetrditiotially with the bt�et (hot'the eai. teetet et ether Dee I) keetiniittpt futt ,e iteibility for the f ai te�rtaht a itiid t t et erns. NCT`S: Some types of li uid wastes ranhot be sue a ttttly sed of via trits or wells, Fite and *ells retell/Mg li tQoid *netts t�ttt estab1ishrnertts such its atutomobile wash flo+tst tefttigetetetel Iauntdriea, milk eettlihg plants, bets avid food ptrocesstttg plants get, fdEntry reedit in uhsahitary' eethditions Soakage 1piis �tsdhce itatn there, are must be abated by legal action, far rainwater of other clear water wastes have operated attccessfully in the utajority of installations, (e) TNTRRCEPTINO TANKS REQ tRED: tfntil such tithe as the proposed . public sewer and sewage treatment system is eom- pleted, a septic tank and drainfield shall be installed as required. 4605,e CONDITIONAL RtTENTION AND TIME DtRC'IAROE TO PUBLIC SEWERSt (a) Where the Engineering Department determines a public sewer to be over -loaded and/or surcharged at times of peak usage, said Department is hereby empowered and authorized to issue a conditional permit for the discharge of sewage or liquid waste to the public sewer system, provided that the owner and designer shall comply with all conditions and requirements set forth in said conditional Permit and/or contained in this Code and before a setter permit is issued. Conditional permits shall provide: (1) That a retention tank of suitable and acceptable site be provided, designed to hold and retain all of the sewage and liquid waste at times when the public sewer is over d and surcharged and to discharge the contents of said etank at such time as the Engineering Department may require and specify. (2) That such tank be provided with an automatic time con, trol device designed to limit and regulate the flow from the tank to the public sewer at a time when and in such quantity as within the capacity of the public sewer to care for same. (3) That the premises be open to inspection at such time and place as the Engineering Department and Plumbing In. spector may specify, and that the installation be main• tained in goodp and proper working condition, (4) That upon a violation of any of the provisions herein contained the conditional permit shall be revoked and the sewer connection be removed and plugged by a licensed master plumber. (5) That should such connection not be removed upon proper notice, the Engineering Department be and is hereby au• thorized to cause a disconnection and assess the cost of same to the owner and/or management of the property. (6) Any permit issued for connection to a public sewer under any, of the conditions set forth in any of the foregoing sections, shall be issued and accepted conditionally. (b) Such conditional permit shall be issued in writing by the Public Inspector, and the acceptance. of the terms and conditions of issuance shall be indicated thereon by the signature of the person to whom such permit is granted. It is expressly provided, however, that in the event of change of ownership and/or occupancy of the property and/or premises for which such permit has been granted then such permit shall become void and of no effect, unless rep - and/or occuancy they person Inspector. o whom Upon conditional perm t is grae of nted 299 Abe l fr►t' good: s1 it?ei'ri et eentiftiont perMit to the !twitting iris t or tot regrading ettd/ot -Cancellation, Oft Toble $ti=P) le) he whine et ft M *este permitted to discharge iMe the public setter system shall be litnite4 to a tetra acrid o tot Ma bole of as permitted square dbq t� for a � �n limited �dtotem Of l�2pi►rtnw�tttligtrid waste or swap 460S.S BEWARE AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL WHERE A PUBLIC SEWER IS NOT AVAILABLE: la) . Where a public se'iber is hot available, sewage' all waste from plumbing fixture*, except liquid waste of a tloh-fat;al chnraeter, shalt discharge into a septic tank or other acceptable method of sewage disposal as here. Matter provided, Liquid wastes' of n non -fecal character shall dis• charge into an approved soakage pit, drainpipe field et bed or drain= age weli for that purpose only and/ot shall be disposed of by a form of treatment acceptable to the Plumbing Inspector, (b) Where a permit to connect to a public sewer is refuse: It where do public sewer is available, the factors itt gable 46-E shall govern and apply in the disposal of liquid wastes from estab, lishtnents as herein set forth or similar establishments. TABLE 413•E type of Liquid Waste typ„ of 1✓stabiishttlrnt Method of bisposal (a) Liquid wastes containing tip, preciable amounts of grease, oil, solids or other material in suspension or liquid wastes of like char• acter from establishments such as: (b) Liquid ily do not con- tain appreci- able amounts of oil, grease, solids or other materials in suspension from estab- lishments such as:' Auto Wash Ptoors Bakeries Bottling, Plants To separate Candy Manufacturing Plants disposal sys- Dry Cleaning Plants terns for such Restaurants or places pte• *waste only, Laundries r serving food Milk Plants Food Processing Plants Air Conditioning Equipment Liquor or Beer Bars Juice Bars Soda 1: ountains not prepar- ing or serving food Condensation from Refrigeration Boiler or Clothes Pressing Blow -Off Exhausts Ice Plants Fire Sprinkler brains Drip or Overflow Pans Condensers De -humidifiers May be dis- eharged to dis- posalsystem combined f o r liquid waste set out in para- graph (b)•' Rainwater to separate disposal system. 300 TA= Miles QONDIT?fNAL PERMIT POR INSCIAROt OP MUM Wart OR SisWAdt TO A PUMA 31 SYST!E1M t , de hereby certify that am the legal atrnet, reptesetdative of the tnerter, lessee, of the located at tat Meek Subdivision ttt making application for, and accepting a permit for the dis3 charge of sewage and/or liquid waste at the above described pretni ea, it is understood by the undersigned that such permit is a CONDI. TIONAL 1'1 1IM1'f and is issued conditionally and is accepted by the undersigned upon the following condition, vitt that the will be maintained by the under. sighed in such manner as to exclude from the public sewer system all milk products, cloth, steam, water over 126 degrees P., vapor, sand, silt, dirt, mud, or other solids, and all greases, oil, gasoline and/or inflammable fluids. It is further understood and agreed that should this connection be improperly maintained to such an extent as to interfere with the operation of the public sewer, or should the sewer become over- loaded, then in that event the undersigned will have the public sewer connection disconnected by a licensed master plumber and seal the connection to the public sewer upon a twenty-four hour notice so to do served by the Plumbing Inspector. Any change of the legal ownership, representative of the owner, or lessee will invalidate this agreement unless renewed on the part of such new legal owner, representative of the owner or lessee. Signed Address STATE OIL` r LORt1)A COUNTY OP Before me the undersigned authority, a notary public, duly au- thorized to administer oaths and to take acknowledgments, personally appeared to me well known, and who being first duly sworn upon oath deposes and says that he is the owner, representative of the owner, lessee, of the above described premises and that he has carefully read the foregoing and that he did sign the same and that all the facts therein by him stated are true. Read, sworn to and subscribed before me Signed SS Notary Public My commission expires 301 t i n ► TANN I ! �ittni WASTE§: No c tiroait* *lista Ithich itita a pf# Ot less their 2.0 tthtett diftehatge MI6 atili ltitt%mbiert et my Mtn drain et house sewer of standard Th tet1M tad E6ihetrttelidti tithed fib dito charging Ihto a heetrelisieg tahft et bole. rirtit ? Uttetieht* tat* or basin used for this pttrptite :titan be etittsttueted of *ai<tliartteate of glass or other non=cattosive tnaterinl attd Stan he prided trfth a standing waste and overflow of other apt tied Means to inset neutralitatiott. A chamber shall be provided to retain a suffieietrtt tlttahttty of lime or other apt tow ed tyeutralittng Material which shall be retna ed as often as tnay be necessary to render such heutralita, tion effective. Stich neutralizing Unit or bash shall be provided with a controlled supply of water or neutraliting medium to snake its contents hot, injurious to aft ordinary plumbing system or to the public sewer system. All pipes and fittings to neutralizing tanks and to a point of approved neutralization itt a plumbing systett►t including the connecting fitting in a main drain at sewer, shall be duriron or equal, (d) iND€PENDENT SYSTEMS: The septic tank and drain- age system of each building shall be separate and independent of any other building except that where buildings are built on a single lot or building site of single ownership and it is apparent that the lot cannot be subdivided and result in dual ownership, one septic tank and drainage system may be installed. (e) LIMITS FOR DISCHARGE OP LIQUID WASTE INTO SEPTIC TANKS AND DRAINAGE PIPES: Liquid waste shall not discharge into an existing septic tank or drainpipe thereof whet such septic tank and drainpipe constitute the minimum requirement of this Code for the disposal of sewage. (f) DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE OR LIQUID WASTE INTO NATURAL OR ARTIFICIAL BODIES OF WATER: The discharge of any sewage or liquid waste (as herein defined) whether treated or untreated into any body of water natural or artificial is hereby prohibited except as expressly permitted by the Florida State Board of Health. (g) GARBAGE CONTRIBUTED TO SEWERS FROM DO. MESTIC AND COMMERCIAL FOOD GRINDERS: Garbage con- tributed from domestic and commercial food grinders shall not enter a sewer which conveys sameto a sewer treatment plant unless ap- proved by the proper administrative authority. 4605.6 FIXTURE UNITS: VALUES FOR FIXTURES: Fix- ture unit values as given in Table 46.G designate the relative load weight of different kinds of fixtures which shall be employed in estimating the total load carried by a soil or waste pipe and shall be used in connection with the drain pipes for which the permissible bleloadof sis given inizes for iltwaste, terms of fix- ture units. 4605.7 DETERMINATION OF SIZES FOR THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: (a) MAXIMUM FIXTURE.UNIT LOAD: The maxi- mum number of fixture units that may be connected to a given size vertical soil or waste stack is given in Table 46-H. (b) SIZES OF SEWERS AND DRAINS: The required sizes of building drains, building sewers, and horizontal branches shall be determined on the basis of the total number of fixture units drained by them in accordance with the following table: 302 %Mgt Oa Mil L1YtNOt 9 tN&1 'SRWtR, AND 11ORILONTAb PANCOS llaitate etwb P et rtittOtt 1Jt*ft 'Mkt Meet Fle COMP "tell to Idly t'ortlohr of the Bttitdttril Path or the tlttildih* SelrePN t3i*tileter 1/lti inchof Pipe theta.::. 114 1t 2 2' 4 12 3ti 22 4 60 6 36O60 8 . 1,400 10 2,800 12 8,900 15 7,000 Fall Per Poot Mt Inch 4 10 18 28 180 00 7840 00 1,920 1,600 3,500 2,900 5 4,600 ,600 8,800 10,000 !4 1ticlt 6 24 26 480 Not over two fixtures having integral traps requiring three or four, inch waste connection. residential buildings only. No kitcheh sinks or other sinks receiving gr4'as% wastes or any Ares- two inches discharge diameter; nor on any eWetsvent two inches it sor pipe ssein diam than (c) The required sizes and permitted lengths of vertical soil or waste stacks shall be independently determined by the total fix= ture units of all fixtures connected to the stack in accordance with Table 46=11 and 46-K. TABLE 46•H SIZE AND PERMITTED LENGTH OP SOIL AND WASTE STACKS Maximum 'Total I lxture Diameter of Number of l'ertnitted ` on aat 13 anch Pipe in Fixture Length Inches Units in feet Interval 114 1 46 1. 1'A1 8 60 6 2 24 80 12 _.. _. 214 36 105 18 3' 72 150 36 4 500 225 120, 5 1,100 300 200 6 1,900 400 350 8 3,600 600 600 4605.8 RESTRICTIONS: No water closet shall discharge into a stack less than three inches in diameter. Not more than two water closets shall discharge into a three inch stack at the same point. Not more than four water closets shall discharge into a three inch stack at the same level. All horizontal soil and waste sections shall be governed by Table 46•G. (a) MINIMUM SIZE OF SOIL AND WASTE STACKS: No branch coinnectedsthere o k except thatalae3 than 4 onelargest arter bend connected 303 to a *Mot eletti etitid t tdli'rtird sib 1t retitittiell ilt Vitt eitie. MJ Rt rittliftt§t Mott fifetisiett. IA wade for th future installation bf fixtures, time tided for shaail be eonaidel its determining the t eq+utP d si ea o drain t:iPes. Construction tt) irrovide or a ch i`future . itistallotiof stall be terminated with plugged f a 48O9:0 SUMPS AT4D EJECTORS gig, DRAIN ADE UMW STREET LEVEL: t) SUMPS, RRWAttt AND LIQUID WASTE EJECTORS: in all buildings, its which the *hole or part of the plumbing or drainage Osten serving fixtures or appliances lies below the crown level of the street, such sewage 'or liquid waste shall be lifted by approved Mechanical Means and discharged into the build. ing sewer or building drain, Such sewage or liquid waste shall dis- charge into a sump or reeeit ing tank by gravity from which sump or receiving tank the sewage or liquid haste shall be lifted and dis• charged into the building sewer or drain by ejectors, Such ejector shall automatically empty the sump, which shall be large enough to receive peak flow for 30 minutes. Sump discharge pipes shall be provided with a check valve located on the sump side of n gate valve located as close to the sump as possible. (b) MINIMUM NUMRRR EJECTORS REQUIRED: Single ejector tot one or two family buildings, Duplex ejectors for all other buildings for sumps collecting sewage, (See definition of sewage,) One ejector permitted for liquidwaste provided such a single i ll lflood a placenot here food for drink is stored failureto p 4605.10 SUMP CONSTRUCTION: Sump basins or receivers shall be of waterproof concrete adequately reinforced with steel rods or of cast iron or vitrified clay. If of vitrified clay pipe the bottom from the on pipe All baesin sand receivers shall beast six inches water tight, 4605.11 SUMP VENTS: (a) Plumbing fixtures discharging into a sump shall be vented. b) All sumps receiving ceiv ng the discharge from plumbing fixtures shall (1) .Notless thanont aifixtures. t ee inchnt for sumps receiving body (2) For dear water liquid waste, separate sump vent optional, no cover required. (3) Vents from pneumatic ejectors or similar equipment shall be carried separately. (c) Such sump and fixture vents may be connected to the plumbing system discharging into a public sewer or septic tank or extended independently to above the roof. (d) All sumps shall be provided with a metal cover. (Excep- tion —See (2) of 4605.11 (b) ). Sumps receiving sewage or liquid waste shall be provided with a gas and air tight metal cover se- curely fastened in placeand provided with an air and gas tight man- hole for access for repairs. 4605.12 MOTORS AND COMPRESSORS FOR EJECTORS: (a) MI motors, air compressors, and air tanks shall be located where they are open for inspection and repair at all times. The air tanks shall be so proportioned as to be of equal cubic capacity to the ejectors connected therewith, in which there shall be main- tained an air pressure of not less than two pounds per square inch for each foot of height the sewage is to be raised. (b) CONNECTIONS: No direct connection of a steam exhaust, blowoff, or drip pipe shall be made with the building drainage sys- 804 f"� /-* tett. Waste *Mr *tart diteiltirgtkfl Otte the *Ming driltrdre ten shall be At * ternperitttire rot tig?tettlittfi 140% WIlt1h_7ti temperature etistS, t•triytt ettOlitig fliettieds sten he retitled. (t) SURSIMI, DRAIN& VierMittel deaths fire pled under the &TIM? it hasehleht fldM Or ate Used tO stiffetitid the eater wails of a builditl. the stall be Made Opetijettited or heritett, tally sit or perforated clay til4 e or perforated biturnittited fiber e Or asbestos cement pipe* hot less than fen' incites in diftrneter. hen the building is subject to backwater, the stibtedi drain, shall be protected by ah accessibly located hackwittet valve, Subsoil dfaittS may discharge into a properly trapped area drnin or sump, Suet sumps do hOt requite vents. (d) flUILDINd U1DftAINSt ttuilditig subdtains located be. low the public sewer level shall discharge into a sump Of ?ill tank the contents of which shall be automatically lifted and Is charged into the drainage system as required for building surtips. ?AMA 44.1 PIXTURE UNITS PP.R PIXTUItt Fixture Chit. PixtUti: Type Value ns Lund Partors Bathtub (with ot without overhead shower) 2 Bidet 2 Dental unit or cuspidor 1 Dental lavatory Drinking fountain Dishwasher domestic 2 Floor drains Lavatory 1 Lavatory 2 Lavatory, barber, beauty parlor 2 Lavatory, surgeon's 2 Laundry tray (1 or 2 com- parments).. . 2 Shower stall, domestic. . 2 Showers (group) per head' 3 Sinks Combination sink-and-trav . . Combination sink -and -tray with food disposal unit.................. Kitchen sink, domestic ... . . Kitchen sink, domestic with food waste grinder... Surgeon's sink .. . Flushing rim sink (with valve). Service sinks, trap standard Service (P Trap) ordinary Pot, scullery, etc., sink' Wash sink,' (circular or mul- tiple), each set of faucets 1 Urinal, pedestal 8 Urinal, wall 4 Urinal stall, washout 4 Water closet, tank operated 4 Water closet, valve -operated 8 Automatic dish washer (domestic') 2 Automatic clothes washer 2 ............ "• .•1 • 1 ib 3 • 3 4 2 3 8 3 2 4 Small P. O. Large P. O. Minimum Site If Trap 1 141 14 I % 14 it,i 3 or 4 14 1 It 1 tie 1 la 2 2 Nominal 1 i, Separate Traps 114 1% Separate Traps 11/1 3 3 or 4 2 Oh or 2 1 1,41 Nominal 3 2 2 Nominal Nominal 3 11.1 1% Note: 1 — See Sub -section 4605.13 and Table 46-3 for method of com- puting unit value of fixtures nut listed in Table 16-1 or for rating of devices with intermittent flows. 303 strati Vottgret Piet !Iota iri Teitde 411,1 be d atetordttItet trith Table 40-#. 1%211 464 Flittark dt'Mth or t rat) Pile Vitttitto-ilriftt Attie 114 itiehtS Ahd snuffle,. . ........ . .. .... .. i 1 inches 2 2 Holes a 2 1,6 inches 4 3 inches 4 inches 0 0 4008 INDIRECT WASTE PIIIINa AND SPECIAL WASTES 4000.1 INDIRECT WASTE PIPINtit (a) DENERAL: Wastes from the following shell discharge, to the buildihg drainage system, through ah indirect waste pipe serving the individual Mc- tures, devices, appliances or apparatus. (b) POOP HANbL1Nt1t ilstablishments engaged in the stor- age, preparation, selling, serving, processing* oe otherwise handling of food shall have the Waste piping from all refrigerators, ice boXes, bar sinks, cooling or refrigerating coils, laundry washers, extractors, steam tables, egg boilers, coffee urns or similar equipment discharge indirectly into a floor drain or as otherwise provided in this Code, (t) CONNECTIONS: Indirect waste coenectiotts shall be Pro- vided for drairis, overflows, or relief vents from the water supply system. (d) STERILE MATERIALS: Appliances, devices or apparatus such as stills, sterilizers, and similar equipment requiring water and waste connections and used for sterile material shall be indirectly connected and provided with an air gap between the trap and the appliance. (e) DRIPSt Appliances, devices, or apparatus not regularly classed as plumbing fixtures but which have drips or drainage out, lets, may be drained by indirect waste pipes discharging into an open receptacle or as Permitted by the Plumbing Inspector. 4006.2 MATT AN SIZte (a) Indirect wastes when above the floor shall be a minimum of three-quarter inches diameter but not less than the site of fixture or appliance outlet and if less than one and one -quarter inches diameter shall be of copper tube, If galvanized waste pipe is used below floor in slab or fill it shall be encased in concrete throughout with drainage fittings. If waste is below slab or in fill it shall be a minimum of one and one -quarter inches in diameter and shall be cast iron pipe, lead, brass or copper tube with drainage fittings. Indirect waste piping shall be so in- stalled as to permit ready access for flushing and cleansing. (b) Indirect waste pipes carrying a discharge of not more than one fixture unit shall be not less than one and one -quarter inches in diameter. For a greater number•of fixture units discharged, the indirect waste shall be sized in accordance with Table 46-G and 46-J except drains above floors from defrosting pans which may be a minimum of three-quarter inch tubing. (t) Drip pipes from walk-in refrigerator floors or store room floors where food is stored shall be installed as indirect wastes and such drip pipes shall discharge into an approved fixture. The drip pipe shall be equipped with a flap check as close as possible to the drain outlet. Such floors shall be three inches above overflow point of floor drain. 304 td) And Madre et a rpliattee tam`odd dunk is stored and stitch is equited with h drtih sYY611 be irtderehdetttly arid let &redly cbttheeted With iirttiltifed fitttute of t cttnCie *fete OWN fie* level is belt the batten' of such Mire pt nitpliente. 4e08 MA* WATER WAh" §t Water Id% etpaitsit tahkS, eoolitiN jackets, sprihkiet systems, drip or Mettle* Pais tir sitnilaf devices, Which waste clear Water only shall, disc -hates Pans, the building drainage systetn through an indirect waste, as permitted by the Administrative Authority. 4606.4 CONDENSER§ AND SUMPS: No live steam pipe shall rotihect directly to any part of a drainage of plutt►bitig systettri. 4606.13 DRINKING 1OUNTA%NSt Drinking fouht6ihs tiny be installed with indirect wastes only for the purpose of resealing rex rluired traps of floor drains installed to receive other clear wastes, 4666,E SPECIAL WASTES: (a) Acid and ehentical indirect waste pipes and fittings shall be of materials unaffected by the disc charge of such wastes. (b) Liquid wastes having a pHof less than '2 or mote than 9 shall be properly neutralized and diluted before being discharged into any soil or waste pipe or any building drain or sewer, (e) NEUTRALIZING (AWE: In no case shall corrosive liquids, spent acids or other harmful chemicals which might de- stroy orinjure a gain, sewer, soil or waste pipe and fittings or which night create noxious or toxic fumes, discharge into the plumb- ing system without being thoroughly diluted or neutralized by pass- ing through a properly constructed and acceptable dilution or neutral, izing device. Such device shall be automatically provided with a suf= ficient intake of diluting water or neutralizing medium, so as to make its contents noninjurious before being discharged into the soil or sewage system. 460? JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS 4607.1 tiGHTNESS: Joints and connections in the plumbing and shall be gas -tight water -tight for the pressure require by test, or use, with the exceptions of those portions of perforated ord-coinveyiing underground ortseepafor ge water, purposeof collect. ing 4607.2 TYPES OP JOINTS: (a) CAULKED JOINTS: Caulked joints for cast-iron bell -and -spigot soil pipe shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp and filled with molten lead not less than one inch deep and shall extend up to not less than one -eighth inch pbelow rim ermitted onf thebjointingamaterial until afterethe join shasalbeen tested and approved. (b) THREADED JOINTS -- SCREWED JOINTS: Threaded joints shall conform to American National Taper Pipe thread, ASA B2. 1-1945 or FS GGG-P-351a. All burrs shall be removed. Pipe rends emoeshall Pipe-jj0 reamed cementl a d paint shao ll be f used re and on chipsle threads. (e) WIPED JOINTS: Joints in lead pipe or fittings, or be- tween lead pipe or fittings and brass or copper pipe, ferrules, solder nipples, or traps, shall be full wiped joints. Wiped joints shall have an exposed surface on each side of a joint not less than 3i inch and at least as thick as the material being jointed. Wall or floor flange lead -wiped joints shall be made by usin? a lead ring or flange placed behind the joints at wall or floor. Joints between lead pipe and cast-iron, stee , or wrought iron shall be made by means of a 3117 w e Attie tertble. SOiderifte ttilelet En' bglilihl'f , MIttlfttlui"ii length oflead (torn wiped idiot to tiktute ebtifitietiet Stall be Riot WPM. td) §0Littittb OR 9WRA? TYPE JOIN li 8oldered ot stweat type! Writs for tubing shalt be inade With a . °. fittio i. Surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned bright. he jtrihite ith*tt be properly fluted and made with apptot ed solder tfi aeeefdaitee with ''able 46-C, to) HO?=POUR1vb JOINTA: I#ot=Pirated tottipouhd for elay of cohctete sewer pipe shall not be water absorbent and *hen pooled against a dry surface shall hate a bond of not less thatt 100 psi. All surfaces of the joint shall be cleaned and dried before pottr fi . If wet surfaces are unavoidable, a suitable primer shall be applied, Compound shall not soften sufficiently to destroy the effeetitehess of the joint when subjected to a temperature of 150 deg. P.trot be soluble in any of the waste carried by the drainage syr ern. AP, proximately 25 per cent of the joint space at the base of the socket shall be filled with jute or hemp. A pouring collar, rope or other device shall be used to hold the hot compound during pouring. 1;aeh shall notllbeepoured in one teested until one hour iaft r pour injoint is filled. Joints (I) PRECAST JOINTS I:OR NON=METALLIC PIPE: Precast collars shall be formed in both the spigot and bell of the pipe in advance of use. Collar surfaces shall be conical with side slopes of 3 degrees with the axis of the pipe and the length shall be equal to the depth of the socket. Prior to making joint contact, surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with solvents and adhesives as recom- mended in the standard. When the spigot end is inserted in the collar, it shall bind before contacting the base of the socket, Ma- terial shall be inert and resistant to both acids and alkalies. (g) BRAZED JOINTS: Brazed joints shall be made in accord- ance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Code for Pressure Piping. ASA 1381.1.1951. (h) CEMENT MORTAR JOINTS: Cement joints shall be used only when specifically permitted in other chapters of this Code or when approved by the Plumbing Inspector, as sufficient to accom- plish the purpose of this Code. A layer of jute or hemp shall be inserted into the base of the joint space and rammed to prevent mortar from entering the interior of the pipe. Jute or hemp shall be dipped into a slurry suspension of Portland cement in water prior to insertion into bell. Not more than 25 per cent of the joint space shall be used for jute or hemp. The remaining space shall be filled in one continuous operation with a thoroughly mixed mortar composed of one part cement and two parts sand with only suffi- cient water to make the mixture workable by hand, After one-half hour of setting, the joint shall be rammed around entire periphery with a blunt tool to force the partially stiffened mortar into the joint and to repair any cracks formed during the initial setting period. Pipe interior shall be swabbed to remove any material that might have fallen into the interior. Additional mortar of the same composition shall then be troweled so as to form a 45 degree taper with the barrel of the pipe. (i) BURNED LEAD JOINTS:. Burned (welded) lead joints shall be lapped and the lead shall be fused together to form a uniform weld at least as thick as the lead being joined. (j) ASBESTOS CEMENT SEWER PIPE JOINTS: Joints in asbestos cement pipe shall be made with sleeve couplings of the same composition as the pipe, sealed with rubber rings. Joints be- tween asbestos cement pipe and metal pipe shall be made by means of an adapter coupling caulked as required in Paragraph 4607.2 (a). All installations to be made in accordance with manu- facturer's specifications. tk) gittinirdarb 1' n tin i iWr t 464ftlitfrn li4 it fir lithe ahall be Made *ith tam t. tEefithilg tithe same Material ita the pipe. dohs between htttlittitited fiber 1* Gird mew Pfp6 shall be trade by the,ans Of ati adapts tip ifi hade8in repaired t i tfCtU �l's Reif Cttiona. i0158 t8 he 4617.1 SPECIAL JOINTS (a) COPPER ?U'RIN ?O SCREWED PIPE JOINTS: Joints from cor MAIM to threaded pipe ot threaded cotrhection shall be trade by th'e use of brass 'et copper converter fittin the joint between the trippet Pipe and the fitting shall be properlysoldered) and the cdneec'tioh bettveeti the threaded pie and the fitting shall be, trade with a sa ucdpipe site scret�r Oita. See 1'�aratlraph 460:,2 (b) and 4007,3 (b) WELDING OR BRAZING: tinting or welding shalt be performed in accordance with requirements of recognited published standards of practice. (t) SLIP JOINTS* In drainage and water pipin , slip +o#itts may be essl only theinletbeealiowedt on each exposed Only to a fixture. rnust be acc�t;= (A) EXPANSION JOINTS: Expansion joints sible and may be used where necessary to provide for ekpartsiotn and contraction of the pipes. (e) GROUND JOINT BRASS CONNECTIONSt Ground joint brass connections which allow adjustments of tubing but provide a rigid joint when made up shall not be considered as slip Joints, 4607.4 UNIONS (SCREWED) : (a) DRAINAGE SYSTEM: Unions may be used in the trap seal and on the inlet side of the trap. unions shall flare metal -to -metal seats. (b) WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM Unions in the water -supply system shall be metal -to -metal with ground seats. 4607.8 FLOOR CONNECTED FIXTURES WITH INTEGRAL TRAP: A brass floor flange shall be wiped or soldered to lead pipe. The connection shall be bolted, with an approved gasket or washer or setting compound between the earthenware and the con- nection. o hcomm commercial putshall plaster on prohibited,ed firm base. 4607.6 PROHIBITED JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS: (a) DRAINAGE SYSTEMS: Any fittings or connection which has an enlargement, chamber, or recess with a ledge shoulder, or reduction of pipearea, that offers an obstruction to flow through the drain, is prohibited, (Exceptions: Caulk on floor or urinal strainers). (b) No fitting or connection that offers abnormal obstruction to flow, shall be used. (c) The drilling and tapping of drains, sewers, soil leaders, waste or rent pipes and the use of saddle hubs and bends is pro. hibited. 4607.7 WATERPROOFING OF OPENINGSt Joints at the roof, around vent pipes, shall be made watertight by the use of lead, copper or pitch pan. Exterior -wall openings shall be made watertight. 4607.8 INCREASERS AND REDUCERS: Where different sizes of pipes, or pipes and fittings are to be connected, the proper size increasers or reducers or reducing fittings shall be used between the two sizes. 4608 TRAPS AND CLEANOUTS 4608.1 TRAPS: (a) FIXTURE TRAPS: Plumbing fixtures by excepting waterseal trap.n (Sintegral ction traps,06 indi ect shall be wastes). y trapped 309 ?AEU UM ItOMEONTAts DISTANCE OP PlICTURE TRAP nom VENT OPENINIA Stt. t'ilitte. &nth inch t4 8 feet tic 8 feet feet (2 feet WHOM) Vloor connected fixtures with integral traps 8 feet (g feet Witold) floor drains and interceptors 18 feet (b) The top of the vent pipe opening serving a fixture branch except water closets, float drains and similar Pictures shall het be below the crown weir of the,fixture trap. „ The vertical drop of a tie serving a floor connected integral trap fixture Shall hOt ekeeed twenty-four inches. Ploor drains requiritig tt vertical drop greater than eighteen inches on the inlet side of the trap May be installed by. tt vertical rise from the horizontal drairi ekeetit, that the torti iontal section of the rise shall be a mitiirnurn of three, feet from the outlet of the trap to the vertical section, Other fixture trap inlets shall not be more than eighteen inches measured vertically from the bottom of the fixture to the top of trap seal, No Offsets shall be permitted for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of Table 46-X. (e) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OP FIXTURE TRAP PROM VENT: The distance shall be measured along the cehter of the fixture branch from the crown weir of the trap to the vent opening except for fixtures with integral traps in which case the horizontal distance shall not exceed (Table 46-K) from the vent to the down- stream edge of the vertical section of the fixture outlet branch. (A) TRAPS PROTECTED: Every fixture trap shall be pro- tected against siphotiage and back pressure; and air circulation shall be assured by means of a soil vent, waste vent, stack vent, a common vent, loop, circuit or wet vent. No crown vent shall be installed. (e) RELATION TO FIXTURE DRAINS: No trap outlet shall be larger than the fixture branch to which it is connected. (f) TYPE OF TRAPS: Fixture traps shall be self-cleaning, except interceptor traps. (g) TRAPS PROHIEITED: No form of trap which depends for its seal upon the action of movable parts shall be used. No bell trap, 3 g S trap, drum trap, pot trap, running trap, or bottle trap shall be used. Traps in covered or concealed places shall be of cast iron, cast brass or lead. Accessible traps except integral traps, including tail pieces, trap arms, overflow and trap assembly, shall he of cast iron, vast brass, lead or ( .045 ) 1I gauge brass or copper. 4608.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: (a) TRAP SEAL: Each fixture trap shall have a water seal of not less than two inches and not more than four inches, except when deeper seals are re- quired for interceptors. (b) TRAP CLEANOUTS: Trap cleanouts are prohibited on all concealed traps. (c) TRAP LEVEL AND PROTECTION: All traps shall be set level in relation to their water seals and protected from siphonage. 4608.3 CLEANOUTS: (a) A cleanout shall be required at the base of each stack. (1) Every building drain or branch drain shall have an acces- sible cleanout located in a basement, or flush with finished floor 310 111#1titttet tftiti tO tent Pd't't t ode Of banditti acid ithritifit to fiitislt Stade eP f Vertieli Atka tit filetthan fit'e 'tE9t nbrtt►e tit►ishe MO', e'er' 60 net to Minn doivitstrenin t dlrt . (E) ?4o cleats ut will be required in `the base bta atit+dt rising vertientiq from a horizontal building drain provided the building drain cleanout is tipstrettni froth the vertical staett connection, ti) All cleanouts shad be accessibly located > nd bane iS inches clearance to permit downstream Podding, Wall cicanottts Shan be flush with nr protrude beyond finished walls or made areeessibte through access doors. l loot cleanouts shall be flush with finished floor and furnished with flush type plugs. lieu of n eleahout at the base of a stack or iti the terti= cal section of the stack, the cleanout may be extended from the upstream side of the stack base to the finished floor level, err to oft bu lding into and pit brought box t ithfit fetal cover erebroughttotoo MIA trade, (6) The base of a stack shall be deemed to mean the lowest point of any vertical soil or waste stack inclusive of horizontal sections in such vertical stacks. (b) EXCEPTIONS: in one story dwellings, motels and apart• meat houses in lieu of cleanouts at base of stack, cleanout lotatieris may be as follows: (1) Null size cleanout located outside, in building sewer line and within five feet of the buiiding wall from point of exit of house sewer and which permits up -stream roddingto the base of the stack and downstream rodding: provied that the building drain or sewer has no More than one 90 degree change of direction. (2) Any tapped opening in a vertical stack receiving an exposed screwed fixture trap and which has no arms or bends be. tween the trap outlet and stack opening, (9) A vertical waste stack serving a branch soil drain extend. ing full stack size through the roof. ) Grease interceptor aranteolocated in the stack above the interceptor waste bchconhctin, sections of grease interceptors. shall be provided in the horizontal aunt 4608.4 CLEANOUT SIZES: Cieanouts shall be the same nom• inal size as the pipe into which they are installed up to six inches and not less than six inches for larger pipe. 4609 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 4609.1 STRAIN AND STRESSES: Piping in a plumbing sys• tem shall be installed without undue strain and stresses and pro- visions shall be made for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. 4609.2 VERTICAL PIPING: (a) ATTACHMENT: Vertical piping shall be secured at sufficiently close intervals to keep the pipe in alignment and carry the weight of the pipe and contents. (b) CAST.IRON SOIL PIPE: Cast-iron soil pipe shall be sup- ported at not less than at every story height and its base. (c) SCREWED PIPE COLD: Screwed pipe (I.P.S.) shall be supported at not less than every other story height. properly supportedDtopprovide for expansion, wed pipe (I.P.S.) shall be (e) COPPER TUBING: Cold copper tubing shall be supported at each story. 311 ntRIN tit feint* su fte vid l �tit i ri (4) LEAD PIPE: Lead 1)ipv sell Ire sttpirt fted at intervals not weeding four feet. 41ibS.S I R1;ibNTAL PIPING: (ry) SUPPORTS: flofitot - tel piping shall be supported at sutfieientiy close inter als to keep it in aligntneht and prievent sagging. (i:) CAST=IRON SOIL PIPE: fast -iron soil pipe shall be sup, ported at not tore than fire foot inter els. (e) SCREWED PIPE: Screwed pipe (i.11.S.) shall be stip- ported et approximately ten foot intervals, (d) COPPER TURING: Copper tubing shall be supported at approximately eight foot ittitervals. (f) LEAD PIPE: Lead pipe shall be supported for its entire length. (f) 1N GROUND: 'piping in the ground shall be laid Oh a firth bed for the entire length, except where support is otherwise pro- vided which is adequate in the judgment of the Plumbing Inspector. 4600.4 HANGERS AND ANCHORS: (a) MATERIAL: Hangers and anchors shall be of metal of sufficient strength to support the pipe and contents ih proper alignment and to prevent rattling. (b) ATTACHMENT: Hangers and anchors shall be securely attached to the building construction. 4609.5 RASES OP STACKS: (a) SUPPORTS: Bases of cast-iron soil stack shall be supported on masonry construction, metal brackets attached to the building construction, or by other methods approved by the Plumbing Inspector, (b) PIPING MATERIAL: Other piping materials shall be so anchored as to take the load off the stack at the base. 4610 VENTS AND VENTING SYSTEM 4616.1 VENT TERMINALS: (a) 1xtensions of vent pipes through a roof shall be terminated at least six inches above it. (b) All extensions of soil, waste, and vent stacks shall be run full size at least one-half foot above the roof. Vent stacks on the exterior walls of a structure with parapet walls shall extend six inches above same. Vent extensions above the roof shall not exceed three feet if of cast-iron or ten feet if of screw pipe or copper tube. Screw pipe or copper tube shall extend in one piece at least five feet under the roof and be securely fastened to prevent wind damage. (e) FLASHINGS: Each vent terminal shall be made water- tight with the roof by proper lead flashings or pitch pan. Where vent pipes extend more than 12 inches above the roof a collar or draw band shall be installed around the top of the lead flashing and thoroughly caulked in place. (d) FLAG POLING: Vent terminals shall not be used for the purpose of flag poling, TV aerials, or similar purposes. (e) ROOF TERMINAL: The roof terminal of any vent pipe if within 12 feet of any door, window or ventilating opening shall extend at least three feet above such door, window or ventilating opening. No vent terminal of a sanitary system of a building shall be within 25 feet developed distance of any mechanical sir intake opening unless approved by the Administrative Authority. 312 4616.2 VENT I A b t AND et)NNEC!1"t ta). fl AD E: Ati vent and bre terll-mot tee!) shell bo a etto [etted as to dram dry. sky VERTICAL R1Sf s VI1tete dtT vent piers emitted to horizontal soil of t+raste pit" tilt test shall to tabea oft above thre etetet line of the soil tripe, and tha vetit pit* shall file vertiehily, Of at an angle not snore thatt 4ii degrees froth the vetrtieat to a troiht at least silt #fiches above the flood-letret lit the fittttire it la venting bsetat°e offsetting tiotitohtally Of before eot:netting tii the branch Vent. (e) HEIGHT ABOVE FIXTURES: A conneetion between ,a tent pipe at,d a vent stack or Stack=t°pht shall be made et least six inches above the flood -level rim of the highest fixture served by the vent, 4610.2 VENTS: Where not mote than two fixtures are located directly adjacent to one another and connect to a vertical stack at the same level, the fixture traps for the two fixtures may be served by a common rent. No sinks or urinals on two inch or less. 4610.4 W1rT VENTING: (a) ttorizontai wet vents shall hot exceed 15 feet and shall receive discharge from fixture branches only. (See Paragraph 4610.4 (c),) (b) Vertical wet vents connecting to a horizontal wet vent shall not exceed six feet. (EXCEPTION: See Combination Waste and Vent Sub -section 4610.11 (c). The following table shall be used to determine the minimum size and the maximum capacity of wet vents 2" Vent: Four fixture units. (Exception: No sinks or urinals or pressure discharge fixtures.) 212" Vent: Ten fixture units, no water closets or fixtures re- quiring a waste opening greater than two inches shall be per- mitted. 3" Vent: Sixteen fixture units. 4" Vent: Thirty-two fixture units. (a) Above the points of intersection of fixtures in wet vents, vent size can be reduced to minimum requirements for dry vents providing all fixtures are on same floor level. (e) Two water closets on a horizontal section may be vented by a wet or dry vent stack taken off vertically between the two water closets, providing the vent intersection is within five feet horizontal developed length from each water closet vertical outlet, and all fixtures are on same story level. 4610.5 CiRCUiT OR LOOP VENT: (a) A series of adjacent fixtures may be installed on a horizontal drain. A vent shall be installed vertically within five feet downstream from the first fixture drain, and another vent installed vertically between the last two water -supplied fixture drains connected to the horizontal drain sec- tion provided all fixtures are located in the same or adjacent toilet rooms. (b) SIZE OF CIRCUIT OR LOOP VENT: The pipe of the dry vent section of a circuit or loop vent may have a diameter of one pipe size less than the diameter of the pipe of the horizontal soil or waste drain it serves. 313 ?Ant #t1st sit. or ;2 , Six f tits traps ot foot traps ttthst than sink traps, No urinal traps allowed 2" Thirty (30) Waste tikture units; other than utinall traps, or six (6) urinai traps 4" Twelve (12) aster closets and* in addition# thirty-six (36) Waste fixture units may Waste into such soil pipe Xtiirotir'i: of fr 17s_ go 2" 4610.6 GAf1ANA SHOWERS: Multiple cabana showers nay be installed oh a circuit ot loop tented branch and not limited its to distance between fixture branches, provided all cabana shower drains shall waste independently through approted sand interceptor before entering the sewer, drainage or disposal system. 4610.7 FIXTURES WASNEb RV WATER CLOSETS: urinal traps and floor drains installed downstream from a water closet in a circuit ot loop tent group shall be three inches, Any other fixture trap installed downstream from a water closet shall be re. tented. 4610.8 MAIN VENTS TO CONNECT AT RASE: (&) All main rents or vent stacks shall connect full size at their base to the main soil or waste stack, at or below the lowest fixture branch of such waste stack, Such base shall be washed by a fixture or grow of fixtures. The diameter of the tent pipe shall not exceed the diameter of the soil or waste stack to which it connects. (b) SIZE by iNbiVIOUAL VENTS: The diameter of an in- dirk udal tent shall be hot less than 114 inches nor less than one- half the diameter or the drain to which it is connected, No vent for a water closet shall he less than two inches in diameter, (See Sub -section 4612.4 for interceptor tents.) (c) SIZE OP VENT PIPING: The nominal size of vent piping shall be determined from its developed length and the total of fix- ture units connected thereto, as provided in Table 46-M. i�` J14 TAM411.1V1 §i 'P ASI3Lt 4111 1 O titht PIPIM6 tilnttle•t+•P of Rnii nr Mai tur in t Am/. t+ittutsm.arld gtitnutW 1.+ hitti� of t t•nt 1 1•at t a Starlt Utlliet 11A 1 2 _"-I* K 4 b 6 E --- Ili— I IV I. ii 8 50 t19 5 2 i2 50 150 300 2 24 20 50 200 2 t¢ 36 35 140 40n 3 12 30 100 310 1200 3 310 511 3 12 40 10 400 4 1110 35 1511 83111 1200 4 21111 30 11111 2411 91111 4 Soo 20 45 100 45U 5 200 35 80 450 1300 5 500 80 10 300 1000 5 lino 20 45 180 no0 6 35o 80 50 200 600 1300 6 020 15 30 150 400 1100 6 960 25 100 300 1000 n 1900 15 80 25o Too 8 000 80 200 5011 1300 8 1400 So inn 400 1200 8 2200 40 80 350 1100 8 30011 30 00 250 800 . ..'11.N1 tint t211 , 11...Ill •.t th. :11...c., t..tat 1.•tlrl t1S. 4610.10 SOIL wAstt AND VENT STACKS: (a) For each building having a single building sewer receiving the discharge of a water closet there shall be at least one minimum size vent stack, ex- tending building ,less htfour inches in diameter setoutin Table48-M� (I) Main vent stack size for buildings having multiple building sewers. In buildings having more than one building sewer, each building sewer receiving the discharge of a water closet shall have at least one minimum size vent stack, no less than three aboteuthe bu inches g roof as set out if n Table diameter extending (2) Vent stacks for accessory buildings. For accessory build- ings on a lot or building site connected by a common building sewer, the minimum size for a vent stack shall be as provided for in Table 46-M. If a water closet is installed in accessory building the minimum size vent shall be two inches. (b) All soil, waste and vent stacks carried to the second floor level of a building shall extend full size above the roof, or shall be connected to a vent stack of the same diameter or larger. In a multi -story building soil and waste stacks may enter a horizontal building drain suspended below the second floor level and such hori- zontal section shall be considered a part of the building drain. 315 4416.11 MlIfNATft N WASTE AND VENT: ti, pitterg b Ah hes o htrt thfrn *Met closets tr! fittUtes fewittiNfig rt ildi?I wheel' t a1Et aft the wMee' Mtnit and uiting ft %ta •Opt ,fit not greatet thsin two itre'tet shill pentritted andterdy bit instate on a ecrmbihted waste and vent st e1t as follottst Suet blanches i11 be allotted to dischsttre into a waste stack efttended undiminished in site through the roof vet et'din ft to the folluttinf tnbie plieOlded that the stack is vertical throughout, and that tto kitchen sinus be placed an a two inch combined waste and tent stack. ?ABLE 46.N Nit him r or Stack Pikture Units on Stark tat itnutn 11ettitt h 2i� inch (No kitchen sinks) )4 3 inch 16 to neh 25 5 inch 60 80 feet 40 feet t0 feet 16 feet 100 feet 200 feet (b) P or drinking fountains and fountain cuspidors the fixture units may be increased ten times and the permitted length in, creased two times above those specified. 4611 STORM DItAtNAct✓ SYSTEM 4611.1 OENtiRAL: ROOP DRA)NAt1i±t The required sizes of storm water drains and sewers for roofs shall be determined on the basis of the total drained area in horizontal projection, except that where a building wall extends above the roof or court in such a manner as to drain onto the roof or court, one third of the vertical section shall be added to the horizontal projection and sized in ac- cordance with the following table: TABLE 46•0 SIZE Or ST0RMWA7'lit DRAINS, LEADERS AND GUTTERS Nominai MAXIMUM ROOF' Afii:A (Square Peet) Pipe Size (Inches) Building Storm Sewers and Drains nutters headers 14" per ft. t4" pet ft. id" per ft. slope slope slope 11fi 127 190 222 222 2 270 380 460 460 2/ 413 610 700 700 3 745 1,080 1,270 635 1,270 4 1,560 2,210 3,080 1,540 3,080 5 2,810 4,000 5,620 2,810 5,620 6 4,450 6,290 8,880 4,440 8,880 8 9,460 13,760 18,950 9,975 18,950 10 18,100 25,600 36,400 18,200 36,400 12 30,000 42,000 60,000 60,000 14 38,500 54,700 76,000 76,000 15 55,400 78,400 109,000 18 91,000 129,000 182,000 21 138,000 197,000 276,000 24 195,800 279,000 390,000 27 271,000 386,000 545,000 30 362,000 510,000 715,000 For required sizes of ground surface drainage. see Paragraph 4611.4 (h). 316 !^ OH I:! Rfi OUTTLiti AN fVEITt t AMRIt tilr i6 Niittte* Or leader khail be 11tttt Site Thai Net Teeth fit the,t bible. drains (b) in ttir r he t shall Of i tie�tion in site thimt lrte t lell<del�li ?)r (e) The etrdve sizes Of rain leaders are bilked t diafritter tiff circular Lein leaders, and guttersbased rift stthieite+ulnt IthettAtetal gutters with the top dimension given, Other shapes Shall have t?te saute sectional area, (e) bRSie N OP ROOF bRA1N STRA114EftSt All reef areas except those draining to hanging Rutter* shall be equipped with rod drains having strainers et<tending not less than four inches abeam the surface of the roof immediately ad jtt eat to the roof Mint furthermore, such strainers shall have an available inlet area, Mote the roof level, of not less than too and one-half titres the area of the conductor or leader to which the drain is connected, with the ekception that roof drain strainers for use on sun decks parking decks, and similar areas, normally serviced and tnaihtalned, may be of the flat surface type, level with the Beek and shall have an avail, able inlet area of not less than two and one-half times the area of the conductor or leader to which the drain is connected. 4611.2 CONNECTiONS WITH LEADER PROHIRITEDt Leader pipes shall not be used as soil waste or vent pipes; nor shall any soil waste or tent pipes be Used as leaders, Air conditioning equipment shall not discharge or overflow upon any roof where rain water leaders discharge into any surface gutter nor directly nor indirectly into any leader, 4611.4 REQUIREMENTS COVERNINO THE DISPOSITION O1~ RAINWATERt (a) Rainwater or other liquid wastes from any premises shall be disposed of where same originates and/or falls in such manner as herein provided. The disposal of any rainwater or other liquid wastes by causing or allowing same to be disposed of or flow on or across any adjoiningproperty or sidewalk, either public or private, shalt be deemed a nuisance, and shall be corrected yproperly disposing of same in accordance with the provisions of this Code and/or as directed by the Plumbing Inspector. (b) ,rainwater shall be disposed of as follows with required preference in the order listed: (1.) To a mittedtorm by the seringer ineering Department h basin where per- (2.) To ang streetDegutterbutonly if first approved by the Engi- neering t. (3.) Board df a naalge. well, if approved by the Florida State (4.) Into a soakage pit, (See Sub -section 4611.6 and 4611.7). (5.) 'Upon pervious ground. (6.) All rainwater drainage openings which discharge sewer or other gases and which are within 12 feet of adjacent building openings, interior courts or air shafts, windows ventilating openings, air intake equipment, or where roof is used by human beings for sun bathing or other pur- poses, shall be protected from discharging such gases by installation of accessibly located back water valves or automatic self sealing traps. Back water valves shall be so constructed as to remain in a closed position when not discharging liquids. (7.) Alt rain or storm water drains shall be installed to drain dry. (c) Rainwater pipes shall not discharge over sidewalks, 317 (d) No liquid *AO, etteellt i*ffi*lter, 1 b<c distbatired Rite 'lac :Met pities *high ttoftr(Iffeite St a greet * stiletto* ef i boue the gt"odnd suttee*. (fi!) The following table based on United Sktilites Weather Duren rainfall statistics of one-half frith gain to five minutes over '(ffie square 'toot of tntt or ittiftertihtis, t1t rated area shall be treed to iytiftfpute the dtaihage ret(uirett,ehts for the disposal of rainwater. i Minute . , 00822 en. ft. , . 14.4 cu. ththes , , 0625 gallon 2 thihutes , . 01667 eti. ft. , , 28.8 eta, inches . . 1 250 gailotis 6 minutes . . 0411 cu, ft, . , 12.0 ed. inches , . 3125 gallons (f)•(1) Pipe to carry rainwater only, *here located uhder a sidewalk and discharging into a street gutter, shall be east, iroff pipe with oakum and lead caulked and/or one ring oakum and one-half cement aril one-half sand mortar joints. (See Sub -paragraph 4611.4 (b)(2)•) Where sui•h ripe cannot he installed by reason of the depth of the curb being less than the pipe, diameter plus the necessary concrete cover over such a pipe, bituminous fiber pipe, a 14-inch gauge (5/64") galvanized sheet metal flume box, asbestos cement oval flume, of equivalent cross sectional area may be sub- stituted for the pipe. (2) The following table shall be used to compute such cross - sectional area: -- Diameter of Pipe Area in inches 2.. 3,141 3" 7.068 4" 12.566 5„ 19.635 6" 29.274 850.265 10" 78.54 12" 113.09 14" 153,93 (3) A concrete cover not less than two inches thick, reinforced with 6" x 6" No. 10 gauge road mesh wire shall be required over a pipe or flume box under a public sidewalk, The bottom and sides of a flume box through which bituminous fiber or asbestos cement pipe concrete ass shall be l be of ofonotless strength thanleast 3000 psi ininches 28 dayand (4) In the construction and installation of flume boxes and/or pipe under sidewalks to street or street gutter for disposal of rain- water, all plumbing permits and inspection for work inside the prop- erty line shall be secured from the Plumbing Inspector. Permits and inspection for work outside the property line shall be secured from the Engineering Department. (g) No public sidewalk or driveway may be patched. Public sidewalks and driveways which are cut, tunneled, channeled or which have a pipe driven under same shall be replaced with full size blocks. (h) The minimum size for sloping rainwater drains and storm sewers for surface drainage (not including pipes or building drains for roof drainage) shall be not less than the following size based on the horizontal projection of the surface area drained: JIS • MINIMUM NPR t AND SliePES ' elt D SURPAtt §TONM SEWENS tmyrtoto of t'tpi, Attottfnfytn moral §Orrticr Men tot Rtortn Ream s Ph Iftichorz of VfMfouft Slope° IA" Vet ft. s101 3 1,360 4 2,410 6 4,270 6 7,110 6 16,000 12 87,800► 18 160,000 21 226,000 24 320,00t► 27 453,000 30 686,00tt ,A H tier it. sloVe 1.4" Vet ft. SION 1,590 1'1930 6,020 6,030 8,360 11,400 18,400 22,600 34,300 . 42,300 51,000 6$,600 107,000 130,000 167,500 210,000 268,000 326,000 453,000 630,000 Z83° 000 3 i i,000 510,000 670,000 Where ground surface storm sewers are connected to the building storm sewer, the size of the combined storm sewer shall be as set forth in Table 46-0. (I) Rainwater may bedisposed to uncovered, pervious. grass areas where not otherwise disposed of as set forth above. Sufficient uncovered pervious grass areas for rainwater seepage shall be roe vided on each building site on a minimum ratio of ten square feet of impervious area to one square foot of pervious area. For the purposes of this Code pervious area shall be deemed to mesh ground, preferably a grass plot surface, unpacked by traffic or uncoated by any material. Where there is reason to believe the ground is of low porosity, the Plumbing Inspector may require that the owner submit the results of a percolation test to support his request for disposal thereto. (j) All parking lots and similar pared areas shall be graded and/or paved in such a manner that all rainwater and/or other sur- face drainage shall drain into a collection basin or pervious area located on such property. 4611.5 PROTECTION PROM MOSQUITOES: (a) A film of oil or other equally effective substance shall be maintained on the surface of all liquids in any exposed basin, trap, tank, or receptacle not in regular use. AU rain or storm water drains shall be in- stalled to drain dry. (b) A flap check or flapper valve shall be placed on each soakage pit pipe inlet connection from rainwater surface catch basin and such flap or flapper shall be suitable to prevent the passage of mosquitoes and vermin. (See Sub -section 4611.6). The flap check shall be hung so as to completely close the pipe inlet when not in use. (c) Emergency inverted overflow fittings of the same size as the leader pipe up to and including four inch shall be provided at the base of the rainwater leaders discharging directly into soakage pits. Such fittings shall discharge at points which, in the opinion of the Plumbing Inspector, are the least possible to become a nuisance to the public, to occupants of a premises, or to neighbor- ing property. Should the overflow from such a fitting become a nuisance, it shall be sealed and some other acceptable method of disposal be provided. For leaders five inch and over, the emergency overflow shall be a minimum of four inch. Ail overflow openings shall be screened to prevent entrance of mosquitoes. 4611.6 SOAKAGE PIT LiDS: (a) Soakage pit lids shall be designed to support the anticipated loadings but not•less than that 319 I a 1fdief, 'theft, Net int On thetefletOtt nriftfm llri itNti %tido basses and f' infort°hfttefft Altai ti}lfill rltiitted: ttebelt Span 2' 3' 4' 6' Slab Thickhtsa_ 5" f3ottof'h tlittrt 11 rt it iR fl t4 N tt N is INN 't nethtettetttteht *3. '*4 .,..*5 _ *6. *7 8 6" 12" 1g" lg. 12" 12" :I" P' 10" 12" 124 124 No 6" /" 1n" 12" 12" No No 5" f " 10" 12* No No No 6" 8' 10" "Might -inch slab over six-foot trenches require additional *5 bars sit inches oc eared 3i" from top of slab. (tb) lleinforcing across trench is to be placed }" up from hot, tom of slab. Temperature reinforcing lengthwise ih the lid shall be *4 bars 9" or. ch) w j pport of slab lid shalt he on block walls or oh rock tren (d) it slab lid is supported on block walls, such wall shall be laid on a 8" deep by 10" wide footing and a. reinforced beans, hot less than 12 inches deep with hot less than 4 *6 bars, shall be poured over the block, Vertical support shall be provided about every 15 feet by reinforcing two adjacent block cells with one a5 vertical bar, and filling the cell with concrete. (a) Support may be on rock trench walls, provided the rock is solid and free from honeycombing. A tooting, 19 ihcl,es deep (including slab thickness) by sixteen inches wide with two *5 bars, shall be provided. Trench width shall be computed from the center of such footing for the table given above. (f) Any reasonable combination of these methods may be used, Under unusual conditions on filled soil where the entire pit will rest on such fill, a design by a registered engineer with plans to be approved by the Building Official shall be required. (g) When the block wall bearing is used it is necessary that a properly designed cantilever, 18 inches in width, be constructed to retard or prevent back wash. Such cantilever shall be of the same thickness as the slab and the principal slab reinforcing shall be alternately bent bars. (h) Concrete blocks shall be laid on mortar with the block cell vertical and with the vertical block intersection having a one-half inch gap without mortar. (i) Plumbing inspection shall be required and requested when blocks are in place and sewer is connected to soakage pit, and before top form is placed over soakage pit. and(appro,ecod ny theshall be poured until steel is tied and in place 4612 INTERCEPTORS —SEPARATORS AND BACKWATER VALVES 4612.1 INTERCEPTORS AND SEPARATORS: No grease in- terceptor shall be hereinafter installed which does not comply, in all respects with the type or model of each size thereof approved. (a) WHEN REQUIRED: Interceptors (including grease, oil and sand interceptors), shall be provided when, in the opinion of the Plumbing Inspector,they are necessary for the proper handling of liquid wastes containing grease, flammable wastes, sand, plaster, ground glass and all other ingredients or liquids harmful to the building drainage system, the public sewer or sewage -treatment plant or processes. 320 b) A •AL sleetThe rd ibeltibti of seh Ihtett c tot ! sopM tot Webb* *Rh &Moffitt 11121 i6ittg &HtreitItKnft ifl *moth shall be submitted to ilh6 Adrtilltlstril%ft'e settbIttt Ter . al. 6 *elite ftiTilita t `Mahe tteati'I fit 1Y!' mom (e) SEPARATION* A mitttore of light fthd Mary aotI&a Ot iiquids and eolith ha'itte %Virtue treeifie gtaeities may be trryated and thoh separated itt an interceptor, itt ket'ii'l atie* wlt1Y Pa1a graph 4612.1 (b). 4512.2 OR 1; A S E INTERCEPTORS! th) COMMERCIAL Rt11LDINOSt A grease interceptor stall be installed itt the wasli)witte line Ieeditng from sinks, draihs, or other fiittures itn the fol'Fg establishments whet, itt the ihioh of the Plumbing Inspector a hazard ekists t restaurants, hotel kitchens of bats, factory eatetetiaii or restaurants, clubs, processing pilots or other establishments where grease can be introduced into the drainage system ih quantities that can affect line stoppage or hinder sewage disposal, Cb) GASOLINE, OIL AND SAND INTERCEPTORS: The folr lowing places shall be provided with an ap1roted gasoline sand and oil interceptor with floor drains of a bucket type diseharging into the same: (I) Public storage garages where floor drainage is to be pro. vided. (2) Where hvehicles refloor drainagerepairedis provided in a place *here motor (3) div iduals la ex he motor vehicles are washed, private in. (4) Shops, manufacturing and assembling plants where parts are washed to remove oil and/or other greasy substances or anything deleterious to shy public or private sewer, (5) Where oil, gasoline or other volatile liquid becomes a nuisance. 4612.3 VENTING, INTERCEPTORS: Interceptors shall be so designed that they will not become air bound if closed covers are used. Each interceptor shall be properly vented, 4612.4 ACCESSIBILiTY OF INTERCEPTOR: (1) Each in. terceptor shall be so installed as to provide ready accessibility to the cover and means for servicing and maintaining the interceptor in working and operating condition. (2) A five -eighth -inch thick metal removable cover shall be provided for each interceptor basin when subjected to overbearing traffic loads; or a three -eighth -inch thick metal cover when not so located, In lieu of a metal plate an approved cast iron manhole and frame may be substituted. All covers shall be accessible and brought to grade level. 4612.5 GREASE INTERCEPTOR EFFICIENCY: (a) FLOW RATE: ,thee Plumbing Inspectobe naaccordancep with generallyeaccepted practice. (b) APPROVAL: No grease interceptor shall be approved until it has successfully passed the testing and rating procedure as set upbya recognized testing laboratory, with equivalent or erNSTITUTE is than those of THE PLUMBING AND DRAIN- AGE4612.6 LAUNDRY: INTERCEPTORS: Commercial laundries shall be equipped with an interceptor having a non -removable one- half inch mesh screen metal basket or similar device that will pre- vent strings, rags, buttons or other materials detrimental to the 321 fettle Alw awn . /frith Ore 't etithiliSH Met Bettelt Mai tweet et iftbillft teelte rigid its to b ell 11 tleitYel Witirebt teMbitift# i UAW of dam. 48121 BOTTLING PAS `A UEI$MP,t41 INTMCBPTONSI Bottling )latttii shall disel ine their as w into lifters ttot which is deaiiihed to ,provide lot thseptratiori of broken aeaei2h etf the Mill* age t t tSePara ph1 d 46O b) ) 46I2.6 R L A U G 11'' R H'OUSEst (a) REPARATORRt Siettightering-too a floor drains shall be equipped with metal wen UV baskets and shall be piped to separators *hid hitch TreVent t e discharge into the drainage system of feathers, tra t, and abet ntateribls likely to clog the drainage s stein. metal toreert type baskets shalt prevent passage into the drainage system of eolida not to Weed otie,hatf inch. (h) INTEfCEP1`ORSt slaughtering and dressing room drains iamb be provided with interceptors in accordance with Paragraph 4612.1 (a). 4612.E MAINTENANCEt Interce ptors shall be Maintained in efficient operating condition by periodic removal of accumulated contents. 46t2.10 GASOLINE, OIL ANb SAND INTERCEPTORt (a) WHERE REQUIREBt Gas, oil and sand interceptors shall conform to requirements of this chapter. (b) MINIMUM DIMENSION: Oil separators shall have a mitt, tmutn depth of not less than two feet below the invert of the dis- charge drain and a minimum capacity of eighteen cubic feet per twenty gallon flow. (e) OIL INTERCEPTOR PIPE CONNECTIONS: Inlet, outlet and vent pipes In connection with interceptors shall be installed as follows: (1) The outlet shall be taken off the outer wall at the bottom of the interceptor basin at a 45 degree angle in such manner as to provide a trap seal of approximately twenty- four inches. (2) The invert ocat d the drain inlet one•inch interceptor aabo a the basin line. (a) The interceptor local vent foraathe interceptor basin shall cover. ApprovedCciommerc more than inches below o usede The local vent for the interceptor basin shall be a mini- mum size of three inches. When service sinks, drinking fountains or novelty boxes are installed in or adjacent to wash areas, the interceptor local vent may be installed on the drain line for the purpose of receiving the wastes from such fixtures. Plans for approved interceptor may be secured from the Plumbing Inspector. 4612.11 BACKWATER VALVES: (a) The installation of backwater devices shall be in accordance with this Code. (b) Backwater valves shall be so constructed as to insure a mechanical seal against backflow. (e) Backwater valves, when fully opened, shall have a capacity not less than that of the pipes in which they are installed, accesdaibiliBy to theirvworkin�aparta.so installed as to provide ready 322 161.1 PLUMBING X S AND IttigintEMBMil 013.1 fltNPRl Piturrtirtt ttiittt•#i** i1 be constructed i 1Om approt*> d Materials, irave sitreroth it'ttpe+i'risi�i! sur#acea, be free train defett ntttl eoheealed tenting stiff/met: end: e*cent as knitted eisewl ete Ih this Code, shall eonfot?tt in *linty and de i n to one of the standards in Table 46-C. Pi*tUres eats= strueted of the or other petrious material land et#ttipped With a Waste outlet to rein water, shall not be peitt . 001.2 OV IPLOWS: (a) b . 1 N' When any filittIr is provided with an overfiow, the waste shall be so arranged that the standingois water the remain in the t rise Wt W'ovhen the fi h ti is empty. (b) Ci)NNtC?ION: The overflow pipe from a Maul* shall be connected on the house or inlet side .of the fixture trap, and it shall be unlawful to connect such overflows with any other part of the drainage system. 4613.2 INSTALLATION: (a) CLEANING: Plumbing fix- tures shall be installed and spaced in a manner to afford easy access for cleaning and their intended use. Where practical, all pipes from fixtures shall be run to the nearest wall, Any closet bowl or closet bend shall be roughed in so as to have not less than 18 inches froth the center of the closet bowl outlet to any finished wall which is set parallel to the long axis of the closet bowl. (b) GROUTING OR SEALING: Where fixture surface conies in contact with wall or floor, the point of contact shall be sealed watertight. (c) SECURING FIXTURES: floor -outlet fixtures shall be rig- idly secured to brass flange and floor by brass bolts and/or screws. (d) WALL•HUNG FIXTURES: Wall•hung water -closet bowls and urinals shall be rigidly supported by a concealed metal support - inn member with brass bolts so that no strain is transmitted to the fixture pipe connection. Suitable backing shall be provided for other wall hung fixtures including shower rods, (e) SETTING: I?ixtures shall be set level and in proper align - meat with reference to adjacent walls. (See paragraph 4613.3 (a) 4613.4 PROHIBITED FIXTURES AND CONNECTIONS: Fix. tures, pan, valve, plunger, offset, washout, latrine, frostproof, and other water closets having an invisible seal or an unventilated space or having walls which are not thoroughly washed at each discharge, shall be prohibited. Anv water closet which might permit siphonage of the contents of the bowi back into the tank shall be prohibited. Trough urinals are prohibited except for temporary use during con- struction. Pedestal urinals are prohbited in school installations. 4613.5 WATER CLOSETS: (a) PUBLIC USE: Water. closet bowls for public use shall be equipped with open front seats. (b) FLUSHING DEVICE: Water -closet tanks shall have a flushing capacity sufficient to properly flush the water -closet bowls with which they are connected. (c) FLOAT VALVES: Float valves in flush tanks shall close tight and provide water to properly refill the trap seal in the fixture. (d) CLOSE -COUPLED TANKS: The flush -valve seat in close - coupled water -closet combinations shall be one inch or more above the rim of the bowl. (e) AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE: Flushometer shall be so installed that they will be readily accessible for repairing. When the valve is operated, it shall complete the cycle of operation auto- 323 til Melly fl tufty *Ad Abed* fleilitite' .10td8? The nsbet. eget elfentieft the give eta eliet *kW r Idieht voluble attd tit is Cite that will thoroughlyHow ,the Mareafid refitl the fi*ttu?e Tint,. MOW*hail be ce ded forfta !WOO/sive flow. Not Mete than of Wore Ataribk s d a sthele flush tal't+e, eft&pt as ap rove d by the Plumbing ittsPeetat 4613.6 URIt4&'LUt Tanks, or plumbing devices,. flustiretMote than Ins 'Whet shall be autotnatle itt operation and of itIffieleht capacity to provide the necessary volume to flush and properly elesiise ail to hale simultaneously. All stall urinals shall be equipped With beehive stralners. 4(1t3.? LAVATORIESt tavatotiek shall have waste outlets not less than one-and•orie-fourth inches in diameter. Wastes may have open strainers or may be provided with stoppers, he LEAD: aD it1 (See Table 46.C). Sheet lend shall be not less than ?or sate pans, not less than 4 Ib. psf. l'or fleshings of vent terminals, not less than 3 Ib. psf', Lead bends and lead traps shall not be less than !f, inch wall thickness. (S lb, psf). (lb) COPPER: Sheet copper shall be not less than the tot - lowing: Safe pans-12 oz. per sq. ft, Vent terminal fleshings-8 ot, per sq. ft, 4613.8 SHOWER RECEPTORS AND COMPARTMENTS: (a) SHOWER: All shower compartments, except those having approved receptors, shall have a lead or copper shower pan that shall turn up on all sides at least one inch above the finished curb level. Pans shall be so constructed that they shall be securely fastened to the trap stubs at the invert of the one-fourth holes, making a water tight joint between the pan and trap. Shower receptacle waste out- lets shall be not less than two inches and have removable strainers. Strainers shall have one. and one-half times greater free area than the inside cross sectional area of stub. (b) DIMENSIONS: Shower compartments shall have not less than 1,024 square inches in floor area and, if rectangular, square, or triangular in plan, shall be not less than thirty inches in shortest dimension. (c) PUBLIC 'OR INSTITUTION SHOWERSt Floors of public shower rooms shall be drained in such a manner that no waste water will pass over areas occupied by other bathers, (d) WALLS: Shower compartments shall have walls con- structed of smooth, noncorrosive and non -absorbent waterproof ma- terials to a height of not less than six feet above the floor. (e) JOINTS: Built-in tubs with overhead showers shall have waterproof joints between the tub and wall. Walls shall be con- structed of smooth, non -corrosive and non -absorbent waterproof mat terials to a height of not less than six feet above floor of the tub. 4613.9 SINKS: (a) WASTE OUTLETS: Sinks shall be pro- vided with waste outlets not less than one and one-half inches in diameter. Waste outlets may have open strainers or may be pro- vided with stoppers. (b) FOOD GRINDERS: Where commercial food -waste grind- ers are installed, the waste from those units may discharge direct into the building drainage system and not through a grease inter- ceptor. Installation to public sewers shall not be allowed until such time as sewers are adequate. 324 Mtn o a s 't1Rtt t RR WNW RMWdt t i ? i RSf Wilke bli *l�iie'h It teed Wider. itfit i ft hoe a te mining ttt t l+sss Thewtheme card diameter. (by SEPARAfit eONNtellesN§t. A sinit + artnittit *IA a dotYestie fobd--iteste=dis cowl unit shall be coi►rtite Ord t separately from thy other filtture tsii cOMPartinent. tJhits May air either autornatir or hand4o ted *stet supply eotitt'ol: (Stre Sub- section 4613.13 and 4613,14), (e) OREASE 1N1'tRCEPTOR9: Ne food -waste winder strati be connected through a grease interceptor. (d) COMMERCIAL=?YPE DAtt DERS: Cothtnercial-type toed grinders shall be provided with a waste line equal in site to the dischaf a opening of the tianchine, but hot, toss than a tali th h waste line. Finch waste shall be trapped and vented as 'provided tit other sections of this Code. 4613.1i DR1NKINti FOUNTAINS: (a) DESItiN A N D CONSTRUCTIONt Drinking_fountains shall conform to American Standard Specifications for Drinking Fountains. (b) PROTECTION OP WAFER SUPPLY: Stream projectors shall be so assembled as to provide an orifice elevation as specified by American Standard Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems. Drinking fountains equipped with water heating devices shall be equipped with pressure and temperature valves in accordance with Sub -section 4G14.21 and Table 4G-C herein. 4613.12 FLOOR DRAINS: (a) PROHIBITED LOCATION: Floor drains serving indirect waste pipes serving food or drink stor- age rooms or appliances shall not be installed in any toilet room nor in any inaccessible or unventilated space such as a closet or store room. No floor drain or other plumbing fixture shall be in- stalled in a room containing air handling machinery. Equipment drains shall be conveyed through an indirect waste to a floor drain located outside such room or other approved point of disposal. (b) FLOOR DRAIN TRAPS: Floor drain shall connect into a trap so constructed that it can he readily cleaned and of a site to serve efficiently the purpose for which it is intended. The floor drain inlet shall be so located that it is at all times in full view. When subject to backflow or back pressure, such drains shall be equipped with an approved backwater valve. (c) WATER TRAP SUPPLIES: livery trap which is directly connected to the drainage system, shall be provided with a permanent water seal, fed from an approved source of water, or by means of an approved automatic priming device designed and installed for that purpose, lxis not necein ssary fo opinion safety or f the iionPlumbing Inspector such (d) FLOOR DRAINS: Floor drains sized three inches and larger may be installed within 15 feet, measured horizontally, from a vented sewer line without a revent; provided that no floor drain shall connect to a soil line within five feet of the base of a soil stack, serving more than six water closets or equivalent fixture units. (e) FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRAPS AND STRAINERS: Approved bucket type traps shall be provided for filling stations, garages, garbage areas, chicken and fish clean- ing areas, bottling plants, food processing plants and other floor areas where solids could find entry into a drainage system. (f FLOO D d plumbing AIS CONSIDERED fixture. e.FIXTURES: A floor drainshall 32 4RtL9 NSMVAIIIMIA 1i AMNES t'ir Domettie wieetog tifaPctiintie Asti eetttptq with the requiremette Belt feftR in Stilt.Partigraph 4614.4, (b) gravity discharge dish+aashing moehirree thetatled tm growl floor 81tat1 have an emetgei e p overflow het lose than no irreti dfar is Stet cennetted to the tnec>wirre tailpie're and terminating nutaide of Minding I1ding *all above grade. (e) Wastes from dishwasher with pomp di eholges thrall glee to a height equal to the height of the underside of dishitasher try and May connect to tailpiect► of sihk bp 'beans of a "Y" ei nneetien et oh inlet side of disposal unit. 4613.14 MULTIPLE WISH SINK: (a) CIRCULAR TVPEI &geh 18 inches of wash sink circumference (circular type) shall be equivalent to ens lavatory, (b) . STRAIANT•LINE TYPE* Multiple wash sink§ of the atraight=line type shalt have hot and cold combination spouts hat closer than 18 inches from adjacent similar spouts and each spout shall be considered the equivalent of one lavatory. 4613.18 CARDAt1E•CAN WASHES (a) DISCHAR(IEi Oat, bage-can washers shall not discharge through a trap serving any other device or fixture. (b) BASKETS: The receptacle receiving the wash from gar- bage cans shall be provided with n bucket type strainer or similar device to prevent the discharge of solids into the building drainage system. (e) CONNECTIONS: Water supply connections shall conform to Subsection 4614.4. 4813.16 LAUNDRY TRAYS: Each compartment of a laundry tray shall be provided with a waste outiet not less than one and one- half inches in diameter and with a stopper. 4613.1? 13ATHTUI3S: Bathtubs shall be provided with waste outlets not less than one and one-half inches in diameter. 4613.18 SPECIAL FIXTURES AND SPECIALTIES: (a) WATER AND DRAiN CONNECTIONS: Baptistries, ornamental pools, aquaria, ornamental fountain basins, developing tanks or sinks and similar constructions when provided with water supplies shall be protected from back-siphonage as required in Sub -section 4614.4, (b) APPROVAL: Specialties requiring water and waste con- nections shall be submitted to the Plumbing Inspector for approval before installation. 4613.19 MINIMUM FACILITIES: Wherever installation of plumbing fixtures is required, the minimum number of each type of fixture installed shall be in accordance with the following table, TABLE 46-P, unless otherwise specifically provided: erc ?AM MP MINIMUM PINTURE lttlai1ltEMINT1 tss Pudeatirt *al IS afte 10) Man t)tf' ftinkle Vanitly, Apartinents. tItt hO•hi Houses Water Closets 1 pst dttellIng unit tavaint irg tot or 1 pet Shottor ditelling 1 Pot Unit dttellInli Uhlt Itehett Slhka 11:04 4%1411111z Uhit tafttilifift 'hfboP 3taellthe 1 itilftlfhtlftt tfle Voottlatt.1) 1,notories, iStoteit*), ntnt 1"htek' tlmploytnent or Establishtnentit Soo toot hob. No. 5, t and 10 Arradelt Apcodeit eohtaining stores which nre tnit no. ft. or fl nrest. ton y cent taiiy located toilet tat:dotes nocessitde to nit ...toren in the arcade 14#,I•t C' St Or#11 .401 1111.1. shall Fill Vt. a minimum of one IN %it t or' or sink and a one and one - let If (1 iv) inch fixture }WI Wit tl)titiect..d t a three (2) or four (I) inch *waste stock. (Soo Chap. ter 9 for dry vent requiremonts). 1-9 trnployeos---1 Witter tioset and t Latittory for tho tote or both ttotott. (St+ Poothote 2) (5141ett lthclPornales) = lo .t. 4.0 PI:MAUS ••="E 10410 1 1 2 142 1 2 31,46 2 1 3 13.34 2 , 9 41..63 2 2 4 38.88 3 4 64-80 3 2 8 89,83 4 81.96 3 3 6 84409 6 0 97-116 4 3 7 110438 6 8 117436 5 3 8 139,170 7 1 9 131-156 5 4 9 171,200 8 11 1 Water Closet and 1 bayntory rot, eneh 30 151-171 6 4 10 178.200 7 4 11 females over 200. 1 Water Vloset or 1 and 1 Lavatory for each 1: 5 males fly, r 200. roc service oink requirements Per Footnote No. 9. For Drinking Vountatn ht•quiretnents see Footnotes No ti and 8. 1 Shower shall bo provided for each 15 persons sato- pet to execs heat or to contamination, Infections or irritating material. 327 TANLI M I * teeftpttlyeed1 MINIMUM t IXIVRE REQUIREMENTS WHOM AND DRINK An BUVtb .tuira tars, tti'hete ho alcoholic lieveraReF are acrao.d nhl tthete ern- Sandtaieh ployees Rhd tiathoris do hot .•*reed 20. cshe toilet tooth Standt with n mihfPnutn nt oho tt*nteil closet the ohs' 1Aaatoft shall be ►tirotided. Whet* etnploreet and Ottfohi* do hot Ite..ed 20, tee fr•stuPAht tr'hrdtttp. Sea t'oothote it of bflf thari. (013 aerv+iee to tm hatted oh a thfhlitum of one hrrsoh her 100 Sq. tt. of tiarkiha area. 13a Cheque Stands. Drive-in Stands, t`arcterias. t`ountpf Service and Similar t $tablishm* ntt. Where no alcoholic beverages are seraed. Restaurants, Item. and Liquor Ears, Nita c'luba. and 1�.atinK and 1►rinkin� Establishments. � y MA Li S zt � w 2." ,, • f e • i i. L. m Y 4. la 1.62 i 1 1 1-30 1 sid 1 63-98 2 1 1 31.62 2 e 1 99.138 2 2 2 63-98 3 z 1 139-181 2 3 2 99-138 4£ 2 182-226 3 3 2 139.181 5 c° 2 22 7-2 7 2 3 4 3 182-226 6 a 2 2 7 3-320 3 5 3 227,272 7 0 3 321-369 4 5 3 273420 8 ar. 3 370,420 4 6 4 321.369 9 11 3 370-420 10 Eye 4 o. r. 7!r NA r Pat A LES fieo� iy 14 br. �E e9: • ;~ T. L d 1-42 1 1 1 1-20 1 L"� 1 43-65 2 1 1 21-42 2 ns 1 66-90 2 2 2 43-65 3 E 4 1 91-117 2 3 2 66-90 4 2 118-147 3 3 2 91.117 5 2 148-178 3 4 3 118-147 6 EE--7 2 179-212 3 5 3 148-178 7 M$ 3 213-247 4 5 3 179-212 8 d r. 3 248.282 4 6 4 213-247 9 y e 3 283-317 4 7 4 248-282 10 c: 4 318-352 5 7 5 283-317 12 If 4 353-390 5 8 5 318-362 12 s.. 5 353-390 13 E 5 328 IMILt 1111•P tearitiotteljess ' OS DIEM 1St tif f)he etinbitirtirterit kink (II * t it Ili Arai ite 144604. t11) tido, ?tin* 1411111 tr breWided tett filet 50 amine tett% ot bitrik=h*, et hilek=e0tintet Mg Aceeaftibly lorfited Centiliter area adjiteent to !IMO** drained. t6j Sinkli tnukt have a eOttistiliht dul)P11, Of hot COO hot fella thith lide P. tit) tk.liete, the hitillhet erriblOyeed Mitered P. *lidera Wet theintlet 0ndll ne btoVided rot ertiployeeS ha Per Schedule for 'plated or ettiPleyrnetit. rootlets** poothoto 1 At least 1 laundry tilt Or this *Muth Intlitsly and dtainage IStovided of A WaShitig trutchltie te- oared. Pot single family Mid duplex aparttnehtiss1 requite& Apartment houSeis 1 fel, the Mat fiVe titmitt4 Molts /Mild 1 rot each Additional ten apartfftehtts. Poothote No. 2 Where the tnihoritY set exceeds 3 perisona, separate toilet rooms and f,trllltIc Shell be protided rot mush Sea. 'Whete thete are More then 5 tnaletil. it UPltUti shall be added. 1o..tflot' n. 3 Female Urinals May be substituted for water cloak§ up to one-half of the teqUited nutribet ot Water closets. Poothote. No. 4 Wash-up sinks torte be substituted tot laVatottes Where type of etnptoyrnent Would Warrant. Footnote SC'. Vor factories the above reqUiretnents are Mihilbutti and may he adjusted Upward depending Upoh the provisions of work periods'rind type of opetation. when it is cohpidered that these rintnittiutri require- trietits will hot provide adequate tacilities. Poottmte No. 6 One drinking fountain shall be priii Merl accessiblv within n feet of all operational processes rind at least 1 drinking fountain for earn 75 persons. Footnote No. 7 Toilet reedit les for lint h sexes shall be provided on each floor. Toilet facilities accessible only through private °Meets shall be considered In addition to the above minimum requitements. However, the person. net occupying such private office may be subtracted ?Corn the total 1 fli)thnt0 No. ci One drinking fountain shall be provided if there are over 10 employees and 1 drinking fountain for each 75 employees. Such drinking fountains shall be cell, veniently located and accessible to the offices PP eyed., Not to be Ineated in any toilet tooth or vestibule to a toilet room. footnote No. I Where there are In offices or rooms more, and 25 employees or persons. a service sink tshall provided on each floor. Footnote No. in Where ne.tribors other than the Caucasian rive are employed, separate and equal facilities are to be provided for each sex and race. Footnote No. 11 Seating rapacity shall be determined as follows: Restaurants and eat and drink establishments where no alcoholic beverages are served. 30" of counter spare and/or 15 square feet of dining rnom area shall he equal to 1 person. Where alcoholic bever- ages of any kind are served. 1S" of eounter or bar Ppnep and/or 15 !square feet of serving area shall equal 1 person. All toilet rooms shall he of easy and convenient access to both patrons and ern- ployees. and shall be bleated on the same floor with. and under, the responsible direction of the manage- ment of the premixes served. and shall not be over 50 feet developed length from the nearest exit to the dining room. bar or foot !service area. Footnote No.12 Passenger terMinals. such an railroad. bits or air- line terminals are not included in this classification. Such establishments are special problems and shall Inc submitted to the Plunibing Inspector for approval Footnote No. 13 Rotel!, nieces of public assembly. public toilet rooma. places of employment, stores, hospitals. con. valescent homes. school. dormitories. day nursries. rooming houses. filling stations. places of deten- tion, community toilets and all locations that may be classed as other than private residential or pri- vate apartments shall have open -front seats on all water closets. Footnote No. 14 All calculations shall be on the basis of equal num. hers of male and female where sanitary facilities are required for both sexes. 329 TAMA illll=P eta ) MtNtMUM FIXTURE REQUiREMENT§g040§M U c. as i=26 1 1 1 1 1,20 1 1 1 26,40 2 1 2 1 21,40 2 2 i 41,0 2 2 2 2 41=00 3 8 2 811,70 8 2 8 2 61.00 4 4 2 71,86 3 8 3 A 31.130 6 6 3 86400 4 3 4 3 181,110 6 6 8 101430 4 4 4 4 171.210 7 7 4 above 1 per 1 t)et 1 per 1 per too i per 1 per 130 60 60 60 60 40 40 80 MISCELLANEOUS OUS REQUIREMENTS: Other requirements, such as sterilisers, slop sinks, special fixtures, etc., shall be special problems, and shall be submitted to the Plumbing inspector for approval. See schedule for "Places of Employment" for employees fariiities, MINIMUM FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS -PLACES Or bt:T1NTtON Fixture requirements in places of detention are special require- ments and plans for proposed installation shall be submitted to the Plumbing Inspector for approval. 330 ?ABU 411.P teeNtiirtiod) MINIMUM pawn PUBLIBrC RMI l PlA E8 f Thtystres, tLhtfielitit, Menu, dt ille mit!Age t1&lA, etc t See 1•`oothete No. 12) o.. aT MAIe:� ii100 i01-260 261460 361i47o 471480 681.700 101.820 821.976 9764180 1161.1326 1326=1490 14914616 1676.1876 1876.2015 2016..2260 2261.2475 2416.2700 MAt.4s CtosPt -LAMM§ t,A+rAtotiea rtMAI § Tomes closets Li i 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 7 5 7 6 8 5 9 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 1 1=60 1 61.140 1 141.260 2 261.360 2 361.470 3 471.690 3 691,960 4 9614300 4 13014640 4 1641.2000 2001.2380 2361.2700 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 Above 2100 add 1 water closet and 1 lavatory for each addi- tional 500 males and 1 urinal for each additional 300 males. 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 1 2 2 8 3 4 4 6 6 7 8 Above 2700 add one water clos- et for each additional 360 fe- males and one lavatory for each additional 800 females. Female urinals• may be substituted for water closets up to one-half of the required number of water closets. MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS: Drinking fountains shall be provided at a ratio of 1 for each 200 persons up to 800 total number of persons, over 800 to be considered a special problem and design is to be submitted for approval. The occupancy control of drive-in theatres shall be based on 3 persons per parking space. 831 RSP t'Cevf ev d) MINIIMRIM Mitt iEQUMMENTS DOR1MI? Cfi U PIRALt WitorCtoiet6 ttlhIti t*l*tottei *Itotc!1dleta NttON ftiont�% RAMA 1 tot rno ttff,t 1 tet rich IS 1 tot Sett 1t 1 tot tit, ?lilt 1 tot roes 1! 1111. 111P 'Pits 16 Mafrf,, boot Mate§ an to Mita no to II t 1 M a 1 t I. tMt11tM tit) to 11 ONION Ind 16. 1 tot rich 161 Inatll. 16Malea.ovrt t)vet t. Otto 16 tehl&lol. t MINIMUM dr additional 36 otarf601116t.6 r6 1 tot rich tot each addle rivet f6. OM ono i+tr "Not &ilea. idd 1 tot Mien 11 *Faitli. Ad- 11oh11 ID fe. tot Mirh *dill- MS a Mini. 10 additional dlttohal a►6a- Milt tiara 16 "tee MNMI of 1 Ott Mattatat► d r n t i i Ihalel. Addl. dottiltotf. l a v it °fief, tlofalatnatit* lhoold br otb. dMntat Motto& vid•d In eoM- riot Should et Mobil toltet *tovidrd Ih Honig It 1 tot cothlhttial tot+ Pilch to Malta. let trowel at i tot raen to teMl*tel. For service sink requirements see Footnote No, 9. MINIMUM FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS FILLING STATIONS MALES FEMALES Water Closets Urinals Lavatories Water Closets Lavatories 1 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS: At least one basket -type floor drain and trap connected to a gas and oil interceptor. 332 ?An 1es11 1 DAY 11 S temp,. at ChitPan titer did tit littVkto te*► mate. t..,v �.. �� , Day, i=io 1 i i 1 feet tneli 6O4 11.1E 1 2 i diinitrtum of 2; 12,80 2 8 2 1 inside hildltig 8140 3 4 2 and en lay= tt tittIffa bet klft tit dittsrlt roantattal Nigh't.Cttre 1=8 1 i 1 2 2 2 19.30 3 3 3 31.60 4 4 3 MtSCELLA\[ C1':4 I2tQU1ttt,MEh;ti'S: `tolieta shall he accessible from the eta •krouhd as a Nil as from 'inside building: 10" rim height on crater closets ior thildrett tinder A years; 13" rim height for children R years of otc•r. MINIMUM FIXTURE RRQU$RtMENTS--SCHOOLS One water closet, 1aWatory and drinking fountain in each classroom, or common toilet rooms ii tiffiC1EA�.R► tf T1121/Vblt Mit tliitAll %Pater Closets I per 30 !tittles MALE FEMAL . drinking Water 1'rinnls Lavatories Fountains I'Iosetp ._._.1.ayntotit•s 1 per 30 One in 1 per 30 1 per 30 Males each females females (26" rim I lassroom height) 8rtt TIROttCilt 8th GfAilitf 1per 75 mAles 1 per 30 males 1 for each 1 per 75 50 males, pupils and minimum a minimum (2of one. of 1 per floor height) minimum of 1 access• ible to tht playground area. (2A" height). 1th TilltOtriatt lath C;FSADE 1 pet air females 1 per 50 females 1 per 75 malwk 1 per 30 n►A 1es 1 per 50 1 per 75 males, total pupils minimum and a mint• of one. mutn of 1 pet 0gfloor sslhh)ab. to the playground area. (36" height) 1 per 45 fetnal�•a i per 50 females JIISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS: Showers shall be provided wherever there is a gymnasium at a rate of her that ccahn use the facilities. Pitch e 4number of oath the maximum to provided known total number of pupils (boysea of girls dl ide•diby'12 j by 2.5 or the I example school has 16 classrooms. 16 x 2.5 = 40 of each sex to be provided for. hence 40 -i- 5 = 8 showers for the boys 40 •-t- 4 = 10 showers for the girls II example total school enrollment-480 pupils 480 -I- 12 = 40 of each sex to be provided for 40 -I- 5 = 8 showers for the boys. 40 4 = 10 showers for the girls. 333 ?Mt *OM tCertined) WW1 Pt1tME REQUIRRIRMISmatIOMINCi AND WARMWARM§ tRbMt Zg ra 7 i e4 tar; 1.1 YYC Sop 1.11 1 1 140"tv i i 1=11 1 1 12-18 2 1 2 2 12.18 2 2 19-26 3 i 8 8 19.28 3 3 27.33 4 1 4 4 2743 4 4 34.41 5 i 8 8 34.41 8 8 42.48 2 2 6 6 42.48 6 41 49.80 6 2 'i 7 49.86 7 7 5743 7 2 8 8 87,63 8 8 6441 7 3 9 9 64.71 9 72.78 8 3 10 10 72.78 10 10 79.86 9 3 11 11 79-86 11 11 87-93 10 3 12 12 87.93 12 12 94.101 10 4 13 13 94.101 13 18 MtSCiLLAN1 oes t1t;Qt;ttt1Mt NrS: Over 5 males a urinal is required. The above schedule applies for each floor. t3oth hot and cold water shall be supplied to showers, tubs and lavatories. Where accommodations exceed 15 persons per floor a service sink is required on each floor. 334 eill *AT PLY AND Milittaltet. 0Sf4.t �ALM A R M' PL?t ti) LtC WA ' R dtRV't 'REWIRED: E: All p #tas iti ended fet tt? M I ltkb`riatieei or tupahey, ihclttd` bet r t lire t6, abIi to be used for household dome t e, feed . in , feed h dlinit, testauratit, dairy opt bett1itet parPoses, blie buiidinga a piii tt of iiesetnbiy 0r ouhet estab is inehts *mete a Witter eti slh�r Mak be used for h►urnn taefistrtttptien, shad be Supplied rein approved public water mains, where sorb Mille are avaiilable. W a water supply is not mailable freer: a ' ot� pubiie water shrine such pretnises shall be supplied with potable water (as herein deg fieed) froth a privately -owned well of other Meet whic)t has bps properly approved by the authorities 'having jurisdiction. (b) APPROVAL: No eater supply of a noh=potable satUr4 shall be used for commercial or industrial purposes unless Midi Use State Board of Healthpand P1uuthbing been o nd oed r y the r Floridah ity having jurisdiction, (e) ACCEPTABLE SOURCES: Where a public supply of pet, able water is not available, the requirements of the Florida State Hoard of Health shall be satisfied. 4614.2 WATER SUPPLY MANDATORY: Eery building in which r raaoplumbing oi:tn�o ptooredhbittshaib pvd dwih and arefor fpuan wholesome water. 4614.3 PROTECTION OP POTABLE WATER SUPPLY: (a) WATER DtSCHARCE OUTLETS: Potable water supply piping and water discharge outlets shall have backflow preVentin devices or similar equipment and shall not be so located as to make possible their subniergeney in any liquid or substance. (b) APPROVAL OP DEVICES: Before any device for the prevention of backflow or back-siphonage is installed, it shall have first been certified as meeting the requirements of ASA A40.6.1943 by a recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the Plumbing tn• spector. Devices installed in a potable water supply for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good workingconditionby the person or persons having control of such devices, The Plumbing Inspector having jurisdiction may inspect such devices and, if found to be ineffective or inoperative, shall require the replacement thereof, (c) BACKFLOWt The water -distributing system shall be pro- tected against backflow. Every water outlet shall be protected from backflow, preferably by having the outlet end from which the water flows spaced a distance above the flood -level rim of the receptacle into which the water flows sufficient to provide a "minimum re- quired air gap" as defined in ASA A40.4.1942. Where it is not possible to provide a minimum air gap, the water outlet shall be equipped with an accessibly located ackflow preventer complying with ASA A40.6-1943, installed on the discharge side of the manual control valve. (d) SPECIAL DEVICES: Where it is not possible to provide either a minimum air gap or a backflow preventer, as may be the case in connection with cooling jackets, condensers or other Indus• trial or special appliances, the Plumbing Inspector shall require other approved means of protection. 4614.4 VACUUM BREAKERS AND AIR GAPS: (a) FLUSHOMETER: Flushometer shall be equipped with an approved vacuum breaker. The vacuum breaker shall be installed on the dis- ne charge aboti side the theoflushing fixture or applianceca with integral level t at water- way. 335 (h) FLUSHING TA i.rn rIttabIrig Withillerfelpfed with tttt ittorattd b111140eit. Ttk limn be itittaljet *Kb the ertiehl leVel at thentuum Maker at tat eftiReh a full. nittof the . In isles *bete the. bfttI3t k ! __ ha hush tithe, the boYttom of t'*Rtef eeipptif inlet shall be meshed Ohe inch *bate the full inserting Of the ovetl`le pipe, te) LAWN SPRINKLERS: tottli sprinkler steme us able water shall be equipped with an approved huekflow et on the discharge side of eaeh valve. The bae'kflow trieVenter 01611 be at least six Mellott above the highest head and at no time leis then silt inches above the surround ng ground. (d) VALVE OUTLET: The hot and cold water supPly to tit, tur'es with hose attaehtnents, and other appliances phytteally eat:, netted to a water supply system, shall be protected from backflow, back-siphotiage and back pressure. Where hot and cold water Valves are connected to su ply tempered water to another valve for time in fixtures such as bed pan washers bidets and needle showers, cheek valves or combined valve and check devices shall he provided to prevent the cross flow of water in the water distributing sysstein. 46114.E WATER SERVICE PIPE: (a) The water -service pi e may be placed in the sane trench with the building drain and build- ing sewer provided the following conditions are satisfied: (I) The water -service pipe and all other pipe or piping or con- duit, shall be placed on a solid shelf eteavated at one side of the common trench, with a minimum of ten inches between pipes or conduits. (2) The number of joints in the service pipe shall be kept to a minimum. (3) The materials and joints of sewer and watereservice pipe shall be installed in such manner and shall possess the necessary strength and durability to prevent the • escape of solids, liquids, and gases, therefrom, under all known adverse conditions such as corrosion, strains due to tem- perature changes, settlement, vibrations and superimposed loads. (b) STOP.ANDaWASTE VALVE COMBINATION: Combina- tion stop -and -waste valves and cocks shall not be installed in an under- ground service pipe. (e) PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY: No private water supply shall be interconnected with any public water supply. a 4614.6 WATER PUMPING AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT: (a) PUMPS AND OTHER APPLIANCES: Water pumps, tanks, filters, softeners, and all other appliances and devices shall be pro- tected against contamination. (b) WATER -SUPPLY TANKS: Potable -water -supply tanks shall be properly covered and screened to prevent the entrance of foreign material or insects into the water supply. Soil or drainage lines shall not pass directly over such tanks, (c) CLEANING. PAINTING, REPAIRING WATER TANKS: A potable -water -supply tank used for domestic purposes shall not be lined, painted, or repaired with any material which will affect either the taste or the potability of the water supply when the tank is returned to service. Tanks shall be disconnected from the system during such operations. to prevent any foreign fluid or substance from entering the distribution piping. 4614.7 WATER -SUPPLY HOUSE TANKS: (a) WHEN RE. ins during Dflow ishen the water insufficient to supply all fressure ixturm es freely and contin- uously, the rate of supply shall be supplemented by a gravity house tank or booster system. 33; (b) MO. SUMOPt?AN' L1 tr k strtrctur that tamest an atrttill l p to so le rent the as ailable Water ,fu ry, t uet pump shall be supplied Mitt a ttifire ttithkt► the sit tank to ire supplied with witch ffomn publte et piiate Maine through a W valve, to AUXILIARY PROSURE. SUP, LtMRNTARY TAPIR If the residual pressure in the system is below the thiitlif uRt SUS* able at the highest eater outlet when the flow itt the systent is at eak demand, an automatically controlled pressure tank St gravity tank shall be installed, of sufficient capacity to supply see, Eris of the building installation which are too high to be supplied diPe tly from the public water mains, (d SUPPORT: Alt water -supply tanks shall be stipported lri accordance with the building code or other regulations which apply, Co) OVERPLOW POR WAtI I% SUPPLY TANKS: Overflow pipes for gravity tanks shall discharge to all approved frdint of dig, posal. Ramp water gutters discharging into a street gutter are not considered approve points of disposal. Adequate overflow pipes properlyscreened against the entrance of insects and vermin shall be provided. (f) HOUSE TANK SUPPLY: The water -supply inlet within the house tank shall be at an elevation not less than is requited for an air gap in an open tank with overflow, but in no case shall the elevation be less than four inches above the overflow, If a drop pipe is added to the ball cock or filling device an ait inlet shall be inserted in the drop pipe at least two inches above the overflow. (g) DRAINS: Water -supply tanks shall be provided with valved drain lines located at their lowest point and discharged as an indirect waste or as required for overflow pipes in paragraph 404.1 (e). (h) Swat: Or OVERPLOWt Overflow drain openings for wa- ter supply tanks shall not be less than twelve square inches in free opening and not less than three in number for each tank. (i) PRESSURE TANKS: Pressure tanks used for supplying water to the domestic water distribution system, combined supply to fire standpipes and domestic water systems, or to supply stand- pipes for fire equipment only, shall be equipped with an accessible water and pressure gauge. 4614,8 WATER -DISTRIBUTION PIPE, TUBING AND FIT- TINGS: (a) Materials for water -distributing pipes and tubing shall be brass, copper, lead, cast iron water pipe, wrought iron, block tin or steel, with appropriate approved fittings. Ail wrought iron and steel pipe and fittings shall be galvanized (zinc coated). Copper pipe and tubing shall be type K or type L. (b) Pipes conveying fire lines and domestic water lines shall not be installed underneath a concrete slab on fill in any location inside the building walls of buildings on filled ground where the presence of hydrogen sulfide gas or other injurious elements is known and especially the ground east of the west shore of Biscayne gay and east of the west shore of the inland waterway, and in areas being or having been recently filled below high tide areas. Such piping and fittings may be installed in concrete trenches with removable covers or in an approved conduit. 4614.9 ALLOWANCE FOR CHARACTER OF WATER: (a) SELECTION OF MATERIALS: When selecting the material and size for water -supplying pipe, tubing, or fittings, due consideration shall be given to the action of the water on the interior and of the soil, fill or other material on the exterior of the pipe. No ma- terial that would produce toxic conditions in a potable -water -supply system shall be used for piping, tubing or fittings. 337 tb) t !D PTPINf' tie PiP till; till U d re a thab a VotableAVfitet4tipply ifittlett lshili>t bt Meted Hi 01 gift ble•tvat+et4ttpply ayystem, 4114,10 WATER SUPPLY fPIT: (*) ;t;ae°h build g shall have a separate Water eontrol lalveE indeperrdeht of the Meet valve. raced aparttitent of stone fit a 'buildittig shall have a a'epatate independent control valve ontrollih all the pipe laud fixtures iti such apartment ot store. controlling control valves shalt be located at 0t hear the foundation line outside the building abuse the Vetted ot is a separate approved box with Covet valved) at plya i thetank, froth pressute or gravity Michhha11 be ta (e) each water closet and urinal supply shall have an index d off fi assembly in and ffloor seed all sin le pen eat water control valve placed abor� fixtures or grou s of fixtures in hotels,office buildings, hospitals, clinics, placesmanufacturing plants shall either have separate fixture control valves ot a single control valve for each gfoup of fixtures in a single tooth, Each hot water storage tank shalt have a water control valve and draw off valve, (d) A shut-off valve minimunn size threey uarter-inch, shall be provided w water -storage stank orreach watline., r heaccessible t cress ble and ad3aeent to 4614,1 t WATER SUPPLY DiSTRtBUTION: (a) WATER - SERVICE PIPE: The water -service pipe front the street train to the water -distribution system for the building shall be of sufficient site to furnish an adequate flow of water to meet the requirements of the buildin at peak detnatid, and into case shall be less than three quarters -inch nominal diameter. If flushometers or other de- vices requiring a high rate of water flow are used, the water -service pipe shall be designed to supply this flow. (b) DEMAND LOAD The demand toad in the building water - supply shall be based on the number and kind of fixtures installed and thed♦probable simultaneous use of these fixtures. 46114.12 PROCEDURE IN SUING THE WATER DISTRIBU- TION SYSTEM OF A BUILDING: The sizing of the water distri- bution system shall conform to good engineering practice, Methods used to determine pipe sizes shall be approved before use by the Plumbing Inspector and shall be in accordance with Table BMS66, National Bureau of Standards, or the following tables: 398 ?AMA MINIMUM WATER BERME PIPE Alec FOR ele. A1415 TWO.STARY BUILTHM141 Hotels, Metall anti Retideratik1 °mime, Ord, No. of linthrootriS and PCityh..tift tr ilk Type t'ioqutit otooPet i-2 AMA, Pros. ode.. ticypik bt ftRhtnoTh Ilinateter Itevoln- o r \Voter intrided Meter fl.n ncigitehenit. St re .re Met. r nt* Flush Valve Cloattit Site Pipe ilaiv. Itirhes Inches t'oppet Cid IV. tig 27 12 4 40 1 1 30 34 1 1 22 34 1 1 24 5-9 114 1 32 2,3 11A 1 no t 14 1 28 6-8 114 1 32 1-2 11.2 112 29 4-10 112 112 30 10-16 112 112 17 944 112 11.2 21 3-7 2 112 26 1148 2 112 32 17-38 2 112 27 16-38 2 110 32 848 2 2 25 19-33 2 2 24 39-86 2 2 25 39-46 2 2 24 19-24 212 2 28 34.57 212 2 32 57-58 2 2 28 46-78 212 2 32 25-57 :3 3 16 58-95 :3 3 19 79-120 . :1 3 16 19-120 3 :3 19 58-95 NOTE: This table is applicable to only the most favorable conditions, where water main pressure does not fall below 50 p.s.i. at any time. In general for 3. or 4.story buildings. or where main pressure falls below 5n the ni.xt hinter size group should be used. Where conditions do not conform to the above table. the provisions of 11518-66 National Bureau of Standards publications shall apply. 339 TABLE 1 ttlettiered) M N MUM WATER SERVICE PIPE Sin FOR OIVE, AND rwo.stort, SUILDINGS ternmettlat No. of Pitt u, t,tlltft ize Size Ar. No. of Pi xturt.tnit licish Tank ‘Vriter Service NtoPr Lofts. Plush 'Valve Wittsi. t 10APt Nom, Noin. CoDP'J (la v. Iron Size Site p.s.i. or Steel Inch, s lneheft itoti of St Pei 18 16 30 30 19-65 1 1 30 16-36 1 1 30 1 1 30 9 56-85 114 1 30 37-67 114 1 30 11,4 1 30 10-20 114 1 30 14 86-255 112 1 L. 30 68415 112 112 • 30 112 112 :30 21-77 112 112 30 15-52 226-350 2 112 30 176-290 2 112 30 2 112 30 78-175 2 112 30 53-122 351-550 2 2 :30 291-450 2 2 30 2 2 30 176-315 ... . 2 2 :30 .,... 123-227 551-640 451-580 212 2 30 o i2 2 30 ... 212 2 :30 316-392 .. . 212 2 30 .... 288-343 641-1340 3 3 22 581-1125 3 3 22 3 3 22 393-940 :3 :3 22 344-785 NOTE: This table is applicable to only the most favorable condition% where water Main pressure does nut fall below U p.s.i. at any time:. In general for 3. or 4.story buildings, or where main pressure falls below 5it p.s.i.. the next larger size group should be used. Where conditions do not conform to the above table, the. provisions of IINIS-643 National Bureau of Standards publications shall apply. 3 la TAME MR RATE P PLOW AND REQUIRED PRESSURE FOR D1PPEREN? FIX UR` E§ 11411 MAW Piltture tPlott ree su rep p.it.l. t1o* ha kptn Ordinary basin faucet 8 3.b Self -closing basin faucet12 2 Sink faucet—% inch 44.6 Sink faucet —tie inch Bathtub faucet ...... Laundry tub coek—tie inch 6 5,0 Shower 12 5,0 Ball -cock for closet....... ............ ...:... Flush Calve for closet 10- 0 1616 fit' Flush valve for urinal .............. ...... Garden hose, 50 ft, and sill cock.. _..... 30 6.0 lin* pressure is the pressure in the pipe at the entrance to the particular fixture considered. h Wide range, due to variation in design and type of flush -calve closets. 4614.13 SIZE OP F1XTURt SUPPLVt The minimum site of a fi!cture-supply pipe from the riser or main to the wall opening shall be as follows: Type of Poo or he'vle., Pipe Size (enehe!*) Bath tubs . .. .... ti Combination sink and trayt,i Drinking fountainN Dishwasher, (Domestic) ......... .41 Hot water heaters ......... . ..................... tva Minimum Kitchen sink, residential .................._1¢ Kitchen sink, commercial 14 (over one compartment) Lavatory ........................... t fr Laundry tray 1, 2 or 3, compartmentsii,2 Shower (single head) ii Sinks (service, slop) Sinks flushing rim .......... 1 tit Urinal (flush tank) tlrinal (direct flush valve) % Water closet (tank type) 1 Water closet (flush valve type) Hose bibbs Every group of three fixtures shall be connected to a %" cold water supply line to first fixture branch. For fixtures or appliances not listed, the minimum supply branch shall be % inch. 4614.14 MINIMUM PRESSURE: Minimum, fairly constant, service pressure, at the point of outlet discharge shall not be less than 8 psi for all fixtures except for direct flush vales, for which it shall be not less than 15 psi, and except where special equipment is used requiring higher pressure. In determining the minimum pressure, inl thenpip ngiibe systemaduring for the aximumure demandperiodsastiweln loas head, meter, and other losses in the system. 341 4H14.16 VArA1E STREET PRESSURES! *hes the street math INN It tifitel the eft, the *lite, b iti t system t rithirt immure i 4614.16 111APAREI Aril, NOISE: Water ripe iitt tidistiehs shall l edetttietely pfetteted !tote Witter liatitftier b tin of air ehaMbefil et ether appftwed devices, Air eharbere Shalt ie in a►lt 1 in at1eh rnantier that will Permit draihi it Without diseordieetitig fiittttrre :ripply. 461*,1li` 14OT.WATtR DISTRIRUf10Nt The Siinig et the h water distribution piping shall confoifn to good engineering preetite. 46t436 SAFETY IEVICESt ray pRESSttRE.RELIEF VALVEt Pressure=relief valves shall be installed for all a uiptfent used for heating or storage of hot water. The rate of discharge of such a Valve shall limit -the pressure the fat any given heat input Within ten percent of the pressure at which the valve is set to open, tb) TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVESt Temperature relief valves shalt be installed for equipment used for the heating or story age of domestic hot water, Each temperature relief valve shall be of the receding type and be rated as to its BTU capacity, In all eases the 13Ttt rating of the temperature relief valve shall be greater than the BTU input rating of the applianee. (See Table 464), (e) APPROVALS: Combination pressure and temperature re= lief valves separate pressure and temperature relief valves, which have been tested and approved by, or meet the specification require, tnents of, the American OM Association, A.S.M.');,, or other teeog. tilled approval authorities, shall be considered acceptable. (d) RELItP='VALVE LOCATION Combination pressure and temperature valves, or temperature relief valves shalt be located in the tank or in hot water outlet from tank so as to be actuated by the water in the top of the tank served and in no ease more than four inches developed length away from such tank, Pressure -relief valves may be located adjacent to the equipment they serve. There shall be no check valve or shut-off valve between a relief valve and the heater or tank for which it is installed. temperature, RELIEF` theerJrelief valve shalll not b econnec d to the drain- age system as a direct waste, (i') DRIPS —LOCATION 1 OR BUILDINGS: Each temperature and pressure relief valve or combination thereof shall be provided with a drip pipe connected to the valve discharge outlet. Drip pipes shall discharge as follows: (1) 1' or hot water storage tanks placed above the roof: as in (2) and (3) or upon the roof. (2) In cases where a building covers an entire lot; to any suitable plumbing fixture or floor drain terminating above the floor level except a water closet, urinal, bidet, bath or shower. (3) In all other buildings exceptpthose described in the fore- going;tteiusoof all observablep shall be without a thread. Where terminating outside a building; pointing down to within six inches of ground level. 4614,19 STORAGE TANKS: (a) APPLICABLE REQUIRE. MENTS: All storage tanks for domestic hot water shall meet the applicable A,S.M.E. and listed requirements of Table 46-C. (b) MARKING: Any tank hereafter installed for the storage of domestic hot water shall have clearly and indelibly stamped in the metal of the tank, or marked upon a plate welded thereto, or otherwise permanently affixed, the maximum allowable working 312 pressure i+rtrd the tiphavitatie tint p ii atifeh the tad 13 ties sitttet to tli►ittit!lNdp laid Olelegit of tnatir'ftat!tftrr. SanMarkin shalt be plated in an set ssibltr paaitian e'o Inapt-tintand ?efface= tirrti n,ay. lye nattily ge trrtrptished. (e) MINIMUM PRESSURES: Tire minimum hydro otie tat pressure shall be 300 lbs. pet squatrs inch and the warking MOM shall be trot triotp that► 424 pet tett of the indicated hy'tlreiltitttie test pressure, (d) DRAIN COCK* All storage tanks shall be equipped *lilt adequate accessible drain cocks. (a) LINE VALVES: Valves in the water -supply distribtitiott system except those immediately conitr?ollin g one ixture supPly, when fully opened shall have a cross+sectiot:al area of the smallest he icros -sec opening through r a of the ?tom the sire oflthe pipe in which1th@ valve is installed. (I) WATER USED FOR PROCESSING: Water used for ceol. ing of equipment or similar purposes shall not be returned to the potable -water distributing system.When permitted, the waste water shall be discharged through Rh indirect waste pipe or air gap to the drainage system or other approved point of disposal. 4516 SEPTIC TANK REQUIREMENTS 4d16.1 SIZE OP SEPTIC TANKS* (a) GENERAL: T`he minimum effective capacity of any septic tank installation shall be 600 gallons. (b) HOTELS, APARTMENT HOUSES AND ROOMING HOUSES: Septic tank installations for hotels, apartment houses, rooming houses, and similar establishments shall be based on the following requirements: 600 gallons effective capacity for the first four persons served plus an additional 50 gallons effective capacity for each person over four.. The number of persons to be served shall be computed on the basis of two persons per bedroom, or on the basis of the actual number of persons to be served by the tank; whichever may be greater. (e) PUBLiC BUILDiNGS: (1) Public buildings, such as courthouse, jails, post offices, passenger stations, and similar struc- tures requiring septic tanks in excess of twelve -hundred (1200) gal- lons capacity shall be considered special problems and compete plans for the installation of any sewage and/or liquid waste disposal system for such structures shall be submitted to the Plumbing Inspector and the Florida State Board of Health before permit for same is issued. (2) Septic tank installations for schools, hospitals, bathing places or swimming pools, and/or other establishments not specifically covered in this Code shall be considered special problems and shall be first submitted to the Florida State Board of Health and to the Plumbing Inspector for approval before permit is issued. 4615.2 APPROVALS: For septic tanks over 1200 gallon ca- pacity, plans and specifications shall be first submitted to the Florida State Board of Health for approval and such plans together with the said approval of the Florida State Board of Health shall then be submitted to the Plumbing Inspector for approval before construc- tion work of any kind shall be commenced or a permit issued. 4615.3 UNLAWFUL TO SELL: No person, firm or corporation shall install, contract for, sell, manufacture or offer for sale within the area of jurisdiction of this code, any septic tank, liquid waste or sewage treatment system or similar device, including chemical addi- tives, which does not conform to the requirements of the Florida 343 State board of fealty, and *ha ha: 'hot receivedap oval tiftrtfot from the Plorkin State FRAM Of ttealtfr, end the 'Plumbing Ihspecto►r. 4G13.4 RMtT+ : t4f6 tettte tank shall constructed br;r= Stalled until a p r9hit for such efrftstrtc'ttom nr ii stftllatioa has been obtained. 46t$ S bnitiNt CONATIttietiON AND APttIPICATION§ OP SEPTIC TANNN, APID DRA N I LDS: (a) Septic tanks hell be rectangttlat in shepe, or of a general rectangular design,' and the design therefor s `alt be approved by the !Thresh of 1 hgitteeting Of the Florida State oard of Health knit the 'Plumbing Inspector, (norenasfalneceoictotWetoeastt poured pllaceAltcocr ednhe cr f f septic tanks shall have a strength of not less than aaoo p. s. I. in 28 days. Tests to determine watertightness *here required shalt be trade by filling tank t a with Water to overfloty paint the time inspection is called for, Metal, block, brick or sectional Wilts of any description are prohibited. The interior wall of all septic tanks shall be finished smooth and impervious, Voids, pits, or pro. tuberances on or in the inside walls of septic tanks are prohibited. The Plumbing Inspector may require that plans for hew buildings or additions bear a statement, by a person known by the Plumbing Inspector to be qualified, as to the character of the soil under the bottom of the proposed septic tank to assure sufficient support for same. Water test of tanks may be required. (c) Precast septic tanks shall have a minimum wall thickness of two inches. Tops shall have minimum thickness of four niches, and be reinforced with -:3 bars set laterally and longitudinally on six inch centers, where non•tiaffir loads are anticipated. Precast tanks shall be poured sufficiently reinforced to resist cracking during handling or installation with a minimum reinforcement of (i" x rl" No. 10 wire Mesh, (d) Poured septic tanks, tip to 1200 gallons effective capacity, shall have a minimum top, bottom and Wall thickness of four inches. Tops shall have a minimum thickness of four inches and shall be reinforced with =:3 bars set laterally and longitudinally on six inch centers. (e) Ventilation of septic tanks and drainpipes shall be provided through septic tank inlet and outlet tees thence through the plumb• ing system and in no other manner, (f) (I) Ail septic tank inlet tees shall be terra cotta or con- crete and outlet tees shall be of terra cotta or concrete with a wall section of at least one inch and a cross•section area not less than the building sewer in connection therewith and not more than two times greater. (2) Inlet and outlet tees shall be accessible through manholes provided in poured in place septic tank covers located directly above the tees, Such manholes shall be of a size not less than 22 inches by 22 inches. (g) (1) Poured Tanks, up to 1,200 gallons effective capacity constructed as set forth herein in Paragraph 4615.5 (d) may support superimposed loads of 160 pounds per square foot; i.e. 100 pounds dead load and 60 pounds live load. (COMMENT:) This design ordinarily meets requirements in a residential area when placed in a location which is not subject to concentrated loads, such as auto- mobiles. (2) Septic tanks which are or may be subjected to overbearing loads in excess of 150 pounds per square foot shall be deemed special problems, and plans for such tanks shad be prepared by a registered professional engineer and submitted to and approved by the Plumbing inspector and the Building Official before construction 344 is cotmue,it d ett !R plutrtting Vetthit, issued. (CO11%1 i 1 i) tit delighing such tanks, cohsfdetatien shall Ere gi eh to ehticipattia toasiding, trrration or tank, tehiculat traffic a et tahk site aiwd tyre and usage of structure Petted, (S) Vihete traffic )otrds Piet iYi eitreet of ten ton trut=lts Al* ahtieipated, &rid the tnitfk it Wh to tram stt ietttites tip fOlia*ing may be used as a guide to the poured cohetete lid thickness Abel ref nfoteetrteht, F:kr'Ilvti= :4ifli, tton Thick= Width rrPP% f#ottotn tint 1't»rtuited d' 6' pfiN 8" * 1`4 to Spacing pacinK r,•nt, t to r„ 10,,, 12 i " t 10" Igo 6» S" 10' 6„ Temperature reinforcing lengthwise in the lid shall be 14 bars spaced 0" o.e. '1"oi• an eightxineh slab plated over a ,6-toot trench, place it4 bars 6 inches o.e, in top of slab. Reinforcing across trench is to be placed three -fourth, up from bottom of slab, Stab support may be on rock trench walls, provided the rock is solid and free from honey -combing, A footing, ten inches deep (including slab thick= ness) by sixteen inches wide with two 16 bars, shall be provided. For locations other than those in solid rock, a special design shalt be submitted, (h) Septic tanks, drainfields, soakage pits, and drainage wells shall riot be located within any structure, nor under any roof or projf ection anytbuilding ulInsl is ostructure except with the express approval (i) No septic tanks, drainfield or soakage pit shalt be located installed, and/or maintained within 50 feet, measured horitontalty, from any water supply well a •here water from such well is or may be used for human consumption, bathing or swimming, (j) Unless otherwise approved by the Building Official, by reason of special design, no excavation shall be made within the angle of pressure as transferred from the base of an existing struc- ture to the sides of an excavation on a 45 degree angle, 4615.6 FACTORS GOVERNING THE TYPE AND METHOD Op` DISPOSAL OF SEWAGE AND LIQUID WASTES: (a) Any person or persons designing, constructing and/or installing sewage and/or liquid waste disposal systems shall in the design, installation or construction of such systems be governed by the following factors: Where a public (1) The character and quality of sewage and/or sewer exists, fac- liquid waste. tors governing (2) The availability of a public sewer. shall include: (3) The design or unused flow capacity of the available public sewer as set forth in Sub- sections 4605.2 and 4605.4. (4) For rainwater disposal Sub -sections 4605.2 and 4605.4. (5) e existingt design unused tem;cwhether sof uch system is capable of accommodating the load as determined by the Plumbing In- spector and as otherwise limited by this Code. 313 w 6 0 Hi.. 7,000 6,0101 5,000 too I' -4 4'. % -4 KO - To-- • - 220 2to 200 190 IRO 170 160 S 0 -4. -4 1 4: 110 -4 130 120 I to 100 90 4 Si 1 :15 25 411 4.000 91) 70 0 3.000 SO -; 5.1 4 I 30 -11 2.0011 1* 30 lo '3'. • 10 10 -1 watts oral hr cr. min rf hr rf hr ELEA -r. GAS 5 ' Losto • SO - 40 - 15 I 0 TABLE 46.5 ::.4.:. :..:i:. ::.: 4• • . • -- ;:;; iii'., IF!, NEN 1111 :4.: O.:: iii4 .... 44i: 1..: 4:i1NNENN ,. t.. ::;:, :::: :::: :::.1:::: .::: :::: JI •::: :::: , MIM fffl iii! !!!! MINIMEMINEMIN. ii;iiiiri"flfir Hi! 11E1 „„•„:: :::: :::: „„ ::: ::„: ::: :::: •:::: :::: „„ „„•:::: :::: :::: :;„ „,: ::.:. :, 4 MismumffillIMMEIMMENNEEK :.:: :::: „:::: :: :::: ::::,..:• :::: •::: s:•I :::: :::: :::: ••:: :::: ::.: .... .... .... . ...,.......... II :::, :::: :,•.....„........,., :::: :::: :„.., •.., ,.. ::: ,.. i•,:ii.• ..„,„ „„:„ .::, :::::::: :::: :::: ,„:: ,._+, :::: ,::: ::„,„,:: ,::: ..,,, ,„: ,::: t. Iv i . r:i. 11ffijI: .ffif.:1:-:ii :Eii 111i 11i 11:1 1111. .Iii i111 ;Iijg1H i.i; Iiii iiti.ii:s .4-i .11 WM MMM Ill1'4ilfliii ME i:11Y..4 iMM MEW llillimr: giiii 1111 mll, i : :21i -..'! .::i': ::: ii.: ::.:.:MMMM i'Aiii iifi !ill firlill MENEWTsideldInaffin :::::- N ....... ........ ..., .......... ..... 1104.0011.„ ., .... „,„,r,,J. mmommiltip;:i;i:q. ...:.,:.:„. ,,,!immEmonm ,... ....................... :11,..iiim_ li, or , ::::•::::miliiiiiiiIiii,:ii.::Iiii, .:,::::::::::::•..::.::ilii.„:„„„ .1.11,...„ :::till;:1;.ililillii.::::. :ii 1:,,.:,,,,,„,_:::::,:,„-,„„,„:„;,:„.:,,,,,„,„,„„„„,„.i. r 1ii! ';iii ':1;iiii -4 '41';i1 • 1.tii iiii 11 „.,„„,...„:.,„,„„,„„,,,„:•.„,„,,,,,„,,„,:,,,„,„.„ r'..7iiiiiiiiii lillEi. : ii -iiii . ::::.„..,::.:„..,„;:„.. ;1;1 :::; ;•-; :::: :::: :::: ;::: - .:.• ; ,„ iiii ::i!I iiiiiiiiffi-iiillial iii Iiil lilt lii•iiiijili iiii twit t411111111#1. :2. .-:..:: z P. - — -,7- .'2•.2.--f:-.-:1,g-5.V.I.i.ig-i.31.1.3.1.11 .';'.•. Rrouired Itt.u. Hating of A4 Lset.ot PIT Volt* 1 11111111111.11111111111.1111 tit met *tetet 3 sewtor ills het tftelap able i eer . ceetninadatinft ati added laid, pro @thing faetefs shall inelude: ti ~to tiellitt et erivlite ittd et tt) Lee tier► et to itinfeeld epteete, tj) Solt pere*1ty. td) t ndetgrenttd *Stet level, td) Ufide,gteuttd Pat&bie water. td) Chloride Cerium et tiedetgreand water. tt) �g inviater disposal Parapet* td) The design et unused flew Capacity of the existing plumbing system; whether meh system is capable of accommodatingthe fno proposed load I dpotherwise the by this Code, (S) Elevation of ground level, (b) ABSORPTION OP DRAINAllE: Any liquid wastes eon= taming material which retards of prevents absorption of drainage in the ground shalt be disposed of and treated in a manner accept. able to the Plumbing Inspector and the Florida State Hoard of Health. p Where ground pis a©p exceptionally lly Dimper btu I; DwheraeRthe REQUIREMENTS* stable is too dose to the surface; in an old installation to correct tat in- sanitary condition; or where other exceptional conditions prevail making the installation of a drainfield in accordance with the pro- visions of this Code impractical, then the Plumbing Inspector may waive the usual requirements herein and permit the installation of such type of drainfield or substitute therefor as he and the Florida State Board of Health may deem practical. (d) PERCOLATION TESTS REQUIRED* Where soil porosity appears to be of a leas than usual character, the Plumbing Inspector may require, when in his opinion it is necessary, a percolation test and/or core boring to be made, The results of such tests shall be submitted to the Plumbing Inspector and shall determine deviation from requirements as set forth in this Code. The person designing such work and/or the owner shall furnish and supply such infor- mation. 347 TABLE 46-T MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEPTIC TANKS FOR NORMAL RESIDENT/AL USE UP TO 81 BEDROOMS (Based on 2 person* per bedroom) AND 1200 GALLONS EFFECIWEe CAPA€UY (For Tanks over 1200 Gallons. see Sub -section 461Si2) Persons Capacity Capacity t.ength. Width Top Slab Air liquid Bedrooms ernintilh Connected Required for E•tan Inside Inside Section •• Space. Ihepth Siervedi Requirnmenta 1- 4 600 630 7 =0" 3 -0" 4" 8!" 4' 2 soots a5: IL 5- 6 700 735 7-0" 3-6" 4" 8" 4" 3 125. " '" 7- 8 800 825 7-6" 3'-S" 4" 8" 4' 4 18m "' '" . 9-10 900 920 S-0" 3-10" 4' Er 4 6,175 '" 44 11-12 1000 1020 8 =6" 4'-Or 4" &" 4' 6 200i '" '" 13-14 1100 1125 9 -0" 4 =2" 4" &' 4* 7 22S "' '" 15-16 1200 1215 9-0" 4-6" 4" ir 4" 8 250, `" `" *The minimum requirements tor residences are based upon the following; factors: 600 Rations capacity and l0ir sq ftt_ or draintile for the first 2 bedrooms. An additional Inii gallons capacity and an additional 25 feet of draintile for each- adth•ds bedroom own), a mnXimum of 1200 gallons capacity and 250 feet of drainttle. •• Top slabs require No. 3 steel. set sic inches on centers eneh way for normal overbearing loads. tror tanks place* under driveway& or elsewhere where overhearing fond is above normal, see Paragraph 4615,560. 0. „J.') DICPOSITION? tifAND efeg4111411‘PROM bErTie TANkSt sludge arid 'Manta Mill eerie Unita arse ?t ledellasittsd m ahy ettrtall tittftlerri bay I* tithe, *stet. hot tipth the top oi the Woad hot tufted 'Oft the round. t$) MINIMUM DISPC1§Ats PACILITIEM Slatmtitri digitagal facilities fat the disposhi Of liquid ,Waatte faint @at AM dtDikeatitp lishMests such hs 146d11 fount/Ain', liqutif and beet bate, rettatatatitel hatbetute and/ot Ostablightnetts @hall brethed by the Provisions set fofth itt the following table. Liquid WIttitet that have been classified to sh ektent etittiVItlent to that achieved by the method heteih set forth may be discharged directly itei the sea age pit at drain field. 1.10 to 26 26 to 60 61 to 100 101 to 160 l'etPohs l'etsottft 1'etkottf4. 1101‘NOtit4 Liquid capacity of Grease Trap Tank 600 600 /00 1200 Capacity of Septic Tank. 600 600 100 1200 Square feet drain field 12" of Drainfield 1toc1c... 200 400 BOO 1200 Capacity of Soakage Pit 1000 2000 4000 6000 7' x 4' x 6' 14' x 4' 5' 1f.,' x 6' X 6' 2tb it bolt IP dpvp deep flPt$11 thins () DESIGN AND CoNsTRUCTION oP GREASE TRAP TANKS: Grease tanks shall he of the same design as septic tanks except that the outlet tee shall be tended to within eight inches of bottom of tank, Liquid capacities of grease tanks are based on a single or multiple tanks connected in series. The occupant content shall be determined on the basis of 30 linear inches of counter length per person when no alcoholic beverages are served or as set forth in part 111 herein. stablishments serving more than 200 persons shall be consid- ered a special problem and the determination of disposal require- ments shall be established by the Plumbing Inspector after site consideration. 349 rn- TABLE 46-tt MINIMUM CAPACITIES UP TO 1200 GALLON CAPACITY FOR SEPTIC TANK AND LENGTH! OIF DiFA1NVIFE9► SINS SINGLE STORE, FACTORIES AND/OR OTHER PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT, NOT INCLUDING STORES OCCUPIED AS BARS, AND/OR EAT AND DRINK ESTABL1SHMEPU$ (See separate liquid waste disposal requirements, ae set forth imp ParagrapN461&6(JM) 10 person l5 person 20 person 3(Y person 50 person Over 50i occupancy • occupancy • occupancy • occupancy • occupancy " person, or or or or or occupancy • 1 store 2 stores 3 stores 5 stores «stores• 600 gallon Septic 700 gallon Septic 800 gallon Septic 1000 gallon Septic 1200 gallon Septic iyvev12001gailbtq. Tank, 100 square Tank, 125 square Tank, 150 square Tank, 200 square Tank,. 250 square see Nswltiann feet draintile. feet draintile. feet draintile. feet dsaintiie. feel draintire., 46152. • Occupancy shall be deemed to mean the number of persons who, work in a store. TAMA ISM tint ei e!!llyd tree time ?M an tants OP Dora fes WI fl e% I1 *Le tP ,11 SAS 1k !WD IMPELIMITIONTL ce„1111111fatatd ll wares 9111,11111illeteromeseeiIt.mie IA t221 + e,tant For tanks ovpt 1200 ltallofM, tettuire'f tints.. th to It tletzttna 600 million st tic tan with 10o so. ft. AP/mulls. lls. 16to60 trti" 6ofi§ 90�y0 ga1l.dh witht 1i6 Tank ft. dt,ttihtt1e. $1 to 10o uprfiotte .,m. ._. 120n Rifleh with 250aq ft. drathttte. set Pitt'atlttank 461 .2 for 1 rlve-in restaurants, One person per 100 mutate feet of parking area Occupancy content shall be determined Ott the battle of 80 linear inches of counter space for establishments serving food, but no aleohetie beverages, or 18 linear inches of Mounter awe for establishments where alcoholic beverages are sold or shall be de, Whittled as set forth in Part lit herein. 4618,7 GVNRRAL PROVISIONS COVRRING THE CON' 51'RUCTiON OP DRAINPItLDSt The following prOVisiOns shall apply to and govern the installation+ design and ntethod of ail work and material in connection with septic tanks, dtainfields, soakage pits and drainage wells: (a) rot septic tanks and drainfields installed under any paved area the absorption area shall be increased not less than 26 per cent, See Paragraph 4616,5 (g). (b) To provide equal distribution of effluent from a septic tank, distribution boxes having a minimum site of 18 inches by 18 inches inside dimension shall be in all installations as follows: (1) Where more than two branch lines are taken off of the main effluent line of a septic tank, ail branches shall be taken off the main line within ten feet of the septic tank outlet. (2) Where more than one reservoir type lateral is required. each field lateral line shall be connected separately to the distri- bution box and shall not be subdivided. (3) The invert of all box outlets shall be level and the inlet invert of all lines shall be at least one inch above the invert of the box outlet. (e) The minimum requirements for septic tanks and square feet of drainfield shall be as set out in Tables 46-T. 4641 and 464. The minimum size of soakage pits shall be as set out in Paragraph 4015,E (g). (d) Minimum spacing of drainfield tiles from center 32to center inches when laid in trenches shall be....... (e) Minimum cover over drainfield tile shall be 10 inches (f) Maximum cover over drainfield tile shall be 20 inches (g) Grade of drainfield tile shall be not less than two inches nor more than four inches per 100 feet. NOTE: A grade of two inches per 100 feet is approximately one -sixteenth inch per three feet; four inches per 100 feet is approx- imately one -eighth inch per three feet. (h) Maximum length of a single drainfield tile line shall be 40 feet. (i) Maximum width of drainfield tile trenches shall be 16 inches. NOTE: One lineal foot of four -inch tile in a 16-inch wide trench shall be considered equivalent to one square foot trench. 351 '(f) Mitnimttra tt late t iatt itYf dritiotitid 'tile shall he filer it►e`ltres. (it) Minitnurn depth t:rf :cashed dtitrfield tbcic requited ufdet dtaihffeld tilt for the fali Width hi a siitteett inch tfetrth Alit lie . . i . . filches. (I) f)raihfiield tile shall be er,eloaed in washed draihfield frock fat the full width of the trench arid brought tip to the top of the drainfield tile. (rh) The spnee between ends of drainfield tiles shall be one- fourth inch. (n) Minimum width and length of bituminous saturated flatten of equal) requited over spare between drainfield tile shall be four inches by sixteen inches. (o) Minimum weight of bituminous saturated paper shall be thirty Bounds per square. (p) Minimum distance from structure foundation for any drain - field shall be 30 inches, (4) Minimum distance of e►ige of excavation for septic tanks, drainfields and soakage pits to lot likes hot including street property lines shall be 24 inches. (r) Minimum distance, as measured horitohtally, from septic tanks► draihfields and soakage pits from any domestic water supply well shall be 110 feet. (t) Minimum distance from dtttinfields to soakage pit shell he 10 feet. (t) ritinimum distance from drainfields and: or soakage pit to basement walls or to lower terraced area shall be 10 feet. (u) The reservoir type drainfield may be substituted for four - inch draintile under the following conditions: (1) The units comprising the reservoir in this type of drain - field shall have an internal or storage capacity or area equivalent to four times that of the internal area or capacity of four -inch draintile. (2) The excavation for the reservoir type drainfield shall be a minimum width of four feet and a minimum length consistent with Tables 46-T, 4643 and 46-V based on the square feet area of the trench bottom. The standards and pecifications for draintile as set forth in the American Society for Testing Materials Standard C4-55 shall be approved where applicable; such applicability to be determined by the Plumbing Inspector acting for and in the public interest. The Plumbing Inspector may assume all prerogatives as are assigned to the purchaser b • C4-55, if such prerogatives are not exercised by the purchaser in fact. 4615.8 COMPRESSION AND STRENGTH TESTS: For com- pression and strength tests and testing procedure see Subsection 4615.11. 4615.8 CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION: (a) The minimum width of reservoir drainfield trench shall be four feet. The minimum depth of drainfield rock under the reservoir unit shall be six inches. (b) Minimum drainfield rock on both sides of the reservoir unit shall extend the full width of the trench and to a height not lower than the top of the reservoir unit. (c) Grade away from the septic tank or distribution box shall be a minimum of two inches per 100 feet and a maximum of four inches per 100 feet. (d) The length of a single reservoir drainfield line shall be a maximum of 65 feet. 332 () Adjacent tetefvolt nitits malt 6e 'betted Jo each ere it ignitable skit et flitOlefin* is coftsttttcttia►n the reservoir uitit tot eff`iuent agee. Whets sued Mat Of Oleo Mg is not pto�c�ided; f diataftte Of n tt quartet inch shall IY6 main, tented beiteeen adjacent reservoir wilts. (f) 'she top seam ereated by the pitting of adjacent'Mocks sti* l be coveted by one of the following Methods: (1) Each sear[ shall be roveted by a strut at 30 pound pet square bitutnihous saturated paper tout caches by 8-bitable length to cover the top, seam; and foul' inches down each side, (2) the reservoir unit shah be coveted tot the entire length of the field *ith a piece of 30 pound pet square bitutnih0tis saturated paper. of suitable width to covet the top' and rant inches down each side. (a the joihts shall be mortared. sat rated page shall co et the0entiredlengthsof fieldbitumihous NOTt: If option 1 2, or s; are used, a strip of non -treated ehiitre 1 ngth of they fie dabeforplaced h kfilling. the Pock area the (a) A tight -jointed pipe, front either the septic tank or the distribution box, shall be laid into the fixed reservoir unit and the Pipe mortared closed. (h) The tight -jointed pipe shall enter or connect with the res- ervoir unit to make useable, without flooding the inlet pipe to the septic tank, the storage capacit • used in calculating the required capacity of the reservoir unit, EXCEPTION: Officially designated critiw areas. () f �' I'he lower end of terminus of the reservoir drainfield shall be sealed by mortar or by mortaring a concrete block across the opening. (j) No single change of direction of a reservoir drainfield shall exceed 90 degrees, (k) The minimum cover over the top of the reservoir unit shall be ten inches. (I) The maximum cover over the top of the reservoir unit shall be twenty inches, 4618.10 DISPOSAL OP DOMESTIC, CLOTHES WASHER LIQUID WASTE FOR SINGLE AND DUPLEX RESIDENCES: Liquid waste discharged from domestic clothes washers may be dis= posed of as follows: (a) One machine: 40► square feet area of drainfield. (b) Two machines: 60 square feet area of drainfield. 353 'Ant tW -11g4A141111E3 ttWA R A RO R OtDISPOSAL StSttiriS ON LAMA toast 1E00 01 fiat) um 3 11pe_ . hl/Oak/t eflon RESt1iHt4CHS, SINCILt Stria1I dwellings and eottng s to Late dwellings with numerous tiktu?es . 75.100 Limey residences and estates ..... 100-150 titSititt4dtS MULTIPtt ANb HOtt LS Apartrettt houses .:.. 50 Rooming houses 40 at) lilt.) Boarding houses Hotels with connecting baths 50 Hotels with all private baths (2 persons/mom) .... 50 (State) SCHOOLS, THEATEtt, CHURCH tray schools without cafeterias or gym .. . 8 bay schools without cafeterias but with gym 16 bay schools with cafeterias but no gym . ... 12 Day schools with cafeterias and gytn 20 (showers) . . t)ay workers at schools and offices .............. 15 Hoarding schools .................................... . 75 Theater (school auditoriums separate system 7sq. ft. offloorarea per seat) ........_... Church, 2 T11tSC1JLLAN1 OUS Hospitals 160.250 plus Public institutions other than hospitals . ...... 75.125 Public picnic parks (toilet wastes only) per picnicker 1'ublic picnic parks with bathhouse, showers, toilets .. 10 Swimming pools 8 bathing places . ............ 10) Country clubs per resident member .............100 Country clubs per member present ... 25.50 Factories (per person per shift) (exclusive of industrial waste) 15.35 TRAILERS AND CAMPS Tourist camps or trailer parks with individual bath units . . 50 Trailer Parks per trailer with own baths ..... .120 (per trailer) Trailer Parks with central bath house (use 2.5 person per trailer space) ...... ....... 35 Gallons SOCIAL CLUBS: Per member .........__...._... 8 BARS: No food, per seat/3 hr. open (use 12 hr. open time when in doubt) ........_. 4 RESTAURANTS: Commercial, cafe —meal under $1.60 per seat/meal..............._.............................. 5 Food bars, counter only: per 2' of counter/hr open (use 14 hr, when) 4 All table service, as in hotel, beer, wine but no liquor per seat/meal priced open 8 All table service —meals over $1.50 liquor served per seat/meal 10 Night clubs —number of seats x 3/day or per seat/day 30 254 1 MW MK tellk.11 ItSM, trittlitaitit !OD 14 PrATING OP TESTS: (a) THREE R SRAM raw RIM: All Pk Wetted tO hetet IS 06611168 1111 a Met rotterittIfot ris* ft) COririeetieri With 611 /1161 trt6 ifivecifieatiotis of 1,4 ffieh driihfield aftihfield trek shall to held to Meati *Wiled Ma 100 pfetM *ha will a °Whet: seen and 0 te 10 petteril of *1116h Will pais a °he -half ihch screth. (See 4616.11 (d).) (b) POL/Rat14 ORAINTILE PO NORNEHICULAR TRAP, Pj C AiktASI Pouratich &IDAHO fot fiati-vefiletilar traffie Mid hall cohform to A.S.M,E. specifications for draihtile (C4,106_1) Physi, tat test requiretherits shall hot be less thati thee Of statidara drain, tile, A monthly report of tests shall be required. (See 4615,11 (11): (e) RtStRVOIR ORAINPItLO UNITt tIeserVOit draitifield units shall conform to of weed the following strength 'tents *We the unit is to be installed in a traffic area where anticipated loads *ill hot be in excess of 14-10 or 10 ton truths. The provisions of C-4-55 shall apply *here applicable, Physital tests shall be conducted as follows: (i) Where the unit is of one piece construction, the lower surface (which in an actual installation would be in contact with the gravel bed) shall be tested ih a plaster of Paris bed, ot placed iti a sand box having a sand bed not less than two -inches thiek. (2) Where the unit is made up of component parts these cott, ponents shall be assembled as in an actual installation and bedded as above, (3) The application of the test load shall be as set forth in C-4-55 section 29 and the load transmitted through an eight inch by eight -inch steel plate sufficiently thick to uniformly transmit the anticipated loads. 'The eight -inch by eight -inch plate may be bedded to compensate for inequalities of the upper surface and shall be so placed on the upper surface of the reservoir unit as to render the most severe test conditions. (4) Tests shall be made on not less than five individual sped. mens of random selection. The average load sustained shall be 5,500 pounds total load and no single specimen shall fall below 25 percent of the average (5) Where there is a single span and vertical supporting_ sides to the reservoir unit, the above provision shall apply. -Where uniqueness of shape or multiple spans indicate deviation from the above provisions then such additional information shall be supplied by the manufacturer or his agent to the satisfaction of the Plumbing Inspector. Such information and/or evidence shall be provided prior to consideration for acceptance and the requirements of teat procedure and strength shall become a condition of acceptance and/or continued acceptance. (d) TESTS AND REPORTS: All persons, firms or corpora- tions selling or offering for sale three -fourths -inch drainfield rock, four -inch draintile or reservoir drainfield units or components of reservoir drainfield units shall have such tests made as are necessary to maintain product control within the limits set forth above and cause to have not less than one monthly report made to the Plumb- ing Inspector by a recognized, qualified and independent testing laboratory stating all teat results of the preceding month. (e) TEST RESULT: Any product, the required monthly re- ports of which do not show maintenance of minimum product stand- ards as set forth in this Code shall not be approved for use. Any installations made during a period when monthly reports indicate the product fails to comply shall be investigated and representative tests made. If the products in such installation fail to comply, the Plumb- ing Inspector shall order removal of the products from the site or redesign based on the qualities indicated by teat. 355 SEPTIC 'tAt41 OPERATORS: Alit fitotteiN Wetting Certificate of C thp€tatity to its it tt Ofk Al * t tip operator sh&I eatnoly with the following befell rlttiy appeatteth fet permits 8,ay be atcept+rd of such permits Janet: (a) maintain a t hirle 'equipped 41cith a seittle-1101 W k of hot less than 1000"Rations capp aeity► ecittilsped teh pumps turd at least ISO feet of three-Ine?t-rrtinithurh diatnit t siletioh hose. (b) Hare at least the foliating centrifugal pump equipnteht: one tiro-iheb hose and brie 10 00o gallon pet -hour rentfIfttgsil pump, (t) Have a eutieht permit issued by a legally Constituted agency so authotited, to use etplosires. All the foregoing equipment shall be maintained in a proper and sanitary condition, and shall be subject to inspection by the Plumbing Inspector at any time. 4616 SUPPLY AND DISPOSAL WILLS 4618.1 SUPPLY AND DISPOSAL WELLSt (a) All premises intended for human habitation or occupancy shall be provided with a supply of pure and wholesome water. (b) Well casing shall be continuous, of new pipe and shall be driven to a suitable aquifer and shall be either galvnnixed steel or wrought iron pipe. (e) Well shall be developed and free of all loose sand and stone, (d) Draw down shall not he excessive, (e) A tee, of the same size as the casing, shall be installed on the top of the well to allow for proper inspectioh, introduction of dis- infecting agents, and for measurements of depth and static waater level. (f) A soft seat valve of tun pounds water test, either spring - loaded or flapper type, shall be installed as dose to the well as is practicable. Check valves shall be all brass up to and including two- inch size and for three inches or over may be brass or iron body. (g) The suction line shall be of a size to furnish water in suffi• dent volume and adequate pressure, (h) The suction line from the well to the pump shall be not less than one -inch site, shall pitch toward the well and shall contain no loops or high points. Suction pipe 40 feet or more in length shall be increased to the next pipe size. (i) A union or slip coupling shall be installed in the suction line just before the pump. (j) Piping, from pump to tank, shall not be smaller than the discharge outlet size of the pump. (k) .% gate valve, with handle removed, shall be installed in the piping between the pump and tank, where the tank is more than 42-gallon size. (I) Tank shall be of a size to maintain water storage to ade- quate capacity and to prevent excessive cycling of pump. (m) Air volume control or other means of providing balance between air and water in the tank shall be provided. (n) The pump and tank system shall be subject to such tests as will effectively disclose all Teaks and defects. (o) l'um and tank shall be installed with regard to spacing as to he reasonably accessible for repair. (p) Wells shall he so located as to be free of danger of con- tamination from unsafe water supply and of sufficient depth to provide pure and wholesome water. 336 tt j rAistimmi 11p ANTI'116 :to frislalled the theft. is fib AA AO, of POI ution tO the tiatef sfi rpiy stMta. ) Alt eonelitiojniff sap lea *gift sha i ti iOfiteti n t less thith 26 feet, and heft less that: d0 fek 'a•1T practical, ftofn a stirtle tarftk, drainfield tit soek5Xe pit, (a) Ahjr pet an, reteCelt4hg A Certificate of Competency permit, tUig him or them to ettighge ih fifty work tattered by this Code thig have the following beatte any permits wily be ar tepted at tit petfiritt issita tt) Maintain a well drilling rig, tg) Have fit least the following reiitri ugal Otillipinfp ettuipy Merit: Ohe 10,000 gallon per hour trentf ` uf;al pufnp. ittlitY foot of tWo-inch sue'tidl hate, (3) Chitifthatioif equipment, (4)Necessary tools to cut and thread 'pipe, Ailthe foregoing equipment shalt be maintained in a titaPfit and sanitary eondition, and shall be subject to inspection by the Plumbing Inspector at any tithe. 4616.2 WORICINi'3 CODR: Any person, tint or corporation submitting application to the Plumbing Inspector for a plumbing permit for a well installation shall have approval from the Florida State hoard of Health showing that all requirefnehts of the Florida State Board of Health have been met. 4616.3 WA'itR SUPPLY WBLLS FOR HUMAN COMM.!), TION AND SW1MMIN0 POOLS: (a) No potable water supply well or swimming pool supply well shall be drilled within 60 feet of a septic tank or a drainfield discharge well or soakage pit, A potable water supply well shall be equipped with a tee and plug of the same site as the casing, to allow proper inspection, introduction of disinfecting' agents and for measurements for depth and static water level. Before a new potable water supply well, or one which has been repaired, is placed in use, it shall be disinfected in accordance with the method beproved pumped by clear Health the disinfecting Department having agent after disinfectionand s hall as been completed. (b) A well to be used for a potable water supply, lawn irriga- tion or swimming pool supply shall be permanently watertight. A concrete pad, four inches thick shall be poured around the well, and shall extend 18 inches on all sides. This pad shall be placed imme- diately below the tee and suction line and shalt slope outwardly. (t) No well shall be located within any structure, nor under the roof or projection of any building structure; unless specific approvai is granted by the Plumbing Inspector. (d) A water supply well used for domestic purposes shall be drilled and cased to a depth of not less than 20 feet, except and un- less a lesser depth is specifically approved by the Health Department. (e) On tanks over 42-gallon capacity a gate valve, with the han- dle removed, shall be installed between the tank and pump, valve shall point down at an angle not less than 46 degrees from horizontal. 4616.4 INDIVIDUAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS: (See Table 464: (a) LOCATIONS: The well stall be located on a lot of sufficient size to permit the well to be situated a safe distance from all sources of pollution. (b) QUANTITY: The well shall yield minimum of 12 gallons per minute, in accordance with time Table 46-Q. (c) PUMP AND EQUIPMENT: The type and capacity of the pump and equipment (motor, drop pipes, foot valve, cylinder and storage) used shall be selected to meet the condition of the well and the requirement of the property served. Art air control pressure valve and a switch adequate for the system shall be installed. 35 TABLE 46-X (Prectominatety for flush, Tans) TANK AND PUMP SIZE REQUIREMEN/13 . — Supply Diameter rtiarneter Pittm.-tr r Size Fixture ReqUired of Pressure service of IL V. ramities. Storea Went Units G. u. G. Suction Pipe Pipe Tank Size 23 720 1 % % 42 % 1 Set* 30 900 1% I 1 82 % 1 2 40 1200 1 % 1 1 120 % I 2 11 720 1 % 31 ,4 42 Mt I Ilia 24 900 1% 1 % 82 % 2 t ow 4, 37 1300 1 ',./ I % 1 120 ar to * Z * c. , 45 1500 I !,i I 14. / 220 I 4 4 2r 53 1650 2 1% 1' 220 I 5, 5, Z 62 1860 2 I % I % 229 1 Z 71 2130 2 1 Iii 1% 315 1 Ti T T 211‘ 80 2400 2 2 1% 315 Z 89 2600 2 — - 98 2700 2 2 / % 525. EXCEPTIONS: Variance from the above table may be permitted provided that detailed plans anti caleufationa are submitted to the Plumbing Inspector for approval. Such calculations shalt be based on Table 46-Q and Et St S.. 6$ Nationali Bureau of Standards Publication. 111 11 fd) gTORAOE ARO PROUTIESe stew tatil ikil sh&I be as fondles: A pressure tank of 42 Italian t:tlt e t fi`l he 1'rrtrtlPPd ns tt►ittitnum for each :hole f�ttt.►ity Pesfdence. WW1 the 3*M try storage rtt Pseity of a well I lfttifteit i t if ih t O o iris i► bd~ the Plumbing Inspector additiohal storage is ner'essart. pressure tanks of forget storage capacity nta+,r Ito t►eigUired. w•olk is eoon:me PERMITS: and sh lube d pla edsonjoll b At All t s. 4616,g CLOSED WELL STITPINS ROT SUBJECT TO CON, tAMINAtItNt Location of air conditioning supply tells shall be selected with regard for eitistinir disposal hells find supple and ibis- 50 feet apart. Pot the purPose ur comput h IRthi�s Iditanc t bothbe nolesstvertical and horitontat distal ee may be considered. 41116.6 DISCHARRt'st WELLS: A discharge well shall be drilled to an aquifer yielding water having a chloride content of not less than 15nn P.P.M. as chloride. A discharge well for a swimming pool shall if such stratum is not available, then be deeper than any supply well in the area, A discharge well for a swimming pool shall not be located under the pool. A discharge well for tin nrea drain, rain water or roof .eater disposal shall he preceded by a settling tank of approved design and capacity. 461? FIRE, XTINtitJtSHtNG APPARATUS 461?.i STANbPIPRS: (a) WHERE REQUIRED: Wet standpipes having a primary water supply constantly or automatically available at each hose outlet shall be provided in buildings hereafter erected, or existing buildings altered to increase the area or height of occupancy, as set forth in Section :38o3, (b) STANDARDS: Standpipe systems and materials required by this Code shall comply in all respects with the regulations of the National Hoard of Dire enderwriters standards where, not contrary to the specific requirements set forth herein. (c) MATERIALS: Standpipes shall be of wrought iron or galvanized steel, and together with fittings and connections shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 100 pounds per square inch of water pressure at the topmost outlet. (d) TESTS: (1) Tests shall be conducted by the owner or contractor in the presence of the plumbing and/or Fire Inspector. The tests shall be applied at the top or bottom connections of such standpipes, and the owner or contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by breakage or faulty installation while such tests are being conducted. (2) Standpipe systems four inch in size and over shall be tested hydrostatically at not less than 20o pounds per square inch pres- sure. lines shalll be tested¢attnormalder wo four inch including service (e) SIZES: (1) Standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 250 gallons of water per minute under 100 pounds per square -inch pressure at any two hose connections for buildings of Groups A and li occupancies and any one hose con- nection for buildings of any other occupancy. In no case shall the internal diameter of a standpipe be less than two inches. (2) Recognized formulas which determine pipe sizes on a pres- sure -drop basis shall be used to determine pipe sizes for standpipe systems. The Plumbing Inspector may require delivery and pres- sure tests on completed standpipe systems before approving such systems. (f) HOSE -STATION VALVE: OUTLETS: All standpipe hose stations shall be equipped with a two and one-half inch valve adetited fora tare and - tt *itthi tt-S=? f daftlittrfttifft hate ettttnt iti in emit ttot-let► irtt 1ttdifr# the baseiftettty and Weld het less than Fite feet artd RI* Itrehes1 hot Mete e theft snit fedi the fluor, Sasily removable two and Of -half by ette• and eitea,Ikilltlf inch adapters hiay be p)#ced th tal+re Millets. All startdrilla lit buildings three stories of trtere ih ttei M *hall eitterld abet* the ref a thihimuth of 18 inches and be equipDed With A MO Ma hits= half inch gate valve tied ttro•ts aq t -o and oht-half ihth "Wet adaptedfor a Fa ire ftetrattrnent two and of a -half ifteh *i,S=i hese eonnectioh. (t) HOSE AND 1400E REELS: tech hose station outlet shall be fitted with a hose hot less than one and one-half inches thihihtttth in diatneter. Such hose shall be equipped with an approved brass or bronze mottle and shall be of the required lengthh t not ta. ceeding 100 feet. An *tiptoed standard form of wall -hose reel eit rash Shall be provided for the hose and shall be Ideated se as to make the hose readily accessible at all tithes, recessed itt the Walls of protected by suitable cabinets. 46if,2 WATER SUPPL% t (5) RRQUhRRbt Alt Winkler systems, standpipe and yard hydrants shall be connected to the corn- muhity water supply wherever available, in accordance With See. tion 4618. "Available" shall be considered to be within 150 feet froth a street water main of not less than four -inch diameter as measured from the nearest point of the building. Where commu- nity water service is not available or where the water pressure is insufficient to maintain 25 pounds pressure at the topmost outlet, connection to a gravity tank, pressure tank or fire pump shall be required; and such supply shall be sufficient to furnish 25 pounds of pressureat the topmost outlet. The minimum size for water supply service shall not be less than the required site for the equip- ment served, (6) GRAVITY TANKS: (1) Tanks shall have a capacity of not Tess than 2500 gallons for the first standpipe plus 1000 gallons for each additional standpipe and/or an amount to operate a hose - outlet and the sprinkler system (if any) on any one floor for a period of not less than ten minutes. Such tanks shall be located to provide not less than 25 pounds pressure at the topmost outlet for its entire supply; and where storage tanks are used for domestic purposes, the supply pipe for domestic purposes shall be located to maintain such minimum -required fire -fighting capacity. (2) Tanks shall be equipped with a ladder and platform, drain pipe, water and pressure gauges. Incombustible supports shall be provided for all supply tanks, Supply pipe for fire -extinguishing apparatus shall lead from the bottom of the tank and shall be pro- vided with a horizontal check vane protecting the tank. (3) Where pressure on fire hose openings exceed 651 P.S.T., an adequate calibrated pressure reducing valve shall be installed at each hose station valve outlet. (e) Every water supply service for fire -extinguishing apparatus that requires a fire -department connection shall have an approved Underwriters' horizontal check vane accessibly located inside the property line. (d) PRESSURE TANKS AND FIRE PUMPS: Detailed plans shall be submitted to the Building Official, Fire Department and Plumbing inspector where pressure tanks and fire pumps are pro- posed. Pressure tanks and fire pumps shall be permitted only where a qualified building superintendent, acceptable to the Building Of- ficial is employed. Pressure tanks shall be designed and maintained as required for gravity tanks and shall be tested and proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure 50 percent in excess of the working pres- sure required. Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 340 350fleas pet ilrtifttfitit tk ill mess `ill[ 3S trde at't ` tent -roost outlet mat rrI water sorrily Shall be a Meet water gain -of hot lets thin fatit- diameter or a eft eastern containing a Rath supply. vamps stall be >y led with in fidegttate sot rr~te of Power and shall be autoinatfe in overt, tier. 460.3 FIRM PAATMANT CINNtCT1ANSt i) e' 5+ standpipe system fetir inch and ovet artd every spri att n ball have a Siamese fire.departtnent inlet eotttrectiott eft a street= front wail of the building loaded hot less ttt&fl Otte feet) her more than three feet, above the sidewalk et grade, Pipingshall tot proieet over ublic property. Approved Underwriter, fush=type siat shall be installed. Where a building is tegttired to Ttave two or more standpipes and faces on two streets, there shall be a Siamese connection ideated on eaeh street froth *lit. and Al) standpipes shall be cross=connected at their basest. b) Siamese inlet connections shall be trot less than a two and one-half inch N.S.T. hose cohheetion and/or a sufficient number of inlet connections to provide not less than 76 percent of the corn= bitted pipe area of standpipes. A legible sign with letters at least one -inch high shall be securely attached to the et<terior of the builds in adineetit to the siantese connection, and such sigh shall reads "STANDPIPE" and/or "SPRINKLER', as applicable. (e) All fire -department connections and all two and one-half inch valve outlets shall have N.S,T hose threads uniform with that of the local fire department, (d) Location of all fire -department connections shall be ap- proved by the local Fire Department, 4617,4 YARD HYDRANTS: (a) Where required, yard hy- drants shall not be located over 250 feet apart. (b) The piping for yard hydrants shall be not less than four inches and shall be connected by screw fittings, flanges or unions. (e) Hydrants shall have two and one-half inch connections with N•S•T threads uniform with thatof the local fire department and shall be housed in a hosehouse together with not leas than 100 feet of standard two and one-half inch fire hose and an approved -type nozzle. Hosehouses shall have paintedthereon the words, HOSE," in legible letters not less than six -inches high on all exposed sides. Locations of all yard hydrants shall be approved by the local Fire 'Department. 4618 SWIMMING POOLS I'ublic and private swimming pools shall be installed and main,. twined as set forth in Chapter 50 and in this Section. 4618.1 PERMIT REQUIRED: (a) Before commencing the installation extension or alteration of a swimming pool as defined in this Code, a Plumbing Permit as set forth in this Chapter shall be required. (b) Plans submitted with application for Plumbing Permit, shall show the source of water supply and distribution for such pool, water connection to pool, and the discharge and disposal of water from such pool and filtration and disinfection equipment. No under rim supply connected with the approved public water main will be permitted. Complete specifications, as may be necessary, shall supplement the drawings. (c) Prior approval by the State Board of health may be a prerequisite to accepting an application for the construction, repair or alteration of a public pool. 361 46its.2 Ptrnue I diti POtti.Si tub ashitttttrnt .4 shall be r'hnsttueted the ttftefated to etttnpty With chow_ of the Plotkin State Stcltitat'y Code as Promulgated bt the l: ottila State Hoard of llenith in tternt'dahce with Chapter 614 of the Elttridn Statutes of 1941. Any } erstrn desiring to constrtttYt of ttperftO publie swimming pool, bath house, public swintming Of bathing fplitce, or related appurtehahces shalt, before commeneing the insta latioh, elttehsion, or alteration of a public s+rimtninft pool, tonke a litatiOh to the State Hoard of health for the aptrrn a1 of said . td land plans with stamped approval thereon by the State hoard of Health shall arcompany apftl►cations for plumbing permit. 46111.0. PRIVA1" t 5WtMMINt POOLS (a) PItAlktioN EQUtPM1✓NTt (l) All pools, other than a flow -through type, with more thah 20,000 gallons capacity i shall have filtration system as set forth herein. (2) A recirculating pressure filtering system which shall consist of the following essential elements: (ae) Circulating fputnp. (bb) Pressure type filter with inlet and outlet pressure gauges. (cc) Recirculating suction line to be lowest point of the pool with hair and lint straiher. (dd) Three tminimum) recirculation ihlets. (te) Method of adding chlorine for sterilization. (ff) Method of disposing of the backwash water from the filter. (3) The recirculation pump shall deliver a steady non -pulsating flow of water and shall have an electric motor or suitable engine propelled unit. The capacity of the pump shall be such as to re- circulate the entire contents of the pool in hot more than a 24-hour period and the discharge head shall be suitable for the filter and piping system with which it is to be used. The pump shall also have sufficient capacity to backwash the filter at the rates required by Paragraph 4618.3 t bl. (4) The filter shall be a pressure type sand, diatomaceous earth or other approved type of filter. Detailed requirements shall be as follows: (at) SAND FILTER: Filtering mate`.-01 shall consist of at least thirty-six inches in depth of suitable ;,trades of screened sharp t filter sand or crushed quartz and filter ravel., Effective size of fine filter media shall be in the range of 0.4 ,him. O.t nun. with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5 to 2.0, Sand stuil be washed free clay, organic matter, and soluble material, C.ther filtering material in the stated ranges of effective size and, uniformity coefficient will be considered. There shall be sufficient freeboard above the surface of the filter material to the overflow troughs or pipes of rapid filters to permit a fifty per cent expansion of the sand during the backwash cycle without loss of filter sand. The size of the filter shall be calculated from the recirculation rate of the pump on the basis of five gallons per minute per square foot of filter area. Pro- visions shall be trade for backwashing the filter at a minimum rate of In gallons per minute per square foot of filter area, Pressure gauges shall be provided on the influent and effluent lines and a sight glass in the backwash waste line. A rate -of -flow indicator or other approved device shall be provided to indicate accurately, rates of filtration and backwash. (bb) DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTER: Diatomaceous earth filters shall be calculated from the recirculation rate of the pump on the basis of three gallons per minute per square foot of filter area. The filter area is the total area of the filter elements or septum. Only approved filter septa shall be used. Provisions 342 thstil be Made for UAW ln Met fit t+e 1r+tit tettri the reeireul l i' fte. tt to A c tt t5 Metre t1* �liti itisritetrf dintatnaeoues earth i'tt the star n the flit -Mon Nit. tease* stooges shark tie bratid01 ott the ittiflueitt *ha etfliteht Mtge Ord a sight gust# in the baei tatash litre„ A Mt=of-to*Winter n ter or other apptoveed dote* shall be prided to ibdlente motes of filtre, tiott and baektraish. fay The pool water shalt be drawn from a drain located at the dee�est part of the pool, through a hair and lit► stfaittet. a Main pool drain shall have a minin um fr �e area of four timer the er sl sectional area of the suction line They hair and lint strainer shad hate a screen which is easily cleaned without remotill# the body of the strainer from the line, and shall hate a free area of Wallin' of 10 tithes the cross sectional area of the suction lime, (d) The water shall enter the pool through a trait Imum of three recirculation inlets, spaced a rotcitnately as follows: One on either side of the pool at the break -or ramp to the deep end, Ind one in the center of the width of the pool at the shallow end, (t) A :suitable method of disposing of the backwash water from the filters shall be provided. Where pool drain outlets are to disc charge into sewers carrying sanitary or storm sewage tit any other polluted point of disposal there shall be to direct connection. and outlets shall be so designed as to prevent the possibility of pool contamination. Diatomite waste shall not be discharged witbn ut passing through an interceptor basin to remove the diatomite, charge to sprinkler or irrigation systems is aliowable providing the specified backwash rate can be maintained and no cross -connection with a potable water supply shall exist. Soakage pits, dry wells, and drainfields are acceptable provided no other disposal is available anti they will not interfere with existing drainfields soakage pits or water supply wells. The completed plans shall show waste disposal locations in addition to water supply, all existing buildings, and controlling elevations. in no rase shall water be discharged onto other person's property. Other types of filtration equipment may be used if approved by the Plumbing Inspector. (8) (a) An open -type scum gutter extending across the entire width of the pool at the deep end or an approved equal shall be installed to carry off the overflow and scum gutter waste. This waste water shall be disposed of by gravity flow to a point of discharge, except that discharge to a sprinkler system will not be permitted due to the lack of pressure. (b) POOL PIPING AND HYDRAULICS: (1) Plastic pipe may not be used on scum gutter finest vacuum, main pool drain lines? or other suction lines. Pressure lines using plastic pipe shall be virgin polyethylene heavy duty pipe rated not less than 15 pounds p.s.i. working pressure at 70° F. Attention is called to the fact that this pipe has a coefficient of expansion of approximately six inches per 100 feet over a 25° C. rise, Pressure line velocities for any ppipe may not exceed 10 feet per second. Suction pipe velocities should not be greater than three feet to four feet per second. (2) Table 46-Y Is given as a guide in selecting swimming pool equipment. Each item shall be matched to all other items, and com- pleted plans shall indicate all sizes used for equipment and piping. (c) CHLORINATION: All pools shall have approved chlorina- tion or other approved means of purification. A chlorine residual of 0,3 to 0.4 parts per million shall be maintained in every part of the pool at all times. (d) APPROVAL: The owner shall demonstrate competent operation and knowledge of the system and/or method of chlorination before approval by the Plumbing Inspector for the use of the pool. The Plumbing Inspector may prohibit the use of a pool improperly maintained, 363 TABLE 4G-T PUMP SIZE FILTER SIZE PIPE S121199—AMAPIsi 01cl.0 Pool Capacity Gallons Minimum Minimum Flow Backwash Minimum Rate Rate Motor Size GPM GPM Horse Power Sand Diatomite Diameter Area Inches Sat B't. Recirculation* Main Drain 20,000 to 26,000 18.1 49 30 6.1 S %F inc) 2%inn% 26,000 to 36,000 25.0 71 1 36 8l4 1 Soli inapt ZS WO% a. 36,000 to 45,000 31.3 96 1 42 10.6 2 inth 3 inclti 45,000 to 55,000 38.2 96 1 ifs 42 12.8 2 inch 31 inalli 55,000 to 8li inalik inapt 65,000 45.1 126 2 48 1&1 TIN D[IIII I MIAMI •V/ OAS the tieftigh, fhtifie6116hi installation+ testa eftd biletittiett aheeN htetshratufti steteRtry devices and etetethe heiht asgn fof light of potter, whether tanulliettited gas+ fifth/flit fasj tattle the et noodled petroleum ittitt Ot MittOtte thereof Arid the tflihttOtit- ttitiohs storage, handling, selling, offering rot We or iristallitig 'Of ettOihrhefit usihe such gases shall be as set forth beiVin ithd ih Chapters 39, 40 and 41. Persohs, firms ot corporations 'engaged ih the trainsOottitige attiring+ handling, selling, offering for sale or ihgteitihir ecttilliffieht uIhg liquefied petroleum gas shall comply with Chapter 24:302, Acta of Plorida 1941 and the 195 and 1967 Amendments theret6 and it Atilt be the duty of the inspection authority having jurisdiction to tecog, bite only such persons as qualified as comply with this Act. No oetson, firm, a corpolutioh, other than the inspection authority and the owner of a distribution system, container and meter, shall set or remove, hall oh or off, or in 9t1 way interfere with or tamper with such meters nhd such authorized person shall have the tight to ihstatt atici connect or disconnect and remove theterit and their protective devices at their option and without permit when, in their opinion, the ihterest of safety are protected thereby. 365 PART Xm MECHANICAL VEN?ILATION CHAPTER 48 PORTED 'VENTILATION 4401 GENERAL 4002 REQUIREMENTS RASED ON USE 4801 GENERAL 4801,1 SCOPE: All portions of buildings customarily occupied by human beings shall be provided with ventilation by openings to the exterior as set forth in Part III, "Requirements Based on Oceupahey," or by mechanical ventilation, 4801,2 APPLICATtONt Mechanical ventilation shall be forted ventilation supplying outside air, as set forth in this chapter, or shall be air conditioning, as set forth in Chapter 49. Required forced vent tilation supplying outside air shall be ih operation when the building or portion thereof is occupied by human beings, and each tooth or space shall be separately considered: except that closets and similar minor spaces connected to the properly -ventilated main rooms need not be individually ventilated. The Building official may waive or vary the requirements for forced ventilation and the supply of outside ail or the exhaust of noxious, hazardous or otherwise -objectionable fumes or vapors, subject to the consideration of the hazards, arrangement of building components and equipment, and of special equipment for specific conditions of use. The published "Standards" of the National Board of tire Underwriters and the "Guide," published by the American Society of Neating and 'Ventilating Engineers, shall be accepted as standards of good practice. 4802 REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE Subject to the consideration of the standards of good practice as set forth in Sub -section 4801.2, there shall be not less than one com- plete change of air in each occupied room or space every 30 minutes, except as follows: (a) to buildings of Group A, B, C, or I) occupancy there shall be a minimum of ten cubic feet per minute of outside air per occu- pant, but not less than one change of air every 30 minutes. If the velocity at the intake exceeds ten feet per second, the intake shall be placed not less than eight feet above the floor directly beneath. (b) In all buildings used for storage or handling of automobiles operating under their own power, and in all buildings where flam- mable liquids are used or stored, exhaust ventilation shall be provided to produce one complete change of air every ten minutes. Such exhaust ventilation shall be taken from a point at or near the floor. (e) In buildings or portions thereof used for dry-cleaning plants, there shall be a complete change of air every three minutes. (d) In toilet rooms there shall be a complete change of air every three minutes. (e) In below -grade vaults and equipment rooms, unless con- tinuous ventilation is provided, there shall be a complete change of air every three minutes during periods of human occupancy. (f) In paint -spray booths, woodworking shops, manufacturing places using plastics and similar hazardous locations, there shall be a complete change of air every minute. 3d6 CMAPTER CONDWIDNINIS AND 1tRATION ION CENtRAL S 9TATNDARDS S UNERAL REQUIREMENTS 9i3t tI RNERAL 4901.1 OCOPEI Alt air conditioning and refrigeration etriliP, t ient stall be as herein set forth and etristing lnRtallatitstts not C6t forming with the requirements of this Chapter shall be Made to comply, when relocated, resited, or when altered or repaired, the eat of which etcceeds 25 percent of the value of the ekist ng installation. 4901.2 PERM17`St to) A permit, as set forth in Chapter '2 shall be required for the installation, alteration, or Major repair of any air-conditioning or refrigeration system. A permit shall trot be required for repairs that do not change the location site or capacity of a compressor, condenser, coil, cooling tower, duct or evaporating condenser. (b) Applications for permit shall be accepted only from a person or firm currently licensed and holding a Certificate of Cote, petency as an air-conditioning or refrigeration contractor or from an owner, provided such owner is competent and otherwise qualified to do the work proposed. (e) Applications for permit shall be accompanied by sufficient description to clearly define the proposed work. When the pro, posed 'work is for the installation or major alteration of a system of more than one and one-half ton capacity or is connected to two or more separately occupied areas, application for permit shall be accom, panted by plans describing the proposed work. When the proposed work serves an occupant content of 100 or more persons, or has a value of ten thousand ($10,000) dollars or more, such plans shall be prepared by and bear the impress seal of a qualified Registered Professional Engineer. 4901.3 INSPECTION: Inspections shall be requested and made at the following stages: (a) Before concealing any portion of the system. (b) Pinal inspection. 4902 STANDARDS 4902.1 The following standards are hereby adopted as a part of this Code and supplement, but do not supersede, the specific requirements set forth herein: (a) The American Standards Associations "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration," ASA B9.1-1953. (b) The National Board of Fire Underwriters Pamphlet 90A Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems of other than Residential Type, August, 1953. (e) The National Board of Pire Underwriters Pamphlet 9013, Residential Type Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems, August, 1955. (d) The American Standards Associations "Code for Pressure Piping," ASA B31.1.1955. 4902.2 The guide published by the American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers shall be accepted as a standard of good practice. 36? 1 AIL R KITTE 406..t WINDOW AM alt401110141101 UNITE! Al itrdividrtitt iliNebtitlitiettitig Wilts ffittalled itt *MIS St be se ctutely afweho d td� the tails ' it d ntetl?rr d . t1'i lie stalled Stet rivet pubiiet r ttp, Inaba Sf egresstrieite nighe ttbo've de shall be secured to the ittroetitte bt belts of si tesist boti tontal *ihd leads. Such units cantilevering More titan eight inches oh the etteriot of a building shall be supped bp steel angle brackets stetted by bolting. 'Bolts to masonry shall be set ih lead shields or srtnilarty rot -resistant fnstehings. 4002.2 NOISE CONTROL: the following spatial retitiftlffiehtik shall apply to the control and regulation of noise but aneee from Air- eohditioning machinery. (e) All equipment' etisting or hereafter installed, reg M1etts of location, shall be maintained in good working order, Equipittetit sit iocateet that normal o erating noises create a nuisance to ad ept owners or occupants shad be prodded with sound proofing, of sound absorbing baffles, or enclosures, as approved, to insure tnaihtehatice of a reasonable noise level. (b) All equipment on outer walls, on roofs, or in other etposed locations, which are unduly noisy, and which cause valid complaints from adjoining property ownets or occupants, may be required to be relocated, redesigned and/or enclosed in noise retarding materials when, ih the opinion of the Building Official, such enclosure is tree, essary or would be effective. (c) Special consideration shall be given to the planning of all future installations to minimize the noise nuisance to adjoining property owners or occupants, and the Building official shall have authority to reject or require the re -design, of any system which, in his opinion, would cause such a noise nuisance. 4903.3 WASTE WATER: Special consideration shall be given to the disposal of waste and over flow water, and means of disposal shall be subject to approval of the Building Official. 4903.4 MAINTENANCE Op' SYSTEMS: All refrigerating sys- terns shall be maintained by the user in a clean condition, free from accumulations of oily dirt, waste, and other debris, and shall be kept readily accessible at all times. 4903.5 SIGNS RirQUIRED: (a) Each refrigerating system shall be provided with legible and securely attached permanent sign indicating thereon the names and addresses of the manufacturer and installer, the kind and total number of pounds of refrigerant required in the system for normal operations, and the refrigerant leak field test pressure applied. (b) It shall be the duty of the person in charge of the premises on which a refrigerating system containing more than 50 pounds of refrigerant is installed, to maintain a conspicuously posted card as near as practicable to the refrigerant compressor giving directions for the operation of the system, including precautions to be observed in case of a breakdown or leak as follows: (a) Instruction for shutting down the systems in case of an emergency. (b) The name, address, and day and night telephone numbers for obtaining service. (c) The name, address, and telephone number of the Building Official and instructions to notify said Building Official immediately in case of emergency. 4903.6 LOCATION AND ACCESS: (a) All air-conditioning and/or refrigerating equipment shall be located to be readily acces- sible for inspection or repair. To be accessible, such equipment shall 366 1 het" teegelietile in8 Me work teem ith tin tildes mil gm* with all parts ekapaliteef UR* teketred. tbj tortftiet, Mit **ay of ether pall of egress ih a buitdIt, °fry part of *hito hetfhtkily used for Isffi titivates, abittl be uted for the supply et tettith of *it.; MtsiNtondittontrift or refrigeration equipment be installed therein. tt) Na ttiebatement ot contested spate it ft building shall fie titled as titi ititertil part of a duet system, aides§ it eetfothOt te *11 the requirements for dutt43. 4001.? OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLYi All spates tt-Itete aitreandi- tie-tongot tatehanleal-reftigeration equipmeht is installed and *Melt fe hotroally °teethed by potties shall be provided tvith outside air et rate of hot less than sevea and ohe-half cubic feet Per teituite per person. 369 PART %IV SWiMMIN$ POOLS MAMA Bo SWIMMING POOLS 1 00i DENERAL SO02 DEMON BOOS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS S004 WATER SUPPLY AND 'DISPOSAL S005 EQUIPMENT S001 GENERAL Pools shall comply with the requirements herein and ublie pools shall also comply with the requirement of the State Hoard of health. A pool type structure hot more than 18 inches in depth hot more that► 260 square feet in water surface area shall not, for the purpose of this Code, be considered a pool, 1'he standards set forth in this Chapter shall supplement, but hot supersede, other sections of this Code and specificalry Part VI Engineering and Construction Regulations, and Part Xlf Plutnbing Regulations. tVhere more restrictive regulations are applicable mechanical equipment used in connection with any swimming pool shall meet the additional requirements of any regulatory authority having juris- diction. 5002 DESiI1N 5002.1 flans submitted with application for permit shall show pool dimensions, volume in gallons, type and site of filter with filtea• tion and backwash capacities, piping layout with sites, pump capacity and head pressures and water disposal systems, 5002,2 flans shall be prepared by and bear the seal of a Reg. istered Professional Engineer for the following: (a) A public pool as defined by the State l3oard of health, (b) A private pool where the capacity exceeds 20,000 gallons. (c) Any pool to be constructed in an area in which ground water creates hydrostatic head at a point higher than a plane 24 inches above the deepest part of the pool bottom, 5003 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS The minimums set forth in this Section shall not be taken as design criteria but structural elements shall be constructed as required by the design conditions for each pool. 5003.1 UNIT MASONRY WALLS: tnit masonry wail con- struction will not be permitted for public pools except as may be approved by the Building Official. Unit masonry walls of private pools shall be designed and constructed as set forth in Chapters 23 and 27. 5003.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE: Reinforced concrete shall comply with Chapters 23 and 26 and as follows: (a) The floor slab of pools which are soil bearing and have unit masonry walls shall be thickened at the perimeter to not less than ten inches in total depth and 16 inches in width, reinforced with three 05 continuous bars. (b) Floors and walls shall have a minimum thickness of six and one-half inches and shall be reinforced to resist all imposed stresses in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 26. 370 (t) 'Reinforcing shall lil t trot less th*h ttiV6 Met** Oti tout. tdl Concrete sfiall be Portland cement emrrPete bavittg h 2841/0 compressive strength of not less than 2500 0.e3. SOOS.d PNfUMAtieALL Pt b 'CONCRETE: Priettitta 1j tally placed concrete shall tamely with Section 2615. 141oots and 'walls shall be as set forth for c nttete ift Stab -see lettt 8003.2 except that walls may have a tnihitnutn thickhead of It into at the bottom attd four Indies at the top frith teinforting tentereft therein. 8003.4 OTHER MATERIALS: Motif plastic§ atumnittttin, and other rot and tottosite resistive materials May be used for private pools subject to rational analysis based on accepted engineering !mt. ciples and approval by the Building Official. 5004 WATER SUPPLY AND DISPOSAL The water supply and disposal for a swimming pool shall be as set forth in Section 4018 herein. one ladder located LADDERSth AND Dep RAILS: end h r opool shall have at least l. 5005.2 DIVING HOARDS: No diving board shall be installed at a pool whose greatest depth is less than eight feet. A depth of not less than eight feet and six inches shall be requited for a one teeter board. A depth of not less than ten feet shall be required for a three teeter board. The deepest section of the pool shall not be closer to the end of the diving board than five feet. The diving board shall be so placed that the lateral distance between the center of the diving board and a side wall of the pool shall be at least seven feet and six inches. 5005.3 WALL SLOPFSt All walls shall be vertical or nearly vertical and shall have no projecting angles or ledges. Pool walls may run to the floor slab in an arc. 5005.4 OCHER EQUIPMENT: Other equipment shall be as set forth in Section 4613 herein. 5005.5 APPROVALt The owner shall demonstrate competent operation and knowledge of the system or method of chlorination before approval by the Building Official for the use of the pool. The Building Official may prohibit the use of a pool improperly maintained. • 371 APPLIPilfik A sown RATE 'MR R ILMS `PERMIT The following fee tat are suggested dilly and Are tot legal part of the Building Code. When application tot pet•mit is approved and before n #errnit is issued, a fee therefore shall be Paid based oh the following schtdule of rates: tltttbiNGs ANb/Ott AbbittONS: For each 100 square feet or floor area or fraction thereof...$ 2.()0 Minimum tee .......... .. .. ... 10.00 NEW IIVILbtNGS AND/OR ADDITIONS ACCESSORY TO GROUP i OCCUPANCY: For each 100 square feet of floor area or fraction thereof 2.00 Minimum Fee ....... 6.00 NEW CONSTRUCTION OTHER TIIA;v` :BUILDINGS (WATER TOWERS, PYLONS, ETC.) : For each $1,000.00 estimated cost or fraction thereof.... 2.00 Minimum Pee .... 10.00 ALTE1tATIONS AND REPAIRS TO twitt)t •Gs ANt) • OTHER STRUCTURES: For the first S1,000.00 of estimated cost or fraction thereof 6.00 For each additional $ 1,000.00 of estimated cost or fraction 2.00 thereof ( Owner -occupant who is painting own one -family house or duplex, or making non-structural alterations or repairs other than plumbing or electrical having a value of less than $100.00 is not required to obtain a permit.) MOVING BUILDINGS: For each 100 square feet of floor area or fraction thereof . .51) Minimum Fee .. 20.00 AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION: For each ton capacity or fraction thereof .. 2,00 1-1EAT-i'ROI)LC1NG APPARATUS OTHER THAN GAS (For GAS see Appendix I)): For the first 200,000 B. T. C. output per hour or fraction 5.00 thereof For each additional 100,000 B. T. U. output per hour or 2 00 fraction thereof . _ .. Note: The rating of furnace and heating equipment shall be based on the B. T. U. output of fuel used per hour. INCINERATORS Olt COMBUSTIBLE WASTE DESTRUCTORS: Portable type, or single-family type, per unit 2.00 Permanent or built-in type, per cubic foot of firebox and/or .50 combustion -chamber volume Fl RE -SPRINKLER SYSTEMS : For each 1,000 square feet of area protected or fraction y 11U thereof . to mieh i3Ooo a +trite retft oft at ttiethYA thmat 2.60 Mihlmttth ......... Itttets A#t1/O1 ' vAtrLS �0 rot *itch 100 Iit�eiii feet et ftaetio� theft rtt SWIMMING POOLS: Pet the titst 20,000-WWIl6h Capacity of traetiot thereof 20.00 loot Mich additional 1,000-gallop capacity of tPstttioh thereo! 1.00 MOOS: Sint -faced Suns "e tic pet square foot, bouble=faced Siltns 15e per square foot. .00 Painted flat -wall Suns Minimum 1`ee TENTS: for each 1,000 equate feet or fractional part of area up to and including 50,000 square feet per tent 5.00 For each additional 1,000 square feet or fractional part .00 of area per tent 11.On Minimum Fee .. TEMPORARY 1 O 1 E t,SEDSFO PUTITEMPORARY lC AS EM1iL1: Each .. .. 5A0 AMUSEMENT DIG. SAILING MECHANICAL SWIMMING 1b1:NC#, For each portable or temporary unit ..... .................... . _ . 10.00 For each permanent unit installed or altered....... _ . .... .... 50.00 DEMOLITION OF 13e`ILbtNGS: For the first 1,500 square feet of floor or fraction thereof 5.00 For each additional 1,000 square feet per floor or frac- tion thereof 5.00 ................. . Minimum Fee 5.00 DEMOLITION OF SIGNS, FENCES AND/Oft WALLS: For each $100.00 of estimated cost or fraction thereof .b0 up to $1,000.00 Pot each additional $1,000.00 of estimated cost or fraction thereof 2,00 ................................ DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES OTHER THAN ABOVE: For each 1,000 cubic feet of volume or fraction thereof of the cubic content described by the outside dimensions of the structure 2.00 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS: New installations, each floor each unit .... ............. 5.00 Minimum Fee 20.00 Alteration and repairs, each floor each unit 1.00 1.00 Minimum Fee 5.00 Periodic inspection and certificate TRANSPORTING ASSEMBLIES AND DUMB WAITERS: Installation, alteration and periodic inspection and certif. 6.00 icate, each unit 374 2.00 APPEND' X The follotting tee Pates am sugRested tYhit Atrd AP hot a teigttl pant of the building Code. When application for permit is isppto •ed AM beton a p trr►it is issuedt a fee thetttot shall be paid Based Oh ONO feilot't•ing schedule of tates: ROUGH Witt 4r of UTs; Ceiling Bracket Receptacle Switch Sign Dom` bell Floodlight Telephone MOTORS: Each motor Each motor Each motor Each motor Each motor Each motor Each niotor Each motor up to over over over over over over over EQUIPMENT: Stove . . Water Heater Space Heater Toasters (Commercial) .. Coffee ern (Commercial) Deep Fryer (Commercial) Washing Machine Dryer Fan Garbage Disposal Dishwasher Refrigerator Rectifier 1 Through 5 Outlets $ 1.00 tach Additional .10 and including 1 HP 1 HP to :t HP. :3 HP to a HP. HP to 8HP 8 HP to 10 HP 10 HP to 25 HP 25 HP to loft HP. 100 HP and over Other special purpose outlets Deep Freezer .. .. Refrigerator (Commercial) Air Conditioning X-RAY MACHINES: X-Ray, Portable (Dentist) Each X-Ray, Stationary (Doctor's) Each .. Diathermic and Electronic Outlet, Each By Dy .I3y Horse Horse Horse 1.00 2,00 3.00 4,00 5.00 8.00 10.00 15.00 1.00 1.50 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Power Power Power . 1.00 5.00 1.00 st(iNS: First It) Lights 1,u (.stet► ntittitionat 20 tights or tr>tc tion thhereo- . .60 Transformers; Mt the til'gt .. 1.00 Each additional SWItClitIOA thS. CENERATottS AM) ALt, Et.EC?RtCAL EQUPNWNT NoT °Tilt:Mist ttsltri. tilt; F11.; stlALt t;F cnMl'tT1t) AS FOLLOWS: From 1 to o t;VA Prom :1 to 5 KV'A From 5 to 10 From 10 to 20 K VA Prom 20 to :,n KVA rrom 30 to 50 XVA Over 50 EVA FIXTURES: S: Lights —Lamps in each fixture: 1 through 10 1.00 Each additional .10 COMBINATIONS: And combination of outlets and futures up to and including ►; when completed for one inspection 1.50 I'Lt't; M()Lt): One outlet per 5 feet; first 25 feet 1.00 STREAMERS: First 10 lights 1.00 Each additional 20 lights or fraction thereof .50 SIIOW CASE LIGHTS: First 10 lights or fraction thereof 1.00 Each additional light .10 MISCELLANEOUS: Shall he sane fees as new work. T1:MIroItARY WORK OR WORK NOT Sl'ECIFiCALi.1' (()vEREf: For installing temporary work, radio, transmitting stations, receiving, stations, carnivals, circuses, road shows and other installation., a permit of from $15.00 to $50.00 shall be pail, said fee to he determined by the Electrical Inspector. REINSPECTIONS: Each Trip 1.50 MINIMUM FEES: No permit shall be issued for less than $ 1.1u) whether for new work or additional work on an active permit. TRAILER PARKS: For initial work as indicated on plans (excepting motors) a permit foe of $$15.00 shall be paid. Additional work and motors shall pay a permit fee as listed. 1.00 2.00 8.00 5.00 8.00 10.00 15.00 APPE DI% t SU66fflD ROM Pelt P VMilxo law vitt The follott-int fee rates are sug toted ohlt' aal tt ate hat a fetal part of the Minding Code. When application for permit is apppr+yted and before a peirinit is issued; a fee therefore Shall be paid bated ott the follott•iht schedule of rates: ttOtGHtN(1 1 i of plugged outlets for plumbing fixtures anti appliances such as: 1#ATRI `1`t'15, t4'ATt:It ctostts, nottl'oft, tWaNt1sT AN1.) tttlst'tTAt.s, STE1ttt,1yf 1tS, At'TocLAt`t:S, At`- TOIls%' TAt3LI s Akin OTHI It FtXTURFS, A1'htt{- TI NANC ,S Ott OTHER APPLIANCES HAVING WATE1t st1'PL1. Ott WASTE OUTLET, OR 110TH. DRINKING Fot'NTA1Ns, FINTtRES DISCHARGING INTO TRAPS Ott SAFE WASTE PIPES FLOOR DRAINS, LAtXt)R1' Tt lis, LAVATORIES, SAFE WAST1• PIPE, SHOWERS, SINKS, SLOP SINKS, t'1t1NALS: For first roughing -in or plugged outlet $ 2,00 For ach additional outlet • I a Fixtures set on new roughinr-in or plugged outlets or replaced on old roughing -in: First fixture 2,00 Each additional fixture .25 Gas and oil interceptor•., :1•00 Grease trap or grease interceptors .....3.00 Other interceptors 3.00 Waste connection for appliances or installations not coy eyed by fixture or other permit 1.00 SEPTIC TANKS, PRtAIXTILE AND SOAKAGE 1'ITS (Including draintile for flame) Retention Tanks: Soakage pits under 50t) gallon capacity 1.00 1200 gallons capacity or less including draintile for same 3.00 Over 1200 gallons capacity including draintile for same 5.00 Each septic tank draintile relay: (1) Cp to 200 feet conventional or 50 feet block type 3.00 ('2) Over 200 feet conventional or over 50 feet block type 5.00 SEWER: Each building sewer where connection is made to septic tank, to an existing sewer, or to a public sewer or the disconnecting and capping of same. Each building storm sewer where connection is made to soakage pits, existing building storm sewer, public storm sewer or other approved point of disposal 177 2.00 2.00 WAftR t t 4A thin n•at toot t t inlet: (i) First Mid 2.00 (2) teen additional ............... ......... . _,........... AO APeAL yatd, sidewalk Of rain *Met in tot which tea other fee is ptevided : (1) luifst surface inlet 2.00 (2) tech additional inlet .. ... ,t0 (3) t stch soakage pit or dry- well of er i;0o tailoti 8.00 capacity .. WA'Tt tt WIWI: Water service connection to an approved public ptirate Crater supply system: Service connection for first teeter Oh each lot......_ 1,00 Each additional meter service connection on same lot 10 Water eonttection to appliances or installations not covered by fixture or other permit..... 1.00 irrigation system, overhead and underground sprinkler system, etc. 2.00 Fire sprinkler system connected to approved stater supply or discharged into a drainage system 2,00 Fire control systetn, includinng standpipe, Siamese connec- tions and pumps: (i) For the first two standpipes ......:. 2.G0 (2) For each additional standpipe 1.00 Standby for emergency portable water supply outlet 2.00 Solar water heater installations or repairs 2.00 Swimming pool installations, not including wells ...... 2.00 WELLS: Each water supply well . 2.00 Each drainage supply well.. 3,00 WATER BEATERS: 2.00 Re -inspection : For each re -inspection made due to condemnation of work, due to the fact that work was not ready at the time speci- fied in the application for inspection or for failure to call for final or other inspection, each 3.Ot► HE -INSPECTION OF EXISTING 13U ILD1S GS TO DETERMINE, COM1'LiANCE WITH P'LZ'M13ING CODE: 5,00 REPAIRS: For extending, remodeling, addition, or repair of water pipes, waste, soil, vent, sewer pipes, gas pipes or building drains: (1) When cost to the owner for .performing above work amounts to $100.00 or less ...................._.. ..... .... 2.00 (2) When cost to the owner for .performing above work amounts to over $100.00. ...............,........ (i3) *This does not include faucet, valve or water -closet tank repairs, unstopping fixtures, waste, building drain or building -sewer pipes or cleaning of septic tanks, or adjusting or regulating hot water heaters. 37b 5,00 0101) APPENDIX 15 SVOCINMI MATE POR Mtift M P011 0A141111NOIS, MIATDPIODUCIPIS APPAIIIMIS the following fee tatea are au -Wrested ehly iidart fret a 4E11 part of the Buildihg Cede. When applitatioh for permit ill itpplovtii and befell a permit isiutrd, a fee therefohe Shall be paid based eh the follottint sehedele ef rates: 4AS L.P., Manufactured or Nattitill: Por first outlet $ 2.00 Each additional outlet ,80 Pot first appliance (combination with outlet) 1.00 tlich additional appliance .2$ rot first appliance (not combination with outlet) 2,00 each additional appliance Pot change from a master to an individual meter: For the first Meter 00 Por each additional meter .60 For gas pipe repairs where niti fixture or appliance installa. tion is involved 2.00 Por nuking each re -inspection, due to the work being con donned or not being ready at the time specified in the application for inspection 2.00 For the correction and completion of an improperly sub- mitted plan or permit card as regards ownership or location or installation of a building 2.00 370 t APPINV* t The following regulations govern the jiterising bfcontractalts in tide Cotiht, Plotkin, ttdotted 146441h1/1+ 1E, 1087. MIAPitit tkAMINATION AND OUALIPMAtION Or tth4tRAttlIRSi SWICONtRACtORS. MAMA'S, ilettittntMtN AND MAINTENANa PtitSONNitL t*ttion tOI 1 hall be unlawful for oily person ot firth to engage in the business or art itt the capncity of a contractor, sub- contractor, master, jourrityman,.or maintenance personnel, as heteih, after defihed, anywhere within the incorporated or unincorporated areas of this Count y without a curreht valid certificate Ot competency issued by the County 1:xamioing Board having jurisdiction Ove' the several trades concerned. Section It.-02 Definitions) (A) "Pirm" shall include a tole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, association or tiny other type of business organitation. (k) "Contractor" is any person, firm or corporation who en- gages in any business under an express or implied contract in oily of the trades hereinafter listed. (t) "Subcontractor" is one who contracts with a contractor to perform part or all of the latter'work. (I)) "Engage in Business" shall mean doing a trade for any owner or any tenant of land or of a building or of any part thereof, or for any person, firm or corporation in possession or in charge of the same or any part thereof, or entering into a contract with any such owner, tenant, person, firm or corporation for the doing of a trade. (t) "Trade" shall include but shall not he limited to plumbing: electrical work: plastering: construction, repair or removal of build- ings, and any other similar occupation connected with the construc- tion industry. (r) "Building Contractor" is any person or firm who under- takes, or offers to undertake, or purports to have the capacity to undertake or submits a bid or does himself or by or through others, to construct, alter, repair, add to, subtract from, improve, move, wreck, or demolish any building or other structure, to excavate, to commence anv project, development or improvement or do any part thereof including the erection of scaffolding, or any other structures or works in connection therewith or the incorporation of labor or material therein. (G) "General Contractor" is a contractor whose construction work involves two or more building trades or crafts, who has financial means to undertake the work and the knowledge gained by not less than ten yearsexperience either as a superintendent for a general contractor or as a licensed building contractor for such period (or has had an educational equivalent thereto) or in any combination thereof, and has satisfactorily passed a general contractor's examination, and has shown that his scope of operation should be unlimited as to the height and complexity of design of the construction he undertakes. (H) "Sub -general Contractor" is a contractor whose construc- tion work involves two or more building trades or crafts, who has financial means to undertake the work and the knowledge gained by not less than five years' experience as a superintendent for a general contractor or a building contractor or has been a licensed sub -build- ing contractor for such period or has had the educational equivalent thereto, or in any combination thereof, and has satisfactorily passed :10 MOW a Sub-r eh tt Conttattpte eitathittattttfi Oltat ttitot Pift§ kileot thilth* scope of Ott f'at ri aht)uld bretwtrttitted for the eohatf uetlt 't of' tt Lion of buildings of hot rnfrte than ttt-o stories in heig?it, but vino shall not ptohibit, hint ,torsi engi thing in the ettogtru'utioh of A structure of a greater height when he nets itSa etrbzhoftttnetot tttidff the sufrervision ot responsibility of a getretal cohtt*Ctti . (I) . "Sub -Building Cohtfactot" is eontPactot *hose +construe- Lion Work involved the; use ot ttt•o of rnot buildih)t trades of craft. who has financial means to undertake the *Olt and bits tote khettl- edge gained by three yea& ekperiehce as a sufretitite-Merit rot it gen- eral contractor of a building rontPactot (ot has had e*pefietne'e in construction work of an educatiohal equivalent thereto), or ih any combination thereof, and has satisfactorily passed a SO-buildingCott= tractors' eXamination, and thus, has shown that he is qualiied to engage in the business of a beginning contractor ih the construction of a simple one story design with load beating walls which does hot require mote advanced technical knowledge, and in ease of cotnteet- vial or industrial structures or buildings which shall not exceed Mtn square feet, (J) "Specialty Contractor" is a contractor whose operations consist of the performance of construction work requiting special skills and whose principal contracting business involves the use of a specialized building trades and crafts, usually a minor part of the complete structure. Specialty contractors shall be classified as, but not limited to, one of the following crafts: Awning Erection fainting Cabinet and Millwork Mastering Cement and Concrete Roofing Demolition Roof Waterproofing Elevators Sign 7'.rection Fence Erectors Sheet Metal Flooring Steel Reinforcing and Iron Glazing Structural Steel Erection Guhite and Sandblasting Swimming Pools (Construction House Moving Only ) Insulating Termite Treating Masonry Tile, Marble and Terrazzo. (K) "Engineering Contractor" is a contractor who does work such as but not limited to: harbors; docks; excavating; filling and grading; drainage; pile -driving; levees; pumping stations; and simi- lar type of .work in conjunction with water power, water control water works and water supply; paving and sidewalks; curbs and gutters; streets and roads; bridges and overpasses and underpasses in streets, roads, and public thoroughfares; underground sewage col- lection and disposal systems, bulkheading and underground utility line construction; both sanitary and storm sewer systems, and simi- lar work, or that portion of such installation and systems not gen- erally defined or considered under the provisions of this chapter, or in general trade practices, as building structures, plumbing, electri- cal, gas or mechanical installation (as defined under "mechanical contractor.") (L) "Plumbing Contractor" is a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or structure requiring the installation, maintenance, repair, alteration or extension of a plumbing, septic tank, wells, swimming pool and solar heating systems and all appurte- nances, apparatus or equipment used in connection therewith, includ- ing any incidental excavation work, and who is, or who employs, a supervising master plumber at all times. (M) "Septic Tank Contractor" is a contractor who does any work involving the installation, cleaning, repair, alteration or exten- sion of a septic tank or laundry waste treatment system and all ap- purtenances, apparatus or equipment used in connection therewith. :I. 1 (4) Well brining tertirketett" is A. ttirttritetOr WistO *Meta well Milt* itrachifte, ippitrittoS tit Wright*th thft driflitig of *Mt Of firttiftlige *tilt Of WU le frightled in The inititilittittn, fhltititteriattee and itetinit elf nIm,Ihg tirld ipig infidefttlet tb ilitttitte Oltlittfttirig poolo not tinder the tegttlitian of the Stet DOM Of tiettlthlt fityd lug n closed Systeitt riot tehtletted tel ti *Met supply used Ot httlitth (t) "Cias-fitting Contractor" is tt corttr*ctot doing *OA on any premises or in any building bt structure, requiting iristallatiern, maintenance, Malt, altetatititi of e*tetition of fuel gas itiPing or appliances, Includitc liquified petteletitil gas piping and appliances if such contractor qualifies tinder State law. (Mt) "'Liquified PetroletiM Gas installation Contractor" is a contractor doing Work Ott any firemises of in any building or struc- ture requiring the installitiOn, indintenatice, Petit, alteration or et - tension of liquified petroleum gas piping or appliances or who fur, Wishes the liquified petroleum gas to the consurnet and maintains the gas mains, lines, 'metals, tanks, tegulators, hitters and other para. phethalia in connection thetedcith (I) Contractor" is a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or structure requiring the installation, reptile, alteration, addition or changes to any system of electrical hilts apparatus or equipment for light, heat or powet, and who is, or who employs, a supervising master electrician at all tithes. (Q) "tlectrical Sign Contractor" is a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or structure requiring the installa- tion, repair, alteration, addition or change to any system of electrical wiring, apparatus or equipment for electrical signs, and who is, or who employs, a supervising master sign electrician at all times. (R) "Mechanical Contractor" is a contractor doing work on any premises or in any building or structure requiring the installa- tion, repair, alteration, addition or change to any system or refrigera- tion, air conditioning, heating, ventilating, boiler and unfired pres- sure vessel systems, and apparatus or equipment used in connection therewith. (S) "Master" shall mean any person who possesses the neces- sary qualifications, training and technical knowledge to do, plati, lay- out and supervise the work connected in his particular tradelie must be a qualified contractor or work for a qualified contractor, and hold a current certificate of competency indicating his qualifica, tion, in order to work in his trade. (T) "Journeyman" shall mean any person who possesses the necessary qualifications, training and technical knowledge to do and supervise the work connected in his particular trade, He must work for a qualified contractor and hold a current certificate of compe- tency indicating his qualification, in order to work in his trade. (ti) "Maintenance Porsonnel" includes all maintenance person- nel who are regularly employed to maintain and make minor repairs to systems, apparatus and equipment, such as plumbing, electrical. refrigeration, air conditioning, boiler, heating and ventilating, which is installed, contained in and used upon premises or in buildings owned, occupied or controlled by the person or firm by whom such personnel is employed. Such maintenance personnel must hold a cur- rent certificate of competency for maintenance work or as master or journeyman in the trade or trades in which they are to engage. A master or a journeyman will automatically qualify, without further examination as maintenance personnel in their particular trade. The word "maintenance" as used in this paragraph is not intended to in- clude operators of appliances or equipment. Section 17.03 Any person or firm not possessing a current certificate of competency and holding themselves out as plaintiff or defendant in any court of this State or advertising in a newspaper or 352 "IN • • ot,het rise to A eoritrRc tot subject td tyretitotisi i i tTa Whittles of this 'Matter end a certified tOpy o *deft ttetirt Fete& (t telly of the net spaper or other advertising MOM, atteh an 'asset- Writ shall he ptitne facia evidence in Cttutt or in kilt 000 PrOttedifig authorized by this Chapter that the peisoh or fit'm pfttpe tted td have the capacity to net as a contractor. S ttiofi it.`O4 the Provisions of this Chapter do net aptly to an owner of residential property filleting, or repairing his teWil home or duple* if orethried by the owner find not intended for sale. An owner of residential property May eonstruet one single faintly resi- dence for his own use and occupancy without qualifying rot a eertifi- sate of competency, but the application for a building Permit for construction of mote than one single family residences in a year's titre shall be construed as engaging in the construction business and such an owner must secure n certificate of Competency before the fi ronmi rthe illberequitementfor sud. Nothing ri herein n a shell release the owner -builder Section 17.b5 A Contractor's certificate of competency shall be obtained in the following manner: (A) Any person or firm required or desiring to be qualified as a contractor shall make appli- cation on a form prescribe by the appropriate Contractors Eicatnin= ing Board at the office of the Secretary of such 13oard in the Build- ing Division of the Zoning and Building Department, except that in the case of Engineering Contractors the application shall be filed with the appropriate Board in the Department of Public Works. The application shall be retained by the Board together with all support- ing papers.. (B) Should applicant he a firm, the application shall be eke- cuted by the President or one legally qualified to act for the firm shall show his authority to so act on the application♦ and shall name an authorized agent on behalf of the firm showing his authority: 1) To act for the firm in ail matters in any manner connected with the contracting business; 2) to supervise the construction under the occupational license issued to the firm; and 3) to take the qualifying examination for the firm unless holding a current certifi- cate of competency of the class and type necessary. The firm shall be qualified only through the qualifications of such agent taking the examination, or through an agent currently qualified, and if the agent (qualifier) shall sever his affiliation with such firm, the certifi- cate of competency held by such firm shall be automatically cancelled. An agent (qualifier) shad be restricted to the work of the firm he is currently qualifying. (C) No application shall be considered unless the applicant gives all information required on the form, which shall include: (1) A statement of applicant's proposed contracting business: (2) The type of certificate being applied for: (3) Name, residence, business address of applicant (4) If applicant is a firm, the name and business address of the firm and the name, residence of all directors and officers of the firm and their interest therein, and the name, residence of the appli- cant's qualified representative and information contained above; if applicant is corporation, a certificate of incorporation. (5) A sworn financial statement of the applicant, a credit re- port, and an agreement authorizing the secretary of the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board to obtain from any source dealing with the applicant, even though confidential, such additional information concerning the applicant's financial condition as the secretary deems necessary. (6) A sworn list of all businesses owned, operated, or managed by applicant or in which the applicant has had an interest of any kind during the past 5 years, and the addresses of these businesses. f3 Receipt ftoth the apptopptiath hoed, shetiting;i the tee e S2fi fot the 'examination and qualificatiOt of the afiplicatit has beett paid. '(9) Three fetters of recommendation froth tp rutabie httsiMtess of ptofessional men, not related by blood ot matt -into to the appii- tent, of this county, of the county of applicant's last business vett- tune, vouching for the applicant's reputation as to honesty, integtit' and good charactet. (9) A sworn statement, stating under oath that the apptiet►nt has not been convicted of a misdemeanor or felony duting; the past five years, and that he is not presently charged with committing a felony or misdemeanor. If this is not the case applicant shall specify the details of the conviction or charges. (b) The Secretary of the appropriate Board shall notify the applicant of the next regular examination and shall notify the Board of the application prior to its next regular meeting and make such additional investigation as may be ditected by the Board. (11) The Contractors' Examining hoard shall prescribe the type of examination of the applicant to show his degree of etcpetience; his knowledge of building, safety, health and lien laws of the County, State and h'ederal governments as may be applicable: and his kno*1- edge of rudimentary administrative principles of the contracting busi- ness for which application is being made. (P') The Contractors` Examining Board shall not issue a certifi- cate of competency unless, by a majority rote of the hoard members present, the Hoard finds: (I) That the applicant, or if applicant is a firm then the quali- fied representative, has made a passing grade on the written or verbal examination and has the necessary experience for the type of certifi- cate applied for. (2) That the reedit report and financial statement of the appli- cant shows that the applicant is financially able to engage in the con- tracting business for which the license is requested so that the public will be protected. (3) That the applicant and each member of the firm possesses a reputation for honesty, integrity, and has a good character, has not been convicted of a misdemeanor or a felony in the past five years, and at the time of the application is not charged with committing a misdemeanor or a felony. This shall be determined by the Hoard from the information contained in the letters of recommendation sub- mitted by the applicant and any other statements submitted to or ob- tained by the Contractors' Examining Hoard or its investigators, The lack of honesty, integrity or good character may be established by competent evidence that: (A) Applicant has committed an art within the past three years which, if committed or done by a licensed contractor, would be grounds for suspension or revocation of a contractor's license. (B) Applicant has committed an act within the past three years involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit or lack of integrity whereby the applicant has been benefited or whereby some injury has been sus- tained by another. (C) Applicant has, in the past five years, refused to pay valid bills of at least five different persons or firms or has been adjudged bankrupt, (D) Applicant is presently charged with commission of a mis- demeanor or felony. (E) Applicant has been convicted of a misdemeanor or felony during the past five years. Section 17.06 (A) Every person, who, under the terms of this chapter, is required to hold a certificate of competency, and who, upon the effective date of this chapter, holds a current certificate of 3S4 rots fretency issued h' bade 'rount, shafi tot entitled tti a c"ell`ti`tleaate of conpetency without eitarninati rn, but :atteh certificate Shall be strb- ject to any restrictions and litnitatirrns caftled by the entreat CtxuhtY certificate and shall entitle the holder of such teftificflte tti di" bast• ness only in the unincorporated area tthless the f;*Chaining 13oat'd concerned. upon presentation by the applicant, of etidetnce satisfae. tory to such hoard, shall determine that such certificate may be elt• tended to include, the incorporated areas of Dade Counttr, Evidence to be considered to warrant such ettension shall include, but shall hart necessarily he limited to: (1) Proof that a written examination given by Dade County was successfully passed by the applicant, and that such etainination was suhstantial1y equal ih scone and coverage to eltaminations for the same trade and category given previously and regularly by any tntl- nicipality within Dade County hating cones and enforcement of such codes similar to trade County, or (2) Proof, submitted by the applicant that he has actively, con, tinuously and properly engaged in the trade concerned, in the unity- corpo•ated area of Dade County in the category indicated on the cut - rent County Certificate, for a period of Fr years immediately tit for to the effective date of this chapter as evidenced by County certificates of eompetenry and State and County occupational licenses covering such a-, year period (11) Eery person, who, under the terms of this Chapter, is re- quired to hold a County Certificate of Competency, who at the time this chapter becomes effective, holds a current license or certificate of competency issued by a municipality within Dade County shall be entitled to a certificate of competency without further examination, but such certificate shall he •uhject to any restrictions and limitations carried by the current municipal license or certificate, and, in addition, shall entitle the holder of such certificate to do business only in those jurisdictions from which he holds current licenses or cer- tificate=, unless the Examining.ltnard coneerned, upon presentation by the applicant of evidence satisfactory to the hoard, shall determine that the applicant is entitled to to extension of his certificate to in- clude all municipal and unincorporated ;bras in Dade County, t vi- drnee to he considered to warrant such extension shall include, but hall not necessarily be limited to (1) Proof that a written ex.;tninatinn given by a municipality within Dade County was successfully passed by the applicant, and that such examination was substantially equal in scope and coverage to examinations for the same trade sand category given previously and regularly by any municipality in i)ade County or by glade County, and that such examining municipality had codes and enforcement of such codes similar to Dade County, or (2) Proof by the applicant that he has actively, continuously and properly engaged in the trade concerned in a municipality or municipalities within Dude County, in the category indicated on the current municipal certificate or license for a iperiod of :i years imme- diately prior to the effective date of this chapter as evidenced by certificates of competency nt licenses front such municipality covering such F► year period. 1n addition, it must be shown that the munici- pality issuing such certificate or license has given examinations simi- lar in scope and coverage to those given by Dade County, and has enforced codes similar to the codes of Dade County during the 5-year period. (C) Anything in this Section to the contrary, notwithstanding no examination, shall be required of any person who under the terms of this Chapter is required to hold a County certificate of competency if he is the owner of or has been continuously employed as an execu- tive officer, general manager or nutnager of any firm heretofore en- gaged in a trade, business or occupation in Dade County for which a certificate of competency is by the provisions of this Chapter now tecitifted but ischlth ire) tOftrtt Its not been rat4ttittid., fot a Perla fit heat leas than tit* yeah fitttnediatelp Purtert to the effeetite date of thit Chapter Ord if this terPetratitti figs during turn Perieni tsf titre been continuously licehsed to engage it sttch trade, business or oeeup8tieitt by the .State Of County. A certificate of edntpettney cttt+eeing such trade, business of treettinktibil Shall be issued to Rh ap liraht quality- iftg under the tetth§ of this paragraph (C) and other applicable rt- qutretents of this Sectioh upon the payttteht of a fee of $26.00 to bade County, (b) to order to qualify tot a County certificate of contttetettc . under any of the foregoing previsions of this section, ap4tlicants for such County eertificate tnust complete application fot a County eer- tiflcate of competency, furnish all evidence and ptoof as may be te= gaited by this Chapter and pay a fee in ah amount equal to the re- newal fee for such certificate charged by the County (unless another fee charge is indicated in this section) within 0 months front the effective date of this Chapter; otherwise, such person shall be re- quired to pass a written examination and meet all other requirements specified in this Chapter in order to qualify for a County Certificate of Competency, Section 17.07 A certificate of Competency for Masters, Jour- neymen and for Maintenance Personnel shall be obtained in the fol- lowing manners (A) Any person required or desiring to be quali- fied as a Master, Journeyman or maintenance personnel shall make an application on a forth prescribed by the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board at the office of the Building Division of the Zoning and Building Department. The application shall be retained by the Hoard together with all supporting papers. (11) A fee of $10.00 shall be paid for the examination, for journeyman and maintenance personnel, and $25.00 for a master's. (C) The Secretary of the appropriate Board shall notify the applicant of the next examination. (b) The appropriate Contractors' Examining Board shall pre- scribe the type of examination of the applicant to show the degree of experience and his knowledge of the particular trade for which the application is being made. (E) Temporary certificates: Any person who has in his pos- session a current license or certificate as a master or journeyman issued by any State, County, or Municipality in the United States cer- tifying that the holder has been examined and found competent to perform the work of a master or journeyman, shall, after making application for the next examination, be issued a temporary certificate by the Secretary of the appropriate 13oard, authorizing such master or journeyman to work in the capacity of a journeyman. Such cer- tificate shall be issued only upon written request of the employing contractor. Failure to take or pass the examination shall automati- cally terminate such certificate and the employing contractor shall return the certificate to the Secretary of the Board. No further cer- tificate shall be issued to the applicant unless he shall take and pass an examination. Section 17.08 Annual Renewal Fees: Contractors and Sub -Contractors and Specialty Contractors... . $5.►to Masters .... $2.00 Journeymen $ 2.00 Maintenance Personnel $2.00 Where a certificate has been revoked or has expired or lapsed for any reason, the Board ntay require complete re-examination be- fore a certificate of competency is renewed or re -installed. Section 17.09 Whenever a municipal or county occupational license is required of any Contractor, Sub -contractor, Master, Jour- ttethlitii and Mantletitre* Petserititioiti sod al Deena* Asti be 'Witted unless the aptilleant met weevil ititireptitte Collett Enamining toed eurrant ceftiTIt bftorhOttelIty land shall f,rent eopy to the license di-tisk& tue 1/.10 (A) The foliating AIX eititiniting lint ate hereby created: (1) Building Catitthetotatnatoloing Amid, (2) togineetiog 'Cettittlictett+ titatnioltIg board, (A) Mona:lit* Coottiattote' ttarninititt ti oat& (4) feculent Contraetets' Eitamining toad. (6) Mechanical Coottletote+ Ettaitiihitig Board. (6) Liquified Petroleum Otto thOttillatierti Contractors' titarnitt, ing 13otird, (t) tall Board hRlI consist of 9 taint thetabera appinted by the Board of County Comthissioners, The Directer of the getting and Building Department shall serve as secretary to all EXarnining Boards and shall have no vote, except that the Director eC Publi Works shall serve 49 secretary to the tngineeting Contractots tAttin, ing Board and shall have no vote. Each Director 1tnll be permitted to designate a staff member to serve in his stead, The members of each Board shall be proportionately representative, as nearly as pes- sible, of the trade or trades related to the subject matter concerned in the examination and qualifications, and professions tvithin and On - fleeted with the particular trades concerned shall be represented, NO member of IOW Examining Board shall receive any compensation for duties involvea, except that each toting member shall be paid S16.00 for each meeting he attends to cover nedessary expense incurred in his official duties. (C) Terms of Office—liemoval—Vacancies, (1) Terms of office for each of the examining boards shall be one year for 3 members, two years for 3 members and three 'years for 3 members, with appointments thereafter to be for a three-year term. Each member shall hold office until his successor has been duly appointed and qualified. (2) Any member of the examining boards may be removed from office by a majority vote of the complete Board of County Commissioners. (3) Any vacancy occurring during the unexpired term of office of any member of the examining boards shall be filled by the Board of County Commissioners for the unexpired term within :in days after such vacancy occurs. (b) Orgenitation of Boards (1) The Director of the Zon- ing and Building Department shall serve as Secretary of the Examin- ing 13oards, except that the Director of Public Works shall serve as Secretary of the Engineering Contractors' Board, Each Director shall be permitted to designate a staff member to serve in his stead. (2) The Boards shall elect a Chairman and such other officers as may be necessary from among their members. Terms of all offi- cers shall be for 1 year beginning on November 1st with elections to be held at the first meeting in October of each year. (E) Meetings (1) The Board shall hold not less than 4 regular meetings each fiscal year, one in July, one in October, one in January, and one in April. (2) Meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, and in his absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board. (3) All examinations and minutes of Board Meetings shall be public records, except those portions of which are of a confidential nature, such as credit reports, financial statement, and communica- tions received by the Board in respect to the applicants' qualifica- tions. All minutes and records shall be kept in the office of the Zon- 3. ing and Building befitittfrittit *itthe tetithla Pf the tfigitteetth Cohltaetots' Board tthith Shell he itePtft Depettnient t NI/lie *arks. (4) Five triPmhetg of the Board shall constitute a utittrUfnt any meeting, and a majority volt of those present Shill be *gaited to mttke any decision. (F) tot the purpose of adtninistrating this ChaPter amm- ining board may call on the Building Division of the I oiling and Building Department to furnish such entploYees as may be necessary to carry on or assist the Board in Performing its duties eteePt that the Engineering ContractorsExamining Ilotttti shati call on the De- partment of Public Works for such employees. (G) Each Hoard nay make such rules and regulations as are consistent with the general Policies of this Chapter as it nifty deetn necessary to catty out the provisions of this Chapter, including the power to administer oaths and subpoena witnesses in the manner Pre- vided for subpoenaing witnesses in the Metropolitan Court. (14) Powers and Duties of eontraetors' Examining Hoards The Contractors' Examining Board shall have the power to deter- mine the qualifications of applicants for various types of contractors* licenses and certificates of competeney to hold hearings to determine if a license or certifieate of competency of any contractor should be suspended for any violation of this Chapter and to Mt the length of time for such suspension or to revoke the license or certificate under the provisions of this Chttpter, or to appoint an employee from the Building Division or Department of Public Works to investigate any complaints made against the licensed contractor and determine whether it shall take administrative action against the contractor or direct the investigator to file a complaint for prosecution for the vio- lation against the contractor; to call upon members of the industry to advise and assist them. Any Board may prescribe different types of examinations for different kinds of contractors within each trade and issue limited certificates nerortlingly, and determine the type of cer- tificate for which an applicant is qualified. (I) Building Contractors' Examining Board shall have jurisdic- tion over all matters pertaining to the eXatnitiatioli. qualification, dis- ciplinary action and certificate of competency of Cieneral Contractors, Sub -General Contractors, Sub -Building Contractors, Specialty Con- tractors and Subcontractors in the "Building Contractor" trade. (2) Engineering Contractors' Examining Board shall have jur- isdiction over all matters, pertaining to the examination, qualification, disciplinary action and certificate of competency of the Engineering Contractors and subcontractors in the Engineering Contractors' trade. (3) Plumbing Contractors.' Examining Hoard shall have juris- diction over all matters pertaining to the examination, qualification, disciplinary action and certificate of competency of Plumbing Con- tractors, (as Fitting Contractors, Septic Tank Contractors, Well Drill- ing Contractors, and subcontractors in these trades, and Masters, Journeymen and Maintenance Personnel in these trades, (4) Electrical Contractors' Examining Board shall have juris- diction over all matters pertaining to the examination, qualification, disciplinary action and certificate of competency of Electrical Con- tractors., Electrical Sign Contractors, and subcontractors in these trades, and Masters, Journeymen and Maintenance Personnel in these trades, (5) Mechanical Contractors' Examining Board shall have juris- diction over all matters pertaining to !loiter, Refrigeration, Air Con- ditioning, Heating and Ventilating Contractors, and subcontractors in these trades, and Masters, Journeymen and Maintenance Personnel in these trades. 0) Liquified Nth,let& tits trietittlatton brottactots' rioatt shall have Jurisdiction Met all matters pertaining to the tkaralkatiohi ttatifiention, diseirtlihit0 action, fittd cettificateO eolinttetenq of the quified troltuLt Oro Installation Corittatots, and stibeeinttfietots in this trade, and Masters, Joulittymeti and Maihtenithre Petsontiel th the ttadet if, in the Oinioh of the rimed, the establishment of such Personnel eategoties is necessary. (f) the Etaminets4 Mediation board is heteby crentedo the membetshilo of which shall lit made uP of the Chaittneti of the various examining -boat& created b this Chattel' with theRuildiftfrtitittlifit itht tiOtifd inembet as the Chairman. The Directot of tte LOhihg nttd Tuildihg Depatttnent shall sere AS Seetet,fitT And ghall hare he, tee, (A) the Etatninerss Mediation t4oard shall meet at the call of the Chairman and shall make such rules and regulations, and ketti such records as are consistent Alvah the tequiretnehts and loblitieS Of this Chapter, Three tnetnbeesshall constitute a quorum, and decisions shall be by hatjOrity vote. Members shall not receive ahy compensa. tion, but each voting member shall be paid $16.00 for each meeting he attends to civet necessary expenses incurred in his official duties. (a) The Examihers' Mediation Hoard shall be etnpoweted to decide questions arising which pertain or are applicable to mote than one of the examining boards created by this Chapter, including, but not limited to questions of duties and questions of establishing uhi- formity and consistency in the rules, procedures and actions of these various examining boards, The rulings of the ExaminersMediation Board shall be final and shall be complied with by the Examining lloards concerned. (C). Matters to be considered by the Examiners' Mediation Hoard may be referred to it by any of the Examining Boards, or by the Secretary of such Boards, or the matter may be initiated by the Examiners' Mediation Board. (1) 'Disciplinary Proceedings (I) The Secretary of any Contractors' Examining Iloard may, upon his own motion, or shall upon a sworn complaint in writing of any person investigate or cause to be investigated by a special inves- tigator appointed by the Board the charges against any contractor qualified hereunder and submit a written report to the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board. Upon the filing of Petition of Bank- ruptcy by or against a qualified contractor under this Chapter, or if a qualified contractor fails to keep in force the insurance policy re- quired in Section 17,1:1 (c) of this Chapter, the Secretary of the Board shall immediately suspend the Certificate of Competency and report the :natter to the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board for revocation action. (2) The Contractors' Examining Board upon receipt of such report shall decide if the report makes a prima facia showing of a violation of this Chapter and if so, shall take one or both of the following actions: (a) Instruct the Secretary to send, by Registered Mail, a letter to the qualified contractor to his last known address, as shown by the Board's records, setting out the name of the complainant, the time of commission of the alleged offense, and the section of this Chapter alleged to be violated, and notifying the qualified contractor to ap- pear before the Board at a time and place fixed, not sooner than 21) days from the mailing of the Registered Letter, to show cause why his Certificate of Competency should not be suspended or revoked. (b) Instruct the investigator or complainant to file a sworn affidavit for the arrest of the qualified contractor if he has violated any of the provisions of this Chapter. 3S9 °(8) the adtnittistr tite 'Mari g protide1 tot tibirVe stilt tiftt open to the pubiic. (*) Me proceedings at the heating stall he recorded and foxy be transcribed at the etcpense of the party requesting the trah!ttipt. 'he hearing need not be conducted Recording to technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Any relevant evidence shall be admitted if the Board finds it competent and reliable, to nrdiess of the existence of any common lace or statutory rule which might make improper the admission of such evidence. flearsay evidence may be used for the purpose of suppletnenting or explaining any direct evidence but shalt not be sufficient in itself to support a finding tth' less it would be admissable in civil actions. The rules of privilege shall be effective to the same extent that they are how or hereafter may be recognized in civil actions. Irrelevant and unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded. (e) Each party shall have these rights: To rail and examine witnesses; to introduce exhibits; to cross-examine opposing Witnesses on any matter relevant to the issues even though that matter was not covered in the direct examination; to impeach any witness regardless of which party first called him to testify; and to rebut the evidence against him. (d) A decision shall be made by the Contractors' Examining clays osed by a majority of the hearing. The hdece ision shall betire Board one fivehin ofthedfollowinegr:the (1) Not guilty. (2) Suspension of Certificate of Competency, stating time. (3) Revocation of Certificate of Competency, naming effective date. (E) An appeal from the derision of the Board may be made by the contractor involved to the Metropolitan Court within 20 days, but not thereafter. Section 17.11 The Certificate of Competency issued by the County to a contractor may be suspended for a fixed term or revoked by the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board's determination only by a majority vote of the entire Board after hearing if the con- tractor as an individual or the firm by its officers, directors, or quali- fied representatives has violated any of the provisions of this Chapter. The suspension or revocation of a Certificate of Competency shall automatically suspend or revoke as the case may be any occupational license issued by the County or municipality. Section 17.12 it shall be unlawful for any contractor as de- fined by this Chapter operating anywhere within the County, licensed individually or as a firm contractor, officers, directors or qualified representative of a firm contractor, to commit any one or more of the following acts or omissions; (A) To contract or do any work outside of the scope of opera- tion, as set out in the definition of the particular type of contractor for which he is qualified. (B) Abandon without legal excuse a construction project or operation in which he is engaged or under contract as a contractor. (C) Divert funds or property received for the execution or completion of a specific construction project or operation, or for a specified purpose to any other use whatsoever. (D) To depart from or disregard in any material respect the plans or specifications of a construction job without the consent of the owner or his duly authorized representative. (E) Disregard or violate, in the performance of his contracting business, any of the building, safety, health insurance or Workman's Compensation Laws of the State of Florida or ordinances of this County. 390 (P) Mistepresent any material Net in hit apfitteatioh and potting (rapers in obtaining a license under this Chapter. (t3) Vail to fulfill his conttaetual obligation through inability tpayforrmed sin llrthe itors fol. of his busitnp sd fof whicho heservices teda licensed heteuhder. (14) Aid or abet an unlicensed person to evade the )rtovisiohs of this Chapter or allow his license to be used by an unlicensed fnetson of to act a no agent, partner, or associate of an unlicensed pietsoh with the intent to et ade the provisions of this Chapter. (1) 1)o any fraudulent act as a contractor by which another is substantially injure& Section 11.13 The appropriate Contractors' Examining toad shall suspend or revoke a ronttactor's Certificate of Cotnp►etency if after hearing it is found that the contractor: (A) 11as been adju- dicated bankrupt. (1t) Eails to maintain at all times with an insurance Company, authorized to do business in the State of Florida, the limits of insur- ance required by any other applicable law or authority haying 'urns= diction but not less than bodily injury liability insurance with the niininiutn limits of $50,001) for one person and $100,000 for more than one person in any one accident, and property damage insurance with a minimum limit of not less than $5,000 for any one accident, including any damage to public rights -of -way or shrubbery and to file certificates, signed by the qualified agent of the insurer, with the Secretary of the appropriate Contractors' Examining Board showing the type of policy issued, the policy number, the name of the insurer, the effective date of the policy, the amount, and providing by en- dorsement of the policy, an agreement by the insurer to give a att days' written notice by registered nutil to the secretary of the appro- priate Contractors' Examining Board, of the intent to cancel the pol- icy for any reason. The examining board may reinstate such revoked certificate of competency at such time as the contractor again sup- plies full insurance coverage as required by this Chapter. (C) Violated any of the provisions of Section 17.12. Section 17.14 Any person. member of a firm, or firm violating any of the provisions of this Chapter shall, upon conviction in the Metropolitan Court, be punished by a fine not exceeding $500.00 or by imprisonment for a period not exceeding Co days or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the Court, for each offense. Section 17.15 If nay section, sub -section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Chapter is, for any reason, held to be invalid, such de- cision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Chapter. The County Commission hereby declares that it would have passed this Chapter and each section, sub -section, sentence, clause and phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that an • one or more sections, sub -sections. sentences, clauses or phrases be any invalid. Section 17.16—Repeal.. All county and municipal ordinances, county and municipal resolutions, municipal charters, special laws applying to this county and general laws applying only to this county or any general law which this commission is specifically authorized by the Constitution to supersede, nullify or amend, or any part of any such ordinance, resolution, charter or law in conflict with any pro- vision contained herein are hereby repealed. Section 17.17—Effective date. This ordinance shall become effective December 1, 1957. 391 'Nett A mem r-- A.aevePAttetsit heats% T. Riff(' P pm-- W16.5. 1906.5. 2006.5, 2205.3 Too roof 1811.8. 1911.14, 3102.2 Url( r building ... 1906.1. 2005.1. 2204 AeatABOUT IIVILD2NCHI 50.3 AeCHANTII 3319, 3203.3 ADDITVINA, To buildings .... 104 ADIAZAIVINI, Olued construc•tIon . 2904.2. 2904.3. 2905 11 CO AD:OININO SVILDINOS oleo LocATtoN (ls: intot4111TT) pound/tt 1(o. to ho protected oaten 2401 AlliSOININO 01301IPANCV 606 ADMINISTRATIVE (Sef, Part 1) Aript !I IS . 203h0220.41 Approttil requirecl..by 11ulltlitig Official . . .... -.... -. . !Wilding classified by Building Official, when 502., 1701 Oertificale of Occupancy required , 307. 503 inspect ion or butidings ... Powers and duties or !Wilding Official 201 special insper tor 305.3 'rest s 2311 Fnstifc buildings and !att.:milli...5c . 202, 3203.8, 4601.3 AOOREOATES concrete. .. 2504 31sisortry, mortar . 2702.10 Plaster 3603.2 AIR CONIIITIONINCI . 4901-3 AIR CONTANtINENTS AIRCRAPT RANOARS 1101, 1102.2 (1)) Ant INTAKES (also s..., V1NT11.,ATI)N IN Olt01:1) OF °('CU- l'ANI'l.) ,. ... . 002 Fresh air for heating 4004 Pritate garages . 1505 Typo it ‘etit 1..cotiotts . .3903.2 (r) AIR SPACE rodcr ‘‘oot.1 ficootiol.t AISLES 604.7. 704.1. 1504.2. 3110 ALARM VALVE, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 301.2 (1)) ALLEY Projection into , Temporary tise ALTERATION . 3603.11 301.2, 3602.4 104, 503 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION Board of Appeals ..... .. 203 :Slay be approved by Building Official. when ... 204 ALIMIINVIA . AMUSEMENT PARX DEVICES .. 32tia; ANC/tORS vonerete Joists . Steel joists tt' 1 joists . (also see WA141. t'I.ADOI.NOS, Chapter 35) APPEALS.. APPLIANCES Access to 4001.11 eltininos for . . . . 3901-6 Fresh air supply for. 004 Chapter 311 240k.9 2to0A.1; 2905.4 203, 204 393 Tnotrtilntlon or ttango; Spore heater* 't%'ntr r heaters AtPLti Air3eit For huittfint# permit, details rontrirrr1 Of ('ode to trtoldintes or Rtruetures To Additions, alterations. nr repairs To r•hahed use or reccupanr•y Tn ••Vi«tint` buildings To roofing re lenir« .. _ butes snot 4nn2, 44nnli10tt 4007 302 103 .103. 104 307, 503 _103 502, 1702 .....3401.5 Af•t3Slts. ()rr•r l+ret«er•ttlttrn op•.nlhg 007 ASI A, .tllntt•rthle (son (100t`t.1.\CT, fi4lrtE ZONES, and •I'et•t'1 ? t)F' ('(tNsT'ltt'(" I'TOt ) ASSit3sfiibs eint#2#T As roofing material 3401 :As Wall claddih 3506 ASPfAt.* tints ._ . 3402 ASS11gMsfi It Settettrtil•t3 ... .... 601, i n2 ATTta ACl tt99 Med Igttgt)tVtatO# 1 fl'.ie. 2006.ie, 22nl.tt AVbtTO$tttMS (See .1FST 3I11I.( Itl'll.1)lNt'1S) AVTOMATIO t'tSf1.MITttQf;}etttSgtitO Sit`ettritS 3,01 AVittittetts 4301 Rigid 44111 11.00CtT'PA1ttCltS i ii 1 I#ALCOI t I:x►ts tram 6ee1 t"or stnnkelerne,f ene•1ot:ure.s .. 31n4 GALLON 1 AMh1NO 29t)3.21j1 13.A ISIOAbtE S, ennstruction 3304, :10111 13ATI13IlOOMS (see ♦ l:X'l'lL.\9'It)\ IN tte'('1'I'.1'('Y r11t(►t'I') BAT WINDOWS .. . .. eiu BEARING For steel joists 2ou�,n, 2S0i,10 Igor ►te•ud joists and rafters 2905.4 VALOREARINVALORor SOILS 240_, BELT COV1 .SZS. May project 36113.4 BLEACIE IIIS . . DIVISION 3, 1501 BLOCSS. CONCRETE (see CONCRETE Ii1.(et'liS) BOARD Or SIDLES AND APPEALS BOIILERS and BOILER ROOMS BOLTING `t,t,�e l'or structural steel ...._ For structural wood ..... ........ 2111e:,.11 BOND Allowable stresses. eunere:•te . 2505.3 I"or concrete surfaces ... 2:eo6.0 I'ne,urnatically placed concrete 2510.fl BOOTH. 2lotion picture ....... ._ .. G01; BORING. Wood joists ..._ 29n15.41f) BRACING During erection .... ...... . For reinforced concrete forms .. Igor stud walls and partitions .. 394 203 400t; ..23u1.1 (b) 250e.1 21ii15.2 lh) 'stet N.-6. MASON:10'1 rbativei put. t.,n roe 2520,1068.1 Fra• 4t Pt I itliSt* rflr ‘1, or.(1 joiS t.= SttEEttitii eorit .1tvpiti of 103 F111ort.. 11!. 2111 11111t- 102 srup.• of 103 TM. or 191 EttiLEtlitO Or rtetAL cing-iti, k‘hoh 502 201.2 N1.1) . r proTits. May spoil:11 Inspei tot - 300 Nlay 2203113 May utoii uork EViLEMO MOOTS 1.0t pi rat t.th _ 11. hot, regtill. tl tiCtLEINOS clas...iti.,.1 by 0%,. 4 .-..on.truf trot, itot I.Fo-,Itt-i I.) ti.., ot mcupati, ) 502 blv,.•t‘tig l...,. it ...n ,at snit,. pr,iio.ro Ni,.% lag of 302.6 Ito gut:it. d Iy fir.. xarb.s 1601. 1602, 1603. 1604 T,, ii, Ili, taill. Iri, V‘ tit El 30202 EttILT.UP P.00riNO rELTs . 3402 304.3 301 C C--oCCUPANOtts . .. .. bOl CAlatts, E,OPts, CstAtEs 330$ CANortts, CoEsTRECTION ....ChatIters 43. 44 CAE13014.11tOXIbt 1'ritt6tETINartrtsrttEr0 SYSTEMS 3b02 CAnrolir nivisioN 1, 1501 CAST Is PLACE CONCktTE Mils 2404 I CAST ST'ONII cAvirr WALL MASONRY ... ........ ....2709.2 (it) Ctzttitil itztOUTS . .... ... 513, 1305, 1405 CEILING, rircE.REStsTIVE 3704 CEETtricATE ur Approvni, electrical 4503.7 or .Nptirovni• gas . " 4002.2 I )1 rotlliwt• 'ley ........................................... . 305.1 of Inspection. boiler _ 4008.1 Of Inspection. elevators . 3203.2 (e) of Inspection. gam appliatic...; 4002.2 of Occupancy 307 CHANGE or OCCUPANCY . . 307 CHANGE IN VSE CHASES, In masonry walls . ... 2704.2 (k) CHIMNEYS, FLUES, VENTS Mid rum PLACES Chapter 39 CLASSIFICATION ()t* buildings, by fir.. gimps 1601 of buildings. by occupancy 502 4 If lotliltlintS. by type of construction 1701 of fire -resistive construction Chapter 37 CLAY TILE, HOLLOW 2706.2 503 395 estkibtIVIPS eetrest POMO eitAteer et Mt MAMBOS „ Around ri..1hrorclait in otneretf. Arotthd heat-producina aPPnrattiS Por swelling of wood floor . Or wood shoveor grade . flatmate rite -protect loh Masonry ... • toltilahri In masonry. eaststsmessitse -OP 'VOIR OOMPLIAltet WITS CODt. COMMOTION IIINOtitilb OOMPOOIRION Soo/1. 00ittPUTATIONO, May be ri•quit,,d 00HOOktilb WOltIt OONOO1ITSAT1115LOLI On floors . cln Walls ... ..........- Steel joists oa 001tOftiltil mocks L. !trick t'onVeyIng Outing re -resistive classIficatioil Nlaterials . . Mixitig and placing Piles Pnetitnatically placed l're('ast Joists - Prestressed -•••-• Quality Special inspection ..... Tests TratisportinK and PlacillIc Working stresses of CONVEStItATION (see 1*NSAFII: 111.'11.1)1N4.1S) corrarnoss OP PtlititIT 001tIttOTIONO For structural steel ... . -, • - 2S11:1 In wood framing .... . .... . 2905.11 cotestatreTtos -JOINTS, In concrete 2tinT.s OONSPRITOTION MAMMAL .tilowpd in streets, when . . 3602 Load to be provided for, when... . 2301.1 (0) CoSTATAINENTS, . 41(11; COlittters 36o3.5 CONAZDOSts 3110 COST or StrIZOINOts 104.7 COWL% txit 3106 covtarses For fire protection • •• • . .elutpter 31 eor roofs , VItapler 34 l•'or walls Chapter 35 Vor wood doors • •• , ... 3706 2907.1-2 CREOSOTE CERTAIN ;see PROSCENIUM CURTAIN) CERTAIN WALL (see PARTITIONS) 396 2:107.7 1001,2 fel 2905.9 (a) (S) 2907 3 rhatitc.f. 37 2704.2 Cr) 2(ma 2701 3114.3 304.1 4011 Chapter 31 302.2 (e) 201 4 2303.1 2703.4 2W.k.6 olniplit 25 2702.t 2702.2 24,06.3 2506.5 i'llapter 37 25tit . 97016 2404.4 2510 250s 250p 25415 305 250:1 2506 2505.3 2o2 3114 terrstarst *OM) RUN IlsmetteePAitettift taktlit NiA ur tititittiVtaftS (vo-rttl in ChaPter 4 ortpancies , '-15. tel. billitatitte* r or Constrtn ion igni. 19m. 2001. 2101, 2201 3302 OTypes (1enerill Foot ing•s And 2402, iocoundittnp lorids !Test sst +vont et.t.. Proseehtultt t attains ntorcod coarri t. Sh.trtv Strati urn I st..+•1 ‘Vtil irl Iithirkttel IMPARSTION b0(5fts ($ig. Also under TYPES 4 )1'4 C)NST1111.1.1( )N, (hilpt* 1 through 22) 7.4 'ISMS, atm TYPES (lP ouss.riti.‘"rt(IN) elassitication, design, bringing Fir''-1".'s 1st i% 19 14.9111r* el (see uP nder OCCUANCY, P1ItE Pio- fire separations 50S bOWNSPOUT PRO3ROTtON 2,13111311.49 For sinoki proot enelosuri s 3111 nt.ral reotor#.1to•ots balks -it OPS ition..1, 20(16.5, 2205.3 bltAWINGs letOttlEtb Diatt3SttIO ROOMS tStag..F.) .. 907 13111NttStil WATtit, ttigluirid during construction . .. 3320 4103 3142 6ti . 2409.3 (h) (2) t§. Md)* 9roiet.t totteTS . DVME.W'Arttla DWELL/NM i:1«.)110 t i)1.1.1.11ANI*V1 901 2309 3603 2403 2301 2302 2701 2509 007 2501 4205 201 2991 1804 t E,—OCOVP/L140/2113 . 1001 EARTH PRESSURE, oalculations for . . . 2303.2 Chapter 31 EGRESS EttOTRIO .... .. ... .. . -. .... C'hapter 45 Alternate materials .. . ... . Appeal% 4502 ti .1ppliace circuit ..... . .... 4505.3 (p) Application ror permit 4503.1 .‘pprovals 4503 7, 4503.13 Racking- box 45(15.2 te) Bathrooms . . ......., , ,. .,... , .......... ..... ....... ........... ......450:t.3 (1.), tr005.3 (l) Hoard or Itulos and Appoals 203 ceiling rails, minimum height 4505.2 (r) N1ax mum per circuit . 4505.3 (h) Certificate or Approval .. 4503.7 Coin nuichines 4505.3 (09) l'olor rodk. 4505.2 (k Condit ions fir permit 4505 3 I Coml.:tied joints 4505 3 (1) Conduit .405.2. 4505.3 (a). 4503.3 t c) Conduit in concrete 2507.3 Construction work, during .4505.3 (u) Cords, portable 4505.3 (s) 397 thilvanizing required mounding nf tiPplitinres ()fcircuits . . . ffigh voltage wire .. Hospitals . . I rispeet ions . metal Mint' nano, NInt kirm nt Main switeht 1aster service. initiimutn distanee to reconfielos Medium base outlets. maximum Meter room . Mogul nage outiots. hotxiintitn Insic boxes Neon, interior . - Soh -Metallic sheathed cable _ Outlets per eiretilt. general ()vet current devices • . • • I'erniit . Pipe find conduits in eonctetePInn ,, . ..... point of serviee Portaid,. runts atal tools .. t)tialif leations of electricianItnns._ 1(aeeways . ge •s It. rilizortit ors, 1)(trit..st . nosiikilt int ft.E.),(nrivs, thstanee serviee location Switches. .. Short -radius ells Signalling systems Installations . . 1Viiitlow . Alimline fixtures S4I'h'i tors . . . Standards S-t pe plug tuse, sop).....ts, minimum Telephoto. r:teeways Temporary installations . Service . . Transformers Transformer vaults 1Vash machines . NV:iter beaters . . tVindow lighting; . „.. ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS betel t'oVie lighting . . . 4tbt.ti PO' intt intik f)ttpkx ver.tnel. .• 4505.2 (M) I)uty of inspi riot .. . „ .... .... 4501.1 Eniergeney lights . . ... .. . . 4505.5 Exit signs and lighting . .. , Filed apPlianros arid motor , ... 450.5.i. 4505 4 (t1. p, I) Fire alarms _ rinshers, t IMP n kirks and trtinsfortners . ..__.... 4505.9 Fluorescent lighting . . . . . .. . -- . . _4605.3 (ha) ... . . 451)5.2 (n), 4:605.3 (11) 4505.6 4505.3 (tit') 4fl1.1. 4506.3 (k) 509.2. 4505.2 (It) 4505.3 & o _4505 2 (111 4505,2 (hi 509.2, 4508.2 (d) 4506.2 (ft) 4505.3 (,' 45)5.3 ((t) 4505.2 (n) 4505.3 (M) 4503.1 2507.3 4503.2 4505.2 (f), 4505.3 (kk) 4505 3 (s, 14) 4506 45115.2 (e), 4305 3 (d. j) 4505.3 (e) „. 4505.3 (cc) - 4505.3 (k) 4505.3 & o) 45115.2((f). 4505.3 tkk) 4705.2 00 4505 3 (nt) 445501(n 515.3.2 tgg):43 11hrt.(&15.1,1(r)rti 41105, 3„054.350(5g.e11) 4005, 4505.3 t ff) i505,...,4(311:5i4..2r:t1;5411) 4505.3 11/10 4505.3 It) 41111 3 Y) 4501 3 Oh). 4505.9 4505.34f:I 4001'. 4505.3 (e) 450..3 (dd. & 11), 4505.10 . 3109 anti Cltsipter 32 ELEVATOR. SHAPTS (sep VERTICAL ()lg.:NINO:9 EMERGENCY SIGNS 3112 ENCLOSURE or VERTICAL OPENINGS (see O('t'll'ANCY and TYPES OF PONSTRUPTION) ENCLOSURE 'WALLS (see WALLS) ENCROACHMENTS ENTRY, Right i•f EQUIPMENT Or SWZMMIN'G POOLS. EXCAVATIONS EXHAUST VENTILATION (see VENTILATION) EXISTING SUILDINGS EXIT COURTS :i's ('hapter 36 • 201.2 461s. 5005 . 24111. 3303 . ....... 104. 11'1)2 3106 1. • SWIM RIM TATIWITISS /VA MRS OMPATteril title* 'Number requir..e.1 . 04"" sectiallY4 of Chottoterg 6 1111..041kt , ehabtef t;iqii.rn1 ritstri-metug Panic hartlyttkr, n•quirvt.1 1 1 RIETT LICIRVS litg IMPIRATIOW or PRISSIIT 304 bRPLOSrtlie 4101 112ttlAteli OPRitttteh A! WALLS PROTRCTIOS litetittRaD (uee TYPES 111.' 41/NSTFill*T14)N) IIRTERIOR STAIRWAY'S . 3102.6 bltiftSCIAITS211110, Pthil 1507.2, 3323. 3607 P--,‘OCCIIPANC126 1101 PACTOR/211 Chaptpt 11 PttotOtS Di% ision S, Chapit.t. 11 nd a t tons for 2403.2 stunt GLASS owe PILL/lb GROUND 23:: PIM% PLATAATA/Itt 414)4 mkt Ittstitertott 307 rums POI VIOLATIONS riNtsitts, . 205 rrat CLAY Pi)r fir.•111-rti. s 33:10: : o• ohnot39 „ 506 . rot DIIPMATIGUNT CONNECTIONS . 3805 rint.txrtisortottnet SYSTEMS Automatic .jr,ttkl,t,whe,hr•lutrod ilas•01.01 pito.• lab Is. %%11.,r.. rslutret1 1:11 Ili 531 Statalpip..s,hit. r..quir4.41 . . rum EXTINGUISHERS 3203. 3M07 rimertacts, CONSTRUCTION or .. 3006 rIRE PROTECTION (st.i. TYPES 01.. CONST111.-4,71141N) liequirem.•als, (11.thilt•t1 „ • Chapter 37 PIRSI.PROTECTED PASSAGEWAYS 310 Por strwitt•prout ••avlosurvs .. 33(19 FIRE PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCT/ON 3323 FIRE PUMPS 3h04 rzazaticsisrtvE STANDARDS 4`..41itigs 3704 37416 Plours 3704 llisp..et inn ur plaster protection, wbf•ti „ ..„ 306.2 Nlab•rials 37412 . . . Partit Prob...41.m 11f struetural fnemls-rs Root 4.0weritigs Walls :74:51 3704 inns SEPARATION . rmESTOPPING 2 9 :54 1.1'3 399 rtatillettlig C'hnt+to, 1R rat Wiltbi!'ita 3707 Pt? Aib tMfnn tl'DtilirAittllnare 3311' PLAWMPIteDt'titft VttKtlb 3 710 /Iria ! 01+116Ab OP intfltbt! t`iNitlt;b§ 3710 t'LAiIllient,tl! Lt1QttLeft 41(12 rtrittattrittl, Wntr'r roof ptiper, tnetnl 3103, 3410 !'Lbb Atlt)Alt Ltfgt littb . -02" Sections or C11 Wet r, thtourrh 15 rtso132, t ONgTfttet'1ON t'nnerote 1'recact rit-tesCstire tlet1er111 (sr..•'i%I'li a t1F` i'oNST111'C`,T1t1N) Insulating tnnt.•rinl under flooring 11i11 eotlstruc11' n Stages and platform! Steel jotntt. Wood joists ... PLoOL tittiia:ti�1C# 00lts t'NttOtt6N >1'LOOt LOAbIS A1Sulnerl lire• .. 11edu,.tiot1S allowed 23ni 11,�tiuired to be posted rtttts Oro) tn•t•tors .. Lining for 0himn.k Tyro. .• Ile 1{ .._ ..,. . fyi» t• rLttE•t'RD tfCtftitt,ATON,s 411n;i I''LY GAL/MUMS,r',•nstruction or I'OO'TtNflS {s(e i"1)UN1).\TIONc) rousts I'or coricr4•t a e4111st 1U,1 ion 11:t be removed, when .... POttNtiA'1'tON t'oneraAt% go of .. cntntions for Footing design . Insttp.etion required Liability .,f adjoining May project beyond property line. wln•tt lnoninf': in tcnil for ventilation ... Piling for Wall" FRAME EVILDINGs (see TYPE V IlUILDINGS). Chapter 22 FRAME INSPECTION, Required when ..._ . 305.2 PRAMIND AEOVND C*IMNEYs .._.. ....... __ .._ ......... 3902.2 (h) PREEN AIR SUPPLY I'OR HEAT PRODVCilG APPARATUS .. 4004 PURRING or VALLs 2905.11i 2511S 31'04 1505.1 2003.3 1i0i 2S0S 512.2 Chnpter 29 3312 2302 2305 3905 3902, 3902 {903 3904 250 251)i.2 Chapter 24 2403 2401 2103 3u5.2 2401 3tin3 2907 2404 2405 G Cl.—OCCUPANCIES 1201 GALVANISED IRON ROOPING AND BIDING 2X09 GARAGE, OPEN PARKING, Special Provisions ... ..... 1102.2 GARAGE, PRIVATE 1 fiU l Carport (see Definition Chapter i)..._.............. r 1 Connected to dwelling; ............._ _....._...._.._ .._ ......_.. ._.. 1507.2 Ventilation required 1505.1 400 oik beta bAllikes, mime SAN Renvires. oareeserr MASS Noe* letklitlYST .. 001.2 (1) btAttli 11111126 Stot Ettkall 11111111111i 3509 MAIM) . 3508 DiVS 2904.2, 2904.3, 2005.44 ((1) SLUE LArriNktrt MOMS 2904.3 GRIUM 1110211, 21111,0069 2906 SIAM Or . 2903.1 DrAtbsTANDS Chaptet 15 GRA.Virr TAItts 3804 OREDEROVRE, Hoofs OUP Mit AND GUARD SAIL 310s OUrttrt (60 Pi4EUItATIOALtr PLACED 00E02,11TD st.r. 21)0) OrroUtd lotth for rirl.1.1.91S1jv. 'OtISt NCI ilin . 3502 .2704.7 Plaster for fire-rtsistive purposes 3503 Slabn s osteel Joists , iLhapter Oltratmt, EttiarORCED ChttisitOt 11 Chttfitet 10 5o9. iliattet Chapter 20 st 11-00CUPARcits 1301 HALLWAYS 3).1) HANDRAILS . 310s 2303.3 Must resist hot mouth! thrust -- EANotits, AtECEkrt to), 1302.2 (b) BANGERS REQUIRED, For Joists 29115.4 (c) RAIAnDotts DUILDIROB 202 HEADERS 2905.4 (e) NEAT It PON, rtREPERCE 3900 HEATERS Unhg 40(16 Solar . 4010 Spaee HEAT -PRODUCING APPARATUS Chapter 411 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (st.k. Type III 111:11.1)1NGS, Chapter 2o) 2003.3 HEIGHT ALLOWABLE . -112" Sections, t'hiipters 6 through 15 HOODS OVER RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT . 4103.3 HOISTING MACHINERY 3306 3310 HOIST TOWERS. HORIZONTAL EXITS HORIZONTAL SEPARATION HOSE CONNECTIONS HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS HYDRANTS 101 3105 (Thapter 5 3t0.03 105 3, 3055, 3324 31+06 t.doettforAttetto ttitttfrAfteltf t'urtng ennpteut tion For i.ftit stknft titridatteArtt memo LAMMAIILE I.1(4I*111S) ittiditettelt none 1A05 tli.fluir”d in tool's, %Own 1305.1 Hoof 3409 trprostott runts (Sr.. nIso iO1 T1L,l NIATE111ALS IN 1'V PE cIF CONSTM•CTION INTERIOR STAISWAtS 3102 nlso ExiT vAcii.rriEs s..ctintlit111 Iiroup or Oi:.upttney through 170 INTERPRETATION or coot fly Innrd of Appc•als 203 fly Building ()Muhl .. 204 41 3.2600C11PANCIES 30I1TS. CONSITRUCTION. In coticr,t. :OUANGARS JOISTS Steil Wisid X BEENE% CEMENT. Sio•cificali...ns for /I/TOREN/I 14 • 1491 3112 4009 395 2511S, 2510 2Siik 2994. 2905.1 3593.2 filf 1395, 149:i LABELS Fire doors Iiv rtickriAritets' 370i; flooring 1.%. Litlioratorfris 3492.1 (h Windows 1,y fluit.rwriti•rsLatiorntorws 379i LADDERS, (*onst ruct ion 3:315 LAMINATED LUMIltn, 2994.3 LANDING or STAIRS 3192 LATH 3592 LIGHT During construytion 331x I"or s•xit signs . „ . . . 3112 For ot•t•upariey groups _ -95" Spel ions, Chripti,rs 9-14. incl. L/GRT STEEL CONSTRUCTION 2iii9 LIME 2702.19, 3494.1. 3393.2 (P). 3594.1 LINING if chimneys 1 f ffrenInevr: 492 3992 3909 els tAltivirt thiriThrfirb t A* mitt ! Ats ('ont'entrntl0ttitt 0t ffoduction 1fr•ntttrod to be ttostt'd ..... _.._.. .. Speetnl conPlderntion4 tbA'Sit (see PLOo f LOADS) Fur rt•tnihtnir wall d,•sttzh 14104, beating potter of ..... Root' ..... aII. benring rapacity of r)+r•r iai .. lV'ind putt heft tt04 . 4001, 002 2303 2305 2301 2305 2303 2303.2 22 ... _._.2304, 2306 2402 2305 2306 LOOATlttl4 Oit P*OPt TT (pet. lt'a,t.t.s AND 1tAf1'i`tfitoss. Chnpt.,r 1!, through 22) tioe t>S Ott 11001tb, PAOBttitttt7t . LOT matzo ta,'r• 1.u'A'hto` of t'ttOt'Ett'1'Y) Ltttst tf (st.t• Wt.)nt1. ('hnpt,•r 29) M bRAttCTt iNANOtli MAN VEtts MASON tit . ttahter 2; ..2702,5 (a) 2703.1 2702.2 2702.4 .....2704.2 lgK) 27114.2 lk) 2703.4, 28ft .0i 2 704 2702.4 (n) 2704.2 (1) 271)2.7 ..270 a10 2,4.1 2704.2 (r) 2704.2 (h) .....2702.1 (c) ..2905.12 3111 :Aron of tt„li.,a units lt,atting wails ... .. _. itri,k 1'80 stone . cavity w-011,4 .. 1'luisor. tend t', oossoi itl 1'nnt •'ut t•at,•14 loads oh t'nll'tt•ut•tlon 1.1.14U14.citlt•01s ... ltnri•ti tons .. t:la�rc block . t i Yt,sti►Il Mortar for . �•,n•h,•nring pattItinns Sto►tt... Ts1,11c _ . Wood, in oolitic -Ilion with .. MECHANICAL VENTILATION METAL I•:xt,•t'ior wail r1,t•,•ring ur tt,lot's . Hoof ruv,•ritlt . . . . . METAL ACCESSORIES TO Boor COVERINGS METAL OE WIRE LATH MILL OONSTRt7CTION MIXED OCCUPANCIES (see meetion in Chapters G through 15) MOSTAR, For masonry construction MOTION PICTURE MACHINE BOOTHS MOVING Or BUILDINGS . MOVING STAIRWAYS N NAILS NEW MATERIALS OR METHODS - NON.CONt1'OSMING BUILDINGS ... 403 105 303 ('h$ptc•ra 48, 49 2$na 34n7 3410 3502.3 2003.3 ...2702.10 Gat, 302.6 . Chapter 32 2905.11 204 Ind NeMINAt Nifit F'or Masonry F'or Wood NOTTeith rot' inspections b). }Wilding Official . Of unsafe building Of violations 0 *Wit110 27'02.5 105 ki5 201.3 neettiskttet Adjoining . 55 Ventlicate of 307 Change in use 503 Cjitssified Milted (see sections. rhaptets 6 through 15) or public proPerty (*IMMO' 36 Sopa ra t ions 50/t W(hen not sloeriot tly Meta toned in t•441#.. 502.2 OCCUPANT CONTENT "014' Sections or (haptet•Fi 6 tht.oUgh 15 Ott SIINNINO APPMANCIN 4003 DPI:WINOS TO Pt PUOTICTZD ( TYPE OP CONST111TTION) OVENCROWIHNO PRONIStT110 2307 OVUNTtlikat1t0 tabtaaNT . 2306.5 PAINT sitors AND OPItATtN0 . PANtto UNCLOBUSIEN 31'14A PANtt. WALL (s4.4. PAM° ttANDWARE PARAPNT WALL also TYPI.1 DP'CONSTIII'VT1ON)... 2701.2 (e) PARIttNO GANAON Chapters II, IS PANTY WALLS PASSAONWAttli :310; PitNALTENS ANN VIOLATiONS, Primided by Code 205 r vont' t ioning 4901 .‘pplicatioti for 302 . . 4303, 4 102 •ottil it twit: of • 301 I hies not pi milt Mint ioft. 304.2 (ors . . 3203.1 Expiration of ... .. 304.3 PAplostr, s 41(l5 1••••4•s 41)014441, when .. . 302.8 Pees for . . 303 For alto ration . . 3111 por change of occupancy 3111 i•or demotishing . . ,, . 02.2 1'or moving 301.2. 104.11 Pot. storastr ge of construction materials iti eet por temporary use . , . 307.4 I'lbr use or occupant!). 'lent p-odueing apparatus Not valid. when Plans required fOr Itevocation of SigtIS . ‘VItvii required 1,Vork without . PIERS, Masonry PILES PLAIN CONCRETE (see NIASONI(Y) PLANS REQVIEED 401 10111 107.3 102.2 101.4 1203 301 303 (a) 2704.2 (f) 240 1 302.2 • • • Aulaagammus. PIANO Apptovod Dian* at trite . „ 302 4 F.:11irriinatt Ion . 303..4 Inforfnat inn ori '-' * iirlii.i Reattired for pottnit When . , Shall beat harme of Whotn . 33041 PLASTII1, AWD PLASTIIIIND 35r13 PLAST1111,110ASD, trtnete 3302 MAIM, WOOD 2905.2 (f) _ .. , ..... . _05.4 (c) Top 29 PLASTIOS 3505 PLATPOSIS A*D STADDS . Puirronst ltOISTS 3310 PLATranta, Matt** (see COSII14STIIIL1. 51,1111:.'111ALS, 'ft PR OF (ONSTRUCTION) PLO . 302.2 if ) T PLAN . httpt46 Adnithistrativ, eet 4601 PM/WM*0 Alternate materials .. 4691.4 Ilitutninized-fibre sewer pipe , . 164f11:112 , 1604.3 '...%\tv41:::Finticls cement soWer pipe .. ........ .. „. ,o .• „ . 4004.3 . Ilackwater valve . . Vert itiente of approval . 46(14 6 r'aulking ferrules centiout and traps .... - . ...... . ... . . 4601.6 (p) Cleatiout itutterials .,. ...,.„..... . ..,.'..', 44104.44641111105* l Circuit and loop vents . Concealed work 4601.2 po, 46111.6 (h) Discharge wells _ .. ... _ 4602 1 'Pruitt ions .. . Disposal wells , .. .. Drainage systems and disposal . ...... . .. .., . ... . 4644:6:1! Existing installations ... ,_ ,, . „, .... , .„ ... ... ..... 4601.1 (d). 4603.4 . ... . .. ".. 46114:t1152 Itrainrields . .. . . . .... ...... Filters, sittitiiitig floods 461*.3 Final inspect ion . . . ... .... . ..... ..... 46111.646(1a Fie re xtinguishing aus pparat.... Indirect waste piping .... ........... " - 4'4161o:112: Fixtures . ilreilse interceptors . . 1nspei•tion . . _ . 44646:114111.:14; Dangers and supoirts Industrial wastes .. . Int erceptior . 4612 Joints and conneetions .. .... 4607 Mnint illative 41110.5 Loop vent 4601.144,1 Nlaterial standards Mosquitoes, prot vet ion front . , ..„, ..... . , .. . . . . .„. .. _ .... _ 4611.5 l'Inns . . . , 4t;014'lll ,1titt1 Permits ... . Private sewer tapping . „ 4601.5 (C) Prohibited fittings . 4603.3 Puroose of Cod., 4601.1 Retention and time discharge .4611.4 R 46115.4 Rain water ... ..... SaSeparator . . . . ,.. .. . . . ,. . 46416411; fety dev relief ices ... Septic tanks 4615 Sewer required 46413.17 Sinks, materials 4604.* Special wastes . . .. . 4606.6 4611.6 Soakage pit lids . Standpipes 4617.1 $t nptviork (order.: 4601.2 (d) Storage tanks, water , . .. .. . _ .. ... ... . .. ... . . .. 4614.9 SUI1111 Vi.tit s 4605 11 4603.6 4611 Storm drainage systems Structural safety Supply wells 4616 Swimming pools .... -- ...... • ...... - --- ..... 461* 4609 Supports and hangers 60. 405 ISWOCID Tosts 46111.6 To111-t fir tllt t(r i orkrnen 4411310 Traps find (.1./thouts .460* Prisn enrm,ne 46(11.3. 1403,14 uriutpinprtt 4603.13 V: ntIng rnao•risils 4601.S Vonts and vo-ntihg syst*.rit . 14111 V. nt stneks 4410.1n Writ..1. supply 440E411 1Vorktrintv,thip Yard hdinnts 017.4 PLTWOOD , 211)4.2, 290t 2 (h), 290t.9 For shr.othing 29115.9 PRISVStATICALLY PtADDD ODNITRSTI 2610 PORTLAND CISSHINT 2302 POSTIND Or Ltitil LOADS 230; PRINIAST Oatteiltifi . gtog PRESTIMISRD 2t,(19 PRIMISURII TARSUS, For supply 3%01, 4(10‘ PRITATt DARAOtt (i.titA ;1•:, PRIVATE) PROJECTIONS PROM SUILDtRO (two, also sortionm in ehapo 1. 34, TYPE 4)i.• CoNsTite('rioN. Outfit' rs IS through 22) .tunings 4304. 4404 l'ornicos 3603.5 In 3603 Marino.* s IL &It 361/3..1 I./ rtmthent (allot% od ovt r puoiir un:t 3604 signs uns PROSCENIUM itittItTArN Pitt L/0 PROPERTY 1...rttoit1•nt uso 3603 T.-moor:try us. , 3602 PUEL/C ASSEMBLY Vol, 701 PUMPS, Standlq 3$flt PURPOSE Or CODE 1.12 Q QUALITY AND mamas or TEE MAYEK/ALS OF CONSTRUCTION Nlasonry 27o2 ROW or.. 1 roncr..to 23o3 St..-1 and iron 21402 1Vo0:1 2toi3 St RAPTERS 11'0041 21014, 2905.1 RAIL/NOS t;fit, ta I 3101, On roofs 31.11.14. 1911.1. RAMPS I I 103 In parking ga rag. s . 1104.3 (e) liEDLMIX CONCRETE . 2504.2 RECESSES, In Masonry . 2704.2 (k) REDUCTIONS or LIVE LOADS 2304 REINFORCED CONCRETE (imply!. 23 REINFORCEMENT . ells Piet 2t) REPArii, Of existing buildings 105 406 04% IIVISINM WAS STIVIIIATION Mint SSIPOLIIMI 1101116 STSDOW. In frritn•-• ronstructieh seer eaysstme ZOOK catmint? (sop (WCUPAST voNtl:NT) DIADONat Meek 2g0t 304.4 3111 2905,4 (I) Oht101(.4 31 2704 2 (h) (2) 5 skrtevAtics SIOSIND CONDTSUOTION rhotttt.t' 33 NIntrit••nan,4. of . - 105 . . DANN prInprop 29021.7(41 For ttpirttir Pot 3503.2 SANITATION DIMINO OONATIVOOTION 3320 scArrotcti 3316 DONOOLA sot SCOPE to3 NISI* ?SSTS . 290i.2 BOUTTLE TO ATTIC DPACS 191t0;.5, 21106.n, it: 2205.3 SICATINCI CAPACITY s• •• 0.•(' • I NT ('(*.TIT) 04.7 !MATS t;r“up tlo•nt ',hurt t;roup .1, mtzollutos, 1504.2 SELP.CLOBtItti DOOR 3111 SIDPASATION, ti St a 111P 1k04. 21114,2203 SPICATKIN6 Itikilf - ;::111 lel, 2515 (g), 3202 .2202, 2511 (e) Wut,(1 SK/NOLES AND !MAKES 3414 SOW WINDOWS 112, 1912, 2012 StAMESE CONNECTIONS ... 3605 SIDEWALK SHEDS .. .. 3304, 3602.3 SIGNS Chapti.r 42 SIKYLIORTS IN STAIRS . 3102.5 (c) SLATE, Pim roof rov•Tirm 3406 S14/0X13 PIPES SMOKESTACKS . . 3907, 29(12 smoxtpitoor TOWERS ontistrud lilt) and th.stgu 104 Whet,. ntul u•1140 .0 -1" So•eott tis 01u .1ptors t; through 15 ... 3 SOIL Waring. a 111m stlils• 2403 ..st ignt iiin requir•11 24113 11.i:toting 240 SOLAR BEATERS . 4010 SPACE UNDER FLOORS 2907.3 SPARK ARRESTERS 4009.3 401 et•teilt .„ trans, R. ihroi'r•ittte *Plitt rtAtt01114* AtrreltAtite (sop At-tosiAttr 61146t§ Altb PtAltroftiktfi MOOS *05.3 250 sat terAttilliktos Or Ae,4 Ind nrrrifigtq'rwnt "HI" Soctions of C'haritt+P.6 tithittlkh it At'rt koz to roof 3102 2 Eto.tostiro.s for Ex!, riot- . 3102.6 114.ndro.,,Tt1, el.:, rano*. 3310‘1211 lAtolings, rmvtlirttf. i I itiorF 3108 10,115,4 tmt l. su1istitut4,t1 ....313012n1 Itio rind triad . . 11124 1. gfl'rt.till I 1141 StItok• proof towo-rtt untkr 204.1 3803 !MAN/IA/ADS IITANDPrPtS .... . Ohatttet 28 Stttt, STRUCTURAL STOP ORDERS STRESSED Mtn( PANELS -2904.2 STUCCO . 3404 STUDS IN WOOD CONSTRUCT/ON 290t SUSPENDED OtIttNOS ( trui•t ion 3 530725 1 0. Po irr. uist It . SUSPENSION or PtItM/T 304.4 SWIMMING POOLS 4615 and Olittpt..r 50 T TEMPOItAitit DISILDINCtil Ts.tvip.,rary 04.1•tipati..y . ..,... I01.4 l'..rtnit.t.,,I during construPtion.. 306 TERMIT'10 rnovistoNs . ... ..........._ ...... .... .... 2907.5 TESTS 400$ s'oricro•t•• . 2504. 2505 ,..„two.q.. riggrl'gatiq, thig ,-4002.2 th-liotal . 2311 Fir.-resistivf.• ttnit.ilitis - 3701.1 ttyto,titn ... 2603 Istsonry ..... -- 2702 Mati,rialp in profabricntion . . - . 305.1 Nlay 1••• r..quir...1 .... 305.1 N..ty ttiats•rials and ilvtives 204 I'do.... . - . .. 2404.8 Hoof tilo ., _ 3404 Soil lo,nring . .,_... .. 2402 St...A 'filo roof .. . 3404 TO. li.nins and columns .. _ . 2704 TILE, ItOor ....... .••...... 3404 TIMBER tst... NV001.) ) TITLE .... 101 TOILETS ..... 512 TRANSFORMER VAULTS. 4101 408 411101101mosnorm...—* intAtivrements itsfrismso titArlit trrrAilrerk ITY Oretitittfiry . "MKS§ "Int tiring Or eesterseettes t-hrtrotA if 11114111Kti 22 Areit allnwablo 02 ort 'owe or l'hapt0.140 6 throt1gh,16 t*Ittssitleation or buildings . ., .. .... p4_ . . . .2 . tini P,xtetior opt.uitigs, protpetion rogitiriii ,04, 1904. 2004. 2104, 2203 roodmatible tnatvrials rPgulated t('htiptPra 17 through 22)--- - " .3710 eortiires .. — „3603.6 Floor vonstruct ion . 1606, 1905. 2006, 2106, 22(14 Pon ntlat lona CluiPter 24 rourslations, vontilating OPI•t1IhIt4; 2907.3 It:thnk iWall 1911:x1, 2011.7 Hoot ronstruction - 16116, 1906. 2006, 2106, 2205 Roof toy. ring FlIttiettirtil trantouork ' 1103. 1903 20113:1103 2202 Vrnt lint ion MAO. first (loot ' 2901.3 A1'n 11 cladding ChaPtel* 3 %%inflows and dtmrs 3706, 30 I ti?Pt Or rtatir . 3901 Oltblittrtfittlinfie tikrOftkrOtitrit, ISO, Inspection Service pooranti windows m0)I.06011 3706 Itoofings .. . .. . .3402.1 (1)) tittaArt IVOILDINDO . . 202 Vat Or Otttibt24Or . ... -104.9, 301 OTILITtrilts itkakitribtPO 609 V VAtatIto lblinit ion of . 104.7 VAtatft rOtt KASAI/WOOS ttritartint 609 'ISMER 441:4su l'it4.4tic 3509 :Masonry 3505 VlartritATIION 1 i•.to.ral (Thapt2tt.:47.61 0 welipaiiry (routs . . ections tit Chapters 6,16 intl. l•ri% at. norm:0.s 1506 riitier first floor 2907.3 VONT% KEATING ontmet tors 4319001 Vor anti.: healers Ititercorini.etion of 31005 TN100. •6 TNI10. 11 33992 '1' pp 1' 3904 VENT SIIAPTS (see VERTICAL Ol'ENIN(1S) VERTICAL OPEN/NOB. ENCLOSURE Or Ily occupancy groups "016" Sections of Chapters 6-15, Incl. VESTIBULES 612.2 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES Provided in this Code 206 VI WALLS .6iiehoring or wood . . . .... _ ... .... ....... .. ... —2905.4 (d) 11041r1ng masonry 2063. 2704 1'onvent:814.d loads on masonry 2703 4, 2606.6 t'oncrvtp. plain 2704 lb•sign or 2306 4119 l.'rrtroplitt 11'i Pottrlditt t•.h M1riSelhri' ,. ... .. tlf ettft .•nrtnur.•t Or Pnnti(n llirttirr• ►nhrhftl+> Iln.rtha Or snlr•k•=pr....f enrl•o±ittre@ Pone) and enrlocurl• .. t'rlrrfp'•t ,. 1'iera ttr•t1%4flIne Sh••nihinl:, wood Thirkhr-ss of masohrl Toilet .,.• VI•he..red, Blass ... Vetl••er.•d, Masonry 1l'rlru).s t tuba WATSAI 15I12Rtttlta 1fttMI$ Co!$ TAbCTtOtf WATSA 'SUPPLY WATS!! tinATSAt W11L15114111 WIOTA Exit.. Stott landings Strifes Stair treads Street allowed for :storage WIND LOAD§ .. Witt OWs rit...-h.postiVP, d.•siltn of . 3707 I'nr nullpa nt y { I'rrtlpc• "07," tiet•lions of ('hnptet'!• ti through 1.• ts•'•' TYPES r110 (()NtTttt'('TI(►N) WIGS hangers for suspended ceilings ;15n2 W1tlt CtLAss In fir.• -resistive dnnl•ee nnil N'inrl w . 3T0;. 3i11i Ih•quit•••d by Ioention tree TYPES 1.)i' t'(►N;;T14L.('Tlt)S, t'haptet's 1�-22) In stairway skylights WOOto rhnptet 29 %1Im thi.• lar.•sses ..... 29114 'teams and t;•rd•'t•s 2!1n3 Il.•at►ls and joists, hlny IN• (lit, 1%)1411 2!►11!.,4 tf Molted connection . .. 290 .t itrit1Kitlll' . .. ... . 29/15.1 tit .�. .. (leonine,. abovegrade .... ...... 2907.3 volunitis or posts ._ .... 2905.1 ('ontl••ct ions .,.. ... .... .. ... _ .. .. .. ..29I03.11 1►faphrre) nls 2904.2 Piro -stops, required _. ... 2905.3 blunts, laminated 29n5.6 (hued construction .... ...... .. 2905.11 (hued laminated lumber .... 2904.3 ►lead•• tnarkint; 2903.1 heavy tirnh.•r construction 2003.3 horizontal members, framing; details .... 251.11% .foists \lasonry entering ...._ .. .. .. ... 29u2:!2.I4n951t1.Fh1.24 'Masonry, supported by ... Nails ..... •_.2905.11 Nominal size _ .. ... .. ................2903.2 Partitions. framing details 2905 Piles . .. ....... ...... 2104.3 Plywood ...... .. _. .... ...... 2904.2 Plywood exterior covering 29115.2 th), 2005.9 Rafters ... .. _... ......... ... ........._2905.4 t11 Required sizes. determination of 2904.1 Roof framing ..... _ 2905.4 Sheathing 2905.9 3lio 2105 01 ('hatit.•t'� 31 (:OR 3i(15 3;Og 1911,7, 201E7 2;04.2 If) 210T 2905.4) 2791 512 35119 27n 4.6 2905 332n 304 4007 2f+01.3 (ll) "04" Sections. r"hnpters to through 15: 3111 3102.4 3102.1 __ 3102.2 3602.2 410 230►1 ... 3102.5 Shitigh-?, rot rnnrs Silt, nr 'Enf•trlht•r? Strt.that•t1 ?kin pnn«•I? ._ . Stud t ollat, rrattning do trtil:e :ttttttrinttr Supporting: mntrnht•,r- .... Terntitt, prottrIion Timhor t•nnh.•t•tions .. Vt•ht►Intnot undt•rrloor .... Ctrtirtur,ll Wood lt.fAY f'!Lld YAM) Ipau• t.XIT rt11111*S.:t1106) tat•a• 511 nhd "WI" S.•t:tiotla, (.'hitht'•r+e 6 through lit) 20241113, PHIS 411 11,04611 #1rt 21)03 2904.2 2905.2 . 2905.9 2905.12 2907 ....... 2905.11 290t 2717 2906 .. 4101 lwhrtptt•r 16